Volume 02—Commercial Distribution
268234-Attachment 268234-Attachment 268234-Attachment 782113 Batch5 unilog cesco-content
104281-Attachment 104281-Attachment 104281-Attachment 782114 Batch6 unilog cesco-content
104281-Attachment 104281-Attachment 104281-Attachment 786685 Batch6 unilog cesco-content
116798-Attachment 116798-Attachment 116798-Attachment 782113 Batch7 unilog cesco-content
116798-Attachment 116798-Attachment 116798-Attachment 786685 Batch7 unilog cesco-content
2014-10-17
: Pdf 128139-Attachment 128139-Attachment Batch10 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 694
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Electrical Sector Solutions Volume 2 Commercial Distribution Volume 2: Commercial Distribution Eaton Corporation Electrical Sector 1111 Superior Ave. Cleveland, OH 44114 United States 877-ETN-CARE (877-386-2273) Eaton.com © 2010 Eaton Corporation All other trademarks are property of their respective owners. All Rights Reserved Printed in USA Publication No. CA08100003E / MSC December 2010 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution Tab 1—Switching Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T1-1 Tab 2—Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T2-1 Tab 3—Panelboards and Lighting Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T3-1 Tab 4—Switchboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T4-1 Tab 5—Transfer Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T5-1 Tab 6—Low Voltage Busway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T6-1 Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-A1-1 Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . V2-A2-1 Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-A3-1 2 Copyright Dimensions, Weights and Ratings Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without notice. Photographs are representative of production units. Terms and Conditions All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes occur, they are published in Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders accepted by Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions as set forth in Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions. Technical and Descriptive Publications This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com. Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21 Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission. WARNING The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions of the U.S. National Electrical Code® and/or other local codes or industry standards that are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment. These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or modify the existing warranty. Copyright ©2014 Eaton, All Rights Reserved. Introduction Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality, control and automation, and monitoring products. At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage. In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer service and support, we know what’s important to you. Solutions Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on the following three areas in all we do: ● Reliability—maintain the appropriate level of power continuity without disruption or unexpected downtime ● Efficiency—minimize energy usage, operating costs, equipment footprint and environmental impact ● Safety—identify and mitigate electrical hazards to protect what you value most Using the Eaton Catalog Library As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E, for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include: ● ● ● ● ● ● Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial (CA08100002E) Volume 2—Commercial Distribution (CA08100003E) Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies (CA08100004E) Volume 4—Circuit Protection (CA08100005E) Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection (CA08100006E) Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control (CA08100007E) ● ● ● ● ● Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions (CA08100008E) Volume 8—Sensing Solutions (CA08100010E) Volume 9—Original Equipment Manufacturer (CA08100011E) Volume 10—Enclosed Control (CA08100012E) Volume 11—Vehicle and Commercial Controls (CA08100013E) ● ● ● ● Volume 12—Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions (CA08100014E) Volume 13—Counters, Timers and Tachometers (CA08100015E)—Available in electronic format only Volume 14—Fuses (CA08100016E)—Available in electronic format only Volume 15—Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System (CA08100018E) These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information, consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library. These references include: ● The Consulting Application Guide (CA08104001E) ● The Eaton Power Quality Product Guide (COR01FYA) If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for, not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the Literature Library. By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent version of each volume and tab. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com i Introduction Icons Green Leaf Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers and our communities. Though all of Eaton’s products and solutions are designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation further provide “exceptional environmental benefit.” Learn Online When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses, podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more. Drawings Online When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings and illustrations. Contact Us If you need additional help, you can find contact information under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical. ii Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices DH362NRK Safety Switch 1.1 Safety Switches Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifications—Flex Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standard Lug Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 V2-T1-5 V2-T1-13 V2-T1-14 V2-T1-16 V2-T1-20 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 V2-T1-3 V2-T1-104 V2-T1-104 V2-T1-105 V2-T1-105 V2-T1-106 V2-T1-108 V2-T1-110 V2-T1-112 V2-T1-113 V2-T1-115 Enclosed Rotary Disconnects Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T1-122 V2-T1-123 V2-T1-124 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Learn Online 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-1 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches General-Duty Safety Switch Contents Description 1 Product Overview Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifications—Flex Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch. . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-4 V2-T1-5 V2-T1-13 V2-T1-14 V2-T1-16 V2-T1-20 V2-T1-24 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Product Overview 1 Product Selection Guide 1 Safety Switch 1 1 1 1 1 Description General-Duty Heavy-Duty Type Single-throw maximum 240 Vac horsepower rated Plug Fuse type Fusible Six-Pole Motor Circuit Double-Throw Enclosed Rotary Switches Single-throw maximum Single-throw maximum 600V AC/DC horsepower rated 600 Vac Maximum 600 Vac horsepower rated Maximum 600 Vac Cartridge Cartridge Cartridge — 1 1 1 1 1 1 Cartridge 1 Fuse class Fusible 1 1 Ampere rating Fusible 30–600 30–1200 30–200 30–1200 — Non-fusible 30–600 30–1200 30–200 30–1200 16–125 1 1, 2 and 3 2, 3 and 4 6 2 and 3 — 1 1 Number of poles Fusible 1 2 and 3 2 and 3 2, 3, 4 and 6 6 2, 3, 4 and 6 3 and 4 Enclosure types NEMA® 1 Fusible Yes Yes — Yes Yes Non-fusible Yes Yes — Yes Yes 1 Yes Yes — Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 1 — Yes 2 Yes, up to 200A 2 Yes Yes — Yes, up to 1200A 2 Yes 2 Yes, up to 400A Yes 2 1 — Yes, 400–800A — — — 1 — Yes, 400–800A — — — — Yes Yes, up to 200A Yes Yes — Yes, up to 1200A Yes Yes, up to 400A Yes 1 1 Non-fusible NEMA 3R Fusible Non-fusible NEMA 12 Fusible Non-fusible NEMA 4 painted steel Fusible Non-fusible NEMA 4X stainless steel Fusible Non-fusible NEMA 4X non-metallic Fusible Non-fusible NEMA 7/9 Fusible Non-fusible 1 1 1 — Yes, up to 200A — — Yes — Yes, up to 200A — — Yes 1 — Yes, up to 100A — — — — Yes, up to 100A 3 — — — 1 1 Notes 1 See specific catalog number page for Fuse Class details. Enclosed rotary switches are non-fusible only. 2 NEMA Type 12 enclosures (30–800A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain screw is removed. 3 Class J fuse clips provided. 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-3 1.1 1 1 1 ● ● ● 1 1 ● 1 1 Safety Switches Product Description 1 1 Switching Devices ● Used to open or close a circuit Non-fusible safety switches provide a means to manually connect or disconnect the load from the source Fusible safety switches provide a means to manually open and close a circuit and overcurrent protection by means of installed fuses Also commonly referred to as a disconnect switch or disconnect Available from 30 to 1200A Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL 98 UL 50 NEMA KS-1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Cross-Reference 1 General-Duty Ampere Rating General-Duty, continued Catalog Number Eaton General Electric Siemens Square D DP111NGB TPF130 LF111N D211N Plug Fuse, Two-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DP221NGB TPF230 LF211N D211N Fusible, Two-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DG221NGB TG3221 GF221N 1 Catalog Number Eaton General Electric Siemens Square D Fusible, Two-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R Plug Fuse, Single-Pole, Two-Wire, 120 Vac, NEMA 1 30 Ampere Rating D221N 30 DG221NRB TG3221R GF221NR D221NRB 60 DG222NRB TG3222R GF222NR D222NRB 1 1 1 100 DG223NRB TG3223R GF223NR D223NRB 200 DG224NRK TG3224R GF224NR D224NRB 400 DG225NRK TG3225R GF225NR D225NR DG226NRK TG3226R GF226NR D226NR 1 1 60 DG222NGB TG3222 GF222N D222N 600 100 DG223NGB TG3223 GF223N D223N Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R 200 DG224NGK TG3224 GF224N D224N 30 DG321NRB TG4321R GF321NR D321NRB 400 DG225NGK TG3225 GF225N D225N 60 DG322NRB TG4322R GF322NR D322NRB 600 DG226NGK TG3226 GF226N D226N 100 DG323NRB TG4323R GF323NR D323NRB 1 1 1 200 DG324NRK TG4324R GF324NR D324NRB 30 DG321NGB TG4321 GF321N D321N 400 DG325FRK TG3325R GF325NR D325NR 60 DG322NGB TG4322 GF322N D322N 600 DG326FRK TG3326R GF326NR D326NR 100 DG323NGB TG4323 GF323N D323N Fusible, Three-Pole, Four-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R 1 1 Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 200 DG324NGK TG4324 GF324N D324N 30 DG321NRB TG4321R GF321NR D321NRB 400 DG325FGK TG3325 GF325N D325N 60 DG322NRB TG4322R GF322NR D322NRB 600 DG326FGK TG3326 GF326N D326N 100 DG323NRB TG4323R GF323NR D323NRB 200 DG324NRK TG4324R GF324NR D324NRB D321N 400 DG325NRK TG3325R 1 GF325NR D325NR DG326NRK TG3326R 1 GF326NR D326NR Fusible, Three-Pole, Four-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DG321NGB TG4321 GF321N 60 DG322NGB TG4322 GF322N D322N 600 100 DG323NGB TG4323 GF323N D323N Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R 200 DG324NGK TG4324 GF324N D324N 30 DG221URB TGN3321R GNF321R 1 1 1 DU221RB 1 1 400 DG325NGK TG4325 GF325N D325N 60 DG222URB TGN3322R GNF322R DU222RB 600 DG326NGK TG4326 GF326N D326N 100 DG223URB TGN3323R GNF323R QO2000NRB 200 DG324URK TGN3324R GNF324R DU324RB N/A Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R 1 1 Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DG221UGB TGN3321 N/A 60 DG222UGB TGN3322 N/A QO260NATS 30 DG321URB TGN3321R GNF321R DU321RB 100 DG223UGB TGN3323 N/A QO2000NS 60 DG322URB TGN3322R GNF322R DU322RB 200 DG324UGK TGN3324 N/A DU324 100 DG323URB TGN3323R GNF323R DU323RB 400 DG325UGK TGN3325 N/A DU325 200 DG324URK TGN3324R GNF324R DU324RB 600 DG326UGK TGN3326 N/A DU326 400 DG325URK N/A N/A N/A 600 DG326URK N/A N/A N/A Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DG321UGB TGN3321 GNF321 DU321 60 DG322UGB TGN3322 GNF322 DU322 100 DG323UGB TGN3323 GNF323 DU323 200 DG324UGK TGN3324 GNF324 DU324 400 DG325UGK TGN3325 GNF325 DU325 600 DG326UGK TGN3326 GNF326 DU326 1 1 1 Notes 1 Separate neutral kit required. 1 Always verify the number of poles and wires required since catalog numbers may appear in multiple tables. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-5 1.1 1 1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Heavy-Duty Ampere Rating Heavy-Duty, continued Catalog Number Eaton General Electric Siemens Square D Ampere Rating Catalog Number Eaton General Electric Siemens Square D Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Volt/600 Vac, NEMA 1 Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DH221FGK TH3221 N/A H221N 30 DH361UGK THN3361 HNF361 HU361 1 60 DH222NGK TH3222 N/A H222N 60 DH362UGK THN3362 HNF362 HU362 100 DH223NGK TH3223 N/A H223N 100 DH363UGK THN3363 HNF363 HU363 1 200 DH224NGK TH3224 N/A H224N 200 DH364UGK THN3364 HNF364 HU364 400 DH225FGK TH3225 N/A H225 400 DH365UGK THN3365 HNF365 HU365 1 600 DH226FGK TH3226 N/A H226 600 DH366UGK THN3366 HNF366 HU366 1 800 DH227FGK TC72267 N/A H227 800 DH367UGK TC36367 HNF367 HU367 1200 DH328FGK TC72268 N/A H228 1200 DH368UGK TC36368 HNF368 HU368 Fusible, Three-Pole, Two-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R 1 Fusible, Two-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DH221NGK TH3221 HF221N H221N 30 DH221NRK TH3221R N/A H221NRB 1 60 DH222NGK TH3222 HF222N H222N 60 DH222NRK TH3222R N/A H222NRB 100 DH223NGK TH3223 HF223N H223N 100 DH223NRK TH3223R N/A H223NRB 1 200 DH224NGK TH3224 HF224N H224N 200 DH224NRK TH3224R N/A H224NRB 1 400 DH225NGK TH3225 HF225N H225N 400 DH225FRK TH3225R N/A H225R 600 DH226NGK TH3226 HF226N H226N 600 DH226FRK TH3226R N/A H226R 1 800 DH227NGK TC72267 1 HF227N H227N 800 DH227NRK TC72267R N/A H227R 1200 DH328NGK TC72268 1 HF228N H228N 1200 DH328FRK TC72268R N/A H228R 1 Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DH321FGK TH4321 N/A H321N 30 DH221NRK TH3221R HF221NR H221NRB 1 60 DH322FGK TH4322 N/A H322N 60 DH222NRK TH3222R HF222NR H222NRB 1 100 DH323FGK TH4323 N/A H323N 100 DH223NRK TH3223R HF223NR H223NRB 200 DH324FGK TH4324 N/A H324N 200 DH224NRK TH3224R HF224NR H224NRB 1 400 DH325FGK TH3325 N/A H325 400 DH225NRK TH3225R HF225NR H225NR 600 DH326FGK TH3326 N/A H326 600 DH226NRK TH3226R HF226NR H226NR 1 800 DH327FGK TC72367 N/A H327 800 DH227NRK TC72267R 1 HF227NR H227NR 1 1200 DH328FGK TC72368 N/A H328 1200 DH328NRK TC72268R 1 HF228NR H228NR Fusible, Three-Pole, Four-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 Fusible, Two-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R 1 30 DH321NGK TH4321 HF321N H321N 30 DH321FRK TH4321R N/A H321NRB 60 DH322NGK TH4322 HF322N H322N 60 DH322FRK TH4322R N/A H322NRB 1 100 DH323NGK TH4323 HF323N H323N 100 DH323FRK TH4323R N/A H323NRB 200 DH324NGK TH4324 HF324N H324N 200 DH324FRK TH4324R N/A H324NRB 400 DH325NGK TH4325 HF325N H325N 400 DH325FRK TH3325R N/A H325NR 600 DH326NGK TH4326 HF326N H326N 600 DH326FRK TH3326R N/A H326NR 1 HF327N H327N 800 DH327FRK TC72367R N/A H327NR HF328N H328N 1200 DH328FRK TC72368R N/A H328NR 1 1 800 DH327NGK TC72367 1 1200 DH328NGK TC72368 1 1 30 DH421FGK N/A F421 H461 2 60 DH422FGK N/A F422 H462 2 Notes 1 Separate neutral kit required. 2 600V switch. 100 DH423FGK N/A F423 H463 2 Always verify the number of poles and wires required since catalog numbers may appear in multiple tables. 1 200 DH424FGK N/A F424 H464 2 400 DH425FGK N/A F425 H465 2 1 600 DH426FGK N/A F426 H466 2 1 Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-6 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches Heavy-Duty, continued Ampere Rating Heavy-Duty, continued Catalog Number Eaton 1.1 General Electric Siemens Square D Fusible, Three-Pole, Four-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R Ampere Rating 1 Catalog Number Eaton General Electric Siemens 30 DH321NRK TH4321R HF321NR H321NRB 30 DH221NDK TH2221J HF221J H221AWK 60 DH322NRK TH4322R HF322NR H322NRB 60 DH222NDK TH2222J HF222J H222AWK 100 DH323NRK TH4323R HF323NR H323NRB 100 DH223NDK TH3223J HF223J H223AWK 200 DH324NRK TH4324R HF324NR H324NRB 200 DH224NDK TH3224J HF224J H224AWK 400 DH325NRK TH3325R 1 HF325NR H325R 400 DH225FDK TH3225J HF325J H225AWK 600 DH326NRK TH3326R 1 HF326NR H326R 600 DH226FDK TH3226J HF326J H226AWK 800 DH327NRK TC72367R 1 HF327NR H327R 800 DH227FDK N/A HF327J H227AWK 1200 DH328NRK TC72368R 1 HF328NR H328R 1200 N/A N/A N/A H228AWK Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Volt/600 Vac, NEMA 3R Fusible, Two-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 12 30 30 DH361URK THN3361R 1 Square D Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 12 HNF361R HU361RB DH221NDK TH3221J HF221J 1 H221AWK H222AWK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 60 DH362URK THN3362R HNF362R HU362RB 60 DH222NDK TH3222J HF222J 1 100 DH363URK THN3363R HNF363R HU363RB 100 DH223NDK TH3223J HF223J 1 H223AWK 200 DH364URK THN3364R HNF364R HU364RB 200 DH224NDK TH3224J HF224J 1 H224AWK 400 DH365URK THN3365R HNF365R HU365R 400 DH225NDK TH3225J HF325J 1 H225NAWK 1 1 600 DH366URK THN3366R HNF366R HU366R 600 DH226NDK TH3226J HF326J 1 H226NAWK 800 DH367URK N/A HNF367R HU367R 800 DH227NDK N/A HF327J 1 H227NAWK 1200 DH368URK N/A HNF368R HU368R 1200 N/A N/A N/A H228NAWK 1 1 Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 12 Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 4/4X 30 DH221NWK TH2221SS HF221S H221DS 30 DH321FDK TH3321J HF321J H321AWK 60 DH222NWK TH2222SS HF222S H222DS 60 DH322FDK TH3322J HF322J H322AWK 100 DH223NWK TH3223SS HF223S H223DS 100 DH323FDK TH4323J HF323J H323AWK 200 DH224NWK TH3224SS HF224S H224DS 200 DH324FDK TH4324J HF324J H324AWK 400 DH225FWK TH3225SS HF325S H225DS 400 DH325FDK TH4325J HF325J H325AWK 600 DH226FWK TH3226SS HF326S H226DS 600 DH326FDK TH4326J HF326J H326AWK 1 1 1 1 800 DH327FDK N/A HF327J H327AWK 30 DH221NWK TH3221SS HF321S 1 H221DS 1 1200 N/A N/A N/A H328AWK 60 DH222NWK TH3222SS HF322S 1 H222DS 1 Fusible, Three-Pole, Four-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 12 1 H223DS 1 30 DH321NDK TH4321J HF321J 1 H321AWK 1 H224DS 1 60 DH322NDK TH4322J HF322J 1 H322AWK 1 H323AWK 1 Fusible, Two-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 4/4X 100 DH223NWK TH3223SS HF323S 200 DH224NWK TH3224SS HF324S 1 1 1 400 DH225NWK TH3225SS HF325S H225NDS 100 DH323NDK TH4323J HF323J 1 600 DH226NWK TH3226SS HF326S 1 H226NDS 200 DH324NDK TH4324J HF324J 1 H324AWK 1 800 DH227NWK N/A HF327S 1 N/A 400 DH325NDK TH4325J HF325J 1 H325NAWK 600 DH326NDK TH4326J HF326J 1 H326NAWK Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 4/4X 1 1 1 1 30 DH321FWK TH3321SS HF321S H321DS 800 N/A N/A HF327J 1 H327NAWK 60 DH322FWK TH3322SS HF322S H322DS 1200 N/A N/A N/A H328NAWK 100 DH323NWK TH4323SS HF323S H323DS Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 12 1 1 200 DH324NWK TH4324SS HF324S H324DS 30 DH421FDK N/A N/A N/A 400 DH325FWK TH4325SS HF325S H325DS 60 DH422FDK N/A N/A N/A 600 DH326FWK TH4326SS HF326S H326DS 100 DH423FDK N/A N/A N/A 800 DH327FWK N/A HF327S N/A 200 DH424FDK N/A N/A N/A Notes 1 Separate neutral kit required. Fusible, Three-Pole, Four-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 4/4X 30 DH321NWK TH4321SS HF321S 1 H321DS 1 60 DH322NWK TH4322SS HF322S 1 H322DS 1 1 1 100 DH323NWK TH4323SS HF323S 200 DH324NWK TH4324SS HF324S 1 H323DS H324DS 1 400 DH325NWK TH4325SS HF325S 1 H325NDS 600 DH326NWK TH4326SS HF326S 1 H326NDS 1 1 Always verify the number of poles and wires required since catalog numbers may appear in multiple tables. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-7 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Heavy-Duty, continued 1 Eaton 1 Ampere Rating Heavy-Duty, continued Catalog Number General Electric Siemens Square D Ampere Rating Catalog Number Eaton General Electric Siemens Square D Non-Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 1 Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DH461UGK THN6661 N/A HU461 30 DH261FGK TH2261DC HF261 H361 1 60 DH262FGK TH2262DC HF262 H362 60 DH462UGK THN6662 N/A HU462 100 DH263FGK TH2263DC HF263 H363 100 DH463UGK THN6663 N/A HU463 1 200 DH264FGK N/A N/A H364 200 DH464UGK THN6664 N/A HU464 400 DH265FGK N/A HF265 H265 400 DH465UGK N/A N/A HU465 1 600 DH266FGK N/A HF266 H266 600 DH466UGK N/A N/A HU466 1 800 DH267FGK N/A N/A H267 Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R 1200 N/A N/A N/A H268 30 DH361FRK TH2261RDC HF261R H361RB 60 DH362FRK TH2262RDC HF262R H362RB H363RB 1 Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DH361FGK TH3361 HF361 H361 100 DH363FRK TH2263RDC HF263R 1 60 DH362FGK TH3362 HF362 H362 200 DH364FRK N/A N/A H364RB 100 DH363FGK TH3363 HF363 H363 400 DH365FRK N/A N/A H265R 1 200 DH364FGK TH3364 HF364 H364 600 DH366FRK N/A HF265R H266R 1 400 DH365FGK TH3365 HF365 H365 800 DH367FRK N/A HF266R H267R 600 DH366FGK TH3366 HF366 H366 1200 DH368FRK N/A N/A H268R 1 800 DH367FGK TC72367 HF367 H367 Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R 1200 DH368FGK TC72368 HF368 H368 30 1 Fusible, Three-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 1 60 DH362FRK TH3362R HF362R H362RB 30 DH361NGK TH3361 1 HF361N H361N 100 DH363FRK TH3363R HF363R H363RB 1 60 DH362NGK TH3362 1 HF362N H362N 200 DH364FRK TH3364R HF364R H364RB 1 100 DH363NGK TH3363 1 HF363N H363N 400 DH365FRK TH3365R HF365R H365R 200 DH364NGK TH3364 1 HF364N H364N 600 DH366FRK TH3366R HF366R H366R 1 400 DH365NGK TH3365 1 HF365N H365N 800 DH367FRK TC72367R HF367R H367R 600 DH366NGK TH3366 1 HF366N H366N 1200 DH368FRK TC72368R HF368R H368R 1 800 DH367NGK TC72367 1 HF367N H367N Fusible, Three-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R 1 DH368NGK 1 H368N 30 DH361NRK TH3361R 1 HF361NR H361NRB Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 1 60 DH362NRK TH3362R 1 HF362NR H362NRB H363NRB 1200 TC72368 HF368 1 DH361FRK TH3361R HF361R H361RB 1 30 DH461FGK TH6661 N/A H461 100 DH363NRK TH3363R 1 HF363NR 60 DH462FGK TH6662 N/A H462 200 DH364NRK TH3364R 1 HF364NR H364NRB 1 100 DH463FGK TH6663 N/A H463 400 DH365NRK TH3365R 1 HF365NR H365NR 200 DH464FGK TH6664 N/A H464 600 DH366NRK TH3366R 1 HF366NR H366NR 1 400 DH465FGK N/A N/A H465 800 DH367NRK TC72367R 1 HF367NR H367NR 1 600 DH466FGK N/A N/A H466 1200 DH368NRK TC72368R 1 HF368R H368NR Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 1 Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R 1 30 DH261UGK THN2261DC HNF261 HU361 30 DH361URK THN2261RDC HNF261R HU361RB 60 DH362UGK THN2262DC HNF262 HU362 60 DH362URK THN2262RDC HNF262R HU362RB 1 100 DH263UGK THN2263DC HNF263 HU363 100 DH363URK THN2263RDC HNF263R HU363RB 200 DH364UGK N/A N/A HU364 200 DH364URK N/A N/A HU364RB 1 400 DH265UGK N/A HNF265 HU265 400 DH365URK N/A HNF265R HU265R 1 600 DH266UGK N/A HNF266 HU266 600 DH366URK N/A HNF266R HU266R 800 DH267UGK N/A N/A HU267 800 DH367URK N/A N/A HU267R 1 1200 N/A N/A N/A HU268 1200 DH368URK N/A N/A HU268R Notes 1 Separate neutral kit required. 1 Always verify the number of poles and wires required since catalog numbers may appear in multiple tables. 1 1 V2-T1-8 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches Heavy-Duty, continued Ampere Rating Heavy-Duty, continued Catalog Number Eaton 1.1 General Electric Siemens Square D Non-Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R Ampere Rating 1 Catalog Number Eaton General Electric Siemens Square D Non-Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel 1 1 30 DH461UDK THN6661 N/A N/A 30 DH461UWK N/A N/A HU461DS 60 DH462UDK THN6662 N/A N/A 60 N/A N/A N/A HU462DS 100 DH463UDK THN6663 N/A N/A 100 N/A N/A N/A HU464DS 200 DH464UDK THN6664 N/A N/A 200 N/A N/A N/A HU464DS 1 1 Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 30 DH261FWK TH2261SSDC HF261S H361DS 30 DH261FDK TH2261JDC HF261J H361AWK 60 DH362FWK TH2262SSDC HF262S H362DS 60 DH262FDK TH2262JDC HF262J H362AWK 100 DH363FWK TH2263SSDC HF263S H363DS 100 DH263FDK TH2263JDC HF263J H363AWK 200 DH264FWK N/A N/A H364DS 200 DH264FDK N/A N/A H364AWK 400 DH365FWK N/A HF265S H265DS 400 DH265FDK N/A HF265J H265AWK 1 1 1 1 600 DH366FWK N/A HF266S H266DS 600 DH266FDK N/A HF266J H266AWK 800 DH367FWK N/A N/A N/A 800 DH267FDK N/A N/A H267AWK Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel 1200 N/A N/A N/A H268AWK 30 Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 1 1 DH361FWK TH3361SS HF361S H361DS 60 DH362FWK TH3362SS HF362S H362DS 30 DH361FDK TH3361J HF361J H361AWK 100 DH363FWK TH3363SS HF363S H363DS 60 DH362FDK TH3362J HF362J H362AWK 200 DH364FWK TH3364SS HF364S H364DS 100 DH363FDK TH3363J HF363J H363AWK 400 DH365FWK TH3365SS HF365S H365DS 200 DH364FDK TH3364J HF364J H364AWK 600 DH366FWK TH3366SS HF366S H366DS 400 DH365FDK TH3365J HF365J H365AWK 800 DH367FWK N/A HF367S N/A Fusible, Three-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel DH366FDK TH3366J HF366J H366AWK DH367FDK N/A HF367J H367AWK N/A N/A N/A H368AWK 1 1 TH3361SS 1 HF361S 1 H361DS 1 1200 60 DH362NWK TH3362SS 1 HF362S 1 H362DS 1 Fusible, Three-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 100 DH363NWK TH3363SS 1 HF363S 1 H363DS 1 30 DH361NDK THN3361J 1 HF361J 1 H361AWK 1 200 DH364NWK TH3364SS 1 HF364S 1 H364NDS 60 DH362NDK THN3362J 1 HF362J 1 H362AWK 1 400 DH365NWK TH3365SS 1 HF365S 1 H365NDS 100 DH363NDK THN3363J 1 HF363J 1 H363AWK 1 600 DH366NWK TH3366SS 1 HF366S 1 H366NDS 200 DH364NDK THN3364J 1 HF364J 1 H364NAWK 1 HF365J 1 H365NAWK Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel 400 DH365NDK THN3365J 30 600 DH366NDK THN3366J 1 HF366J 1 H366NAWK H367NAWK H368NAWK HNF261S HU361DS 60 DH362UWK THN2262SSDC HNF262S HU362DS 800 DH367NDK N/A HF367J 1 100 DH363UWK THN2263SSDC HNF263S HU363DS 1200 N/A N/A N/A 200 DH364UWK N/A N/A HU364DS Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 400 DH365UWK N/A HNF265S HU265DS 30 N/A TH6661 N/A H461AWK 600 DH366UWK N/A HNF266S HU266DS 60 N/A TH6662 N/A H462AWK 800 DH367UWK N/A N/A N/A 100 DH463FDK TH6663 N/A H463AWK Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4/4X Stainless Steel 200 DH464FDK TH6664 N/A H464AWK 30 DH361UWK THN3361SS HNF361S HU361DS 400 N/A N/A N/A H465AWK 60 DH362UWK THN3362SS HNF362S HU362DS Notes 1 Separate neutral kit required. 100 DH363UWK THN3363SS HNF363S HU363DS 200 DH364UWK THN3364SS HNF364S HU364DS 400 DH365UWK THN3365SS HNF365S HU365DS 600 DH366UWK THN3366SS HNF366S HU366DS 800 DH367UWK N/A HNF367S N/A 1 600 DH361NWK THN2261SSDC 1 800 30 DH361UWK 1 Always verify the number of poles and wires required since catalog numbers may appear in multiple tables. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-9 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Heavy-Duty, continued 1 Eaton 1 Ampere Rating Heavy-Duty Six-Pole Catalog Number General Electric Siemens Square D Ampere Rating Catalog Number Eaton General Electric Siemens Square D Fusible, Six-Pole, Six-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 30 DH261UDK THN2261JDC HNF261J HU361AWK 30 DH661FDK TH6661 F651H N/A 1 60 DH262UDK THN2262JDC HNF262J HU362AWK 60 DH662FDK TH6662 F652H N/A 100 DH263UDK THN2263JDC HNF263J HU363AWK 100 DH663FDK TH6663 F653H N/A 1 200 DH264UDK N/A N/A HU364AWK 200 DH664FDK TH6664 N/A N/A 400 DH265UDK N/A HNF265J HU265AWK Fusible, Six-Pole, Six-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 1 600 DH266UDK N/A HNF266J HU266AWK 30 DH661FDK TH6661 F651H N/A 1 800 DH267UDK N/A N/A HU267AWK 60 DH662FDK TH6662 F652H N/A 1200 N/A N/A N/A HU268AWK 100 DH663FDK TH6663 F653H H663AWK 200 DH664FDK TH6664 N/A H664RWK N/A 1 Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 30 DH361UDK THN3361J HNF361J HU361AWK Fusible, Six-Pole, Six-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4X 1 60 DH362UDK THN3362J HNF362J HU362AWK 30 N/A N/A F651SS 100 DH363UDK THN3363J HNF363J HU363AWK 60 N/A N/A F652SS N/A 1 200 DH364UDK THN3364J HNF364J HU364AWK 100 N/A N/A F653SS H663DS 1 400 DH365UDK THN3365J HNF365J HU365AWK 200 N/A N/A N/A H664DS 600 DH366UDK THN3366J HNF366J HU366AWK Non-Fusible, Six-Pole, Six-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R 1 800 DH367UDK N/A HNF367J HU367AWK 30 DH661UDK THN6661 NF651H N/A 1200 N/A N/A N/A HU368AWK 60 DH662UDK THN6662 NF652H N/A 1 Non-Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 100 DH663UDK THN6663 NF653H N/A 30 DH461UDK THN6661 N/A HU461AWK 200 DH664UDK THN6664 N/A N/A 1 60 DH462UDK THN6662 N/A HU462AWK Non-Fusible, Six-Pole, Six-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 1 100 DH463UDK THN6663 N/A HU463AWK 30 DH661UDK THN6661 NF651H HU661AWK 200 DH464UDK THN6664 N/A HU464AWK 60 DH662UDK THN6662 NF652H HU662AWK 1 400 N/A N/A N/A HU465AWK 100 DH663UDK THN6663 NF653H HU663AWK 200 DH664UDK THN6664 N/A HU664RWK 1 Non-Fusible, Six-Pole, Six-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4X 1 30 DH661UWK N/A NF651SS HU661DS 60 DH662UWK N/A NF652SS HU662DS 100 DH663UWK N/A NF653SS HU663DS 200 DH664UWK N/A N/A HU664DS 1 1 Note Always verify the number of poles and wires required since catalog numbers may appear in multiple tables. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-10 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches Double-Throw Ampere Rating Double-Throw, continued Catalog Number Eaton 1.1 General Electric Siemens Square D Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 Ampere Rating 1 Catalog Number Eaton General Electric Siemens Square D Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DT321FGK TDT3321 N/A N/A 30 DT361UGK TC35361 DTNF361 DTU361 60 DT322FGK TDT3322 N/A N/A 60 DT362UGK TC35362 DTNF362 DTU362 100 DT323FGK TDT3323 N/A DT223 100 DT363UGK TC35363 DTNF363 DTU363 200 DT224FGK TDT3324 DTF224 DT224 200 DT364UGK TC35364 DTNF364 DTU364 400 DT325FGK TDT3325 N/A N/A 400 DT365UGK TC35365 DTNF365 92345 600 DT326FGK TDT3326 N/A N/A 600 DT366UGK TC35366 DTNF366 92346 800 DT367UGK N/A DTNF367 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DT321FGK TDT3321 DTF321 DT321 1200 60 DT322FGK TDT3322 DTF322 DT322 Non-Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 1 100 DT323FGK TDT3323 DTF323 DT323 30 N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 1 1 1 1 1 200 DT324FGK TDT3324 DTF324 DT324 60 N/A N/A N/A DTU462 400 DT325FGK TDT3325 DTF325 N/A 100 N/A N/A N/A DTU463 600 DT326FGK TDT3326 DTF326 N/A 200 DT464UGK N/A NF454DTK DTU464 400 DT465UGK N/A NF455DTK 92445 Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 1 1 1 1 30 DT221UGK N/A DTNF221 92251 600 DT466UGK N/A NF456DTK 92446 60 DT222UGK N/A DTNF222 DTU222 800 DT467UGK N/A NF457DTK N/A 1 1 100 DT223UGK N/A DTNF223 DTU223 Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R 200 DT224UGK N/A DTNF224 DTU224 30 DT321FRK TDT3321R N/A N/A 400 DT225UGK N/A DTNF225 92255 60 DT322FRK TDT3322R N/A N/A 600 DT226UGK N/A DTNF226 N/A 100 DT323FRK TDT3323R N/A DT223RB 800 DT227UGK N/A N/A N/A 200 DT224FRK TDT3324R DTF224R DT224RB Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 1 Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R 30 DT321UGK TC35321 DTNF321 DTU321 30 DT321FRK TDT3321R DTF321R DT321RB 60 DT322UGK TC35322 DTNF322 DTU322 60 DT322FRK TDT3322R DTF322R DT322RB 100 DT323UGK TC35323 DTNF323 DTU323 100 DT323FRK TDT3323R DTF323R DT323RB 200 DT324UGK TC35324 DTNF324 DTU324 200 DT324FRK TDT3324R DTF324R DT324RB 1 1 1 1 1 400 DT325UGK TC35325 DTNF325 92355 400 DT325FRK N/A FR325DTK N/A 600 DT326UGK TC35326 DTNF326 92356 600 DT326FRK N/A FR326DTK N/A 800 DT327UGK N/A DTNF327 N/A Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R 1 1 Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 1 30 DT361FGK TDT3361 DTF361 30 N/A N/A N/A N/A DT361 60 N/A N/A N/A N/A 60 DT362FGK TDT3362 DTF362 DT362 100 DT223URK N/A N/A DTU223RB 100 DT363FGK TDT3363 DTF363 DT363 200 DT224URK N/A DTNF224R DTU224RB 200 DT364FGK TDT3364 DTF364 DT364 400 DT225URK N/A DTNF225R 92255R 400 DT365FGK TDT3365 DTF365 N/A Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 3R 600 N/A N/A N/A N/A 30 N/A N/A N/A N/A Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 1 1 1 1 60 N/A N/A N/A N/A 30 DT261UGK N/A DTNF261 N/A 100 DT323URK N/A DTNF323R DTU323RB 60 DT262UGK N/A DTNF262 82342 200 DT324URK N/A DTNF324R DTU324RB 100 DT263UGK N/A DTNF263 82343 400 DT325URK N/A N/A 92355R 200 DT264UGK N/A DTNF264 82344 600 N/A N/A N/A 92356R 400 DT265UGK N/A DTNF265 92345 600 DT266UGK N/A DTNF266 92346 Note Always verify the number of poles and wires required since catalog numbers may appear in multiple tables. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-11 1.1 1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Double-Throw, continued Ampere Rating Double-Throw, continued Catalog Number Eaton General Electric Siemens Square D Ampere Rating Catalog Number Eaton General Electric Siemens Square D Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R 1 30 N/A N/A N/A DT361RB 30 DT361UDK N/A DTNF361J N/A 60 N/A N/A N/A DT362RB 60 DT362UDK N/A DTNF362J H82342 1 100 DT363FRK N/A DTF363R DT363RB 100 DT363UDK N/A DTNF363J H82343 1 200 DT364FRK N/A DTF364R DT364RB 200 DT364UDK N/A DTNF364J H82344 400 DT365FRK N/A FR355DTK N/A 400 DT365UDK N/A NF355HDTK H92345 600 N/A N/A N/A H92346 1 1 1 1 Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R 30 N/A N/A N/A N/A Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 60 N/A N/A N/A 82342RB 30 DT361UDK N/A DTNF361J N/A 100 N/A N/A N/A 82343RB 60 DT362UDK N/A DTNF362J DTU362AWK 200 DT264URK N/A DTNF264R 82344RB 100 DT363UDK N/A DTNF363J DTU363AWK 400 DT265URK N/A DTNF265R 92345RB 200 DT364UDK N/A DTNF364J DTU364AWK 600 DT266URK N/A NFR256DTK 92346RB 400 DT365UDK N/A NF355HDTK H92345 600 N/A N/A N/A H92346 Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R 1 30 DT361URK N/A DTNF361R DTU361RB Non-Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 12 60 DT362URK N/A DTNF362R DTU362RB 30 N/A N/A N/A 1 100 DT363URK N/A DTNF363R DTU363RB 60 N/A N/A N/A DTU462AWK 200 DT364URK N/A DTNF364R DTU364RB 100 N/A N/A N/A DTU463AWK 1 400 DT365URK N/A DTNF365R 92345RB 200 N/A N/A N/A DTU464AWK 600 DT366URK N/A DTNF366R 92346RB 400 N/A N/A N/A H92445 1 800 DT367URK N/A DTNF367R N/A 600 N/A N/A N/A H92446 1 30 DT461URK N/A NFR451DTK N/A 30 DT361UWK N/A DTNF361S N/A 60 DT462URK N/A NFR452DTK 92442RB 60 DT362UWK N/A DTNF362S 82342DS 1 100 DT463URK N/A NFR453DTK 92443RB 100 DT363UWK N/A DTNF363S 82343DS 200 DT464URK N/A NFR454DTK 92444RB 200 DT364UWK N/A DTNF364S 82344DS 1 400 DT465URK N/A NFR455DTK 92445R 400 DT365UWK N/A NF355SSDTK N/A 600 DT466URK N/A NFR456DTK 92446R Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4X 1 800 DT467URK N/A NFR457DTK N/A 30 DT361UWK N/A DTNF361S N/A 60 DT362UWK N/A DTNF362S DTU362DS 1 30 DT661URK N/A NFR651DTK N/A 100 DT363UWK N/A DTNF363S DTU363DS 60 DT662URK N/A NFR652DTK N/A 200 DT364UWK N/A DTNF364S DTU364DS 1 100 DT663URK N/A NFR653DTK N/A 400 DT365UWK N/A NF355SSDTK N/A 1 30 DT361UDK N/A DTNF361J H92251 30 N/A N/A N/A 60 DT362UDK N/A DTNF362J H82252 60 N/A N/A N/A DTU462DS 1 100 DT363UDK N/A DTNF363J H82253 100 N/A N/A N/A DTU463DS 200 DT364UDK N/A DTNF364J H82254 200 N/A N/A N/A DTU464DS 1 400 DT365UDK N/A NF355HDTK H92255 Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4X 1 30 DT361FWK N/A F351SSDTK N/A 30 DT361UDK N/A DTNF361J H92351 60 DT362FWK N/A F352SSDTK N/A 60 DT362UDK N/A DTNF362J DTU362AWK 100 DT363FWK N/A F353SSDTK N/A 100 DT363UDK N/A DTNF363J DTU363AWK 200 DT364FWK N/A F354SSDTK N/A 200 DT364UDK N/A DTNF364J DTU364AWK 400 DT365FWK N/A F355SSDTK N/A 400 DT365UDK N/A NF355HDTK H92355 600 N/A N/A N/A H92356 Notes 1 Eaton and Siemens switches shown are 600V switches. Always verify the number of poles and wires required since catalog numbers may appear in multiple tables. 1 1 1 Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4X Non-Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R Non-Fusible, Six-Pole, Six-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 3R Non-Fusible, Two-Pole, Two-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 12 1 Non-Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 600 Vac, NEMA 4X Non-Fusible, Three-Pole, Three-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 12 1 Non-Fusible, Four-Pole, Four-Wire, 240 Vac, NEMA 12 30 N/A N/A N/A H92451 60 N/A N/A N/A DTU462AWK 1 100 N/A N/A N/A DTU463AWK 200 N/A N/A N/A DTU464AWK 1 400 N/A N/A N/A H92455 600 N/A N/A N/A H92456 1 1 V2-T1-12 N/A Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com N/A Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Catalog Number Selection 1 Safety Switch 1 DH 3 6 1 N D K LW Switch Type DP = General-duty/plug fuse DG = General-duty/cartridge fuse DH = Heavy-duty DT = Double-throw DR = Rotary switch DS = Classified location with DS interior Poles/Blades 1 = 1-pole 2 = 2-pole 3 = 3-pole 4 = 4-pole 6 = 6-pole Voltage 1 = 120 Vac 2 = 240 Vac 6 = 600 Vac 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Ampere Rating = 30A = 60A = 100A = 200A = 400A = 600A = 800A = 1200A NEMA Enclosure Ratings G = NEMA 1 R = NEMA 3R D = NEMA 12 or 12/3R P = NEMA 4 (painted steel) W = NEMA 4X (corrosion-resistant (304 Grade stainless steel) C = NEMA 4X non-metallic (for Type DH) X = NEMA 7/9 (for Type DS) X = NEMA 4X non-metallic (for Type DR) Fusible/Non-Fusible or Neutral F = Fusible without neutral U = Non-fusible N = Fusible with neutral 1 Options 1 W = Upper viewing window 2 LW = Lower viewing window 2 X = EnviroLine stainless (enclosure and mechanism) GCL = Mill-duty Series K = Design all general-duty switches above 200A and all heavy-duty switches incorporate K-Series switch design features listed below B = Design general-duty 30–100A H = General-duty double-throw switch (compact design 30–100A) Notes 1 See Pages V2-T1-16 through V2-T1-19 for additional Flex Center options. 2 Effective August 2003, 30–100A window switches are replaced by a full view window that allows blade position verification and blown fuse indication. See Page V2-T1-39 for catalog numbers. This table is intended for use in breaking down existing catalog numbers. It is not intended for building new catalog numbers. A factory-installed ground lug is supplied on all NEMA 4, 4X and 12 safety switches, as well as all 400A and higher NEMA 1 and 3R safety switches. A factory-installed ground lug is also supplied on all heavy-duty NEMA 1 and 3R 30–200A switches that do NOT have a factory-installed neutral. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-13 1.1 1 Safety Switches Options and Accessories Safety Switches 1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches, continued Description DH030NK Description Catalog Number Neutral Kits/Ground Kits DS56CK Catalog Number Crimp Lug Pad Kit (NEMA 4, 4X, 12 Enclosures) 30A DG DG030NB 400–600A DH 2 DS56CK 60–100A DG DG100NB 800A DH 3 DS76CK 200A DG, DH (NEMA 1, 3R enclosures) DG200NK 400–800A neutral DH 4 DS800CNK 30–60A DH DH030NK 1 100A DH DH100NK 200A DH (NEMA 4X, 12 enclosures) DH200NK 30–60A DH 2 DS30FP 1 400A DG, DH DS400NK 30–60A DH 5 DS60FP 600A DG, DH DS600NK 100A DH 2 DS100FP 1 400–600A fusible DT, 800–1200A DH DS800NK 200A DH 2 DS200FP 30–100A DT DT100NK 1 200A DT DT200NK 400A non-fusible DT DT400NK 1 600A non-fusible DT DT600NK 800A DT DT800NK 1200A DT DT1200NK 1 1 1 1 DS200GK 1 1 1 DT100BK Ground Lug Kits 30–100A DG DG030GB 30–100A DH, DT 1 DS100GK 200A DG, DH, DT DS200GK 400–600A DG, 400–1200A DH, 400–800A DT DS468GK Switching Neutral Bonding Kits DS60FP DS22JK DS12FK 4 1 30–100A DT, 3P, 4P non-fusible DT100BK 200A DT, 3P, 4P non-fusible DT200BK 1 400A DT, 3P, 4P non-fusible DT400BK 600A DT, 3P, 4P non-fusible DT600BK 1 800–1200A DT, 3P, 4P non-fusible DT800BK DS426TK Fuse Puller Kits “J” Fuse Adapter Kits 67 60A 240V DH 2 DS22JK 60A DH, DT and receptacle switches 2 DS26JK 400A 600V DT 8 DT400JK 600A 240–600V DH, 600A DG 3 DS600JK “R” Fuse Adapter Kits 2 30A DG DG030RB 100A DG DG100RB 30A 240V DH, DT DS12FK 30A 600V DH, DT, 60A 240V DH, DT, 60A DG DS16FK 60A 600V DH, DT DS26FK 100A 240–600V DH, DT DS36FK 200A 240–600V DH, DT, 200A DG DS46FK 400A 240–600V DH, 240V DT, 400A DG DS56FK 600A 240–600V DH, DT, 600A DG DS66FK “T” Fuse Adapter Kits 200A 240V DH 2 DS426TK 200A 600V DH 2 DS466TK 400A 240V DG, DH, DT 3 DS526TK 400A 600V DH 3 DS566TK 1 600A 240V DG, DH 3 DS626TK 600A 600V DH 3 DS666TK 1 800A 240V DH 3 DS726TK 800A 600V DH, DT 3 DS766TK 1 Hookstick handle DH800HSH DS16CP 1 Control Pole Kit (For 2P, 3P Switches) 400–600A DG, 30–1200A DH, 30–800A DT DS200EK1 1 1 DS16CP Auxiliary Contact Kits All switches (except 30–100A DG) 1NO/1NC DS200EK1 All switches (except 30–100A DG) 2NO/2NC DS200EK2 NEMA 7/9 switches (30–100A) 1NO/1NC 178C265G05 NEMA 7/9 switches (30–100A) 2NO/2NC 178C265G06 1 1 DS36CL Copper Lug Kits 1 30A DH, DT 2 DS16CL 60A DH, DT 2 DS16CL 1 100A DH, DT 2 DS36CL 200A DH 2 DS46CL 1 400A DH (NEMA 4, 4X, 12 enclosures) 3 DS56CL 600–800A DH (NEMA 4, 4X, 12 enclosures) 3 DS66CL 1 V2-T1-14 Lubricating grease for safety switch blades and DSLUBEKIT contacts (each kit contains three 30 cc tubes of lubricating grease) Notes 1 Ground bar kit is not listed on device publications. 2 Order one kit for three poles. 3 Order one kit for each pole. 4 Order one kit per switch. 5 Receptacle switches. 6 30A Class J available as factory option only. 7 If Class J fuse kit is not listed, then switch will accept Class J fusing by repositioning either fuse base or fuse clips. No drilling required. 8 Order one kit for six poles. Accessories are not applicable to NEMA 7/9 switches unless indicated otherwise. A factory-installed ground lug is supplied on all NEMA 4, 4X and 12 safety switches, as well as all 400A and higher NEMA 1 and 3R safety switches. A factory-installed ground lug is also supplied on all heavy-duty NEMA 1 and 3R 30–200A switches that do NOT have a factoryinstalled neutral. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) DS050MH DS075H1 1 Myers Type Hubs NEMA 3R (400A and above) NEMA 4, 4X (stainless steel), 12 Catalog Number Conduit Size DS050MH 0.50 (12.7) DS075MH 0.75 (19.1) DS100MH 1.00 (25.4) DS125MH 1.25 (31.8) DS150MH 1.50 (38.1) DS200MH 2.00 (50.8) DS250MH 2.50 (63.5) DS300MH 3.00 (76.2) DS350MH 3.50 (88.9) DS400MH 4.00 (101.6) DS500MH 5.00 (127.0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Plate Type Hubs For NEMA 3R enclosures (up to 200A) Group 1 General-Duty, Heavy-Duty, Double-Throw Through 100A 1 Group 2 General-Duty, Heavy-Duty, Double-Throw—200A Catalog Number Conduit Size Catalog Number Conduit Size DS075H1 0.75 (19.1) DS200H2 2.00 (50.8) DS100H1 1.00 (25.4) DS250H2 2.50 (63.5) DS125H1 1.25 (31.8) DS300H2 3.00 (76.2) DS150H1 1.50 (38.1) — — DS200H1 2.00 (50.8) — — 1 1 1 1 1 Catalog number DS900AP adapter kit permits Installation of Group 1 hubs on 200A type general-duty, heavy-duty and double-throw switches. 1 1 Contact the Flex Center at 1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com for information on hubs for non-metallic NEMA 4X switches. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-15 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Modifications—Flex Center 1 Introduction The Safety Switch Flex Center is a special facility at the site of our Cleveland, Tennessee, plant that is dedicated to providing customized safety switches that meet customer’s challenging applications. 1 1 Description Suffix Item Nameplates NP 1 Fungus proofing FP Special paint 2 3 Lock-on provisions on heavy-duty safety switches for most enclosure types LO 4 Trapped key interlock systems TK 5 Upper cover viewing window W 6 Lower cover viewing window LW 7 Neutral assemblies factory installed for double-throw safety switches N 8 Class “R” fuse clips factory installed for heavy-duty switches 5 or 6 9 Class “T” fuse clips factory installed for heavy-duty switches T Class “J” fuse clips factory installed for heavy-duty and doublethrow safety switches J Fuse pullers factory installed FE 12 CK 13 1 Special crimp lug pads factory installed for general-duty and heavyduty switches 1 Copper lugs factory installed CL 14 1 Equipment ground lugs factory installed G 15 1 Custom lug configurations L 16 1 Auxiliary contacts factory installed 2 or 3 17 1 Control pole factory installed CP 18 Switching neutral double-throw SN 19 Neutral assemblies factory installed for single-throw non-fusible safety switches N 20 1 1 1 1 Eaton’s Flex Center is a solutions center that provides real value: ● 1 1 ● 1 1 1 1 ● ● A dedicated and knowledgeable engineering/ manufacturing/customer service team to meet your needs A production facility stocked with a full arsenal of equipment to get the job done The industry’s shortest lead-time Easy ordering through our distributors 1 1 1 1 1 1 10 1. Nameplates Price covers up to three lines of text with a maximum of 25 characters per line. Standard nameplates are laser-engraved plastic and have black letters on a white background. Rotary-engraved phenolic nameplates are also available at a premium. Additional color combinations and larger nameplates are available. Contact the Flex Center for price and availability for these special requirements. Customer must specify the text when placing an order. 3. Special Paint Special paint colors are available for order quantities of five or more switches. Colors available are red, orange, yellow, green, black and white. Custom color is applied over the standard ANSI-61 gray finish. Item 1 Item 3 Description Ampere Rating Plastic nameplate—up to three lines 30 Phenolic nameplate—up to three lines 60 100 11 2. Fungus Proofing All non-metallic components of the switch are coated with a moisture and fungusresistant varnish. The inhibitor used meets military specification: MIL-V-173C for MOISTURE AND FUNGUSRESISTANT TREATMENT. The treated switch meets military specification: MIL-T-152E for MOISTURE AND FUNGUS-RESISTANT TREATMENT OF COMMUNICATIONS, ELECTRONICS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. Not UL listed. Item 2 Ampere Rating 30 60 100 How to order 21 200 How to price 22 400 600 1 800 1200 1 To order, add Suffix FP to standard safety switch catalog number. Example: DH363FGKFP. 1 1 V2-T1-16 Minimum quantity of five of the same color is required. Order by description. For quantities less than five, higher ampere ratings, or other color request, contact the Safety Switch Flex Center. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 200 400 600 4. Lock-On Provisions on Heavy-Duty Safety Switches for Most Enclosure Types Available on 30–800A heavyduty and double-throw safety switches. Provision will accept a single lock. To order, add Suffix LO to the standard catalog number. Example: DH362FRKLO. 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 5. Trapped Key Interlock Systems Available only on heavy-duty and double-throw safety switches. Trapped key systems are used on safety switches to prevent unauthorized operations or to predetermine a series of power transfers by an authorized operator. Before system construction can begin, the following information must be provided to the Flex Center: ● ● User—name, address and telephone number Complete coordination (lock scheme) required with order To order, add Suffix TK to the standard catalog number. Example: DH363FWKTK. 7. Lower Cover Viewing Window Lower viewing window is positioned over fuses and provides visual verification of blown fuse indicators for Littelfuse, Inc.™ fuses. Available in 200–600A, twoand three-pole heavy-duty NEMA 4X stainless steel and NEMA 12/3R enclosures. Not available on nonmetallic enclosures. To order, add Suffix LW to standard catalog number. Note: 30–100A window switches are now provided with a full view cover window for blade verification and blown fuse indication. Items 6 and 7 Viewing Window (Upper or Lower) Ampere Rating 30–200 Item 5 Ampere Rating 400–800 Switch Type 30–1200 Heavy-duty 30–800 Double-throw 6. Upper Cover Viewing Window Upper viewing window is centered over the switching contacts to provide visual verification of ON/OFF status. Available on most heavy-duty NEMA 4X stainless steel and NEMA 12/3R and doublethrow enclosures. Not available on non-metallic enclosures. To order, add Suffix W to the standard catalog number. Note: 30–100A window switches are now provided with a full view cover window for blade verification and blown fuse indication. Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center for lead-time. 8. Neutral Assemblies Factory Installed for DoubleThrow Safety Switches Item 8 Ampere Rating Switch Type Two- and Three-Pole 30 9. Class “R” Fuse Clips Factory Installed for Heavy-Duty Switches Item 9 Voltage 30 240 and 600 60 240 and 600 100 240 and 600 200 240 and 600 400 240 and 600 600 240 and 600 To order, add Suffix 5 to the standard catalog number for 240V application. Add Suffix 6 to standard catalog number for 600V application. Total price is the standard catalog number price plus the price adder from the table above depending on the number of safety switch poles. Example: DH324FRK5 heavyduty, three-pole, 200A switch at 240V with factory-installed Class “R” fuse clips. 10. Class “T” Fuse Clips Factory Installed for Heavy-Duty Switches Item 10 Fusible and non-fusible Voltage 60 Fusible and non-fusible 200 240 100 Fusible and non-fusible 200 Fusible and non-fusible 400 Non-fusible 600 Non-fusible 400 Fusible Fusible 800 Non-fusible To order, add Suffix N on non-fusible switches OR replace 6th character F with N on fusible switches. The total price is the standard switch price plus the price adder. Example 1: DT361URKN non-fusible double-throw, three-pole, 30A switch with factory-installed neutral assembly. Example 2: DT363NRK fusible double-throw, three-pole, 100A switch with factory-installed neutral assembly. 600 400 240 Ampere Rating Voltage 30 1 240 Heavy-duty and double-throw 1 600 Heavy-duty and double-throw 240 Heavy-duty and double-throw 1 600 Heavy-duty and double-throw 240 Heavy-duty and double-throw 600 Heavy-duty and double-throw 240 Heavy-duty and double-throw 600 Heavy-duty and double-throw 400 600 Double-throw 600 240 Heavy-duty 600 Heavy-duty 60 100 200 Total price is the standard catalog number price plus the price adder from the table above depending on the number of safety poles. Order by description. A table of common 30A heavy-duty switches with “J” fuse clips factory installed is shown on Page V2-T1-18 (field modification kits are not available for 30A heavyduty switches). 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 240 600 1 To order, add Suffix T to the standard catalog number (catalog number identifies voltage). Total price is the standard catalog number price plus the price adder depending on the number of safety switch poles. 1 1 1 1 Example: DH364FGKT heavyduty, three-pole, 200A fusible switch at 480V with factoryinstalled Class “T” Fuse Clips. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 240 600 1200 1 1 240 600 800 1 Switch Type 600 600 1 1 Item 11 Ampere Rating Ampere Rating 600 11. Class “J” Fuse Clips Factory Installed for Heavy-Duty and DoubleThrow Safety Switches 1 1 V2-T1-17 1.1 1 1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Common 30A Heavy-Duty Switches with “J” Fuse Clips Factory Installed Voltage Catalog Number NEMA 1 DH321FGKJ 1 NEMA 3R DH321FRKJ NEMA 12 DH321FDKJ 1 NEMA 4X DH321FWKJ Item 13 1 240 Switch Type Three-Pole 13. Special Crimp Lug Pads Factory Installed for General-Duty and HeavyDuty Switches (Crimp Lugs are Not Included) To order add Suffix CK to the standard safety switch catalog number. 600 1 1 1 1 1 NEMA 1 DH361FGKJ Ampere Rating NEMA 3R DH361FRKJ 400–600 NEMA 12 DH361FDKJ 800 NEMA 4X DH361FWKJ To order, add Suffix J to the standard catalog number (catalog number identifies voltage). Total price is the standard catalog number price plus the price adder depending on the number of safety switch poles. 14. Copper Lugs Factory Installed Ampere Rating Switch Type 1 30 Heavy-duty 1 12. Fuse Pullers Factory Installed 60 1 Item 12 1 Ampere Rating Switch Type 1 30–60 Heavy-duty Heavy-duty 1 200 General-duty and heavy-duty 1 To order, add Suffix FE to the standard catalog number. Example: DH361FRKFE. 1 1 1 Double-throw Heavy-duty Double-throw Heavy-duty Double-throw 100 Note: Standard NEMA 12/3R, 4 and 4X switches through 200A are supplied with fuse pullers from the factory. 200 Heavy-duty 400 General-duty and heavy-duty 600 General-duty and heavy-duty To order, add Suffix CL to the standard safety switch catalog number. The total price is the standard switch price plus the price adder. Example: DH221FGKCL heavy-duty, two-pole, 30A fusible switch at 240V with copper lugs factory installed. 15. Equipment Ground Lugs Factory Installed for General-Duty and HeavyDuty Switches 1 1 General-Duty Switches 200–600A, Non-Metallic 30–200A, Heavy-Duty 30–1200A and Double-Throw Switches 30–800A Ampere Rating Description 30–200 1NO/1NC 400–1200 1NO/1NC 2NO/2NC Item 14 100 17. Auxiliary Contacts Factory Installed Provide Early-Make/Early-Break Operation Item 17 Heavy-duty Type DH switches, 30–200A are adaptable to crimp lugs, simply remove the box lugs. Example: DH363FGKJ heavyduty, three-pole, 200A fusible switch at 480V with factoryinstalled Class “J” fuse clips. 1 16. Custom Lug Configurations Customer-specified lug arrangements are available on heavy-duty and double-throw safety switches. Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center for price and lead-time. 2NO/2NC To order 1NO/1NC contacts, add Suffix 2 to the standard safety switch catalog number. Switch Type 30–1200 Heavy-duty 30–200 Double-throw To order 2NO/2NC contacts, add Suffix 3 to the standard safety switch catalog number. 400–600 General-duty The total price is the standard switch price plus the price adder. Example: DH423FGK2 Heavy-duty, four-pole, 100A fusible switch at 240V with factory-installed 1NO/1NC contacts. Example: DT324FGK22 double-throw, three-pole, 200A fusible switch at 240V with two factory-installed contacts (one installed in the normal ON position and one installed in the auxiliary ON position). Ampere Rating 1 30–100 200 1 400–1200 1 To order, add Suffix G to the standard Safety Switch Catalog Number. The total price is the standard switch price plus the price adder. 1 1 V2-T1-18 Item 18 Ampere Rating Item 15 1 18. Control Pole Factory Installed Provides Late-Make/Early-Break Operation The K-Series control pole provides one normally open contact, late-make, earlybreak operation. It mounts in the exact location as the neutral block using the same pre-drilled holes. This is directly connected to the power pole operating shaft. Direct connection and visible blades provide more secure electrical interlocking than handle linkage operation of a snap/switch type interlock. This reliability meets the requirements of many specifications for four-pole switches when the fourth pole is required for secure electrical interlocking. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com To order, add Suffix CP to the standard safety switch catalog number. The total price is the standard switch price plus the price adder. Example: DH267FGKCP heavy-duty, two-pole, 800A fusible switch at 480V with factory-installed control pole. Switching Devices Safety Switches 19. Switching Neutral Double-Throw UL listed for three-pole and four-pole non-fusible doublethrow safety switches. Switching neutrals are required for separately derived systems when bonding the neutral of the generator to a grounding system at the generator. 20. Neutral Assemblies Factory Installed for Single-Throw Non-Fusible Safety Switches Available on 200–600A general-duty safety switches and 30–1200A heavy-duty safety switches. Item 20 Ampere Rating Item 19 30–60 Ampere Rating 100 30–200 200 NEMA 4, 4X, 12 400 200 NEMA 1, 3R 600 400 800 600 800 To order, add Suffix SN to the standard safety switch catalog number. The total price is the standard switch price plus the price adder. Example: DT324URKSN non-fusible double-throw, three-pole, 200A switch with factory-installed switching neutral. 1200 To order, add Suffix N to the standard safety switch catalog number. Example: DH364UWKN Heavy-duty, three-pole, 200A, NEMA 4X. 21. How to Order Step One: Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center for price and delivery on product being modified. An authorized negotiation (TSP) number will be provided to track your order. Safety Switch Flex Center Phone: 1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com Fax: 1-423-478-0270 Step Two: Enter the order on VISTALINE™ by description (with catalog number if it applies) and reference the authorized negotiation (TSP) number. Vista suffix will be “ETS.” Product code will be “BE90.” 22. How to Price Step One: Select catalog number from Pages V2-T114 through V2-T1-83 of this catalog or Vista of the switch that needs to be modified. Step Two: Use the correct price (from Vista or the current Price and Availability Digest) of the switch that needs to be modified. If no price exists, Flex Center will provide one. Step Three: Refer to the modification on Pages V2-T116 through V2-T1-19 for price additions. Example: DT363URK Options: factory installed Neutral (N) Copper lugs (CL) (3 x 120.00) Step Four: Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center for authorized price and lead-time. Note: Existing DSP, CSP and DOP pricing does not apply. Additional Safety Switch Flex Center Design Offerings ● Left-hand design (30–200A) ● Cover-mounted status lights and selector switches ● Integrated: ● Transient Voltage Surge Suppression (TVSS) ● Current transformers ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● For application, availability or pricing questions, contact the Safety Switch Flex Center at 1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com. 1.1 ● ● Double-throw receptacle switches 200% neutrals Seam-welded stainless steel Gang-operated kits: ● Mechanically interlocks two or three separate switches Cam-Lok® Posi-Lok® and receptacles Reverse feed Integrated wattmeter Custom enclosures Double-throw switches with windows 316 grade stainless steel Breather/drains Voltage/phase monitor Literature The Safety Switch Flex Center’s innovative approach to flexible engineering, manufacturing and customer service provides the shortest production, design and delivery cycle in the industry. Find out more about how the Safety Switch Flex Center can give you the safety switch solution you need...when you need them. Order Sales Aid SA00801002E from Eaton’s Literature Fulfillment Center by calling 1-800-957-7050. For order entry assistance, contact CSC at: Phone: 1-800-356-1243 Fax: 1-800-752-8602 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-19 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Technical Data and Specifications 1 Standard Lug Capacities 1 Description Minimum Wire Size Maximum Wire Size Wire Type 30A DP #14 #12 #10 #10 Cu or 1 Al 30A DG #14 #6 Cu/Al 1 30A DH, DT #14 #2 Cu/Al 1 60A DG #14 #1/0 Cu/Al 60A DH, DT #14 #2 Cu/Al 1 100A DG 2 #14 #1/0 Cu/Al 100A DH, DT #14 #1/0 Cu/Al 1 200A DG, DT #6 250 kcmil Cu/Al 200A DH Type 1 and 3R #6 250 kcmil Cu/Al 200A DH Type 4 and 12 #6 300 kcmil Cu/Al 400A DG, DH, DT (2) #1/0 (1) #1/0 (2) 300 kcmil (1) 750 kcmil Cu/Al or 1 Cu/Al 600A DG, DH, fusible DT (1) #2 (1) #1/0 (1) 600 kcmil (1) 750 kcmil Cu/Al and 3 Cu/Al 600A non-fusible DT (2) #250 (2) 500 kcmil Cu/Al 800A DH (4) #1/0 (4) 750 kcmil Cu/Al 1 800A DT (3) #250 (3) 500 kcmil Cu/Al 1200A DH, DT (4) #1/0 (4) 750 kcmil Cu/Al 1 Copper-Bodied Lugs 30A Cu #14 #6 Cu 1 60A Cu #14 #4 Cu 1 100A Cu #6 #1/0 Cu 200A Cu #6 250 kcmil Cu 400A Cu #1/0 500 kcmil Cu 600–800A Cu (2) #1/0 (2) 500 kcmil Cu 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Single barrel lug that accepts one or two cables per phase as detailed above. 2 The maximum size aluminum or copper-clad aluminum wire allowable for applications where the conductor enters or leaves the enclosure through the wall opposite its terminal is #1 gauge. 3 Double barrel lug that accepts two cables per phase as detailed above. Although certain lug capacities are larger than required, only minimum wire bending space is provided per the requirements noted in NEC® Tables 373.6 (a) and (b) for respective ampere ratings. A factory-installed ground lug is supplied on all NEMA 4, 4X and 12 safety switches, as well as all 400A and higher NEMA 1 and 3R safety switches. A factory-installed ground lug is also supplied on all heavy-duty NEMA 1 and 3R 30–200A switches that do NOT have a factory-installed neutral. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-20 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches General-Duty Double Throw Short-Circuit Ratings Using Class “R”, “J” or “T” Fusing Where Applicable 1 Short-Circuit Ratings Using Class “R,” “J” or “T” Fusing where Applicable 45678 Ampere Rating Short-Circuit Ratings (Amperes) Type 1 30 100k at 240V 60 100 Short-Circuit Ratings (Amperes) (600V) Type 3R Ampere Rating Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 Type 4 and 4X 100k at 240V 30 100k 100k 100k 100k 100k at 240V 100k at 240V 60 100k 100k 100k 100k 100k at 240V 100k at 240V 100 100k 100k 100k 100k 200 100k at 240V 100k at 240V 200 100k 100k 100k 100k 400 100k at 250V 100k at 250V 400 100k 100k 100k 100k 600 100k at 250V 100k at 250V 600 100k 100k 100k 100k 800 100k 100k — — 1200 100k 100k — — Shunt Trip Safety Switch Short-Circuit Ratings Using Class “R,” “J/L” or “T” Fusing 2 Ampere Rating 480V 600V 30 200 kAIC 200 kAIC 60 200 kAIC 200 kAIC 100 200 kAIC 200 kAIC 200 200 kAIC 100 kAIC 400 200 kAIC 100 kAIC 600 200 kAIC 100 kAIC 800 200 kAIC 200 kAIC Heavy-Duty Short-Circuit Ratings (Amperes) Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 Type 4 and 4X 30 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Class “H” fuse clips supplied as standard for 30–600A. Rated at 10,000A rms symmetrical when using Class “H” fuses. 2 Non-fusible values are based on combination rating with upstream device (see TD00801005E). 3 Class “L” fuse connectors supplied as standard for 800A and 1200A. 4 Class “H” fuse clips supplied as standard for 30–600A, except Class “T” for 400A at 600V and 600A at 240V. Rated at 10,000A rms symmetrical when using Class “H” fuses. 5 Class “L” fuse connectors supplied as standard for 800A and 1200A. 6 Safety switch short-circuit ratings are applicable to AC only. 7 Safety switch I2t and Ip values are identical to UL maximum acceptable I2t and Ip values for the corresponding class fuse. 8 Table above is not applicable to the compact design shown on Page V2-T1-47. The compact design is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes. Short-Circuit Ratings Using Class “R,” “J” or “T” Fusing Where Applicable 1 Ampere Rating 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 60 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 100 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 1 200 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 1 400 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 1 600 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 800 3 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 200k at 480V 100k at 600V 1 1200 3 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 200k at 600V 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-21 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Short-Circuit Ratings of Non-Fusible Switches The UL listed short-circuit must be properly protected ratings for Eaton non-fusible by the appropriate class and switches are based on the size fusing noted. Otherwise, switches being properly this non-fusible switch must protected by overcurrent be replaced with an Eaton protective devices. For fusible switch that uses the applications that require a UL appropriate fusing required. listed short-circuit rating of Molded-case circuit breaker 10,000 rms symmetrical protection of non-fusible amperes or less, an Eaton Eaton switches for non-fusible switch must be applications that require a properly protected by any short-circuit rating of greater overcurrent protective device than 10,000 rms symmetrical rated no greater than the amperes has been evaluated ampere rating of the switch. and is summarized below. For applications that require a Refer to the reference tables UL listed short-circuit rating for typical Eaton fusible of greater than 10,000 rms switch UL listed short-circuit symmetrical amperes, an ratings. Eaton non-fusible switch UL Recognized Safety Switch/Circuit Breaker Series-Connected Ratings Safety Switch Ampere Rating Maximum System Voltage AC Circuit Breaker Maximum Short-Circuit Rating (rms Symmetrical) Circuit Breaker Frame(s) 1 30 and 60 600 1 25,000 18,000 14,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH FD, EGE FDB 100 600 25,000 18,000 14,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH FD, EGE FDB 480 35,000 EGH, EGS 600 25,000 18,000 14,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, HJD, JGH FD, JD, JGE FDB 480 65,000 HFD, HFDE, HJD, JGH 1 1 200 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-22 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Enhancement Eaton non-fusible safety switches, per table below, within the noted ampere ratings, now carry series combination short-circuit ratings as shown when combined with the identified MCCB or fuse type. With this listed rating, the safety switch shown in the one-line diagram, can be correctly applied when the motor feeder Eaton HMCP circuit breaker is replaced with an Eaton molded-case circuit breaker properly sized for the motor hp rating. This is a significant enhancement to the product’s performance rating. To achieve these ratings, the switches have been tested in combination with all of the overcurrent devices shown. Furthermore, the applicable combination ratings are marked on the inside of the switch door, ensuring inspector approval. Information and Application The circuit breaker or fuse rating is not to exceed the ampere rating of the nonfusible switch. When used on systems with greater than 10 kA short-circuit rating available, the UL Listed short- 600 H, K Any circuit breaker 14,000 FDB Utility 12,470V SC 3P 100 MVA 18,000 FD, EGE Transformer Fused Switch Overload Fuse Links, 15.5 kV 125A 200,000 R, T, J, L 10,000 H, K 25,000 100 Bus Duct–0001 1–#3200, 5 ft Main Switchgear Eaton Magnum DS, DT 520 3000A/3000A 600 MCC3 FDR Magnum DS, DT 520 800A/800A 200 480 Cable–0001 2–#500, 35 ft LV Motor Control Center MCC1 480V 32.91 kA MTR FDR HMCP MTR FDR HMCP MTR FDR HMCP MTR O/L Class 20 MTR O/L Class 20 MTR O/L Class 20 200,000 R, T, J, L 10,000 H, K 1 1 1 1 1 Any circuit breaker FDB 1 1 18,000 FD, EGE 25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH 1 Any circuit breaker 1 200,000 3 R, T, J, L 10,000 H, K 65,000 600 Any circuit breaker EGH, EGS 14,000 LV Switchgear Main Switchgear 480V 36.66 kA MCC2 FDR Magnum DS, DT 520 800A/800A 480 1 1 FDC, HFD, HFDE, EGH 35,000 Power Transformer S 2500 kVA 12,470/ 480V 5.75% Z MCC1 FDR Magnum DS, DT 520 800A/800A 10,000 1 1 Eaton Non-Fusible Maximum Maximum Upstream Device 2 Safety Switch System Short-Circuit Fuse Class Breaker Frame Ampere Rating 1 Voltage AC Rating 30 and 60 1 1 Non-Fusible Safety Switches One-Line Diagram P circuit rating of the nonfusible switch is based upon the switch being used in combination with fuses or molded-case circuit breakers identified in the table below. HFD, HFDE, HJD, JGH 200,000 R, T, J, L 10,000 H, K 1 Any circuit breaker 14,000 FDB 18,000 FD, JD, JGE 25,000 FDC, HFD, HFDE, HJD, JGH 200,000 1 1 1 R, T, J, L Notes 1 For use on NEMA 1, 3R, 12/3R and 4X switches. 2 Fuse or circuit breaker rating is not to exceed switch rating. 3 NEMA 12, 4/4X only. NEMA 1, 3R are 100 kAIC at 600 Vac. 1 1 Cable–0002 1–#4, 50 ft 1 1 Motor Disconnect 480V 13.5 kA 1 1 1 Motor 50 hp 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-23 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Dimensions 1 Typical Fuse Dimensions in Inches 1 1 1 Note: For typical fuse dimensions in millimeters, see Page V2-T1-25. Class T Class J Class RK5 and RK1, Class H (Dimensions Apply) T-Tron™ Fuses JJN (300V) JJS (600V) Low-Peak® and Limitron® Fuses LPJ & JKS (600V) 1 Fusetron®, Low-Peak and Limitron Fuses (250 and 600V) FRN-R and FRS-R; LPN-RK and LPS-RK; KTN-R and KTS-R Basic dimensions are same as Class H (formerly NEC) ONE-TIME (NON and NOS) and SUPERLAG Renewable RES and REN fuses. 1 Note: These fuses can be used to replace existing Class H, RK1 and RK5 fuses relating to dimensional compatibility. A 1 1 B 1 250V Ampere 1/10–30 35–60 1 1 A 2.00 3.00 600V B 0.56 0.81 A 5.00 5.50 B 0.81 1.06 A 1 B Fusetron and Limitron 1 250V Ampere 70–100 110–200 225–400 450–600 1 1 A 5.88 7.13 8.63 10.38 B 1.06 1.56 2.06 2.59 600V A 7.88 9.63 11.63 13.38 B 1.34 1.84 2.59 3.13 Low-Peak 1 250V Ampere 70–100 110–200 225–400 450–600 1 1 A 5.88 7.13 8.63 10.38 B 1.16 1.66 2.38 2.88 600V A 7.88 9.63 11.63 13.38 B 1.16 1.66 2.38 2.88 Class L 1 Low-Peak and Limitron Fuses KRP-C, KTU & KLU (601–4000A) (600V) 1 Note: KRP-CL (150–600A) fuses have same dimensions as 601–800A case size. KTU (200–600A) have same dimensions, except tube 3-inch lgth. x 2-inch dia.; terminal 1.63-inch width x 1.25-inch thick. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-24 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Typical Fuse Dimensions in Millimeters 1 Class T Class J T-Tron Fuses JJN (300V) Low-Peak and Limitron Fuses LPJ and JKS (600V) JJS (600V) 1 Fusetron, Low-Peak and Limitron Fuses (250 and 600V) FRN-R and FRS-R; LPN-RK and LPS-RK; KTN-R and KTS-R 1 1 Basic dimensions are same as Class H (formerly NEC) ONE-TIME (NON and NOS) and SUPERLAG Renewable RES and REN fuses. 1 Note: These fuses can be used to replace existing Class H, RK1 and RK5 fuses relating to dimensional compatibility. 1 1 A 1 B 250V Ampere 1/10–30 35–60 A 50.8 76.2 B 14.3 20.6 600V A 127.0 139.7 1 B 20.6 27.0 1 A 1 B 1 Fusetron and Limitron 250V Ampere 70–100 110–200 225–400 450–600 A 149.2 181.0 219.1 263.5 B 26.9 39.6 52.3 65.8 600V A 200.0 244.5 295.3 339.7 B 34.0 46.7 65.8 79.5 1 1 1 Low-Peak 250V Ampere 70–100 110–200 225–400 450–600 A 149.2 181.0 219.1 263.5 B 29.5 42.2 60.5 73.2 600V A 200.0 244.5 295.3 339.7 B 29.5 42.2 60.5 73.2 1 1 1 Class L Low-Peak and Limitron Fuses KRP-C, KTU and KLU (601–4000A) (600V) 1 Note: KRP-CL (150–600A) fuses have same dimensions as 601–800A case size. KTU (200–600A) have samedimensions, except tube 76.2 mm lgth. x 50.8 mm dia.; terminal 41.3 mm width x 31.8 mm thick. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-25 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Contents Cartridge Fuse General-Duty Safety Switch Description 1 Page Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch. . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-27 V2-T1-28 V2-T1-30 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 General Duty 1 Product Description 1 ● 1 1 1 ● ● ● 1 1 1 1 1 ● ● 30–600A Suitable for service entrance applications unless otherwise noted Fusible and non-fusible switches are 100% load break and 100% load make rated The continuous load current of fusible switches is not to exceed 80% of the rating of fuses employed in other than motor circuits. Non-fusible switches are 100% fully rated 200–600A features K-Series design Horsepower rated 1 1 Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● Fusible and non-fusible switches. Single-pole S/N through four-wire; 120/240, and 240 Vac With Class R fuses, switches may be used on systems capable of delivering 100,000A rms symmetrical Note: Plug fuse switches are not service entrance rated. ● Bolt-on hub provision. Provided for general-duty switches in a NEMA 3R enclosure. See Page V2-T115 for selection Application Description For residential and commercial applications. Suitable for light-duty motor circuits and service entrance. General-Duty (Cartridge Fuse) ● Ample wire bending space provides for easier installation ● Visible double-break quickmake, quick-break rotary blade mechanism ● Side opening door on all enclosures ● Mechanically interlocked cover to prevent easy access when the switch is in the ON position ● With Class R fuses, switches may be used on systems capable of delivering 100,000A rms symmetrical 1 V2-T1-26 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Clearly visible and accessible neutral where applicable Visible ON/OFF indication Tangential knockouts on 30–60A designs Ample wiring space Double padlocking capability on 30–100A Triple padlocking capability on 200–600A Additional door locking capability Bilingual English/Spanish door label on 30–100A Tri-lingual nameplates Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Standards and Certifications All general-duty switches above 100A and all heavyduty switches incorporate these K-Series switch design features. ● Two points of contact provide a positive open and close, easier operation, and also help prevent contact burning for longer contact life ● ● UL listed File No. E5239 Meets UL 98 for enclosed switches and NEMA Std. KS-1 Protects against accidental contact with energized parts. Probe holes enable the user to test if the line side is energized without removing the shield. Not typically provided on general-duty switches, but available as a field kit or factory installed 1 1 1 1 Clearly Visible Handle Interlocking Mechanism ● The position (ON or OFF) can be clearly seen from a distance and the length provides for easy operation ● 1 Door cannot be opened when the handle is in the ON position. Front and side operable defeater mechanism provides for user access when necessary on singlethrow switches 1 1 1 1 1 Visible Double-Break Rotary Blade Mechanism ● 1 1 Triple Padlocking Capability ● Personnel safety feature because the large hasp can accommodate up to three 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) shank locks 1 1 Tangential Knockouts ● 1 An ample number are provided on the top, bottom and sides of both NEMA Types 1 and 3R enclosures through 200A 1 1 1 1 1 Additional Locking Capability Clear Line Shield ● Provide easy removal of fuses ● Cabinet door can be further padlocked at the top and bottom as applicable 1 1 Bolt-On Hub Kits ● For switches in a NEMA Type 3R, 30–200A. Use a Myers type hub for all others 1 1 1 1 1 Built-In Fuse Pullers (NEMA 12 and 4X 30–200A Only) 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-27 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection 1 120/240 Vac General-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw 1 1 Ampere Rating System DP221NGB 30 1 1 Fuse Type Provision 250V NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor Catalog Number NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number — DP111NGB 2 — — DP221NGB 2 Use cartridge-type fuse catalog number DG221NRB 2 Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC 120V 240V — 240V Plug Type—Two-Wire (One Blade, One Fuse, S/N)—120 Vac 2 S/N 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1 Plug (Type S, T or W) 1/2–2 — Plug Type—Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N)—120/240 Vac 30 S/N 1 1 1 Plug (Type S, T or W) 1/2–2 1-1/2–3 — Cartridge Type—Two-Pole Two-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses)—240 Vac 1 1 30 — — 1-1/2–3 3–7-1/2 — 3 3 60 — — 3–10 7-1/2–15 — 3 3 100 — — 7-1/2–15 15–30 — 3 200 400 1 600 1 H H H — — — 15 — — 25–60 50–125 75–200 3 DG224FGK 45 DG224FRK 45 DG225FGK 45 DG225FRK 45 — DG226FGK 45 DG226FRK 45 — — Cartridge Type—Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N)—120/240 Vac 30 H — 1-1/2–3 3–7-1/2 6 — DG221NGB 2 DG221NRB 2 60 H — 3–10 7-1/2–15 6 — DG222NGB 2 DG222NRB 2 1 100 H — 7-1/2–15 15–30 6 — DG223NGB 2 DG223NRB 2 200 H — 15 25–60 6 — DG224NGK DG224NRK 1 400 H — — 50–125 6 50 DG225NGK DG225NRK 600 H — — 75–200 6 — DG226NGK DG226NRK S/N 1 1 Notes 1 Maximum hp ratings apply only when dual element time delay fuses are used. 2 These switches do not have an interlock that prevents door from being opened when switch is in the ON position. 3 Use three-wire catalog numbers below. 4 Solid neutral bars are not included. Order separately from table on Page V2-T1-14. 5 WARNING! Switch is not approved for service entrance unless a neutral kit is installed. 6 Grounded B phase rating, UL listed. 1 1 1 All general-duty safety switches are individually packaged. Accessories are limited in scope on general-duty safety switches. See Page V2-T1-14 for availability. In addition, clear line shields are available as an accessory on 200–600A general-duty switches. Catalog Numbers: 200A = 70-7759-11, 400A = 70-8063-8, 600A = 70-8064-8. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-28 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches DG321NRB 120/240 Vac General-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, continued Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1 Ampere Rating System Fuse Type Provision Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC 120V 240V 250V NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor Catalog Number 240V NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number — — — — — 2 2 60 — — — — — 2 2 100 — — — — — 2 2 1 1 200 H — 15 25–60 — DG324FGK 34 2 400 H — — 50–125 — DG325FGK 34 DG325FRK 34 600 H — — 75–200 — DG326FGK 34 DG326FRK 34 Cartridge Type—Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N)—120/240 Vac S/N 1 1 Cartridge Type—Three-Pole, Three-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses)—240 Vac 30 1 30 H — 1-1/2–3 3–7-1/2 — DG321NGB 5 DG321NRB 5 60 H — 3–10 7-1/2–15 — DG322NGB 5 DG322NRB 5 100 H — 7-1/2–15 15–30 — DG323NGB 5 DG323NRB 5 200 H — 15 25–60 — DG324NGK DG324NRK 400 H — — 50–125 — DG325NGK DG325NRK 600 H — — 75–200 — DG326NGK DG326NRK 1 1 1 1 1 1 DG322URB 1 120/240 Vac General-Duty, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw Maximum Horsepower Ratings System Ampere Rating Three-Phase AC DC 240V 240V 250V NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor Catalog Number Single-Phase AC 120V NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number 1 1 Two-Pole, Two-Wire (Two Blades)—240 Vac 30 2 3 — — DG221UGB 45 DG221URB 45 60 3 10 — — DG222UGB 45 DG222URB 45 45 45 100 — 15 — — DG223UGB 200 — 15 — — 46 DG223URB DG224URK 4 Three-Pole, Three-Wire (Three Blades)—240 Vac 30 2 3 7-1/2 — DG321UGB 45 DG321URB 45 60 3 10 15 — DG322UGB 45 DG322URB 45 100 — 15 30 — DG323UGB 45 DG323URB 45 200 — 15 60 — DG324UGK 4 DG324URK 4 400 — — 125 — DG325UGK 7 DG325URK 7 — 7 DG326URK 7 600 — — 200 DG326UGK Notes 1 Maximum hp ratings apply only when dual element time delay fuses are used. 2 Use four-wire catalog numbers below. 3 Solid neutral bars are not included. Order separately from table on Page V2-T1-14. 4 WARNING! Switch is not approved for service entrance unless a neutral kit is installed. 5 These switches do not have an interlock that prevents door from being opened when switch is in the ON position. 6 Use three-wire catalog numbers below. 7 Drilled to accept field installed neutral kits. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 All general-duty safety switches are individually packaged. Accessories are limited in scope on general-duty safety switches. See Page V2-T1-14 for availability. In addition, clear line shields are available as an accessory on 200–600A general-duty switches. Catalog Numbers: 200A = 70-7759-11, 400A = 70-8063-8, 600A = 70-8064-8. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-29 1.1 1 1 1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Plug Fuse, 120, 120/240V, Single-, Two-Pole Solid Neutral, Single-Throw Ampere Rating NEMA 1 Height Width Depth 30 6.88 (174.8) 4.94 (125.5) 3.44 (87.4) 1 1 General-Duty, Non-Fusible, 240V, Three-Pole, Single-Throw 1 General-Duty, Fusible, 240V, Three-Pole Solid Neutral, Single-Throw 1 Ampere Rating Ampere Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2) Weight Lbs (kg) 30 6.38 (162.1) 10.69 (271.5) 6.88 (174.8) 3.75 (95.2) 6 (2.724) 60 8.69 (220.7) 14.19 (360.4) 7.38 (187.5) 4.21 (106.9) 10 (4.54) 12 (5.448) 100 9.13 (231.9) 18.81 (477.8) 7.38 (187.5) 4.23 (107.4) 14 (6.356) 48 (21.792) 200 16.00 (406.4) 24.75 (628.7) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 48 (21.792) 7.27 (184.7) 100 (45.4) 400 23.00 (584.2) 44.75 (1136.7) 12.63 (320.8) 7.27 (184.7) 110 (49.94) 8.95 (227.3) 130 (59.02) 600 24.00 (609.6) 52.25 (1327.2) 14.25 (362.0) 8.95 (227.3) 145 (65.83) Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2) Weight Lbs (kg) 1 30 6.38 (162.1) 10.69 (271.5) 6.88 (174.8) 3.75 (95.2) 6 (2.724) 1 60 8.69 (220.7) 14.19 (360.4) 7.38 (187.5) 4.21 (106.9) 9 (4.086) 100 9.13 (231.9) 18.81 (477.8) 7.38 (187.5) 4.23 (107.4) 1 200 16.00 (406.4) 24.75 (628.7) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 400 23.00 (584.2) 44.75 (1136.7) 12.63 (320.8) 1 600 24.00 (609.6) 52.25 (1327.2) 14.25 (362.0) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 3R 30 6.38 (162.1) 10.81 (274.6) 6.88 (174.8) 3.75 (95.2) 6 (2.724) 30 6.38 (162.1) 10.81 (274.6) 6.88 (174.8) 3.75 (95.2) 6 (2.724) 60 8.69 (220.7) 14.38 (365.3) 7.38 (187.5) 4.21 (106.9) 9 (4.086) 60 8.69 (220.7) 14.38 (365.3) 7.38 (187.5) 4.21 (106.9) 10 (4.54) 100 9.13 (231.9) 19.25 (489.0) 7.38 (187.5) 4.23 (107.4) 12 (5.448) 100 9.13 (231.9) 19.25 (489.0) 7.38 (187.5) 4.23 (107.4) 14 (6.356) 16.00 (406.4) 25.50 (647.7) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 55 (24.97) 200 16.00 (406.4) 25.50 (647.7) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 55 (24.97) 200 400 23.00 (584.2) 45.19 (1147.8) 12.63 (320.8) 7.27 (184.7) 105 (47.67) 400 23.00 (584.2) 45.19 (1147.8) 12.63 (320.8) 7.27 (184.7) 115 (52.21) 600 24.00 (609.6) 52.70 (1338.6) 14.25 (362.0) 8.95 (227.3) 135 (61.29) 600 24.00 (609.6) 52.70 (1338.6) 14.25 (362.0) 8.95 (227.3) 150 (68.1) NEMA 1-3R 30–100A General-Duty Non-Fusible and Fusible Single-Throw 2 W NEMA 1-3R 200–600A General-Duty Non-Fusible and Fusible Single-Throw W D D 1 1 1 H H CL 1 1 D2 D2 1 Notes 1 Dimensions are for estimating purposes only. 2 Figure is not applicable to plug fuse. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-30 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents Heavy-Duty Safety Switch Description Page Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-32 V2-T1-33 V2-T1-42 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Heavy-Duty Product Description ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 30–1200A 600 Vac, 600 Vdc maximum Horsepower rated Fusible and non-fusible switches are 100% load break and 100% load make rated The continuous load current of fusible switches is not to exceed 80% of the rating of fuses employed in other than motor circuits. Non-fusible switches are 100% fully rated Suitable for service entrance applications unless otherwise noted For factory modifications, refer to Pages V2-T1-16 through V2-T1-19 Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions For heavy commercial and industrial applications where reliable performance and service continuity are critical. ● For the toughest heavy commercial and industrial applications, refer to Page V2-T1-76 for catalog information on our mill-duty safety switch ● ● ● Deionizing arc chutes; arc chutes confine and suppress the arcs produced by opening contacts under load Mechanically interlocked cover to prevent easy access when the switch is in the ON position Clearly visible palm fitting red handle Complete accessory and renewal parts data shown on inner door label. ● ● ● 30–800A NEMA 12 designs convertible to NEMA 3R by opening factory-installed drain hole 30–1200A switches are seismic qualified and exceed the requirements of the Uniform Building Code® (UBC) and California Code Title 24 Tri-lingual nameplates 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-31 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Standards and Certifications 1 ● 1 ● 1 1 1 Visible Double-Break Rotary Blade Mechanism 1 1 ● 1 1 Clearly Visible Handle ● Two points of contact provide a positive open and close, easier operation, and also help prevent contact burning for longer contact life The position (ON or OFF) can be clearly seen from a distance and the length provides for easy operation Interlocking Mechanism ● 1 Door cannot be opened when the handle is in the ON position. Front and side operable defeater mechanism provides for user access when necessary on singlethrow switches 1 1 Triple Padlocking Capability 1 ● 1 1 Clear Line Shield ● 1 1 1 1 Protects against accidental contact with energized parts. Probe holes enable the user to test if the line side is energized without removing the shield. Not typically provided on general-duty switches, but available as a field kit or factory installed 1 Tangential Knockouts ● An ample number are provided on the top, bottom and sides of both NEMA Types 1 and 3R enclosures through 200A ● For switches in a NEMA Type 3R, 30–200A. Use a Myers type hub for all others Additional Locking Capability ● 1 1 Cabinet door can be further padlocked at the top and bottom as applicable Bolt-On Hub Kits 1 Built-In Fuse Pullers (NEMA 12 and 4X 30–200A Only) 1 1 Personnel safety feature because the large hasp can accommodate up to three 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) shank locks ● Provide easy removal of fuses 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-32 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com UL listed File No. E5239 Meets UL 98 for enclosed switches and NEMA Std. KS-1 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection 240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, Fusible—NEMA 1, 3R Maximum Horsepower Ratings DC 250V NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor Catalog Number NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number 5 DH221FGK 2 2 AC Ampere Rating System Fuse Type Provision Standard Fuse Single-Phase Time Delay Three-Phase Single-Phase Three-Phase Two-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 H 1-1/2 — — — 60 — — — — — — 2 100 — — — — — — 2 2 2 1 1 1 200 — — — — — — 2 400 H — 50 1 — 125 1 50 DH225FGK DH225FRK 600 H — 75 1 — 200 1 — DH226FGK DH226FRK 800 L — 100 1 — — — DH227FGK — 1 3 7-1/2 3 1 30 S/N 1 1 Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc H 1-1/2 33 5 DH221NGK DH221NRK 10 15 3 10 DH222NGK DH222NRK 15 30 3 20 DH223NGK DH223NRK 3 3 40 DH224NGK DH224NRK 50 DH225NGK DH225NRK 60 H 3 7-1/2 100 H 7-1/2 15 3 3 200 H 15 25 15 60 400 H — 50 3 — 125 3 600 H — 75 3 — 200 3 — DH226NGK DH226NRK 800 L — 100 3 — — — DH227NGK DH227NRK 5 DH321FGK DH321FRK Three-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 H 1-1/2 3 60 H 3 100 H 7-1/2 200 H 15 25 15 400 H — 50 — 600 H — 75 — 800 L — 100 — 1200 L — — 1-1/2 1 1 1 1 1 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 15 10 DH322FGK DH322FRK 15 15 30 20 DH323FGK DH323FRK 60 40 DH324FGK DH324FRK 125 50 DH325FGK DH325FRK 200 — DH326FGK DH326FRK — — DH327FGK DH327FRK — — — DH328FGK DH328FRK 1 3 7-1/2 5 DH321NGK DH321NRK 1 Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc S/N DH221NRK 1 3 1 1 1 30 H 60 H 3 7-1/2 10 15 10 DH322NGK DH322NRK 100 H 7-1/2 15 15 30 20 DH323NGK DH323NRK 200 H 15 25 15 60 40 DH324NGK DH324NRK 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH325NGK DH325NRK 600 H — 75 — 200 — DH326NGK DH326NRK 800 L — 100 — — — DH327NGK DH327NRK 1200 L — — — — — DH328NGK DH328NRK 1 1 Four-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H 3 3 10 7-1/2 5 DH421FGK 4 60 H 7-1/2 7-1/2 20 15 10 DH422FGK 4 100 H 15 15 30 30 20 DH423FGK 4 200 H 30 25 50 60 40 DH424FGK 4 400 H 50 50 — 125 50 DH425FGK 45 600 H — 75 — 200 — DH426FGK 45 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Horsepower ratings apply only when neutral is field installed and switch is used on a grounded B phase system. 2 Use three-pole catalog numbers below. 3 Grounded B phase ratings, UL listed. 4 Use NEMA 12. NEMA 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 5 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 30A heavy-duty switches with Type J fuse provisions are available from the factory only. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. Suitable for service entrance use, except four-pole switches. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-33 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, Fusible—NEMA 12, 4 Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1 1 1 DC 250V NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number NEMA 4 Enclosure Watertight, Painted Steel Catalog Number AC Standard Fuse Ampere Rating System Fuse Type Provision Single-Phase Time Delay Three-Phase Single-Phase Three-Phase Two-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 H 1-1/2 — — — 5 3 — 60 — — — — — — 3 — 100 — — — — — — 3 — 1 200 — — — — — — 3 — 1 400 H — 50 1 — 125 1 50 DH225FDK 4 DH225FPK 600 H — 75 1 — 200 1 — DH226FDK 4 DH226FPK 800 L — 100 1 — — — DH227FDK 4 — 1 1 Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc H 1-1/2 32 3 7-1/2 2 5 DH221NDK 4 — H 3 7-1/2 2 10 15 2 10 DH222NDK 4 — 1 100 H 7-1/2 15 2 15 30 2 20 DH223NDK 4 — 200 H 15 25 2 15 60 2 40 DH224NDK 4 — 1 400 H — 50 2 — 125 2 50 DH225NDK 4 DH225NPK 600 H — 75 2 — 200 2 — DH226NDK 4 DH226NPK 1 800 L — 100 2 — — — DH227NDK 4 DH227NPK S/N 30 60 1 Three-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 30 H 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 5 DH321FDK 4 — 60 H 3 7-1/2 10 15 10 DH322FDK 4 — 1 100 H 7-1/2 15 15 30 20 DH323FDK 4 — 200 H 15 25 15 60 40 DH324FDK 4 — 1 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH325FDK 4 DH325FPK 1 600 H — 75 — 200 — DH326FDK 4 DH326FPK 800 L — 100 — — — DH327FDK 4 DH327FPK 1200 L — — — — — DH328FDK 4 — 1 Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 5 DH321NDK 4 — 60 H 3 7-1/2 10 15 10 DH322NDK 4 — 100 H 7-1/2 15 15 30 20 DH323NDK 4 — 200 H 15 25 15 60 40 DH324NDK 4 — 1 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH325NDK 4 DH325NPK 600 H — 75 — 200 — DH326NDK 4 DH326NPK 1 800 L — 100 — — — DH327NDK 45 — 1200 L — — — — — DH328NDK 4 — S/N 1 1 1 Four-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H 3 3 10 7-1/2 5 DH421FDK 4 — 1 60 H 7-1/2 7-1/2 20 15 10 DH422FDK 4 — 1 100 H 15 15 30 30 20 DH423FDK 4 — 200 H 30 25 50 60 40 DH424FDK 4 — 400 H 50 50 — 125 50 45 — 600 H — 75 — 200 — 45 — 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Horsepower ratings apply only when neutral is field installed and switch is used on a grounded B phase system. 2 Grounded B phase ratings, UL listed. 3 Use three-pole catalog numbers below. 4 NEMA 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 5 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 30A heavy-duty switches with Type J fuse provisions are available from the factory only. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. Suitable for service entrance use, except four-pole switches. 1 V2-T1-34 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, Fusible—NEMA 4X Maximum Horsepower Ratings Three-Phase DC 250V NEMA 4X Enclosure CorrosionResistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number AC Standard Fuse Ampere Rating System Fuse Type Provision Single-Phase Time Delay Three-Phase Single-Phase Two-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 H 1-1/2 — — — 5 3 60 — — — — — — 3 100 — — — — — — 4 200 — — — — — — 4 1 — 125 1 50 4 — 200 1 — 4 400 H — 50 600 H — 75 1 800 L — 100 1 — — — 4 S/N 1 1 1 1 1 or 4 1 1 1 Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 1 30 H 1-1/2 32 3 7-1/2 2 5 DH221NWK 60 H 3 7-1/2 2 10 15 2 10 DH222NWK 100 H 7-1/2 15 2 15 30 2 20 DH223NWK 200 H 15 25 2 15 60 2 40 DH224NWK 400 H — 50 2 — 125 2 50 DH225NWK 2 — 200 2 — DH226NWK — — — DH227NWK 1 1 600 H — 75 800 L — 100 2 Three-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 1 30 H 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 5 DH321FWK 60 H 3 7-1/2 10 15 10 DH322FWK 100 H 7-1/2 15 15 30 20 4 200 H 15 25 15 60 40 DH324FWK 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH325FWK 600 H — 75 — 200 — DH326FWK 800 L — 100 — — — DH327FWK 1200 L — — — — — DH328FWK 1 1 Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc S/N DH322FWK 30 H 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 5 DH321NWK 60 H 3 7-1/2 10 15 10 DH322NWK 100 H 7-1/2 15 15 30 20 DH323NWK 200 H 15 25 15 60 40 DH324NWK 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH325NWK 600 H — 75 — 200 — DH326NWK 1 1 1 1 1 1 800 L — 100 — — — 4 1200 L — — — — — DH328NWK 1 1 Four-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H 3 3 10 7-1/2 5 4 60 H 7-1/2 7-1/2 20 15 10 4 100 H 15 15 30 30 20 4 200 H 30 25 50 60 40 4 400 H 50 50 — 125 50 4 600 H — 75 — 200 — 4 1 1 1 Notes 1 Horsepower ratings apply only when neutral is field installed and switch is used on a grounded B phase system. 2 Grounded B phase ratings, UL listed. 3 Use three-pole catalog numbers below. 4 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 1 1 30A heavy-duty switches with Type J fuse provisions are available from the factory only. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. Suitable for service entrance use, except four-pole switches. 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-35 1.1 1 DH362NRK Switching Devices Safety Switches 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, 277/480–600V—NEMA 1, 3R Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses 1 Ampere Rating System 1 Fuse Class Provision Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdc 1 Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC 480V 480V 250V 600V 600V 600V NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor Catalog Number NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 30 H 7-1/2 10 — — — 15 DH261FGK DH261FRK 60 H 20 25 — — — 25 DH262FGK DH262FRK 1 100 H 30 40 — — 20 25 DH263FGK DH263FRK 200 H 50 50 — — 40 50 DH264FGK DH264FRK 1 400 H — — — — 50 — DH265FGK DH265FRK 1 600 H — — — — 50 — DH266FGK DH266FRK 800 L — — — — — — DH267FGK DH267FRK 1200 L — — — — — — 2 — 1 Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361FGK DH361FRK 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362FGK DH362FRK 1 100 H 30 40 60 75 — — DH363FGK DH363FRK 1 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364FGK DH364FRK 400 H — — 250 350 — — DH365FGK DH365FRK 1 600 H — — 400 500 — — DH366FGK DH366FRK 800 L — — 500 500 — — DH367FGK DH367FRK 1200 L — — 500 500 — — DH368FGK DH368FRK 1 Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N) 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 1 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361NGK DH361NRK 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362NGK DH362NRK 100 H 30 40 60 75 — — DH363NGK DH363NRK 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364NGK DH364NRK 400 H — — 250 350 — — DH365NGK DH365NRK 1 600 H — — 400 500 — — DH366NGK DH366NRK 1 800 L — — 500 500 — — DH367NGK DH367NRK 1200 L — — 500 500 — — DH368NGK DH368NRK S/N 1 1 Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 1 30 H 20 3 25 3 15 20 — — DH461FGK 4 60 H 40 3 50 3 30 50 — — DH462FGK 4 100 H 50 3 50 3 60 75 — — DH463FGK 4 200 H — — 125 150 40 — DH464FGK 4 1 400 H — — 250 350 50 — DH465FGK 24 600 H — — 400 500 — — DH466FGK 24 1 800 L — — — — — — 2 24 1 1 1 Notes 1 DC rating for 800A switches is 250V. 2 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 3 Ratings are for two-phase AC. 4 Use NEMA 12. NEMA 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 1 30A heavy-duty switches with Type J fuse provisions are available from the factory only. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. Suitable for service entrance use, except 1200A on 480Y/277 or 600Y/347 grounded wye systems, per NEC 215.10 and 230.95, and four-pole switches. 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-36 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, 277/480–600V—NEMA 12, 4 Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Ampere Rating System Fuse Class Provision Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC 480V 480V 250V 600V 600V 600V NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number NEMA 4 Enclosure Watertight, Painted Steel Catalog Number Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdc 1 (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 H 7-1/2 10 — — — 15 DH261FDK 2 — 60 H 20 25 — — — 25 DH262FDK 2 — 100 H 30 40 — — 20 — DH263FDK 2 — 200 H 50 50 — — — 50 DH264FDK 2 — 400 H — — — — 50 — DH265FDK 2 4 600 H — — — — — — DH266FDK 2 4 800 L — — — — — — DH267FDK 2 4 1200 L — — — — — — 3 — 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361FDK 2 — 2 — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 1 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362FDK 100 H 30 40 60 75 — — DH363FDK 2 — 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364FDK 2 — 400 H — — 250 350 — — DH365FDK 2 DH365FPK 600 H — — 400 500 — — DH366FDK 2 DH366FPK 2 DH367FPK 1 1 800 L — — 500 500 — — DH367FDK 1200 L — — 500 500 — — DH368FDK — 1 1 Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N) 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc S/N DH361NDK 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361NDK 2 — 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362NDK 2 — 100 H 30 40 60 75 — — DH363NDK 2 — 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364NDK 2 — 400 H — — 250 350 — — DH365NDK 2 DH365NPK 600 H — — 400 500 — — DH366NDK 2 DH366NPK — 800 L — — 500 500 — — 23 1200 L — — 500 500 — — DH368NDK — 1 1 1 1 Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H 20 5 25 5 15 20 — — 23 — 60 H 40 5 50 5 30 50 — — 23 — 100 H 50 5 50 5 60 75 — — DH463FDK 2 — 200 H — — 125 150 40 — DH464FDK 2 — 400 H — — 250 350 50 — 23 — 600 H — — 400 500 — — 23 — 800 L — — — — — — 23 — 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 DC rating for 800A switches is 250V. 2 Use NEMA 12. NEMA 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 3 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 4 Use three-pole catalog numbers below for 600 Vac, 250 Vdc maximum applications. 5 Ratings are for two-phase AC. 30A heavy-duty switches with Type J fuse provisions are available from the factory only. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. Suitable for service entrance use, except 1200A on 480Y/277 or 600Y/347 grounded wye systems, per NEC 215.10 and 230.95, and four-pole switches. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-37 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw, 277/480–600V—NEMA 4X Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses 1 1 1 Ampere Rating System Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdc 1 Fuse Class Provision 1 Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC 480V 480V 250V 600V 600V 600V NEMA 4X Enclosure CorrosionResistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 H 7-1/2 10 — — — 15 DH261FWK 60 H 20 25 — — — 25 2 or 3 1 100 H 30 40 — — 20 — 2 or 3 1 200 H 50 50 — — — 50 DH264FWK 400 H — — — — 50 — 2 or 3 600 H — — — — — — 2 or 3 — 2 or 3 — — 3 1 1 800 1200 L — — — — — — — — — Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 1 1 1 1 1 L 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361FWK 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362FWK 100 H 30 40 60 75 — — DH363FWK 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364FWK 400 H — — 250 350 — — DH365FWK 600 H — — 400 500 — — DH366FWK 800 L — — 500 500 — — DH367FWK 1200 L — — 500 500 — — DH368FWK Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N) 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361NWK 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362NWK 100 H 30 40 60 75 — — DH363NWK 1 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364NWK 1 400 H — — 250 350 — — DH365NWK 600 H — — 400 500 — — DH366NWK 800 L — — 500 500 — — DH367NWK 2 1200 L — — 500 500 — — DH368NWK S/N 1 1 1 Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H 20 4 25 4 15 20 — — 2 1 60 H 40 4 50 4 30 50 — — 2 H 50 4 50 4 60 75 — — 2 1 100 200 H — — 125 150 40 — 2 1 400 H — — 250 350 50 — 2 600 H — — 400 500 — — 2 1 800 L — — — — — — 2 1 Notes 1 DC rating for 800A switches is 250V. 2 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 3 Use three-pole catalog numbers below for 600 Vac, 250 Vdc maximum applications. 4 Ratings are for two-phase AC. 1 30A heavy-duty switches with Type J fuse provisions are available from the factory only. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. Suitable for service entrance use, except 1200A on 480Y/277 or 600Y/347 grounded wye systems, per NEC 215.10 and 230.95, and four-pole switches. 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-38 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches DH362UGK 1.1 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw, 277/480–600V—NEMA 1, 3R Maximum Horsepower Ratings System Ampere Rating Single-Phase AC 240V 480V Three-Phase AC 600V 240V 480V DC 600V 250V 600V NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor Catalog Number NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number 1 1 1 Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdc 1 (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 3 7-1/2 10 — — — — 15 DH261UGK DH261URK 60 10 20 25 — — — — 25 DH262UGK DH262URK 100 20 30 40 — — — 20 25 DH263UGK DH263URK 200 15 50 50 — — — — 50 DH264UGK DH264URK 400 — — — — — — 50 50 DH265UGK DH265URK 600 — — — — — — — 50 DH266UGK DH266URK 800 — — — — — — — — DH267UGK DH267URK — 2 — 1 1 1200 — — — — — — — Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 3 7-1/2 10 10 20 30 5 — DH361UGK DH361URK 60 10 20 25 20 50 60 10 — DH362UGK DH362URK 100 20 40 50 40 75 100 20 — DH363UGK DH363URK 200 15 50 50 60 125 150 40 — DH364UGK DH364URK 400 — — — 125 250 350 50 — DH365UGK DH365URK 600 — — — 200 400 500 — — DH366UGK DH366URK 800 — — — — 500 500 — — DH367UGK DH367URK 1200 — — — — 500 500 — — DH368UGK DH368URK Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 10 3 20 3 25 3 10 20 30 5 — DH461UGK 4 60 20 3 40 3 50 3 20 50 60 10 — DH462UGK 4 100 40 3 50 3 50 3 40 75 100 20 — DH463UGK 4 200 50 3 50 3 50 3 60 125 150 40 — DH464UGK 4 400 50 3 — — 125 250 350 50 — DH465UGK 24 600 — — — 200 400 500 — — DH466UGK 24 — 2 24 800 — — — — — — — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 DC rating for 800A switches is 250V. 2 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 3 Ratings are for two-phase AC. 4 Use NEMA 12. NEMA 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 1 1 Suitable for service entrance use, except 1200A on 480Y/277 or 600Y/347 grounded wye systems, per NEC 215.10 and 230.95, and four-pole switches. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-39 1.1 1 Safety Switches 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw, 277/480–600V—NEMA 12, 4 Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1 1 Switching Devices Single-Phase AC System Ampere Rating 240V Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdc 1 480V 1 Three-Phase AC 600V 240V 480V 600V NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number NEMA 4 Enclosure Watertight, Painted Steel Catalog Number DC 600V 250V (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 3 7-1/2 10 — — — — 15 DH261UDK 2 — 1 60 10 20 25 — — — — 25 DH262UDK 2 — 100 20 30 40 — — — 20 25 DH263UDK 2 — 1 200 15 50 50 — — — — 50 DH264UDK 2 — 400 — — — — — — 50 — DH265UDK 2 4 600 — — — — — — — — DH266UDK 2 4 — DH267UDK 2 4 — 3 — 1 800 1 1 1200 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 1 1 30 3 7-1/2 10 10 20 30 5 — DH361UDK 2 — 60 10 20 25 20 50 60 10 — DH362UDK 2 — 100 20 40 50 40 75 100 20 — DH363UDK 2 — 200 15 50 50 60 125 150 40 — DH364UDK 2 — 400 — — — 125 250 350 50 — DH365UDK 2 DH365UPK 2 DH366UPK 600 — — — 200 400 500 — — DH366UDK 1 800 — — — — 500 500 — — DH367UDK 2 DH367UPK 1200 — — — — 500 500 — — DH368UDK — 1 Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 10 5 20 5 25 5 10 20 30 5 — DH461UDK 2 — 1 60 20 5 40 5 50 5 20 50 60 10 — DH462UDK 2 — 100 40 5 50 5 50 5 40 75 100 20 — DH463UDK 2 — 200 50 5 50 5 50 5 60 125 150 40 — DH464UDK 2 — 400 50 5 — — 125 250 350 50 — 23 — 600 — — — 200 400 500 — — 23 — 800 — — — — — — — — 23 — 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 DC rating for 800A switches is 250V. 2 NEMA 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 3 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 4 Use three-pole catalog numbers below for 600 Vac, 250 Vdc maximum applications. For 600 Vdc, see note 3. 5 Ratings are for two-phase AC. Suitable for service entrance use, except 1200A on 480Y/277 or 600Y/347 grounded wye systems, per NEC 215.10 and 230.95, and four-pole switches. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-40 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches DH361UWK 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw, 277/480–600V—NEMA 4X Maximum Horsepower Ratings System Ampere Rating Single-Phase AC 240V 480V Three-Phase AC 600V 240V 480V 600V NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number DC 600V 250V 1 1 1 Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdc 1 (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 3 7-1/2 10 — — — — 15 2 or 3 60 10 20 25 — — — — 25 2 or 3 or 3 1 1 100 20 30 40 — — — 20 25 2 200 15 50 50 — — — — 50 2 or 3 400 — — — — — — 50 — 2 or 3 600 — — — — — — — — 2 or 3 800 — — — — — — — — 2 or 3 — 2 1 1 1200 — — — — — — — 1 1 Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 3 7-1/2 10 10 20 30 5 — DH361UWK 60 10 20 25 20 50 60 10 — DH362UWK 100 20 40 50 40 75 100 20 — DH363UWK 200 15 50 50 60 125 150 40 — DH364UWK 400 — — — 125 250 350 50 — DH365UWK 600 — — — 200 400 500 — — DH366UWK 800 — — — — 500 500 — — DH367UWK 1200 — — — — 500 500 — — DH368UWK 1 1 1 1 1 Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 10 4 20 4 25 4 10 20 30 5 — DH461UWK 60 20 4 40 4 50 4 20 50 60 10 — 2 100 40 4 50 4 50 4 40 75 100 20 — 2 200 50 4 50 4 50 4 60 125 150 40 — 2 400 50 4 — — 125 250 350 50 — 2 600 — — — 200 400 500 — — 2 800 — — — — — — — — 2 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 DC rating for 800A switches is 250V. 2 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 3 Use three-pole catalog numbers below for 600 Vac, 250 Vdc maximum applications. For 600 Vdc, see note 2. 4 Ratings are for two-phase AC. 1 1 Suitable for service entrance use, except 1200A on 480Y/277 or 600Y/347 grounded wye systems, per NEC 215.10 and 230.95, and four-pole switches. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-41 1.1 1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Note: Dimensions are for estimating purposes only. 1 Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, 600V, Three-Pole, Single-Throw Heavy-Duty, Fusible, 240V and 600V, Three-Pole Solid Neutral, Single-Throw 1 Ampere Rating Ampere Rating Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2) Weight Lbs (kg) Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2) Weight Lbs (kg) 1 NEMA 1, 3R 1 30 8.13 (206.5) 15.88 (403.4) 10.00 (254.0) 5.25 (133.3) 16 (7.264) 30 8.13 (206.5) 15.88 (403.4) 10.00 (254.0) 5.25 (133.3) 20 (9.08) 60 8.13 (206.5) 15.88 (403.4) 10.00 (254.0) 5.25 (133.3) 16 (7.264) 60 8.13 (206.5) 15.88 (403.4) 10.00 (254.0) 5.25 (133.3) 20 (9.08) 1 100 11.13 (282.7) 21.69 (550.9) 10.00 (254.0) 5.25 (133.3) 22 (9.988) 100 11.13 (282.7) 21.69 (550.9) 10.00 (254.0) 5.25 (133.3) 27 (12.258) 200 16.00 (406.4) 27.63 (701.8) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 46 (20.884) 200 16.00 (406.4) 27.63 (701.8) 11.25 (285.8) 6.14 (156.0) 52 (23.608) 1 400 23.00 (584.2) 45.19 (1147.8) 12.63 (320.8) 7.27 (184.7) 110 (49.94) 400 23.00 (584.2) 45.19 (1147.8) 12.63 (320.8) 7.27 (184.7) 120 (54.48) 1 600 24.00 (609.6) 52.70 (1338.6) 14.25 (362.0) 8.95 (227.3) 135 (61.29) 600 24.00 (609.6) 52.70 (1338.6) 14.25 (362.0) 8.95 (227.3) 153 (69.462) 800 25.38 (644.7) 56.69 (1439.9) 14.25 (362.0) 8.95 (227.3) 158 (71.732) 800 25.38 (644.7) 56.69 (1439.9) 14.25 (362.0) 8.95 (227.3) 168 (76.272) 1 1200 41.47 (1053.3) 70.31 (1785.9) 19.94 (506.5) 12.44 (316.0) 430 (195.22) 1200 41.47 (1053.3) 70.31 (1785.9) 19.94 (506.5) 12.44 (316.0) 465 (211.11) 1 30 8.13 (206.5) 12.13 (308.1) 10.00 (254.0) 5.50 (139.7) 17 (7.718) 30 8.13 (206.5) 17.88 (454.2) 10.00 (254.0) 5.50 (139.7) 22 (9.988) 60 8.13 (206.5) 12.13 (308.1) 10.00 (254.0) 5.50 (139.7) 17 (7.718) 60 8.13 (206.5) 17.88 (454.2) 10.00 (254.0) 5.50 (139.7) 22 (9.988) 1 100 11.13 (282.7) 24.00 (609.6) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 28 (12.712) 100 11.13 (282.7) 24.00 (609.6) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 30 (13.62) 1 200 16.00 (406.4) 34.38 (873.3) 11.50 (292.1) 6.44 (163.6) 55 (24.97) 200 16.00 (406.4) 34.38 (873.3) 11.50 (292.1) 6.44 (163.6) 61 (27.694) 400 23.00 (584.2) 57.63 (1463.8) 12.63 (320.8) 7.19 (182.6) 125 (56.75) 400 23.00 (584.2) 57.63 (1463.8) 12.63 (320.8) 7.19 (182.6) 135 (61.29) 1 600 24.00 (609.6) 63.00 (1600.2) 14.25 (362.0) 8.88 (225.6) 167 (75.818) 600 24.00 (609.6) 63.00 (1600.2) 14.25 (362.0) 8.88 (225.6) 203 (92.162) 800 25.38 (644.7) 71.75 (1822.5) 14.25 (362.0) 8.88 (225.6) 175 (79.45) 800 25.38 (644.7) 71.75 (1822.5) 14.25 (362.0) 8.88 (225.6) 213 (96.702) 1 1200 41.47 (1053.3) 70.31 (1785.9) 19.94 (506.5) 13.51 (343.2) 475 (215.65) 1200 41.47 (1053.3) 70.31 (1785.9) 19.94 (506.5) 13.51 (343.2) 510 (231.54) 1 1 NEMA 1, 3R NEMA 12, 4X Stainless Steel, 4 NEMA 12, 4X Stainless Steel, 4 NEMA 1-3R Heavy-Duty 30–1200A W NEMA 4, 4X and 12 Heavy-Duty 30–1200A W D D 1 1 1 CL H H CL 1 1 D2 D2 1 Note: A factory-installed ground lug is supplied on all NEMA 4, 4X and 12 safety switches, as well as all 400A and higher NEMA 1 and 3R safety switches. A factory-installed ground lug is also supplied on all heavy-duty NEMA 1 and 3R 30–200A switches that do NOT have a factory-installed neutral. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-42 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents Six-Pole Motor Circuit Description Page Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-44 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Six-Pole Switches Product Description ● ● ● 600 Vac, 250 Vdc maximum 30–800A Fusible or non-fusible Features, Benefits and Functions ● Application Description A compact safety switch that’s ideal for use in heavy industry...when an “in sight” disconnecting means is required for two-speed motors that are remote from their motor control devices. ● ● ● ● ● Trunk-type latches keep the cover tightly closed and a neoprene gasket seals out moisture and dust from the switch assembly Visible double-break quickmake, quick-break rotary blade mechanism. Two points of contact provide a positive open and close, easier operation, and also help prevent contact burning for longer contact life Clear line shield protection Built-in fuse pullers Clearly visible handle Triple padlocking capability; cabinet door can be further padlocked at the top and bottom Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL listed File No. E5239 Deionizing arc chutes; arc chutes confine and suppress the arcs produced by opening contacts under load For factory modifications, refer to Pages V2-T1-16 through V2-T1-19 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-43 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection 1 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Six-Pole, Single-Throw 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings, Three-Phase AC (Higher Rating with Time Delay Fuses) 1 System Ampere Rating NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number 240V 480V 600V NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number 3–7-1/2 5–15 7-1/2–20 DH661FDK 1 2 600 Vac with Fuse Clips—250 Vdc 1 30 1 60 7-1/2–15 15–30 15–50 DH662FDK 1 2 100 15–30 25–60 30–75 DH663FDK 1 2 1 200 25–60 50–125 60–150 DH664FDK 1 2 400 — — — 2 2 — 2 2 — 2 2 NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number 1 600 800 1 1 DH661UDK — — — — 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Six-Pole, Single-Throw Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1 1 System Ampere Rating 240V 480V 600V 250V 600V 3 NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number 10 20 30 5 15 DH661UDK 1 DH661UWK 1 DH662UWK Three-Phase AC Three-Phase DC 600 Vac—250 Vdc 1 30 1 60 20 50 60 10 25 DH662UDK 100 40 75 100 20 25 DH663UDK 1 DH663UWK 1 200 60 125 150 40 50 DH664UDK 1 DH664UWK 400 — — — — — 2 2 600 — — — — — 2 2 800 — — — — — 2 2 1 1 Notes 1 NEMA 12 enclosures (30–800A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 2 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 3 600 Vdc rating requires that the switch be wired per the wiring diagram on the device publication. 1 1 30A heavy-duty switches with Type J fuse provisions are available from the factory only. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-44 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents Heavy-Duty Double-Throw Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches Features, Benefits and Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 1 V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 1 V2-T1-46 V2-T1-46 V2-T1-47 V2-T1-51 V2-T1-51 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Double-Throw Switches Product Description Used to transfer service from a normal power source to an alternate source...or to switch from one load circuit to another. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 30–1200A Horsepower rated 600 Vac, 250 Vdc maximum 800–1200A fusible utilize common set of fuses; two Source 1 load applications Fusible or non-fusible Fusible and non-fusible switches are 100% load break and 100% load make rated Suitable for service entrance applications unless otherwise noted ● ● ● The continuous load current of fusible switches is not to exceed 80% of the rating of fuses employed in other than motor circuits. Non-fusible switches are 100% fully rated Approved for service entrance with neutral or ground lug kit installed Wiring configuration from factory allows a single load to be supplied by a normal or alternate source. Can be field modified to allow two loads to be alternately supplied by a single power source 240 Vac General-Duty, NonFusible, Compact Design, Double-Throw ● 30–100A ● Suitable for service entrance use with neutral kit installed ● Non-fusible 240 Vac General-Duty, NonFusible, Double-Throw ● 30–400A ● Horsepower rated ● Suitable for service entrance use with neutral kit installed ● Non-fusible ● Quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism 240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Double-Throw ● 30–800A ● Horsepower rated ● Suitable for service entrance use with neutral kit installed ● Fusible and non-fusible ● For factory modifications, refer to Pages V2-T1-16 through V2-T1-19 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-45 1.1 1 ● ● 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Safety Switches Features, Benefits and Functions 1 1 Switching Devices ● Ample wire bending space provides for easier installation Visible double-break quickmake, quick-break rotary blade mechanism. Two points of contact provide a positive open and close, easier operation, and also help prevent contact burning for longer contact life Triple padlocking capability. Personnel safety feature since the large hasp can accommodate up to three 3/8-inch (9.5 mm) shank locks. Clearly visible handle. The position (ON or OFF) can be clearly seen from a distance 1 1 Standards and Certifications ● ● ● ● Deionizing arc chutes; arc chutes confine and suppress the arcs produced by opening contacts under load Additional locking capability; cabinet door can be further padlocked at the top and bottom Clear line shield (provided on fusible double-throw) protects against accidental contact with energized parts. Probe holes enable the user to test if the line side is energized without removing the shield Tangential knockouts on sides, top and bottom. Enables any size of conduit to be mounted close to the wall, providing for cable installation closer to the wall and a neat appearance ● ● ● UL listed switching neutral capability is available on three-pole and four-pole non-fusible double-throw switches with the installation of the proper bonding kit shown on Page V2-T1-14 Suitable for use as a manually operated switch per 2005 NEC Article 702 UL listed File No. E5239 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-46 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection DT223URH-N Compact Design 1 1 240 Vac General-Duty, Non-Fusible, Compact Design, Double-Throw 1 NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number Ampere Rating Main and Standby 1 Two-Pole—240 Vac 30 DT221URH 60 DT222URH 100 DT223URH 1 1 1 Two-Pole, Three-Wire—240 Vac—Solid Neutral DT224URK-NPS 30 DT221URH-N 60 DT222URH-N 100 DT223URH-N 1 1 1 240 Vac General-Duty, Non-Fusible, Compact Design, Double-Throw Maximum Horsepower Ratings Ampere Rating Main and Standby 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V 250V NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number Single-Phase AC 240V Three-Phase AC DC Two-Pole—240 Vac—250 Vdc 1 1 1 30 3 — — — — — 5 DT221URKPS 60 1 — — — — — 10 DT222URKPS 100 20 — — — — — 20 DT223URKPS 200 15 — — — — — 40 DT224URKPS 400 — — — — — — 50 DT225URKPS 1 — — — 5 DT221URK-NPS 1 1 Two-Pole, Three-Wire—240 Vac—250 Vdc, Solid Neutral 30 3 — — 60 10 — — — — — 10 DT222URK-NPS 100 20 — — — — — 20 DT223URK-NPS 200 15 — — — — — 40 DT224URK-NPS 400 — — — — — — 50 DT225URK-NPS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-47 1.1 1 1 1 1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Double-Throw Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Ampere Rating Main and Standby Fuse Class Provision 240V 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V 250V NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor Catalog Number 15 — — — — — 40 DT224FGK DT224FRK Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number Two-Pole—240 Vac—250 Vdc 200 H Three-Pole—240 Vac—250 Vdc 30 H 3 — — 7-1/2 — — 5 DT321FGK DT321FRK 60 H 10 — — 15 — — 10 DT322FGK DT322FRK 1 100 H 15 — — 30 — — 20 DT323FGK DT323FRK 1 200 H 15 — — 60 — — 40 DT324FGK DT324FRK 400 H — — — 125 — — 50 DT325FGK DT325FRK 1 600 1 T — — — 50 — — 50 DT326FGK DT326FRK 800 L — — — — — — — DT327FGK DT327FRK 1 1200 L — — — — — — — DT328FGK DT328FRK DC NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number 1 240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Double-Throw 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings 240V 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V 250V NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor Catalog Number 30 3 — — — — — 5 DT221UGK 3 60 10 — — — — — 10 DT222UGK 3 100 20 — — — — — 20 DT223UGK 3 1 200 15 — — — — — 40 DT224UGK DT224URK 1 400 — — — — — — 50 DT225UGK DT225URK 600 — — — — — — — DT226UGK 3 1 800 — — — — — — — DT227UGK DT227URK 1200 — — — — — — — DT228UGK DT228URK 1 Three-Pole—240 Vac—250 Vdc 3 — — 10 — — 5 DT321UGK 3 1 30 60 10 — — 20 — — 10 DT322UGK 3 1 100 20 — — 40 — — 20 DT323UGK DT323URK 200 15 — — 60 — — 40 DT324UGK DT324URK 1 400 — — — 125 — — 50 DT325UGK DT325URK 600 — — — 125 — — 50 DT326UGK 3 800 — — — 125 — — 50 DT327UGK 2 DT327URK 800 — — — 125 — — 50 DT327UGK-N DT328URK 1200 — — — 125 — — 50 DT328UGK — Single-Phase AC 1 Ampere Rating Main and Standby 1 Two-Pole—240 Vac—250 Vdc 1 1 1 1 1 1 Three-Phase AC Notes 1 Only available for use with fast-acting fuses. Standard hp rating is shown. 2 Field-installable neutral kit is not available. If a neutral is required, order the catalog number shown in the table with “N” suffix. 3 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. UL listed switching neutral capability is available on three-pole and four-pole non-fusible double-throw switches with the installation of the proper bonding kit shown on Page V2-T1-14. See Page V2-T1-18 for factory installation from the Flex Center. 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-48 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches DT363FGK 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Double-Throw Ampere Rating Main and Standby Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Fuse Class Provision 600V NEMA 1 Enclosure DC Indoor 250V Catalog Number NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number 1 DT361FWK Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC 480V 480V 600V 1 Three-Pole—600 Vac—250 Vdc 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — DT361FGK 1 60 H 20 25 30 50 — DT362FGK 1 1 DT362FWK 100 H 30 40 60 75 — DT363FGK DT363FRK 1 DT363FWK 200 H 50 50 125 150 40 DT364FGK DT364FRK 1 DT364FWK 400 T — — 250 350 50 DT365FGK DT365FRK 1 DT365FWK 600 T — — — — — DT366FGK DT366FRK 1 1 1 1 800 L — — — — — DT367FGK DT367FRK 1 1200 L — — — — — DT368FGK DT368FRK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DT363URK 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Double-Throw Ampere Rating Main and Standby Maximum Horsepower Ratings Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC 480V 480V 600V 250V NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor Catalog Number 600V NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number Two-Pole—600 Vac—250 Vdc 30 7-1/2 10 — — 5 DT261UGK 1 — — 60 20 25 — — 10 DT262UGK 1 — — — — — — 100 40 50 — — 20 DT263UGK 1 200 50 50 — — 40 DT264UGK 2 DT264URK 2 400 — — — — 50 DT265UGK DT265URK — — 600 — — — — 50 DT266UGK DT266URK — — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 800 — — — — 50 DT267UGK DT267URK — — 1200 — — — — 50 DT268UGK DT268URK — — 1 DT361UWK 1 Three-Pole—600 Vac—250 Vdc 30 7-1/2 10 20 30 5 DT361UGK DT361URK DT361UDK 4 60 20 25 50 60 10 DT362UGK DT362URK DT362UDK 4 DT362UWK 100 40 50 75 100 20 DT363UGK DT363URK DT363UDK 4 DT363UWK 200 50 50 125 150 40 DT364UGK DT364URK DT364UDK 4 DT364UWK 400 — — 250 350 50 DT365UGK DT365URK DT365UDK 45 DT365UWK 600 — — 250 350 50 DT366UGK DT366URK 14 1 800 — — 250 350 50 DT367UGK 3 DT367URK 3 14 1 800 — — 250 350 50 DT367UGKN DT367URKN 14 1 DT368URK 14 1 1200 — — 250 350 50 DT368UGK 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 2 Rated 600 Vdc, 50 hp in addition to ratings shown in table. 3 Field installable neutral kit is not available. If a neutral is required, order the catalog number shown in the table with “N” suffix. 4 NEMA 12 enclosures (30–1200A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 5 Also available in 240 Vac catalog number DT325UDK. UL listed switching neutral capability is available on three-pole and four-pole non-fusible double-throw switches with the installation of the proper bonding kit shown on Page V2-T1-14. See Page V2-T1-18 for factory installation from the Flex Center. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-49 1.1 1 DT363URK Switching Devices Safety Switches 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, Double-Throw Ampere Rating Main and Standby 1 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings DT461URK 2 2 DT462URK 2 2 30 1 100 40 200 — 400 — 600 — 1 2 600V 20 1 5 480V 60 1 NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number 480V 30 800 NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number DC 1 1 NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof Catalog Number Three-Phase AC 600V Four-Pole—600 Vac—250 Vdc 1 250V NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor Catalog Number Single-Phase AC 7-1/2 — 10 1 20 50 60 10 2 50 75 100 20 2 DT463URK 2 2 50 125 150 40 DT464UGK DT464URK 2 2 — 250 350 50 DT465UGK DT465URK 2 2 — 250 350 50 DT466UGK DT466URK 2 2 2 25 — 250 Six-Pole—600 Vac—250 Vdc 1 30 15 7-1/2 10 350 50 DT467UGK DT467URK 2 30 5 2 DT661URK 2 2 DT662URK 2 2 DT663URK 2 2 60 20 25 50 60 10 2 100 40 50 75 100 20 2 Notes 1 Field installable neutral kit is not available. If a neutral is required, order the catalog number shown in the table with “N” suffix. 2 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. UL listed switching neutral capability is available on three-pole and four-pole non-fusible double-throw switches with the installation of the proper bonding kit shown on Page V2-T1-14. See Page V2-T1-18 for factory installation from the Flex Center. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-50 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Technical Data and Specifications Dimensions Typical Fusible, Double-Throw Schematic Diagram Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 General-Duty, Non-Fusible, 240V, Two-Pole Solid Neutral, Double-Throw, Compact Design ON Ampere Rating ON OFF OFF ON Width (W) Depth (D) Depth (D2) Weight Lbs (kg) 30 14.69 (373.1) 9.63 (244.6) 10.81 (274.6) 5.23 (132.8) 12 (5.5) 60 14.69 (373.1) 9.63 (244.6) 10.81 (274.6) 5.23 (132.8) 12 (5.5) 100 14.69 (373.1) 9.63 (244.6) 10.81 (274.6) 5.23 (132.8) 12 (5.5) NEMA 3R ON Fusible ThreePole Two Loads Fusible Three-Pole Two Sources Height (H) Typical Non-Fusible, Double-Throw Schematic Diagram General-Duty, Non-Fusible, 240V, Two-Pole Solid Neutral, Double-Throw, Quick-Make, Quick-Break Design Height (H) Width (W) Depth (D) Depth (D2) Weight Lbs (kg) 30 24.63 (625.6) 11.94 (303.3) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 34 (15.4) 60 24.63 (625.6) 11.94 (303.3) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 34 (15.4 100 24.63 (625.6) 11.94 (303.3) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 34 (15.4) 200 37.38 (949.5) 19.56 (496.8) 11.25 (285.8) 6.10 (154.9) 80 (36.3) 400 53.81 (1366.8) 23.13 (587.5) 12.50 (317.6) 8.88 (225.6) 140 (63.6) Ampere Rating ON ON OFF ON NEMA 3R OFF ON S/N Non-Fusible ThreePole Two Sources or Two Loads Non-Fusible ThreePole Two Sources or Two Loads Typical General-Duty, Double-Throw Schematic Diagrams (with and without factory-installed neutral) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NEMA 3R, 30–400A, General-Duty, Non-Fusible, Double-Throw 1 D 1 OFF S/N 1 1 W ON 1 ON 1 Two Sources 1 H C L 1 ON OFF 1 ON D2 Short-Circuit Ratings Using Class “R”, “J” or “T” Fusing Where Applicable Ampere Rating Voltage Ratings Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 Type 4 and 4X 30 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 60 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 200 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 400 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 100k at 600 800 100k at 600 100k at 600 — — 1200 100k at 600 100k at 600 — — Notes 1 Class “H” fuse clips supplied as standard for 30–600A. Rated at 10,000 rms symmetrical when using Class “H” fuses. Class “H” fuse clips supplied as standard for 30–600A except Class “T” for 400A at 600V and 600A at 240V. Rated at 10,000 rms symmetrical when using Class “H” fuses. Table is not applicable to the compact design shown on Page V2-T1-47. The compact design is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes. Class “R” fuse adapter kits are shown on Page V2-T1-14. Individual adapter kits are applicable as shown on Page V2-T1-14 and yield the short-circuit ratings per the tables above when Class “R” fuses are installed. When installed, Class “R” fuse adapter kits reject all fuses except Class “R.” Class “J” fuse provisions can be obtained on most 60–400A safety switches by moving the fuse base to a new position as instructed by the device publication label. Class “J” fuse adapter kits, where needed, are shown on Page V2-T1-14 and yield the short-circuit ratings per the tables above when Class “J” fuses are installed. Class “J” fuse provisions must be factory installed on 30A heavy-duty switches. Catalog numbers are shown in table on Page V2-T1-18. Class “J” fusing is not applicable on 30–200A general-duty switches, 30–100A double-throw switches, 600A double-throw switches, and any switch higher than 600A. Class “T” fuse adapter kits are shown on Page V2-T1-14. Individual adapter kits are applicable to 200–800A switches as shown on Page V2-T1-14 and yield the short-circuit ratings per the tables to the left when Class “T” fuses are installed. On 1200A switches, Class “T” fuse provisions can be obtained by moving the fuse base to a new position as instructed by the device publication label. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-51 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible, 240V and 600V, Three-Pole, Double-Throw 1 Ampere Rating 1 NEMA 1, 3R 30 11.94 (303.3) 1 60 11.94 (303.3) 24.63 (625.6) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 34 (15.436) 1 100 11.94 (303.3) 24.63 (625.6) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 34 (15.436) 200 19.56 (496.8) 37.38 (949.5) 11.25 (285.8) 6.10 (154.9) 80 (36.32) 1 400 23.13 (587.5) 53.81 (1366.8) 12.50 (317.5) 7.25 (184.2) 140 (63.56) 600 24.13 (612.9) 63.31 (1608.1) 14.13 (358.9) 8.88 (225.6) 175 (79.45) 1 800 24.13 (612.9) 63.31 (1608.1) 14.13 (358.9) 8.88 (225.6) 175 (79.45) 1200 42.62 (1082.5) 78.11 (1984.0) 25.62 (650.7) 20.47 (519.9) — Width (W) Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2) Weight Lbs (kg) 24.63 (625.6) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 34 (15.436) 1 NEMA 12, 4X Stainless Steel 1 30 12.00 (304.8) 25.88 (657.4) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 60 (27.24) 60 12.00 (304.8) 25.88 (657.4) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 60 (27.24) 1 100 12.00 (304.8) 25.88 (657.4) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 60 (27.24) 200 19.50 (495.3) 41.00 (1041.4) 11.63 (295.4) 6.48 (164.6) 105 (47.67) 1 400 23.00 (584.2) 57.50 (1460.5) 12.50 (317.5) 7.25 (184.2) 185 (83.99) 600 — — — — — 800 — — — — — 1200 — — — — — 1 1 1 1 1 W Ampere Rating Width (W) H D2 NEMA 12-4X Double-Throw 30–400A W D H D2 Height (H) Depth (D) Depth (D2) Weight Lbs (kg) 36.63 (930.4) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 44 (19.976) NEMA 1, 3R 30 11.94 (303.3) 60 11.94 (303.3) 36.63 (930.4) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 44 (19.976) 1 100 11.94 (303.3) 36.63 (930.4) 9.88 (251.0) 5.38 (136.7) 44 (19.976) 200 19.56 (496.8) 50.88 (1292.4) 11.25 (285.8) 6.10 (154.9) 95 (43.13) 1 400 25.38 (644.7) 74.75 (1898.7) 14.13 (358.9) 8.88 (225.6) 230 (104.42) 1 600 27.44 (697.0) 86.13 (2187.7) 14.13 (358.9) 8.88 (225.6) 320 (145.28) 800 28.12 (714.2) 58.86 (1495.0) 25.62 (650.7) 20.47 (519.9) — 1 1200 42.62 (1082.5) 78.11 (1984.0) 25.62 (650.7) 20.47 (519.9) — 1 30 12.00 (304.8) 39.81 (1011.2) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 45 (20.43) 60 12.00 (304.8) 39.81 (1011.2) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 45 (20.43) 1 100 12.00 (304.8) 39.81 (1011.2) 10.25 (260.4) 5.50 (139.7) 45 (20.43) 1 200 19.56 (496.8) 55.63 (1413.0) 11.63 (295.4) 6.46 (164.1) 100 (45.4) 400 25.38 (644.7) 74.75 (1898.7) 14.13 (358.9) 8.92 (226.6) 260 (118.04) 1 600 — — — — — 800 — — — — — 1200 — — — — — NEMA 12, 4X Stainless Steel, 4 1 1 1 V2-T1-52 D C L Heavy-Duty, Fusible, 240V and 600V, Three-Pole, Double-Throw 1 1 NEMA 1-3R Double-Throw 30–800A Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents EnviroLine/Stainless Steel Switch Description Page Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-54 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch Product Description Features Primarily for use in the meat packing and food processing industries or any application where water is frequently used to hose down equipment. In addition to the stainless steel NEMA 4X enclosure, the interior mechanism, backpan and springs are stainless steel. Ratings for these heavy-duty switches are 30–400A, 240– 600 Vac, available as fusible and non-fusible switches. ● ● ● ● ● 1 Standards and Certifications Stainless steel enclosure (304 grade) Stainless steel mechanism (304 grade) 30–400A Horsepower rated Suitable for service entrance use ● ● ● ● Upper and lower window UL listed and NEMA approved UL 98 UL listed under Section 508 UL listed File No. E165150 and E5239 1 1 1 1 \ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-53 1.1 1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection DH321NWKX 240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw Stainless Steel Enclosure and Operating Mechanism 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses 1 Ampere Rating System 1 Fuse Class Provision Single-Phase Three-Phase DC 250V NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number AC Standard Fuse Single-Phase Time Delay Three-Phase Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N), 240 Vac—250 Vdc 30 H 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 5 DH221NWKX 60 H 3 7-1/2 10 15 10 DH222NWKX 1 100 H 7-1/2 15 15 30 20 DH223NWKX 200 H 15 25 15 60 40 DH224NWKX 1 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH225NWKX DH321FWKX S/N 1 Three-Pole, 240 Vac—250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 30 H 1-1/2 3 — 7-1/2 — 1 60 H 3 7-1/2 — 15 — DH322FWKX 100 H — — — — — 1 1 1 200 H 15 25 — 60 40 DH324FWKX 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH325FWKX Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N), 240 Vac—250 Vdc 30 H — 3 — 7-1/2 — DH321NWKX 60 H — 7-1/2 — 15 — DH322NWKX 1 100 H — 15 — 30 20 DH323NWKX 200 H — 25 — 60 — DH324NWKX 1 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH325NWKX S/N 1 Notes 1 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 1 30A heavy-duty switches with Type J fuse provisions are available from the factory only. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-54 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible 277/480V, Single-Throw Stainless Steel Enclosure and Operating Mechanism Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Ampere Rating System Fuse Class Provision Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC 480V 480V 250V 600V 600V 600V NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number Two-Pole, 480 Vac—600 Vac or Vdc 2 (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 1 1 H 7-1/2 10 — — — 15 DH261FWKX 60 H — — — — — — 1 100 H — — — — — — 1 200 H 50 50 — — — 50 DH264FWKX 400 H — — — — — — 1 600 H — — — — — 50 DH265FWKX 1 1 1 1 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361FWKX 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362FWKX 100 H 30 30 60 75 — — DH363FWKX 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364FWKX 400 H — — 250 350 — — DH365FWKX 600 H — — 250 350 — — DH366FWKX 1 1 Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N) 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H 7-1/2 10 20 30 — — DH361NWKX 60 H 20 25 50 60 — — DH362NWKX 100 H 40 50 75 100 — — DH363NWKX 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364NWKX 400 H — — 250 350 — — DH365NWKX 600 H — — 250 350 — — DH366NWKX 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible 277/480V, Single-Throw Stainless Steel Enclosure and Operating Mechanism Maximum Horsepower Ratings System 1 30 Three-Pole, 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) S/N DH31UWKX Ampere Rating Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC 480V 480V 250V 600V 600V 600V NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number Three-Pole, 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 7-1/2 10 20 30 5 — 60 100 DH361UWKX 20 25 50 60 10 — DH362UWKX 40 50 75 100 20 — DH363UWKX 200 50 50 125 150 40 — DH364UWKX 400 — — 250 350 50 — DH365UWKX 600 — — 250 350 50 — DH366UWKX 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 2 DC rating for 400A switches is 250V. 1 30A heavy-duty switches with Type J fuse provisions are available from the factory only. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-55 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Contents EnviroLine/Window Switch Description 1 Page Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch. . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-57 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches Product Description Features The new enlarged window on 30–100A ratings allows visual blade position verification and blown fuse indication without opening the door. Higher ampere ratings continue to use the upper and lower window design. The upper window switch provides visual verification of ON/OFF status (blade position), while the lower window design shows fuse status on fuses with blown fuse indicators. Overall ratings are 30–800A, 240–600 Vac, fusible and nonfusible. Available in NEMA 12/3R, 4X stainless steel enclosures. Upper Window ● 30–800A ● Blade visibility when door closed ● 240V and 600V, fusible and non-fusible ● Suitable for service entrance use ● NEMA 12, 4 and 4X enclosures Standards and Certifications Lower Window ● 30–600A ● Power plugs not supplied with the receptacle ● Lower viewing window over fuses to allow visual verification of blown fuse indicators for Littelfuse, Inc. fuses ● 240V and 600V, fusible ● Suitable for service entrance use ● NEMA 12, 4 and 4X enclosures 1 1 1 V2-T1-56 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com ● ● ● ● Upper and lower window UL listed and NEMA approved UL 98 UL listed under Section 508 UL listed File No. E165150 and E5239 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection DH361UDKW 1 1 240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible Single-Throw with Upper Viewing Window Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses ThreePhase DC 250V NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number 7-1/2 — DH321NDKW 2 — DH321NWKW AC Ampere Rating System Fuse Class Provision Standard Fuse Time Delay SinglePhase SinglePhase ThreePhase NEMA 4 Enclosure Watertight, Painted Steel Catalog Number NEMA 4X Enclosure CorrosionResistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N), 240 Vac—250 Vdc 1 S/N 30 H — 3 — 60 H — 7-1/2 — 15 — DH322NDKW 2 — DH322NWKW 100 H — 15 — 30 20 DH323NDKW 2 — DH323NWKW 200 H — 25 — 60 — DH324NDKW 2 — DH324NWKW 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH325NDKW 2 DH325NPKW DH325NWKW 600 H — 75 — 200 — DH326NDKW 2 DH326NPKW DH326NWKW — DH327NDKW 2 DH327NPKW DH327NWKW 800 L — 100 — 250 Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Fuse Class Provision Ampere Rating System 480V 600V DC 250V 600V NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number NEMA 4 Enclosure Watertight, Painted Steel Catalog Number NEMA 4X Enclosure CorrosionResistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number Three-Phase AC 600V 480V S/N 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — DH361NDKW 2 — DH361NWKW 60 H 20 25 30 50 — DH362NDKW 2 — DH362NWKW 100 H 30 40 60 75 — DH363NDKW 2 — DH363NWKW 200 H 50 50 125 150 — DH364NDKW 2 — DH364NWKW 400 H — — 250 350 — DH365NDKW 2 DH365NPKW DH365NWKW 600 H — — 400 500 — DH366NDKW 2 DH366NPKW DH366NWKW 800 L — — 500 500 — DH367NDKW 2 DH367NPKW DH367NWKW System Ampere Rating Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC 480V Three-Pole—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600V 1 480V 600V 250V 600V NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NEMA 4 Enclosure Watertight, Painted Steel Catalog Number NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral or Ground Lug Kit Installed) 30 7-1/2 10 20 30 5 — DH361UDKW 2 — DH361UWKW 60 20 25 50 60 10 — DH362UDKW 2 — DH362UWKW 100 40 50 75 100 20 — DH363UDKW 2 — DH363UWKW 200 50 50 125 150 40 — DH364UDKW 2 — DH364UWKW 400 — — 250 350 50 — DH365UDKW 2 DH365UPKW DH365UWKW 600 — — 400 500 — — DH366UDKW 2 DH366UPKW DH366UWKW 800 — — 500 500 — — DH367UDKW 2 DH367UPKW DH367UWKW Notes 1 For two-pole applications, use outside poles of three-pole switch. 2 NEMA 12 enclosures (30–800A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 30A heavy-duty switches with Type J fuse provisions are available from the factory only. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. Effective August 2003, 30–100A window switches offer visible blade verification and blown fuse indication in a single design as shown in the photos.The window is replaceable. Higher ampere ratings will continue to be manufactured with a non-replaceable epoxy affixed design with visible blade verification only. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Non-Fusible Single-Throw with Upper Viewing Window Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1 1 Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N), 600 Vac—250 Vdc 1 DH361UWKW 1 1 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible Single-Throw with Upper Viewing Window Single-Phase AC 1 V2-T1-57 1 1 1.1 1 DH324NDKLW Switching Devices Safety Switches 240 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw with Lower Viewing Window Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses 1 AC 1 1 Ampere Rating System Fuse Class Provision Standard Fuse Time Delay SinglePhase SinglePhase ThreePhase NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight NEMA 4 Enclosure Watertight, Painted Steel NEMA 4X Enclosure CorrosionResistant, Stainless Steel ThreePhase DC 250V Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 7-1/2 — DH321NDKW 2 — DH321NWKW Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N), 240 Vac—250 Vdc 1 1 30 1 H — 3 — H — 7-1/2 — 15 — — DH322NWKW 100 H — 15 — 30 20 DH323NDKW 2 — DH323NWKW 1 200 H — 25 — 60 — DH324NDKLW 2 — DH324NWKLW 1 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH325NDKLW 2 DH325NPKLW DH325NWKLW 600 H — 75 — 200 — DH326NDKLW 2 DH326NPKLW DH326NWKLW NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight NEMA 4 Enclosure Watertight, Painted Steel NEMA 4X Enclosure CorrosionResistant, Stainless Steel S/N 60 DH322NDKW 2 1 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw with Lower Viewing Window 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses 1 1 1 Ampere Rating System Fuse Class Provision Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC 480V 480V 600V 600V DC 250V Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 20 — DH361NDKW 2 — DH361NWKW Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N), 600 Vac—250 Vdc 1 1 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 60 H 20 25 30 50 — DH362NDKW 2 — DH362NWKW 100 H 30 40 60 75 — DH363NDKW 2 — DH363NWKW 1 200 H 50 50 125 150 — DH364NDKLW 2 — DH364NWKLW 1 400 H — — 250 350 — DH365NDKLW 2 DH365NPKLW DH365NWKLW 600 H — — 400 500 — DH366NDKLW 2 DH366NPKLW DH366NWKLW S/N 1 1 Notes 1 For two-pole applications, use outside poles of three-pole switch. 2 NEMA 12 enclosures (30–600A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 1 Effective August 2003, 30–100A window switches are replaced by a full view window that allows blade position verification and blown fuse indication. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-58 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents EnviroLine/Receptacle Switch Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-60 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches Product Description Application Description Standards and Certifications These heavy-duty switches are pre-wired and interlocked to polarized receptacles for three-phase, three-wire, grounded type power plugs. Receptacles are interlocked to handle mechanisms so that power plugs may not be inserted or removed when the switch is in the ON position unless noted otherwise. Ratings are 30– 100A, 600 Vac, NEMA 12/3R, 4X stainless steel enclosures. These are used for portable power applications such as welders, infrared ovens, batch feeders, conveyors, truck and marine docks. ● ● ● ● ● ● 1 Upper and lower window UL listed and NEMA approved UL 98 UL listed under Section 508 UL listed File No. E165150 and E5239 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 30–100A Power plugs not supplied with the receptacle 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-59 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Product Selection 1 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Single-Throw with Receptacle, Fusible, Non-Fusible 1 DH362FDK2WR Safety Switch with Receptacle K-Series, Three-Pole, 600 Volt Fuse Clips—Fusible 1 Ampere Rating 1 Crouse-Hinds ARKTITET Receptacle 1 30 30 60 100 Switch NEMA 12/3R Enclosure NEMA 4X Enclosure Catalog Number Catalog Number Accepts Crouse-Hinds® APJ3485 DH361FDK2WR DH361FWK2WR 60 APJ6485 DH362FDK2WR DH362FWK2WR 100 APJ10487 DH363FDK2WR DH363FWK2WR Receptacle Power Plug 1 M-R-S (Russellstoll) MAX-GARD® Receptacle 1 30 30 Accepts Russellstoll DS3404MP DH361FD3WRK DH361FW3WRK 1 60 60 DS6404MP DH362FD3WRK DH362FW3WRK 1 100 100 DS1404MP DH363FD3WRK DH363FW3WRK Appleton POWERTITE® Receptacle DH361FW5WRK 1 1 30 30 Accepts Appleton ACP3034BC DH361FD5WRK 60 60 ACP6034BC DH362FD5WRK DH362FW5WRK 100 100 ACP1034CD DH363FD5WRK DH363FW5WRK 1 Safety Switch with Receptacle K-Series, Three-Pole, 600 Volt Fuse Clips—Non-Fusible 1 Ampere Rating 1 Switch Receptacle Power Plug NEMA 12/3R Enclosure NEMA 4X Enclosure Catalog Number Catalog Number DH362UDK2WR DH362UWK2WR Crouse-Hinds ARKTITE Receptacle 1 60 1 60 Accepts Crouse-Hinds APJ6485 Appleton POWERTITE Receptacle 1 1 30 30 Accepts Appleton ACP3034BC DH361UD5WRK — 60 60 ACP6034BC DH362UD5WRK DH362UW5WRK Notes Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for additional options including viewing windows and other receptacle manufacturers. Power plugs are not available through Eaton. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-60 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents EnviroLine/Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-62 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch Product Description Features This switch has a KRYDON™ enclosure. These are compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester enclosure, which is capable of withstanding almost any corrosive environment. Ratings are 30–200A, 240–600 Vac, fusible and non-fusible. Enclosure is NEMA 4X rated. ● ● ● ● ● 1 Standards and Certifications 30–200A KRYDON high-impact strength fiberglass reinforced polyester material Horsepower rated Suitable for service entrance use Fusible and non-fusible ● ● ● ● Upper and lower window UL listed and NEMA approved UL 98 UL listed under Section 508 UL listed File No. E165150 and E5239 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-61 1.1 1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection DH361UCK 240 Vac Heavy-Duty Non-Metallic Fusible 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings DC 250V NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Non-Metallic Catalog Number AC 1 Ampere Rating System 1 Fuse Class Provision Standard Fuse Time Delay Single-Phase Three-Phase Single-Phase Three-Phase Three-Pole, 240 Vac—250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 1 1 30 H 1-1/2 3 — 7-1/2 — DH321FCK 60 H 3 7-1/2 — 15 — DH322FCK 100 H 7-1/2 15 — 30 20 DH323FCK 200 H 15 25 — 60 40 DH324FCK Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N), 240 Vac—250 Vdc S/N 1 1 1 30 H — 3 — 7-1/2 — DH321NCK 60 100 H — 7-1/2 — 15 — DH322NCK H — 15 — 30 20 200 DH323NCK H — 25 — 60 — DH324NCK 240 Vac Heavy-Duty Non-Metallic Fusible 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses 1 Ampere Rating System 1 Fuse Class Provision Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC 480V 480V 250V 600V 600V 600V NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Non-Metallic Catalog Number Three-Pole, 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361FCK 1 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362FCK 1 100 H 30 30 60 75 — — DH363FCK 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364FCK Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N), 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 1 30 S/N 1 1 1 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361NCK 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362NCK 100 H 30 30 60 75 — — DH363NCK 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364NCK 600V NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Non-Metallic Catalog Number 240 Vac Heavy-Duty Non-Metallic Non-Fusible 277/480–600V 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses 1 System Ampere Rating Single-Phase AC 240V 480V Three-Phase AC 600V 240V 480V DC 600V 250V Three-Pole, 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 30 3 7-1/2 10 10 20 30 5 — DH361UCK 1 60 10 20 25 20 50 60 10 — DH362UCK 100 20 40 50 40 75 100 20 — DH363UCK 1 200 15 50 50 60 125 150 40 — DH364UCK Note 30A heavy-duty switches with Type J fuse provisions are available from the factory only. See table on Page V2-T1-18 for catalog numbers. 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-62 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents DS361UX Description Page Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-64 V2-T1-64 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 1 V2-T1-76 1 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch Product Description Features Eaton’s Type DS switch is used as the switching device. Ratings are 30–100A, 600 Vac, fusible and non-fusible. ● ● ● Application Description The cast aluminum enclosure is ideally suited for harsh industrial applications including petrochemical facilities, mining operations, pharmaceutical plants and wastewater treatment facilities. ● 1 Standards and Certifications 30–100A 600 Vac fusible and non-fusible See Page V2-T1-63 for information For factory modifications, refer to Pages V2-T1-16 through V2-T1-19 ● ● ● ● Upper and lower window UL listed and NEMA approved UL 98 UL listed under Section 508 UL listed File No. E165150 and E5239 1 1 1 1 Compliances UL Classified— Standard 886 File No. E84577 CSA Certified— Standard C22.2 File No. LR 42131-6 Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D Class I, Division 1 and 2, Groups B, C and D Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G Class II, Division 1 and 2, Groups E, F and G Class III, Division 1 and 2 Class III, Division 1 and 2 NEMA 7/9 NEMA 7/9 Zone 1, IIB + H2 Zone 1, IIB + H2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-63 1.1 1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection NEMA 7/9 Enclosure Sizes—Fusible DS361UX Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1 Ampere Rating Three-Phase AC DC 480V 600V 250V Fuse Class Provision Number of Poles Voltage Enclosure Number Catalog Number 1 30 15 20 5 J 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 1 DS361FX 1 60 30 50 10 J 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 2 DS362FX 100 60 75 20 J 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 3 DS363FX Number of Poles Voltage Enclosure Number Catalog Number 1 NEMA 7/9 Enclosure Sizes—Non-Fusible 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings Ampere Rating 1 1 1 1 1 1 Three-Phase AC DC 480V 250V 600V 30 15 20 5 — 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 1 DS361UX 60 30 50 10 — 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 1 DS362UX 100 60 75 20 — 3 600 Vac, 125/250 Vdc 2 DS363UX Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA 7/9 Enclosure Sizes Catalog Number Standard Conduit Size DS361FX 1.50 (38.1) 1 DS362FX 2.00 (50.8) 1 DS363FX 2.50 (63.5) DS361UX 1.50 (38.1) DS362UX 1.50 (38.1) DS363UX 2.00 (50.8) 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fuse Class Provision NEMA 7/9 1 Enclosure Number Inside Dimensions Outside Dimensions A Mounting Dimensions B J C D F G H Number of Outlets Dimension K Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) 1 5.50 (139.7) 13.13 (333.5) 14.13 (358.9) 5.94 (150.9) 10.75 (273.1) 10.63 (270.0) 15.25 (387.4) 8.84 (224.5) 2 2.00 (50.8) 38 (17) 2 6.00 (152.4) 18.00 (457.2) 19.00 (482.6) 6.50 (165.1) 16.00 (406.4) 11.00 (279.4) 20.50 (520.7) 8.97 (227.8) 2 2.31 (58.6) 57 (26) 3 10.25 (260.4) 22.63 (574.8) — 11.75 (298.4) 20.00 (508.0) 16.38 (416.1) 25.13 (638.3) 9.59 (243.6) 2 3.50 (88.9) 104 (47) NEMA 7/9—30–100A 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Accessories and modifications shown on Pages V2-T1-16 through V2-T1-19 are NOT applicable to NEMA 7/9 disconnect switches. 2 Dual three- and four-point mounting available as standard on enclosures 1 and 2. V2-T1-64 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents DH3665NURKLP and Quick Connect Double Throw Switches Description Page Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-66 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Quick Connect Switches Product Description 240V, 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Single-Throw with Cam-Lok or Posi-Lok Receptacles, Fusible, Non-Fusible ● 30–800A ● NEMA 1 or 3R enclosures ● Provision for 200% neutral ● Non-magnetic metal mounting plate ● Crouse-Hinds “J” Power Series E1015, E1016, E1017 cam connectors ● Crouse-Hinds E200, E400 Posi-Lok panels ● Connector plugs are typically not provided, but may be special ordered Features Standards and Certifications Eaton’s individual cable connector receptacle switches provide a convenient and safe way to quickly connect and disconnect portable equipment. The load side terminals are factory wired to individual receptacles located behind an interlocked door for added safety. The switch cannot be turned to the ON position without first closing the receptacle compartment door. A spring-loaded flap door in the receptacle compartment allows the cables to exit the compartment, but seals the compartment when the switch is not in use. For outdoor applications, this will reduce the possibility of insects building nests in the receptacle compartment. ● ● ● Available in double-throw and single-throw designs Single-throw receptacles can wire to line or load side Service entrance rated An additional flap door on the main compartment allows for quick connection in the event that the appropriate plugs are not readily available. ● ● UL listed File No. E5239 UL listed short-circuit rating of 10,000A rms symmetrical 1 1 1 1 1 Product Selection For price and availability, contact the Switching Device Flex Center at 1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-65 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Catalog Number Selection 1 Quick Connect Double-Throw DT 3 6 5 N U R K 1 LC 1 1 1 1 Switch Type DT = Heavy-duty double-throw DH = Heavy-duty single-throw 1 Maximum Voltage 2 = 240 Vac 6 = 600 Vac Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 1 Switch Ampacity 3 = 100A 4 = 200A 5 = 400A 6 = 600A 7 = 800A Upper Switch 1 U = Unfused F = Fusible N = Fusible with solid neutral SN = Fusible with switched neutral Lower Switch 2 U = Unfused F = Fusible N = Fusible with solid neutral SN = Fusible with switched neutral 1 1 1 1 Series K= K Enclosure G = NEMA 1 R= NEMA 3R Receptacle Type LC = Cam-Lok LCR = Cam-Lok reverse pin LP = Posi-Lok LPR = Posi-Lok reverse pin Neutral Blank = No neutral or incl. with switch designation N = Solid neutral SN = Switched neutral Notes 1 When upper and lower switches are the same, the switch configuration is consolidated in one letter (e.g., “U” not “UU”). Also, a switch with a neutral will have either a solid neutral or a switched neutral, not both. Lastly, a switched neutral pole is never fused. 2 This field is only used when a switch is completely non-fused. This table is intended for use in breaking down existing catalog numbers. It is not intended for building new catalog numbers. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-66 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Solar Disconnect Switch Contents Description Page Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-68 V2-T1-68 1 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 1 V2-T1-76 1 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Solar Disconnect Switch 1 Product Description 600 Vdc Heavy-Duty Fusible and Non-Fusible ● 30–600A ● Single-pole switch capable of switching 1-600 Vdc circuit 600 Vdc Heavy-Duty Fusible and Non-Fusible NEC Required Labeling 1 Factory-Installed Jumpers 1 1 1 Features ● ● Clear line-shield covering all live parts For factory modifications, refer to Pages V2-T1-16 through V2-T1-19 Standard K-Switch Mechanism 1 1 1 1 Clear Deadfront Shield (covering all potentially live parts) Factory Installed Isolated Ground and Equipment Ground Lug Fused Center Pole (isolates fuse clips from potential back feed—only one fuse required per switch) Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-67 1 1 1 1 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Standards and Certifications ● 1 UL 98 listed, File No. E5239 and marked suitable for NEC Article 690 applications to UL 1741 1 1 1 Product Selection 1 NEMA 3R 1 Ampere Rating Catalog Number Fuse Class Ampere Rating 30 DH161NRK R 1 30 DH161URKN R 60 DH162NRK 1 60 1 NEMA 4X Catalog Number Fuse Class 30 DH161NWK R 30 DH161UWKN R R 60 DH162NWK R DH162URKN R 60 DH162UWKN R 100 DH163NRK R 100 DH163NWK R 100 DH163URKN R 100 DH163UWKN R 1 200 DH164NRK R 200 DH164NWK R 200 DH164URKN R 200 DH164UWKN R 1 400 DH165NRK R 400 DH165NWK R 400 DH165URKN R 400 DH165UWKN R 600 DH166NRK R 600 DH166NWK R 600 DH166URKN R 600 DH166UWKN R 1 1 1 NEMA 12 1 Ampere Rating Catalog Number Fuse Class 30 DH161NDK R 1 30 DH161UDKN R 60 DH162NDK R 1 60 DH162UDKN R 1 100 DH163NDK R 100 DH163UDKN R 1 200 DH164NDK R 200 DH164UDKN R 1 400 DH165NDK R 1 400 DH165UDKN R 600 DH166NDK R 600 DH166UDKN R 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-68 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents Solar Combiner Boxes Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-70 V2-T1-70 V2-T1-71 V2-T1-71 V2-T1-72 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-76 1 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner 1 Product Description Photovoltaic (PV) systems contain many separate DC source circuits that must be combined into a single circuit prior to inversion into clean, usable AC power for the electric grid. Solar combiner boxes aggregate the many DC source circuits present in a solar PV system, and provide the overcurrent protection requirements of the National Electrical Code. Containing input fuse holders for source protection, the load sides of the fuse holders are connected together on a common bus that contains the output lugs, allowing multiple circuits to be combined into one outgoing circuit. Eaton’s combiner boxes are available in two styles— source combiners and array combiners. Source combiners are located closer to the source, or the solar panels. They have smaller input fuse holders and lower output currents. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-69 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Features 1 Source Combiner Features 1 Poured-in-Place Gaskets for Superior Moisture Resistance 1 White Backpan with High-Contrast Labeling for Easier, Faster Installation ETL Listed to UL 1741 Standard 1 Suitable for Either Positive or Negative Grounded Arrays 1 NEMA 3R or NEMA 4 PowderCoated Steel Enclosures 1 Padlockable Latch 1 194°F (90ºC) Rated Output Terminals 1 1 1 1 Available in 8, 10, 12, 16 and 24 Circuit Configurations 1 1 Touch-Safe Midget Class Fuse Holders (non load-break) are Rated for 600 Vdc Continuous Duty Array Combiner Features 1 ETL Listed to UL 1741 Standard 1 Available in 6 and 12 Circuit Configurations Rated for 600 Vdc Continuous Duty 1 1 100 or 200A Input Fuse Holders (Class R) 1 Suitable for Either Positive or Negative Grounded Arrays 1 1 1 Poured-in-Place Gaskets for Superior Moisture Resistance 1 1 Note: Fuses not included. 1 1 Standards and Certifications ● ETL listed to UL 1741 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-70 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Product Selection 1 1 Source Combiners 1 Number of Circuits Maximum Fuse Size 1 Incoming Wire Range Output Conductors Maximum Continuous DC Current 8 30 #16–#4 1–#6 to 350 kcmil 310 SC8R SC8P 10 30 #16–#4 1–#6 to 350 kcmil 310 SC10R SC10P 12 30 #16–#4 1–#6 to 350 kcmil 310 SC12R SC12P 16 30 #16–#4 2–#6 to 350 kcmil 400 SC16R SC16P 24 20 2 #16–#4 2–#6 to 350 kcmil 400 2 SC24R SC24P Maximum Continuous DC Current NEMA 3R Catalog Number NEMA 4 Catalog Number 1 1 NEMA 3R Catalog Number NEMA 4 Catalog Number 1 1 1 1 1 Array Combiners Number of Circuits Maximum Fuse Size 1 Incoming Wire Range Output Conductors 6 100 #6–2/0 2–#4 to 500 kcmil 720 AC6100R AC6100P 12 100 #6–2/0 4–#4 to 500 kcmil 1520 AC12100R AC12100P 6 200 #6–4/0 4–#4 to 500 kcmil 1520 AC6200R AC6200P 12 200 2 #6–4/0 4–#4 to 500 kcmil 1520 2 AC12200R AC12200P 1 1 1 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Source Combiners 1 NEMA 3R Catalog Number NEMA 4 Catalog Number Dimensions Height Width Depth Weight in Lbs (kg) SC8R SC8P 16.00 (406.4) 12.00 (304.8) 6.00 (152.4) 30 (13.6) SC10R SC10P 16.00 (406.4) 12.00 (304.8) 6.00 (152.4) 30 (13.6) SC12R SC12P 16.00 (406.4) 12.00 (304.8) 6.00 (152.4) 30 (13.6) SC16R SC16P 16.00 (406.4) 12.00 (304.8) 6.00 (152.4) 36 (16.3) SC24R SC24P 20.00 (508.0) 20.00 (508.0) 6.00 (152.4) 45 (20.4) NEMA 3R Catalog Number NEMA 4 Catalog Number Dimensions Depth Weight in Lbs (kg) 1 AC6100R AC6100P 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 8.00 (203.2) 156 (70.8) AC12100R AC12100P 48.00 (1219.2) 36.00 (914.4) 8.00 (203.2) 227 (103.0) 1 AC6200R AC6200P 42.00 (1066.8) 36.00 (914.4) 8.00 (203.2) 206 (93.5) AC12200R AC12200P 48.00 (1219.2) 36.00 (914.4) 8.00 (203.2) 278 (126.2) 1 1 1 1 1 Array Combiners Height Width 1 1 Notes 1 Fuses not included. 2 Total installed fuse capacity shall not exceed maximum continuous DC current rating. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-71 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Contents DH362NWK316 Description 1 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch. . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches Product Description Features Premium 316-Grade stainless steel enclosures are available through the Flex Center. In general, 316-Grade stainless steel offers better corrosion resistance in the presence of most chemicals, salts and acids, and is more resistant to marine atmospheres. Pitting corrosion is also reduced in environments where brines, halogen salts and chlorides are present. 316-Grade stainless steel is often a desirable choice for waste-water treatment plants and petrochemical facilities. ● ● ● ● ● Stainless steel enclosure (316-Grade) 30–1200A Horsepower rated Suitable for service entrance use For factory modifications, refer to Pages V2-T1-16 through V2-T1-19 Standards and Certifications ● UL listed File No. E5239 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-72 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-73 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection 1 1 240 Vac Fusible—316 Grade Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Maximum Horsepower Ratings Three-Phase Single-Phase Three-Phase DC 250V NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number AC Ampere Rating System Fuse Type Provision Standard Fuse Single-Phase Time Delay S/N Three-Wire (Two Blades, Two Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 H 1-1/2 31 3 7-1/2 1 5 DH221NWK316 60 H 3 7-1/2 1 10 15 1 10 DH222NWK316 1 15 30 1 20 DH223NWK316 7-1/2 15 1 1 1 100 H 200 H 15 25 1 15 60 1 40 DH224NWK316 400 H — 50 1 15 125 1 50 DH225NWK316 600 H — 75 1 — 200 1 — DH226NWK316 800 L — 100 1 — — — DH227NWK316 1 1 Three-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 1 30 H 1-1/2 3 — 7-1/2 — DH321FWK316 60 H 3 7-1/2 — 15 — DH322FWK316 100 H 7-1/2 15 — 30 20 2 200 H 15 25 — 60 40 DH324FWK316 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH325FWK316 600 H — 75 — 200 — DH326FWK316 800 L — 100 — 250 — DH327FWK316 1200 L — — — — — DH328FWK316 1 1 1 1 1 Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 S/N 1 H — 3 — 7-1/2 — DH321NWK316 60 H — 7-1/2 — 15 — DH322NWK316 100 H — 15 — 30 20 DH323NWK316 200 H — 25 — 60 — DH324NWK316 400 H — 50 — 125 50 DH325NWK316 600 H — 75 — 200 — DH326NWK316 800 L — 100 — 250 — 2 1200 L — — — — — DH328NWK316 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Grounded B phase ratings, UL listed. 2 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 1 Operating mechanism is standard plated steel. For type 304 stainless steel operating mechanism, contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com). 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-73 1.1 1 DH362NWK316 Switching Devices Safety Switches 600 Vac Fusible—316 Grade Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses 1 Ampere Rating System 1 Fuse Class Provision Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or DC 1 Single-Phase AC Three-Phase AC DC 480V 480V 250V 600V 600V 600V NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 30 H 7-1/2 10 — — — 15 DH261FWK316 60 H 20 25 — — — 25 2 or 3 1 100 H 30 40 — — 20 — 2 or 3 200 H 50 50 — — — 50 DH264FWK316 1 400 H — — — — 50 — 2 or 3 1 600 H — — — — — — 2 or 3 800 L — — — — — — 2 or 3 1200 L — — — — — — 3 1 Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361FWK316 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362FWK316 1 100 H 30 40 60 75 — — DH363FWK316 1 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364FWK316 400 H — — 250 350 — — DH365FWK316 1 600 H — — 400 500 — — DH366FWK316 800 L — — 500 500 — — DH367FWK316 1200 L — — — — — — DH368FWK316 1 Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N) 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 1 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361NWK316 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362NWK316 100 H 30 40 60 75 — — DH363NWK316 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364NWK316 400 H — — 250 350 — — DH365NWK316 1 600 H — — 400 500 — — DH366NWK316 L — — 500 500 — — 3 1 800 1200 L — — — — — — DH368NWK316 S/N 1 1 1 Notes 1 DC rating for 400–800A switches is 250V. 2 Use three-pole catalog numbers below for 600 Vac, 250 Vdc maximum applications. For 600 Vdc, see note 3. 3 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-74 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 600 Vac Non-Fusible Three-Pole—316 Grade Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Maximum Horsepower Ratings System Ampere Rating Single-Phase AC 240V 480V Three-Phase AC 600V 240V 480V 250V 600V NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number DC 600V 30 3 7-1/2 10 10 20 30 5 — DH361UWK316 60 10 20 25 20 50 60 10 — DH362UWK316 100 20 40 50 40 75 100 20 — DH363UWK316 200 15 50 50 60 125 150 40 — DH364UWK316 400 — — — 125 250 350 50 — DH365UWK316 600 — — — 200 400 500 — — DH366UWK316 800 — — — — 500 500 — — DH367UWK316 1200 — — — — — — — — DH368UWK316 Maximum Horsepower Ratings System 240V 1 1 1 1 1 1 600 Vac Non-Fusible Four-Pole—316 Grade Stainless Steel NEMA 4X Ampere Rating 1 1 Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V 250V 600V NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number Two-Phase AC 1 Three-Phase AC DC Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 30 10 20 25 10 20 30 5 — DH461UWK316 60 20 40 50 20 50 60 10 — 1 100 40 50 50 40 75 100 20 — 1 200 50 50 50 60 125 150 40 — 1 400 50 — — 125 250 350 — — 1 600 — — — 200 400 500 — — 1 800 — — — — — — — — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-75 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Contents DH361FWK-GCL Description 1 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch. . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw Product Description Standards and Certifications ● 240V, 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw ● 30–600A ● Horsepower rated ● Suitable for service entrance use ● Factory-installed copper ground lug ● Copper terminal lugs ● Fuse pullers through 200A ● For factory modifications, refer to Pages V2-T1-16 through V2-T1-19 UL listed File No. E5239 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-76 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-77 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection DH361FWK-GCL 1 1 Fusible Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses AC System Ampere Rating Fuse Class Provision Standard Fuse Time Delay SinglePhase SinglePhase ThreePhase DC ThreePhase 250V 600V NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number Three-Pole—240 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 2 DH321FWK-GCL 30 H 1-1/2 3 — 7-1/2 — — DH321FDK-GCL 60 H 3 7-1/2 — 15 — — DH322FDK-GCL 2 DH322FWK-GCL 100 H 7-1/2 15 — 30 20 — DH323FDK-GCL 2 3 200 H 15 25 — 60 40 — DH324FDK-GCL 2 DH324FWK-GCL 400 H — 50 — 125 50 — DH325FDK-GCL 2 DH325FWK-GCL 600 H — 75 — 200 — — DH326FDK-GCL 2 DH326FWK-GCL 1 1 1 1 Two-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac or DC 5 (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 1 1 1 30 H 7-1/2 10 — — — 15 DH261FDK-GCL 2 DH261FWK-GCL 60 H 20 25 — — — 25 DH262FDK-GCL 2 3 or 4 100 H 30 40 — — — 25 DH263FDK-GCL 2 3 or 4 50 2 DH264FWK-GCL 1 1 200 H 50 50 — — — DH264FDK-GCL 1 Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 — — DH361FDK-GCL 2 DH361FWK-GCL 60 H 20 25 30 50 — — DH362FDK-GCL 2 DH362FWK-GCL 100 H 30 40 60 75 — — DH363FDK-GCL 2 DH363FWK-GCL 2 DH364FWK-GCL 200 H 50 50 125 150 — — DH364FDK-GCL 400 H — — 250 350 — — DH365FDK-GCL 2 DH365FWK-GCL 600 H — — 400 500 — — DH366FDK-GCL 2 DH366FWK-GCL Maximum Horsepower Ratings AC Ampere Rating Fuse Class Provision 1 1 1 1 Non-Fusible 277/480–600V System 1 Standard Fuse Time Delay SinglePhase SinglePhase ThreePhase DC ThreePhase 250V 600V NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 6 (Suitable for Service Entrance use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 1 30 — 7-1/2 10 20 30 5 — DH361UDK-GCL 2 DH361UWK-GCL 60 — 20 25 50 60 10 — DH362UDK-GCL 2 DH362UWK-GCL 100 — 40 50 75 100 20 — DH363UDK-GCL 2 DH363UWK-GCL 200 — 50 50 125 150 40 — DH364UDK-GCL 2 DH364UWK-GCL 400 — — — 250 350 50 — DH365UDK-GCL 2 DH365UWK-GCL 600 — — — 400 500 — — DH366UDK-GCL 2 DH366UWK-GCL Notes 1 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for copper neutrals. 2 NEMA 12 enclosures (30–600A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 3 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 4 Use three-pole catalog numbers below for 600 Vac, 250 Vdc maximum applications. For 600 Vdc, see note 3. 5 DC rating for 400–600A switches is 250V. 6 For two-pole applications, use outside poles of three-pole switch. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-77 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Contents DH361FRKCB Description 1 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch. . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses Product Description Standards and Certifications ● 600 Vac Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Single-Throw Cube fuses installed in a safety switch provide fingersafe protection, Class J time delay electrical performance with a smaller footprint than Class J or CC fusing, and blown fuse indication. ● ● ● UL listed File No. E5239 30–100A Horsepower rated For factory modifications, refer to Pages V2-T1-16 through V2-T1-19 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-78 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-79 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection 1 Fusible 277/480–600V Maximum Horsepower Ratings Ampere Rating System Fuse Class Provision SinglePhase AC ThreePhase AC 480V 480V 600V 600V DC NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight 250V Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number NEMA 4X Enclosure CorrosionResistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number Three-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc (Suitable for Service Entrance Use with a Neutral Kit Installed) 30 Cube 7-1/2 10 15 20 — DH361FGKCB DH361FRKCB DH361FDKCB 1 DH361FWKCB 60 Cube 20 25 30 50 — DH362FGKCB DH362FRKCB DH362FDKCB 1 DH362FWKCB DH363FRKCB 1 DH363FWKCB 100 Cube 30 40 60 75 — DH363FGKCB DH363FDKCB 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fusible 277/480–600V Maximum Horsepower Ratings Ampere Rating System Fuse Class Provision Blades, 3-Fuses S/N 480 Vac—600 Vac NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor SinglePhase AC ThreePhase AC DC 480V 480V Catalog 250V Number 600V 600V NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight NEMA 4X Enclosure CorrosionResistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 1 1 1 1 1 Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N) 480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc S/N DH361FRKCB 1 1 DH361NWKCB 30 Cube 7-1/2 10 15 20 — DH361NGKCB DH361NRKCB DH361NDKCB 60 Cube 20 25 30 50 — DH362NGKCB DH362NRKCB DH362NDKCB 1 DH362NWKCB 100 Cube 30 40 60 75 — DH363NGKCB DH363NRKCB DH363NDKCB 1 DH363NWKCB 1 1 1 1 Fusible 277/480–600V Maximum Horsepower Ratings System Ampere Rating Fuse Class Provision Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vac NEMA 1 Enclosure Indoor NEMA 3R Enclosure Rainproof NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight NEMA 4X Enclosure CorrosionResistant, Stainless Steel TwoPhase AC ThreePhase AC DC 480V 480V Catalog 250V Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 12 2 600V 600V 30 Cube 20 25 15 20 — DH461FGKCB 60 Cube 40 50 30 50 — DH462FGKCB 1 12 2 100 Cube 50 50 60 75 — DH463FGKCB 1 DH463FDKCB 1 2 1 1 1 Four-Pole—480 Vac—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 NEMA 12 enclosures (30–100A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. 2 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for availability of this product. 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-79 1.1 1 1 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings Ampere Rating System Fuse Class Provision Single-Phase AC 480V 600V Four-Wire (Three Blades, Three Fuses, S/N), 600 Vac—250 Vdc S/N 1 1 Safety Switches Fusible with Window 277/480–600V 1 1 Switching Devices Three-Phase AC DC 480V 600V 250V/600V NEMA 12 Enclosure Industrial, Dust-Tight Catalog Number 1 30 Cube 7-1/2 10 15 20 — DH361NDKWCB 1 DH361NWKWCB 60 Cube 20 25 30 50 — DH362NDKWCB 1 DH362NWKWCB 100 Cube 30 40 60 75 — DH363NDKWCB 1 DH363NWKWCB Notes 1 NEMA 12 enclosures (30–100A) can be field modified to meet NEMA 3R rainproof requirements when a factory provided drain hole is opened. Fuses are supplied as separate items. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-80 NEMA 4X Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel Catalog Number Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents Elevator Control Switch Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-76 1 V2-T1-78 1 V2-T1-82 V2-T1-82 V2-T1-82 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Elevator Control Switch Features, Benefits and Functions Standard Features ● 30–400A, 600 Vac threephase fused power switch ● 200,000A rms short-circuit current rating ● Shunt trip 120V ● Control power terminal block ● Ground lug per NEC ● Class J Fuse mounting only (Class J Fuses not included) ● Key to test switch 120V ● Mechanically interlocked auxiliary contact for hydraulic elevators with automatic recall (5A, 120 Vac rated) 1NO, 1NC 1 Standards and Certifications Optional Features ● Control power transformer with fuses and blocks ● Fire safety interface relay ● Pilot light—ON ● Isolated neutral lug (oversized 200% rated neutral option available where required by excessive nonlinear loads) ● Fire alarm voltage monitoring relay (to monitor shunt trip voltage) ● NEMA 3R, 4 and 12 enclosures available through 200A ● Phase failure and undervoltage relay available, consult factory ● For added protection, use Eaton fuse covers to improve maintenance personnel protection, through 200A (OSHA 1910.333, Paragraph C) ● ● ● UL 98 Enclosed and Deadfront Switch Guide 96NK3917, File No. E182262 NEMA 1, UL 50, listed enclosure cUL® per Canadian Standards C22.2, No. 0-M91-CAN/CSA® C22.2, No. 4-M89 Enclosed Switch Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-81 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Catalog Number Selection 1 Elevator Control Switch ES 1 T2 R2 G F1 3 N B 1 1 1 Prefix ES = Elevator control switch 1 Ampere Rating 1 = 30A 2 = 60A 3 = 100A 4 = 200A 5 = 400A 1 1 1 1 1 Pilot Light ON G = Green R = Red W = White Fire Alarm Voltage Monitoring Relay (To Monitor Shunt Trip Voltage) F1 = Single-pole F3 = Three-pole Fire Safety Interface Relay (3PDT, 10A, 120V) R2 = 24 Vdc coil R1 = 120 Vac coil 1 1 Control Transformer 1 T2 = 208V T3 = 240V T1 = 480V T4 = 600V Neutral Lug N = Isolated full capacity Auxiliary Contacts 1NO/1NC B = Main switch Enclosure Options (NEMA 1 Standard With No Suffix Designation Required) 3 = NEMA 3R D = NEMA 12 P = NEMA 4 painted steel Catalog Number Example: ES3T1R1GF3 ● ● ● ● ● 100A S.T. switch 480V-3P—ES3 480–120V CPT—T1 120 Vac coil fire safety interface relay—R1 Pilot light—ON (Green)—G Fire alarm voltage monitoring relay (three-pole)—F3 1 1 Technical Data and Specifications 1 Elevator Control Switch Maximum hp Rating—Sizing Based on Motor Type 1 Ampere Rating Voltage Rating (Vac Three-Phase) 30A, ES1 A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C 208 5 5 3 10 10 10 20 15 15 40 40 30 — — — 1 240 5 5 5 10 10 10 20 20 15 50 40 30 — — — 280 10 10 10 30 25 20 50 40 30 100 75 75 — — — 1 600 15 15 10 30 30 25 60 50 40 125 100 100 — — — 1 1 60A, ES2 100A, ES3 200A, ES4 400A, ES5 Dimensions 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Elevator Control Switch Dimensions and Lug Data 1 Ampere Rating Height Width Depth Height Width Depth Lug Size 3 Catalog Number 1 30 20.00 (508.0) 16.00 (406.4) 8.63 (219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 20.00 (508.0) 8.00 (203.2) #14–#8 Al or Cu ES1 60 20.00 (508.0) 16.00 (406.4) 8.63 (219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 20.00 (508.0) 8.00 (203.2) #14–#2 Al or Cu ES2 1 100 20.00 (508.0) 16.00 (406.4) 8.63 (219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 20.00 (508.0) 8.00 (203.2) #8–1/0 Al or Cu ES3 200 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0) 8.63 (219.2) 30.00 (762.0) 24.00 (609.6) 8.00 (203.2) #6–250 kcmil Al or Cu ES4 400 52.00 (320.8) 25.00 (635.0) 8.00 (203.2) 52.00 (1320.8) 25.00 (635.0) 8.00 (203.2) (2) I/O–(1) 750 ES5 1 1 1 NEMA 1 1 NEMA 3R, 12 2 Notes 1 Standard oversize enclosure to mount control power transformer fire safety interface relay and control terminal blocks. 2 Contact factory for dimensions for NEMA 4 enclosure. 3 Optional neutral lug size same as line and load. 1 V2-T1-82 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents DH323FRKA1240 Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-84 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch Product Description Features NEC Article 210.63 requires that a 125V, single-phase, 15 or 20A rated receptacle outlet be installed at an accessible location for the servicing of heating, airconditioning and refrigeration equipment. The receptacle must be located on the same level and within 25 ft (7.5m) of the heating, airconditioning and refrigeration equipment. Eaton’s heavyduty safety switch is an ideal solution for these applications, including elimination of the need for running a separate 120V circuit to the rooftop. ● ● ● ● ● 1 Standards and Certifications 30–200A Horsepower rated NEMA 3R outdoor enclosure standard 15A ground fault receptacle standard For factory modifications, refer to Pages V2-T1-16 through V2-T1-19 ● UL listed File No. E5239 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-83 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection 1 Non-Fusible 208 Vac—240 Vac—480 Vac—600 Vac—Three-Pole 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings Single-Phase AC Ampere Rating 1 Three-Phase AC 240V 480V 600V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number 30 — — — — — — DH321URKA1208 1 60 — — — — — — DH322URKA1208 100 — — — — — — DH323URKA1208 1 200 — — — — — — DH324URKA1208 208 Vac 1 240 Vac 1 30 3 — — 10 — — DH321URKA1240 1 60 10 — — 20 — — DH322URKA1240 100 20 — — 40 — — DH323URKA1240 1 200 15 — — 60 — — DH324URKA1240 1 30 3 7-1/2 10 10 20 30 DH361URKA1480 480 Vac 60 10 20 25 20 50 60 DH362URKA1480 1 100 20 40 50 40 75 100 DH363URKA1480 1 200 15 50 50 60 125 150 DH364URKA1480 600 Vac 1 30 3 7-1/2 10 10 20 30 DH361URKA1600 60 10 20 25 20 50 60 DH362URKA1600 1 100 20 40 50 40 75 100 DH363URKA1600 200 15 50 50 60 125 150 DH364URKA1600 1 1 DH323FRKA1240 Fusible 208 Vac—240 Vac—Three-Pole Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1 AC Fuse Type Provision Standard Fuse Single-Phase Three-Phase Single-Phase Three-Phase Catalog Number 30 H — — — — DH321FRKA1208 60 H — — — — DH322FRKA1208 100 H — — — — DH323FRKA1208 1 200 H — — — — DH324FRKA1208 1 30 H 1-1/2 3 — 7-1/2 DH321FRKA1240 1 60 H 3 7-1/2 — 15 DH322FRKA1240 100 H 7-1/2 15 — 30 DH323FRKA1240 1 200 H 15 25 — 60 DH324FRKA1240 1 Ampere Rating 1 208 Vac 1 Time Delay 240 Vac Note Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for additional options, including 20A GFI receptacles. 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-84 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Fusible 480 Vac—600 Vac—Three-Pole 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Ampere Rating Fuse Type Provision Single-Phase AC 480V 600V 480V 600V Catalog Number H 7-1/2 10 15 20 DH361FRKA1480 1 Three-Phase AC 1 480 Vac 30 1 60 H 20 25 30 50 DH362FRKA1480 100 H 30 40 60 75 DH363FRKA1480 200 H 50 50 125 150 DH364FRKA1480 1 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 DH361FRKA1600 1 600 Vac 30 60 H 20 25 30 50 DH362FRKA1600 100 H 30 40 60 75 DH363FRKA1600 200 H 50 50 125 150 DH364FRKA1600 1 1 1 Fusible 208 Vac—240 Vac—Three-Pole 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings AC 1 Fuse Type Provision Standard Fuse Single-Phase Three-Phase Single-Phase Three-Phase Catalog Number 1 30 H — — — — DH321NRKA1208 60 H — — — — DH322NRKA1208 1 100 H — — — — DH323NRKA1208 200 H — — — — DH324NRKA1208 1 30 H 1-1/2 3 — 7-1/2 DH321NRKA1240 60 H 3 7-1/2 — 15 DH322NRKA1240 1 100 H 7-1/2 15 — 30 DH323NRKA1240 200 H 15 25 — 60 DH324NRKA1240 Ampere Rating Time Delay 208 Vac 1 240 Vac 1 1 1 Fusible 480 Vac—600 Vac—Three-Pole Maximum Horsepower Ratings with Time Delay Fuses Fuse Type Provision Single-Phase AC 480V 600V 480V 600V Catalog Number 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 DH361NRKA1480 60 H 20 25 30 50 DH362NRKA1480 100 H 30 40 60 75 DH363NRKA1480 200 H 50 50 125 150 DH364NRKA1480 30 H 7-1/2 10 15 20 DH361NRKA1600 60 H 20 25 30 50 DH362NRKA1600 100 H 30 40 60 75 DH363NRKA1600 200 H 50 50 125 150 DH364NRKA1600 Ampere Rating 1 Three-Phase AC 1 480 Vac 1 1 1 600 Vac 1 1 1 Note Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for additional options, including 20A GFI receptacles. 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-85 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Contents Left-Handed Safety Switch Description 1 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch. . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch 200% Neutral Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Left-Handed Safety Switch Product Selection Ordering Information Step One: Left-handed safety switches are available from 30–200A for applications requiring an operating handle on the left side of the enclosure. Select the standard safety switch from the catalog and add Suffix LH to the catalog number. Step Two: Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center for complete pricing and delivery information. The Flex Center will provide a list price. An authorized negotiation (TSP) number will be provided to track your order. Step Three: Enter the order on VISTALINE by description (with catalog number as applicable) and reference the authorized negotiation (TSP) number. Vista suffix will be “ETS.” Product code will be “BE90.” For order entry assistance, contact CSC at: Phone: 1-800-356-1243 Fax: 1-800-752-8602 Note: Left-handed safety switches are supplied with a C361H1 handle. Safety Switch Flex Center Phone: 1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com Fax: 1-423-478-0270 1 V2-T1-86 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 200% Neutral Safety Switches 1 Product Selection Ordering Information Step One: Safety switches with 200% neutrals are available from 30–600A. Select the standard safety switch from the catalog and add Suffix 200 to the catalog number. Step Two: Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center for complete pricing and delivery information. The Flex Center will provide a list price and specifications for the 200% neutral. An authorized negotiation (TSP) number will be provided to track your order. 1 Step Three: Enter the order on VISTALINE by description (with catalog number as applicable) and reference the authorized negotiation (TSP) number. 1 1 1 Vista suffix will be “ETS.” Product code will be “BE90.” 1 For order entry assistance, contact CSC at: Phone: 1-800-356-1243 Fax: 1-800-752-8602 1 1 1 1 Safety Switch Flex Center Phone: 1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com Fax: 1-423-478-0270 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-87 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Contents Pringle Bolted Pressure Switches Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CBC Type Switch QA Type Switch 1 1 1 1 1 1 Page Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch. . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-89 V2-T1-90 V2-T1-90 V2-T1-90 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch Product Description Eaton Pringle® switches have helped pioneer development of high-quality electrical products for commercial and industrial applications since 1891. Eaton’s commitment to engineering excellence and reputation for quality have made us a recolonized leader in the electrical industry, and today you’ll find our electrical products in use throughout the U.S., Canada and most of the world’s major markets. Eaton Pringle bolted contact switches were the first in the industry and are a worldwide standard in high-current switching applications. They are custom-built and used in many heavy-duty applications, and are suitable for use in UL 891 switchboards. 1 1 V2-T1-88 Bolted Pressure Contacts All Pringle switches feature bolted pressure contacts. The result: blade contact surfaces are bolted closed at a pressure of 600 PSI—at both the hinge and jaw ends. The benefit: current conducting efficiency is the equivalent of a bolted bus bar connection. ● Features ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 480V UL 600V CSA 800–4000 Amperes 5000–6000 Amperes (not UL listed) 200 kAIC and 100% rated with Class “L” fuses Top or bottom feed Two, three- or four-pole Optional blown fuse detection and protection ● ● ● Quick-positive switching action Manual or electrically operated mechanism 6X Make/12X Break contact rating Pringle Flex Center can offer custom assemblies; for quotes, call 1-888-3299272 option 2 Many options available, see following page Spring Mechanism All quick action switches use a unique spring mechanism for improved reliability over traditional coil springs. The unique spring design is created by a series of concave-convex washers. The paired-washer spring design provides a higher force/distance ratio, making it easier to operate the mechanism. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Should any pair of washers become inoperable for any reason, the entire spring assembly will still be operable by means of the remaining pairs. This is unlike the situation if a coil spring were to fracture or fatigue. Sample Spring Configuration Standards and Certifications ● ● 480V UL 600V CSA 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Catalog Number Selection 1 Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch CB 08 3 3 B 120 480 K G R AO CT 5 Switch CB = CBC QA = QA FP = FP EO = EO 1 08 12 16 20 25 30 40 50 60 1 NF 1 Additional Option Control Power Transformer 2 CT = With control power transformer 6 Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Amperes = 800A = 1200A = 1600A = 2000A = 2500A = 3000A = 4000A = 5000A 8 = 6000A 8 Wire 2 = Two-wire 3 = Three-wire 4 = Four-wire System Voltage 208 = 208V 5 480 = 480V 600 = 600V Blown Fuse Detector (BFD) A = BFD with three normally ON lights (does NOT trip) AO = BFD with three normally OFF lights (does NOT trip) AX = BFD with NO lights (trips switch) A9 = BFD with three normally ON lights (trips switch) AR = BFD with three normally OFF lights (trips switch) Interlock K = Key interlock provisions Feed B = Bottom T = Top Voltage Control 2 120 = 120V 3 4 Ground Fault 2 = Ground fault with control power transformer GNX = Ground fault without control power transformer G NF = Non-fused 7 Options 6 = With handle suitable to meet 6’6” requirements Auxiliary Contact 6 = 1NO/1NC 7 = 2NO/2NC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Phase Failure Relay 2 R = Single-phase voltage relay with capacitor trip device (SPVR) 1 1 1 Pringle Mill Switch 8 1 (NEMA 1/3R/12 Enclosed) 1 PMS 08 3 3 NF T B W 1 Switch PMS = Pringle Mill Switch Option 9 W = With viewing window Poles Amperes 08 = 800A 12 = 1200A 16 = 1600A 20 = 2000A 25 = 2500A 30 = 3000A 40 = 4000A 2 = Two-pole j 3 = Three-pole k Wire 2 = Two-wire j 3 = Three-wire k Fusing F = Fusible NF = Non-fusible Feed Entry B = Bottom T = Top 1 1 Feed Exit B = Bottom T = Top 1 1 1 Notes 1 Not UL listed. A separate control box may be required when adding accessories. 2 Not an option with QA type switches. GF option includes control power transformer. 3 110 Vdc and 125 Vdc also available. Please contact the Cleveland, TN plant. 4 For different system voltage requirements, please contact the Cleveland, TN plant. 5 For QA switches, use 480V system catalog number when referencing a 208V system. 6 Only applicable if ordering a CPT only, without ground fault. 7 Only available with QA switches and in a top-feed configuration. 8 Does not carry UL listing. 9 Additional available accessories/options—door interlock, special nameplates, custom dimensions, special paint and auxiliary contacts. Please inquire with the Cleveland, TN plant. j 250 Vdc. k 480 Vac. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-89 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Product Selection 1 Manually Operated (QA)— UL Listed Manually operated contact switch with quick positive switching action. Can be top or bottom fed. In-House Service Eaton also offers in-house inspection, service and repair at our manufacturing facility in Cleveland, TN. Reference Information Electrical Trip (CBC)—UL Listed Contact switch with chargebefore-close mechanism. Can be manually or electrically tripped. Optional blown fuse detector and phase failure relay with capacitor trip available. Aftermarket Parts Eaton has a full line of factoryspecified aftermarket parts for Pringle switches, as well as complete, form, fit, function, drop-in replacement switches. Aftermarket part information can be found in publication TD00808001E. For aftermarket replacement parts: 1.877.ETN.CARE, option 2, option 1, 1.877.386.2273, option 2, option 1, TRC@eaton.com for existing in the field. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 For service questions, or to schedule service: 1.888.329.9272, option 2 pringle@eaton.com Product brochures available via Eaton.com ● Fault Protector Electrical Trip (FP)—UL Listed The FP combines the features of a CBC switch but includes an integrated zero-sequence sensor and ground fault. Electrically Operated Electric Trip (EO)—Not UL Listed The EO combines the features of a CBC switch, but includes an operator with a linear motor that electrically closes the switch while charging the stored energy mechanism for stored energy trip. Pringle Mill Switch (PMS)— Not UL Listed Manually operated contact switch with quick-positive switching action. Comes in a NEMA 1/3R/12 enclosure with a side-operated mechanism. Can be fusible or non-fusible, two- or threepole configurations. 1 1 Service Eaton’s Pringle switches have always been manufactured with precisionmade parts, and, like any mechanical device, they do require routine maintenance in order to operate at the optimal level. Over time, contact surfaces may be exposed to dirt and other contaminants, which could result in improper mechanical and/or electrical operation of the switch. Eaton maintains a dedicated service team that has over 100 years of combined experience in the exclusive service and repair of Pringle switches. A service call performed by a certified technician ensures that your equipment is cleaned, lubed, adjusted and repaired, and a one-year extended warranty is granted. General maintenance, repair/ refurbishment and troubleshooting are just some of the services provided. ‘Flex’ Custom Capabilities Custom solutions are standard throughout Eaton’s switching device product line and bolted pressure contact switches are no exception. When a standard product will not meet the customer’s need, Eaton’s engineering and marketing teams can develop and offer solutions built to the customer’s expectation. Engineered-to-Order, or ‘Flex’, Non-Load-Break switch solutions with bolted pressure contact technology vary as noted below. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Motor operated: 800 to 6000A High current: 6000 to 35,000A+ Medium voltage: 5 kV, 15 kV+ DC voltages: 250 Vdc to 3000 Vdc+ Transit applications: single-, two-or three-pole DC rated Manual transfer switches Live front switches 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-90 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com ● ● ● Pringle Product Brochure— BR00808001E Pringle Mill Switch— PA00808001E Pringle Replacement Parts Guide—TD00808001E Pringle Service— DM00808002E Technical Data and Specifications ● ● ● 800–4000A 5000 and 6000A available (not UL listed) 200 kAIC and 100% rated with Class L fuses Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Contents Description Page Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches. . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-92 V2-T1-92 V2-T1-93 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible Product Description Application Description Standards and Certifications Type DS disconnect is a compact load break switch using the DE-ION arc-quenching principle and quick make/quick break over center toggle mechanism. It has visible contacts, is UL listed and is available either as a fusible or non-fusible switch. Maximum switch-fuse application based on shortcircuit current withstand (symmetrical amperes). ● Note: Switches through 200A are UL listed as miscellaneous switches; 400 and 600A switches are recognized under the component program of Underwriters Laboratories. 30 Short-Circuit Ratings Switch Rating Amperes ● UL 98 CSA (see table on Page V2-T1-92) Reference Information ● ● ● ● Maximum Application at 240, 480 or 600 Vac Class R Fuses Current Limiting Fuse Class J ● 200,000 200,000 ● 60 200,000 200,000 100 200,000 200,000 400 100,000 1 200,000 600 100,000 1 200,000 ● Technical data: 29-420 Dimensions and drilling plans: DS 29-470 30, 60, 100A instruction leaflet: I.L. 14857C 30, 60, 100A auxiliary switch instruction leaflet: I.L. 14471C 200A instruction leaflet: I.L. 15014A 200A auxiliary switch instruction leaflet: I.L. 14486A Handle mechanisms: TD 29-520 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 480V maximum. 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-91 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Product Selection Options and Accessories 1 DS Type Switch Base Mounting Hardware Switch Ordering Information Note: Order separately when required. No charge when ordered with switch. 1 1 1 1 Fuse Clip Rating Switch Rating Ampere Type Volts 1 Catalog Number 23 30 No fuse 4 — DS16U 30 30 NEC 250 30 30 30 Description Catalog Number DS121R 30, 60, 100A non-fusible 624B375G17 DS161R 30, 60, 100A fusible 624B375G17 DS122 400 or 600A non-fusible 673B125G04 NEC 600 DS162 400 or 600A Fusible 673B125G05 NEC 600 60 NEC 250 1 30 60 No fuse — DS26U Auxiliary Switch Kits 1 60 60 NEC 250 DS222R 60 60 NEC 600 DS262R 1 60 100 NEC 250/600 DS263 Note: Permits field mounting of an auxiliary switch for separate control circuit applications. Each switch includes three soldered, identified leads. Rated 250V maximum. 1 100 No fuse 4 — DS36U Auxiliary Switch Kits 100 100 NEC 250/600 DS363R Switch Used With Contact Arrangement Kit Catalog Number 1 100 5 200 NEC 250/600 DS364 30, 60, 100A 1A-1B 178C265G05 400 No fuse 4 — DS56U 30, 60, 100A 2As-2Bs 178C265G06 1 400 400 NEC 250/600 DS565R 600 No fuse 4 — DS66U Class R Fuse Clip Conversion Kits for Type DS Switches 600 600 NEC 250/600 DS666R Switch Rating 1 60 Base Mounting Hardware 4 Amperes Volts Kit Catalog Number 30 250 RFK121 1 30 600 RFK161 60 250 RFK222 1 60 600 RFK262 1 100 250/600 RFK464 400 250/600 RFK666 600 250/600 RFK666 1 1 Notes 1 600V ratings are suitable for Class J fuses. 2 Switches with Catalog Number Suffix R are UL listed for use with Class R fuses when fuse clip conversion kits shown on this page are used. 3 Switches with Catalog Number Suffix R or U are CSA listed. 4 Rated 600V. 5 Supplied as unfused switch with separate fuse blocks. 6 Not UL listed. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-92 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Technical Data and Specifications 1 1 Maximum Horsepower 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings Type Switch 120 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Standard Time Delay Standard Time Delay Standard Time Delay Standard Time Delay 250 Vdc DS16U 5 — 10 — 20 — 25 — 7-1/2 DS121R 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 — — — — 5 DS122 3 — 7-1/2 — — — — — 5 DS161R — — — — 5 15 7-1/2 20 5 DS162 — — — — 15 — 15 — 5 DS26U 10 — 20 — 40 — 60 — 15 DS222R 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 — — — — 10 DS262R — — — — 15 30 15 50 10 DS263 — — 15 — 25 — 30 — 10 DS36U 15 — 30 — 75 — 75 — 25 DS363R — — 15 30 25 60 30 75 20 DS364 — — 25 — 50 — 60 — 20 DS56U — — 100 — 250 — 350 — — DS565R — — 50 100 100 250 125 350 — DS66U — — 100 — 400 — 500 — — DS666R — — 75 100 150 400 200 500 — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Terminal Data 1 Wire Range Switch Rating Copper Aluminum 30 #14–#2 #12–#2 60 #14–#2 #12–#2 100 #14–1/0 #12–1/0 400 (1) #4–600 kcmil or (2) 1/0–3/0 (1) #4–600 kcmil or (2) 1/0–250 kcmil 600 Same as 400A except two terminals per pole — 1 1 1 1 Note Terminals are suitable for either copper or aluminum cable. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-93 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Contents Type Visi-Flex DE-ION Description 1 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch. . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Type Visi-Flex DE-ION Product Description Standards and Certifications Complete Model A switch styles with fuse or non-fuse kits mounted are UL listed. Refer to “Electrical Construction Materials List,” miscellaneous switches. Switches only, no fuse, fuse clip kit and all Model T switches are recognized under the component program of Underwriters Laboratories. The external operating handle of Model A can be padlocked in the OFF position with up to three padlocks. ● Terminal Data ● 30, Spec. 60A switches: #14–#4 Cu cable only ● 60, 100A switches #14–1/0 Cu cable only 1 UL 98 Reference Information ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Technical data: 29-420 Dimension sheet: 29-470 30, Special 60A Model A drilling instructions: I.L. 15051 60, 100A Model A drilling instructions: I.L. 15052A 30, Special 60, 100A Model A and T auxiliary switch: I.L. 12641C 60, 100A Model A and T fuse kit: I.S. 12565C No fuse kit cover mounting: I.S. 12942B Fuse clip kits for Class R (1226C94G01-G05): I.L. 15491 Fuse clip kits for Class R (1226C94G06-G11): I.L. 15492 200 ampere instruction leaflet: I.L. 12505 1 V2-T1-94 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-95 V2-T1-96 V2-T1-97 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-102 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Product Selection Model A 1 1 Switch Ordering Information Model A, Adjustable Depth Complete Unit Catalog Number 1 Switch Only 2 Catalog Number (see handle and shaft below, fuse kit at right) Model T, Toggle Operated Switch Only 3 Catalog Number (see fuse kit at right) No fuse 6 2607D89G01 2607D63G02 30A/250V 2607D89G02 60A/250V 100A/250V Continuous Ampere Rating Fuse or No-Fuse Kit (see photos on Page V2-T196) 30 Model T Special 60 7 60 7 100 Fuse Clip Kits for Model A or T NEC and Standard Time Delay 45 (No-Fuse Kit—See Below) Clips for Class K or H Fuses Catalog Number Clips for Class R Fuses Only Catalog Number 371D392G02 — — 2607D63G01 371D392G01 313C590G08 1226C94G01 2607D89G03 2607D63G01 371D392G01 313C590G09 1226C94G03 2607D89G04 2607D63G01 371D392G01 313C590G13 1226C94G05 30A/600V 2607D89G05 2607D63G01 371D392G01 313C590G10 1226C94G02 60A/600V 2607D89G06 2607D63G01 371D392G01 313C590G11 1226C94G04 No fuse 6 2607D89G07 2607D63G06 371D392G06 — — 30A/250V 2607D89G08 2607D63G05 371D392G05 313C590G08 1226C94G01 60A/250V 2607D89G09 2607D63G05 371D392G05 313C590G09 1226C94G03 100A/250V 2607D89G10 2607D63G05 371D392G05 313C590G13 1226C94G05 30A/600V 2607D89G11 2607D63G05 371D392G05 313C590G10 1226C94G02 60A/600V 2607D89G12 2607D63G05 371D392G05 313C590G11 1226C94G04 No fuse 6 2607D90G01 2607D66G14 657D780G12 — — 30A/250V 2607D90G02 2607D66G13 657D780G11 177C880G23 1226C94G06 60A/250V 2607D90G03 2607D66G13 657D780G11 177C880G12 1226C94G08 100A/250V 2607D90G04 2607D66G13 657D780G11 177C880G13 1226C94G10 200A/250V 2607D90G05 2607D66G13 657D780G11 177C880G14 — 30A/600V 2607D90G06 2607D66G13 657D780G11 177C880G24 1226C94G07 60A/600V 2607D90G07 2607D66G13 657D780G11 177C880G15 1226C94G09 100A/600V 2607D90G08 2607D66G13 657D780G11 177C880G16 1226C94G11 No fuse 6 2607D91G07 2607D66G18 657D780G16 — — 60A/250V 2607D91G08 2607D66G17 — 177C880G12 1226C94G08 100A/250V 2607D91G09 2607D66G17 657D780G15 177C880G13 1226C94G10 20A/250V 2607D91G10 2607D66G17 657D780G15 177C880G14 — 60A/600V 2607D91G11 2607D66G17 — 177C880G15 1226C94G09 100A/600V 2607D91G12 2607D66G17 657D780G15 177C880G16 1226C94G11 200A/600V 2607D91G13 2607D66G17 657D780G15 177C880G18 — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Model A shipped as basic switch, operating handle, shaft and fuse or no-fuse kit. Model T shipped as basic switch and fuse or no-fuse kit. 2 External operating handle, shaft and fuse or no-fuse kit required. 3 Fuse or no-fuse kit required. 4 Includes fuse clips and Micarta barriers. 5 Will also accept non-rejection type current limiting fuses: Bussmann: 15–60A type KTN and KTS (ferrule type), 65–200A type KTN and KTS (blade type) Chase Shawmut: 15–60A type 1 (ferrule type), 65–200A type 3 (blade type) Federal Pacific Electric®: 15–200A types NCL and SCL 6 Rated 600V. 7 Special 60A switch has same dimension as 30A Visi-Flex switch. Standard 60A switch has same dimension as 100A Visi-Flex switch. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-95 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Special Switches and Fuse Clips Special Fuse Kits 1 Visi-Flex Switches with Auxiliary Switch Internally Mounted Fuse Clip Kit 1 1 1 Current Limiting, Class J Note: Basic switch only. Also order no-fuse kit, fuse kit, operating handle and shaft as required. Note: For Model A and/or T switches. Order in place of standard fuse clips. Ampere Rating Switch Type, Rating Catalog Number (for use without fuses) Catalog Number (for use with fuses) Fuse Kit Rating Catalog Number Model A Model A 30 2607D63G04 2607D63G03 30 30A/600V 503C690G01 1 Special 60 2607D63G08 2607D63G07 Special 60 60A/600V 503C690G02 60 2607D66G16 2607D66G15 100A/600V 503C690G03 1 100 2607D66G20 2607D66G19 60 30A/600V 503C690G15 100 60A/600V 503C690G16 No Fuse Kit Model T 1 30 371D392G04 371D392G03 100A/600V 503C690G17 1 Special 60 371D392G08 371D392G07 200A/600V 503C690G18 60 657D780G14 657D780G13 Model T 100 657D780G18 657D780G17 30 30A/600V 503C690G04 Special 60 60A/600V 503C690G05 100A/600V 503C690G06 60 30A/600V 503C690G19 100 60A/600V 503C690G20 100A/600V 503C690G21 200A/600V 503C690G22 1 1 1 1 1 Options and Accessories 1 Fuse Kits and Shaft 1 No fuse kits (for Models A or T) 1 Description 30, special 60A switches Extra Long Vari-Depth Shaft for Model A Switches Catalog Number Note: Order in place of standard shaft when required. 313C590G14 Switch Ampere Rating Panel Depth in Inches (mm) Long Shaft Catalog Number 4 2607D65G02 2607D65G02 60, 100A switches 313C363G11 30 8.19–13.06 (208.0–331.7) 1 Model A external operating handle 504C323G07 Special 60 8.19–13.06 (208.0–331.7) 4 1 60 9.41–14.3 (239.0–358.9) 2607D65G02 30, special 60A switches 2607D64G01 1 100 9.41–14.3 (239.0–358.9) 2607D65G02 60, 100A switches 2607D65G01 2 1 1 1 1 1 Model A Standard Shaft Auxiliary Switch Kits for Model A and T Switches Note: Permits field mounting of an auxiliary switch for separate control circuit applications. Provides an SPDT switch with 1A and/or 1B contacts. Includes three identified 18-inch soldered leads. For Use With Complete Kit Catalog Number 30 and special 60A switch 315C293G01 3 60 and 100A switch 315C293G01 3 Notes 1 For use with panels 5.06–8.19 inches (128.5–208.0 mm) deep. 2 For use with panels 5.19–9.97 inches (131.8–253.2 mm) deep. 3 Order Instruction Sheet 12641. 4 For panel depth of 8.19–9.94 inches (208.0–252.5 mm), a minimum of 1.75 inch must be cut from bottom of shaft. 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-96 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Technical Data and Specifications 1 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1 Maximum Horsepower Ratings Fuse Clip Ratings 120 Vac Standard 240 Vac Time Delay Standard 480 Vac Time Delay Standard 600 Vac Time Delay Standard Time Delay 1 250 Vdc 30A Switch 1 Unfused 3 — 7-1/2 — 20 — 25 — 5 30A/250V 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 — — — — 5 60A/250V 3 — 5 — — — — — 5 100A/250V 3 — 5 — — — — — 5 30A/600V — — — — 5 15 7-1/2 20 5 60A/600V — — — — 15 — 20 — 5 1 1 1 1 60A Switch (and Special 60 Ampere Switch) Unfused 7-1/2 — 20 — 40 — 50 — 10 30A/250V 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 — — — — 5 60A/250V 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 — — — — 10 100A/250V — — 15 — — — — — 10 200A/250V 1 — — 15 — — — — — — 30A/600V — — — — 5 15 7-1/2 20 5 60A/600V — — — — 15 30 15 50 10 100A/600V 1 — — 15 — 25 30 30 50 10 15 — 30 — 60 — 75 — 20 1 1 1 1 100A Switch Unfused 30A/250V 1-1/2 3 3 7-1/2 — — — — 5 60A/250V 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 — — — — 10 100A/250V 15 15 15 30 — — — — 20 200A/250V 15 15 15 30 — — — — 20 30A/600V — — — — 5 15 7-1/2 20 — 60A/600V — — — — 15 30 15 50 — 100A/600V — — — — 25 60 30 75 — 200A/600V — — — — 25 60 30 75 — 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 Does not apply to special 60A switch since these fuse clips cannot be added. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-97 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Contents Complete Operating Mechanism—C361NE1 Description 1 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch. . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Flange Mounted—Variable Depth Product Description Standards and Certifications Type C361 disconnect switches are suitable for installation in control enclosures having a righthand flange. Fusible disconnect switches will accept R fuses as standard. Field installable rejection kits are supplied as standard on 100 and 200A clips. For 30 and 60A rejection clips, see footnote 4 on next page. The switch is UL component recognized for use on systems with up to 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes available fault current when Class R clips are supplied. ● ● UL—Component File E55492 CSA—LR353-439 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-98 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-99 V2-T1-100 V2-T1-101 V2-T1-102 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1.1 Product Selection C361NE1 1 1 Operating Mechanism Variable Depth with Disconnect Switch—Right-Hand Mounting Disconnect Switch Size (Amperes) Variable Depth Mtg. Range Min./Max. (Inches) 1 AC System Volts (Motor Volts) 208 (200) 240 (230) DC Using 480 600 Two Poles (460) (575) 250V Max. Fuse Clip Rating (Amperes) NonInterchangeable Type for Class H, J, K or R Type Fuses Only 250V 30 7 to 16 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 Maximum Horsepower Ratings 2 60 7 to 16 15 15 30 20 50 5 10 100 7 to 16 25 30 60 75 20 200 7 to 16 40 60 125 150 40 600V Switch and Operating Mechanism with 4-Inch Handle 3 Switch and Operating Mechanism Only DOES NOT Include Handle For NEMA 1 or 12 Enclosure For NEMA 4 Enclosure Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Non-fusible C361NC C361NC1 C361NC2 30 — C361SC21 C361SC121 4 C361SC221 4 60 30 C361SC61 C361SC161 4 C361SC261 4 Non-fusible C361ND C361ND1 C361ND2 60 30 C361SD22 C361SD122 4 C361SD222 4 — 60 C361SD62 C361SD162 4 C361SD262 4 C361NE C361NE1 C361NE2 Non-fusible 100 C361SE263 C361SE1263 C361SE2263 Non-fusible 100 C361NF1 C361NF1 C361NF2 200 C361SF264 C361SF1264 C361SF2264 200 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C361H1 1 Handle Only Application For use with 30, 60 100 and 200A disconnect switches Operating Handle Length in Inches (mm) NEMA Type Enclosure Catalog Number 4.00 (101.6) 1-12 C361H1 4.00 (101.6) 4 C361H2 6.00 (152.4) 1-12 C361H3 6.00 (152.4) 4 C361H4 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Dimension shown is from panel to flange surface. 2 Refers to rating of switch only. 3 Components individually boxed and shipped in overpack carton. 4 For rejection clips, add Suffix Letter R to listed Catalog Number. Example: C361SC121R. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-99 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches 1 Accessories 1 Type C361 NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware Type C361 door hardware kits unauthorized entry. are designed to function with These kits can be used all C361 and C371 disconnect on enclosure flanges with switches and circuit breaker material thickness ranging operating mechanisms. from 16 gauge through 3/16 inches with flanges These kits are designed for on the right side only. Door use with small enclosures hardware kits are to be up to 40 inches (1016 mm), installed in a commercially intermediate 40–60 inches available enclosure. Consult (1016–1524 mm) or larger the enclosure manufacturer floor cases over 60 inches application data for proper (1524 mm) to provide kit selection. enclosure sealing and protection against 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware Interlocks and Connecting Rod Electrical Interlocks Circuit Catalog Number 1NO-1NC DS200EK1 2NO-2NC DS200EK2 Connecting Rods—Increase Maximum Allowable Depth by 5 Inches Application Catalog Number Disconnect switches 30, 60, 100 and 200A Circuit breakers 150, 250 and 400A C371CS1 Circuit breakers 600, 800 and 1200A C371CS2 Notes 1 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits. 2 Third roller latch for use with 4 or 6-inch handle when three-point latching is required. Type C361 NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware 1 Handle Length (Inches) Catalog Number 1 4 C361KJ4 1 6 C361KJ6 Roller Latch 2 C361KR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-100 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Mounting Dimension Requirements in Inches (mm) 1 Disconnect Switch Type A B C D E F G 30A and 60A non-fusible See dimensions below See dimensions below 1.56 (39.6) 0.96 (24.4) 4.00 (101.6) 3.50 (88.9) 7.12 (180.8) 30A and 60A fusible 1.56 (39.6) 0.96 (24.4) 4.00 (101.6) 3.50 (88.9) 9.75 (247.7) 100A non-fusible 1.75 (44.5) 1.10 (27.9) 5.50 (139.7) 3.38 (85.9) 7.12 (180.8) 100A fusible 1.75 (44.5) 1.10 (27.9) 5.50 (139.7) 3.38 (85.9) 11.88 (301.8) 200A non-fusible and fusible 3.34 (84.8) 0.63 (16.0) 8.50 (215.9) 1.84 (46.7) 15.50 (393.7) Mounting Dimension Requirements 1 1 1 1 1 Line Lug Data Disconnect Switch Size Wire Size 30A #2–14 Cu/Al 1 1 60A #2–14 Cu/Al 100A 1/0–14 Cu/Al 200A 250 kcmil–#6 Cu/Al Dimension A = The required wire bending spacing selected from Article 430.10 of the National Electrical Code. Dimension B = Minimum or maximum depth from inside of flange holding operating handle to panel where disconnect switch is mounted (variable 7 to 16 inches). 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-101 1.1 1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Contents Fixed Depth Application Description 1 Page Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six-Pole Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double-Throw Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Stainless Steel Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Upper and Lower Window Switches . . . EnviroLine—Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EnviroLine—Non-Metallic KRYDON Switch . . . . . . . . NEMA 7/9—Hazardous Location Disconnect Switch . Quick Connect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solar Combiner Box—Source Combiner and Array Combiner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316-Grade Stainless Steel Safety Switches . . . . . . . . Mill-Duty Rated, Heavy-Duty, Fusible, Non-Fusible, Single-Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heavy-Duty Fusible Safety Switches Accepting Cube Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevator Control Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary Power Heavy-Duty Safety Switch. . . . . . . . . Left-Handed Safety Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200% Neutral Safety Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pringle Bolted Pressure Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DS, Fusible and Non-Fusible. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type Visi-Flex DE-ION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Variable Depth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-3 V2-T1-26 V2-T1-31 V2-T1-43 V2-T1-45 V2-T1-53 V2-T1-56 V2-T1-59 V2-T1-61 V2-T1-63 V2-T1-65 V2-T1-67 V2-T1-69 V2-T1-72 V2-T1-76 V2-T1-78 V2-T1-81 V2-T1-83 V2-T1-86 V2-T1-87 V2-T1-88 V2-T1-91 V2-T1-94 V2-T1-98 V2-T1-103 V2-T1-103 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Flange Mounted—Fixed Depth Product Description Type C361 disconnect switches are suitable for installation in control enclosures having a righthand flange. Fusible disconnect switches will accept R fuses as standard. Field installable rejection kits are supplied as standard on 100 and 200A clips. For 30 and 60A rejection clips, see Page V2-T1-99. The switch is UL component recognized for use on systems for use on systems with up to 200,000 rms symmetrical amperes available fault current when Class R clips are supplied. ● Minimum depth—flange to panel ● 30–60A: 6.50 inches ● 100A: 7 inches Product Selection Fixed Depth Application Operating Mechanism Fixed Depth with Disconnect Switch—Right-Hand Mounting Maximum Horsepower Ratings 1 1 1 Disconnect Switch Size (Amperes) AC System Volts (Motor Volts) 208 (200) 240 (230) 480 (460) 600 (575) 1 30 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 DC Using Two Poles 250V Maximum 5 1 60 1 1 100 1 15 25 15 30 30 60 50 75 10 20 Fuse Clip Rating (Amperes) Non-Interchangeable Type for Class H, J, K or R Type Fuses Only Switch and Operating Mechanism with 4-Inch Handle For NEMA 1 or 12 Enclosure 250V Catalog Number Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com C361FNC1 30 — C361FSC121 2 60 30 C361FSC161 2 Non-fusible C361FND1 60 30 — 60 Non-fusible 100 V2-T1-102 600V Non-fusible C361FSD122 2 C361FSD162 2 C361FNE1 100 C361FSE1263 1.1 Switching Devices Safety Switches Accessories Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 1 Electrical Interlocks Circuit Catalog Number Frame Size 1NO-1NC DS200EK1 Description A 2NO-2NC DS200EK2 30–60A disconnect switch 8.63 (219.2) 11.38 (289.1) Technical Data and Specifications Line Lug Data B C D E 6.50 (165.1) 1.50 (38.1) 9.50 (241.3) 150A circuit breaker 8.63 (219.2) 11.38 (289.1) 6.50 (165.1) 1.50 (38.1) 9.50 (241.3) 100A disconnect switch 9.88 (251.0) 13.38 (339.9) 7.00 (177.8) 1.25 (31.8) 11.75 (298.5) 250A circuit breaker 9.88 (251.0) 13.38 (339.9) 7.00 (177.8) 1.25 (31.8) 11.75 (298.5) 400A circuit breaker 9.88 (251.0) 13.38 (339.9) 7.00 (177.8) 1.25 (31.8) 11.75 (298.5) Approximate Dimensions Disconnect Switch Size Wire Size 30A #2–14 Cu/Al 60A #2–14 Cu/Al 100A 1/0–14 Cu/Al 200A 250 kcmil–#6 Cu/Al 1 1 1 1 1 0.38 (9.7) 1 0.31 (7.9) 1 1 1 1 0.38 (9.7) Dia. Holes for Panel Support if Necessary 1 Notes 1 Refers to rating of switch only. 2 For Rejection Clips, add Suffix Letter R to listed Catalog Number. Example: C361FSC121R. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-103 1.2 1 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers Contents Enclosed Circuit Breakers Description 1 Page Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-105 V2-T1-105 V2-T1-106 V2-T1-108 V2-T1-110 V2-T1-112 V2-T1-113 V2-T1-115 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product Description ● ● 15–1200A Enclosed device used to open and close a circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Application Description NEMA 1 General Purpose Surface or Flush Mounting 15–1200A, 600 Vac, 500 Vdc NEMA 1 enclosed breakers are designed for indoor use in commercial buildings, apartment buildings and other areas where a general purpose enclosure is applicable. The breaker is front operable and is capable of being padlocked in the OFF position. Ratings through 1200A are listed with Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for service entrance application. Both surface and flush mounted enclosures are available. NEMA 3R Rainproof Surface Mounting 1 NEMA 4/4X, 5 Water and Dustproof Interchangeable Hubs (through 400A) 15–1200A, 600 Vac, 500 Vdc This general purpose outdoor service center employs a circuit breaker inside a weatherproof sheet steel enclosure to serve as a main disconnect and protective device for feeder circuits. The breaker is front operable and is capable of being padlocked in the OFF position. Ratings through 1200A are listed by Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for service entrance application. Stainless Steel—Type 304 Surface Mounting 15–1200A, 600 Vac, 500 Vdc This enclosure meets NEMA 4/4X and 5 requirements for water and dustproof applications and has no knockouts or other openings. It is particularly well suited for use in dairies, borax mines, breweries, paper mills and other process industries. The operating handle can be padlocked in the OFF position, and is interlocked to prevent the door from opening when the breaker is ON. Ratings through 1200A are Underwriters Laboratories listed as suitable for service entrance application. 1 1 1 1 1 NEMA 1 General Purpose NEMA 3R Rainproof Surface Mounting 1 1 1 Note 1 SFDN enclosed breakers do not have a door interlock to prevent door from being opened when breaker is “ON.” 1 V2-T1-104 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com NEMA 4/4X Water and Dustproof Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers NEMA 12 Dustproof Surface Mounting NEMA 7/9 Hazardous Location No Knockouts or Other Openings 15–1200A, 600 Vac, 500 Vdc The Type 12 enclosure is designed in line with specifications for special industry application where unusually severe conditions involving oil, coolant, dust and other foreign materials exist in the operating atmosphere. The handle padlocks in the OFF position and the cover is interlocked with the handle mechanism to prevent opening the cover with the circuit breaker in the ON position. Ratings through 1200A are UL listed as suitable for service entrance application. A NEMA 12 semi-dust-tight design that includes knockouts is available. These units are rated 15–400A, 600 Vac, 500 Vdc. Cast Aluminum, Explosion-proof Surface Mounting 15–1200A, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc Hazardous location, Type 7: Class I, Groups B, C, D; Type 9: Class II, Groups E, F, G. This special service cast aluminum enclosure is supplied with a wide, machined flanged cover to prevent igniting outside atmospheres by arcing from inside the enclosure. Front operable, the handle padlocks in the OFF position. Enclosures rated 600A and above have lift-off hinges for ease of assembly. Note: XFDN050B is not Group B compliant. Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● ● ● ● ● Side-opening door on NEMA 3R enclosures Padlockable in the OFF position Surface or flush mounted enclosures available through 400A on NEMA 1 enclosures Interlocked handle on NEMA 3R, 4/4X, 5 and 12 enclosures to prevent opening when the breaker is in the ON position Interchangeable hubs Numerous factory options 1.2 Standards and Certifications 1 UL 489 CSA 22.2 NEMA 250 1 ● ● ● 1 NEMA 1 General Purpose ● UL File No. E7819 ● CSA File No. LR84319 1 NEMA 3R Rainproof Surface Mounting ● UL File No. E7819 ● CSA File No. LR84319 1 NEMA 4/4X, 5 Water and Dustproof ● UL File No. E7819 ● CSA File No. LR84319 NEMA 12 Dustproof Surface Mounting ● UL File No. E7819 ● CSA File No. LR84319 NEMA 7/9 Hazardous Location ● UL File No. E84577 ● CSA File No. LR42131-6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NEMA 7/9 Hazardous Location 1 1 1 NEMA 12 Dustproof Surface Mounting 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-105 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers Cross-Reference Enclosed Circuit Breaker Competitive Catalog Numbers Catalog Number NEMA Rating Eaton Enclosure Breaker Square D Enclosure Breaker Siemens Enclosure Breaker General Electric Enclosure 1 surface SGDN100 GHC3100 EHB125NS EHB34100 — — — — 1 flush — — EHB125NF EHB34100 — — — — 3R RGDN100 GHC3100 EHB125NRB EHB34100 — — — — — Breaker 12 JGDN100 GHC3100 — — — — — 12K DGDN100 GHC3100 — — — — — — 4/4X WGDN100 GHC3100 — — — — — — 1 surface SFDN100 EHD3100L FA100S FAL34100 E2N1S ED43B100 TE100S TED134100WL 1 flush FFDN100 EHD3100L FA100F FAL34100 E2N1F ED43B100 TE100F TED134100WL 3R RFDN100 EHD3100L FA100RB FAL34100 E2N3R ED43B100 TE100R TED134100WL 1 12/3R — — FA100AWK FAL34100 — — — — 12 JFDN100 EHD3100L — — E2N12 ED43B100 TE100J/SE100J TED134100WL 1 12K DFDN100 EHD3100L FA100A FAL34100 E2N12 ED43B100 TE100D/ ______ TED134100WL 4/4X WFDN100 EHD3100L FA100DS FAL34100 ED6SS4 ED43B100 TE100CS/SE100CS TED134100WL 7/9 XFDN050 EHD3050L FA060X FAL34060 EA ED43B100 — — — 1 1 9 — — FA060Y FAL34060 — — — 7/9 XFDN225B 1 FD3225L FA100X FAL34100 EB ED43B100 — — 1 9 — — FA100Y FAL34100 — — — — 1 surface SFDN225 1 FDB3150L — — E2N1S ED43B125 TE150S TED134150WL 1 1 flush FFDN225 1 FDB3150L — — E2N1F ED43B125 TE150F TED134150WL 1 3R RFDN225 1 FDB3150L — — E2N3R ED43B125 TE150R TED134150WL 12 JFDN225 1 FDB3150L — — E2N12 ED43B125 — — 1 12K DFDN225 1 FDB3150L — — E2N12 ED43B125 — — 4/4X WFDN225 1 FDB3150L — — ED6SS4 ED43B125 — — 1 7/9 XFDN225B 1 FDB3150L — — — — — — 1 surface SFDN225 1 FD3225L — — — — — — 1 flush FFDN225 1 FD3225L — — — — — — 3R RFDN225 1 FD3225L — — — — — — 12 JFDN225 1 FD3225L — — — — — — 1 12K DFDN225 1 FD3225L — — — — — — 4/4X WFDN225 1 FD3225L — — — — — — 1 7/9 XFDN225B 1 FD3225L — — — — — — 1 surface SJDN250 JDB3250 KA225S KAL36250 F6N1S FXD63B250 TF225S TFJ236225WL 1 flush FJDN250 JDB3250 KA225F KAL36250 F6N1F FXD63B250 TF225F TFJ236225WL 1 1 1 1 3R RJDN250 JDB3250 KA225RB KAL36250 F6N3R FXD63B250 TF225R TFJ236225WL 12/3R — JDB3250 KA225AWK KAL36250 — — — — 1 12 JJDN250 JDB3250 — — F6N12 FXD63B250 TF225J/SF250J TFJ236225WL 12K DJDN250 JDB3250 KA225A KAL36250 F6N12 FXD63B250 ______ /SF250D TFJ236225WL 1 4/4X WJDN250 JDB3250 KA225DS KAL36250 FD6SS4 FXD63B250 TF225CS/SF250CS TFJ236225WL 7/9 XJDN250B — KA225X KAL36250 EC2 FXD63B250 — — 9 — — KA225Y KAL36250 — — — — 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Maximum wire size 4/0. 2 Maximum wire size 500 kcmil. 1 V2-T1-106 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.2 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers Enclosed Circuit Breaker Competitive Catalog Numbers, continued 1 Catalog Number NEMA Rating Eaton Square D Enclosure Siemens Breaker Enclosure 1 General Electric Breaker Enclosure Breaker Enclosure 1 surface SKDN400 1 Breaker KDB3400 LA400S LAL36400 J6N1 JXD63B400 TJ400S/SG400S TJK436400WL 1 flush FKDN400 1 KDB3400 LA400F LAL36400 — — TJ400F/SG400F TJK436400WL 3R RKDN400 1 KDB3400 LA400R LAL36400 J6N3R JXD63B400 TJ400R/SG400R TJK436400WL 12/3R — — LA400AWK LAL36400 — — — — 12 JKDN400 1 KDB3400 — — J6N12 JXD63B400 TJ400J/SG400J TJK436400WL 12K DKDN400 1 KDB3400 — — J6N12 JXD63B400 ______ /SG400D TJK436400WL 4/4X WKDN400 1 KDB3400 LA400DS LAL36400 — — TJ400CS/SG400CS TJK436400WL 7/9 XKDN400B 21 KDB3400 — — EE JXD63B400 — — 1 surface SLDN600 LDB3600 MA1000S MAL36600 LD6N1 LXD63B600 TJ600S/SG600S TJK636600WL 1 flush — — MA1000F MAL36600 — — TJ600F/SG600F TJK636600WL 3R RLDN600 LDB3600 — — LD6N3R LXD63B600 TJ600R/SG600R TJK636600WL 12/3R — — MA1000AWK MAL36600 — — — — 12 JLDN600 LDB3600 — — LD6N12 LXD63B600 TJ600J/SG600J TJK636600WL 4/4X WLDN600 LDB3600 MA1000DS MAL36600 LD6SS4 LXD63B600 TJ600CS TJK636600WL 7/9 XMCN800B LDB3600 — — ED6 LXD63B600 — — 1 surface SNDN1200 MDL3800 MA1000S MAL36800 LMD1 MXD63B800 TK4V1200S TKMA836800WL 1 flush — — MA1000F MAL36800 — — TK4V1200F TKMA836800WL 3R RNDN1200 MDL3800 — — LMD3R MXD63B800 TKV41200R TKMA836800WL 12/3R — — MA1000AWK MAL36800 — — — — 12 JNDN1200 MDL3800 — — LMD12 MXD63B800 TK4V1200J/SK1200 TKMA836800WL WNDN1200 MDL3800 MA1000DS MAL36800 — — — — 7/9 XMCN800B MDL3800 — — — — — — 1 surface SNDN1200 ND312T33W MA1000S MAL361000 — — — — 1 flush — — MA1000F MAL361000 — — — — 3R RNDN1200 ND312T33W — — — — — — 12/3R — — MA1000AWK MAL361000 — — — — 12 JNDN1200 ND312T33W — — — — — — WNDN1200 ND312T33W MA1000DS MAL361000 — — — — ND312T33W — — MND61 NXD63B120 TK4V1200S TKMA31200WL — — — — — TK4V1200F TKMA31200WL 3R RNDN1200 ND312T33W — — MND63 NXD63B120 TKV41200R TKMA31200WL 1 surface — — NA1200AWK NAL361200 — — — — 12 JNDN1200 ND312T33W — — MND612 NXD63B120 TK4V1200J/SK1200 TKMA31200WL ND312T33W — — — — — — ND312T33W — — — — — — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SNDN1200 WNDN1200 1 1 — XNDN1200B 2 1 1 1 surface 4/4X 1 1 12 7/9 1 1 4/4X 4/4X 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Maximum wire size 500 kcmil. 2 Through-feed only. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-107 1.2 1 1 1 1 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers Product Selection 1. Use the data on Page V2T1-119 to determine type of enclosure required. 2. Use the data on Page V2T1-113 and V2-T1-114 to determine circuit breaker required. 3. Pages V2-T1-115 through V2-T1-121 include rough-in dimensional information. 1 1 Enclosure Only 1 Breaker Frame Breaker Ampere Range Enclosure NEMA Class Catalog Number 15–100 1 surface SGDN100 1 1 3R RGDN100 12 JGDN100 1 12K DGDN100 4/4X, 5 stainless steel WGDN100 1 surface SFDN100 1 flush FFDN100 3R RFDN100 1 12 JFDN100 12K DFDN100 1 4/4X, 5 stainless steel WFDN100 XFDN050B 1 1 Series C Breakers GHC, GD (two- and three-pole only) GHCGFEP (single-pole only) EHD, FD, FDB, HFD 15–100 1 EHD, FD, FDB 15–50 7/9 cast aluminum HFD, FDC 60–225 2 7/9 cast aluminum XFDN225B FD, FDB, HFD, ED, EDH, EDC, FDC (15–225A) 125–225 1 surface SFDN225 1 flush FFDN225 1 3R RFDN225 12 JFDN225 1 12K DFDN225 4/4X, 5 stainless steel WFDN225 1 surface SJDN250 1 1 flush FJDN250 3R RJDN250 1 12 JJDN250 12K DJDN250 4/4X, 5 stainless steel WJDN250 7/9 cast aluminum XJDN250B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 JD, JDB, HJD, JDC JD, JDB, HJD, JDC 125–250 125–250 Notes 1 Suitable for use with single-pole breaker. Base mounting plate kit. QCCBP required. 2 Maximum wire size: 4/0. 3 Can be field converted to NEMA Type 3R. 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-108 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers 1.2 Enclosure Only, continued Breaker Frame Breaker Ampere Range 1 Enclosure NEMA Class Catalog Number 1 Series C Breakers, continued KD, KDB, HKD, KDC, DK 125–400 KD, KDB, HKD, KDC, DK 125–400 LGE, LGS, LGH 250–600 LD, LDB, HLD 1 300–600 1 surface SKDN400 1 flush FKDN400 3R RKDN400 12 JKDN400 12K DKDN400 4/4X, 5 stainless steel WKDN400 7/9 cast aluminum XKDN400B 1 surface SLG630 3R RLG630 12 JLG630 2 4/4X, 5 stainless steel WLG630 1 surface SLDN600 3R RLDN600 12 JLDN600 4/4X, 5 stainless steel WLDN600 7/9 cast aluminum XLDN600B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MDL, HMDL 400–800 7/9 cast aluminum XMCN800B MDL, HMDL, ND, HND 1 400–1200 1 surface SNDN1200 3R RNDN1200 12 JNDN1200 4/4X, 5 stainless steel WNDN1200 — 7/9 cast aluminum XNDN1200B 1 15–100 1 surface SFD100E 1 1 flush FFD100E 3R RFDN100E 12 JFDN100E 12K DFDN100E 4/4X WFDN100E 1 surface SLG630E 3R RLG630 ND, HND 1 1 Earth Leakage Breakers ELFD, ELHFD and ELFDC (three-pole only) LGE, LGS, LGH used with ELLBN 250–600 12 JLG630 2 4/4X, 5 stainless steel WLG630 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Short-circuit ratings are limited for high interrupting rated breakers. Refer to Page V2-T1-113. 2 Can be field converted to NEMA Type 3R. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-109 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers Accessories Nameplates Applied Neutral Assemblies Installed Electronic Trip Options Customer must provide nameplate legend at the time of order. Ampere ratings: 100, 250, 400, 600, 800 and 1200. Frame Type Number of Poles KD, HKD 3 Key Interlock Systems Interlocks are used to prevent an authorized operation. Before system construction can begin, the following information must be known: 1 1. User—name, address and telephone number. 1 2. Complete lock scheme required. 1 1 1 1 LD, HLD 3 Special Paint Finish Pilot Light On NEMA 1 Enclosure RMS 310 LS RMS 310 LSI Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272) or FlexSwitches@eaton.com. RMS 310 LSG 1 RMS 310 LSIG 1 MDL, HMDL 3 RMS 310 LS RMS 310 LSI RMS 310 LSG 1 RMS 310 LSIG 1 ND 3 RMS 310 LS RMS 310 LSI Assembled Enclosed Circuit Breakers Accessories Auxiliary switches (specify voltage and Hz) Modifications a b Shunt trips (specify voltage and Hz) Breaker Frame RMS 310 LSIG 1 Description RD Alarm switches (specify voltage and Hz) RMS 310 LS G, F, J, K, L, M, N 1A, 1B G, F, J, K, L, M, N 2A, 2B RMS 310 LSG K, L, M, N 3A, 3B RMS 310 LSIG R 1A, 1B RMS 510 LS 2 G, F, J, K, L, M, N, R — RMS 610 LS 2 RMS 810 LS 2 ST RMS 910 LS 2 Make G, F, J, K, L, M, N 1 Make, 1 Break F, K, L, M, N 2 Make, 2 Break G, F, J, K, L, M, N, R — Break Undervoltage release (specify voltage and Hz) Notes 1 Ground fault application not available with NEMA 7/9. Contact Eaton’s Customer Support Center. 2 Add to the appropriate RD RMS 310 adder. ST 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-110 3 RMS 310 LSI a 1 1 RMS 310 LSIG 1 RMS 310 LSG 1 RMS 310 LSG 1 1 1 Ampere ratings: 100, 250, 400, 600 and 1200. Frames: P, J and K. 1 1 RMS 310 LSI Stainless Steel Flush Covers 1 RMS 310 LS Separate Ground Lug Installed Pilot light 1 Description Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers 1.2 Raintight Hubs Modifications All rainproof enclosures 30–400A are shipped with plate over cutout. Hubs are not supplied with screws on 30–400A enclosures. Use screws from plate. Allowable accessory combinations can be reviewed in Eaton’s Circuit Breaker Product Guide: PG.74.A.01.T.E. Verify final application with the Customer Support Center. Raintight Hubs Hub Diameter Inches Hubs mm 1 Description Catalog Number 1600A neutral assembly (aluminum) 1 2000A neutral assembly (aluminum) Small For use with RGDN and RFDN 0.75 19.1 DS075H1 2500A neutral assembly (aluminum) 1.00 25.4 DS100H1 1600A neutral assembly (copper) 1.25 31.8 DS125H1 2000A neutral assembly (copper) 1.50 38.1 DS150H1 2500A neutral assembly (copper) 2.00 50.8 DS200H1 Adjustable rating plug 1 1 1 Lockoff, padlockable Large For use with RJDN. RKDN has two cutouts 2.00 50.8 DS200H2 Key interlock 2.50 63.5 DS250H2 Phase failure protection (includes shunt trip) 3.00 76.2 DS300H2 Zero sequence gfp (including shunt trip and test panel) DS900AP NEMA 3R flat roof Required if using small DS hubs on RJDN and RKDN enclosures. Breather and Drain, Hazardous Enclosures A Universal Breather/Drain Fitting is installed in the top of an enclosure to provide ventilation to minimize condensation and in the bottom to allow drainage of accumulated condensation while maintaining explosion-proof integrity. Compliance Conduit Opening 1 1 Heater package (includes cpt, heater, thermostat and disconnect) 1 Special sized enclosures Standard is 90-inch H x 30-inch W x 30-inch D (2286 x 762 x 762 mm) 1 IQ metering 1 Non-standard terminations 1 1 Catalog Number Type NEMA 7 NEMA 9 BD Class I, Groups C, D; Class I, Zone 1, Group IIB Class II, Groups 1/2 F, G XPBD2 DBB Class I, Groups B, C, D; Class I, Zone 1, Group IIB + Hydrogen Class II, Groups 1/2 E, F, G XPDBB50 1 1 Special RD Modifications and Accessories Raintight Tubs 1 1 1 1 1 Neutral Kits, Insulated and Groundable Maximum Enclosure Rating (A) Main Lug Size Cu/Al Catalog Number 1 100 SFDN100 RFDN100 (1) 14–1/0 DH100NK 1 100 (all others) 1 (1) 14–1/0 INK100 250 (1) 4–350 kcmil INK250 400 (1) 4–600 kcmil or (2) 1/0–250 kcmil INK400 1 600 (2) 250–500 kcmil INK600 1200 (4) 3/0–750 kcmil DS800NK 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-111 1.2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Introduction Satellite Plants The Safety Switch Flex Center is a special facility at the site of our Cleveland, Tennessee, plant that is dedicated to providing customized enclosed circuit breakers that meet customers’ challenging applications. Atlanta 7000 Highlands Parkway SE #102 Smyrna, GA 30082 Fax (770) 433-1863 Phone (678) 309-4260 Denver 14101 East 33rd Place Suite F Aurora, CO 80011 Fax (303) 371-4175 Phone (303) 371-7844 Baltimore 6671 Santa Barbara Court Suite A Elk Ridge, MD 21075 Fax (410) 796-7755 Phone (410) 796-7777 Hartford 625 Day Hill Road Windsor, CT 06095 Fax (860) 688-4982 Phone (860) 688-5330 Phoenix 921 South Park Lane Suite 1 Tempe, AZ 85281-5119 Fax (480) 449-4223 Phone (480) 449-4222 Houston 10810 West Little York Suite 100 Houston, TX 77041 Fax (713) 688-3764 Phone (713) 688-8430 Raleigh 2933 S. Miami Blvd. Suite 111 Durham, NC 27703 Fax (919) 572-9751 Phone (919) 544-7074 Los Angeles 5590 Jurupa Street Ontario, CA 91761 Fax (909) 390-8884 Phone (909) 390-8853 St. Louis 12947 Gravois Road St. Louis, MO 63127 Fax (314) 842-2552 Phone (314) 842-7797 New Jersey 96 Stemmers Lane Westampton, NJ 08060 Fax (609) 835-4777 Phone (609) 835-4230 San Francisco 20923 Cabot Boulevard Hayward, CA 94545 Fax (510) 784-8980 Phone (510) 784-8981 The Flex Center is a solutions center that provides real value: ● 1 1 1 1 ● ● ● ● 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Flex Center 1 1 Switching Devices ● A dedicated and knowledgeable engineering/ manufacturing/customer service team to meet your needs A production facility stocked with a full arsenal of equipment to get the job done The industry’s shortest lead-time Easy ordering through our distributors Factory-installed modifications include (but are not limited to) the following: ● Special size enclosure ● Special nameplates ● Stainless steel flush cover ● Special paint ● Lock-on provisions ● Neutral assemblies— factory installed ● Equipment ground lugs—factory installed ● Cover control (pilot lights, pushbuttons, selector switches, etc.) ● Factory-installed G-Frame breakers For application, availability or pricing questions, contact the Safety Switch Flex Center at 1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com Chicago 959 AEC Drive Wood Dale, IL 60191 Fax (630) 860-3569 Phone (630) 860-3500 Cleveland 5565 Venture Drive Unit B Parma, OH 44130 Fax (216) 433-0545 Phone (216) 433-0616 Dallas 631 Westport Pkwy Suite 100 Grapevine, TX 76051 Fax (817) 251-6249 Phone (817) 251-6797 Seattle 18657 72nd Avenue S. Kent, WA 98032 Fax (425) 251-0079 Phone (425) 251-9081 Satellite Service Locations • SEATTLE • • CHICAGO • DENVER SAN FRANCISCO • • LOS ANGELES • • DALLAS 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com • GRAND PRAIRIE ★ • HOUSTON • • • NEW JERSEY BALTIMORE RALEIGH • ATLANTA PHOENIX • HARTFORD CLEVELAND ST. LOUIS 1 V2-T1-112 Orlando 3827 St. Valentine Way Orlando, FL 32811 Fax (407) 841-9135 Phone (407) 843-3863 SUMTER ★ • ORLANDO 1.2 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers Technical Data and Specifications 1 1 Industrial Circuit Breaker Selection 1 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40°C Number of Poles Vac GHC 15–100 1 120 125 N.I.T.U. 12c, 13a 65,000 — — — — — 14,000 GHC 15–100 2, 3 240 125/250 N.I.T.U. 13b — — 65,000 — — — — GHC 15–100 1 277 125 N.I.T.U. 12c, 13a — — — 14,000 — — 14,000 — — Circuit Breaker Type UL Listed Interrupting Rating rms Symmetrical Amperes Vdc Type of Trip 1 Federal Spec. W-C-375b Vdc Ratings 2 Vac Ratings 120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 125/250 1 — — 1 — 14,000 250 G-Frame GHC 15–100 2, 3 277/480 215/250 N.I.T.U. 13b — — — 14,000 14,000 — — — 14,000 GD 15–100 3 480 250 N.I.T.U. 13b — — 65,000 — 22,000 — — 10,000 — ED 100–225 2, 3 240 125 N.I.T.U. 12b — — 65,000 — — — 10,000 — — EDH 100–225 2, 3 240 125 N.I.T.U. 14b — — 100,000 — — — 10,000 — — EDC 100–225 2, 3 240 125 N.I.T.U. 1 — — 200,000 — — — 10,000 — — EHD 15–100 1 277 125 N.I.T.U. 13a — — — 14,000 — — 10,000 — — EHD 15–100 2, 3 480 250 N.I.T.U. 13b — — 18,000 — 14,000 — — 10,000 — FDB 15–150 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 18a — — 18,000 — 14,000 14,000 — 10,000 — FDB 15–150 4 600 250 N.I.T.U. 3 — — 18,000 — 14,000 14,000 — 10,000 — FD 15–225 1 277 125 N.I.T.U. 13a — — — 25,000 — — 10,000 — — FD 15–225 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 22a — — 65,000 — 25,000 18,000 — 10,000 — — — 65,000 — 25,000 18,000 — 10,000 — — — — 65,000 — — 10,000 — — F-Frame FD 15–225 4 600 250 N.I.T.U. 3 HFD 15–225 1 277 125 N.I.T.U. 13a HFD 15–225 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 22a — — 100,000 — 65,000 25,000 — 20,000 — HFD 15–225 4 600 250 N.I.T.U. 3 — — 100,000 — 65,000 25,000 — 20,000 — 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 FDC 15–225 4 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 24a — — 200,000 — 100,000 35,000 — 20,000 — FDC 15–225 4 600 250 N.I.T.U. 3 — — 200,000 — 100,000 35,000 — 20,000 — 1 1 J-Frame JDB 70–250 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 22a — — 65,000 — 35,000 18,000 — 10,000 — JD 70–250 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 22a — — 65,000 — 35,000 18,000 — 10,000 — HJD 70–250 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 22a — — 100,000 — 65,000 25,000 — 22,000 — JDC 70–250 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 22a — — 200,000 — 100,000 35,000 — 22,000 — 1 DK 250–400 2, 3 240 250 N.I.T.U. 14b — — 65,000 — — — — 10,000 — KDB 100–400 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 23a — — 65,000 — 35,000 25,000 — 10,000 — 1 KD 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 65,000 — 35,000 25,000 — 10,000 — HKD 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 100,000 — 65,000 35,000 — 22,000 — KDC 100–400 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 200,000 — 100,000 50,000 — 22,000 — 250–600 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 65,000 — 35,000 18,000 — 22,000 — K-Frame LG-Frame LGE LGS 250–600 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 85,000 — 50,000 25,000 — 22,000 — LGH 250–600 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 100,000 — 65,000 35,000 — 42,000 — 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 3 Not defined in W-C-375b. 4 Not suitable for use with 100A enclosures. 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-113 1.2 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers 1 Industrial Circuit Breaker Selection, continued 1 Circuit Breaker Type 1 L-Frame 1 1 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40°C UL Listed Interrupting Rating rms Symmetrical Amperes Number of Poles Vac Vdc Type of Trip 1 Federal Spec. W-C-375b Vdc Ratings 2 Vac Ratings 120 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250 125/250 LDB 300–600 2, 3 600 250 N.I.T.U. 23a — — 65,000 — 35,000 25,000 — 22,000 — LD 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 65,000 — 35,000 25,000 — 22,000 — HLD 3 300–600 2, 3, 4 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 100,000 — 65,000 35,000 — 25,000 — M-Frame 1 MDL 300–800 2, 3 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 65,000 — 50,000 25,000 — 22,000 — 1 HMDL 4 300–800 2, 3 600 250 I.T.U. 23a — — 100,000 — 65,000 35,000 — 25,000 — N-Frame 1 ND 600–1200 3, 4 600 — N.I.T.U. 23a — — 65,000 — 50,000 25,000 — — HND 4 600–1200 3, 4 600 — N.I.T.U. 23a — — 100,000 — 65,000 35,000 — — 1 R-Frame 800–2500 3, 4 600 — N.I.T.U. 24a — — 125,000 — 65,000 35,000 — — 1 1 1 RD Notes 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 3 HLD: NEMA 1 enclosed: 240 Vac = 100 kA, 480 Vac = 65 kA, 600 Vac = 35 kA, 250 Vdc = 20 kA, 500 Vdc = 25 kA. NEMA 3R enclosed: 240 Vac = 65 kA, 480 Vac = 50 kA, 600 Vac = 25 kA, 250 Vdc = 20 kA, 500 Vdc = 25 kA. 4 HMDL and HND: NEMA 1 and 3R enclosed: 240 Vac = 100 kA, 480 Vac = 65 kA, 600 Vac = 35 kA, 250 Vdc = 30 kA, 500 Vdc = 30 kA. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-114 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com — 1.2 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 NEMA 1, 12, 12K, 3R 1 Note: Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. 1 1 NEMA 1 Surface Mounted Frame Maximum Amperes F Approximate Weight in Lbs (kg) A B C D E G 100 17.50 (444.5) 8.56 (217.4) 6.28 (159.5) 13.03 (331.0) 1 1.20 (30.5) 17.19 (436.6) 12 (5) F1 100 19.13 (485.9) 9.13 (231.9) 3 5.20 (132.1) 17.00 (431.8) N/A 4 18.81 (477.8) 13 (6) 1 Earth leakage 100 23.25 (590.6) 8.56 (217.4) 6.28 (159.5) 18.75 (476.3) 1.20 (30.5) 22.94 (582.7) 15 (7) F2 225 23.25 (590.6) 8.56 (217.4) 6.28 (159.5) 18.75 (476.3) 1.20 (30.5) 22.94 (582.7) 15 (7) J 250 34.70 (881.4) 10.92 (277.4) 7.20 (182.9) 30.00 (762.0) 1.88 (47.8) 34.39 (873.5) 31 (14) K5 400 38.81 (985.8) 11.06 (280.9) 10.94 (277.9) 34.00 (863.6) 1.25 (31.8) 38.50 (977.9) 53 (24) LG 600 51.06 (1296.9) 21.87 (555.5) 9.96 (253.0) 51.63 (1311.5) 1.94 (49.3) 50.13 (1273.3) 90 (41) Earth leakage 600 51.06 (1296.9) 21.87 (555.5) 9.96 (253.0) 51.63 (1311.5) 1.94 (49.3) 50.13 (1273.3) 90 (41) L 600 45.88 (1165.4) 14.31 (363.5) 12.38 (314.5) 46.56 (1182.6) 1.91 (48.5) 45.56 (1157.2) 81 (37) M, N 1200 61.22 (1555.0) 21.44 (544.6) 15.41 (391.4) 61.84 (1570.7) 1.97 (50.0) 60.91 (1547.1) 178 (81) 1 1 1 1 1 1 NEMA 1 Surface Mounted 1 E C B 1 1 D A 1 F 1 1 1 Notes 1 SFDN100 Series “B” released 9/15/01. 2 Maximum wire size: 4/0. 3 Total width, including door clip is 9.95 inches (253 mm). 4 Single centered mounting hole provided. 5 Maximum wire size: 500 kcmil. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-115 1.2 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 NEMA 1 Flush Mounted 1 Frame F 100 18.81 (477.8) 9.72 (246.9) 1 Earth leakage 100 24.56 (623.8) 9.72 (246.9) 1 F1 225 24.56 (623.8) 9.72 (246.9) 6.28 (159.5) J 250 36.02 (914.9) 12.23 (310.6) 7.20 (182.9) 30.00 (762.0) 1.88 (47.8) 35.70 (906.8) 32 (15) 1 K2 400 40.13 (1019.3) 12.38 (314.5) 10.94 (277.9) 34.00 (863.6) 2.94 (74.7) 39.81 (1011.2) 53 (24) 1 NEMA 1 Flush Mounted Maximum Amperes A B D E F Approximate Weight in Lbs (kg) 6.28 (159.5) 13.03 (331.0) 1.86 (47.2) 18.50 (469.9) 12 (5) 6.28 (159.5) 18.75 (476.3) 1.86 (47.2) 24.25 (616.0) 15 (7) 18.75 (476.3) 1.86 (47.2) 24.25 (616.0) 15 (7) C E 1 C B 1 1 1 F A D 1 1 1 NEMA 1 Surface Mounted SFDN100 Series “B” 1 1 9.95 (252.7) NEED ART 1.84 (46.7) 1 1 1 1 1 18.81 (478.0) 1.91 (48.5) 1.84 (46.7) 1.91 (48.5) 1.84 (46.7) 19.12 (485.6) 0.27 (6.8) Diameter 3 Mounting Holes 1.78 (45.2) 4.23 (107.4) 5.20 (132.0) 0.81 (20.6) 7.25 (184.1) 0.38 (9.7) Concentric Knockouts for 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1) 2 Conduit Quantity: 10 1.84 (46.7) 3.50 (89.0) 1.91 (48.5) 1 1 0.71 (18.0) 2.13 (54.1) FROM 17.00 MARK SCHMIDT (431.8) 1 1 9.13 (232.0) DWG...95-1562 1 1 1.78 (45.2) 0.69 (17.5) 8.82 (224.0) 0.281 (7.1) Diameter Knockout Quantity: 2 Notes 1 Maximum wire size: 4/0. 2 Maximum wire size: 500 kcmil. 1 1 1 V2-T1-116 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.2 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 NEMA 12, 12K Dustproof Frame Maximum Amperes A B C D E Approximate Weight in Lbs (kg) G, F 100 19.91 (505.7) 9.16 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) 18.53 (470.7) 1.70 (43.2) 16 (7) Earth leakage 100 19.91 (505.7) 9.16 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) 18.53 (470.7) 1.70 (43.2) 19 (9) FBP, FCL 100 25.66 (651.8) 9.16 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) 24.28 (616.7) 1.70 (43.2) 19 (9) F1 225 25.66 (651.8) 9.16 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) 24.28 (616.7) 1.70 (43.2) 19 (9) J 250 37.53 (953.3) 11.88 (301.8) 10.22 (259.6) 35.77 (908.6) 1.94 (49.3) 37 (17) K2 400 41.69 (1058.9) 12.31 (312.7) 14.06 (357.1) 39.94 (1014.5) 1.97 (50.0) 58 (26) LG 600 53.37 (1355.6) 23.06 (585.7) 14.10 (358.1) 51.63 (1311.4) 1.94 (49.3) 94 (43) Earth leakage 600 53.37 (1355.6) 23.06 (585.7) 14.10 (358.1) 51.63 (1311.4) 1.94 (49.3) 94 (43) L 600 48.31 (1227.1) 15.56 (395.2) 15.50 (393.7) 46.56 (1182.6) 1.92 (48.8) 84 (38) NBP 800 63.59 (1615.2) 22.63 (574.8) 17.63 (447.8) — — 110 (50) M, N 1200 63.59 (1615.2) 22.63 (574.8) 17.63 (447.8) 61.84 (1570.7) 1.97 (50.0) 175 (80) G, F 100 19.91 (505.7) 9.16 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) — — 16 (7) Earth leakage 100 19.91 (505.7) 9.16 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) — — 19 (9) FBP, FCL 100 25.66 (651.8) 9.16 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) — — 19 (9) F1 225 25.66 (651.8) 9.16 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) — — 19 (9) J 250 37.53 (953.3) 11.88 (301.8) 10.22 (259.6) — — 37 (17) K2 400 41.69 (1058.9) 12.31 (312.7) 14.06 (357.1) — — 58 (26) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NEMA 12, 12K Dustproof E 1 1 C 1 1 A D 1 ON OFF 1 B 1 Notes 1 Maximum wire size: 4/0. 2 Maximum wire size: 500 kcmil. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-117 1.2 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 NEMA 3R Rainproof 1 Frame Maximum Amperes A B C D E Approximate Weight in Lbs (kg) G, F 1 100 19.91 (505.7) 9.16 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) 18.53 (470.7) 1.70 (43.2) 2 16 (7) 1 Earth leakage 100 19.91 (505.7) 9.19 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) 18.53 (470.7) 1.70 (43.2) 19 (9) FBP, FCL 100 25.66 (651.8) 9.16 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) 24.28 (616.7) 1.70 (43.2) 19 (9) F3 225 25.66 (651.8) 9.16 (232.7) 9.31 (236.5) 24.28 (616.7) 1.70 (43.2) 19 (9) J 250 37.50 (952.5) 11.88 (301.8) 10.22 (259.6) 35.77 (908.6) 1.94 (49.3) 37 (17) 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 400 41.69 (1058.9) 12.31 (312.7) 14.06 (357.1) 39.94 (1014.5) 1.97 (50.0) 58 (26) LG 600 53.37 (1355.6) 23.06 (585.7) 14.10 (358.1) 51.63 (1311.4) 1.94 (49.3) 94 (43) K Earth leakage 600 53.37 (1355.6) 23.06 (585.7) 14.10 (358.1) 51.63 (1311.4) 1.94 (49.3) 94 (43) L 600 48.31 (1227.1) 15.56 (395.2) 15.50 (393.7) 46.56 (1182.6) 1.92 (48.8) 84 (38) M, N 1200 63.59 (1615.2) 22.63 (574.8) 17.63 (447.8) 61.84 (1570.7) 1.97 (50.0) 175 (80) NEMA 3R Rainproof 5 E 1 1 1 C ON A D OFF 1 1 1 B NEMA 3R Rainproof RFDN100 Series “B” 1 1 NEED ART 1 DWG...95-1562 1 1 1 1 1 1 FROM 17.00 MARK SCHMIDT (431.8) 1 Concentric Knockouts for 1, 1-1/4, 1-1/2 (25.4, 31.8, 38.1) 2 Conduit Quantity: 5 19.12 (485.6) 19.27 (489.4) 1.84 (46.7) 1.91 (48.5) 1 1 0.71 (18.0) 18.81 (478.0) 1 1 9.95 (252.7) 9.13 (232.0) 1.78 (45.2) 0.81 (20.6) 4.23 (107.4) 5.20 (132.0) 0.27 (6.8) Diameter 3 Mounting Holes 7.25 (184.0) 0.38 (9.7) 1.91 (48.5) 1.84 (46.7) 3.50 (89.0) 1.91 (48.5) 0.69 (17.5) 8.82 (224.0) 0.281 (7.1) Diameter Knockout Quantity: 2 Notes 1 RFDN100 Series “B” released 9/15/01. 2 Single centered mounting hole provided on RFDN100, Series “B.” 3 Maximum wire size: 4/0. 4 Maximum wire size: 500 kcmil. 5 All NEMA 3R except RFDN100. V2-T1-118 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.2 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 NEMA 4/4X, 5, 7/9 1 Note: Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. 1 NEMA 4/4X, 5 Stainless Steel Maximum Amperes Frame A B C D E Approximate Weight in Lbs (kg) G, F 100 19.91 (505.7) 8.84 (224.5) 9.31 (236.5) 18.53 (470.7) 1.70 (43.2) 16 (7) Earth leakage 100 19.91 (505.7) 8.84 (224.5) 9.31 (236.5) 18.53 (470.7) 1.70 (43.2) 20 (9) FBP, FCL 100 25.66 (651.8) 8.84 (224.5) 9.31 (236.5) 24.28 (616.7) 1.70 (43.2) 20 (9) 225 25.66 (651.8) 8.84 (224.5) 9.31 (236.5) 24.28 (616.7) 1.70 (43.2) 20 (9) 250 37.50 (952.5) 11.56 (293.6) 10.22 (259.6) 35.77 (908.6) 1.94 (49.3) 39 (18) F 1 J 2 400 41.69 (1058.9) 11.75 (298.5) 14.06 (357.1) 39.94 (1014.5) 1.97 (50.0) 60 (27) LG 600 53.38 (1355.9) 23.06 (585.7) 14.11 (358.4) 51.64 (1311.7) 1.94 (49.3) 96 (44) Earth leakage 600 53.38 (1355.9) 23.06 (585.7) 14.11 (358.4) 51.64 (1311.7) 1.94 (49.3) 96 (44) L 600 48.31 (1227.1) 14.91 (378.7) 15.50 (393.7) 46.56 (1182.6) 1.92 (48.8) 88 (40) M, N 1200 63.59 (1615.2) 22.00 (558.8) 17.63 (447.8) 61.84 (1570.7) 1.97 (50.0) 185 (84) K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 NEMA 4/4X, 5 Stainless Steel 1 E B 1 C 1 1 D A 1 ON OFF 1 1 1 Notes 1 Maximum wire size: 4/0. 2 Maximum wire size: 500 kcmil. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-119 1.2 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 NEMA 7/9 Cast Aluminum with Weather-Resistant Seals—15–250A 1 Breaker Frame Mounting 1 Inside 1 Outside 1 Breaker Size Amperes Number of Outlets A B J C D E F G 1 F XFDN050B 15–50 4 5.50 (139.7) 13.13 (333.5) 14.13 (358.9) 6.13 (155.7) 10.75 (273.1) 5.25 (133.4) 10.63 (270.0) 15.25 (387.4) 1 F1 XFDN100B 60–100 4 6.00 (152.4) 18.00 (457.2) 19.00 (482.6) 6.50 (165.1) 16.00 (406.4) 5.50 (139.7) 11.00 (279.4) F1 XFDN225B 125–225 4 10.25 (260.4) 22.63 (574.8) — 11.38 (289.1) 20.00 (508.0) 6.38 (162.1) J XJDN225B 70–225 4 8.50 (215.9) 27.13 (689.1) — 11.25 (285.8) 29.88 (759.0) J XJDN250B 250 4 9.50 (241.3) 27.25 (692.2) — 11.25 (285.8) 29.88 (759.0) 1 1 1 1 1 H K1 Dim Standard Conduit Size 1 Approximate Weight in Lbs (kg) 8.88 (225.6) 2.00 (50.8) 1.50 (38.1) 38 (17) 20.50 (520.7) 9.00 (228.6) 2.31 (58.7) 2.00 (50.8) 57 (26) 16.38 (416.1) 25.13 (638.3) 9.63 (244.6) 3.50 (88.9) 2.50 (63.5) 104 (47) 7.38 (187.5) 16.00 (406.4) 29.50 (749.3) 12.31 (312.7) 4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.2) 145 (66) 8.06 (204.7) 16.38 (416.1) 35.00 (889.0) 12.38 (314.5) 4.19 (106.4) 4.00 (101.6) 170 (77) NEMA 7/9 Cast Aluminum with Weather-Resistant Seals—Dual Three- and Four-Point Mounting Available as Standard on F-Frame 100A and Below 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 Maximum wire size: 4/0. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-120 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1.2 Switching Devices Enclosed Circuit Breakers Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 7/9 Cast Aluminum with Weather-Resistant Seals—400–1200A Breaker Size Amperes Breaker Frame Overall Enclosure Enclosure Mounting Conduit Hinged Cover 1 Standard Conduit Weight Lbs (kg) 1 A B C D E F G H I J Size Location K1 XKDN400B 400 35.00 (889.0) 16.38 (416.1) 12.63 (320.8) 7.13 (181.1) 9.50 (241.3) 27.25 (692.2) .50 (12.7) 3.00 (76.2) 4.19 (106.4) 5.50 (139.7) 4.00 (101.6) 1, 3 and 6, 8 170 (77) 1 L XLDN600B 600 37.88 (962.2) 23.88 (606.6) 14.25 (362.0) 8.25 (209.6) 16.00 (406.4) 45.38 (1152.7) .50 (12.7) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (127.0) 6.00 (152.4) 4.00 (101.6) 1, 3 and 6, 8 419 (190) M XMCN800B 800 47.88 (1216.2) 13.63 (346.2) 12.81 (325.4) 6.81 (173.0) 16.13 (409.7) 40.75 (1035.1) .50 (12.7) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 4.00 (101.6) 1, 3 and 6, 8 228 (104) 1 N2 XNDN1200B 1200 64.00 (1625.6) 26.00 (660.4) 21.38 (543.1) 14.38 (365.3) 27.56 (700.0) 38.63 (981.2) .50 (12.7) 6.50 (165.1) 4.38 (111.3) 7.00 (177.8) 4.00 (101.6) 1, 3 and 6, 8 567 (257) 1 CONDUIT POSITION NO. 2 3 1 G-MTG. HOLES (4) 1 B 1 F-MTG. A J 1 I D C 1 1 H H E-MT 8 1 1 NEMA 7/9 Cast Aluminum with Weather-Resistant Seals 1 1 7 6 1 1 Conduit Openings Refer to outline dimensions for size and location of standard conduit openings. In addition, 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) openings are drilled and tapped for breather and drain. Unless ordered with breather and drain, these openings are plugged. Refer to Eaton for price of breather and drain. 1 1 1 Notes 1 Maximum wire size: 500 kcmil. 2 Power cables must enter and leave from opposite ends (through-feed). 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-121 1.3 1 Switching Devices Enclosed Rotary Disconnects Contents Enclosed Rotary Disconnects Description 1 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product Overview Provide users with the ability to lock directly wired motor loads in the OFF position to comply with OSHA lockout/ tagout regulations. Also for machine applications that require compact, economical disconnect switches. Enclosed rotary disconnect switches allow safe control and safe disconnect of any motor application. Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● ● ● ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 Padlockable in the OFF position (up to three padlocks) to meet OSHA lockout requirements Available in 16–80A ratings 600 Vac, three- and fourpole non-fusible device Rated for making and breaking loads Accepts auxiliary contacts; capability to signal PLC controllers Ground lug connection provided Possibility of adding one power pole and one auxiliary contact NEMA® Type 1, 3R, 12, 4, 4X Standards and Certifications ● ● ● ● Meets NEC® Article 430 requirements for a separate disconnect means within sight of all motor loads UL® listed under Section 508 UL listed File No. E165150 CSA® listed under 22.2 No. 14, File 162136 Open rotary disconnects can be found in Volume 5, Tab 3 titled: NEMA Manual Starters. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-122 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T1-122 V2-T1-122 V2-T1-122 V2-T1-123 V2-T1-124 1.3 Switching Devices Enclosed Rotary Disconnects Product Selection 1 1 Enclosed Rotary Non-Fusible NEMA 1 1 Enclosure Indoor NEMA 12 1 2 Enclosure Dust-Tight/ Rainproof NEMA 4X 1 Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Stainless Steel NEMA 4X 1 Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant, Non-Metallic NEMA 4X Enclosure PolycarbonateNon-Metallic Maximum Horsepower Ratings Ampere Rating Three-Phase AC 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 1 1 1 Three-Pole, 600 Vac 16 3 5 10 10 ER53016UG ER53016UD ER53016UW ER53016UX — 25 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 ER53025UG ER53025UD ER53025UW ER53025UX — 1 34 30 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 ER53030UG ER53030UD ER53030UW ER53030UX ER53030UPGB 40 7-1/2 7-1/2 20 25 ER53040UG ER53040UD ER53040UW ER53040UX — 60 15 15 30 30 ER53060UG ER53060UD ER53060UW ER53060UX ER53060UPGB 34 80 15 20 40 40 ER53080UG ER53080UD ER53080UW ER53080UX — 3 5 10 10 ER54016UG ER54016UD ER54016UW ER54016UX — 25 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 ER54025UG ER54025UD ER54025UW ER54025UX — 30 7-1/2 7-1/2 20 25 ER54030UG ER54030UD ER54030UW ER54030UX — 40 7-1/2 7-1/2 20 25 ER54040UG ER54040UD ER54040UW ER54040UX — 1 1 Four-Pole, 600 Vac 16 1 1 1 1 Accessories for Enclosed Rotary Disconnects 1 56 Disconnect Ampere Rating Switched Fourth Pole Unswitched Neutral Pole Auxiliary Contacts (Choose one) Terminal Shrouds 16 S4PR516 UNMR5A 25 S4PR525 1NO + 1NC AC1NONC Single-pole TS1R5A 30 S4PR530 40 S4PR540 2NC AC2NC Three-pole TS3R5A 1 60 S4PR560 80 S4PR580 Single-pole TS1R5B 1 Three-pole TS3R5B 1 UNMR5B 1 1 1 Notes 1 For CSA listed switches, add prefix letter “C” to the front of the catalog number. 2 NEMA Type 12 enclosures (16–80A) can be field modified to meet NEMA Type 3R rainproof requirements when a factory-provided drain hole is opened. 3 GB suffix = Gray cover, Black handle. GR suffix = Gray cover, Red handle. YR suffix = Yellow cover, Red handle. 4 cULus only. 5 Ordered and shipped as separate components—not integral to enclosed device. 6 Enclosed disconnects can accept one power pole, neutral or up to two auxiliary contacts (one mounted on either side of switch). 1 1 1 Contact the Safety Switch Flex Center (1-888-329-9272 or FlexSwitches@eaton.com) for factory-installed accessories or other special modifications. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-123 1.3 1 1 1 Switching Devices Enclosed Rotary Disconnects Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NEMA Type 1 (16–40A) 3.20 (81.3) 1 1 1.44 (36.6) 1 1 6.42 (163.1) 1 0.27 (6.9) 6.55 (166.4) 0.56 (14.2) 1 Concentric knockouts for 0.5-, 0.75-inch conduit, quantity 4, knockout locations same in top and bottom 5.50 (139.7) 4.11 (104.4) 2.68 (68.1) 1 1 8.47 (215.1) 1 6.86 (174.2) 8.11 (206.0) 1 2.68 (68.1) 1 1 1 1 5.00 (127.0) Note: Wire range of switch lugs for 16–25A is #6–#10 copper, and for 30–40A is #8–#14. Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14 copper or aluminum. NEMA Type 1 (60–80A) 1 1.32 (33.5) 1.96 (49.8) 1 1 Concentric knockout for 0.5, 0.75, 1 conduit, quantity 2, knockout location same in top and bottom 1 1 0.27 (6.9) 1 8.42 (213.9) 8.56 (217.4) 0.56 (14.2) 10.47 (265.9) 1 7.75 (196.9) 1 1 Concentric knockout for 1.25, 1.5, 2 conduit, quantity 2, knockout location same in top 5.67 and bottom (144.0) 4.23 (107.4) 3.50 (88.9) 1 1 2.46 (62.5) 1.86 (47.2) 1 1 0.31 (7.9) 2 Mounting Holes 10.11 (256.8) 3.53 (89.7) 5.75 (146.1) Note: Wire range of switch lugs is #1–#14 copper. Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14 copper or aluminum. V2-T1-124 0.31 (7.9) 2 Mounting Holes Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Enclosed Rotary Disconnects 1.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 1 NEMA Type 12/3R (16–40A) 1 3.91 (99.3) 1 2.68 (68.1) 1 8.14 (206.8) 9.98 (253.5) 1 9.26 (235.2) 8.99 (228.3) 1 2.68 (68.1) 4.26 (108.0) 1 1 n 0.31 (7.9) Hole 0.31 (7.9) 5.66 (143.8) 7.35 (186.7) 1 6.45 (163.8) 1 1 1 Note: Wire range of switch lugs for 16–25A is #6–#10 copper, and for 30–40A is #8–#14 copper or aluminum. 1 Screw to be removed when used as Type 3R device 1 1 NEMA Type 12/3R (60–80A) 5.75 (146.1) 1 10.14 (257.6) 10.99 (279.1) 11.98 (304.3) 1 3.50 (88.9) 1 1 11.26 (286.0) 1 1 3.53 (89.7) 4.38 (111.3) 5.81 (147.6) 0.31 (7.9) 8.45 (214.6) 9.35 (237.5) 1 1 n 0.31 (7.9) Hole 1 1 1 1 Notes: Wire range of switch lugs is #1–#14 copper. Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14 copper or aluminum. Screw to be removed when used as Type 3R device Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 V2-T1-125 1.3 Switching Devices Enclosed Rotary Disconnects 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 NEMA Type 4X Stainless (16–40A) 1 3.91 (99.3) 1 1 1 2.68 (68.1) 8.11 (206.0) 9.95 (252.7) 8.97 (227.8) 9.23 (234.4) 1 2.68 (68.1) 1 1 4.23 (107.4) 1 0.31 (7.9) 5.63 (143.0) n 0.31 (7.9) Hole 7.33 (186.2) 6.43 (163.3) 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes: Wire range of switch lugs for 16–25A is #6–#10 copper, and for 30–40A is #8–#14. Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14 copper or aluminum. NEMA Type 4X Stainless (60–80A) 5.75 (146.1) 1 1 1 1 1 10.11 (256.8) 10.97 (278.6) 11.95 (303.6) 3.50 (88.9) 11.23 (285.2) 1 3.53 (89.7) 1 4.35 (110.5) 5.78 (146.8) 1 1 8.43 (214.1) 1 1 1 0.31 (7.9) n 0.31 (7.9) Hole 9.32 (236.7) Notes: Wire range of switch lugs is #4–#14 copper. Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14 copper or aluminum. 1 1 V2-T1-126 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Switching Devices Enclosed Rotary Disconnects 1.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 NEMA Type 4X Thermoset Polyester (16–40A) 1 1 1 1 1 7.52 (191.0) 5.00 (127.0) 4.00 (101.6) 1 1 2.65 (67.3) 9.52 (241.8) 1 9.63 (244.6) 1 9.63 (245.0) 8.88 (225.6) 1 2.65 (67.3) 1 0.31 (7.9) Four Mounting Holes 1 4.70 (119.4) Notes: Wire range of switch lugs for 16–25A is #6–#10 copper, and for 30–40A is #8–#14. Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14 copper or aluminum. 1 6.10 (154.9) 1 1 NEMA Type 4X Thermoset Polyester (60–80A) 1 1 1 11.43 (290.3) 1 9.00 (228.6) 1 8.00 (203.2) 1 1 13.56 4.48 (113.8) (344.4) 13.41 (340.6) 1 13.56 (344.4) 12.75 (323.8) 1 1 4.51 (114.6) Notes: Wire range of switch lugs is #1–#14 copper. Wire range of ground lugs is #2–#14 copper or aluminum. 1 1 5.24 (133.1) 6.67 (169.4) 1 1 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T1-127 1.3 Switching Devices Enclosed Rotary Disconnects 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 NEMA Type 4X—Polycarbonate (30A) 1 0.79 (20.1) Ø2.68 (68.1) 1 1 1 1 6.38 (162.1) 4.37 (111.0) 6.00 (152.4) 1 3.62 (91.9) 5.90 (149.9) 1 1 1 1 3.90 (99.1) 1 1 NEMA Type 4X—Polycarbonate (60A) 1 4.45 (113.0) 1 1 1 1 1 0.02 (0.5) 0.13 (3.3) 8.27 (210.0) 0.59 (15.0) Ø2.67 (67.8) 7.80 (198.1) 7.32 (185.9) 4.37 (111.0) 3.62 (91.9) 1 1 1 0.16 (4.1) 1 4.94 (125.5) 1 1 1 1 1 1 V2-T1-128 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 0.02 (0.5) Transformers Dry-Type Transformer Family 2.1 NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 NEMA Premium and E3 Super Efficient Transformers NEMA Premium® Efficient Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3 Super Efficient Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 V2-T2-111 V2-T2-119 V2-T2-124 V2-T2-127 V2-T2-130 V2-T2-133 V2-T2-144 V2-T2-173 Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary of Transformer Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequently Asked Questions About Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 V2-T2-93 V2-T2-93 V2-T2-93 V2-T2-93 V2-T2-94 V2-T2-94 V2-T2-109 V2-T2-109 Distribution Transformers Motor Drive Isolation Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mini–Power Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class I, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . Open-Type Core and Coil Assembly Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marine Duty Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buck-Boost and Low Voltage Lighting Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Medium Voltage Distribution Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 V2-T2-71 V2-T2-71 V2-T2-72 V2-T2-72 V2-T2-73 V2-T2-89 V2-T2-89 General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 V2-T2-61 V2-T2-66 Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 V2-T2-2 V2-T2-2 V2-T2-3 V2-T2-3 V2-T2-4 V2-T2-4 V2-T2-50 V2-T2-50 V2-T2-186 V2-T2-187 V2-T2-189 V2-T2-191 V2-T2-194 V2-T2-210 V2-T2-213 Dimensions Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T2-215 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Learn Online 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-1 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Contents Type DT-3 Description 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Product Description Application Description Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. NEMA TP-1-2002 compliant energy-efficient transformers are specifically designed to meet the energy efficiency standards set forth in NEMA Standards publication, TP-12002, “Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers.” Surveys have shown that the average loading of low voltage dry-type distribution transformers, over a 24-hour period, is approximately 35%. NEMA TP-1 compliant transformers are optimized to offer maximum efficiency at 35% of nameplate rating. Types DS-3, DT-3 ● ● 2 2 ● 2 ● 2 ● 2 2 2 Page NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Features, Benefits and Functions. . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-Phase Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-Phase Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-Phase Shielded Aluminum . . . . . . . . . Single-Phase Shielded Copper . . . . . . . . . . . Three-Phase Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three-Phase Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three-Phase Shielded Aluminum . . . . . . . . . Three-Phase Shielded Copper . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . K-Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Copper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ● ● Ventilated, NEMA 2 enclosure standard Suitable for indoor applications, outdoors when weathershields are also installed Upright mounting only 220ºC insulation system 150ºC rise standard; 115°C or 80°C rise optional Available in single-phase ratings 15–167 kVA, 600 volts primary (DS-3) Available in three-phase ratings 15–1500 kVA and up to 600 volts primary (DT-3) 2 The range of products covered by NEMA TP-1-2002 are: 2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● NEMA TP-1-2002 Product Range Rating ● Voltage Class Voltage Primary voltage 34.5 kV and below Secondary voltage 600V and below ● Single-phase 10–833 kVA Dry-Type Rating Three-phase 15–2500 kVA 2 Transformers that are currently specifically excluded from the scope of NEMA Standard TP-1-2002 include: Liquid Rating ● ● ● ● ● Liquid-filled transformers below 10 kVA Dry-type transformers below 15 kVA AC and DC drives transformers Rectifier transformers designed for high harmonics Autotransformers Non-distribution transformers, such as UPS transformers Special impedance or regulation transformers Regulating transformers Sealed and non-ventilated transformers Machine tool transformers Welding transformers Transformers with tap ranges greater than 15% Transformers with a frequency other than 60 Hz Grounding transformers Testing transformers Single-phase 10–833 kVA Three-phase 15–2500 kVA 2 2 V2-T2-2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-3 V2-T2-3 V2-T2-4 V2-T2-4 V2-T2-4 V2-T2-6 V2-T2-8 V2-T2-10 V2-T2-12 V2-T2-23 V2-T2-34 V2-T2-42 V2-T2-50 V2-T2-50 V2-T2-51 V2-T2-52 V2-T2-57 Efficiency levels set forth in NEMA TP-1-2002. NEMA TP-1-2002 Efficiency Levels Tables of Energy Efficiency NEMA Class 1 Efficiency Levels Dry-Type Distribution Transformers— Low Voltage (600V and below) Single-Phase Three-Phase kVA Efficiency kVA Efficiency 15 97.7 15 97.0 25 97.5 98.0 30 37.5 98.2 45 97.7 50 75 98.0 98.3 75 98.5 112.5 98.2 100 98.6 150 98.3 167 98.7 225 98.5 250 98.8 300 98.6 333 98.9 500 98.7 — — 750 98.8 — — 1000 98.9 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● ● ● 60 Hz operation (except as noted) Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels Meet federal energy efficiency requirements for low voltage dry-type distribution transformers effective as of January 1, 2007 2.1 Standards and Certifications ● 2 2 UL listed 2 2 Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. All 600 volt class transformers are UL listed unless otherwise noted. 2 2 2 2 2 Seismically Qualified Eaton manufactured dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed requirements of the Uniform Building Code (UBC), International Building Code (IBC) and California Code Title 24. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-3 2.1 2 2 2 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Catalog Number Selection Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. Product Selection Additional Product Selection information begins on Page V2-T2-189. Single-Phase—Type DS-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 208 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 260A 226 (103) WS11 T29M11S15EE 2 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 260A 346 (157) WS11 T29M11S25EE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5 DS-3 150 818 260A 374 (170) WS11 T29M11S37EE 2 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 260A 545 (247) WS16 T29M11S50EE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 819 551A 568 (258) WS16 T29R11S75EE 2 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 814E 449A 1178 (535) WS13 T29R11S99EE 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 2 DS-3 150 842 3XA 196 (89) WS45 T20P11S15AEE 2 25 2 2 DS-3 150 842 3XA 261 (118) WS45 T20P11S25AEE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 150 843 3XA 304 (138) WS43 T20P11S37AEE 2 50 2 2 DS-3 150 843 3XA 396 (180) WS43 T20P11S50AEE 75 2 2 DS-3 150 844 3XA 688 (312) WS44 T20P11S75AEE 100 2 2 DS-3 150 844 3XA 699 (317) WS44 T20P11S99AEE 2 2 167 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 814E 288A 1294 (587) WS13 T48M11S67EE 3 15 2 2 DS-3 115 816 3XA 246 (112) WS11 T20P11F15EE 2 25 2 2 DS-3 115 818 3XA 373 (169) WS11 T20P11F25EE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 115 818 3XA 380 (173) WS11 T20P11F37EE 2 50 2 2 DS-3 115 819 3XA 590 (268) WS16 T20P11F50EE 2 2 2 75 DS-3 115 820 3XA 691 (314) WS16 T20P11F75EE 100 2 2 DS-3 115 821 3XA 844 (383) WS13 T20P11F99EE 2 15 2 2 DS-3 80 818 3XA 360 (163) WS11 T20P11B15EE 25 2 2 DS-3 80 818 3XA 370 (168) WS11 T20P11B25EE 2 37.5 2 2 DS-3 80 819 3XA 565 (257) WS16 T20P11B37EE 50 2 2 DS-3 80 820 3XA 680 (309) WS16 T20P11B50EE 75 2 2 DS-3 80 821 3XA 900 (409) WS13 T20P11B75EE 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 240 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 480 volts primary. 3 480 volt primary only. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Single-Phase—Type DS-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 2 277 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 262C 220 (100) WS11 T27M11S15EE 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 262C 346 (157) WS11 T27M11S25EE Weathershield 2 Style Number 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 262C 391 (178) WS11 T27M11S37EE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 262C 555 (252) WS16 T27M11S50EE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 819 2 568 (258) WS16 T27R11S75EE 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 814E 2 1178 (535) WS13 T27R11S99EE 2 2 2 2 2 208 x 416 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 3 3 DS-3 150 816 3XF 246 (112) WS11 T18P11S15EE 25 3 3 DS-3 150 818 3XF 359 (163) WS11 T18P11S25EE 37.5 3 3 DS-3 150 818 3XF 374 (170) WS11 T18P11S37EE 50 3 3 DS-3 150 819 3XF 555 (252) WS16 T18P11S50EE 75 3 3 DS-3 150 820 3XF 665 (302) WS16 T18P11S75EE 100 3 3 DS-3 150 821 3XF 841 (382) WS13 T18P11S99EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 600 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 262B 243 (110) WS11 T60M11S15EE 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 262B 355 (161) WS11 T60M11S25EE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 262B 375 (170) WS11 T60M11S37EE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 262B 594 (270) WS16 T60M11S50EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 820 262B 755 (343) WS16 T60M11S75EE 100 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 821 262B 865 (393) WS13 T60M11S99EE 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 Contact your local Eaton sales office for these details. 3 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 208 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 416 volts primary. 2 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-5 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Single-Phase—Type DS-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 208 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 260A 275 (125) WS11 T29M11S15CUEE 2 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 260A 390 (177) WS11 T29M11S25CUEE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 260A 440 (200) WS11 T29M11S37CUEE 2 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 260A 661 (300) WS16 T29M11S50CUEE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 820 551A 805 (365) WS16 T29R11S75CUEE 2 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 821 449A 970 (440) WS13 T29R11S99CUEE Full Capacity Taps 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 2 DS-3 150 816 3XA 270 (123) WS11 T20P11S15CUEE 2 25 2 2 DS-3 150 818 3XA 406 (184) WS11 T20P11S25CUEE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 150 818 3XA 453 (206) WS11 T20P11S37CUEE 2 50 2 2 DS-3 150 819 3XA 657 (298) WS16 T20P11S50CUEE 75 2 2 DS-3 150 820 3XA 803 (365) WS16 T20P11S75CUEE 2 100 2 2 DS-3 150 821 3XA 960 (436) WS13 T20P11S99CUEE 2 167 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 814E 288A 1665 (756) WS13 T48M11S67CUEE 3 15 2 2 DS-3 115 816 3XA 264 (120) WS11 T20P11F15CUEE 25 2 2 DS-3 115 818 3XA 420 (191) WS11 T20P11F25CUEE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 115 818 3XA 450 (204) WS11 T20P11F37CUEE 50 2 2 DS-3 115 819 3XA 703 (319) WS16 T20P11F50CUEE 75 2 2 DS-3 115 820 3XA 793 (360) WS16 T20P11F75CUEE 2 100 2 2 DS-3 115 821 3XA 1085 (493) WS13 T20P11F99CUEE 2 15 2 2 DS-3 80 818 3XA 407 (185) WS11 T20P11B15CUEE 25 2 2 DS-3 80 818 3XA 430 (195) WS11 T20P11B25CUEE 2 37.5 2 2 DS-3 80 819 3XA 685 (311) WS16 T20P11B37CUEE 50 2 2 DS-3 80 820 3XA 799 (363) WS16 T20P11B50CUEE 2 75 2 2 DS-3 80 821 3XA 1056 (479) WS13 T20P11B75CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 277 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 262C 275 (125) WS11 T27M11S15CUEE 2 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 262C 390 (177) WS11 T27M11S25CUEE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 262C 440 (200) WS11 T27M11S37CUEE 2 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 262C 661 (300) WS16 T27M11S50CUEE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 820 4 805 (365) WS16 T27R11S75CUEE 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 821 4 970 (440) WS13 T27R11S99CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 240 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 480 volts primary. 3 480 volt primary only. 4 Contact your local Eaton sales office for these details. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 V2-T2-6 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Single-Phase—Type DS-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 208 x 416 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 Weathershield Style Number 15 1 1 DS-3 150 816 3XF 275 (125) WS11 T18P11S15CUEE 25 1 1 DS-3 150 818 3XF 390 (177) WS11 T18P11S25CUEE 37.5 1 1 DS-3 150 818 3XF 440 (200) WS11 T18P11S37CUEE 50 1 1 DS-3 150 819 3XF 661 (300) WS16 T18P11S50CUEE 75 1 1 DS-3 150 820 3XF 805 (365) WS16 T18P11S75CUEE 100 1 1 DS-3 150 821 3XF 970 (440) WS13 T18P11S99CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 600 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 262B 290 (132) WS11 T60M11S15CUEE 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 262B 465 (211) WS11 T60M11S25CUEE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 262B 495 (225) WS11 T60M11S37CUEE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 262B 775 (352) WS16 T60M11S50CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 820 262B 900 (409) WS16 T60M11S75CUEE 100 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 821 262B 1195 (543) WS13 T60M11S99CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 208 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 416 volts primary. 2 Weights subject to change. 2 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-7 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Single-Phase—Type DS-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Aluminum Windings 2 208 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 264A 275 (125) WS11 T29M11E15EE 2 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 264A 390 (177) WS11 T29M11E25EE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 264A 440 (200) WS11 T29M11E37EE 2 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 264A 661 (300) WS16 T29M11E50EE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 820 450A 805 (366) WS16 T29R11E75EE 2 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 821 450A 970 (440) WS13 T29R11E99EE Full Capacity Taps 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 2 DS-3 150 816 261A 246 (112) WS11 T20P11E15EE 2 25 2 2 DS-3 150 818 261A 359 (163) WS11 T20P11E25EE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 150 818 261A 374 (170) WS11 T20P11E37EE 2 50 2 2 DS-3 150 819 261A 555 (252) WS16 T20P11E50EE 75 2 2 DS-3 150 820 261A 740 (336) WS16 T20P11E75EE 2 100 2 2 DS-3 150 821 261A 841 (382) WS13 T20P11E99EE 2 167 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 814E 227A 1294 (587) WS13 T48M11E67EE 3 15 2 2 DS-3 115 816 261A 246 (112) WS11 T20P11F15EEES 25 2 2 DS-3 115 818 261A 373 (169) WS11 T20P11F25EEES 37.5 2 2 DS-3 115 818 261A 380 (173) WS11 T20P11F37EEES 50 2 2 DS-3 115 819 261A 590 (268) WS16 T20P11F50EEES 75 2 2 DS-3 115 820 261A 691 (314) WS16 T20P11F75EEES 2 100 2 2 DS-3 115 821 261A 844 (383) WS13 T20P11F99EEES 2 15 2 2 DS-3 80 818 261A 360 (163) WS11 T20P11B15EEES 25 2 2 DS-3 80 818 261A 370 (168) WS11 T20P11B25EEES 2 37.5 2 2 DS-3 80 819 261A 565 (257) WS16 T20P11B37EEES 50 2 2 DS-3 80 820 261A 680 (309) WS16 T20P11B50EEES 2 75 2 2 DS-3 80 821 261A 900 (409) WS13 T20P11B75EEES Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 277 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 4 275 (125) WS11 T27M11E15EE 2 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 4 390 (177) WS11 T27M11E25EE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 4 440 (200) WS11 T27M11E37EE 2 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 4 661 (300) WS16 T27M11E50EE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 820 4 805 (366) WS16 T27R11E75EE 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 821 4 970 (440) WS13 T27R11E99EE 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 240 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 480 volts primary. 3 480 volt primary only. 4 Contact your local Eaton sales office for these details. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 V2-T2-8 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Single-Phase—Type DS-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Aluminum Windings 2 2 208 x 416 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 Weathershield Style Number 15 1 1 DS-3 150 816 243H 275 (125) WS11 T43P11E15EE 25 1 1 DS-3 150 818 243H 390 (177) WS11 T43P11E25EE 37.5 1 1 DS-3 150 818 243H 440 (200) WS11 T43P11E37EE 50 1 1 DS-3 150 819 243H 661 (300) WS16 T43P11E50EE 75 1 1 DS-3 150 820 3 805 (366) WS16 T43P11E75EE 100 1 1 DS-3 150 821 3 970 (440) WS13 T43P11E99EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 600 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 259A 275 (125) WS11 T60M11E15EE 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 259A 390 (177) WS11 T60M11E25EE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 259A 440 (200) WS11 T60M11E37EE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 259A 661 (300) WS16 T60M11E50EE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 820 3 805 (366) WS16 T60R11E75EE 821 3 970 (440) WS13 T60R11E99EE 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 208 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 416 volts primary. 2 Weights subject to change. 3 Contact your local Eaton sales office for these details. 2 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-9 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Single-Phase—Type DS-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Copper Windings 2 208 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 264A 270 (123) WS11 T29M11E15CUEE 2 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 264A 423 (192) WS11 T29M11E25CUEE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 264A 437 (198) WS11 T29M11E37CUEE 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 264A 620 (281) WS16 T29M11E50CUEE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 820 450A 810 (368) WS16 T29R11E75CUEE 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 821 450A 980 (445) WS13 T29R11E99CUEE 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 2 DS-3 150 816 261A 270 (123) WS11 T20P11E15CUEE 2 25 2 2 DS-3 150 818 261A 423 (192) WS11 T20P11E25CUEE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 150 818 261A 437 (198) WS11 T20P11E37CUEE 2 50 2 2 DS-3 150 819 261A 620 (281) WS16 T20P11E50CUEE 75 2 2 DS-3 150 820 261A 810 (368) WS16 T20P11E75CUEE 2 100 2 2 DS-3 150 821 261A 980 (445) WS13 T20P11E99CUEE 2 2 2 15 DS-3 115 816 261A 254 (115) WS11 T20P11F15CUEEES 25 2 2 DS-3 115 818 261A 453 (206) WS11 T20P11F25CUEEES 37.5 2 2 DS-3 115 818 261A 480 (218) WS11 T20P11F37CUEEES 50 2 2 DS-3 115 819 261A 718 (326) WS16 T20P11F50CUEEES 75 2 2 DS-3 115 820 261A 793 (360) WS16 T20P11F75CUEEES 100 2 2 DS-3 115 821 261A 1000 (454) WS13 T20P11F99CUEEES 2 15 2 2 DS-3 80 818 261A 240 (109) WS11 T20P11B15CUEEES 2 25 2 2 DS-3 80 818 261A 430 (195) WS11 T20P11B25CUEEES 37.5 2 2 DS-3 80 819 261A 700 (318) WS16 T20P11B37CUEEES 50 2 2 DS-3 80 820 261A 738 (335) WS16 T20P11B50CUEEES 75 2 2 DS-3 80 821 261A 960 (436) WS13 T20P11B75CUEEES Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 2 277 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 3 270 (123) WS11 T27M11E15CUEE 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 3 423 (192) WS11 T27M11E25CUEE 2 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 3 437 (198) WS11 T27M11E37CUEE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 3 620 (281) WS16 T27M11E50CUEE 2 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 820 3 810 (368) WS16 T27R11E75CUEE 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 821 3 980 (445) WS13 T27R11E99CUEE 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps FCAN FCBN Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 240 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 480 volts primary. 3 Contact your local Eaton sales office for these details. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 V2-T2-10 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Single-Phase—Type DS-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Copper Windings 2 2 208 x 416 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 Weathershield Style Number 15 1 1 DS-3 150 816 243H 270 (123) WS11 T43P11E15CUEE 25 1 1 DS-3 150 818 243H 423 (192) WS11 T43P11E25CUEE 37.5 1 1 DS-3 150 818 243H 437 (198) WS11 T43P11E37CUEE 50 1 1 DS-3 150 819 243H 620 (281) WS16 T43P11E50CUEE 75 1 1 DS-3 150 820 3 810 (368) WS16 T43P11E75CUEE 100 1 1 DS-3 150 821 3 980 (445) WS13 T43P11E99CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 600 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 816 259A 270 (123) WS11 T60M11E15CUEE 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 259A 423 (192) WS11 T60M11E25CUEE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 818 259A 437 (198) WS11 T60M11E37CUEE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3 150 819 259A 620 (281) WS16 T60M11E50CUEE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 820 3 810 (368) WS16 T60R11E75CUEE 821 3 980 (445) WS13 T60R11E99CUEE 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3 150 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 208 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 416 volts primary. 2 Weights subject to change. 3 Contact your local Eaton sales office for these details. 2 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-11 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 208 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280E 218 (99) WS38 V29M28T15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280E 299 (136) WS38 V29M28T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280E 376 (171) WS38 V29M28T45EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280E 564 (256) WS39 V29M28T75EE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 324A 930 (422) WS19 V29R28T12EE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 324A 1013 (460) WS19 V29R28T49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A 324A 1443 (655) WS34 V29R28T22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 289D 1697 (770) WS35 V29R28T33EE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 920E 289D 2690 (1221) WS35 V29R28T55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280E 240 (109) WS38 V29M28F15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280E 320 (145) WS38 V29M28F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280E 396 (180) WS38 V29M28F45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280E 607 (276) WS39 V29M28F75EE V29R28F12EE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 324A 960 (436) WS19 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 324A 1060 (481) WS19 V29R28F49EE 2 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 918A 324A 1500 (681) WS34 V29R28F22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 289D 1800 (817) WS35 V29R28F33EE 2 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 920E 289D 2900 (1317) WS35 V29R28F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280E 280 (127) WS38 V29M28B15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280E 350 (159) WS38 V29M28B30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 280E 560 (254) WS39 V29M28B45EE V29M28B75EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280E 810 (368) WS19 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280E 950 (431) WS19 V29M28B12EE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A 324A 1430 (649) WS34 V29R28B49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 289D 1750 (795) WS35 V29R28B22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 920E 289D 2400 (1090) WS35 V29R28B33EE Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-12 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 2 208 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 342B 196 (89) WS38 V29M47T15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 342B 296 (134) WS38 V29M47T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 342B 385 (175) WS38 V29M47T45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 342B 590 (268) WS39 V29M47T75EE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 351A 784 (356) WS19 V29R47T12EE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 351A 931 (423) WS19 V29R47T49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A 333B 1550 (704 WS34 V29R47T22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 333B 2274 (1032) WS35 V29R47T33EE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 333B 2869 (1303) WS35 V29R47T55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 342B 215 (98) WS38 V29M47F15EE Weathershield 2 Style Number 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 342B 380 (173) WS38 V29M47F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 342B 400 (182) WS38 V29M47F45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 342B 585 (266) WS39 V29M47F75EE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 351A 800 (363) WS19 V29R47F12EE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 351A 950 (431) WS19 V29R47F49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 918A 333B 1591 (722) WS34 V29R47F22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 333B 2320 (1053) WS35 V29R47F33EE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 333B 2950 (1339) WS35 V29R47F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 342B 300 (136) WS38 V29M47B15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 342B 390 (177) WS38 V29M47B30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 342B 550 (249) WS39 V29M47B45EE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A 351A 757 (344) WS19 V29R47B75EE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A 351A 930 (422) WS19 V29R47B12EE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A 333B 1550 (704) WS34 V29R47B49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 333B 2275 (1033) WS35 V29R47B22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 920E 333B 2870 (1303) WS35 V29R47B33EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-13 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 240 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280C 206 (94) WS38 V24M28T15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280C 297 (135) WS38 V24M28T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280C 332 (151) WS38 V24M28T45EE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280C 562 (255) WS39 V24M28T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280C 760 (345) WS19 V24M28T12EE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280C 974 (442) WS19 V24M28T49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 917 289A 1460 (663) WS34 V24R28T22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A 289A 1652 (750) WS34 V24R28T33EE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 289A 2690 (1221) WS35 V24R28T55EE 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280C 240 (109) WS38 V24M28F15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280C 389 (177) WS38 V24M28F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280C 396 (180) WS38 V24M28F45EE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280C 593 (269) WS39 V24M28F75EE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280C 941 (427) WS19 V24M28F12EE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 280C 1060 (481) WS19 V24R28F49EE 2 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 917 289A 1500 (681) WS34 V24R28F22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 918A 289A 1800 (817) WS34 V24R28F33EE 2 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 289A 2900 (1317) WS35 V24R28F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280C 280 (127) WS38 V24M28B15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280C 350 (159) WS38 V24M28B30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 280C 560 (254) WS39 V24M28B45EE V24M28B75EE 2 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280C 883 (401) WS19 2 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A 280C 950 (431) WS19 V24R28B12EE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 917 289A 1430 (649) WS34 V24R28B49EE 2 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A 289A 1750 (795) WS34 V24R28B22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 289A 2400 (1090) WS35 V24R28B33EE 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-14 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 2 240 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 342L 227 (103) WS38 V24M47T15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 342L 306 (139) WS38 V24M47T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 342L 380 (173) WS38 V24M47T45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 342L 573 (260) WS39 V24M47T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 342L 800 (363) WS19 V24M47T12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 342L 885 (402) WS19 V24M47T49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A 333A 1612 (732) WS34 V24R47T22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 333A 1652 (750) WS35 V24R47T33EE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 333A 2695 (1224) WS35 V24R47T55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 342L 240 (109) WS38 V24M47F15EE Weathershield 2 Style Number 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 342L 389 (177) WS38 V24M47F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 342L 396 (180) WS38 V24M47F45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 342L 593 (269) WS39 V24M47F75EE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 342L 941 (427) WS19 V24R47F12EE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 342L 1060 (481) WS19 V24R47F49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 918A 333A 1500 (681) WS34 V24R47F22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 333A 1800 (817) WS35 V24R47F33EE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 333A 2900 (1317) WS35 V24R47F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 342L 280 (127) WS38 V24M47B15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 342L 350 (159) WS38 V24M47B30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 342L 560 (254) WS39 V24M47B45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 342L 883 (401) WS19 V24M47B75EE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A 342L 950 (431) WS19 V24R47B12EE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A 333A 1430 (649) WS34 V24R47B49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 333A 1750 (795) WS35 V24R47B22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 333A 2400 (1090) WS35 V24R47B33EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-15 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 440 Delta Volts to 220Y/127 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280J 204 (93) WS38 V44M31T15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280J 291 (132) WS38 V44M31T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280J 351 (159) WS38 V44M31T45EE Full Capacity Taps 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280J 553 (251) WS39 V44M31T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280J 793 (360) WS19 V44M31T12EE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280J 913 (415) WS19 V44M31T49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 280J 1343 (610) WS34 V44M31T22EE 2 2 2 2 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 275F 1597 (725) WS34 V44M31T33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 275F 2590 (1176) WS35 V44M31T55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280J 202 (92) WS38 V44M31F15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280J 311 (141) WS38 V44M31F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280J 418 (190) WS38 V44M31F45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280J 581 (264) WS39 V44M31F75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280J 829 (376) WS19 V44M31F12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280J 996 (452) WS19 V44M31F49EE 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 280J 1569 (712) WS34 V44M31F22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 280J 1908 (866) WS37 V44M31F33EE 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 920E 275F 3117 (1415) WS35 V44M31F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280J 276 (125) WS38 V44M31B15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280J 350 (159) WS38 V44M31B30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 280J 560 (254) WS39 V44M31B45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280J 810 (368) WS19 V44M31B75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280J 944 (429) WS19 V44M31B12EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 280J 1438 (653) WS34 V44M31B49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 280J 1746 (793) WS37 V44M31B22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 275F 2400 (1090) WS35 V44M31B33EE Notes 1 Weights subject to change. Additional voltage combinations are available. Contact your local Eaton sales office for assistance if the voltage you require is not included in this catalog. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-16 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 204 (93) WS38 V48M28T15EE 280B 291 (132) WS38 V48M28T30EE 2 Style Number 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 381 (173) WS38 V48M28T37EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 351 (159) WS38 V48M28T45EE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280B 531 (241) WS39 V48M28T50EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280B 553 (251) WS39 V48M28T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280B 793 (360) WS19 V48M28T12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280B 913 (415) WS19 V48M28T49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 928 657B 1160 (527) WS41 V48M28T22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 929 657B 1415 (642) WS42 V48M28T33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% DT-3 150 924 428B 2415 (1097) WS40 V48D28T55EE 750 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 920E 275A 3340 (1516) WS35 V48M28T77EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 202 (92) WS38 V48M28F15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 311 (141) WS38 V48M28F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 418 (190) WS38 V48M28F45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280B 581 (264) WS39 V48M28F75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280B 829 (376) WS19 V48M28F12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280B 996 (452) WS19 V48M28F49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 280B 1569 (712) WS34 V48M28F22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 280B 1908 (866) WS37 V48M28F33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 920E 275A 3117 (1415) WS35 V48M28F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280B 276 (125) WS38 V48M28B15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280B 350 (159) WS38 V48M28B30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 280B 560 (254) WS39 V48M28B45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280B 810 (368) WS19 V48M28B75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280B 944 (429) WS19 V48M28B12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 280B 1438 (653) WS34 V48M28B49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 280B 1746 (793) WS37 V48M28B22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 275A 2400 (1090) WS35 V48M28B33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 920E 275A 3418 (1552) WS35 V48M28B55EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. Additional voltage combinations are available. Contact your local Eaton sales office for assistance if the voltage you require is not included in this catalog. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-17 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 480 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts with 120 Volt Lighting Tap on Phase B 1 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282B 206 (94) WS38 V48M22T15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282B 291 (132) WS38 V48M22T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282B 378 (172) WS38 V48M22T45EE Full Capacity Taps 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 282B 577 (262) WS39 V48M22T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 282B 790 (359) WS19 V48M22T12EE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 282B 930 (422) WS19 V48M22T49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 291A 1476 (670) WS34 V48M22T22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 291A 1898 (862) WS37 V48M22T33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 291A 2590 (1176) WS35 V48M22T55EE 2 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282B 206 (94) WS38 V48M22F15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282B 311 (141) WS38 V48M22F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282B 418 (190) WS38 V48M22F45EE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 282B 581 (264) WS39 V48M22F75EE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 282B 829 (376) WS19 V48M22F12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 282B 1022 (464) WS19 V48M22F49EE 2 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 282B 1565 (711) WS34 V48M22F22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 282B 1795 (815) WS37 V48M22F33EE 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 920E 291A 3120 (1416) WS35 V48M22F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 282B 278 (126) WS38 V48M22B15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 282B 383 (174) WS38 V48M22B30EE 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 282B 560 (254) WS39 V48M22B45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 282B 810 (368) WS19 V48M22B75EE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 282B 959 (435) WS19 V48M22B12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 282B 1287 (584) WS34 V48M22B49EE 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 282B 1746 (793) WS37 V48M22B22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 291A 2400 (1090) WS35 V48M22B33EE 2 2 2 Notes 1 Lighting tap limited to 5% of nameplate full load capacity. 2 Weights subject to change. Additional voltage combinations are available. Contact your local Eaton sales office for assistance if the voltage you require is not included in this catalog. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-18 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 206 (94) WS38 V48M47T15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 281 (128) WS38 V48M47T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 380 (173) WS38 V48M47T45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280B 565 (257) WS39 V48M47T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280B 783 (355) WS19 V48M47T12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280B 945 (429) WS19 V48M47T49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 280B 1413 (642) WS34 V48M47T22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 275A 1910 (867) WS34 V48M47T33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 275A 2673 (1214) WS35 V48M47T55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 240 (109) WS38 V48M47F15EE Weathershield 2 Style Number 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 316 (143) WS38 V48M47F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 384 (174) WS38 V48M47F45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280B 670 (304) WS39 V48M47F75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280B 853 (387) WS19 V48M47F12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280B 982 (446) WS19 V48M47F49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 280B 1559 (708) WS34 V48M47F22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 280B 1795 (815) WS37 V48M47F33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 920E 275A 3120 (1416) WS35 V48M47F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280B 271 (123) WS38 V48M47B15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280B 360 (163) WS38 V48M47B30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 280B 563 (256) WS39 V48M47B45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280B 773 (351) WS19 V48M47B75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280B 954 (433) WS19 V48M47B12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 280B 1330 (604) WS34 V48M47B49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 280B 1827 (829) WS37 V48M47B22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 275A 2540 (1153) WS35 V48M47B33EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. Additional voltage combinations are available. Contact your local Eaton sales office for assistance if the voltage you require is not included in this catalog. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-19 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 600 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 231 (105) WS38 V60M28T15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 309 (140) WS38 V60M28T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 375 (170) WS38 V60M28T45EE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280A 572 (260) WS39 V60M28T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280A 801 (364) WS19 V60M28T12EE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 280A 1013 (460) WS34 V60M28T49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 280A 1523 (691) WS34 V60M28T22EE 2 Full Capacity Taps 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 280A 1697 (770) WS35 V60M28T33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 920E 280A 2690 (1221) WS35 V60M28T55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 240 (109) WS38 V60M28F15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 320 (145) WS38 V60M28F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 396 (180) WS38 V60M28F45EE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280A 607 (276) WS39 V60M28F75EE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280A 960 (436) WS19 V60M28F12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280A 1060 (481) WS19 V60M28F49EE 2 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 280A 1500 (681) WS34 V60M28F22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 280A 1800 (817) WS35 V60M28F33EE 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 920E 280A 2900 (1317) WS35 V60M28F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280A 280 (127) WS38 V60M28B15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280A 350 (159) WS38 V60M28B30EE 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 280A 560 (254) WS39 V60M28B45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280A 810 (368) WS19 V60M28B75EE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280A 950 (431) WS19 V60M28B12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 280A 1430 (649) WS34 V60M28B49EE 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 280A 1750 (795) WS35 V60M28B22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 280A 2400 (1090) WS35 V60M28B33EE 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-20 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 2 600 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts with 120 Volt Lighting Tap on Phase B 1 Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282A 245 (111) WS38 V60M22T15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282A 313 (142) WS38 V60M22T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282A 403 (183) WS38 V60M22T45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 282A 577 (262) WS39 V60M22T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 282A 790 (359) WS19 V60M22T12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 282A 1001 (454) WS34 V60M22T49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 282A 1476 (670) WS34 V60M22T22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 282A 1898 (862) WS35 V60M22T33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 920E 282A 2590 (1176) WS35 V60M22T55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282A 206 (94) WS38 V60M22F15EE Weathershield 2 Style Number 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282A 311 (141) WS38 V60M22F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282A 418 (190) WS38 V60M22F45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 282A 581 (264) WS39 V60M22F75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 282A 829 (376) WS19 V60M22F12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 282A 1022 (464) WS19 V60M22F49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 282A 1565 (711) WS34 V60M22F22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 282A 1795 (815) WS35 V60M22F33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 920E 282A 3120 (1416) WS35 V60M22F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 282A 278 (126) WS38 V60M22B15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 282A 383 (174) WS38 V60M22B30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 282A 560 (254) WS39 V60M22B45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 282A 810 (368) WS19 V60M22B75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 282A 959 (435) WS19 V60M22B12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 282A 1287 (584) WS34 V60M22B49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 282A 1746 (793) WS35 V60M22B22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 282A 2400 (1090) WS35 V60M22B33EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Lighting tap limited to 5% of nameplate full load capacity. 2 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-21 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 600 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 206 (94) WS38 V60M47T15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 291 (132) WS38 V60M47T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 382 (173) WS38 V60M47T45EE 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280A 578 (262) WS39 V60M47T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280A 811 (368) WS19 V60M47T12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280A 934 (424) WS19 V60M47T49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 280A 1569 (712) WS34 V60M47T22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 280A 1997 (907) WS37 V60M47T33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 275C 2641 (1199) WS35 V60M47T55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 206 (94) WS38 V60M47F15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 311 (141) WS38 V60M47F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 418 (190) WS38 V60M47F45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280A 581 (264) WS39 V60M47F75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280A 829 (376) WS19 V60M47F12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280A 1022 (464) WS19 V60M47F49EE 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 280A 1565 (7101) WS34 V60M47F22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 280A 1795 (815) WS37 V60M47F33EE 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 275C 3120 (1416) WS35 V60M47F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280A 278 (126) WS38 V60M47B15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280A 383 (174) WS38 V60M47B30EE 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 280A 560 (254) WS39 V60M47B45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280A 810 (368) WS19 V60M47B75EE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280A 959 (435) WS19 V60M47B12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 280A 1287 (584) WS34 V60M47B49EE 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 280A 1746 (793) WS37 V60M47B22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 275C 2650 (1203) WS35 V60M47B33EE 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-22 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 208 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D — 236 (107) WS38 V29M28T15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D — 351 (159) WS38 V29M28T30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D — 453 (206) WS38 V29M28T45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F — 687 (312) WS39 V29M28T75CUEE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A — 930 (422) WS19 V29R28T12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A — 1242 (564) WS19 V29R28T49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 917 — 1763 (800) WS34 V29R28T22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A — 2300 (1044) WS34 V29R28T33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E — 3590 (1630) WS35 V29R28T55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D — 265 (120) WS38 V29M28F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D — 475 (215) WS38 V29M28F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D — 475 (216) WS38 V29M28F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F — 700 (318) WS39 V29M28F75CUEE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A — 935 (424) WS19 V29R28F12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A — 1274 (578) WS19 V29R28F49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 917 — 1743 (791) WS34 V29R28F22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E — 2350 (1067) WS35 V29R28F33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 920E — 3690 (1675) WS35 V29R28F55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D — 381 (173) WS38 V29M28B15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D — 420 (191) WS38 V29M28B30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D — 510 (232) WS38 V29M28B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F — 940 (427) WS39 V29M28B75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A — 1300 (590) WS19 V29M28B12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A — 1800 (817) WS34 V29R28B49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E — 2400 (1090) WS35 V29R28B22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 920E — 3800 (1725) WS35 V29R28B33CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-23 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 208 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 342B 236 (107) WS38 V29M47T15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 342B 351 (159) WS38 V29M47T30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 342B 453 (206) WS38 V29M47T45CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 342B 687 (312) WS39 V29M47T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 351A 930 (422) WS19 V29R47T12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 351A 1242 (564) WS19 V29R47T49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 917 333B 1763 (800) WS34 V29R47T22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A 333B 2300 (1044 WS34 V29R47T33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 333B 3590 (1630) WS35 V29R47T55CUEE V29M47F15CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 342B 265 (120) WS38 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 342B 474.6 (215) WS38 V29M47F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 342B 475 (216) WS38 V29M47F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 342B 700 (318) WS39 V29M47F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 342B 935 (424) WS19 V29M47F12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 351A 1274 (578) WS19 V29R47F49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 917 333B 1743 (791) WS34 V29R47F22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 333B 2350 (1067) WS35 V29R47F33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 920E 333B 3690 (1675) WS35 V29R47F55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 342B 381 (173) WS38 V29M47B15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 342B 420 (191) WS38 V29M47B30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 342B 510 (232) WS38 V29M47B45CUEE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 914F 342B 940 (427) WS39 V29R47B75CUEE 2 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A 342B 1300 (590) WS19 V29R47B12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A 342B 1800 (817) WS34 V29R47B49CUEE 2 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 333B 2400 (1090) WS35 V29R47B22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 920E 333B 3800 (1725) WS35 V29R47B33CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-24 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 240 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280C 246 (112) — V24M28T15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280C 331 (150) — V24M28T30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280C 289 (131) — V24M28T45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280C 664 (301) — V24M28T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280C — — V24M28T12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280C 1130 (513) — V24M28T49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 — — — — V24R28T22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 — — — — V24R28T33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 — — — — V24R28T55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D — — — V24M28F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D — — — V24M28F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24M28F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280C 680 (308) — V24M28F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24M28F12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24R28F49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24R28F22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24R28F33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24R28F55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280C 346 (157) — V24M28B15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24M28B30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24M28B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24M28B75CUEE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24R28B12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 917 289A 1774 (805) — V24R28B49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24R28B22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24R28B33CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-25 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 240 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 342L 341 (155) — V24M47T15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 342L 436 (198) — V24M47T30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 342L 685 (311) — V24M47T45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 342L — — V24M47T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — — — — V24M47T12CUEE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — — — — V24M47T49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 — — — — V24R47T22CUEE 2 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 — — — — V24R47T33CUEE 2 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 — — — — V24R47T55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D — — — V24M47F15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24M47F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24M47F45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24M47F75CUEE 2 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 351C 1009 (458) — V24R47F12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24R47F49CUEE 2 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24R47F22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24R47F33CUEE 2 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 — — — — V24R47F55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D — — — V24M47B15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24M47B30CUEE 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24M47B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24M47B75CUEE 2 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24R47B12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24R47B49CUEE 2 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24R47B22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 — — — — V24R47B33CUEE 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-26 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 440 Delta Volts to 220Y/127 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280J 250 (114) WS38 V44M31T15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280J 350 (159) WS38 V44M31T30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280J 416 (189) WS38 V44M31T45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280J 643 (292) WS39 V44M31T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280J 876 (398) WS19 V44M31T12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280J 1064 (483) WS19 V44M31T49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 280J 1545 (701) WS34 V44M31T22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 275F 2050 (931) WS37 V44M31T33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 275F 3681 (1671) WS35 V44M31T55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280J 256 (116) WS38 V44M31F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280J 337 (153) WS38 V44M31F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280J 446 (202) WS38 V44M31F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280J 662 (301) WS39 V44M31F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280J 914 (415) WS19 V44M31F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280J 1132 (514) WS19 V44M31F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 280J 2036 (924) WS34 V44M31F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 275F 2325 (1056) WS37 V44M31F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 275F 3681 (1671) WS35 V44M31F55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280J 349 (158) WS38 V44M31B15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280J 410 (186) WS38 V44M31B30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280J 504 (229) WS38 V44M31B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280J 818 (371) WS19 V44M31B75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280J 1065 (484) WS19 V44M31B12CUEE 2 Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 280J 1410 (640) WS34 V44M31B49CUEE 22 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 280J 2030 (922) WS37 V44M31B22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 275F 3041 (1381) WS35 V44M31B33CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-27 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 250 (114) WS38 V48M28T15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 350 (159) WS38 V48M28T30CUEE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 415 (188) WS38 V48M28T37CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 416 (189) WS38 V48M28T45CUEE 2 Full Capacity Taps 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280B 647 (294) WS39 V48M28T50CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280B 643 (292) WS39 V48M28T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280B 876 (398) WS19 V48M28T12CUEE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280B 1064 (483) WS19 V48M28T49CUEE 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 928 657B 1371 (622) WS41 V48M28T22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 929 657B 1622 (736) WS42 V48M28T33CUEE 2 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% DT-3 150 924 428B 3681 (1671) WS40 V48D28T55CUEE 750 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 920E 275A 4891 (2221) WS35 V48M28T77CUEE 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 256 (116) WS38 V48M28F15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 337 (153) WS38 V48M28F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 446 (202) WS38 V48M28F45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280B 662 (301) WS39 V48M28F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280B 914 (415) WS19 V48M28F12CUEE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280B 1132 (514) WS19 V48M28F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 275A 2036 (924) WS34 V48M28F22CUEE 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 275A 2325 (1056) WS37 V48M28F33CUEE 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919 275A 3681 (1671) WS35 V48M28F55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280B 349 (158) WS38 V48M28B15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280B 410 (186) WS38 V48M28B30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280B 504 (229) WS38 V48M28B45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280B 818 (371) WS19 V48M28B75CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280B 1065 (484) WS19 V48M28B12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 280B 1410 (640) WS34 V48M28B49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 275A 2030 (922) WS37 V48M28B22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 275A 3041 (1381) WS35 V48M28B33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 920E 275A 4696 (2132) WS35 V48M28B55CUEE Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-28 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts with 120 Volt Lighting Tap on Phase B 1 Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282B 253 (115) WS38 V48M22T15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282B 352 (160) WS38 V48M22T30CUEE Weathershield 2 Style Number 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282B 415 (188) WS38 V48M22T45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 282B 703 (319) WS39 V48M22T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 282B 935 (424) WS19 V48M22T12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 282B 1134 (515) WS19 V48M22T49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 282B 1955 (888) WS34 V48M22T22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 282B 2450 (1112) WS37 V48M22T33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 291A 3547 (1610) WS35 V48M22T55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282B 248 (113) WS38 V48M22F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282B 410 (186) WS38 V48M22F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282B 445 (202) WS38 V48M22F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 282B 750 (341) WS39 V48M22F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 282B 963 (437) WS19 V48M22F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 282B 1236 (561) WS19 V48M22F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 282B 2100 (953) WS34 V48M22F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 282B 2600 (1180) WS37 V48M22F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 291A 3700 (1680) WS35 V48M22F55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 282B 301 (137) WS38 V48M22B15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 282B 460 (209) WS38 V48M22B30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 282B 505 (229) WS38 V48M22B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 282B 835 (379) WS19 V48M22B75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 282B 1050 (477) WS19 V48M22B12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 282B 2250 (1022) WS34 V48M22B49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 291A 2900 (1317) WS37 V48M22B22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 291A 4000 (1816) WS35 V48M22B33CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Lighting tap limited to 5% of nameplate full load capacity. 2 Weight subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-29 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 480 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 257 (117) WS38 V48M47T15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 330 (150) WS38 V48M47T30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280B 430 (195) WS38 V48M47T45CUEE 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280B 675 (306) WS39 V48M47T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280B 900 (409) WS19 V48M47T12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280B 1126 (511) WS19 V48M47T49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 280B 2038 (925) WS34 V48M47T22CUEE 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 280B 2550 (1158) WS37 V48M47T33CUEE 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 275A 3412 (1549) WS35 V48M47T55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 258 (117) WS38 V48M47F15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 401 (182) WS38 V48M47F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280B 455 (207) WS38 V48M47F45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280B 678 (308) WS39 V48M47F75CUEE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280B 676 (307) WS19 V48M47F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280B 1249 (567) WS19 V48M47F49CUEE 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 280B 2107 (957) WS34 V48M47F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 280B 2418 (1098) WS37 V48M47F33CUEE 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 275A 3800 (1725) WS35 V48M47F55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280B 369 (168) WS38 V48M47B15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280B 423 (192) WS38 V48M47B30CUEE 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280B 552 (251) WS38 V48M47B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280B 920 (418) WS19 V48M47B75CUEE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280B 1100 (499) WS19 V48M47B12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 280B 1702 (773) WS34 V48M47B49CUEE 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 280B 2313 (1050) WS37 V48M47B22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 275A 3100 (1407) WS35 V48M47B33CUEE 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-30 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 600 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 263 (119) WS38 V60M28T15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 368 (167) WS38 V60M28T30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 437 (198) WS38 V60M28T45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280A 675 (307) WS39 V60M28T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280A 920 (418) WS19 V60M28T12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280A 1117 (507) WS19 V60M28T49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 280A 1622 (737 WS34 V60M28T22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 280A 2153 (977) WS37 V60M28T33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 280A 3865 (1755) WS35 V60M28T55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 269 (122) WS38 V60M28F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 354 (161) WS38 V60M28F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 468 (213) WS38 V60M28F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280A 695 (316) WS39 V60M28F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280A 960 (436) WS19 V60M28F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280A 1189 (540) WS19 V60M28F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 280A 2138 (971) WS34 V60M28F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 280A 2441 (1108) WS37 V60M28F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 280A 3865 (1755) WS35 V60M28F55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280A 367 (166) WS38 V60M28B15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280A 431 (195) WS38 V60M28B30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280A 529 (240) WS38 V60M28B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280A 859 (390) WS19 V60M28B75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280A 1118 (508) WS19 V60M28B12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 280A 1481 (672) WS34 V60M28B49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 280A 2132 (968) WS37 V60M28B22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 280A 3193 (1450) WS35 V60M28B33CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-31 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 600 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts with 120 Volt Lighting Tap on Phase B 1 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282B 263 (119) WS38 V60M22T15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282B 368 (167) WS38 V60M22T30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 282B 437 (198) WS38 V60M22T45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 282B 675 (307) WS39 V60M22T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 282B 920 (418) WS19 V60M22T12CUEE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 282B 1117 (507) WS19 V60M22T49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 282B 1622 (737) WS34 V60M22T22CUEE 2 Full Capacity Taps 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 282B 2153 (977) WS37 V60M22T33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 282B 3865 (1755) WS35 V60M22T55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282B 269 (122) WS38 V60M22F15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282B 354 (161) WS38 V60M22F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 282B 468 (213) WS38 V60M22F45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 282B 695 (316) WS39 V60M22F75CUEE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 282B 960 (436) WS19 V60M22F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 282B 1189 (540) WS19 V60M22F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 282B 2138 (971) WS34 V60M22F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 282B 2441 (1108) WS37 V60M22F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 282B 3865 (1755) WS35 V60M22F55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 282B 367 (166) WS38 V60M22B15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 282B 431 (195) WS38 V60M22B30CUEE 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 282B 529 (240) WS38 V60M22B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 282B 859 (390) WS19 V60M22B75CUEE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 282B 1119 (508) WS19 V60M22B12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 282B 1481 (672) WS34 V60M22B49CUEE 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 282B 2132 (968) WS37 V60M22B22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 282B 3193 (1450) WS35 V60M22B33CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Lighting tap limited to 5% of nameplate full load capacity. 2 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-32 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 600 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 283 (128) WS38 V60M47T15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 363 (165) WS38 V60M47T30CUEE Weathershield 2 Style Number 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 280A 473 (215) WS38 V60M47T45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 280A 743 (337) WS39 V60M47T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280A 990 (449) WS19 V60M47T12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 280A 1239 (562) WS19 V60M47T49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 280A 2242 (1018) WS34 V60M47T22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 280A 2805 (1273) WS37 V60M47T33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 275C 3753 (1704) WS35 V60M47T55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 284 (129) WS38 V60M47F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 441 (200) WS38 V60M47F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 280A 501 (227) WS38 V60M47F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 280A 746 (339) WS39 V60M47F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280A 744 (338) WS19 V60M47F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 280A 1374 (624) WS19 V60M47F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 280A 2318 (1052) WS34 V60M47F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 280A 2660 (1208) WS37 V60M47F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 275C 4180 (1898) WS35 V60M47F55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280A 406 (184) WS38 V60M47B15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280A 465 (211) WS38 V60M47B30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 280A 607 (276) WS38 V60M47B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280A 1012 (459) WS19 V60M47B75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 280A 1210 (549) WS19 V60M47B12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 280A 1872 (850) WS34 V60M47B49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 280A 2544 (1155) WS37 V60M47B22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 275C 3410 (1548) WS35 V60M47B33CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-33 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Aluminum Windings 2 208 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283A 220 (100) WS38 V29M28E15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283A 289 (131) WS38 V29M28E30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283A 365 (166) WS38 V29M28E45EE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283A 570 (259) WS39 V29M28E75EE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 287A 930 (422) WS19 V29R28E12EE 2 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 287A 1013 (460) WS19 V29R28E49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A 287A 1639 (744) WS34 V29R28E22EE 2 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 287A 1697 (770) WS35 V29R28E33EE 2 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 920E 287A 2690 (1221) WS35 V29R28E55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283A 240 (109) WS38 V29M28F15EEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283A 365 (166) WS38 V29M28F30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283A 401 (182) WS38 V29M28F45EEES 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283A 606 (275) WS39 V29M28F75EEES 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 287A 960 (436) WS19 V29R28F12EEES V29R28F49EEES 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 287A 1060 (481) WS19 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 918A 287A 1500 (681) WS34 V29R28F22EEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 287A 1800 (817) WS35 V29R28F33EEES 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 920E 287A 2900 (1317) WS35 V29R28F55EEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283A 280 (127) WS38 V29M28B15EEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283A 370 (168) WS38 V29M28B30EEES 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283A 563 (256) WS39 V29M28B45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283A 965 (438) WS19 V29M28B75EEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283A 950 (431) WS19 V29M28B12EEES 2 2 2 2 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A 287A 1430 (649) WS34 V29R28B49EEES 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 287A 1750 (795) WS35 V29R28B22EEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 920E 287A 2400 (1090) WS35 V29R28B33EEES Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-34 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Aluminum Windings 2 2 208 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 345A 196 (89) WS38 V29M47E15EE 345A 296 (134) WS38 V29M47E30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 345A 410 (186) WS38 V29M47E45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 345A 590 (268) WS39 V29M47E75EE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 315A 784 (356) WS19 V29R47E12EE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 315A 931 (423) WS19 V29R47E49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A 315A 1550 (704) WS34 V29R47E22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 315A 2274 (1032) WS35 V29R47E33EE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 315A 2869 (1303) WS35 V29R47E55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345A 215 (98) WS38 V29M47F15EEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345A 380 (173) WS38 V29M47F30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345A 400 (182) WS38 V29M47F45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 345A 585 (266) WS39 V29M47F75EEES 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 315A 800 (363) WS19 V29R47F12EEES 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 315A 950 (431) WS19 V29R47F49EEES 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 918A 315A 1591 (722) WS34 V29R47F22EEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 315A 2320 (1053) WS35 V29R47F33EEES 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 315A 2950 (1339) WS35 V29R47F55EEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 345A 300 (136) WS38 V29M47B15EEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 345A 390 (177) WS38 V29M47B30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 345A 550 (250) WS39 V29M47B45EEES 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A 315A 757 (344) WS19 V29R47B75EEES 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A 315A 930 (422) WS19 V29R47B12EEES 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A 315A 1550 (704) WS34 V29R47B49EEES 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 315A 2275 (1033) WS35 V29R47B22EEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 920E 315A 2870 (1303) WS35 V29R47B33EEES 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-35 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Aluminum Windings 2 240 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283G 206 (94) WS38 V24M28E15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283G 297 (135) WS38 V24M28E30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283G 332 (151) WS38 V24M28E45EE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283G 562 (255) WS39 V24M28E75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283G 760 (345) WS19 V24M28E12EE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283G 974 (442) WS19 V24M28E49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 917 287B 1460 (663) WS34 V24R28E22EE 2 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A 287B 1652 (750) WS34 V24R28E33EE 2 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 287B 2690 (1221) WS35 V24R28E55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283G 240 (109) WS38 V24M28F15EEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283G 389 (177) WS38 V24M28F30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283G 396 (180) WS38 V24M28F45EEES 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283G 593 (269) WS39 V24M28F75EEES 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283G 941 (427) WS19 V24M28F12EEES 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 287B 1060 (481) WS19 V24R28F49EEES 2 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 917 287B 1500 (681) WS34 V24R28F22EEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 918A 287B 1800 (817) WS34 V24R28F33EEES 2 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 287B 2900 (1317) WS35 V24R28F55EEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283G 280 (127) WS38 V24M28B15EEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283G 350 (159) WS38 V24M28B30EEES 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283G 560 (254) WS39 V24M28B45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283G 883 (401) WS19 V24M28B75EEES 2 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A 287B 950 (431) WS19 V24R28B12EEES 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 917 287B 1430 (649) WS34 V24R28B49EEES 2 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A 287B 1750 (795) WS34 V24R28B22EEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 287B 2400 (1090) WS35 V24R28B33EEES 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-36 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Aluminum Windings 2 2 240 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 345C 227 (103) WS38 V24M47E15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 345C 312 (142) WS38 V24M47E30EE Weathershield 2 Style Number 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 345C 380 (173) WS38 V24M47E45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 345C 573 (260) WS39 V24M47E75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 345C 800 (363) WS19 V24M47E12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 345C 885 (402) WS19 V24M47E49EE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A — 1612 (732) WS34 V24R47E22EE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E — 1652 (750) WS35 V24R47E33EE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E — 2695 (1224) WS35 V24R47E55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345C 240 (109) WS38 V24M47F15EEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345C 389 (177) WS38 V24M47F30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345C 396 (180) WS38 V24M47F45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 345C 593 (269) WS39 V24M47F75EEES 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A — 941 (427) WS19 V24R47F12EEES 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A — 1060 (481) WS19 V24R47F49EEES 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 918A — 1500 (681) WS34 V24R47F22EEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E — 1800 (817) WS35 V24R47F33EEES 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E — 2900 (1317) WS35 V24R47F55EEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 345C 280 (127) WS38 V24M47B15EEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 345C 350 (159) WS38 V24M47B30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 345C 560 (254) WS39 V24M47B45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 345C 883 (401) WS19 V24M47B75EEES 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A — 950 (431) WS19 V24R47B12EEES 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A — 1430 (649) WS34 V24R47B49EEES 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E — 1750 (795) WS35 V24R47B22EEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E — 2400 (1090) WS35 V24R47B33EEES 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-37 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Aluminum Windings 2 440 Delta Volts to 220Y/127 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283Q 213 (97) WS38 V44M31E15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283Q 300 (136) WS38 V44M31E30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283Q 348 (158) WS38 V44M31E45EE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283Q 583 (265) WS39 V44M31E75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283Q 807 (366) WS19 V44M31E12EE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283Q 950 (431) WS19 V44M31E49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 283Q 1364 (619) WS34 V44M31E22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 283Q 1719 (780) WS34 V44M31E33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 283Q 2560 (1162) WS35 V44M31E55EE 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283Q 204 (93) WS38 V44M31F15EEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283Q 326 (148) WS38 V44M31F30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283Q 419 (190) WS38 V44M31F45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283Q 560 (254) WS39 V44M31F75EEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283Q 805 (365) WS19 V44M31F12EEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283Q 1012 (459) WS19 V44M31F49EEES 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 283Q 1589 (721) WS34 V44M31F22EEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 283Q 1782 (809) WS37 V44M31F33EEES 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 920E 283Q 3117 (1415) WS35 V44M31F55EEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283Q 294 (133) WS38 V44M31B15EEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283Q 374 (170) WS38 V44M31B30EEES 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283Q 586 (266) WS39 V44M31B45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283Q 807 (366) WS19 V44M31B75EEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283Q 1005 (456) WS19 V44M31B12EEES 2 2 2 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283Q 1170 (531) WS34 V44M31B49EEES 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 283Q 1764 (801) WS37 V44M31B22EEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 283Q 2317 (1052) WS35 V44M31B33EEES Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-38 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Aluminum Windings 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 213 (97) WS38 V48M28E15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 300 (136) WS38 V48M28E30EE Weathershield 2 Style Number 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 345 (157) WS38 V48M28E37EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 348 (158) WS38 V48M28E45EE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 550 (250) WS39 V48M28E50EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 583 (265) WS39 V48M28E75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 807 (366) WS19 V48M28E12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 950 (431) WS19 V48M28E49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 928 658B 1371 (622) WS41 V48M28E22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 929 658B 1719 (780) WS42 V48M28E33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% DT-3 150 924 487A 2560 (1162) WS40 V48D28E55EE 750 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 920E 292A 3370 (1530) WS35 V48M28E77EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 204 (93) WS38 V48M28F15EEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 326 (148) WS38 V48M28F30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 419 (190) WS38 V48M28F45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283B 560 (254) WS39 V48M28F75EEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 805 (365) WS19 V48M28F12EEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 1012 (459) WS19 V48M28F49EEES 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 283B 1589 (721) WS34 V48M28F22EEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 283B 1782 (809) WS37 V48M28F33EEES 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 920E 292A 3117 (1415) WS35 V48M28F55EEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 294 (133) WS38 V48M28B15EEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 374 (170) WS38 V48M28B30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283B 586 (266) WS39 V48M28B45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 807 (366) WS19 V48M28B75EEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 1005 (456) WS19 V48M28B12EEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283B 1170 (531) WS34 V48M28B49EEES 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 283B 1764 (801) WS37 V48M28B22EEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 292A 2317 (1052) WS35 V48M28B33EEES 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 920E 292A 3379 (1534) WS35 V48M28B55EEES 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-39 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Aluminum Windings 2 480 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts with 120 Volt Lighting Tap on Phase B 1 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 284B 220 (100) WS38 V48M22E15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 284B 293 (133) WS38 V48M22E30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 284B 348 (158) WS38 V48M22E45EE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 284B 554 (252) WS39 V48M22E75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 284B 820 (372) WS19 V48M22E12EE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 284B 940 (427) WS19 V48M22E49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 284B 1421 (645) WS34 V48M22E22EE 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 284B 1787 (811) WS37 V48M22E33EE 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 293A 2504 (1137) WS35 V48M22E55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 284B 231 (105) WS38 V48M22F15EEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 284B 326 (148) WS38 V48M22F30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 284B 397 (180) WS38 V48M22F45EEES 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 284B 615 (279) WS39 V48M22F75EEES 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 284B 805 (365) WS19 V48M22F12EEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 284B 1012 (459) WS19 V48M22F49EEES 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 284B 1589 (721) WS34 V48M22F22EEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 284B 1782 (809) WS37 V48M22F33EEES 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 920E 293A 3117 (1415) WS35 V48M22F55EEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 284B 294 (133) WS38 V48M22B15EEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 284B 374 (170) WS38 V48M22B30EEES 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 284B 586 (266) WS39 V48M22B45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 284B 807 (366) WS19 V48M22B75EEES 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 284B 1005 (456) WS19 V48M22B12EEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 284B 1170 (531) WS34 V48M22B49EEES 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 284B 1764 (801) WS37 V48M22B22EEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 293A 2317 (1052) WS35 V48M22B33EEES 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Lighting tap limited to 5% of nameplate full load capacity. 2 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-40 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Aluminum Windings 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 220 (100) WS38 V48M47E15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 293 (133) WS38 V48M47E30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 398 (181) WS38 V48M47E45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 554 (252) WS39 V48M47E75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 820 (372) WS19 V48M47E12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 940 (427) WS19 V48M47E49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 283B 1421 (645) WS34 V48M47E22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 283B 1735 (788) WS34 V48M47E33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 292A 2504 (1137) WS35 V48M47E55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 231 (105) WS38 V48M47F15EEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 326 (148) WS38 V48M47F30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 397 (180) WS38 V48M47F45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283B 615 (279) WS39 V48M47F75EEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 805 (365) WS19 V48M47F12EEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 1012 (459) WS19 V48M47F49EEES 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 283B 1589 (721) WS34 V48M47F22EEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 283B 1782 (809) WS37 V48M47F33EEES 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 920E 292A 3117 (1415) WS35 V48M47F55EEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 294 (133) WS38 V48M47B15EEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 374 (170) WS38 V48M47B30EEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283B 586 (266) WS39 V48M47B45EEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 807 (366) WS19 V48M47B75EEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 1005 (456) WS19 V48M47B12EEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283B 1170 (531) WS34 V48M47B49EEES 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 283B 1764 (801) WS37 V48M47B22EEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 292A 2317 (1052) WS35 V48M47B33EEES 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-41 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Copper Windings 2 208 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283A 262 (119) WS38 V29M28E15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283A 351 (159) WS38 V29M28E30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283A 453 (206) WS38 V29M28E45CUEE Full Capacity Taps 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283A 526 (239) WS39 V29M28E75CUEE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 287A 930 (422) WS19 V29R28E12CUEE 2 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 287A 1242 (564) WS19 V29R28E49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 917 287A 1900 (863) WS34 V29R28E22CUEE 2 2 2 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A 287A 2300 (1044) WS34 V29R28E33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 287A 3590 (1630) WS35 V29R28E55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283A 266 (121) WS38 V29M28F15CUEEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283A 476 (215) WS38 V29M28F30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283A 475 (216) WS38 V29M28F45CUEEES 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 287A 700 (318) WS39 V29M28F75CUEEES 2 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 287A 935 (424) WS19 V29R28F12CUEEES 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 287A 1274 (578) WS19 V29R28F49CUEEES 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 917 287A 1743 (791) WS34 V29R28F22CUEEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 287A 2350 (1067) WS35 V29R28F33CUEEES 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 920E 287A 3690 (1675) WS35 V29R28F55CUEEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283A 381 (173) WS38 V29M28B15CUEEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283A 420 (191) WS38 V29M28B30CUEEES 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283A 510 (232) WS38 V29M28B45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283A 940 (427) WS39 V29M28B75CUEEES 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283A 1300 (590) WS19 V29M28B12CUEEES 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A 287A 1800 (817) WS34 V29R28B49CUEEES 2 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 287A 2400 (1090) WS35 V29R28B22CUEEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 920E 287A 3800 (1725) WS35 V29R28B33CUEEES 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-42 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Copper Windings 2 2 208 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 345A 236 (107) WS38 V29M47E15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 345A 351 (159) WS38 V29M47E30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 345A 453 (206) WS38 V29M47E45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 345A 687 (312) WS39 V29M47E75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 315A 930 (422) WS19 V29R47E12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 916A 315A 1242 (564) WS19 V29R47E49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 917 315A 1763 (800) WS34 V29R47E22CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A 315A 2300 (1044) WS34 V29R47E33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 315A 3590 (1630) WS35 V29R47E55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345A 265 (120) WS38 V29M47F15CUEEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345A 475 (215) WS38 V29M47F30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345A 475 (216) WS38 V29M47F45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 345A 768 (349) WS39 V29M47F75CUEEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 345A 935 (424) WS19 V29M47F12CUEEES 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 315A 1274 (578) WS19 V29R47F49CUEEES 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 917 315A 1743 (791) WS34 V29R47F22CUEEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 315A 2350 (1067) WS35 V29R47F33CUEEES 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 920E 315A 3690 (1675) WS35 V29R47F55CUEEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 345A 381 (173) WS38 V29M47B15CUEEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 345A 420 (191) WS38 V29M47B30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 345A 510 (232) WS38 V29M47B45CUEEES 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 914F 315A 940 (427) WS39 V29R47B75CUEEES 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A 315A 1300 (590) WS19 V29R47B12CUEEES 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A 315A 1800 (817) WS34 V29R47B49CUEEES 225 1at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 315A 2400 (1090) WS35 V29R47B22CUEEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 920E 315A 3800 (1725) WS35 V29R47B33CUEEES 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-43 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Copper Windings 2 240 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283G 262 (119) WS38 V24M28E15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283G 351 (159) WS38 V24M28E30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283G 453 (206) WS38 V24M28E45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283G 526 (239) WS39 V24M28E75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283G 930 (422) WS19 V24M28E12CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283G 1242 (564) WS19 V24M28E49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 917 287B 1900 (863) WS34 V24R28E22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A 287B 2300 (1044) WS34 V24R28E33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E 287B 3590 (1630) WS35 V24R28E55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283G 266 (121) WS38 V24M28F15CUEEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283G 475 (215) WS38 V24M28F30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283G 475 (216) WS38 V24M28F45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283G 700 (318) WS39 V24M28F75CUEEES V24M28F12CUEEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283G 935 (424) WS19 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A 287B 1274 (578) WS19 V24R28F49CUEEES 2 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 917 287B 1743 (791) WS34 V24R28F22CUEEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 918A 287B 2350 (1067) WS34 V24R28F33CUEEES 2 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E 287B 3690 (1675) WS35 V24R28F55CUEEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283G 381 (173) WS38 V24M28B15CUEEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283G 420 (191) WS38 V24M28B30CUEEES 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283G 510 (232) WS39 V24M28B45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283G 940 (427) WS19 V24M28B75CUEEES 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A 287B 1300 (590) WS19 V24R28B12CUEEES 2 2 2 2 2 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 917 287B 1800 (817) WS34 V24R28B49CUEEES 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A 287B 2400 (1090) WS34 V24R28B22CUEEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E 287B 3800 (1725) WS35 V24R28B33CUEEES Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-44 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Copper Windings 2 2 240 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 345C 262 (119) WS38 V24M47E15CUEE 345C 351 (159) WS38 V24M47E30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 345C 453 (206) WS38 V24M47E45CUEE 914F 345C 526 (239) WS39 V24M47E75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 345C 930 (422) WS19 V24M47E12CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 345C 1242 (564) WS19 V24M47E49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 918A — 1900 (863) WS34 V24R47E22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E — 2300 (1044) WS35 V24R47E33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 150 919E — 3590 (1630) WS35 V24R47E55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345C 266 (121) WS38 V24M47F15CUEEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345C 475 (215) WS38 V24M47F30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 345C 475 (216) WS38 V24M47F45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 345C 700 (318) WS39 V24M47F75CUEEES 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A — 935 (424) WS19 V24R47F12CUEEES 2 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 916A — 1274 (578) WS19 V24R47F49CUEEES 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 918A — 1743 (791) WS34 V24R47F22CUEEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E — 2350 (1067) WS35 V24R47F33CUEEES 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 115 919E — 3690 (1675) WS35 V24R47F55CUEEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 345C 381 (173) WS38 V24M47B15CUEEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 345C 420 (191) WS38 V24M47B30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 345C 510 (232) WS39 V24M47B45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 345C 940 (427) WS19 V24M47B75CUEEES 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 916A — 1300 (590) WS19 V24R47B12CUEEES 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 918A — 1800 (817) WS34 V24R47B49CUEEES 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E — 2400 (1090) WS35 V24R47B22CUEEES 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3 80 919E — 3800 (1725) WS35 V24R47B33CUEEES 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-45 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Copper Windings 2 440 Delta Volts to 220Y/127 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283Q 251 (114) WS38 V44M31E15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283Q 353 (160) WS38 V44M31E30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283Q 421 (191) WS38 V44M31E45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283Q 648 (294) WS39 V44M31E75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283Q 910 (413) WS19 V44M31E12CUEE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283Q 1052 (478) WS19 V44M31E49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 283Q 1548 (703) WS34 V44M31E22CUEE 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 283Q 2029 (921) WS37 V44M31E33CUEE 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 283Q 3680 (1671) WS35 V44M31E55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283Q 239 (109) WS38 V44M31F15CUEEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283Q 363 (165) WS38 V44M31F30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283Q 442 (201) WS38 V44M31F45CUEEES 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283Q 676 (307) WS39 V44M31F75CUEEES 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283Q 926 (420) WS19 V44M31F12CUEEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283Q 1246 (566) WS19 V44M31F49CUEEES 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 283Q 1692 (768) WS34 V44M31F22CUEEES 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 283Q 2325 (1056) WS37 V44M31F33CUEEES 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 283Q 3646 (1655) WS35 V44M31F55CUEEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283Q 331 (150) WS38 V44M31B15CUEEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283Q 390 (177) WS38 V44M31B30CUEEES 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283Q 545 (247) WS38 V44M31B45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283Q 956 (434) WS19 V44M31B75CUEEES 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283Q 1045 (474) WS19 V44M31B12CUEEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283Q 1425 (647) WS34 V44M31B49CUEEES 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 283Q 2082 (945) WS37 V44M31B22CUEEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 283Q 3283 (1490) WS35 V44M31B33CUEEES 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-46 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Copper Windings 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 251 (114) WS38 V48M28E15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 353 (160) WS38 V48M28E30CUEE 2 2 2 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 415 (188) WS38 V48M28E37CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 421 (191) WS38 V48M28E45CUEE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 647 (294) WS39 V48M28E50CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 648 (294) WS39 V48M28E75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 910 (413) WS19 V48M28E12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 1052 (478) WS19 V48M28E49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 928 658B 1548 (703) WS41 V48M28E22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 929 658B 1622 (737) WS42 V48M28E33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% DT-3 150 924 292A 3680 (1671) WS40 V48D28E55CUEE 750 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 920E 292A 4890 (2220) WS35 V48M28E77CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 239 (109) WS38 V48M28F15CUEEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 363 (165) WS38 V48M28F30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 442 (201) WS38 V48M28F45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283B 676 (307) WS39 V48M28F75CUEEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 926 (420) WS19 V48M28F12CUEEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 1246 (566) WS19 V48M28F49CUEEES 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 292A 1692 (768) WS34 V48M28F22CUEEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 292A 2325 (1056) WS37 V48M28F33CUEEES 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 292A 3646 (1655) WS35 V48M28F55CUEEES 2 2 2 2 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 331 (150) WS38 V48M28B15CUEEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 390 (177) WS38 V48M28B30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 545 (248) WS38 V48M28B45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 956 (434) WS19 V48M28B75CUEEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 1045 (474) WS19 V48M28B12CUEEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 292A 1425 (647) WS34 V48M28B49CUEEES 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 292A 2082 (945) WS37 V48M28B22CUEEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at– 2.5% DT-3 80 919E 292A 3283 (1490) WS35 V48M28B33CUEEES 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 920E 292A 4800 (2179) WS35 V48M28B55CUEEES Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-47 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Copper Windings 2 480 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts with 120 Volt Lighting Tap on Phase B 1 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 284B 253 (115) WS38 V48M22E15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 284B 352 (160) WS38 V48M22E30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 284B 415 (188) WS38 V48M22E45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 284B 703 (319) WS39 V48M22E75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 284B 935 (424) WS19 V48M22E12CUEE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 284B 1134 (515) WS19 V48M22E49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 284B 1955 (888) WS34 V48M22E22CUEE 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 284B 2450 (1112) WS37 V48M22E33CUEE 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 293A 3547 (1610) WS35 V48M22E55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 284B 248 (113) WS38 V48M22F15CUEEES 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 284B 410 (186) WS38 V48M22F30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 284B 445 (202) WS38 V48M22F45CUEEES 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 284B 750 (341) WS39 V48M22F75CUEEES 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 284B 963 (437) WS19 V48M22F12CUEEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 284B 1236 (561) WS19 V48M22F49CUEEES 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 284B 2100 (953) WS34 V48M22F22CUEEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 284B 2600 (1180) WS37 V48M22F33CUEEES 2 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 293A 3700 (1680) WS35 V48M22F55CUEEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 284B 247 (113) WS38 V48M22B15CUEEES 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 284B 460 (209) WS38 V48M22B30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 284B 505 (229) WS38 V48M22B45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 284B 835 (379) WS19 V48M22B75CUEEES 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 284B 1050 (477) WS19 V48M22B12CUEEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 284B 2250 (1022) WS34 V48M22B49CUEEES 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 284B 2900 (1317) WS37 V48M22B22CUEEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 293A 4000 (1816) WS35 V48M22B33CUEEES 2 2 2 Notes 1 Lighting tap limited to 5% of nameplate full load capacity. 2 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-48 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Electrostatically Shielded—Copper Windings 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 340 (154) WS38 V48M47E15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 340 (154) WS38 V48M47E30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 430 (195) WS38 V48M47E45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 677 (307) WS39 V48M47E75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 900 (409) WS19 V48M47E12CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 1132 (514) WS19 V48M47E49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 283B 1550 (704) WS34 V48M47E22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 283B 2550 (1158) WS37 V48M47E33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 292A 3412 (1549) WS35 V48M47E55CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 258 (117) WS38 V48M47F15CUEEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 426 (193) WS38 V48M47F30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 446 (202) WS38 V48M47F45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283B 666 (302) WS39 V48M47F75CUEEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 912 (414) WS19 V48M47F12CUEEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 283B 1600 (726) WS19 V48M47F49CUEEES 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 283B 2107 (957) WS34 V48M47F22CUEEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 283B 2418 (1098) WS37 V48M47F33CUEEES 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 292A 3800 (1725) WS35 V48M47F55CUEEES 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 369 (168) WS38 V48M47B15CUEEES 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 430 (195) WS38 V48M47B30CUEEES 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 552 (251) WS38 V48M47B45CUEEES 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 920 (418) WS19 V48M47B75CUEEES 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 1210 (549) WS19 V48M47B12CUEEES 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283B 1702 (773) WS34 V48M47B49CUEEES 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 283B 2313 (1050) WS37 V48M47B22CUEEES 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 292A 3100 (1407) WS35 V48M47B22CUEEES 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-49 2.1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Accessories Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. Technical Data and Specifications Frequency Enclosures Sound Levels Eaton standard dry-type distribution transformers are designed for 60 Hz operation. Transformers required for other frequencies are available and must be specifically designed. Eaton’s ventilated transformers, Types DS-3 and DT-3, use a NEMA 2 rated (drip-proof) enclosure as standard, and are rated NEMA 3R with the addition of weathershields. Overload Capability Winding Terminations Short-term overload is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour, 150% load for one hour and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Primary and secondary windings are terminated in the wiring compartment. Encapsulated units have copper leads or stabs brought out for connections. Ventilated transformers have leads brought out to terminals that are pre-drilled to accept Cu/Al lugs. Aluminum-wound transformers have aluminum terminals; copper-wound models have copper terminals. Lugs are not supplied with these transformers. Eaton recommends external cables be rated 90°C (sized at 75°C ampacity) for encapsulated designs and 75°C for ventilated designs. All Eaton 600 volt class general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed to meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels listed here. These are the sound levels measured in a soundproof environment. Actual sound levels measured at an installation Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. Insulation System and Temperature Rise Series-Multiple Windings Industry standards classify insulation systems and rise as shown below: Insulation System Classification Ambient + Winding Rise + Hot Spot = Temp. Class 40°C 55°C 10°C 105°C 2 40°C 80°C 30°C 150°C 2 25°C 135°C 20°C 180°C 40°C 115°C 30°C 185°C 2 40°C 150°C 30°C 220°C 2 The design life of transformers having different insulation systems is the same—the lower-temperature systems are designed for the same life as the higher-temperature systems. 2 2 2 2 Average Sound Levels 1 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV V2-T2-50 Above 1.2 kV kVA Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 0–9 40 45 45 10–50 45 50 50 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 Notes 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Series-multiple windings consist of two similar coils in each winding that can be connected in series or parallel (multiple). Transformers with series-multiple windings are designated with an “x” or “/” between the voltage ratings, such as voltages of “120/240” or “240 x 480.” If the series-multiple winding is designated by an “x,” the winding can be connected only for a series or parallel. With the “/” designation, a mid-point also becomes available in addition to the series or parallel connection. As an example, a 120 x 240 winding can be connected for either 120 (parallel) or 240 (series), but a 120/240 winding can be connected for 120 (parallel), or 240 (series), or 240 with a 120 mid-point. For additional information, please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. 2 will likely be higher (as much as 15 dB greater) due to electrical connections and environmental conditions. Lower sound levels are available and should be specified when the transformer is going to be installed in an area where sound may be a concern. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers 2.1 K-Factor Product Description A common industry term for the amount of harmonics produced by a given load is the K-factor. The larger the K-factor, the more harmonics are present. Linear loads, for example, have a K-factor of 1. Transformers may carry a K-factor rating to define the transformer’s ability to withstand the additional heating generated by harmonic currents. Calculating the K-Factor All nonlinear waveforms can be broken down mathematically into a fundamental frequency and its harmonics. IEEE C57.110 establishes a direct relationship between these harmonics and transformer heating. Underwriters Laboratories has established a similar relationship, the K-factor, which is derived by summing the square of the percentage current at a given harmonic level multiplied by the square of the harmonic order. K = ²(Ih)2(h)2 Ih = Percent Current at Harmonic h h = Harmonic Order, i.e., 3rd, 5th, 7th For example, a load that is 90% of the fundamental, 30% of the third harmonic, and 20% of the fifth harmonic would yield (.9)2(1)2 + (.3)2(3)2 + (.2)2(5)2 or a K-factor of 2.62. This load would require an Eaton KT-4 transformer with a K-factor rating of 4. Transformers that carry a K-factor rating define the transformer’s ability to withstand a given harmonic load while operating within the transformer’s insulation class. An analysis of harmonic loads and a calculation of the K-factor must be made to properly apply transformers in any building or facility. Note that the calculated K-factor is not constant because nonlinear loads change throughout the day as equipment and lighting is turned off and on. These harmonic loads also change over the life of the building or facility as equipment is added or removed. Harmonic Currents Harmonic currents are found in nonlinear loads. These currents are generated by various types of equipment including switching mode power supplies that abruptly switch current on and off during each line cycle. Switching mode power supplies or diode-capacitor power supplies convert AC line voltage to low voltage DC. This process is accomplished by charging capacitors during each line cycle with narrow pluses of current that are timecoincident with line voltage peaks. Examples of this equipment include electronic ballasts for fluorescent lighting, personal computers, printers, fax machines, electronic and medical test equipment, uninterruptible power supplies, and solid-state motor drives. Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 volt class standard Three-phase, 480 delta– 208Y/120 volt standard Single-phase, 240 x 480 volt–120/240 volt standard 150°C rise standard, 80°C and 115ºC available Three-phase neutrals sized for 200% of rated current Electrostatic shield Note: Electrostatic shields do not reduce harmonic levels. However, because of the nature of switching mode loads, these shields do reduce transient noise in the system, which may affect sensitive computer loads. ● ● ● Aluminum windings (copper optional) Class 220°C insulation Reduced core flux density Note: Reduced core flux prevents the core from saturation and overheating due to voltage distortions caused by harmonic currents. ● ● ● ● ● ● Indoor enclosures (weathershields optional, for outdoor applications) Coils designed to minimize stray losses K4, K13 standard K9, K20, K30, K40, K50 optional Low sound level (–3 dB, –5 dB) available as options Available with NEMA TP-1 efficiency levels Standards and Certifications ● UL listed 2 2 2 2 Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. All 600 volt class transformers are UL listed unless otherwise noted. Seismically Qualified Eaton manufactured dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed requirements of the Uniform Building Code (UBC), International Building Code (IBC) and California Code Title 24. Catalog Number Selection Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note: Nonlinear is synonymous with the term non-sinusoidal. 2 2 Harmonic Currents Found in Nonlinear Loads Cause Wave Shape Distortion and Create Added Stresses on Transformers 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-51 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers 2 Product Selection 2 Single-Phase—K-Factor Rated 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 K-4 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 2 DS-3 150 816 261A 222 (101) WS11 HT20P11S15EE 25 2 2 DS-3 150 818 261A 360 (163) WS11 HT20P11S25EE 2 37.5 2 2 DS-3 150 818 261A 365 (166) WS11 HT20P11S37EE 2 2 2 50 DS-3 150 819 261A 560 (254) WS16 HT20P11S50EE 75 2 2 DS-3 150 820 261A 688 (312) WS16 HT20P11S75EE 2 15 2 2 DS-3 115 816 261A 229 (104) WS11 HT20P11F15EE 25 2 2 DS-3 115 818 261A 365 (166) WS11 HT20P11F25EE 2 37.5 2 2 DS-3 115 818 261A 380 (172) WS11 HT20P11F37EE 50 2 2 DS-3 115 819 261A 580 (263) WS16 HT20P11F50EE 2 75 2 2 DS-3 115 820 261A 700 (318) WS16 HT20P11F75EE 2 15 2 2 DS-3 80 816 261A — WS11 HT20P11B15EE 25 2 2 DS-3 80 818 261A — WS11 HT20P11B25EE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 80 819 261A — WS16 HT20P11B37EE 50 2 2 DS-3 80 820 261A — WS16 HT20P11B50EE 75 2 2 DS-3 80 821 261A 976 (443) WS13 HT20P11B75EE 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 K-13 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 2 DS-3 150 816 261A 247 (112) WS11 NT20P11S15EE 2 25 2 2 DS-3 150 818 261A 370 (168) WS11 NT20P11S25EE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 150 819 261A 580 (263) WS16 NT20P11S37EE 2 50 2 2 DS-3 150 820 261A 700 (318) WS16 NT20P11S50EE 75 2 2 DS-3 150 821 261A 924 (419) WS13 NT20P11S75EE 2 15 2 2 DS-3 115 816 261A 260 (118) WS11 NT20P11F15EE 2 2 25 2 DS-3 115 818 261A 380 (172) WS11 NT20P11F25EE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 115 819 261A 590 (268) WS16 NT20P11F37EE 2 50 2 2 DS-3 115 820 261A 700 (318) WS16 NT20P11F50EE 75 2 2 DS-3 115 821 261A 970 (440) WS13 NT20P11F75EE 2 15 2 2 DS-3 80 816 261A — WS11 NT20P11B15EE 25 2 2 DS-3 80 818 261A — WS11 NT20P11B25EE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 80 819 261A — WS16 NT20P11B37EE 50 2 2 DS-3 80 820 261A — WS16 NT20P11B50EE 75 2 2 DS-3 80 821 261A — WS13 NT20P11B75EE 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 240 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 480 volts primary. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-52 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—K-Factor Rated 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 2 K-4 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 206 (94) WS38 H48M28T15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 311 (141) WS38 H48M28T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 400 (182) WS38 H48M28T45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 547 (248) WS39 H48M28T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 800 (363) WS19 H48M28T12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 1010 (459) WS19 H48M28T49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 283B 1680 (763) WS34 H48M28T22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 292A 2122 (963) WS35 H48M28T33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 920E 292A 3201 (1453) WS35 H48M28T55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 307 (139) WS38 H48M28F15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 313 (142) WS38 H48M28F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 400 (182) WS38 H48M28F45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283B 587 (266) WS39 H48M28F75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 947 (430) WS19 H48M28F12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 283B 1243 (564) WS34 H48M28F49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 283B 1680 (763) WS34 H48M28F22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 292A 2480 (1126) WS35 H48M28F33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 920E 292A 3280 (1489) WS35 H48M28F55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 378 (172) WS38 H48M28B15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 365 (166) WS38 H48M28B30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283B 550 (250) WS39 H48M28B45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 774 (351) WS19 H48M28B75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283B 1380 (627) WS34 H48M28B12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 283B 1604 (728) WS34 H48M28B49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 292A 2336 (1061) WS35 H48M28B22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 292A 2689 (1221) WS35 H48M28B33EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-53 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—K-Factor Rated 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 K-13 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 271 (123) WS38 N48M28T15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 365 (166) WS38 N48M28T30EE 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 545 (247) WS39 N48M28T45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 812 (369) WS19 N48M28T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 920 (418) WS19 N48M28T12EE 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 283B 1221 (554) WS34 N48M28T49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 283B 1960 (890) WS37 N48M28T22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 292A 2358 (1071) WS35 N48M28T33EE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 922 292A 4799 (2179) WS36 N48M28T55EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 332 (151) WS38 N48M28F15EE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 390 (177) WS38 N48M28F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283B 548 (249) WS39 N48M28F45EE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 808 (367) WS19 N48M28F75EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 990 (449) WS19 N48M28F12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 292A 1769 (803) WS34 N48M28F49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 292A 2306 (1047) WS35 N48M28F22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 292A 3291 (1494) WS35 N48M28F33EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 315 (143) WS38 N48M28B15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 408 (185) WS38 N48M28B30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283B 555 (252) WS39 N48M28B45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 838 (380) WS19 N48M28B75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283B 1367 (621) WS34 N48M28B12EE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 292A 1607 (730) WS34 N48M28B49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 292A 2582 (1172) WS35 N48M28B22EE 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 920E 292A 3228 (1466) WS35 N48M28B33EE 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-54 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—K-Factor Rated 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Aluminum Windings 2 2 K-20 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 295 (134) WS38 G48M28T15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 367 (167) WS38 G48M28T30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 563 (256) WS39 G48M28T45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 808 (367) WS19 G48M28T75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 283B 1379 (626) WS34 G48M28T12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 292A 1559 (708) WS34 G48M28T49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 292A 2600 (1180) WS35 G48M28T22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 292A 2968 (1347) WS35 G48M28T33EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 300 (136) WS38 G48M28F15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 403 (183) WS38 G48M28F30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283B 574 (261) WS39 G48M28F45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 911 (414) WS19 G48M28F75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 283B 1379 (626) WS34 G48M28F12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 292A — WS34 G48M28F49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 292A — WS35 G48M28F22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 292A — WS35 G48M28F33EE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 340 (154) WS38 G48M28B15EE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 405 (184) WS38 G48M28B30EE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283B 580 (263) WS39 G48M28B45EE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 930 (422) WS19 G48M28B75EE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283B 1400 (636) WS34 G48M28B12EE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 292A — WS34 G48M28B49EE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 292A — WS35 G48M28B22EE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 292A — WS35 G48M28B33EE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-55 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Single-Phase—K-Factor Rated 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 K-4 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 2 DS-3 150 816 261A 280 (127) WS11 HT20P11S15CUEE 25 2 2 DS-3 150 818 261A 431 (195) WS11 HT20P11S25CUEE 2 37.5 2 2 DS-3 150 818 261A 437 (198) WS11 HT20P11S37CUEE 50 2 2 DS-3 150 819 261A 686 (311) WS16 HT20P11S50CUEE 75 2 2 DS-3 150 820 261A — WS16 HT20P11S75CUEE 15 2 2 DS-3 115 816 261A 276 (125) WS11 HT20P11F15CUEE 25 2 2 DS-3 115 818 261A 435 (197) WS11 HT20P11F25CUEE 2 37.5 2 2 DS-3 115 818 261A 440 (200) WS11 HT20P11F37CUEE 2 2 2 50 DS-3 115 820 261A 700 (318) WS16 HT20P11F50CUEE 75 2 2 DS-3 115 821 261A — WS13 HT20P11F75CUEE 2 15 2 2 DS-3 80 816 261A — WS11 HT20P11B15CUEE 25 2 2 DS-3 80 818 261A — WS11 HT20P11B25CUEE 2 37.5 2 2 DS-3 80 819 261A — WS16 HT20P11B37CUEE 50 2 2 DS-3 80 820 261A — WS16 HT20P11B50CUEE 75 2 2 DS-3 80 821 261A — WS13 HT20P11B75CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps K-13 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 2 DS-3 150 816 261A 283 (128) WS11 NT20P11S15CUEE 2 25 2 2 DS-3 150 818 261A 420 (191) WS11 NT20P11S25CUEE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 150 818 261A 425 (193) WS11 NT20P11S37CUEE 2 50 2 2 DS-3 150 820 261A 690 (313) WS16 NT20P11S50CUEE 75 2 2 DS-3 150 821 261A 1056 (479) WS13 NT20P11S75CUEE 15 2 2 DS-3 115 818 261A 411 (186) WS11 NT20P11F15CUEE 2 25 2 2 DS-3 115 818 261A 427 (194) WS11 NT20P11F25CUEE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 115 819 261A 435 (197) WS16 NT20P11F37CUEE 2 50 2 2 DS-3 115 820 261A 710 (322) WS16 NT20P11F50CUEE 75 2 2 DS-3 115 821 261A 1100 (499) WS13 NT20P11F75CUEE 2 15 2 2 DS-3 80 818 261A — WS11 NT20P11B15CUEE 2 2 2 25 DS-3 80 818 261A — WS11 NT20P11B25CUEE 37.5 2 2 DS-3 80 819 261A — WS16 NT20P11B37CUEE 50 2 2 DS-3 80 820 261A — WS16 NT20P11B50CUEE 75 2 2 DS-3 80 821 261A — WS13 NT20P11B75CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 240 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 480 volts primary. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-56 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—K-Factor Rated 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 K-4 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 251 (114) WS38 H48M28T15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 326 (148) WS38 H48M28T30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 479 (217) WS38 H48M28T45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 463 (210) WS39 H48M28T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 977 (444) WS19 H48M28T12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 1212 (550) WS19 H48M28T49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 292A 1815 (824) WS34 H48M28T22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 283B 2400 (1090) WS37 H48M28T33CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 256 (116) WS38 H48M28F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 341 (155) WS38 H48M28F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 526 (239) WS38 H48M28F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283B 759 (345) WS39 H48M28F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 1030 (468) WS19 H48M28F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 283B 1631 (740) WS34 H48M28F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 292A 1965 (892) WS34 H48M28F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 283B 2337 (1061) WS37 H48M28F33CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 365 (166) WS38 H48M28B15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 424 (192) WS38 H48M28B30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283B 653 (296) WS39 H48M28B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 640 (291) WS19 H48M28B75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 1264 (574) WS19 H48M28B12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 292A 1685 (765) WS34 H48M28B49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 292A 2096 (952) WS37 H48M28B22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 292A 4600 (2087) WS35 H48M28B33CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-57 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—K-Factor Rated 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 K-13 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 346 (157) WS38 N48M28T15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 390 (177) WS38 N48M28T30CUEE 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 623 (283) WS39 N48M28T45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 848 (385) WS19 N48M28T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 1080 (490) WS19 N48M28T12CUEE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 292A 1431 (650) WS34 N48M28T49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 292A 2129 (967) WS37 N48M28T22CUEE 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 341 (155) WS38 N48M28F15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 444 (202) WS38 N48M28F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283B 598 (271) WS39 N48M28F45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 894 (406) WS19 N48M28F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 1054 (479) WS19 N48M28F12CUEE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 292A 1399 (635) WS34 N48M28F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 292A 2088 (948) WS37 N48M28F22CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 370 (168) WS38 N48M28B15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 490 (222) WS38 N48M28B30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283B 635 (288) WS39 N48M28B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 987 (448) WS19 N48M28B75CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 854 (388) WS19 N48M28B12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 283B 1134 (515) WS34 N48M28B49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919 292A 4091 (1857) WS35 N48M28B22CUEE Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-58 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.1 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—K-Factor Rated 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 K-20 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 390 (177) WS38 G48M28T15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 431 (196) WS38 G48M28T30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 914F 283B 639 (290) WS39 G48M28T45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 905 (411) WS19 G48M28T75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 283B 1060 (481) WS19 G48M28T12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 283B 1808 (821) WS34 G48M28T49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 923 283B 2386 (1083) WS37 G48M28T22CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 400 (182) WS38 G48M28F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 450 (204) WS38 G48M28F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 914F 283B 690 (313) WS39 G48M28F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 283B 1148 (521) WS19 G48M28F75CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 283B — WS34 G48M28F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 923 283B — WS37 G48M28F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 292A — WS35 G48M28F22CUEE 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 400 (182) WS38 G48M28B15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 441 (200) WS38 G48M28B30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 914F 283B 676 (307) WS39 G48M28B45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 283B 1140 (518) WS19 G48M28B75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 292A — WS34 G48M28B12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 923 292A 2417 (1097) WS37 G48M28B49CUEE 2 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 2 2 2 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-59 2.1 2 Transformers NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Transformers Accessories Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. 2 2 Technical Data and Specifications 2 Frequency Eaton standard dry-type distribution transformers are designed for 60 Hz operation. Transformers required for other frequencies are available and must be specifically designed. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Overload Capability Short-term overload is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour, 150% load for one hour, and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. 2 2 Insulation System and Temperature Rise Industry standards classify insulation systems and rise as shown below: Insulation System Classification Sound Levels All Eaton 600 volt class general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed to meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels listed here. These are the sound levels measured in a soundproof environment. Actual sound levels measured at an installation will likely be higher due to electrical connections and Ambient + Winding Rise + Hot Spot = Temp. Class 40°C 55°C 10°C 105°C 40°C 80°C 30°C 150°C 25°C 135°C 20°C 180°C 40°C 115°C 30°C 185°C Average Sound Levels 1 40°C 150°C 30°C 220°C NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB 2 2 2 2 2 Up to 1.2 kV Above 1.2 kV The design life of transformers having different insulation systems is the same—the lower-temperature systems are designed for the same life as the higher-temperature systems. Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 0–9 40 45 45 Enclosures Eaton ventilated transformers, Type KT, use a NEMA 2 rated (drip-proof) enclosure as standard, and are rated NEMA 3R with the addition of weathershields. 10–50 45 50 50 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 Notes 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-60 For additional information, please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-194. kVA Winding Terminations Primary and secondary windings are terminated in the wiring compartment. Ventilated transformers have leads brought out to aluminum pads that are predrilled to accept Cu/Al lugs. Lugs are not supplied with these transformers. Eaton recommends that external cables be rated 75°C for ventilated designs. 2 environmental conditions. Lower sound levels are available and should be specified when the transformer is going to be installed in an area where sound may be a concern. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.2 Transformers NEMA Premium and E3 Super Efficient Transformers Contents Description Page NEMA Premium Efficient Transformers Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3 Super Efficient Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T2-62 V2-T2-62 V2-T2-63 V2-T2-63 V2-T2-66 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NEMA Premium® Efficient Transformers Product Description Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Types DS-3, DT-3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Ventilated, NEMA 2 enclosure standard Suitable for indoor applications, outdoors when weathershields are also installed Upright mounting only 220ºC insulation system 150ºC rise standard; 115°C or 80°C rise optional Available in single-phase ratings 15–167 kVA, 600 volts primary (DS-3) Available in three-phase ratings 15–1000 kVA and up to 600 volts primary (DT-3) Application Description NEMA Premium Efficient compliant energy-efficient transformers are specifically designed to meet the energy efficiency standards set forth in NEMA publication “NEMA Premium Efficiency Transformer Program Guidelines.” Surveys have shown that the average loading of low voltage dry-type distribution transformers, over a 24-hour period, is approximately 35%. NEMA Premium compliant transformers are optimized to offer maximum efficiency at 35% of nameplate rating. The range of products covered by NEMA Premium Efficient are: NEMA Premium Efficient Product Range Rating Voltage Class Voltage Dry-Type Single-phase 15–333 kVA Rating Three-phase 15–1000 kVA Transformers that are currently specifically excluded from the scope of NEMA Premium Program include: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Liquid-filled transformers below 10 kVA Dry-type transformers below 15 kVA AC and DC drives transformers Rectifier transformers designed for high harmonics Autotransformers Non-distribution transformers, such as UPS transformers Special impedance or regulation transformers Regulating transformers Sealed and non-ventilated transformers Machine tool transformers Welding transformers Transformers with tap ranges greater than 15% Transformers with a frequency other than 60 Hz Grounding transformers Testing transformers NEMA Premium Efficient Efficiency Levels Tables of Energy Efficiency NEMA Premium Efficiency Levels Dry-Type Distribution Transformers— Low Voltage (600V and below) Single-Phase Three-Phase kVA Efficiency kVA Efficiency 15 98.39 15 97.90 25 98.60 30 98.25 37.5 98.74 45 98.39 50 98.81 75 98.60 75 98.95 112.5 98.74 100 99.02 150 98.81 167 99.09 225 98.95 250 99.16 300 99.02 333 99.23 500 99.09 — — 750 99.16 — — 1000 99.23 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-61 2.2 Transformers NEMA Premium and E3 Super Efficient Transformers 2 Features, Benefits and Functions 2 ● 2 ● 2 2 2 2 ● ● 60 Hz operation (except as noted) Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels Exceed federal energy efficiency requirements for low voltage dry-type distribution transformers effective as of January 1, 2007 2 Standards and Certifications ● UL listed Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. All 600 volt class transformers are UL listed unless otherwise noted. Seismically Qualified Eaton manufactured dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed requirements of the Uniform Building Code (UBC), International Building Code (IBC) and California Code Title 24. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-62 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.2 Transformers NEMA Premium and E3 Super Efficient Transformers Catalog Number Selection 2 Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. 2 Product Selection Additional Product Selection information begins on Page V2-T2-189. 2 Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA Premium Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 K-1 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T15CUN3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T30CUN3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T45CUN3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T75CUN3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T12CUN3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T49CUN3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T22CUN3 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T33CUN3 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F15CUN3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F30CUN3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F45CUN3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F75CUN3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F12CUN3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F49CUN3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F22CUN3 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F33CUN3 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B15CUN3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B30CUN3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B45CUN3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B75CUN3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B12CUN3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B49CUN3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B22CUN3 Note For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-63 2.2 2 Transformers NEMA Premium and E3 Super Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA Premium Efficient—Copper Windings 2 K-9 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — B48M28T15CUN3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — B48M28T30CUN3 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — B48M28T45CUN3 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — B48M28T75CUN3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — B48M28T12CUN3 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — B48M28T49CUN3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — B48M28T22CUN3 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — B48M28T33CUN3 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — B48M28F15CUN3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — B48M28F30CUN3 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — B48M28F45CUN3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — B48M28F75CUN3 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — B48M28F12CUN3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — B48M28F49CUN3 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — B48M28F22CUN3 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — B48M28F33CUN3 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — B48M28B15CUN3 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — B48M28B30CUN3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — B48M28B45CUN3 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — B48M28B75CUN3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — B48M28B12CUN3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — B48M28B49CUN3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — B48M28B22CUN3 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Note For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-64 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.2 Transformers NEMA Premium and E3 Super Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA Premium Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 K-13 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at -2.5% DT-3 150 — 283C — — N48M28T15CUN3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — N48M28T30CUN3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — N48M28T45CUN3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — N48M28T75CUN3 2 2 2 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — N48M28T12CUN3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — N48M28T49CUN3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — N48M28T22CUN3 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 292A — — N48M28T33CUN3 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283C — — N48M28F15CUN3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — N48M28F30CUN3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — N48M28F45CUN3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — N48M28F75CUN3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — N48M28F12CUN3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — N48M28F49CUN3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — N48M28F22CUN3 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 292A — — N48M28F33CUN3 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — N48M28B15CUN3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — N48M28B30CUN3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — N48M28B45CUN3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — N48M28B75CUN3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — N48M28B12CUN3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — N48M28B49CUN3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 292A — — N48M28B22CUN3 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-65 2.2 Transformers NEMA Premium and E3 Super Efficient Transformers Contents 2 Description 2 Page NEMA Premium Efficient Transformers . . . . . . . . E3 Super Efficient Transformers Features, Benefits and Functions. . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 2 V2-T2-61 V2-T2-67 V2-T2-67 V2-T2-68 V2-T2-68 2 2 2 2 2 2 E3 Super Efficient Transformers 2 Product Description 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Types DS-3, DT-3 ● Ventilated, NEMA 2 enclosure standard ● Suitable for indoor applications, outdoors when weathershields are also installed ● Upright mounting only ● 220ºC insulation system ● 150ºC rise standard; 115°C or 80°C rise optional ● Available in single-phase ratings 15–167 kVA, 600 volts primary (DS-3) ● Available in three-phase ratings 15–1000 kVA and up to 600 volts primary (DT-3) 2 Application Description E3 CSL3-2007energyefficient transformers are specifically designed to meet the energy efficiency guidelines as intended in the U.S. Department of Energy 10 CFR Parts 430 and 431, dated October 12, 2007. Surveys have shown that the average loading of low voltage dry-type distribution transformers, over a 24-hour period, is approximately 35%. E3 Efficient transformers are optimized to offer maximum efficiency at 35% of nameplate rating. Additional clarifications regarding CSL3-2007 can be found in NEMA’s whitepaper “Clarifications on the Use of Department of Energy Design—Line 6, 7 and 8 transformers contained within 10 CFR 430 and 431.” The range of products covered by E3 Efficient are: E3 Efficient Product Range 2 Rating 2 Voltage Class Voltage Dry-Type Single-phase 15–333 kVA Rating Three-phase 15–1000 kVA 2 Transformers that are excluded from the scope of E3 Efficient transformers include: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Liquid-filled transformers below 10 kVA Dry-type transformers below 15 kVA AC and DC drives transformers Rectifier transformers designed for high harmonics Autotransformers Non-distribution transformers, such as UPS transformers Special impedance or regulation transformers Regulating transformers Sealed and non-ventilated transformers Machine tool transformers Welding transformers Transformers with tap ranges greater than 15% Transformers with a frequency other than 60 Hz Grounding transformers Testing transformers 2 2 V2-T2-66 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com E3 Efficient Efficiency Levels Tables of Energy Efficiency E3 Efficiency Levels Dry-Type Distribution Transformers— Low Voltage (600V and below) Single-Phase Three-Phase kVA Efficiency kVA Efficiency 15 98.23 15 97.97 25 98.44 30 98.29 37.5 98.59 45 98.45 50 98.69 75 98.64 75 98.64 112.5 98.77 100 98.90 150 98.86 167 99.03 225 98.97 250 99.12 300 99.04 333 99.18 500 99.16 — — 750 99.24 — — 1000 99.29 Transformers NEMA Premium and E3 Super Efficient Transformers Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● ● ● 60 Hz operation (except as noted) Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels Meet or exceed federal energy efficiency requirements for low voltage dry-type distribution transformers as intended in U.S. DOE Document 10 CFR Parts 430 and 431, dated October 12, 2007. 2.2 Standards and Certifications ● 2 UL listed 2 2 2 Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. All 600 volt class transformers are UL listed unless otherwise noted. 2 2 2 2 Seismically Qualified Eaton manufactured dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed requirements of the Uniform Building Code (UBC), International Building Code (IBC) and California Code Title 24. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-67 2.2 2 Transformers NEMA Premium and E3 Super Efficient Transformers Catalog Number Selection Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. 2 2 2 Product Selection Additional Product Selection information begins on Page V2-T2-189. Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz E3 Super Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 K-1 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T15CUE3 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T30CUE3 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T45CUE3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T75CUE3 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T12CUE3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T49CUE3 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T22CUE3 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 283B — — V48M28T33CUE3 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F15CUE3 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F30CUE3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F45CUE3 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F75CUE3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F12CUE3 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F49CUE3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F22CUE3 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 283B — — V48M28F33CUE3 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B15CUE3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B30CUE3 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B45CUE3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B75CUE3 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B12CUE3 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B49CUE3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 283B — — V48M28B22CUE3 2 Note For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-68 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.2 Transformers NEMA Premium and E3 Super Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz E3 Super Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 2 K-9 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 330 (150) WS38 B48M28T15CUE3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 400 (182) WS38 B48M28T30CUE3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 283B 630 (286) WS39 B48M28T45CUE3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 283B 865 (393) WS39 B48M28T75CUE3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 283B 1520 (690) WS34 B48M28T12CUE3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 283B 1650 (749) WS34 B48M28T49CUE3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 283B 2090 (949) WS34 B48M28T22CUE3 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 283B 3900 (1771) WS35 B48M28T33CUE3 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 335 (152) WS38 B48M28F15CUE3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 406 (184) WS38 B48M28F30CUE3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 283B 635 (288) WS39 B48M28F45CUE3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 283B 870 (395) WS39 B48M28F75CUE3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 283B 1526 (693) WS34 B48M28F12CUE3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 283B 1665 (756) WS34 B48M28F49CUE3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 283B 2094 (951) WS34 B48M28F22CUE3 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 283B 3900 (1771) WS35 B48M28F33CUE3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 406 (184) WS38 B48M28B15CUE3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 283B 635 (288) WS39 B48M28B30CUE3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 283B 870 (395) WS39 B48M28B45CUE3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283B 1526 (693) WS34 B48M28B75CUE3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283B 1665 (756) WS34 B48M28B12CUE3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 283B 2094 (951) WS34 B48M28B49CUE3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 283B 3900 (1771) WS35 B48M28B22CUE3 Notes 1 Weights subject to change. 2 2 2 2 2 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-69 2.2 2 Transformers NEMA Premium and E3 Super Efficient Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz E3 Super Energy-Efficient—Copper Windings 2 K-13 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 1 Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at -2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283C 325 (148) WS38 N48M28T15CUE3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 283B 370 (168) WS38 N48M28T30CUE3 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 283B 635 (288) WS39 N48M28T45CUE3 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 283B 870 (395) WS39 N48M28T75CUE3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 283B 1526 (693) WS34 N48M28T12CUE3 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 283B 1665 (756) WS34 N48M28T49CUE3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 283B 2094 (951) WS34 N48M28T22CUE3 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919E 292A 3900 (1771) WS35 N48M28T33CUE3 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283C 325 (148) WS38 N48M28F15CUE3 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 283B 370 (168) WS38 N48M28F30CUE3 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 283B 635 (288) WS39 N48M28F45CUE3 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 283B 870 (395) WS39 N48M28F75CUE3 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 283B 1526 (693) WS34 N48M28F12CUE3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 283B 1665 (756) WS34 N48M28F49CUE3 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 283B 2094 (951) WS34 N48M28F22CUE3 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919E 292A 3900 (1771) WS35 N48M28F33CUE3 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 283B 370 (168) WS38 N48M28B15CUE3 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 283B 635 (288) WS39 N48M28B30CUE3 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 283B 870 (395) WS39 N48M28B45CUE3 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283B 1526 (693) WS34 N48M28B75CUE3 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 283B 1665 (756) WS34 N48M28B12CUE3 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 283B 2094 (951) WS34 N48M28B49CUE3 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919E 292A 3900 (1771) WS35 N48M28B22CUE3 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Weights subject to change. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-70 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers 2.3 Contents Harmonic Mitigating Transformer Description Page Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NEMA TP-1 Efficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E3 Super Efficient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . V2-T2-72 V2-T2-72 V2-T2-73 V2-T2-73 V2-T2-81 V2-T2-89 V2-T2-89 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Product Description Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. The electrical transformer has been a staple of electrical power systems for the past 100+ years. While the types of electrical loads that are being added to our systems today have radically changed, the transformer has stayed relatively the same in design during this time frame. Eaton’s harmonic mitigating transformer (HMT) represents the evolution of the transformer into something that will best provide clean, energyefficient electricity to power the loads of today and tomorrow. The recent shift of our electrical loads from predominately AC consumers (resistive heating elements, incandescent lighting, three-phase motor load) to DC consumers (such as computers, fax machines, Features and Benefits printers, down to the “wall-wart” that recharges the cell phone) requires that our electrical infrastructure changes as well. These new loads now introduce other currents and frequencies into our electrical power systems—commonly known as “harmonics.” Harmonic currents can cause additional heating, which may cause transformers, generators and conductors to become overloaded. Excessive heat is one of the major reasons that standard transformers and conductors fail prematurely. These harmonic currents have various other effects (such as “loss of ride-through capability,” reduced lifespan and mysterious misoperation of equipment) on the components and loads of an electrical distribution system. Eaton’s HMTs, when used properly within an electrical system, will help keep the loads operating the way the manufacturer designed them and keep the facility’s electrical system free from voltage distortion. Three-Phase, Type DT-3 HMT, 60 Hz ● ● ● ● ● ● Harmonic mitigating (cancellation) transformers are a cost-effective means of treating harmful harmonics in an electrical distribution system Reducing harmonic content in electrical systems can result in a more reliable electrical system, lower maintenance costs, less downtime, fewer equipment malfunctions, and lower cooling system capacity Available in a variety of phase-shift configurations that allow flexibility to target specific families of harmonics Harmonic treatment via electromagnetic flux cancellation May be installed as a stand-alone transformer, or included in IFS™ Available in three-phase ratings, 15–500 kVA, up to 600 volts primary ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 480 volt to 208/120 volt standard. Additional voltage combinations available 150°C, 115°C or 80°C temperature rise available Copper windings and terminals standard; aluminum available Meet or exceed NEMA TP-1 energy-efficiency level 200% rated neutral Single electrostatic shield for attenuation of common mode and transverse mode noise Approximately 98% efficient when operated in systems with 100% nonlinear load profiles 220°C insulation system Third-party tested for harmonic performance and energy efficiency Meet NEMA ST-20 sound standards Eliminate circulating harmonic currents in primary windings of transformers Enclosures are NEMA 2 drip-proof. The addition of optional weather-shields makes the enclosure NEMA 3R rainproof Harmonic cancellation via electromagnetic flux cancellation. Filters, capacitors or other such devices are not used Help meet IEEE 519 harmonic limits Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-71 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.3 2 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Standards and Certifications ● UL listed 2 2 2 2 Industry Standards IEEE 519-1992 Seismic Qualified All Eaton dry-type transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards. Harmonic mitigating transformers are UL listed. Proper use of Eaton’s harmonic mitigating transformers within your electrical system will help you to meet the harmonic distortion limits as proposed by IEEE 519-1992, “IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical Power Systems.” Eaton dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed the requirements of the Uniform Building Code (UBC), International Building Code (IBC) and California Code Title 24. 2 2 2 Catalog Number Selection 2 Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers X 48 M 28 F 30 TCUEE NEG 2 2 Primary Voltage 1 48 = 480 three-phase, three-wire 60 = 600 three-phase, three-wire 2 2 Secondary Voltage 1 28 = 208/120 three-phase, four-wire 47 = 480/277 three-phase, four-wire Tap Arrangement M = 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% D = 2 at +2.5%, 2 at –2.5% 2 Temperature Rise F = 115°C (standard) T = 150°C B= 80°C kVA Rating 15 = 15 49 = 150 30 = 30 22 = 225 45 = 45 33 = 300 75 = 75 55 = 500 12 = 112.5 2 2 E3 Efficient Efficiency Levels Tables of Energy Efficiency NEMA Class 1 Efficiency Levels Dry-Type Distribution Transformers— Low Voltage (600V and below) Tables of Energy Efficiency E3 Efficiency Levels Dry-Type Distribution Transformers— Low Voltage (600V and below) 2 Three-Phase Three-Phase kVA Efficiency kVA Efficiency 2 15 97.0 15 97.97 30 97.5 30 98.29 2 45 97.7 45 98.45 2 75 98.0 75 98.64 112.5 98.2 112.5 98.77 2 150 98.3 150 98.86 225 98.5 225 98.97 2 300 98.6 300 99.04 500 98.7 500 99.16 750 98.8 750 99.24 1000 98.9 1000 99.29 2 2 2 2 X = CU = EE = SS = E3 = NEMA TP-1-2002 Efficiency Levels 2 T = TT = Note 1 The most common ratings are shown. Contact Eaton for availability of additional ratings. 2 2 2 V2-T2-72 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Modifications 1 Single thermal sensor (190°C) Two thermal sensors (190°C and 175°C) 50/60 Hz Copper windings (std.) ENERGY STAR label (std.) Grade 304 stainless steel enclosure Super efficient Phase Shift NON = 0º THR = –30º POS = +15º NEG = –15º 2.3 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Product Selection 2 Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Aluminum Windings—Type NON 0-Degree Phase Shift Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 290 (132) WS38 X48M28T15EENON 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 365 (166) WS38 X48M28T30EENON 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 200X 560 (254) WS39 X48M28T45EENON 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 200X 800 (363) WS19 X48M28T75EENON 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 200X 1380 (627) WS34 X48M28T12EENON 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 200X 1560 (708) WS34 X48M28T49EENON 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 2400 (1090) WS35 X48M28T22EENON 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 2970 (1348) WS35 X48M28T33EENON 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 360 (163) WS38 X48M28F15EENON 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 405 (184) WS38 X48M28F30EENON 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 200X 575 (261) WS39 X48M28F45EENON 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 200X 900 (409) WS19 X48M28F75EENON 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 200X 1380 (627) WS34 X48M28F12EENON 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 200X 1600 (726) WS34 X48M28F49EENON 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 2600 (1180) WS35 X48M28F22EENON 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3100 (1407) WS35 X48M28F33EENON 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 200X 380 (173) WS38 X48M28B15EENON 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 560 (254) WS39 X48M28B30EENON 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 800 (363) WS39 X48M28B45EENON 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 200X 1380 (627) WS19 X48M28B75EENON 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 200X 1560 (708) WS34 X48M28B12EENON 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 200X 2400 (1090) WS34 X48M28B49EENON 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 2970 (1348) WS35 X48M28B22EENON 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B33EENON Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-73 2.3 2 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings—Type NON 0-Degree Phase Shift 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 335 (152) WS38 X48M28T15CUEENON 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28T30CUEENON 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28T45CUEENON 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28T75CUEENON 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 200X 1610 (731) WS34 X48M28T12CUEENON 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28T49CUEENON 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 3580 (1625) WS35 X48M28T22CUEENON 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 3500 (1589) WS35 X48M28T33CUEENON 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 362 (164) WS38 X48M28F15CUEENON 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28F30CUEENON 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28F45CUEENON 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28F75CUEENON 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28F12CUEENON 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 200X 2001 (908) WS34 X48M28F49CUEENON 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3596 (1633) WS35 X48M28F22CUEENON 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3891 (1767) WS35 X48M28F33CUEENON 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 200X 358 (163) WS38 X48M28B15CUEENON 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 558 (253) WS39 X48M28B30CUEENON 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 630 (286) WS39 X48M28B45CUEENON 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 200X 940 (427) WS19 X48M28B75CUEENON 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28B12CUEENON 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28B49CUEENON 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B22CUEENON 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 4377 (1987) WS35 X48M28B33CUEENON 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-74 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.3 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Aluminum Windings—Type THR 30-Degree Phase Shift Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 290 (132) WS38 X48M28T15EETHR 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 365 (166) WS38 X48M28T30EETHR 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 200X 560 (254) WS39 X48M28T45EETHR 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 200X 800 (363) WS19 X48M28T75EETHR 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 200X 1380 (627) WS34 X48M28T12EETHR 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 200X 1560 (708) WS34 X48M28T49EETHR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 2400 (1090) WS35 X48M28T22EETHR 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 2970 (1348) WS35 X48M28T33EETHR 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 360 (163) WS38 X48M28F15EETHR 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 405 (184) WS38 X48M28F30EETHR 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 200X 575 (261) WS39 X48M28F45EETHR 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 200X 900 (409) WS19 X48M28F75EETHR 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 200X 1380 (627) WS34 X48M28F12EETHR 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 200X 1600 (726) WS34 X48M28F49EETHR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 2600 (1180) WS35 X48M28F22EETHR 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3100 (1407) WS35 X48M28F33EETHR 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 200X 380 (173) WS38 X48M28B15EETHR 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 560 (254) WS39 X48M28B30EETHR 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 800 (363) WS39 X48M28B45EETHR 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 200X 1380 (627) WS19 X48M28B75EETHR 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 200X 1560 (708) WS34 X48M28B12EETHR 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 200X 2400 (1090) WS34 X48M28B49EETHR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 2970 (1348) WS35 X48M28B22EETHR 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B33EETHR 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-75 2.3 2 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings—Type THR 30-Degree Phase Shift 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 203X 335 (152) WS38 X48M28T15CUEETHR 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 203X 450 (204) WS38 X48M28T30CUEETHR 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 203X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28T45CUEETHR 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 203X 855 (388) WS19 X48M28T75CUEETHR 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 203X 1610 (731) WS34 X48M28T12CUEETHR 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 203X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28T49CUEETHR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 203X 3450 (1566) WS35 X48M28T22CUEETHR 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 203X 3894 (1768) WS35 X48M28T33CUEETHR 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 203X 362 (164) WS38 X48M28F15CUEETHR 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 203X 450 (204) WS38 X48M28F30CUEETHR 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 203X 610 (277) WS39 X48M28F45CUEETHR 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 203X 868 (394) WS19 X48M28F75CUEETHR 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 203X 1643 (746) WS34 X48M28F12CUEETHR 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 203X 2001 (908) WS34 X48M28F49CUEETHR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 203X 3370 (1530) WS35 X48M28F22CUEETHR 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 203X 3894 (1768) WS35 X48M28F33CUEETHR 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 203X 358 (163) WS38 X48M28B15CUEETHR 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 203X 558 (253) WS39 X48M28B30CUEETHR 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 203X 630 (286) WS39 X48M28B45CUEETHR 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 203X 940 (427) WS19 X48M28B75CUEETHR 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 203X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28B12CUEETHR 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 203X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28B49CUEETHR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 203X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B22CUEETHR 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 203X 4417 (2005) WS35 X48M28B33CUEETHR 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-76 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.3 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Aluminum Windings—Type NEG –15-Degree Phase Shift Full Capacity Taps 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 290 (132) WS38 X48M28T15EENEG 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 365 (166) WS38 X48M28T30EENEG 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 200X 560 (254) WS39 X48M28T45EENEG 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 200X 800 (363) WS19 X48M28T75EENEG 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 200X 1380 (627) WS34 X48M28T12EENEG 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 200X 1560 (708) WS34 X48M28T49EENEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 2400 (1090) WS35 X48M28T22EENEG 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 2970 (1348) WS35 X48M28T33EENEG 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 360 (163) WS38 X48M28F15EENEG 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 405 (184) WS38 X48M28F30EENEG 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 200X 575 (261) WS39 X48M28F45EENEG 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 200X 900 (409) WS19 X48M28F75EENEG 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 200X 1380 (627) WS34 X48M28F12EENEG 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 200X 1600 (726) WS34 X48M28F49EENEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 2600 (1180) WS35 X48M28F22EENEG 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3100 (1407) WS35 X48M28F33EENEG 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 200X 380 (173) WS38 X48M28B15EENEG 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 560 (254) WS39 X48M28B30EENEG 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 800 (363) WS39 X48M28B45EENEG 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 200X 1380 (627) WS19 X48M28B75EENEG 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 200X 1560 (708) WS34 X48M28B12EENEG 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 200X 2400 (1090) WS34 X48M28B49EENEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 2970 (1348) WS35 X48M28B22EENEG 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B33EENEG 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-77 2.3 2 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings—Type NEG –15-Degree Phase Shift 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 335 (152) WS38 X48M28T15CUEENEG 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28T30CUEENEG 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28T45CUEENEG 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28T75CUEENEG 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 200X 1610 (731) WS34 X48M28T12CUEENEG 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28T49CUEENEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 200X 3580 (1625) WS35 X48M28T22CUEENEG 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 200X 3500 (1589) WS35 X48M28T33CUEENEG 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 353 (160) WS38 X48M28F15CUEENEG 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28F30CUEENEG 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28F45CUEENEG 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28F75CUEENEG 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28F12CUEENEG 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 200X 2001 (908) WS34 X48M28F49CUEENEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 200X 3596 (1633) WS35 X48M28F22CUEENEG 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 200X 3891 (1767) WS35 X48M28F33CUEENEG 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 200X 358 (163) WS38 X48M28B15CUEENEG 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 558 (253) WS39 X48M28B30CUEENEG 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 630 (286) WS39 X48M28B45CUEENEG 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 200X 940 (427) WS19 X48M28B75CUEENEG 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28B12CUEENEG 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28B49CUEENEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 200X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B22CUEENEG 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 920EX 200X 4377 (1987) WS35 X48M28B33CUEENEG 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-78 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.3 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Aluminum Windings—Type POS +15-Degree Phase Shift Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 290 (132) WS38 X48M28T15EEPOS 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 365 (166) WS38 X48M28T30EEPOS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 200X 560 (254) WS39 X48M28T45EEPOS 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 200X 800 (363) WS19 X48M28T75EEPOS 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 200X 1380 (627) WS34 X48M28T12EEPOS 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 200X 1560 (708) WS34 X48M28T49EEPOS 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 2400 (1090) WS35 X48M28T22EEPOS 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 2970 (1348) WS35 X48M28T33EEPOS 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 360 (163) WS38 X48M28F15EEPOS 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 405 (184) WS38 X48M28F30EEPOS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 200X 575 (261) WS39 X48M28F45EEPOS 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 200X 900 (409) WS19 X48M28F75EEPOS 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 200X 1380 (627) WS34 X48M28F12EEPOS 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 200X 1600 (726) WS34 X48M28F49EEPOS 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 2600 (1180) WS35 X48M28F22EEPOS 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3100 (1407) WS35 X48M28F33EEPOS 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 200X 380 (173) WS38 X48M28B15EEPOS 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 560 (254) WS39 X48M28B30EEPOS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 800 (363) WS39 X48M28B45EEPOS 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 200X 1380 (627) WS19 X48M28B75EEPOS 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 200X 1560 (708) WS34 X48M28B12EEPOS 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 200X 2400 (1090) WS34 X48M28B49EEPOS 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 2970 (1348) WS35 X48M28B22EEPOS 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B33EEPOS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-79 2.3 2 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings—Type POS +15-Degree Phase Shift 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 335 (152) WS38 X48M28T15CUEEPOS 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28T30CUEEPOS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28T45CUEEPOS 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28T75CUEEPOS 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 200X 1610 (731) WS34 X48M28T12CUEEPOS 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28T49CUEEPOS 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 3580 (1625) WS35 X48M28T22CUEEPOS 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 3500 (1589) WS35 X48M28T33CUEEPOS 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 362 (164) WS38 X48M28F15CUEEPOS 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28F30CUEEPOS 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28F45CUEEPOS 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28F75CUEEPOS 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28F12CUEEPOS 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 200X 2001 (908) WS34 X48M28F49CUEEPOS 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3596 (1633) WS35 X48M28F22CUEEPOS 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3891 (1767) WS35 X48M28F33CUEEPOS 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 200X 358 (163) WS38 X48M28B15CUEEPOS 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 558 (253) WS39 X48M28B30CUEEPOS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 630 (286) WS39 X48M28B45CUEEPOS 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 200X 940 (427) WS19 X48M28B75CUEEPOS 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28B12CUEEPOS 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28B49CUEEPOS 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B22CUEEPOS 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 4377 (1987) WS35 X48M28B33CUEEPOS 2 Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. Full Capacity Taps 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-80 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.3 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz E3 Super Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Aluminum Windings—Type NON 0-Degree Phase Shift Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T15E3NON 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T30E3NON 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T45E3NON 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T75E3NON 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T12E3NON 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T49E3NON 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 201X — — X48M28T22E3NON 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 201X — — X48M28T33E3NON 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F15E3NON 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F30E3NON 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F45E3NON 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F75E3NON 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F12E3NON 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F49E3NON 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 201X — — X48M28F22E3NON 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 201X — — X48M28F33E3NON 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B15E3NON 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B30E3NON 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B45E3NON 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B75E3NON 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B12E3NON 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B49E3NON 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 201X — — X48M28B22E3NON 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 201X — — X48M28B33E3NON 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-81 2.3 2 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz E3 Super Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings—Type NON 0-Degree Phase Shift 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 335 (152) WS38 X48M28T15CUE3NON 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28T30CUE3NON 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28T45CUE3NON 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28T75CUE3NON 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 200X 1610 (731) WS34 X48M28T12CUE3NON 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28T49CUE3NON 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 3580 (1625) WS35 X48M28T22CUE3NON 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 3500 (1589) WS35 X48M28T33CUE3NON 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 362 (164) WS38 X48M28F15CUE3NON 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28F30CUE3NON 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28F45CUE3NON 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28F75CUE3NON 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28F12CUE3NON 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 200X 2001 (908) WS34 X48M28F49CUE3NON 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3596 (1633) WS35 X48M28F22CUE3NON 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3891 (1767) WS35 X48M28F33CUE3NON 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 200X 358 (163) WS38 X48M28B15CUE3NON 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 558 (253) WS39 X48M28B30CUE3NON 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 630 (286) WS39 X48M28B45CUE3NON 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 200X 940 (427) WS19 X48M28B75CUE3NON 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28B12CUE3NON 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28B49CUE3NON 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B22CUE3NON 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 4377 (1987) WS35 X48M28B33CUE3NON 2 Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. Full Capacity Taps 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-82 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.3 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz E3 Super Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Aluminum Windings—Type THR 30-Degree Phase Shift Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T15E3THR 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T30E3THR 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T45E3THR 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T75E3THR 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T12E3THR 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T49E3THR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 201X — — X48M28T22E3THR 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 201X — — X48M28T33E3THR 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F15E3THR 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F30E3THR 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F45E3THR 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F75E3THR 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F12E3THR 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F49E3THR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 201X — — X48M28F22E3THR 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 201X — — X48M28F33E3THR 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B15E3THR 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B30E3THR 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B45E3THR 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B75E3THR 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B12E3THR 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B49E3THR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 201X — — X48M28B22E3THR 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 201X — — X48M28B33E3THR 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-83 2.3 2 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz E3 Super Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings—Type THR 30-Degree Phase Shift 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 203X 335 (152) WS38 X48M28T15CUE3THR 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 203X 450 (204) WS38 X48M28T30CUE3THR 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 203X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28T45CUE3THR 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 203X 855 (388) WS19 X48M28T75CUE3THR 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 203X 1610 (731) WS34 X48M28T12CUE3THR 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 203X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28T49CUE3THR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 203X 3450 (1566) WS35 X48M28T22CUE3THR 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 203X 3894 (1768) WS35 X48M28T33CUE3THR 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 203X 362 (164) WS38 X48M28F15CUE3THR 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 203X 450 (204) WS38 X48M28F30CUE3THR 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 203X 610 (277) WS39 X48M28F45CUE3THR 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 203X 868 (394) WS19 X48M28F75CUE3THR 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 203X 1643 (746) WS34 X48M28F12CUE3THR 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 203X 2001 (908) WS34 X48M28F49CUE3THR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 203X 3370 (1530) WS35 X48M28F22CUE3THR 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 203X 3894 (1768) WS35 X48M28F33CUE3THR 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 203X 358 (163) WS38 X48M28B15CUE3THR 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 203X 558 (253) WS39 X48M28B30CUE3THR 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 203X 630 (286) WS39 X48M28B45CUE3THR 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 203X 940 (427) WS19 X48M28B75CUE3THR 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 203X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28B12CUE3THR 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 203X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28B49CUE3THR 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 203X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B22CUE3THR 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-84 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.3 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz E3 Super Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Aluminum Windings—Type NEG –15-Degree Phase Shift Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at -2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T15E3NEG 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T30E3NEG 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T45E3NEG 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T75E3NEG 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T12E3NEG 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T49E3NEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 201X — — X48M28T22E3NEG 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 201X — — X48M28T33E3NEG 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F15E3NEG 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F30E3NEG 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F45E3NEG 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F75E3NEG 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F12E3NEG 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F49E3NEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 201X — — X48M28F22E3NEG 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 201X — — X48M28F33E3NEG 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B15E3NEG 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B30E3NEG 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B45E3NEG 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B75E3NEG 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B12E3NEG 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B49E3NEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 201X — — X48M28B22E3NEG 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 201X — — X48M28B33E3NEG 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-85 2.3 2 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz E3 Super Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings—Type NEG –15-Degree Phase Shift 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 335 (152) WS38 X48M28T15CUE3NEG 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28T30CUE3NEG 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28T45CUE3NEG 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28T75CUE3NEG 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 200X 1610 (731) WS34 X48M28T12CUE3NEG 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28T49CUE3NEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 200X 3580 (1625) WS35 X48M28T22CUE3NEG 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 200X 3500 (1589) WS35 X48M28T33CUE3NEG 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 353 (160) WS38 X48M28F15CUE3NEG 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28F30CUE3NEG 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28F45CUE3NEG 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28F75CUE3NEG 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28F12CUE3NEG 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 200X 2001 (908) WS34 X48M28F49CUE3NEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 200X 3596 (1633) WS35 X48M28F22CUE3NEG 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 200X 3891 (1767) WS35 X48M28F33CUE3NEG 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 200X 358 (163) WS38 X48M28B15CUE3NEG 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 558 (253) WS39 X48M28B30CUE3NEG 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 630 (286) WS39 X48M28B45CUE3NEG 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 200X 940 (427) WS19 X48M28B75CUE3NEG 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28B12CUE3NEG 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28B49CUE3NEG 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 200X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B22CUE3NEG 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 920EX 200X 4377 (1987) WS35 X48M28B33CUE3NEG 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-86 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.3 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz E3 Super Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Aluminum Windings—Type POS +15-Degree Phase Shift Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T15E3POS 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T30E3POS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T45E3POS 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T75E3POS 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T12E3POS 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 200X — — X48M28T49E3POS 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 201X — — X48M28T22E3POS 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 — 201X — — X48M28T33E3POS 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F15E3POS 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F30E3POS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F45E3POS 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F75E3POS 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F12E3POS 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 200X — — X48M28F49E3POS 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 201X — — X48M28F22E3POS 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 — 201X — — X48M28F33E3POS 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B15E3POS 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B30E3POS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B45E3POS 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B75E3POS 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B12E3POS 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 200X — — X48M28B49E3POS 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 201X — — X48M28B22E3POS 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 — 201X — — X48M28B33E3POS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-87 2.3 2 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3 60 Hz E3 Super Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating 2 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings—Type POS +15-Degree Phase Shift 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 335 (152) WS38 X48M28T15CUE3POS 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28T30CUE3POS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28T45CUE3POS 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28T75CUE3POS 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 917 200X 1610 (731) WS34 X48M28T12CUE3POS 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28T49CUE3POS 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 3580 (1625) WS35 X48M28T22CUE3POS 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 150 919EX 201X 3500 (1589) WS35 X48M28T33CUE3POS 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 362 (164) WS38 X48M28F15CUE3POS 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 912D 200X 430 (195) WS38 X48M28F30CUE3POS 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 915F 200X 627 (285) WS39 X48M28F45CUE3POS 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 916A 200X 926 (420) WS19 X48M28F75CUE3POS 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28F12CUE3POS 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 918A 200X 2001 (908) WS34 X48M28F49CUE3POS 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3596 (1633) WS35 X48M28F22CUE3POS 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 115 919EX 201X 3891 (1767) WS35 X48M28F33CUE3POS 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 912D 200X 358 (163) WS38 X48M28B15CUE3POS 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 558 (253) WS39 X48M28B30CUE3POS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 915F 200X 630 (286) WS39 X48M28B45CUE3POS 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 916A 200X 940 (427) WS19 X48M28B75CUE3POS 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 917 200X 1628 (739) WS34 X48M28B12CUE3POS 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 918A 200X 1800 (817) WS34 X48M28B49CUE3POS 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 3400 (1544) WS35 X48M28B22CUE3POS 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3 80 919EX 201X 4377 (1987) WS35 X48M28B33CUE3POS 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-88 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.3 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Accessories 2 Harmonic mitigating transformers are available with the same options and accessories as generalpurpose ventilated transformers. Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. 2 2 2 2 Technical Data and Specifications Frequency Eaton standard dry-type distribution transformers are designed for 60 Hz operation. Transformers required for other frequencies are available and must be specifically designed. Insulation System and Temperature Rise Industry standards classify insulation systems and rise as shown below: Short-term overload is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour; 150% load for one hour and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. Ambient + Hot Spot = Temp. Class 40°C 55°C 10°C 105°C 40°C 80°C 30°C 150°C 25°C 135°C 20°C 180°C 40°C 115°C 30°C 185°C 150°C 30°C NEMA ST-20 levels listed here. Lower sound levels are available and must be designed specially. 220°C The design life of transformers having different insulation systems is the same—the lower-temperature systems are designed for the same life as the higher-temperature systems. 2 2 2 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB + Winding Rise 40°C All Eaton 600 volt class general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed to meet Average Sound Levels 1 Insulation System Classification Overload Capacity 2 Sound Levels Up to 1.2 kV Above 1.2 kV kVA Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 0–9 40 45 45 10–50 45 50 50 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. 2 2 Enclosures 2 Eaton ventilated transformers Types DS-3 and DT-3 use a NEMA 2 rated (drip-proof) enclosure as a standard, and are rated NEMA 3R with the addition of weathershields. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-89 2.3 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers 2 Demystifying Harmonic Mitigating Transformer Myths 2 Aren’t “power factor corrected” computer power supplies fixing all harmonics? The use of power factor corrected computer power supplies is a great first start to reducing harmonic currents in your facility. These are becoming prevalent in server applications, but have not “crossed-over” into the laptop computer/business computer. Remember also that, once the computer power supply harmonics are addressed, you will still need to address the harmonic currents coming from the variety of other equipment in your facility. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Don’t K-rated transformers fix harmonics? The K-rated transformer was created to address the additional heat being produced by standard deltawye transformers when feeding nonlinear loads. The goal of the K-rated transformer is to dissipate the heat produced over a larger area, thus providing the illusion of correction. The K-rated transformer does nothing to reduce the root issue of harmonic currents or correct power quality issues. Because of their larger size, they also consume additional energy to “do the same work” and are counter-productive to an energy-efficient electrical distribution design. Don’t you need two HMTs for any correction to occur? The design of HMTs allows them to address different families of harmonic currents in different ways. A single HMT will treat the triplen (3rd, 9th, 15th and so on) harmonic currents in its secondary winding. The 5th, 7th, 17th and 19th harmonic family is treated on a system basis through a technique known as “phase shifting.” This phase shift does occur between the Type NON and Type THR, and the Type POS and Type NEG harmonic mitigating transformers—and this can also occur between a Type NON and a standard delta-wye transformer (that is probably already existing within your facility). See our Sample HMT Applications area for additional information. The cost of HMTs is too high! While the initial cost of HMTs is typically 1.5 to 4 times the cost of a standard transformer (due to the additional design, materials and labor involved in creating the magnetics necessary to reduce harmonic impact)—to not use an HMT in a harmonic environment will actually cost you 250% more energy loss in the transformer. Due to the relatively long life of a transformer (20–30 years), these additional energy costs easily overshadow the initial one-time first cost increment. If I use one HMT, don’t I need to change all my transformers? Most facilities have only a percentage (typically 20–25%) of their electrical system that really requires the use of an HMT. This means in a typical building that only a few areas are either critical (meaning high requirements for “clean” power) or have high concentrations of electronic, nonlinear loads—requiring the use of the HMT in those specific areas. The harmonic mitigating transformer is a weapon in your arsenal in providing a complete, properly designed electrical system for today and tomorrow. Transformer Technology Table Explanation In understanding the product placement of the HMT, it becomes useful to have some “rule of thumb” understanding to compare products. Looking at one of the aspects of an HMT— price—you can see that, if a standard delta-wye transformer had a cost of one unit, a K-13 transformer would cost about double and an HMT would cost 1.5 to 4 times the unit cost. What’s impressive to compare is the next column of information— ”Energy Savings.” If the amount of energy used to power today’s loads is compared against a standard delta-wye transformer (that was never designed to feed today’s types of loads), you can easily see that the HMT is designed to meet the issue head-on! Referring to the table’s information, you can see that it would take 30% more energy to power the same computer loads with a K-13 transformer, whereas an HMT would take 25% less energy to feed those same Transformer Technology Comparison 1 Transformer Type Cost Energy Savings Power Quality Standard delta-wye if 1X if 1X Not designed for harmonics K-13 1.5–2X –0.3X Bulked up—doesn’t help HMT 2.5X 2.5X Corrects root issue Note 1 Comparing cost, energy savings and power quality performance between the “commonly used” transformer types. 2 2 2 V2-T2-90 computer loads. (This is due to the fact that the HMT has a different design than a standard delta-wye transformer and addresses the root issue of harmonic currents.) A good analogy is to look at the incandescent light bulb versus a compact fluorescent lamp—you might pay a bit more up front, but because of the large energy savings (because of the harmonic loading), you soon realize that the upfront cost pales in comparison to the potential of energy saved. Eaton would be happy to provide you with an estimation calculator to help you determine the amount of payback and return on investment (ROI) based on the incremental cost of the HMT. It’s very typical to return the price differential between the HMT and a standard transformer with a few years—thus using the additional 20 to 30 years of energy savings to add to your bottom line. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers 2.3 Sample HMT Applications Typical Application of Type NON Transformer Type NON 2 Typical Application of Type NON Transformer with a Standard Delta-Wye Transformer Electrical Panel Feeding Single-Phase and/or Three-Phase Nonlinear Loads 2 Type NON -Y Transformer 2 Electrical Panel Feeding Single-Phase and/or Three-Phase Nonlinear Loads 2 2 Type NON 2 Electrical Bus Installation of a Type NON transformer provides an effective treatment of triplen (3rd, 9th, 15th and so on) harmonic currents that are generated by loads connected to the transformer. Triplen harmonic currents are treated in the secondary windings of the transformer due to the transformer’s low zero sequence impedance. Type NON transformers do not need to be used in combination with other transformers to treat triplen harmonic currents. A single Type NON transformer may be installed, or multiple units can be applied. 2 Type NON Long Run Long Run Type NON transformers are an ideal solution for treating triplen harmonics generated by personal computers, printers, fax machines and other office equipment, as well as by single-phase electronic ballasts, and singlephase electronic testing or monitoring devices. Electrical Bus When a delta-wye transformer exists in an electrical distribution system, the addition of a Type NON transformer offers an economical solution for treating harmonic currents. The 30° phase-shift created between a Type NON harmonic mitigating transformer and a delta-wye transformer (standard transformer or K-Factor transformer) provides treatment of 5th, 7th, 17th and 19th harmonic currents. These harmonic currents are canceled in the common electrical bus that feeds the transformers. Additionally, 2 2 -Y Transformer 2 triplen (3rd, 9th, 15th and so on) harmonic currents generated by the loads connected to the Type NON transformer will be treated in the secondary windings of the Type NON transformer due to its low zero sequence impedance. When using two or more transformers to treat harmonics, it is better that the load be split equally between the transformers to receive the maximum benefit. Note: Triplen currents will still circulate in the delta-wye transformer for additional waste. See figure on Page V2-T2-92 to correct. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-91 2.3 2 Transformers Energy-Efficient Harmonic Mitigating Transformers Optimum Application of Type NON and Type THR Transformers 2 Type NON 2 Type THR 2 2 Typical Application of Type NEG and Type POS Transformers Type NEG Electrical Panel Feeding Single-Phase and/or Three-Phase Nonlinear Loads Type POS Type NON 2 2 Long Run Electrical Panel Feeding Single-Phase and/or Three-Phase Nonlinear Loads Type NEG Long Run 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Type THR Electrical Bus When you’re searching for an optimum harmonic correction solution in an electrical distribution system, the combination of a Type NON and Type THR transformer offers a great solution. The 30° phase shift created between Type NON and type THR harmonic mitigating transformers provides treatment of 5th, 7th, 17th and 19th harmonic currents. These harmonic currents are canceled in the common electrical bus that feeds the transformers. Additionally, triplen (3rd, 9th, 15th and so on) harmonic currents generated by the loads will be treated in the secondary windings of HMTs. This will ensure that these currents will not circulate in the primary of the transformer creating additional heat, voltage distortion and wasted energy loss. When using two or more transformers to treat harmonics, it is better that the load be split equally between the transformers to receive the maximum benefit. Electrical Bus The combination of a Type POS (+15° phase-shift) transformer and a Type NEG (–15° phase-shift) transformer effectively treats 5th, 7th, 17th and 19th harmonic currents. These harmonic currents are canceled in the common electrical bus that feeds the transformers. Additionally, triplen (3rd, 9th, 15th and so on) harmonic 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-92 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Type POS currents generated by the loads connected to these transformers will be treated in their secondary windings due to their low zero sequence impedance. When using two or more transformers to treat harmonics, it is better that the load be split equally between the transformers to receive the maximum benefit. Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers 2.4 Contents Type EP 3–25 kVA Description Page General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-Phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three-Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . V2-T2-94 V2-T2-94 V2-T2-94 V2-T2-100 V2-T2-109 V2-T2-109 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Product Description Application Description Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. The basic purpose of a transformer is voltage transformation as near as practically possible to the load for economy and distribution of power. Typical loads for dry-type distribution transformers include lighting, heating, air conditioners, fans and machine tools. Such loads are found in commercial, institutional, industrial and residential structures. Type EP and EPT ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Encapsulated design Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications Totally enclosed, nonventilated enclosures Enclosures are NEMA 3R rated Mountable in any position indoors and upright-only outdoors 180ºC insulation system 115ºC rise standard; 80°C optional Available in ratings through 37.5 kVA single-phase; 75 kVA three-phase Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● ● 60 Hz operation (50/60 Hz optional) Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels 2 Standards and Certifications ● ● 2 UL listed CSA certified 2 2 2 Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. All 600 volt class transformers are UL listed unless otherwise noted. 2 2 2 2 2 Seismically Qualified Eaton manufactured dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed requirements of the Uniform Building Code (UBC), International Building Code (IBC), and California Code Title 24. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-93 2.4 2 2 2 2 2 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Catalog Number Selection Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. Product Selection Additional Product Selection information begins on Page V2-T2-189. Single-Phase Encapsulated—Type EP, 60 Hz Type EP 3–37.5 kVA 2 120 x 240 Volts to 120/240 Volts 1 Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 0.5 — — EP 115 FR57P 3E 16 (7) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11P51P 2 1 — — EP 115 FR67P 3E 31 (14) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11P01P 1.5 — — EP 115 FR67P 3E 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11P16P 2 2 — — EP 115 FR68P 3E 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11P02P 3 — — EP 115 FR176 3E 55 (25) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11S03N 2 5 — — EP 115 FR177 3E 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11S05N 2 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 3E 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11S07N 10 — — EP 115 FR179 3E 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11S10N 15 — — EP 115 FR180 3E 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11S15N 25 — — EP 115 FR182 3E 375 (170) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11S25N 2 2 2 2 208 Volts to 120/240 Volts 1 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 0.5 — — EP 115 FR57P 26A 16 (7) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11P51P 2 1 — — EP 115 FR67P 26A 31 (14) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11P01P 2 1.5 — — EP 115 FR67P 26A 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11P16P 2 — — EP 115 FR68P 26A 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11P02P 2 3 — — EP 115 FR176 26A 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11S03N 5 — — EP 115 FR177 26A 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11S05N 2 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 26A 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11S07N 2 10 — — EP 115 FR179 26A 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11S10N 15 — — EP 115 FR180 26A 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11S15N 25 — — EP 115 FR182 26A 395 (179) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11S25N Full Capacity Taps 2 Notes 1 Contact Eaton for availability of 0.05–0.25 kVA designs. 2 Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-94 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.4 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Single-Phase Encapsulated—Type EP, 60 Hz 2 2 277 Volts to 120/240 Volts 1 Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 0.5 — — EP 115 FR58AP 524A 26 (12) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11P51P 1 — — EP 115 FR59AP 524A 31 (14) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11P01P 1.5 — — EP 115 FR67P 524A 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11P16P 2 — — EP 115 FR176P 524A 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11P02P 3 — — EP 115 FR176 524A 55 (25) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11S03N 5 — — EP 115 FR177 524A 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11S05N 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 524A 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11S07N 10 — — EP 115 FR179 524A 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11S10N 15 — — EP 115 FR180 524A 180 (82) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11S15N 25 — — EP 115 FR182 524A 375 (170) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11S25N 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 0.050 — — EP 115 FR52 3A 7 (3) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S81N 0.075 — — EP 115 FR54 3A 7 (3) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S85N 0.100 — — EP 115 FR54 3A 7 (3) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S82N 0.150 — — EP 115 FR55 3A 8 (4) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S83N 0.25 — — EP 115 FR57P 3A 12 (5) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P26P 0.5 — — EP 115 FR57P 3A 16 (7) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P51P 0.75 — — EP 115 FR58AP 3A 26 (12) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P76P 1 — — EP 115 FR67P 3A 31 (14) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P01P 1.5 — — EP 115 FR67P 3A 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P16P 2 — — EP 115 FR68P 3A 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P02P 3 — — EP 115 FR176 3A 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S03N 3 2 2 EP 115 FR176 3A 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S03N 5 — — EP 115 FR177 3A 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S05N 5 2 2 EP 115 FR177 9A 105 (48) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S05N 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 3A 105 (48) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S07N 7.5 2 2 EP 115 FR178 9A 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S07N 10 — — EP 115 FR179 3A 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S10N 10 2 2 EP 115 FR179 9A 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S10N 15 — — EP 115 FR180 3A 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S15N 15 3 3 EP 115 FR180 23A 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S20L11S15N 25 — — EP 115 FR182 3A 385 (175) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S25N 25 3 3 EP 115 FR182 23A 375 (170) Indoor–Outdoor S20L11S25N 37.5 3 3 EP 115 FR300A 248A 735 (334) Indoor–Outdoor S20L11S37 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Contact Eaton for availability of 0.05–0.25 kVA designs. 2 1 at +10% FCBN at 240 volts; 2 at –5% FCBN at 480 volts. 3 2 at +5% FCBN at 240 volts; 4 at –2.5% FCBN at 480 volts. 4 Floor-mount only. 2 Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-95 2.4 2 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Single-Phase Encapsulated—Type EP, 60 Hz 2 190/200/208/220 x 380/400/416/440 Volts to 110/220 Volts 50/60 Hz—Export Model IP 22 Rated 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 0.5 — — EP 115 FR67 538A 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S40N14S51CE 2 1 — — EP 115 FR67 538A 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S40N14S01CE 1.5 — — EP 115 FR176 538A 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S40N14S16CE 2 — — EP 115 FR176 538A 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S40N14S02CE 3 — — EP 115 FR177 538A 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S40N14S03CE S40N14S05CE 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 5 — — EP 115 FR178 538A 140 (64) Indoor–Outdoor 7.5 — — EP 115 FR179 538A 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S40N14S07CE 10 — — EP 115 FR180 538A 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S40N14S10CE 15 — — EP 115 FR182 538A 375 (170) Indoor–Outdoor S40N14S15CE Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 120/208/240/277 Volts to 120/240 Volts 60 Hz 2 kVA Full Capacity Taps FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise 1 — — EP 115 FR67P 1 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S54N11P01 1.5 — — EP 115 FR176P 1 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S54N11P16 2 2 — — EP 115 FR176P 1 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S54N11P02 — — EP 115 FR177 1 2 3 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S54N11S03 5 — — EP 115 FR178 1 140 (64) Indoor–Outdoor S54N11S05 7.5 — — EP 115 FR179 1 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S54N11S07 10 — — EP 115 FR180 1 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S54N11S10 Weathershield Style Number 2 2 2 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts Stainless Steel 2 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 3 — — EP 115 FR176 3A 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S03SS 5 — — EP 115 FR177 3A 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S05SS 2 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 3A 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S07SS 10 — — EP 115 FR179 3A 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S10SS 2 15 — — EP 115 FR180 3A 205 (93) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S15SS 25 — — EP 115 FR182 3A 375 (170) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S25SS 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Refer to your local Eaton sales office. 2 NEMA 3R, 304 stainless steel enclosure; 316 stainless steel enclosure available as an option. Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-96 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.4 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Single-Phase Encapsulated—Type EP, 60 Hz 2 2 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 1 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR67P 2D 31 (14) Indoor–Outdoor S48G11P01P 1.5 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR67P 2D 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S48G11P16P 2 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR68P 2D 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S48G11P02P 3 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR176 2D 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S48G11S03N 3 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EP 115 FR176 16A 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S48D11S03N 5 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR177 2D 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S48G11S05N 5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EP 115 FR177 16A 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S48D11S05N 7.5 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR178 2D 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S48G11S07N 7.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EP 115 FR178 16A 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S48D11S07N 10 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR179 2D 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S48G11S10N 10 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EP 115 FR179 16A 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S48D11S10N 15 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR180 2D 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S48G11S15N 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EP 115 FR180 16A 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S48D11S15N 25 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR182 2D 385 (175) Indoor–Outdoor S48G11S25N 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EP 115 FR132 83A 410 (186) Indoor–Outdoor S48M11S25N 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts Stainless Steel, Copper Windings 1 Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 10 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EP 115 FR179 16A 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EP 115 FR180 16A 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EP 115 FR182 83A 2 Weathershield Style Number 210 (95) Indoor–Outdoor S48D11S10CUSS 235 (107) Indoor–Outdoor S48D11S15SSCU 415 (188) Indoor–Outdoor S48M11S25SSCU 2 2 2 2 600 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise 0.5 — 2 at –5% EP 115 Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number FR57P 2I 16 (7) Indoor–Outdoor S60G11P51P 0.75 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR58AP 2I 26 (12) Indoor–Outdoor S60G11P76P 1 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR67P 2I 31 (14) Indoor–Outdoor S60G11P01P 1.5 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR67P 2I 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S60G11P16P 2 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR68P 2I 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S60G11P02P 3 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR176 2I 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S60G11S03N 5 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR177 2I 105 (48) Indoor–Outdoor S60G11S05N 7.5 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR178 2I 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S60G11S07N 10 — 2 at –5% EP 115 FR179 2I 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S60G11S10N 15 — 4 at –2.5% EP 115 FR180 527A 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S60J11S15N 25 — 4 at –2.5% EP 115 FR182 527A 385 (175) Indoor–Outdoor S60J11S25N 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EP 115 FR132 83B 395 (180) Indoor–Outdoor S60M11S25N 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 NEMA 3R, 304 stainless steel enclosure; 316 stainless steel enclosure available as an option. 2 Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-97 2.4 2 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Single-Phase Shielded—Type EP, 60 Hz 2 120 x 240 Volts to 120/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — — EP 115 FR176 90B 50 (23) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11E03N 5 — — EP 115 FR177 90B 90 (41) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11E05N 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 90B 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11E07N 10 — — EP 115 FR179 90B 210 (95) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11E10N 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 15 — — EP 115 FR180 90B 205 (93) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11E15N 25 — — EP 115 FR182 90B 375 (170) Indoor–Outdoor S10N11E25N 2 120 Volts to 120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — — EP 115 FR176 77A 60 (27) Indoor–Outdoor S12N12E03N 2 5 — — EP 115 FR177 77A 100 (45) Indoor–Outdoor S12N12E05N 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 77A 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S12N12E07N 2 10 — — EP 115 FR179 77A 180 (82) Indoor–Outdoor S12N12E10N 15 — — EP 115 FR180 77A 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S12N12E15N 25 — — EP 115 FR182 77A 375 (170) Indoor–Outdoor S12N12E25N 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 208 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — — EP 115 FR176 578A 60 (27) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11E03N 5 — — EP 115 FR177 578A 135 (61) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11E05N 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 578A 95 (43) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11E07N 10 — — EP 115 FR179 578A 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11E10N 15 — — EP 115 FR180 578A 185 (94) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11E15N 25 — — EP 115 FR182 578A 375 (170) Indoor–Outdoor S29N11E25N 208 Volts to 208 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — — EP 115 FR176 77B 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S29N29E03N 5 — — EP 115 FR177 77B 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S29N29E05N 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 77B 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S29N29E07N 10 — — EP 115 FR179 77B 195 (89) Indoor–Outdoor S29N29E10N Indoor–Outdoor S29N29E15N Indoor–Outdoor S29N29E25N 15 — — EP 115 FR180 77B 216 (98) 25 — — EP 115 FR182 77B 375 (170) Note Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 V2-T2-98 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.4 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Single-Phase Shielded—Type EP, 60 Hz 2 2 240 Volts to 240 Volts Full Capacity Taps ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) kVA FCAN FCBN Type Weathershield 3 — — EP 115 FR176 77C 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S24N24E03N 5 — — EP 115 FR177 77C 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S24N24E05N 2 Style Number 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 77C 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S24N24E07N 10 — — EP 115 FR179 77C 193 (88) Indoor–Outdoor S24N24E10N 15 — — EP 115 FR180 77C 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S24N24E15N 25 — — EP 115 FR182 77C 375 (170) Indoor–Outdoor S24N24E25N 2 2 2 2 2 277 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — — EP 115 FR176 513B 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11E03N 5 — — EP 115 FR177 513B 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11E05N 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 513B 75 (34) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11E07N 10 — — EP 115 FR179 513B 162 (74) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11E10N 15 — — EP 115 FR180 513B 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11E15N 25 — — EP 115 FR182 513B 375 (170) Indoor–Outdoor S27N11E25N 2 2 2 2 2 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield 2 Style Number 0.25 — — EP 115 FR57P 90A 12 (5) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11E26P 0.50 — — EP 115 FR57P 90A 16 (7) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11E51P 0.75 — — EP 115 FR58AP 90A 26 (12) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11E76P 1 — — EP 115 FR67P 90A 31 (14) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11E01P 1.5 — — EP 115 FR67P 90A 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11E16P 2 — — EP 115 FR68P 90A 42 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11E02P 3 — — EP 115 FR176 90A 65 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11E03A 5 — — EP 115 FR177 90A 113 (51) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11E05A 7.5 — — EP 115 FR178 90A 123 (56) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11E07A 10 — — EP 115 FR179 90A 166 (75) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11E10A 15 — — EP 115 FR180 90A 216 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11E15A 25 1 1 EP 115 FR182 526A 375 (170) Indoor–Outdoor S20L11E25A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 2 at +5% FCBN at 240 volts; 4 at –2.5% FCBN at 480 volts. Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-99 2.4 2 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Three-Phase Encapsulated—Type EPT, 60 Hz 2 240 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70C 190 (86) Indoor–Outdoor Y24G28T09N 1 2 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70C 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y24G28T15N 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84C 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y24M28T30N 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84C 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y24M28T45N 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 380 Delta Volts to 190Y/110 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70F 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G19T03A 1 2 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70F 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G19T06A 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70F 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G19T09A 1 2 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 72R 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G19T15A 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84AC 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M19T30A 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84AC 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M19T45A 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84AC 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M19T75A 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 2 380 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70D 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G28T03A 1 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70F 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G28T06A 1 2 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70D 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G28T09A 1 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70D 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G28T15A 1 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84H 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M28T30A 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84R 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M28T45A 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84R 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M28T75A 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 T-T (Scott T) connected secondary. 2 Floor-mount only. Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-100 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.4 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Three-Phase Encapsulated—Type EPT, 60 Hz 2 2 380 Delta Volts to 220Y/127 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield 2 Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70F 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G31T03A 1 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70F 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G31T06A 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70M 195 (89) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G31T09A 1 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70F 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G31T15A 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84R 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M31T30A 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84R 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M31T45A 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84R 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M31T75A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 380 Delta Volts to 220 Delta Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 74K 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G25T03A 1 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 74K 180 (82) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G25T06A 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 74K 195 (89) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G25T09A 1 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 74K 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G25T15A 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 3 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M25T30A 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 3 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M25T45A 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 3 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M25T75A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 380 Delta Volts to 380Y/220 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 2 Weathershield Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70D 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G37T03A 1 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70D 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G37T06A 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70D 180 (82) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G37T09A 1 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70D 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G37T15A 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84H 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M37T30A 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84H 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M37T45A 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84H 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M37T75A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 380 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield 2 Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70F 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G47T03A 1 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70F 180 (82) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G47T06A 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70F 166 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G47T09A 1 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70F 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y38G47T15A 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84AB 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M47T30A 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84AB 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M47T45A 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84AB 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y38M47T75A 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 T-T (Scott T) connected secondary. 2 Floor-mount only. 3 Refer to your Eaton sales office. 2 Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-101 2 2.4 2 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Three-Phase Encapsulated—Type EPT, 60 Hz 2 416 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70V 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y43G28T03A 1 2 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70V 175 (79) Indoor–Outdoor Y43G28T06A 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70V 190 (86) Indoor–Outdoor Y43G28T09A 1 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70V 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y43G28T15A 1 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84I 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y43M28T30A 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84I 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y43M28T45A 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84I 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y43M28T75A 2 440 Delta Volts to 220Y/127 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70G 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y44G31T03A 1 2 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70G 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y44G31T06A 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70G 166 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y44G31T09A 1 2 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70G 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y44G31T15A 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84O 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y44M31T30A 2 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84O 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y44M31T45A 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84O 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y44M31T75A 2 2 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70A 116 (52) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T03N 1 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70A 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T06N 1 2 6 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR200 72B 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T06N 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70A 166 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T09N 1 2 9 — 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR103 503A 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48J28T09N 1 9 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR103 72B 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T09N 1 2 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70A 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T15N 1 2 15 — 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR95 503A 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48J28T15N 1 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR95 72B 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T15N 1 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84A 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T30N 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84A 720 (327) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T45N 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84A 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T75N 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR95 72B 300 (136) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T15CU 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84A 505 (230) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T30CU 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84A 810 (368) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T45CU 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84A 1450 (659) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T75CU 23 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 T-T (Scott T) connected secondary. 2 Floor-mount only. 3 Not CSA certified. Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. V2-T2-102 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.4 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Three-Phase Encapsulated—Type EPT, 60 Hz 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Stainless Steel 3 Full Capacity Taps 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70A 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T03SS 1 6 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR200 72B 175 (79) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T06SS 1 9 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR103 72B 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T09SS 1 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR95 72B 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T15SS 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84A 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T30SS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84A 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T45SS 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84A 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T75SS 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Stainless Steel—Copper Windings 3 Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR95 72B 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T15CUSS 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84A 504 (229) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T30CUSS 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84A 810 (368) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T45CUSS 2 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 220Y/127 Volts Full Capacity Taps 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70K 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G31T03A 1 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70K 175 (79) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G31T06A 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70A 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G31T09A 1 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70A 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G31T15A 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84A 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M31T30A 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84A 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M31T45A 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84K 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M31T75A 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 74A 116 (52) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G24T03N 14 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 74A 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G24T06N 14 9 — 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR103 73A 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48J24T09N 14 15 — 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR95 73A 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48J24T15N 14 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 85A 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M24T30N 4 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 85A 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M24T45N 4 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 T-T connected secondary. 2 Floor-mount only. 3 NEMA 3R, 304 stainless steel enclosure; 316 stainless steel enclosure available. 4 Do not include 120 volt lighting tap. 2 Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-103 2.4 2 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Three-Phase Encapsulated—Type EPT, 60 Hz 2 480 Delta Volts to 380Y/220 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70A 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G37T03A 1 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70R 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G37T06A 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70R 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G37T09A 1 2 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70R 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G37T15A 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84A 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M37T30A 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84A 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M37T45A 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84A 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M37T75A 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 380 Delta Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 74B 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G38T03A 1 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 74B 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G38T06A 1 2 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 74B 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G38T09A 1 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 74A 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G38T15A 1 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 85A 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M38T30A 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 85A 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M38T45A 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 85A 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M38T75A 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 480 Delta Volts to 416Y/240 Volts 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70A 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G51T03A 1 2 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70A 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G51T06A 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70S 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G51T09A 1 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70S 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G51T15A 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84A 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M51T30A 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84A 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M51T45A 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84A 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M51T75A 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 480 Delta Volts to 440Y/254 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 70A 116 (53) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G35T03A 1 2 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 70A 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G35T06A 1 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70A 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G35T09A 1 2 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR95 70A 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G35T15A 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84A 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M35T30A 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84A 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M35T45A 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR245 84A 1275 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M35T75A 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 T-T connected secondary. 2 Floor-mount only. Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 V2-T2-104 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.4 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Three-Phase Encapsulated—Type EPT, 60 Hz 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number 9 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR103 72C 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR95 72C Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 190 (86) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D47T09N 1 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D47T15N 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84A 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M47T30N 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR244 84A 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M47T45N 2 2 2 2 2 600 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR103 70B 185 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y60G28T09N 1 FR95 70B 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y60G28T15N 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR243 84B 422 (191) Indoor–Outdoor Y60M28T30N 115 FR244 84B 660 (299) Indoor–Outdoor Y60M28T45N 2 2 2 2 2 Three-Phase Shielded—Type EPT, 60 Hz 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR201 86B 116 (52) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28E03A 1 6 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR200 86B 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28E06A 1 9 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR103 86B 190 (86) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28E09N 1 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR95 86B 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28E15B 1 2 2 2 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR201 88A 116 (52) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G24E03A 1 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR200 88A 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G24E06A 1 9 — 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR103 505B 195 (89) Indoor–Outdoor Y48J24E09A 1 15 — 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR95 505B 275 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48J24E15A 1 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 T-T connected secondary. Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-105 2.4 2 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers NEMA Type 4X Single-Phase Encapsulated—Type EP, 60 Hz, Grade 304 Stainless Steel 1 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Aluminum Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 0.100 2 — — EP 115 FR544X 3A 7 (3) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S82SS4X 2 0.015 2 — — EP 115 FR554X 3A 9 (4) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S83SS4X 0.250 2 — — EP 115 FR57P4X 3A 15 (7) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P26SS4X 2 0.500 2 — — EP 115 FR57P4X 3A 14 (6) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P51SS4X 0.750 2 — — EP 115 FR58AP4X 3A 22 (10 ) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P76SS4X 2 12 — — EP 115 FR67P4X 3A 30 (14) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P01SS4X 1.5 2 — — EP 115 FR67P4X 3A 41 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P16SS4X 2 22 — — EP 115 FR68P4X 3A 75 (34) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P02SS4X 2 3 — — EP 115 FR1764X 3A 68 (31) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S03SS4X 3 3 3 EP 115 FR1764X 9A 67 (30) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S03SS4X 5 — — EP 115 FR1774X 3A 107 (49) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S05SS4X 5 3 3 EP 115 FR1774X 9A 105 (48) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S05SS4X 2 7.5 — — EP 115 FR1784X 3A 129 (58) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S07SS4X 3 3 2 7.5 EP 115 FR1784X 9A 130 (59) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S07SS4X 10 — — EP 115 FR1794X 3A 196 (89) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S10SS4X 2 10 3 3 EP 115 FR1794X 9A 198 (90) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S10SS4X 15 — — EP 115 FR1804X 3A 215 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S15SS4X 2 15 3 3 EP 115 FR1804X 23A 215 (98) Indoor–Outdoor S20L11S15SS4X 25 — — EP 115 FR1824X 3A 393 (178) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S25SS4X 25 4 4 EP 115 FR1824X 23A 453 (206) Indoor–Outdoor S20L11S25SS4X 37.5 4 4 EP 115 FR300A4X 248A 735 (334) Indoor–Outdoor S20L11S37SS4X 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Grade 304 stainless steel standard. Grade 316 stainless steel available as an option. Replace suffix “SS” with suffix “S6.” 2 Copper windings provided as standard. 3 1 at +10% FCBN at 240 volts; 2 at –5% FCBN at 480 volts. 4 2 at +5% FCBN at 240 volts; 4 at –2.5% FCBN at 480 volts. 5 Floor-mount only. Contact your local Eaton sales office for voltage combinations not shown in the above table. Other voltages and custom features are available upon request. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-106 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.4 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers NEMA Type 4X Single-Phase Encapsulated—Type EP, 60 Hz, Grade 304 Stainless Steel 1 2 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 0.100 2 — — EP 115 FR544X 3A 7 (3) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S82SS4X 0.015 2 — — EP 115 FR554X 3A 9 (4) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S83SS4X 0.250 2 — — EP 115 FR57P4X 3A 15 (7) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P26SS4X 0.500 2 — — EP 115 FR57P4X 3A 14 (6) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P51SS4X 0.750 2 — — EP 115 FR58AP4X 3A 22 (10) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P76SS4X 12 — — EP 115 FR67P4X 3A 30 (14) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P01SS4X 1.5 2 — — EP 115 FR68P4X 3A 41 (19) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P02SS4X 2 2 2 2 2 22 — — EP 115 FR68P4X 3A 36 (16) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11P16SS4X 3 — — EP 115 FR1764X 3A 76 (34) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S03CUSS4X 3 3 3 EP 115 FR1764X 9A 77 (35) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S03CUSS4X 5 — — EP 115 FR1774X 3A 135 (61) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S05CUSS4X 5 3 3 EP 115 FR1774X 9A 121 (55) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S05CUSS4X 7.5 — — EP 115 FR1784X 3A 144 (65) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S07CUSS4X 7.5 3 3 EP 115 FR1784X 9A 146 (66) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S07CUSS4X 10 — — EP 115 FR1794X 3A 229 (104) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S10CUSS4X 10 3 3 EP 115 FR1794X 9A 219 (99) Indoor–Outdoor S20K11S10CUSS4X 15 — — EP 115 FR1804X 3A 236 (107) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S15CUSS4X 15 3 3 EP 115 FR1804X 23A 236 (107) Indoor–Outdoor S20L11S15CUSS4X 25 — — EP 115 FR300A4X 3A 388 (176) Indoor–Outdoor S20N11S25CUSS4X 25 4 4 EP 115 FR300A4X 23A 388 (176) Indoor–Outdoor S20L11S25CUSS4X 37.5 4 4 EP 115 FR300A4X 248A 775 (352) Indoor–Outdoor S20L11S37CUSS4X 5 Notes 1 Grade 304 stainless steel standard. Grade 316 stainless steel available as an option. Replace suffix “SS” with suffix “S6.” 2 Copper windings provided as standard. 3 1 at +10% FCBN at 240 volts; 2 at –5% FCBN at 480 volts. 4 2 at +5% FCBN at 240 volts; 4 at –2.5% FCBN at 480 volts. 5 Floor-mount only. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Contact your local Eaton sales office for voltage combinations not shown in the above table. Other voltages and custom features are available upon request. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-107 2.4 2 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers NEMA Type 4X Three-Phase Encapsulated—Type EPT, 60 Hz, Grade 304 Stainless Steel 1 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Aluminum Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR2014X 70A 125 (57) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T03SS4X 2 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR2004X 70A 165 (75) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T06SS4X 2 6 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR2004X 72B 171 (78) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T06SS4X 2 2 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR1034X 70A 180 (82) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T09SS4X 2 9 — 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR1034X 503A 192 (87) Indoor–Outdoor Y48J28T09SS4X 2 2 9 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR1034X 72B 196 (89) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T09SS4X 2 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR954X 72B 281 (127) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T15SS4X 2 2 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR954X 70A 269 (122) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T15SS4X 2 2 15 — 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR954X 503A 268 (121) Indoor–Outdoor Y48J28T15SS4X 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR2434X 84A 539 (245) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T30SS4X 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR2444X 84A 723 (328) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T45SS4X 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR2454X 84A 1277 (580) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T75SS4X 3 Style Number 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield 2 3 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR2014X 70A 139 (63) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T03CUSS4X 2 6 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR2004X 70A 187 (84) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T06CUSS4X 2 2 6 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR2004X 72B 188 (85) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T06CUSS4X 2 9 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR1034X 70A 226 (103) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T09CUSS4X 2 2 9 — 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR1034X 503A 226 (103) Indoor–Outdoor Y48J28T09CUSS4X 2 9 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR1034X 72B 231 (105) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T09CUSS4X 2 2 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR954X 72B 276 (125) Indoor–Outdoor Y48D28T15CUSS4X 2 2 15 — 2 at –5% EPT 115 FR954X 70A 283 (128) Indoor–Outdoor Y48G28T15CUSS4X 2 15 — 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR954X 503A 299 (136) Indoor–Outdoor Y48J28T15CUSS4X 2 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR2434X 84A 602 (273) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T30CUSS4X 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR2444X 84A 829 (376) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T45CUSS4X 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPT 115 FR2454X 84A 1452 (659) Indoor–Outdoor Y48M28T75CUSS4X 3 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Grade 304 stainless steel standard. Grade 316 stainless steel available as an option. Replace suffix “SS” with suffix “S6.” 2 T-T connected (Scott T) secondary winding configuration. 3 Floor-mount only. Contact your local Eaton sales office for voltage combinations not shown in the above table. Other voltages and custom features are available upon request. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-108 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.4 Transformers General-Purpose Encapsulated Transformers Accessories 2 Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. 2 Technical Data and Specifications 2 Frequency Enclosures Eaton standard dry-type distribution transformers are designed for 60 Hz operation. Transformers required for other frequencies are available and must be specifically designed. Eaton encapsulated transformers, Types EP and EPT, use a NEMA 3R rated enclosure as standard. NEMA 4X enclosures (grade 304 or 316 stainless steel) are available as an option. Overload Capability Winding Terminations Short-term overload is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour, 150% load for one hour and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Primary and secondary windings are terminated in the wiring compartment. Encapsulated units have copper leads or stabs brought out for connections. Ventilated transformers have leads brought out to aluminum pads that are predrilled to accept Cu/Al lugs. Lugs are not supplied with these transformers. Eaton recommends that external cables be rated 90°C (sized at 75°C ampacity) for encapsulated designs and 75°C for ventilated designs. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. Insulation System and Temperature Rise Industry standards classify insulation systems and rise as shown below: Insulation System Classification Ambient + Winding Rise + Hot Spot = Temp. Class 40°C 55°C 10°C 105°C 40°C 80°C 30°C 150°C 25°C 135°C 20°C 180°C 40°C 115°C 30°C 185°C 40°C 150°C 30°C 220°C The design life of transformers having different insulation systems is the same—the lower-temperature systems are designed for the same life as the higher-temperature systems. Sound Levels All Eaton 600 volt class general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed to meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels listed here. These are the sound levels measured in a soundproof environment. Actual sound levels measured at an installation will likely be higher due to electrical connections and environmental conditions. Lower sound levels are available and should be specified when the transformer is going to be installed in an area where sound may be a concern. For additional information, please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-194. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Average Sound Levels 1 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV Above 1.2 kV kVA Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 0–9 40 45 45 10–50 45 50 50 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 Series-Multiple Windings 701–1000 64 63 64 Series-multiple windings consist of two similar coils in each winding that can be connected in series or parallel (multiple). Transformers with series-multiple windings are designated with an “x” or “/” between the voltage ratings, such as voltages of “120/240” or “240 x 480.” If the series-multiple winding is designated by an “x,” the winding can be connected only for a series or parallel. With the “/” designation, a mid-point also becomes available in addition to the series or parallel connection. As an example, a 120 x 240 winding can be connected for either 120 (parallel) or 240 (series), but a 120/240 winding can be connected for 120 (parallel), 240 (series) or 240 with a 120 mid-point. 1001–1500 65 64 65 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-109 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Contents 2 Description 2 Distribution Transformers Motor Drive Isolation Transformers . . . . . . . . . Mini–Power Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Transformers . Class I, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Open-Type Core and Coil Assembly Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Marine Duty Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buck-Boost and Low Voltage Lighting Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Medium Voltage Distribution Transformers . . . 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-110 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T2-111 V2-T2-119 V2-T2-124 V2-T2-127 V2-T2-130 V2-T2-133 V2-T2-144 V2-T2-173 Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Contents Type MD Description Page Motor Drive Isolation Transformers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . Mini–Power Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Transformers. . . . Class I, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformers Open-Type Core and Coil Assembly Transformers Marine Duty Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buck-Boost and Low Voltage Lighting Transformers Medium Voltage Distribution Transformers . . . . . . V2-T2-112 V2-T2-112 V2-T2-118 V2-T2-118 V2-T2-119 V2-T2-124 V2-T2-127 V2-T2-130 V2-T2-133 V2-T2-144 V2-T2-173 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Motor Drive Isolation Transformers Product Description Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions Drive isolation transformers are specifically designed for use with AC and DC adjustable speed drives. Two winding drive isolation transformers provide: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications (with weathershield) Ventilated enclosures 220°C insulation system 150°C rise standard (self extinguishing), 115°C or 80°C rise optional Available in ratings from 7.5 through 1500 kVA ● ● ● Electrical isolation between the incoming line and the drive circuitry Voltage conversion of input line to standard drive input voltages Minimized line disturbances caused by SCR (silicon controlled rectifiers) firing Reduced short-circuit currents and voltage line transients Drive isolation transformers are specifically sized to the drive kVA requirements and are braced to withstand the mechanical stresses of current reversals and short circuits associated with SCR drives. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 60 Hz operation (50/60 Hz operation available) Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Primary and secondary terminals are front accessible for fast and easy connection Slotted screw mounting holes in enclosure and cover reduce installation time Sound dampening pads, which isolate the core and coil from the case, reduce noise levels to meet NEMA ST-20 Core laminations of precision sheared silicon steel are hand stacked to ensure quiet operation Terminations are clearly marked for easy identification Three-phase transformers have one 5% full capacity tap above and below nominal voltage for incoming source adjustment ● ● ● ● Units are suitable for continuous operation in a 40°C ambient maximum Full current neutral Thermoguard protection embedded in coils of threephase models to indicate that high temperatures (approximately 190°C) are present. Thermoguards consist of a set of NO dry contacts Three coil delta-wye configurations are used throughout the product line Standards and Certifications ● ● ● ● ANSI C89.2 NEMA ST-20 UL 506 UL 1561 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Seismic Qualified All Eaton manufactured drytype distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed requirements of the International Building Code (IBC) and California Code Title 24. 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-111 2.5 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Catalog Number Selection Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. Product Selection 2 Additional Product Selection information begins on Page V2-T2-189. 2 Three-Phase Drive Isolation 2 208 Delta Volts to 460Y/266 Volts 2 hp kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 5 7.5 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347B 158 (72) WS38 MD075E86 2 Full Capacity Taps 7.5 11 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347B 176 (80) WS38 MD11E86 10 14 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347B 149 (68) WS38 MD14E86 2 15 20 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347B 240 (19) WS38 MD20E86 20 27 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347B 231 (15) WS38 MD27E86 2 25 34 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347B 310 (141) WS38 MD34E86 30 40 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347B 307 (139) WS38 MD40E86 2 40 51 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 347B 480 (218) WS39 MD51E86 2 50 63 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 347B 485 (220) WS39 MD63E86 60 75 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 347B 482 (219) WS39 MD75E86 2 75 93 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 915F 347B 600 (272) WS39 MD93E86 100 118 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 347B 658 (299) WS19 MD118E86 2 125 145 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 347B 770 (350) WS19 MD145E86 150 175 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 321B 1320 (599) WS34 MD175E86 2 200 220 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 321B 1436 (652) WS34 MD220E86 2 250 275 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 321B 1 WS34 MD275E86 300 330 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 321B 1 WS35 MD330E86 400 440 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 920E 321B 1 WS35 MD440E86 2 2 2 Notes 1 Contact Eaton. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-112 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase Drive Isolation 2 2 230 Delta Volts to 230Y/133 Volts Full Capacity Taps hp kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield 5 7.5 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286A 158 (72) WS38 MD075E88 7.5 11 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286A 156 (71) WS38 MD11E88 10 14 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286A 158 (72) WS38 MD14E88 15 20 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286A 216 (98) WS38 MD20E88 20 27 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286A 231 (105) WS38 MD27E88 25 34 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286A 310 (141) WS38 MD34E88 30 40 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286A 310 (141) WS38 MD40E88 40 51 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286A 480 (218) WS39 MD51E88 50 63 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286A 500 (227) WS39 MD63E88 60 75 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286A 538 (244) WS39 MD75E88 75 93 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 915F 286A 600 (272) WS39 MD93E88 100 118 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 915F 286A 600 (272) WS39 MD118E88 2 Style Number 2 2 2 2 2 125 145 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286A 868 (394) WS19 MD145E88 150 175 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 318D 1320 (599) WS34 MD175E88 200 220 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 318D 1332 (605) WS34 MD220E88 250 275 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 318D 1350 (613) WS34 MD275E88 300 330 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 318D 2336 (1061) WS35 MD330E88 400 440 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 920E 318D 1 WS35 MD440E88 2 2 2 2 2 2 230 Delta Volts to 460Y/266 Volts Full Capacity Taps 2 hp kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weathershield Style Number 5 7.5 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347A 158 (72) WS38 MD075E89 Weight Lbs (kg) 7.5 11 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347A 158 (72) WS38 MD11E89 10 14 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347A 158 (72) WS38 MD14E89 15 20 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347A 254 (115) WS38 MD20E89 20 27 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347A 231 (105) WS38 MD27E89 25 34 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347A 310 (141) WS38 MD34E89 30 40 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 347A 344 (156) WS38 MD40E89 40 51 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 347A 480 (218) WS39 MD51E89 50 63 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 347A 457 (207) WS39 MD63E89 60 75 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 347A 480 (218) WS39 MD75E89 75 93 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 915F 347A 600 (272) WS39 MD93E89 100 118 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 347A 941 (427) WS19 MD118E89 125 145 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 347A 770 (350) WS19 MD145E89 150 175 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 321A 1326 (602) WS34 MD175E89 200 220 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 321A 1332 (605) WS34 MD220E89 250 275 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 321A 1350 (613) WS34 MD275E89 300 330 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 321A 2400 (1090) WS35 MD330E89 400 440 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 920E 321A 1 WS35 MD440E89 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Contact Eaton. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-113 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase Drive Isolation 2 460 Delta Volts to 230Y/133 Volts 2 hp kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Weight Number Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 5 7.5 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 193 (88) WS38 MD075E91 7.5 11 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 158 (72) WS38 MD11E91 2 10 14 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 158 (72) WS38 MD14E91 2 15 20 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 216 (98) WS38 MD20E91 20 27 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 231 (105) WS38 MD27E91 2 25 34 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 340 (154) WS38 MD34E91 30 40 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 339 (154) WS38 MD40E91 2 40 51 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914 286D 535 (243) WS39 MD51E91 2 50 63 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286D 480 (218) WS39 MD63E91 60 75 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286D 469 (213) WS39 MD75E91 2 75 93 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 915F 286D 727 (330) WS39 MD93E91 100 118 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286D 770 (350) WS19 MD118E91 2 125 145 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286D 770 (350) WS19 MD145E91 150 175 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 286D 1100 (499) WS34 MD175E91 2 200 220 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 286D 1299 (590) WS34 MD220E91 2 250 275 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 286D 1596 (725) WS34 MD275E91 300 330 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 318E 2234 (1014) WS35 MD330E91 400 440 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 318E 2400 (1090) WS35 MD440E91 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 460 Delta Volts to 400Y/231 Volts 2 hp kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Weight Number Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 5 7.5 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 193 (88) WS38 MD075E75 2 7.5 11 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 158 (72) WS38 MD11E75 10 14 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 158 (72) WS38 MD14E75 2 15 20 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 216 (98) WS38 MD20E75 20 27 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 231 (105) WS38 MD27E75 2 25 34 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 340 (154) WS38 MD34E75 30 40 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 339 (154) WS38 MD40E75 2 40 51 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286D 535 (243) WS39 MD51E75 2 50 63 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286D 480 (218) WS39 MD63E75 60 75 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286D 469 (213) WS39 MD75E75 Full Capacity Taps 2 75 93 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 915F 286D 727 (330) WS39 MD93E75 100 118 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286D 770 (350) WS19 MD118E75 2 125 145 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286D 770 (350) WS19 MD145E75 150 175 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 286D 1100 (499) WS34 MD175E75 2 200 220 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 286D 1299 (590) WS34 MD220E75 2 250 275 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 286D 1596 (725) WS34 MD275E75 300 330 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 318E 2234 (1014) WS35 MD330E75 400 440 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 318E 2400 (1090) WS35 MD440E75 2 2 Note For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 V2-T2-114 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase Drive Isolation 2 2 460 Delta Volts to 460Y/266 Volts Full Capacity Taps hp kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Weight Number Lbs (kg) 5 7.5 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 7.5 11 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D Weathershield Style Number 164 (74) WS38 MD075E92 161 (73) WS38 MD11E92 10 14 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 173 (79) WS38 MD14E92 15 20 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 231 (105) WS38 MD20E92 20 27 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 250 (114) WS38 MD27E92 25 34 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 310 (141) WS38 MD34E92 30 40 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286D 310 (141) WS38 MD40E92 40 51 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286D 503 (228) WS39 MD51E92 50 63 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286D 535 (243) WS39 MD63E92 60 75 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286D 535 (243) WS39 MD75E92 75 93 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286D 710 (322) WS19 MD93E92 100 118 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286D 770 (350) WS19 MD118E92 125 145 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286D 866 (393) WS19 MD145E92 150 175 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 286D 1100 (499) WS34 MD175E92 200 220 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 286D 1100 (499) WS34 MD220E92 250 275 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 286D 1469 (667) WS34 MD275E92 300 330 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 318E 2587 (1174) WS35 MD330E92 400 440 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 318E 2500 (1135) WS35 MD440E92 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-115 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase Drive Isolation 2 480 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts 2 hp kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Weight Number Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 5 7.5 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 193 (88) WS38 MD075E77 2 Full Capacity Taps 7.5 11 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 158 (72) WS38 MD11E77 10 14 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 158 (72) WS38 MD14E77 2 15 20 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 185 (84) WS38 MD20E77 20 27 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 231 (105) WS38 MD27E77 2 25 34 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 329 (149) WS38 MD34E77 30 40 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 339 (154) WS38 MD40E77 2 40 51 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 300A 535 (243) WS39 MD51E77 2 50 63 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 300A 480 (218) WS39 MD63E77 60 75 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 300A 469 (213) WS39 MD75E77 2 75 93 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 915F 300A 727 (330) WS39 MD93E77 100 118 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 300A 770 (350) WS19 MD118E77 2 125 145 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 300A 770 (350) WS19 MD145E77 150 175 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 300A 1100 (499) WS34 MD175E77 2 200 220 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 300A 1299 (590) WS34 MD220E77 2 250 275 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 300A 1596 (725) WS34 MD275E77 300 330 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 348D 2234 (1014) WS35 MD330E77 400 440 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 348D 2400 (1090) WS35 MD440E77 2 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 480 Delta Volts 2 hp kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Weight Number Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 5 7.5 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 193 (88) WS38 MD075E99 2 7.5 11 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 158 (72) WS38 MD11E99 10 14 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 158 (72) WS38 MD14E99 2 15 20 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 185 (84) WS38 MD20E99 20 27 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 231 (105) WS38 MD27E99 2 25 34 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 329 (149) WS38 MD34E99 30 40 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 300A 339 (154) WS38 MD40E99 2 40 51 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 300A 535 (243) WS39 MD51E99 2 50 63 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 300A 480 (218) WS39 MD63E99 60 75 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 300A 469 (213) WS39 MD75E99 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 75 93 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 915F 300A 727 (330) WS39 MD93E99 100 118 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 300A 770 (350) WS19 MD118E99 125 145 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 300A 770 (350) WS19 MD145E99 150 175 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 300A 1100 (499) WS34 MD175E99 2 200 220 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 300A 1299 (590) WS34 MD220E99 2 250 275 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 300A 1596 (725) WS34 MD275E99 300 330 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 348D 2234 (1014) WS35 MD330E99 400 440 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 348D 2400 (1090) WS35 MD440E99 2 2 Note For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 V2-T2-116 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase Drive Isolation 2 2 575 Delta Volts to 460Y/266 Volts Full Capacity Taps hp kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Weight Number Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 5 7.5 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 158 (72) WS38 MD075E95 7.5 11 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 158 (72) WS38 MD11E95 10 14 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 158 (72) WS38 MD14E95 15 20 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 272 (123) WS38 MD20E95 20 27 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 266 (121) WS38 MD27E95 25 34 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 360 (163) WS38 MD34E95 30 40 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 310 (141) WS38 MD40E95 40 51 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286H 504 (229) WS39 MD51E95 50 63 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286H 506 (230) WS39 MD63E95 60 75 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286H 524 (238) WS39 MD75E95 75 93 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286H 730 (331) WS19 MD93E95 100 118 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286H 770 (350) WS19 MD118E95 125 145 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286H 770 (350) WS19 MD145E95 150 175 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 286H 1282 (582) WS34 MD175E95 200 220 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 286H 1201 (545) WS34 MD220E95 250 275 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 923 318F 702 (319) WS37 MD275E95 300 330 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 318F 2263 (1027) WS35 MD330E95 400 440 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 318F 2400 (1090) WS35 MD440E95 hp kVA 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 575 Delta Volts to 575Y/332 Volts Full Capacity Taps 2 FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Weight Number Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 5 7.5 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 158 (72) WS38 MD075E96 7.5 11 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 158 (72) WS38 MD11E96 10 14 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 231 (105) WS38 MD14E96 15 20 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 231 (105) WS38 MD20E96 20 27 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 231 (105) WS38 MD27E96 25 34 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 261 (118) WS38 MD34E96 30 40 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 912D 286H 310 (141) WS38 MD40E96 40 51 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286H 480 (218) WS39 MD51E96 50 63 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286H 500 (227) WS39 MD63E96 60 75 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 914F 286H 538 (244) WS39 MD75E96 75 93 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286H 600 (272) WS19 MD93E96 100 118 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286H 948 (430) WS19 MD118E96 125 145 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 916A 286H 868 (394) WS19 MD145E96 150 175 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 286H 1320 (599) WS34 MD175E96 200 220 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 917 286H 1332 (605) WS34 MD220E96 250 275 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 918A 318F 1350 (613) WS34 MD275E96 300 330 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 318F 2336 (1061) WS35 MD330E96 400 440 1 at +5% 1 at –5% 150 919E 318F 2500 (1137) WS35 MD440E96 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-117 2.5 2 Accessories 2 ● 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ● ● ● ● ● Transformers Distribution Transformers Copper windings Non-standard voltages 50/60 Hz designs Delta-delta configuration 80°C or 115°C rise designs Encapsulated designs (up to 34 kVA). Thermoguards are not available on encapsulated designs ● ● Totally enclosed non-ventilated Electrostatic shields Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. Technical Data and Specifications Frequency Eaton standard dry-type distribution transformers are designed for 60 Hz operation. Transformers required for other frequencies are available and must be specifically designed. Overload Capability Short-term overload is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour, 150% load for one hour and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. Insulation System and Temperature Rise Industry standards classify insulation systems and rise as shown below: Insulation System Classification Ambient + Winding Rise + Hot Spot = Temp. Class 40°C 55°C 10°C 105°C 40°C 80°C 30°C 150°C 25°C 135°C 20°C 180°C 40°C 115°C 30°C 185°C 40°C 150°C 30°C 220°C The design life of transformers having different insulation systems is the same—the lower-temperature systems are designed for the same life as the higher-temperature systems. Enclosures Eaton ventilated transformers, Type MD, use a NEMA 2 rated (drip-proof) enclosure as standard, and are rated NEMA 3R with the addition of weathershields. Sound Levels All Eaton 600 volt class general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed to meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels listed here. These are the sound levels measured in a soundproof environment. Actual sound levels measured at an installation will likely be higher due to electrical connections and environmental conditions. Lower sound levels are available and should be specified when the transformer is going to be installed in an area where sound may be a concern. Winding Terminations Primary and secondary windings are terminated in the wiring compartment. Ventilated transformers have leads brought out to aluminum pads that are predrilled to accept Cu/Al lugs. Lugs are not supplied with these transformers. Eaton recommends that external cables be rated 75°C for ventilated designs. For additional information, please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-194. Average Sound Levels 1 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV Above 1.2 kV kVA Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 0–9 40 45 45 2 10–50 45 50 50 2 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 2 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 2 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 2 Notes 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. 2 For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-118 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Contents Description Page Motor Drive Isolation Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . Mini–Power Centers Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Transformers. . . . Class I, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformers Open-Type Core and Coil Assembly Transformers Marine Duty Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buck-Boost and Low Voltage Lighting Transformers Medium Voltage Distribution Transformers . . . . . . V2-T2-111 V2-T2-120 V2-T2-121 V2-T2-121 V2-T2-123 V2-T2-123 V2-T2-124 V2-T2-127 V2-T2-130 V2-T2-133 V2-T2-144 V2-T2-173 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Mini–Power Centers Product Description Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. ● ● ● ● Encapsulated design Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications 180°C insulation system 115°C rise standard; 80°C rise optional Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions A mini–power center combines three individual components into one NEMA Type 3R enclosure: a main breaker, an encapsulated single-phase (Type EP) or three-phase (EPT) dry-type transformer, and a secondary distribution loadcenter with main breaker. Interconnecting wiring is completed at the factory. Mini–power centers are used wherever there is a 480 volt or 600 volt distribution system and loads requiring 208Y/120 volt, three-phase or 120/240 volt single-phase. Typical installations include: ● Industrial plant assembly lines Plant expansions Test equipment Temporary construction site power Sewage disposal plants Warehouses Car washes Parking lots Commercial buildings ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 60 Hz operation Indoor/outdoor, NEMA 3R Primary main breaker Secondary main breaker (Type BR plug-in and Type BAB bolt-on feeder breakers not included) All live parts enclosed for personnel safety Cover is hinged to prevent removal and can be padlocked Cores are grounded with a copper lead Ground bar is supplied to permit grounding of individual secondary circuits Neutral bar is grounded to case Feeder circuits can be easily added or changed using Type BR plug-in breakers and Type BR plugin and Type BAB bolt-on ● ● ● ● Suitable for service entrance Wide range of configurations available: ● Aluminum windings and plug-in loadcenter chassis standard ● Copper windings and plug-in loadcenter chassis also available ● Copper windings and bolt-on loadcenter chassis available Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-119 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers 2 Standards and Certifications 2 ● ● UL listed CSA® certified 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. All 600 volt class transformers are UL listed unless otherwise noted. Seismically Qualified Eaton manufactured dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed requirements of the International Building Code (IBC) and California Code Title 24. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-120 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Catalog Number Selection Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. 2 Product Selection 2 Additional Product Selection information begins on Page V2-T2-189. 2 Single-Phase 2 2 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts Main Circuit Breaker Feeder Breakers Max. Number 23 Weight Lbs (kg) Primary 1 Secondary Single-Pole Two-Pole Max. Amp Style Number kVA Full Capacity Taps FCBN Frame Wiring Diagram Number 3 2 at –5% FR283 97A3K 105 (47) EHD2015 BR215 8 4 12 P48G11S03P 5 2 at –5% FR284 110A5K 110 (50) EHD2020 BR225 12 6 20 P48G11S05P 7.5 2 at –5% FR284 109A7K 125 (56) EHD2030 BR230 12 6 30 P48G11S07P 10 2 at –5% FR285 108A10K 180 (82) EHD2040 BR250 12 6 40 P48G11S10P 15 2 at –5% FR286 107A15K 215 (98) EHD2060 BR270 20 10 60 P48G11S15P 25 2 at –5% FR287 106A25K 373 (169) EHD2100 BR2125 26 13 100 P48G11S25P 2 kVA 5 2 at –5% Main Circuit Breaker Feeder Breakers Max. Number 23 Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Primary 1 Secondary Single-Pole Two-Pole Max. Amp Style Number FR284 110B5K 110 (50) FDB2015 BR225 12 6 20 P60G11S05P 7.5 2 at –5% FR284 109B7K 125 (56) FDB2030 BR230 12 6 30 P60G11S07P 10 2 at –5% FR285 108B10K 180 (82) FDB2040 BR250 12 6 40 P60G11S10P 15 2 at –5% FR286 107B15K 215 (98) FDB2060 BR270 20 10 60 P60G11S15P 25 2 at –5% FR287 106B25K 373 (169) FDB2100 BR2125 26 13 100 P60G11S25P kVA 2 at –5% 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts 15 2 2 Three-Phase Full Capacity Taps FCBN 2 2 600 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps FCBN 2 Main Circuit Breaker Feeder Breakers Max. Number 23 Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Primary Secondary Single-Pole Two-Pole FR289A 105A15K 320 (145) EHD3040 BR350 18 9 Three-Pole Max. Amp Style Number 6 40 P48G28T15P 22.5 2 at –5% FR290A 103A21K 565 (256) EHD3070 BR370 18 9 6 60 P48G28T21P 30 2 at –5% FR291A 104A30K 635 (288) EHD3090 BR3100 24 12 8 80 P48G28T30P Main Circuit Breaker Feeder Breakers Max. Number 23 Weight Lbs (kg) Primary Secondary Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Max. Amp Style Number kVA Full Capacity Taps FCBN 15 2 at –5% FR289A 105D15K 320 (145) FDB3030 BR350 18 9 6 40 P60G28T15P 22.5 2 at –5% FR290A 103B21K 565 (256) FDB3050 BR370 18 9 6 60 P60G28T21P 30 2 at –5% FR291A 104B30K 635 (288) FDB3070 BR3100 24 12 8 80 P60G28T30P Frame 2 2 2 2 600 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Wiring Diagram Number 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Primary breakers with higher interrupting capacity available. For HFD breaker, add suffix “H.” For FD breaker, add suffix “F.” For FDC breaker, add suffix “C.” Main breakers are fixed only. 2 Combinations can be selected. 3 Feeder breakers not included. Use Eaton’s Type BR. 2 2 For 304 grade stainless steel enclosure, replace 10th character of catalog number with an “SS” suffix, e.g., P48G11S03SS, or add “SS” suffix before the addition of “CUB.” For 316 grade stainless steel enclosure, replace 10th character of catalog number with an “S6” suffix, e.g., P48G11S03S6, or add “S6” suffix before the addition of “CUB.” For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2 2 V2-T2-121 2.5 2 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers All Copper, Bolt-On Breaker Designs—Single-Phase 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts Main Circuit Breaker Feeder Breakers Max. Number 23 Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Primary 1 Secondary Single-Pole Two-Pole Max. Amp Style Number 2 at –5% FR306 97A3K 105 (47) EHD2015L BAB2015 8 4 12 P48G11S03CUB 2 at –5% FR307 110A5K 110 (50) EHD2020L BAB2025 12 6 20 P48G11S05CUB 6 30 P48G11S07CUB 6 40 P48G11S10CUB 12 60 P48G11S15CUB 13 100 P48G11S25CUB Two-Pole Max. Amp Style Number kVA Full Capacity Taps FCBN 3 2 5 7.5 2 at –5% FR307 109A7K 110 (50) EHD2030L BAB2030 12 2 10 2 at –5% FR308 108A10K 180 (82) EHD2040L BAB2050 12 15 2 at –5% FR309 108A15K 215 (98) EHD2060L BAB2070 24 25 2 at –5% FR310 106A25K 385 (175) EHD2100L BAB2125 26 Main Circuit Breaker Feeder Breakers Max. Number 23 Weight Lbs (kg) Primary 1 Secondary Single-Pole 2 2 2 2 600 Volts to 120/240 Volts kVA Full Capacity Taps FCBN Frame Wiring Diagram Number 3 2 at –5% FR306 97B3K 105 (47) FDB2015L BAB2015 8 4 12 P60G11S03CUB 5 2 at –5% FR307 110B5K 110 (50) FDB2020L BAB2025 12 6 20 P60G11S05CUB 2 7.5 2 at –5% FR307 109B7K 110 (50) FDB2030L BAB2030 12 6 30 P60G11S07CUB 10 2 at –5% FR308 108B10K 180 (82) FDB2040L BAB2050 12 6 40 P60G11S10CUB 2 15 2 at –5% FR309 108B15K 215 (98) FDB2060L BAB2070 24 12 60 P60G11S15CUB 25 2 at –5% FR310 106B25K 385 (175) FDB2100L BAB2125 26 13 100 P60G11S25CUB Main Circuit Breaker Feeder Breakers Max. Number 23 Weight Lbs (kg) Primary Secondary Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Max. Amp Style Number 320 (145) EHD3040L BAB3050H 18 9 6 40 P48G28T15CUB 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Three-Phase 480 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts kVA Full Capacity Taps FCBN Frame Wiring Diagram Number 15 2 at –5% FR289A 105A15K 22.5 2 at –5% FR290A 103A21K 565 (257) EHD3070L BAB3070H 18 9 6 60 P48G28T21CUB 30 2 at –5% FR291A 104A30K 635 (288) EHD3090L BAB3100H 24 12 8 80 P48G28T30CUB Weight Lbs (kg) 2 2 600 Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Main Circuit Breaker Feeder Breakers Max. Number 23 Primary Secondary Single-Pole Two-Pole Three-Pole Max. Amp Style Number 320 (145) FDB3030L BAB3050H 18 9 6 40 P60G28T15CUB 565 (257) FDB3050L BAB3070H 18 9 6 60 P60G28T21CUB FDB3070L BAB3100H 24 12 8 80 P60G28T30CUB kVA Full Capacity Taps FCBN Frame Wiring Diagram Number 2 15 2 at –5% FR289A 105D15K 22.5 2 at –5% FR290A 103B21K 2 30 2 at –5% FR291A 104B30K 635 (288) 2 2 Notes 1 Primary breakers with higher interrupting capacity available. For HFD breaker, add suffix “H.” For FD breaker, add suffix “F.” For FDC breaker, add suffix “C.” Main breakers are fixed only. UL Listed only, not CSA. 2 Combinations can be selected. 3 Feeder breakers not included. Use Eaton’s Type BAB. 2 For 304 grade stainless steel enclosure, replace 10th character of catalog number with an “SS” suffix, e.g., P48G11S03SS, or add “SS” suffix before the addition of “CUB.” For 316 grade stainless steel enclosure, replace 10th character of catalog number with an “S6” suffix, e.g., P48G11S03S6, or add “S6” suffix before the addition of “CUB.” For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-122 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Accessories 2 Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. 2 Technical Data and Specifications Frequency Eaton standard dry-type distribution transformers are designed for 60 Hz operation. Transformers required for other frequencies must be specifically designed. Overload Capability Short-term overload is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour, 150% load for one hour and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. 2 Insulation System and Temperature Rise Industry standards classify insulation systems and rise as shown below: Insulation System Classification Ambient + Winding Rise + Hot Spot = Temp. Class 40°C 55°C 10°C 105°C 40°C 80°C 30°C 150°C 25°C 135°C 20°C 180°C 40°C 115°C 30°C 185°C 40°C 150°C 30°C 220°C The design life of transformers having different insulation systems is the same—the lower-temperature systems are designed for the same life as the higher-temperature systems. Winding Terminations Eaton recommends that external cables be rated 90°C (sized at 75°C ampacity) for encapsulated designs and 75°C for ventilated designs. Sound Levels All Eaton 600 volt class general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed to meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels listed here. These are the sound levels measured in a soundproof environment. Actual sound levels measured at an installation will likely be higher due to electrical connections and environmental conditions. Lower sound levels are available and should be specified when the transformer is going to be installed in an area where sound may be a concern. 2 2 2 2 2 2 Average Sound Levels 1 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV Above 1.2 kV kVA Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 0–9 40 45 45 10–50 45 50 50 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For all-copper and bolt-on-breaker designs, contact Eaton. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-123 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase Type DT-3E Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Contents Description 2 Page Motor Drive Isolation Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . Mini–Power Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Transformers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Class I, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformers Open-Type Core and Coil Assembly Transformers Marine Duty Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buck-Boost and Low Voltage Lighting Transformers Medium Voltage Distribution Transformers. . . . . . 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-111 V2-T2-119 V2-T2-125 V2-T2-125 V2-T2-126 V2-T2-126 V2-T2-127 V2-T2-130 V2-T2-133 V2-T2-144 V2-T2-173 2 2 2 Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Transformers 2 Product Description 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. ● ● ● ● Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications Totally enclosed, nonventilated enclosures rated NEMA 3R 220°C insulation system 150°C rise standard; 115°C or 80°C rise optional 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Application Description Totally enclosed nonventilated dry-type transformers are for special applications, where because of adverse atmospheric conditions it is desirable to use a dry-type non-ventilated transformer vs. the ventilated standard unit, which has openings in its enclosure to allow air to flow directly over the core and coil. Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● ● 60 Hz operation (50/60 Hz operation available) Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels In applications where the atmosphere contains conductive, corrosive, or combustible materials, which might damage a transformer, or lint and dust flyings that might block the ventilation passages, the non-ventilated transformer is highly suited. It has no openings in the enclosure. Heat is dissipated by radiating from the surface area of the enclosure. Consequently, the enclosures are larger than those of the standard ventilated type. Non-ventilated transformers are suited for application in the textile, chemical, automotive, petrochemical, foundry, cement, food, paper and other industries. 2 2 2 V2-T2-124 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Standards and Certifications ● UL listed Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. Seismically Qualified Eaton manufactured dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed requirements of the International Building Code (IBC) and California Code Title 24. Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Catalog Number Selection Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. 2 Product Selection 2 Additional Product Selection information begins on Page V2-T2-189. 2 Single-Phase—Type DS-3E, 60 Hz 1 2 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts +1–5%, –2–5% at 240 Volts Primary; +2–2.5%, –4–2.5% at 480 Volts Primary kVA Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Style Number 15 DS-3E 150 FR817N 3XA 350 (159) T20P11S15NV 2 25 DS-3E 150 FR818N 3XA 350 (159) T20P11S25NV 2 37.5 DS-3E 150 FR820N 3XA 600 (274) T20P11S37NV 50 DS-3E 150 FR820N 3XA 720 (329) T20P11S50NV 2 2 Three-Phase—Type DT-3E, 60 Hz 1 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts +2–2.5% FCAN, 4–2.5% FCBN Taps kVA Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Style Number 2 15 DT-3E 150 FR914FN 280B 480 (217) V48M28T15NV 30 DT-3E 150 FR914FN 280B 480 (217) V48M28T30NV 2 45 DT-3E 150 FR915FN 280B 600 (272) V48M28T45NV 75 DT-3E 150 FR916AN 280B 760 (344) V48M28T75NV 112.5 DT-3E 150 FR917N 280B 1100 (499) V48M28T12NV 150 DT-3E 150 FR918AN 280B 1300 (589) V48M28T49NV 225 DT-3E 150 FR919EN 275A 2400 (1088) V48M28T22NV 300 DT-3E 150 FR920EN 275A 2900 (1315) V48M28T33NV 2 2 2 Notes 1 Transformers Type EPT 75 kVA and smaller three-phase, and Type EP 37.5 kVA and smaller single-phase, are furnished non-ventilated normally, as standard. See general-purpose transformers. Contact your local Eaton sales office for availability of additional totally enclosed non-ventilated transformers. Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-125 2.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Accessories Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. Technical Data and Specifications Frequency Eaton standard dry-type distribution transformers are designed for 60 Hz operation. Transformers required for other frequencies are available and must be specifically designed. Overload Capability Short-term overload is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour, 150% load for one hour and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. Insulation System and Temperature Rise Industry standards classify insulation systems and rise as shown below: Insulation System Classification Ambient + Winding Rise + Hot Spot = Temp. Class 40°C 55°C 10°C 105°C 40°C 80°C 30°C 150°C 25°C 135°C 20°C 180°C 40°C 115°C 30°C 185°C 40°C 150°C 30°C 220°C The design life of transformers having different insulation systems is the same—the lower-temperature systems are designed for the same life as the higher-temperature systems. Enclosures Eaton totally enclosed, non-ventilated transformers, Types DS-3E and DT-3E, use a NEMA 3R rated enclosure as standard. Winding Terminations Primary and secondary windings are terminated in the wiring compartment. Totally enclosed nonventilated transformers have leads brought out to aluminum pads that are pre-drilled to accept Cu/Al lugs. Lugs are not supplied with these transformers. Eaton recommends external cables be rated 75°C for ventilated designs. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-126 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Series-Multiple Windings Series-multiple windings consist of two similar coils in each winding that can be connected in series or parallel (multiple). Transformers with series-multiple windings are designated with an “x” or “/” between the voltage ratings, such as voltages of “120/240” or “240 x 480.” If the series-multiple winding is designated by an “x,” the winding can be connected only for a series or parallel. With the “/” designation, a mid-point also becomes available in addition to the series or parallel connection. As an example, a 120 x 240 winding can be connected for either 120 (parallel) or 240 (series), but a 120/240 winding can be connected for 120 (parallel), or 240 (series), or 240 with a 120 mid-point. Note: The preceding pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For all-copper and bolt-on-breaker designs, contact Eaton. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Contents Single-Phase Type EPZ Encapsulated Description Motor Drive Isolation Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . Mini–Power Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Transformers. . . . Class I, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . Open-Type Core and Coil Assembly Transformers Marine Duty Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buck-Boost and Low Voltage Lighting Transformers Medium Voltage Distribution Transformers . . . . . . Page 2 V2-T2-111 V2-T2-119 V2-T2-124 2 V2-T2-128 V2-T2-128 V2-T2-129 V2-T2-129 V2-T2-130 V2-T2-133 V2-T2-144 V2-T2-173 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Class I, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformers Product Description Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Encapsulated design Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications Totally enclosed, nonventilated enclosures 180°C insulation system 115°C rise standard; 80°C rise optional Mountable in any position indoors. Upright only outdoors Available in ratings up to 600 volts primary, 25 kVA single-phase, 75 kVA three-phase Available in NEMA Type 4X enclosure Application Description Type EPZ and EPTZ transformers are labeled as “Suitable for use in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C and D locations, as defined by NEC Article 501, with NECrecommended installation procedures for dry-type transformers rated under 600 volts nominal operation.” A Class I, Division 2 location per Section 500 of the NEC is defined as: 6. A location in which volatile flammable liquids or gases are handled, processed or used, but that normally will be confined within closed containers or systems from which they can escape only in case of accidental rupture or breakdown of the container or system. 7. Or, a location where ignitable concentrations of gases or vapors are normally prevented by positive mechanical ventilation and that might become hazardous through failure of the ventilation equipment. Standards and Certifications 8. Or, a location that is adjacent to a Class I, Division 1 location and ignitable concentrations of gases or vapors might occasionally enter. Atmospheres classified by NEC Section 500 as Group A includes acetylene. Group B includes gases such as hydrogen and formaldehyde. Group C may contain gases or vapors such as ethyl ether, ethylene, or the equivalent. Atmospheres classified as Group D may contain gases or vapors such as acetone, ammonia, benzene, butane, cyclopropane, ethanol, gasoline, hexane, methanol, methane, natural gas, naphtha, propane or the equivalent. ● UL listed 2 2 Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. Seismically Qualified Eaton manufactured dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed requirements of the International Building Code (IBC) and California Code Title 24. ● ● ● ● 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Features, Benefits and Functions ● 2 2 NEMA 3R enclosure 60 Hz operation Aluminum windings (copper optional) Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-127 2.5 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Catalog Number Selection Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. Product Selection 2 Additional Product Selection information begins on Page V2-T2-189. 2 Single-Phase—Type EPZ, 60 Hz 2 2 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Style Number 2 0.05 — — EPZ 115 FR57H 524H 13 (6) Z48N11S51A 2 0.75 — — EPZ 115 FR58H 524H 21 (10) Z48N11S76A 1 — — EPZ 115 FR59H 524H 31 (14) Z48N11S01A 2 1.5 — — EPZ 115 FR67H 524H 40 (18) Z48N11S16A 2 — — EPZ 115 FR68H 524H 40 (18) Z48N11S02A 2 3 — — EPZ 115 FR176H 524H 65 (30) Z48N11S03A 2 5 — — EPZ 115 FR177H 524H 113 (51) Z48N11S05A 7.5 — — EPZ 115 FR178H 524H 123 (56) Z48N11S07A 2 10 — — EPZ 115 FR179H 524H 193 (88) Z48N11S10A 15 — — EPZ 115 FR180H 524H 216 (98) Z48N11S15A 2 25 — — EPZ 115 FR182H 524H 375 (170) Z48N11S25A Style Number 2 2 2 Three-Phase—Type EPTZ, 60 Hz 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Three-Phase Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) 3 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR201H 70A 116 (53) Z48G28T03A 2 6 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR200H 70A 143 (65) Z48G28T06A 2 9 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR103H 70A 166 (75) Z48G28T09A 15 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR95H 70A 275 (125) Z48G28T15A 2 30 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR243H 66A 422 (191) Z48G28T30A 45 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR244H 66A 660 (299) Z48G28T45A 2 75 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR245H 66A 1275 (580) Z48G28T75A 1 2 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts with 120 Volt Lighting Tap on B Phase 2 Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame 6 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR102H 95A 115 (52) Z48G22T06A 2 9 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR97H 95A 160 (73) Z48G22T09A 15 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR195H 95A 340 (155) Z48G22T15A 2 30 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR243H 62A 422 (191) Z48G22T30A 45 — 2 at –5% EPTZ 115 FR244H 62A 660 (299) Z48G22T45A 2 2 2 2 Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Style Number Notes 1 Floor-mount only. 2 Center Tap capacity limited to 5% of rated kVA. For 316 grade stainless steel enclosure, replace 10th character of catalog number with an “SS” suffix. Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 V2-T2-128 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Accessories Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. 2 Technical Data and Specifications 2 Frequency Eaton standard dry-type distribution transformers are designed for 60 Hz operation. Transformers required for other frequencies are available and must be specifically designed. Overload Capability Short-term overload is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour, 150% load for one hour, and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. Insulation System and Temperature Rise Industry standards classify insulation systems and rise as shown below: Insulation System Classification Ambient + Winding Rise + Hot Spot = Temp. Class 40°C 55°C 10°C 105°C 40°C 80°C 30°C 150°C 25°C 135°C 20°C 180°C 40°C 115°C 30°C 185°C 40°C 150°C 30°C 220°C The design life of transformers having different insulation systems is the same—the lower-temperature systems are designed for the same life as the higher-temperature systems. Enclosures Eaton encapsulated transformers, Types EPZ and EPTZ, use a NEMA 3R rated enclosure. Sound Levels All Eaton 600 volt class general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed to meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels listed here. These are the sound levels measured in a soundproof environment. Actual sound levels measured at an installation will likely be higher due to electrical connections and environmental conditions. Lower sound levels are available and should be specified when the transformer is going to be installed in an area where sound may be a concern. Winding Terminations Lugs are not supplied with these transformers. Eaton recommends that external cables be rated 90°C sized at 75°C ampacity) for encapsulated designs and 75°C for ventilated designs. Series-Multiple Windings Series-multiple windings consist of two similar coils in each winding that can be connected in series or parallel (multiple). Transformers with series-multiple windings are designated with an “x” or “/” between the voltage ratings, such as voltages of “120/240” or “240 x 480.” If the series-multiple winding is designated by an “x,” the winding can be connected only for a series or parallel. With the “/” designation, a mid-point also becomes available in addition to the series or parallel connection. As an example, a 120 x 240 winding can be connected for either 120 (parallel) or 240 (series), but a 120/240 winding can be connected for 120 (parallel), 240 (series) or 240 with a 120 mid-point. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Nominal and tap leads come out of the transformer through pipe elbows. Connections should be made to an adjacent explosion-proof junction box. Unused tap leads must be properly insulated prior to energization. EPZ and EPTZ transformers are UL and cUL listed. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-129 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Contents 2 Description 2 Page Motor Drive Isolation Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . Mini–Power Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Transformers . . . Class I, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformers Open-Type Core and Coil Assembly Transformers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Marine Duty Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buck-Boost and Low Voltage Lighting Transformers Medium Voltage Distribution Transformers. . . . . . 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-111 V2-T2-119 V2-T2-124 V2-T2-127 V2-T2-131 V2-T2-131 V2-T2-132 V2-T2-132 V2-T2-133 V2-T2-144 V2-T2-173 2 2 2 Open-Type Core and Coil Assembly Transformers 2 Product Description 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. ● ● 220°C insulation system; 150°C rise standard; 115°C or 80°C optional Aluminum windings (copper optional) 2 Application Description The basic purpose of a transformer is voltage transformation as near as practically possible to the load for economy and distribution of power. Typical loads for dry-type distribution transformers include lighting, heating, air conditioners, fans and machine tools. Such loads are found in commercial, institutional, industrial and residential structures. Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● ● 60 Hz operation standard, 50/60 Hz operation available Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels Open core and coil assemblies are typically used by panel builders and equipment OEM customers who incorporate the entire transformer into their structures, making these assemblies a versatile option to purchasing a standard, enclosed transformer and discarding the unneeded enclosure parts. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-130 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Standards and Certifications ● UL recognized Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. Seismically Qualified All Eaton manufactured drytype distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed requirements of the International Building Code and California Code Title 24. 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Catalog Number Selection Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. 2 Product Selection 2 Additional Product Selection information begins on Page V2-T2-189. 2 Single-Phase—Type DS-3C, 60 Hz 2 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts Full Capacity Taps 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Style Number 15 1 1 DS-3C 150 CS15G103 3XA 246 (112) T20P11S15EEZZ 25 1 1 DS-3C 150 CS25E103 3XA 359 (163) T20P11S25EEZZ 37.5 1 1 DS-3C 150 CS37C103 3XA 374 (170) T20P11S37EEZZ 50 1 1 DS-3C 150 CS50G103 3XA 555 (252) T20P11S50EEZZ 2 2 2 2 Three-Phase—Type DT-3C, 60 Hz 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts Full Capacity Taps 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3C 150 CT15H103 280B 191 (87) V48M28T15EEZZ 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3C 150 CT30E103 280B 251 (114) V48M28T30EEZZ 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3C 150 CT45E103 280B 367 (167) V48M28T45EEZZ 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3C 150 CT75E103 280B 491 (223) V48M28T75EEZZ 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3C 150 — 280B 676 (307) V48M28T12EEZZ 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3C 150 — 280B 796 (362) V48M28T49EEZZ 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 240 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 480 volts primary. 2 Contact your local Eaton sales office for availability of additional open-type core and coil assemblies. Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-131 2.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Accessories Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. Technical Data and Specifications Frequency Eaton standard dry-type distribution transformers are designed for 60 Hz operation. Transformers required for other frequencies are available and must be specifically designed. Overload Capability Short-term overload is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour, 150% load for one hour, and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. 2 2 Insulation System and Temperature Rise Industry standards classify insulation systems and rise as shown below: Insulation System Classification Ambient + Winding Rise + Hot Spot = Temp. Class 40°C 55°C 10°C 105°C 40°C 80°C 30°C 150°C 25°C 135°C 20°C 180°C 40°C 115°C 30°C 185°C 40°C 150°C 30°C 220°C The design life of transformers having different insulation systems is the same—the lower-temperature systems are designed for the same life as the higher-temperature systems. Winding Terminations Lugs are not supplied with these transformers. Eaton recommends that external cables be rated 90°C (sized at 75°C ampacity) for encapsulated designs and 75°C for ventilated designs. Series-Multiple Windings Series-multiple windings consist of two similar coils in each winding that can be connected in series or parallel (multiple). Transformers with series-multiple windings are designated with an “x” or “/” between the voltage ratings, such as voltages of “120/240” or “240 x 480.” If the seriesmultiple winding is designated by an “x,” the winding can be connected only for a series or parallel. With the “/” designation, a mid-point also becomes available in addition to the series or parallel connection. As an example, a 120 x 240 winding can be connected for either 120 (parallel) or 240 (series), but a 120/240 winding can be connected for 120 (parallel), 240 (series) or 240 with a 120 mid-point. Sound Levels All Eaton 600 volt class general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed to meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels listed here. These are the sound levels measured in a soundproof environment. Actual sound levels measured at an installation will likely be higher due to electrical connections and environmental conditions. Lower sound levels are available and should be specified when the transformer is going to be installed in an area where sound may be a concern. For additional information, please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-194. Average Sound Levels 1 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV Above 1.2 kV kVA Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 0–9 40 45 45 10–50 45 50 50 2 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 2 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 2 2 Note 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-132 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Contents Description Page Motor Drive Isolation Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . Mini–Power Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Transformers. . . . Class I, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformers Open-Type Core and Coil Assembly Transformers Marine Duty Transformers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . Buck-Boost and Low Voltage Lighting Transformers Medium Voltage Distribution Transformers . . . . . . V2-T2-111 V2-T2-119 V2-T2-124 V2-T2-127 V2-T2-130 V2-T2-134 V2-T2-134 V2-T2-143 V2-T2-143 V2-T2-144 V2-T2-173 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Marine Duty Transformers Product Description Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Types EP, EPT ● Encapsulated design ● Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications ● Totally enclosed, nonventilated enclosures ● Enclosures are NEMA 3R rated ● Mountable in any position indoors and upright-only outdoors ● 180ºC insulation system ● 115ºC rise standard; 80°C rise optional ● Copper windings standard ● Available in singlephase ratings through 37.5 kVA (EP) ● Available in threephase ratings through 75 kVA (EPT) Types DS-3, DT-3 ● Ventilated, NEMA 2 enclosure standard ● Suitable for indoor applications; outdoors when weathershields are also installed ● Upright mounting only ● 220ºC insulation system ● 115ºC rise standard; 150°C or 80°C rise optional ● Copper windings standard ● Available in single-phase ratings 15–167 kVA and up to 4160 volts primary (DS-3) ● Available in three-phase ratings 15–1500 kVA and up to 4160 volts primary (DT-3) Application Description Standards and Certifications The basic purpose of a transformer is voltage transformation as near as practically possible to the load for economy and distribution of power. Typical loads for dry-type distribution transformers include lighting, heating, air conditioners, fans and machine tools. Such loads are found in commercial, institutional, industrial and residential structures. ● UL listed 2 2 Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. All 600 volt class transformers are UL listed unless otherwise noted. Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Meets ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) specification ABS Type Approval Certificate Number 04-TP517621-X 60 Hz operation 115°C temperature rise standard Copper windings standard Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-133 2.5 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Catalog Number Selection Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. Product Selection 2 Additional Product Selection information begins on Page V2-T2-189. 2 Single-Phase—Type EPM Marine Duty Encapsulated NEMA 3R, 60 Hz 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 0.05 None None EPM 115 FR52 3A050Q 7 (3) — QS20N11S81CU 0.075 None None EPM 115 FR54 3A075Q 7 (3) — QS20N11S85CU 2 0.1 None None EPM 115 FR54 3A100Q 7 (3) — QS20N11S82CU 2 0.15 None None EPM 115 FR55 3A150Q 8 (4) — QS20N11S83CU 0.25 None None EPM 115 FR56 3A250Q 12 (5) — QS20N11S26CU 2 0.5 None None EPM 115 FR57 3A500Q 13 (6) — QS20N11S51CU 0.75 None None EPM 115 FR58A 3A750Q 21 (10) — QS20N11S76CU 2 1 None None EPM 115 FR59A 3A1Q 31 (14) — QS20N11S01CU 2 1.5 None None EPM 115 FR67 3A16Q 40 (18) — QS20N11S16CU 2 None None EPM 115 FR68 3A2Q 40 (18) — QS20N11S02CU 2 3 None None EPM 115 FR176 3A3Q 72 (33) — QS20N11S03CU 5 None None EPM 115 FR177 3A5Q 125 (57) — QS20N11S05CU 2 7.5 None None EPM 115 FR178 3A7Q 135 (61) — QS20N11S07CU 10 None None EPM 115 FR179 3A10Q 203 (92) — QS20N11S10CU 2 15 None None EPM 115 FR182 3A15Q 231 (105) — QS20N11S15CU 2 25 None None EPM 115 FR300A 128A25Q 380 (173) — QS20N11S25CU 37.5 None None EPM 115 FR300A 248A37Q 856 (389) — QS20L11S37CU 2 Full Capacity Taps Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-134 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Single-Phase—Type DS-3M Marine Duty 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient 1 2 2 120 Volts to 120 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 816 56D15R 275 (125) WS11 RT12M12F15CUEE 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 818 56D25R 440 (200) WS11 RT12M12F25CUEE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 818 56D37R 480 (218) WS11 RT12M12F37CUEE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 819 56D50R 725 (329) WS16 RT12M12F50CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 820 56D75R 820 (372) WS16 RT12M11F75CUEE 100 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 821 56D100R 1150 (522) WS13 RT12M11F99CUEE FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 816 260A15R 275 (125) WS11 RT29M11F15CUEE 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 818 260A25R 440 (200) WS11 RT29M11F25CUEE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 818 260A37R 480 (218) WS11 RT29M11F37CUEE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 819 260A50R 725 (329) WS16 RT29M11F50CUEE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3M 115 820 260A75R 820 (372) WS16 RT29R11F75CUEE 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3M 115 821 260A100R 1150 (522) WS13 RT29R11F99CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 240 x 480 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 2 DS-3M 115 816 3XA15R 264 (120) WS11 RT20P11F15CUEE 25 2 2 DS-3M 115 818 3XA25R 420 (191) WS11 RT20P11F25CUEE 37.5 2 2 DS-3M 115 818 3XA37R 450 (204) WS11 RT20P11F37CUEE 50 2 2 DS-3M 115 819 3XA50R 703 (319) WS16 RT20P11F50CUEE 75 2 2 DS-3M 115 820 3XA75R 793 (360) WS16 RT20P11F75CUEE 100 2 2 DS-3M 115 821 3XA100R 1085 (493) WS13 RT20P11F99CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 277 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps 2 2 kVA Full Capacity Taps 2 2 208 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps 2 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 816 262C15R 275 (125) WS11 RT27M11F15CUEE 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 818 262C25R 440 (200) WS11 RT27M11F25CUEE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 818 262C37R 480 (218) WS11 RT27M11F37CUEE 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 819 262C50R 725 (329) WS16 RT27M11F50CUEE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3M 115 820 262C75R 820 (372) WS16 RT27M11F75CUEE 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3M 115 821 262C100R 1150 (522) WS13 RT27M11F99CUEE Notes 1 Suitable for installation in onshore, onboard or offshore applications. 2 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 240 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 480 volts primary. 2 2 2 2 2 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-135 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Single-Phase—Type DS-3M Marine Duty 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient 1 2 208 x 416 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 2 DS-3M 115 816 3XF15R 264 (120) WS11 RT18P11F15CUEE 25 2 2 DS-3M 115 818 3XF25R 420 (191) WS11 RT18P11F25CUEE 37.5 2 2 DS-3M 115 818 3XF37R 450 (204) WS11 RT18P11F37CUEE 50 2 2 DS-3M 115 819 3XF50R 703 (319) WS16 RT18P11F50CUEE 75 2 2 DS-3M 115 820 3XF75R 793 (360) WS16 RT18P11F75CUEE 100 2 2 DS-3M 115 821 3XF100R 1085 (493) WS13 RT18P11F99CUEE 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 600 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 816 262B15R 275 (125) WS11 RT60M11F15CUEE 2 25 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 818 262B25R 440 (200) WS11 RT60M11F25CUEE 37.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 818 262B37R 480 (218) WS11 RT60M11F37CUEE 2 50 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DS-3M 115 819 262B50R 725 (329) WS16 RT60M11F50CUEE 75 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3M 115 820 262B75R 820 (372) WS16 RT60M11F75CUEE 2 100 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DS-3M 115 821 262B100R 1150 (522) WS13 RT60M11F99CUEE Full Capacity Taps 2 Notes 1 Suitable for installation in onshore, onboard or offshore applications. 2 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% at 208 volts primary; 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% at 416 volts primary. 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-136 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase—Type EPTM Marine Duty Encapsulated NEMA 3R, 60 Hz 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 3 None 2 at –5% EPTM 115 FR201 70A 132 (60) — LY48G28T03CU 1 6 None 2 at –5% EPTM 115 FR200 70A 182 (83) — LY48G28T06CU 1 9 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPTM 115 FR103 72B 221 (100) — LY48D28T09CU 1 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPTM 115 FR95 72B 296 (135) — LY48D28T15CU 1 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPTM 115 FR243 84A 612 (278) — LY48M28T30CU 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPTM 115 FR244 84A 808 (367) — LY48M28T45CU 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% EPTM 115 FR245 84A 1450 (659) — LY48M28T75CU 2 2 2 2 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 3 None 2 at –5% EPTM 115 FR201 74A 132 (60) — LY48G24T03CU 1 6 None 2 at –5% EPTM 115 FR200 74A 182 (83) — LY48G24T06CU 1 9 None 2 at –5% EPTM 115 FR103 74A 221 (100) — LY48G24T09CU 1 15 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% EPTM 115 FR243 230A 612 (278) — LY48D24T15CU 1 2 2 2 Three-Phase—Type DT-3M Marine Duty Ventilated NEMA 2, 60 Hz (NEMA 3R with Weathershield Kit Installed) 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280B15M 252 (114) WS38 MV48M28F15CU 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280B30M 299 (136) WS38 MV48M28F30CU 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280B45M 414 (188) WS38 MV48M28F45CU 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 915F 280B75M 662 (301) WS39 MV48M28F75CU 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280B112M 927 (421) WS19 MV48M28F12CU 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280B49M 994 (451) WS19 MV48M28F49CU 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 917 280B22M 1839 (835) WS34 MV48M28F22CU 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 918A 280B33M 2134 (969) WS34 MV48M28F33CU 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 919E 275A55M 3349 (1520) WS35 MV48M28F55CU 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 80 912D 280B15M 295 (134) WS38 MV48M28B15CU 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 80 912D 280B30M 367 (167) WS38 MV48M28B30CU 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 80 915F 280B45M 585 (266) WS39 MV48M28B45CU 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 80 916A 280B75M 903 (410) WS19 MV48M28B75CU 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 80 916A 280B112M 959 (435) WS19 MV48M28B12CU 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 80 917 280B49M 1250 (568) WS34 MV48M28B49CU 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 80 918A 280B22M 1861 (845) WS34 MV48M28B22CU 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 80 919E 280B33M 3600 (1634) WS19 MV48M28B33CU 2 Notes 1 T-T (Scott T) connected secondary. 2 Not suitable for installation on U.S. or U.S. territory soil. Suitable for offshore or onboard applications. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-137 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3M Marine Duty Ventilated NEMA 2, 60 Hz (NEMA 3R with Weathershield Kit Installed) 2 480 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts with 120 Volt Lighting Tap—Copper Windings 1 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 282B15M 252 (114) WS38 MV48M22F15CU 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 282B30M 301 (137) WS38 MV48M22F30CU 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Style Number 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 282B45M 382 (173) WS38 MV48M22F45CU 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 915F 282B75M 550 (250) WS39 MV48M22F75CU 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 282B112M 675 (306) WS19 MV48M22F12CU 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 282B49M 860 (390) WS19 MV48M22F49CU 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 917 282B22M 1839 (835) WS34 MV48M22F22CU 2 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 918A 282B33M 2134 (969) WS34 MV48M22F33CU 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 919E 293A55M 3349 (1520) WS35 MV48D22F55CU 2 480 Delta Volts to 120 Delta Volts—Copper Windings 1 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 295B15M 252 (114) WS38 MV48M12F15CU 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 295B30M 301 (137) WS38 MV48M12F30CU 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 295B45M 382 (173) WS38 MV48M12F45CU 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 915F 295B75M 550 (250) WS39 MV48M12F75CU 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 2 Three-Phase—Type DT-3M Marine Duty 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient 2 208 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings 2 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280E15M 265 (120) WS38 MV29M28F15CUEE 2 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280E30M 475 (215) WS38 MV29M28F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280E45M 475 (216) WS38 MV29M28F45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 914F 280E75M 700 (318) WS39 MV29M28F75CUEE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 916A 280E112M 935 (424) WS19 MV29M28F12CUEE 2 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 916A 280E150M 1274 (578) WS19 MV29M28F49CUEE 2 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 917 280E225M 1743 (791) WS34 MV29M28F22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 919E 280E300M 2350 (1067) WS35 MV29M28F33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 920E 280E500M 3690 (1675) WS35 MV29M28F55CUEE 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Not suitable for installation on U.S. or U.S. territory soil. Suitable for offshore or onboard applications. 2 Suitable for installation in onshore, onboard or offshore applications. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-138 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3M Marine Duty 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient 1 2 2 208 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 342B15M 265 (120) WS38 MV29M47F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 342B30M 475 (215) WS38 MV29M47F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 342B45M 475 (216) WS38 MV29M47F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 914F 342B75M 700 (318) WS39 MV29M47F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 342B112M 935 (424) WS19 MV29M47F12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 916A 351A150M 1274 (578) WS19 MV29R47F49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 917 333B225M 1743 (791) WS34 MV29R47F22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 919E 333B300M 2350 (1067) WS35 MV29R47F33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 920E 333B500M 3690 (1675) WS35 MV29R47F55CUEE Weight Lbs (kg) 2 2 2 2 2 2 240 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280C15M 265 (120) WS38 MV24M28F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280C30M 475 (215) WS38 MV24M28F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280C45M 475 (216) WS38 MV24M28F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 914F 280C75M 700 (318) WS39 MV24M28F75CUEE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280C112M 1009 (458) WS19 MV24M28F12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 916A 289A150M 1274 (578) WS19 MV24R28F49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 917 289A225M 1743 (791) WS34 MV24R28F22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 919E 289A300M 2350 (1067) WS35 MV24R28F33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 920E 289A500M 3690 (1675) WS35 MV24R28F55CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 240 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 342L15M 265 (120) WS38 MV24M47F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 342L30M 475 (215) WS38 MV24M47F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 342L45M 475 (216) WS38 MV24M47F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 914F 342L75M 700 (318) WS39 MV24M47F75CUEE 112.5 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 916A 351C112M 1009 (458) WS19 MV24R47F12CUEE 150 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 916A 351C150M 1274 (578) WS19 MV24R47F49CUEE 225 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 917 333A225M 1743 (791) WS34 MV24R47F22CUEE 300 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 919E 333A300M 2350 (1067) WS35 MV24R47F33CUEE 500 1 at +5% 2 at –5% DT-3M 115 920E 333A500M 3690 (1675) WS35 MV24R47F55CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Suitable for installation in onshore, onboard or offshore applications. 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-139 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3M Marine Duty 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient 1 2 440 Delta Volts to 220Y/127 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280J15M 256 (116) WS38 MV44M31F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280J30M 337 (153) WS38 MV44M31F30CUEE 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280J45M 446 (202) WS38 MV44M31F45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 914F 280J75M 662 (301) WS39 MV44M31F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280J112M 914 (415) WS19 MV44M31F12CUEE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280J150M 1132 (514) WS19 MV44M31F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 917 280J225M 2036 (924) WS34 MV44M31F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 923 275F300M 2325 (1056) WS37 MV44M31F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 919E 275F500M 3681 (1671) WS35 MV44M31F55CUEE 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 480 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280B15M 256 (116) WS38 MV48M28F15CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280B30M 337 (153) WS38 MV48M28F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280B45M 446 (202) WS38 MV48M28F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 914F 280B75M 662 (301) WS39 MV48M28F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280B112M 914 (415) WS19 MV48M28F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280B150M 1132 (514) WS19 MV48M28F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 917 275A225M 2036 (924) WS34 MV48M28F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 923 275A300M 2325 (1056) WS37 MV48M28F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 919E 275A500M 3681 (1671) WS35 MV48M28F55CUEE 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts with 120 Volt Lighting Tap on Phase B 2—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 282B15M 248 (113) WS38 MV48M22F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 282B30M 410 (186) WS38 MV48M22F30CUEE 2 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 282B45M 445 (202) WS38 MV48M22F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 914F 282B75M 750 (341) WS39 MV48M22F75CUEE 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 282B112M 963 (437) WS19 MV48M22F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 282B150M 1236 (561) WS19 MV48M22F49CUEE 2 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 917 282B225M 2100 (953) WS34 MV48M22F22CUEE 2 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 923 282B300M 2600 (1180) WS37 MV48M22F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 919E 291A500M 3700 (1680) WS35 MV48M22F55CUEE 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Suitable for installation in onshore, onboard or offshore applications. 2 Lighting tap limited to 5% of nameplate full load capacity. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-140 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3M Marine Duty 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient 1 2 2 480 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280B15M 258 (117) WS38 MV48M47F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280B30M 401 (182) WS38 MV48M47F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280B45M 455 (207) WS38 MV48M47F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 914F 280B75M 678 (308) WS39 MV48M47F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280B112M 676 (307) WS19 MV48M47F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280B150M 1249 (567) WS19 MV48M47F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 917 275A225M 2107 (957) WS34 MV48M47F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 923 275A300M 2418 (1098) WS37 MV48M47F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 919E 275A500M 3800 (1725) WS35 MV48M47F55CUEE Weight Lbs (kg) 2 2 2 2 2 2 600 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280A15M 269 (122) WS38 MV60M28F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280A30M 354 (161) WS38 MV60M28F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280A45M 468 (213) WS38 MV60M28F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 914F 280A75M 695 (316) WS39 MV60M28F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280A112M 960 (436) WS19 MV60M28F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280A150M 1189 (540) WS19 MV60M28F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 917 280A225M 2138 (971) WS34 MV60M28F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 923 280A300M 2441 (1108) WS37 MV60M28F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 919E 280A500M 3865 (1755) WS35 MV60M28F55CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 600 Delta Volts to 240 Delta Volts with 120 Volt Lighting Tap on Phase B 2—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 282B15M 269 (122) WS38 MV60M22F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 282B30M 354 (161) WS38 MV60M22F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 282B45M 468 (213) WS38 MV60M22F45CUEE 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 914F 282B75M 695 (316) WS39 MV60M22F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 282B112M 960 (436) WS19 MV60M22F12CUEE 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 282B150M 1189 (540) WS19 MV60M22F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 917 282B225M 2138 (971) WS34 MV60M22F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 923 282B300M 2441 (1108) WS37 MV60M22F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 919E 291A500M 3865 (1755) WS35 MV60M22F55CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Suitable for installation in onshore, onboard or offshore applications. 2 Lighting tap limited to 5% of nameplate full load capacity. 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-141 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase—Type DT-3M Marine Duty 60 Hz NEMA TP-1 Energy-Efficient 1 2 600 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN Type °C Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 15 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280A15M 284 (129) WS38 MV60M47F15CUEE 30 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280A30M 441 (200) WS38 MV60M47F30CUEE 45 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 912D 280A45M 501 (227) WS38 MV60M47F45CUEE 2 75 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 914F 280A75M 746 (339) WS39 MV60M47F75CUEE 112.5 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280A112M 744 (338) WS19 MV60M47F12CUEE 2 150 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 916A 280A150M 1374 (624) WS19 MV60M47F49CUEE 225 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 917 280A225M 2318 (1052) WS34 MV60M47F22CUEE 300 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 923 280A300M 2660 (1208) WS37 MV60M47F33CUEE 500 2 at +2.5% 4 at –2.5% DT-3M 115 919E 280A500M 4180 (1898) WS35 MV60M47F55CUEE 2 2 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Notes 1 Suitable for installation in onshore, onboard or offshore applications. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-142 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Accessories Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. 2 Technical Data and Specifications 2 Frequency Eaton standard dry-type distribution transformers are designed for 60 Hz operation. Transformers required for other frequencies are available and must be specifically designed. Overload Capability Short-term overload is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour, 150% load for one hour, and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. Insulation System and Temperature Rise Industry standards classify insulation systems and rise as shown below: Insulation System Classification Ambient + Winding Rise + Hot Spot = Temp. Class 40°C 55°C 10°C 105°C 40°C 80°C 30°C 150°C 25°C 135°C 20°C 180°C 40°C 115°C 30°C 185°C 40°C 150°C 30°C 220°C The design life of transformers having different insulation systems is the same—the lower-temperature systems are designed for the same life as the higher-temperature systems. Enclosures Eaton ventilated transformers Types DS-3M and DT-3M use a NEMA 2 rated (drip-proof) enclosure as standard, and are rated NEMA 3R with the addition of weathershields. Eaton encapsulated transformers Types EPM and EPTM use a NEMA 3R rated enclosure. Winding Terminations Primary and secondary windings are terminated in the wiring compartment. Encapsulated units have copper leads or stabs brought out for connections. Ventilated transformers have leads brought out to aluminum pads that are predrilled to accept Cu/Al lugs. Lugs are not supplied with these transformers. Eaton recommends that external cables be rated 90°C (sized at 75°C ampacity) for encapsulated designs and 75°C for ventilated designs. Series-Multiple Windings Series-multiple windings consist of two similar coils in each winding that can be connected in series or parallel (multiple). Transformers with series-multiple windings are designated with an “x” or “/” between the voltage ratings, such as voltages of “120/240” or “240 x 480.” If the seriesmultiple winding is designated by an “x,” the winding can be connected only for a series or parallel. With the “/” designation, a mid-point also becomes available in addition to the series or parallel connection. As an example, a 120 x 240 winding can be connected for either 120 (parallel) or 240 (series), but a 120/240 winding can be connected for 120 (parallel), 240 (series) or 240 with a 120 mid-point. 2 Sound Levels All Eaton 600 volt class general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed to meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels listed here. These are the sound levels measured in a soundproof environment. Actual sound levels measured at an installation will likely be higher due to electrical connections and environmental conditions. Lower sound levels are available and should be specified when the transformer is going to be installed in an area where sound may be a concern. For additional information, please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-194. 2 2 2 2 2 2 Average Sound Levels 1 2 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV Above 1.2 kV kVA Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 0–9 40 45 45 10–50 45 50 50 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-143 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Contents Type EP Description 2 Page Motor Drive Isolation Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . Mini–Power Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Transformers . . . Class I, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformers Open-Type Core and Coil Assembly Transformers Marine Duty Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buck-Boost and Low Voltage Lighting Transformers Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Medium Voltage Distribution Transformers. . . . . . 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-111 V2-T2-119 V2-T2-124 V2-T2-127 V2-T2-130 V2-T2-133 V2-T2-145 V2-T2-171 V2-T2-171 V2-T2-172 V2-T2-173 2 2 2 Buck-Boost and Low Voltage Lighting Transformers 2 Product Description 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Types EP, EPT ● Encapsulated design ● Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications ● Totally enclosed, nonventilated enclosures ● Enclosures are NEMA 3R rated ● Mountable in any position indoors and upright-only outdoors ● 180ºC insulation system ● 115°C rise standard; 80°C rise optional ● Available in single-phase ratings through 7.5 kVA 2 Application Description A buck-boost transformer is used to provide an economical method of correcting a lower or higher voltage rating more suitable for efficient operation of electrical equipment. Type EP buck-boost transformers are small kVA, single-phase transformers with dual primary and dual secondary windings, and are usually connected as autotransformers by using one unit for single-phase applications and either two or three units banked for threephase operation. They are primarily used for motor operation and should not be used for motor control circuits, to correct fluctuating line voltage or to obtain a neutral on a delta system. Buck-boost transformers are ideally suited for use with low voltage lighting systems, such as outdoor lighting. Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● ● ● 60 Hz operation 600 volt class insulation Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels Standards and Certifications ● ● UL listed CSA certified Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. All 600 volt class transformers are UL listed unless otherwise noted. Seismically Qualified Eaton-manufactured dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified, and exceed requirements of the International Building Code (IBC) and California Code Title 24. Catalog Number Selection 2 Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-187. 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-144 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Distribution Transformers Product Selection For quick selection data, refer to the tables on this and the following pages. Selection Requirements You should have the following information before selecting a buck-boost transformer: Line Voltage The voltage that you want to buck (decrease) or boost (increase). This can be found by measuring the supply line voltage with a voltmeter. Load Voltage The voltage at which your equipment is designed to operate. This is listed on the nameplate of the load equipment. Load Amperes or Load kVA You do not need to know both—one or the other is sufficient for selection purposes. This information usually can be found on the nameplate of the equipment that you want to operate. Frequency The supply line frequency must be the same as the frequency of the equipment to be operated—Eaton’s buck-boost transformers operate at 60 Hz only. Phase The supply line should be the same as the equipment to be operated—either singleor three-phase. Transformer Interconnection For three-phase applications, interconnections of transformers should be made in a junction box. Two or three transformers may be used depending on an open delta (2) or wye (3) connection. 2.5 120 x 240 Volts to 12/24 Volts 5-Step Selector The tables that follow will simplify the selection of the buck-boost transformers. There are no calculations needed; simply follow these five steps: 1. Refer to the table having the same output voltage as the equipment you want to operate. For example, if you are installing a 240 volt 6 kVA single-phase load use selection table on the page. 2. Select the available line voltage across the top of the chart that is closest to the actual supply voltage. Therefore, for example, if the available line voltage is 213 volts, use the 212 volt column. 3. Read down the column until you reach an output kVA or amps rating equal to or greater than the load requirements. Since 6 kVA, in the example, is not listed, use the next higher rating, or 7.5 kVA. 4. Read across to the far left columns for the catalog number and quantity of transformers for your application. In this case, you will need one (1) catalog number S10N06P01P. 5. Connect the buck-boost transformer(s) you have selected in accordance with the connection diagram specified at the bottom of the available line voltage column. In this example, Diagram “F” would be used. Note: For single-phase connections and three-phase open delta connections, inputs and outputs may be reversed. kVA capacity remains constant. Additional Product Selection information begins on Page V2-T2-189. kVA °C Temp. Rise Frame Weight Lbs (kg) Style Number 0.05 115 FR52 7 (3) S10N04A81N 0.10 115 FR54 7 (3) S10N04A82N 0.15 115 FR55 8 (4) S10N04A83N 0.25 115 FR57P 12 (5) S10N04P26P 0.50 115 FR57P 13 (5) S10N04P51P 0.75 115 FR58AP 21 (10) S10N04P76P 1 115 FR67P 31 (14) S10N04P01P 1.5 115 FR67P 40 (18) S10N04P16P 2 115 FR68P 40 (18) S10N04P02P 3 115 FR176 65 (29) S10N04A03N 5 115 FR177 113 (51) S10N04A05N 7.5 115 FR178 123 (55) S10N04A07N 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 120 x 240 Volts to 16/32 Volts kVA °C Temp. Rise Frame Weight Lbs (kg) Style Number 0.05 115 FR52 7 (3) S10N06A81N 0.10 115 FR54 7 (3) S10N06A82N 0.15 115 FR55 8 (4) S10N06A83N 0.25 115 FR57P 12 (5) S10N06P26P 0.50 115 FR57P 13 (5) S10N06P51P 0.75 115 FR58AP 21 (10) S10N06P76P 1 115 FR67P 31 (14) S10N06P01P 1.5 115 FR67P 40 (18) S10N06P16P 2 115 FR68P 40 (18) S10N06P02P 3 115 FR176 65 (29) S10N06A03N 5 115 FR177 113 (51) S10N06A05N 7.5 115 FR178 123 (55) S10N06A07N 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 240 x 480 Volts to 24/48 Volts kVA °C Temp. Rise Frame Weight Lbs (kg) Style Number 0.05 115 FR52 7 (3) S20N08A81N 0.10 115 FR54 7 (3) S20N08A82N 0.15 115 FR55 8 (4) S20N08A83N 0.25 115 FR57P 12 (5) S20N08P26P 0.50 115 FR57P 13 (5) S20N08P51P 0.75 115 FR58AP 21 (10) S20N08P76P 1 115 FR67P 31 (14) S20N08P01P 1.5 115 FR67P 40 (18) S20N08P16P 2 115 FR68P 40 (18) S20N08P02P 3 115 FR176 65 (29) S20N08A03N 5 115 FR177 113 (51) S20N08A05N 7.5 115 FR178 123 (55) S20N08A07N Note Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-145 2.5 2 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Single-Phase 115 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage 84 91 96 100 102 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 1 0.05 — — — — 0.24 2.09 — — — — S10N04A81N 2 1 0.05 0.13 1.14 0.18 1.56 — — 0.31 2.70 0.36 3.13 S10N06A81N 2 1 0.10 — — — — 0.48 4.17 — — — — S10N04A82N 1 0.10 0.26 2.29 0.36 3.12 — — 0.62 5.41 0.72 6.25 S10N06A82N 2 1 0.15 — — — — 0.72 6.25 — — — — S10N04A83N 1 0.15 0.39 3.44 0.54 4.69 — — 0.93 8.12 1.08 9.37 S10N06A83N 2 1 0.25 — — — — 1.2 10.4 — — — — S10N04P26P 2 1 0.25 0.659 5.73 0.899 7.81 — — 1.56 13.5 1.8 15.6 S10N06P26P 1 0.50 — — — — 2.4 20.8 — — — — S10N04P51P 2 1 0.50 1.32 11.5 1.8 15.6 — — 3.11 27.1 3.59 31.2 S10N06P51P 1 0.75 — — — — 3.6 31.2 — — — — S10N04P76P 2 1 0.75 1.98 17.2 2.7 23.4 — — 4.67 40.6 5.39 46.8 S10N06P76P 1 1 — — — — 4.79 41.7 — — — — S10N04P01P 2 1 1 2.64 22.9 3.59 31.2 — — 6.23 54.1 7.19 62.5 S10N06P01P 2 1 1.5 — — — — 7.2 62.5 — — — — S10N04P16P 1 1.5 3.95 34.4 5.39 46.9 — — 9.34 81.2 10.8 93.7 S10N06P16P 2 1 2 — — — — 9.58 83.3 — — — — S10N04P02P 1 2 5.27 45.8 7.19 62.5 — — 12.5 108 14.4 125 S10N06P02P 2 1 3 — — — — 14.37 125.1 — — — — S10N04A03N 1 3 7.92 68.7 10.77 93.6 — — 18.69 162.3 21.57 187.5 S10N06A03N 2 1 5 — — — — 23.95 208.5 — — — — S10N04A05N 2 1 5 13.2 115 18 156 — — 31.15 270.5 35.95 312.5 S10N06A05N 1 7.5 — — — — 36 312 — — — — S10N04A07N 1 7.5 19.8 172 27 234 — — 46.7 406 53.9 468 S10N06A07N 2 2 2 2 2 Connection Diagram 2 D B B C Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-146 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com A Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Single-Phase 115 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage 2 105 127 130 138 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 1 0.05 0.48 4.17 0.54 4.58 — — 0.29 2.5 — — S10N04A81N 1 0.05 — — — — 0.41 3.54 — — 0.23 1.98 S10N06A81N 1 0.10 0.96 8.33 1.1 9.17 — — 0.58 5.0 — — S10N04A82N 1 0.10 — — — — 0.82 7.08 — — 0.46 3.95 S10N06A82N 1 0.15 1.44 12.5 1.6 13.7 — — 0.87 7.5 — — S10N04A83N 1 0.15 — — — — 1.3 10.6 — — 0.69 5.93 S10N06A83N 1 0.25 2.39 20.8 2.63 22.9 — — 1.44 12.5 — — S10N04P26P 1 0.25 — — — — 2.03 17.7 — — 1.14 9.88 S10N06P26P 1 0.50 4.79 41.6 5.27 45.8 — — 2.87 25 — — S10N04P51P 1 0.50 —— — — — 4.07 35.4 — — 2.27 19.8 S10N06P51P 1 0.75 7.19 62.4 7.9 68.7 — — 4.31 37.5 — — S10N04P76P 1 0.75 — — — — 6.1 53.1 — — 3.41 29.6 S10N06P76P 1 1 9.58 83.3 10.5 91.7 — — 5.75 50 — — S10N04P01P 1 1 — — — — 8.14 70.8 — — 4.55 39.5 S10N06P01P 1 1.5 14.4 125 15.8 137 — — 8.62 75 — — S10N04P16P 1 1.5 — — — — 12.2 106 — — 6.82 59.3 S10N06P16P 1 2 19.2 16.7 21.1 183 — — 11.5 100 — — S10N04P02P 1 2 — — — — 16.3 142 — — 9.10 79.2 S10N06P02P 1 3 28.7 249.9 31.5 275.1 — — 17.3 150 — — S10N04A03N 1 3 — — — — 24.4 212.4 — — 13.6 118.5 S10N06A03N 1 5 47.9 416.5 52.5 458.5 — — 28.7 250 — — S10N04A05N 1 5 — — — — 40.7 354 — — 22.7 197.5 S10N06A05N 1 7.5 71.9 624 79 687 — — 43.1 357 — — S10N04A07N 1 7.5 — — — — 61 531 — — 34.1 296 S10N06A07N Connection Diagram 2 A A A B 146 Output B 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-147 2.5 2 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Single-Phase 120 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage Units Required 1 88 95 100 104 106 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 1 0.05 — — — — 0.25 2.09 — — — — S10N04A81N 2 1 0.05 0.14 1.15 0.19 1.56 — — 0.33 2.70 0.38 3.13 S10N06A81N 2 1 0.10 — — — — 0.50 4.17 — — — — S10N04A82N 1 0.10 0.28 2.29 0.38 3.12 — — 0.65 5.41 0.75 6.25 S10N06A82N 2 1 0.15 — — — — 0.75 6.25 — — — — S10N04A83N 1 0.15 0.41 3.44 0.56 4.69 — — 0.98 8.12 1.12 9.37 S10N06A83N 2 1 0.25 — — — — 1.25 10.4 — — — — S10N04P26P 2 1 0.25 0.687 5.73 0.937 7.81 — — 1.62 13.5 1.87 15.6 S10N06P26P 1 0.50 — — — — 2.5 20.8 — — — — S10N04P51P 2 1 0.50 1.37 11.5 1.87 15.6 — — 3.25 27.1 3.75 31.2 S10N06P51P 1 0.75 — — — — 3.75 31.2 — — — — S10N04P76P 2 1 0.75 2.06 17.2 2.82 23.4 — — 4.87 40.6 5.62 46.8 S10N06P76P 1 1 — — — — 5 41.7 — —— — — S10N04P01P 2 1 1 2.75 22.9 3.75 31.2 — — 6.5 54.1 7.5 62.5 S10N06P01P 2 1 1.5 — — — — 7.5 62.5 — — — — S10N04P16P 1 1.5 4.12 34.4 5.62 46.9 — — 9.75 81.2 11.2 93.7 S10N06P16P 2 1 2 — — — — 10 83.3 — — — — S10N04P02P 1 2 5.5 45.8 7.5 62.5 — — 13 108 15 125 S10N06P02P 2 1 3 — — — — 15 125.1 — — — — S10N04A03N 1 3 8.25 68.7 11.25 93.6 — — 19.5 162.3 22.5 187.5 S10N06A03N 2 1 5 — — — — 25 208.5 — — — — S10N04A05N 2 1 5 13.75 114.5 18.75 156 — — 32.5 270.5 37.5 312.5 S10N06A05N 1 7.5 — — — — 37.5 312 — — — — S10N04A07N 1 7.5 20.6 172 28.2 234 — — 48.7 406 56.2 468 S10N06A07N 2 2 2 2 2 Connection Diagram 2 D B B C Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-148 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com A Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Single-Phase 120 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage 2 109 132 136 144 152 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 1 0.05 0.5 4.17 0.55 4.58 — — 0.3 2.5 — — S10N04A81N 1 0.05 — — — — 0.43 3.54 — — 0.24 1.98 S10N06A81N 1 0.10 1.0 8.33 1.1 9.17 — — 0.6 5.0 — — S10N04A82N 1 0.10 — — — — 0.85 7.08 — — 0.48 3.95 S10N06A82N 1 0.15 1.5 12.5 1.6 13.7 — — 0.9 7.5 — — S10N04A83N 1 0.15 — — — — 1.27 10.6 — — 0.71 5.93 S10N06A83N 1 0.25 2.5 20.8 2.75 22.9 — — 1.5 12.5 — — S10N04P26P 1 0.25 — — — — 2.12 17.7 — — 1.19 9.88 S10N06P26P 1 0.50 5 41.6 5.5 45.8 — — 3 25 — — S10N04P51P 1 0.50 — — — — 4.25 35.4 — — 2.37 19.8 S10N06P51P 1 0.75 7.5 62.4 8.25 68.7 — — 4.5 37.5 — — S10N04P76P 1 0.75 — — — — 6.37 53.1 — — 3.56 29.6 S10N06P76P 1 1 10 83.3 11 91.7 — — 6 50 — — S10N04P01P 1 1 — — — — 8.5 70.8 — — 4.75 39.5 S10N06P01P 1 1.5 15 125 16.5 137 — — 9 75 — — S10N04P16P 1 1.5 — — — — 12.7 106 — — 7.12 59.3 S10N06P16P 1 2 20 167 22 183 — — 12 100 — — S10N04P02P 1 2 — — — — 17 142 — — 9.5 79.2 S10N06P02P 1 3 30 249.9 33 275.1 — — 18 150 — — S10N04A03N 1 3 — — — — 25.5 212.4 — — 14.25 118.5 S10N06A03N 1 5 50 416.5 55 458.5 — — 30 250 — — S10N04A05N 1 5 — — — — 42.5 354 — — 23.7 197.5 S10N06A05N 1 7.5 75 624 82.5 687 — — 45 375 — — S10N04A07N 1 7.5 — — — — 63.7 531 — — 35.6 296 S10N06A07N Connection Diagram 2 A A A B B 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-149 2.5 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Single-Phase 230 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage 199 203 207 209 216 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 1 0.05 — — — — 0.43 1.88 0.48 2.08 — — S10N04A81N 2 1 0.05 0.31 1.36 0.36 1.56 — — — — 0.72 3.12 S10N06A81N 2 1 0.10 — — — — 0.86 3.75 0.96 4.17 — — S10N04A82N 1 0.10 0.62 2.71 0.72 3.12 — — — — 1.44 6.25 S10N06A82N 2 1 0.15 — — — — 1.29 5.62 1.44 6.25 — — S10N04A83N 1 0.15 0.93 4.06 1.08 4.69 — — — — 2.16 9.37 S10N06A83N 2 1 0.25 — — — — 2.15 9.37 2.39 10.4 — — S10N04P26P 2 1 0.25 1.55 6.77 1.8 7.81 — — — — 3.59 15.6 S10N06P26P 1 0.50 — — — — 4.31 18.7 4.79 20.8 — — S10N04P51P 2 1 0.50 3.11 13.5 3.6 15.6 — — — — 7.19 31.2 S10N06P51P 1 0.75 — — — — 6.46 28.2 7.19 31.2 — — S10N04P76P 2 1 0.75 4.66 20.3 5.4 23.4 — — — — 10.8 46.8 S10N06P76P 1 1 — — — — 8.62 37.5 9.58 41.7 — — S10N04P01P 2 1 1 6.23 27.1 7.2 31.2 — — — — 14.4 62.5 S10N06P01P 2 1 1.5 — — — — 12.9 56.2 14.4 62.5 — — S10N04P16P 1 1.5 9.34 40.6 10.8 46.9 — — — — 21.6 93.7 S10N06P16P 2 1 2 — — — — 17.2 75 19.2 83.3 — — S10N04P02P 1 2 12.5 54.2 14.4 62.5 — — — — 28.7 125 S10N06P02P 2 1 3 — — — — 25.8 112.5 28.7 125.1 — — S10N04A03N 1 3 18.6 81.3 21.6 93.6 — — — — 43.2 187.5 S10N06A03N 2 1 5 — — — — 43.1 187.5 47.9 208.5 — — S10N04A05N 2 1 5 31.1 135.5 36 156 — — — — 72 312.5 S10N06A05N 1 7.5 — — — — 64.6 282 71.9 312 — — S10N04A07N 1 7.5 46.6 203 54 234 — — — — 108 468 S10N06A07N 2 2 2 2 2 2 Connection Diagram 2 G F G F Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-150 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com E Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Single-Phase 230 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage 2 219 242 246 253 260 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 1 0.05 0.96 4.16 1.0 4.38 — — 0.53 2.29 — — S10N04A81N 1 0.05 — — — — 0.77 3.34 — — 0.41 1.77 S10N06A81N 1 0.10 1.92 8.33 2.01 8.75 — — 1.05 4.58 — — S10N04A82N 1 0.10 — — — — 1.53 6.67 — — 0.82 3.54 S10N06A82N 1 0.15 2.87 12.5 3.02 13.1 — — 1.58 6.87 — — S10N04A83N 1 0.15 — — — — 2.3 10.0 — — 1.22 5.31 S10N06A83N 1 0.25 4.79 20.8 5.03 21.9 — — 2.63 11.5 — — S10N04P26P 1 0.25 — — — — 3.83 16.7 — — 2.04 8.85 S10N06P26P 1 0.50 9.58 41.6 10.1 43.7 — — 5.27 22.9 — — S10N04P51P 1 0.50 — — — — 7.67 33.3 — — 4.07 17.7 S10N06P51P 1 0.75 14.4 62.4 15.1 65.6 — — 7.9 34.4 — — S10N04P76P 1 0.75 — — — — 11.5 50 — — 6.11 26.6 S10N06P76P 1 1 19.2 83.3 20.1 87.5 — — 10.5 45.8 — — S10N04P01P 1 1 — — — — 15.3 66.7 — — 8.15 35.4 S10N06P01P 1 1.5 28.7 125 30.2 131 — — 15.8 68.7 — — S10N04P16P 1 1.5 — — — — 23 100 — — 12.2 53.1 S10N06P16P 1 2 38.3 167 40.2 175 — — 21.1 91.7 — — S10N04P02P 1 2 — — — — 30.7 133 — — 16.3 70.8 S10N06P02P 1 3 57.6 249.9 60.3 262.5 — — 31.5 137.4 — — S10N04A03N 1 3 — — — — 45.9 200.1 — — 24.4 106.2 S10N06A03N 1 5 96 416.5 100.5 437.5 — — 52.5 229 — — S10N04A05N 1 5 — — — — 76.5 333.5 — — 40.7 177 S10N06A05N 1 7.5 144 624 151 656 — — 79 344 — — S10N04A07N 1 7.5 — — — — 115 500 — — 61.1 266 S10N06A07N Connection Diagram 2 E E E F F 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-151 2.5 2 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Single-Phase 240 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage Units Required 1 Unit kVA 208 212 216 218 225 Output Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 1 0.05 — — — — 0.45 1.88 0.5 2.08 — — S10N04A81N 2 1 0.05 0.32 1.35 0.38 1.56 — — — — 0.75 3.12 S10N06A81N 2 1 0.10 — — — — 0.9 3.75 1.0 4.17 — — S10N04A82N 1 0.10 0.65 2.71 0.75 3.12 — — — — 1.5 6.25 S10N06A82N 2 1 0.15 — — — — 1.35 5.62 1.5 6.25 — — S10N04A83N 1 0.15 0.98 4.06 1.12 4.69 — — — — 2.25 9.37 S10N06A83N 2 1 0.25 — — — — 2.25 9.37 2.5 10.4 — — S10N04P26P 2 1 0.25 1.62 6.77 1.87 7.81 — — — — 3.75 15.6 S10N06P26P 1 0.50 — — — — 4.5 18.7 5 20.8 — — S10N04P51P 2 1 0.50 3.25 13.5 3.75 15.6 — — — — 7.5 31.2 S10N06P51P 1 0.75 — — — — 6.75 28.2 7.5 31.2 — — S10N04P76P 2 1 0.75 4.87 20.3 5.62 23.4 — — — — 11.2 46.8 S10N06P76P 1 1 — — — — 9 37.5 10 41.7 — — S10N04P01P 2 1 1 6.5 27.1 7.5 31.2 — — — — 15 62.5 S10N06A01 2 1 1.5 — — — — 13.5 56.2 15 62.5 — — S10N04P16P 1 1.5 9.75 40.6 11.2 46.9 — — — — 22.5 93.7 S10N06P16P 2 1 2 — — — — 18 75 20 83.3 — — S10N04P02P 1 2 13 54.2 15 62.5 — — — — 30 125 S10N06P02P 2 1 3 — — — — 27 112.5 30 125.1 — — S10N04A03N 1 3 19.5 81.3 22.5 93.6 — — — — 45 187.5 S10N06A03N 2 1 5 — — — — 45 187 50 208 — — S10N04A05N 2 1 5 32.5 135 37.5 156 — — — — 75 312 S10N06A05N 1 7.5 — — — — 67.5 282 75 312 — — S10N04A07N 1 7.5 48.7 203 56.2 234 — — — — 112 468 S10N06A07N 2 2 2 2 2 Connection Diagram 2 G F G F Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-152 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com E Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Single-Phase 240 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage 2 229 252 256 264 272 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 1 0.05 1.0 4.16 1.05 4.38 — — 0.55 2.29 — — S10N04A81N 1 0.05 — — — — 0.8 3.33 — — 0.42 1.77 S10N06A81N 1 0.10 2.0 8.33 2.1 8.75 — — 1.1 4.58 — — S10N04A82N 1 0.10 — — — — 1.6 6.67 — — 0.85 3.54 S10N06A82N 1 0.15 3.0 12.5 3.15 13.1 — — 1.65 6.87 — — S10N04A83N 1 0.15 — — — — 2.4 10.0 — — 1.27 5.31 S10N06A83N 1 0.25 5 20.8 5.25 21.9 — — 2.75 11.5 — — S10N04P26P 1 0.25 — — — — 4 16.7 — — 2.12 8.85 S10N06P26P 1 0.50 10 41.6 10.5 43.7 — — 5.5 22.9 — — S10N04P51P 1 0.50 — — — — 8 33.3 — — 4.25 17.7 S10N06P51P 1 0.75 15 62.4 15.7 65.6 — — 8.25 34.4 — — S10N04P76P 1 0.75 — — — — 12 50 — — 6.37 26.6 S10N06P76P 1 1 20 83.3 21 87.5 — — 11 45.8 — — S10N04P01P 1 1 — — — — 16 66.7 — — 8.5 35.4 S10N06P01P 1 1.5 30 125 31.5 131 — — 16.5 68.7 — — S10N04P16P 1 1.5 — — — — 24 100 — — 12.7 53.1 S10N06P16P 1 2 40 167 42 175 — — 22 91.7 — — S10N04P02P 1 2 — — — — 32 133 — — 17 70.8 S10N06P02P 1 3 60 249.9 63 262.5 — — 33 137.4 — — S10N04A03N 1 3 — — — — 48 200.1 — — 25.5 106.2 S10N06A03N 1 5 100 416.5 105 437.5 — — 55 229 — — S10N04A05N 1 5 — — — — 80 333 — — 42.5 177 S10N06A05N 1 7.5 150 624 157 656 — — 82.5 344 — — S10N04A07N 1 7.5 — — — — 120 500 — — 63.7 266 S10N06A07N Connection Diagram 2 E E E F F 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-153 2.5 2 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase Open Delta Connection 230 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage 199 203 207 209 216 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 2 0.05 — — — — 0.75 1.87 0.83 2.08 — — S10N04A81N 2 2 0.05 0.54 1.35 0.62 1.56 — — — — 1.24 3.12 S10N06A81N 2 2 0.10 — — — — 1.49 3.75 1.66 4.17 — — S10N04A82N 2 0.10 1.08 2.71 1.24 3.12 — — — — 2.49 6.25 S10N06A82N 2 2 0.15 — — — — 2.24 5.62 2.49 6.25 — — S10N04A83N 2 0.15 1.62 4.06 1.87 4.69 — — — — 3.73 9.37 S10N06A83N 2 2 0.25 — — — — 3.3 9.37 4.15 10.4 — — S10N04P26P 2 2 0.25 2.7 6.77 3.11 7.81 — — — — 6.22 15.6 S10N06P26P 2 0.50 — — — — 7.47 18.7 8.3 20.8 — — S10N04P51P 2 2 0.50 5.39 13.5 6.22 15.6 — — — — 12.4 31.2 S10N06P51P 2 0.75 — — — — 11.2 28.2 12.4 31.2 — — S10N04P76P 2 2 0.75 8.09 20.3 9.33 23.4 — — — — 18.7 46.8 S10N06P76P 2 1 — — — — 14.9 37.5 16.6 41.7 — — S10N04P01P 2 2 1 10.8 27.1 12.4 31.2 — — — — 24.9 62.5 S10N06P01P 2 2 1.5 — — — — 22.4 56.2 24.9 62.5 — — S10N04P16P 2 1.5 16.2 40.6 18.7 46.9 — — — — 37.3 93.7 S10N06P16P 2 2 2 — — — — 29.9 75 33.2 83.3 — — S10N04P02P 2 2 21.6 54.2 24.9 62.5 — — — — 49.8 125 S10N06P02P 2 2 3 — — — — 44.7 112.5 49.8 125.1 — — S10N04A03N 2 3 32.4 81.3 32.7 93.6 — — — — 74.7 187.5 S10N06A03N 2 2 5 — — — — 74.7 187 83 208 — — S10N04A05N 2 2 5 53.9 135 62.2 156 — — — — 124 312.5 S10N06A05N 2 7.5 — — — — 112 282 124 312 — — S10N04A07N 2 7.5 80.9 203 93.3 234 — — — — 187 468 S10N06A07N 2 2 2 2 2 Connection Diagram 2 L K L K Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-154 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com I Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Three-Phase Open Delta Connection 230 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage 2 219 242 246 253 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output 260 kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 2 0.05 1.66 4.17 1.74 4.37 — — 0.91 2.29 — — S10N04A81N 2 0.05 — — — — 1.33 3.33 — — 0.70 1.77 S10N06A81N 2 0.10 3.32 8.33 3.48 8.75 — — 1.83 4.58 — — S10N04A82N 2 0.10 — — — — 2.65 6.67 — — 1.41 3.54 S10N06A82N 2 0.15 4.98 12.5 5.23 13.1 — — 2.74 6.87 — — S10N04A83N 2 0.15 — — — — 3.98 10.0 — — 2.12 5.13 S10N06A83N 2 0.25 8.3 20.8 8.71 21.9 — — 4.56 11.5 — — S10N04P26P 2 0.25 — — — — 6.64 16.7 — — 3.52 8.85 S10N06P26P 2 0.50 16.6 41.7 17.4 43.7 — — 9.73 22.9 — — S10N04P51P 2 0.50 — — — — 13.3 33.3 — — 7.05 17.7 S10N06P51P 2 0.75 24.9 62.4 26.1 65.6 — — 13.7 34.4 — — S10N04P76P Output 2 0.75 — — — — 19.9 50 — — 10.6 26.6 S10N06P76P 2 1 33.2 83.3 34.8 87.5 — — 18.3 45.8 — — S10N04P01P 2 1 — — — — 26.5 66.7 — — 14.1 35.4 S10N06P01P 2 1.5 49.8 125 52.3 131 — — 27.4 68.7 — — S10N04P16P 2 1.5 — — — — 39.8 100 — — 21.2 53.1 S10N06P16P 2 2 66.4 167 69.7 175 — — 36.5 91.7 — — S10N04P02P 2 2 — — — — 53.1 133 — — 28.2 70.8 S10N06P02P 2 3 99.6 249.9 104.4 262.5 — — 54.9 137.4 — — S10N04A03N 2 3 — — — — 79.5 200 — — 42.3 106.2 S10N06A03N 2 5 166 417 174 437 — — 91.3 229 — — S10N04A05N 2 5 — — — — 133 333 — — 70.5 177 S10N06A05N 2 7.5 249 624 261 656 — — 137 344 — — S10N04A07N 2 7.5 — — — — 199 500 — — 106 266 S10N06A07N Connection Diagram 2 I I I K K 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-155 2.5 2 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase Open Delta Connection 240 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage Units Required 1 Unit kVA 208 212 216 218 Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA 225 Output Amps kVA Amps Style Number 2 0.05 — — — — 0.73 1.87 0.87 2.08 — — S10N04A81N 2 2 0.05 0.56 1.35 0.65 1.56 — — — — 1.3 3.12 S10N06A81N 2 2 0.10 — — — — 1.56 3.75 1.73 4.17 — — S10N04A82N 2 0.10 1.13 2.71 1.3 3.12 — — — — 2.6 6.25 S10N06A82N 2 2 0.15 — — — — 2.34 5.62 2.6 6.25 — — S10N04A83N 2 0.15 1.69 4.06 1.95 4.69 — — — — 3.9 9.37 S10N06A83N 2 2 0.25 —— — — — 3.9 9.37 4.33 10.4 — — S10N04P26P 2 2 0.25 2.81 6.77 3.25 7.81 — — — — 6.49 15.6 S10N06P26P 2 0.50 — — — — 7.79 18.7 8.66 20.8 — — S10N04P51P 2 2 0.50 5.63 13.5 6.5 15.6 —— — — — 13 31.2 S10N06P51P 2 0.75 — — — — 11.7 28.2 13 31.2 — — S10N04P76P 2 2 0.75 8.44 20.3 9.75 23.4 — — — — 19.5 46.8 S10N06P76P 2 1 — — — — 15.6 37.5 17.3 41.7 — — S10N04P01P 2 2 1 11.3 27.1 13 31.2 — — — — 26 62.5 S10N06P01P 2 2 1.5 — — — — 23.4 56.2 26 62.5 — — S10N04P16P 2 1.5 16.9 40.6 19.5 46.9 — — — — 39 93.7 S10N06P16P 2 2 2 — — — — 31.2 75 34.6 83.3 — — S10N04P02P 2 2 22.5 54.2 26 62.5 — — — — 52 125 S10N06P02P 2 2 3 — — — — 46.8 112.5 51.9 125.1 — — S10N04A03N 2 3 33.9 81.3 39 93.6 — — — — 78 187.5 S10N06A03N 2 2 5 — — — — 77.9 187 86.6 208 — — S10N04A05N 2 2 5 56.3 135 65 156 — — — — 130 312 S10N06A05N 2 7.5 — — — — 117 282 130 312 — — S10N04A07N 2 7.5 84.4 203 97.5 234 — — — — 195 468 S10N06A07N 2 2 2 2 2 Connection Diagram 2 L K L K Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-156 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com I Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Three-Phase Open Delta Connection 240 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage 2 229 252 256 264 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output 272 kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 2 0.05 1.73 4.16 1.82 4.37 — — 0.95 2.29 — — S10N04A81N 2 0.05 — — — — 1.38 3.33 — — 0.74 1.77 S10N06A81N 2 0.10 3.46 8.33 3.64 8.75 — — 1.91 4.58 — — S10N04A82N 2 0.10 — — — — 2.77 6.67 — — 1.47 3.54 S10N06A82N 2 0.15 5.19 12.5 5.45 13.1 — — 2.86 6.87 — — S10N04A83N 2 0.15 — — — — 4.15 10.0 — — 2.21 5.31 S10N06A83N Output 2 0.25 8.66 20.8 9.09 21.9 — — 4.76 11.5 — — S10N04P26P 2 0.25 — — — — 6.92 16.7 — — 3.68 8.85 S10N06P26P 2 0.50 17.3 41.6 18.2 43.7 — — 9.53 22.9 — — S10N04P51P 2 0.50 — — — — 13.8 33.3 — — 7.36 17.7 S10N06P51P 2 0.75 26 62.4 27.3 65.6 — — 14.3 34.4 — — S10N04P76P 2 0.75 — — — — 20.8 50 — — 11 26.6 S10N06P76P 2 1 34.6 83.3 36.4 87.5 — — 19.1 45.8 — — S10N04P01P 2 1 — — — — 27.7 66.7 — — 14.7 35.4 S10N06P01P 2 1.5 51.9 125 54.5 131 — — 28.6 68.7 — — S10N04P16P 2 1.5 — — — — 41.5 100 — — 22.1 53.1 S10N06P16P 2 2 69.3 167 72.7 175 — — 38.1 91.7 — — S10N04P02P 2 2 — — — — 55.4 133 — — 29.4 70.8 S10N06P02P 2 3 103.8 249.9 109.2 262.5 — — 57.3 137.4 — — S10N04A03N 2 3 — — — — 83.1 200 — — 44.1 106.2 S10N06A03N 2 5 173 416 182 437 — — 95.3 229 — — S10N04A05N 2 5 — — — — 138 333 — — 73.6 177 S10N06A05N 2 7.5 260 624 273 656 — — 143 344 — — S10N04A07N 2 7.5 — — — — 208 500 — — 110 266 S10N06A07N Connection Diagram 2 I I I K K 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-157 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers WARNING! Three-phase autotransformers should never be used to obtain four-wire output with three-wire input. Four-wire output requires four-wire wye input. 2 2 2 2 2 2 Three-Phase Wye Connection 208 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage Units Required 1 Unit kVA 152 164 173 180 Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA 184 Output Amps kVA Amps Style Number 3 0.05 — — — — 0.75 2.08 — — — — S10N04A81N 3 0.05 0.41 1.15 0.56 1.56 — — 0.98 2.71 1.12 3.12 S10N06A81N 3 0.10 — — — — 1.50 4.17 — — — — S10N04A82N 3 0.10 0.82 2.29 1.12 3.12 — — 1.95 5.41 2.25 6.25 S10N06A82N 2 3 0.15 — — — — 2.25 6.25 — — — — S10N04A83N 3 0.15 1.24 3.44 1.69 4.69 — — 2.92 8.12 3.73 9.37 S10N06A83N 2 3 0.25 — — — — 3.75 10.4 — — — — S10N04P26P 3 0.25 2.06 5.73 2.81 7.81 — — 4.87 13.5 5.62 15.6 S10N06P26P 2 3 0.50 — — — — 7.5 20.8 — — — — S10N04P51P 2 3 0.50 4.12 11.5 5.62 15.6 — — 9.75 27.1 11.2 31.2 S10N06P51P 3 0.75 — — — — 11.2 31.2 — — — — S10N04P76P 2 3 0.75 6.19 17.2 8.44 23.4 — — 14.6 40.6 16.8 46.8 S10N06P76P 3 1 — — — — 15 41.7 — — — — S10N04P01P 2 3 1 8.25 22.9 11.2 31.2 — — 19.5 54.1 22.5 62.5 S10N06P01P 3 1.5 — — — — 22.5 62.5 — — — — S10N04P16P 3 1.5 12.4 34.4 16.9 46.9 — — 29.2 81.2 33.7 93.7 S10N06P16P S10N04P02P 2 3 2 — — — — 30 83.3 — — — — 3 2 16.5 45.8 22.5 62.5 — — 39 108 45 125 S10N06P02P 2 3 3 — — — — 45 125 — — — — S10N04A03N 3 3 24.7 68.7 33.6 93.6 — — 58.5 162.3 67.5 187.5 S10N06A03N 2 3 5 — — — — 75 208 — — — — S10N04A05N 2 3 5 41.2 115 56.2 156 — — 97.5 271 112 312 S10N06A05N 3 7.5 — — — — 112 312 — — — — S10N04A07N 3 7.5 61.9 172 84.4 234 — — 146 406 168 468 S10N06A07N 2 2 2 2 2 2 Connection Diagram 2 P N N O Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-158 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com M Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 WARNING! Three-phase autotransformers should never be used to obtain four-wire output with three-wire input. Four-wire output requires four-wire wye input. 2 2 Three-Phase Wye Connection 208 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage 189 229 236 Output 250 Output 264 Output 2 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Output Amps Style Number 3 0.05 1.5 4.16 1.65 4.58 — — 0.9 2.5 — — S10N04A81N 3 0.05 — — — — 1.27 3.54 — — 0.71 1.98 S10N06A81N 3 0.10 3.0 8.33 3.3 9.17 — — 1.8 5.0 — — S10N04A82N 3 0.10 — — — — 2.55 7.08 — — 1.42 3.95 S10N06A82N 3 0.15 4.5 12.5 4.95 13.7 — — 2.7 7.5 — — S10N04A83N 3 0.15 — — — — 3.82 10.6 — — 2.14 5.93 S10N06A83N 3 0.25 7.5 20.8 8.25 22.9 — — 4.5 12.5 — — S10N04P26P 3 0.25 — — — — 6.35 17.7 — — 3.56 9.88 S10N06P26P 3 0.50 15 41.6 16.5 45.8 — — 9 3 0.50 — — — — 12.7 35.4 3 0.75 22.5 62.4 24.7 68.7 — — 13.5 37.5 3 0.75 — — — — 19 53.1 — — 3 1 30 83.3 33 91.7 — — 18 50 3 1 — — — — 25.5 70.8 — — 3 1.5 45 125 49.5 137 — — 27 3 1.5 — — — — 38.2 106 3 2 60 167 66 183 — — 3 2 — — — — 51 3 3 90 249.9 99 275.1 — 3 3 — — — — 76.5 3 5 150 416 165 458 — — 90 250 3 5 — — — — 127 354 — — 3 7.5 225 624 274 687 — — 135 375 3 7.5 — — — — 190 531 — — Connection Diagram 2 M M 25 — — S10N04P51P — 7.12 19.3 S10N06P51P — — S10N04P76P 10.7 29.3 S10N06P76P — — S10N04P01P 14.2 39.5 S10N06P01P 75 — — S10N04P16P — — 21.4 59.3 S10N06P16P 361 100 — — S10N04P02P 142 — — 28.5 79.2 S10N06P02P — 54 150 — — S10N04A03N 212.4 — — 46.2 118.5 S10N06A03N — — S10N04A05N 71.2 198 S10N06A05N — — S10N04A07N 107 293 S10N06A07N M N N 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-159 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers WARNING! Three-phase autotransformers should never be used to obtain four-wire output with three-wire input. Four-wire output requires four-wire wye input. 2 2 Three-Phase Wye Connection 230 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage 183 192 199 208 218 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output Output kVA Amps 3 0.05 — 2 3 0.05 0.62 2 3 0.10 3 2 kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number — 0.83 2.08 — — 1.65 4.58 1.66 4.17 S10N04A81N 1.56 — — 0.54 1.35 — — — — S10N06A81N — — 1.66 4.17 — — 3.3 9.17 3.32 8.35 S10N04A82N 0.10 1.25 3.12 — — 1.08 2.71 — — — — S10N06A82N 2 3 0.15 — — 2.49 6.25 — — 4.95 13.7 4.98 12.5 S10N04A83N 3 0.15 1.87 4.69 — — 1.62 4.06 — — — — S10N06A83N 2 3 0.25 — — 4.15 10.4 — — 8.2 22.9 8.3 20.9 S10N04P26P 3 0.25 3.11 7.81 — — 2.70 6.77 — — — — S10N06P26P 2 3 0.50 — — 8.3 20.8 — — 16.5 45.8 16.6 41.7 S10N04P51P 2 3 0.50 6.22 15.6 — — 5.39 13.5 — — — — S10N06P51P 3 0.75 — — 12.4 31.2 — — 24.7 68.8 24.9 62.6 S10N04P76P 2 3 0.75 9.33 23.4 — — 8.09 20.3 — — — — S10N06P76P 3 1 — — 16.6 41.7 — — 33 91.7 33.2 83.5 S10N04P01P 2 3 1 12.5 31.2 — — 10.8 27.1 — — — — S10N06P01P 2 3 1.5 — — 24.9 62.5 — — 49.5 137 49.8 125 S10N04P16P 2 3 1.5 18.7 46.9 — — 16.2 40.6 — — — — S10N06P16P 2 3 2 — — 33.2 83.3 — — 66 183 66.4 167 S10N04P02P 3 2 24.9 62.5 — — 21.6 54.2 — — — — S10N06P02P 2 3 3 — — 49.8 125.1 — — 99 275 99.6 250.5 S10N04A03N 3 3 37.5 93.6 — — 32.4 81.3 — — — — S10N06A03N 2 3 5 — — 83 208 — — 165 458 166 417 S10N04A05N 2 3 5 62.2 156 — — 53.9 135 — — — — S10N06A05N 3 7.5 — — 124 312 — — 247 688 249 626 S10N04A07N 2 3 7.5 93.3 234 — — 80.9 203 — — — — S10N06A07N 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 2 2 Connection Diagram 2 N N S M Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-160 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Q Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 WARNING! Three-phase autotransformers should never be used to obtain four-wire output with three-wire input. Four-wire output requires four-wire wye input. 2 2 Three-Phase Wye Connection 230 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage 242 245 253 Output 260 Output 265 Output 2 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Output Amps Style Number 3 0.05 1.74 4.37 — — 0.91 2.29 — — — — S10N04A81N 3 0.05 — — 1.33 3.33 — — 0.70 1.77 0.62 1.56 S10N06A81N 3 0.10 3.48 8.75 — — 1.83 4.58 — — — — S10N04A82N 3 0.10 — — 2.65 6.67 — — 1.41 3.54 1.25 3.12 S10N06A82N 3 0.15 5.23 13.1 — — 2.74 6.87 — — — — S10N04A83N 3 0.15 — — 3.98 10.0 — — 2.12 5.31 1.87 4.69 S10N06A83N 3 0.25 8.71 21.9 — — 4.56 11.5 — — — — S10N04P26P 3 0.25 — — 6.63 16.7 — — 3.52 8.85 3.11 7.81 S10N06P26P 3 0.50 17.4 43.7 — — 9.31 22.9 — — — — S10N04P51P 3 0.50 — — 13.3 33.3 — — 7.05 17.7 6.22 15.6 S10N06P51P 3 0.75 26.1 65.6 — — 13.7 34.4 — — — — S10N04P76P 3 0.75 — — 19.9 50 — — 10.6 26.6 9.33 23.4 S10N06P76P 3 1 34.8 87.5 — — 18.3 45.8 — — — — S10N04P01P 3 1 — — 26.5 66.7 — — 14.1 35.4 12.5 31.2 S10N06P01P 3 1.5 52.3 131 — — 27.4 68.7 — — — — S10N04P16P 3 1.5 — — 39.8 100 — — 21.2 53.1 18.7 46.9 S10N06P16P 3 2 69.7 175 — — 36.6 91.6 — — — — S10N04P02P 3 2 — — 53.1 133 — — 28.2 70.8 24.9 62.5 S10N06P02P 3 3 104.4 262.5 — — 54.9 137.4 — — — — S10N04A03N 3 3 — — 79.5 200 — — 42.3 106.2 37.5 93.6 S10N06A03N 3 5 174 437 — — 91.3 229 — — — — S10N04A05N 3 5 — — 133 333 — — 70.5 177 62.2 156 S10N06A05N 3 7.5 261 656 — — 137 344 — — — S10N04A07N 3 7.5 — — 199 500 — — 266 93.3 234 S10N06A07N Connection Diagram 2 Q Q R 106 R S 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-161 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers WARNING! Three-phase autotransformers should never be used to obtain four-wire output with three-wire input. Four-wire output requires four-wire wye input. 2 2 Three-Phase Wye Connection 240 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage 190 200 208 218 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 3 0.05 — — 0.86 2.08 — — 0.86 2.08 1.73 4.17 S10N04A81N 2 3 0.05 0.65 1.65 — — 1.27 3.05 — — — — S10N06A81N 2 3 0.10 — — 1.73 4.17 — — 1.73 4.17 3.46 8.34 S10N04A82N 3 0.10 1.3 3.12 — — 2.55 6.12 — — — — S10N06A82N 2 3 0.15 — — 2.59 6.25 — — 2.59 6.25 5.20 12.5 S10N04A83N 3 0.15 1.95 4.69 — — 3.82 9.16 — — — — S10N06A83N 2 3 0.25 — — 4.32 10.4 — — 4.32 10.4 8.66 20.9 S10N04P26P 3 0.25 3.25 7.81 — — 6.3 15.1 — — — — S10N06P26P 2 3 0.50 — — 8.65 20.8 — — 8.65 20.8 17.3 41.7 S10N04P51P 2 3 0.50 6.5 15.6 — — 12.7 30.4 — — — — S10N06P51P 3 0.75 — — 13 31.2 — — 13 31.2 26 62.6 S10N04P76P 2 3 0.75 9.75 23.4 — — 19.2 46 — — — — S10N06P76P 3 1 — — 17.3 41.7 — — 17.3 41.7 34.6 83.4 S10N04P01P 2 3 1 13 31.2 — — 25.5 61.2 — — — — S10N06P01P 2 2 228 Output 3 1.5 — — 25.9 62.5 — — 25.9 62.5 52 125 S10N04P16P 2 3 1.5 19.5 46.9 — — 38.2 91.6 — — — — S10N06P16P 2 3 2 — — 34.6 83.3 — — 34.6 83.3 69.3 167 S10N04P02P 3 2 26 62.5 — — 51 122.4 — — — — S10N06P02P 2 3 3 — — 51.9 125.1 — — 51.9 125.1 103.8 250.2 S10N04A03N 3 3 39 93.6 — — 76.5 183.6 — — — — S10N06A03N 2 3 5 — — 86.5 208 — — 86.5 208 173 417 S10N04A05N 2 3 5 65 156 — — 127.2 305.2 — — — — S10N06A05N 3 7.5 — — 130 312 — — 130 312 260 626 S10N04A07N 3 7.5 97.5 234 — — 192 460 — — — — S10N06A07N 2 2 2 2 2 Connection Diagram 2 N N M R Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-162 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Q Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 WARNING! Three-phase autotransformers should never be used to obtain four-wire output with three-wire input. Four-wire output requires four-wire wye input. 2 2 Three-Phase Wye Connection 240 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage 252 256 264 Output 272 Output 277 Output 2 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Output Amps Style Number 3 0.05 1.85 4.37 — — 0.95 2.29 — — — — S10N04A81N 3 0.05 — — 1.39 3.33 — — 0.74 1.77 0.65 1.56 S10N06A81N 3 0.10 3.64 8.75 — — 1.91 4.58 — — — — S10N04A82N 3 0.10 — — 2.77 6.67 — — 1.47 3.54 1.3 3.12 S10N06A82N 3 0.15 5.46 13.1 — — 2.86 6.87 — — — — S10N04A83N 3 0.15 — — 4.16 10.0 — — 2.21 5.31 1.95 4.69 S10N06A83N 3 0.25 9.09 21.9 — — 4.76 11.5 — — — — S10N04P26P 3 0.25 — — 6.93 16.7 — — 3.68 8.85 3.25 7.81 S10N06P26P 3 0.50 18.2 43.7 — — 9.53 22.9 — — — — S10N04P51P 3 0.50 — — 13.9 33.3 — — 7.36 17.7 6.5 15.6 S10N06P51P 3 0.75 27.3 65.6 — — 14.3 34.4 — — — — S10N04P76P 3 0.75 — — 20.8 50 — — 11 26.6 9.75 23.4 S10N06P76P 3 1 36.4 87.5 — — 19.1 45.8 — — — — S10N04P01P 3 1 — — 27.7 66.7 — — 14.7 35.4 13 31.2 S10N06P01P 3 1.5 54.6 131 — — 28.6 68.7 — — — — S10N04P16P 3 1.5 — — 41.6 100 — — 22.1 53.1 19.5 46.9 S10N06P16P 3 2 72.8 175 — — 38.1 91.7 — — — — S10N04P02P 3 2 — — 55.4 133 — — 29.5 70.8 26 62.5 S10N06P02P 3 3 109.2 262.5 — — 57.3 137.4 — — — — S10N04A03N 3 3 — — 83.1 200 — — 44.1 106.2 39 93.6 S10N06A03N 3 5 182 437 — — 95.3 229 — — — — S10N04A05N 3 5 — — 139 333 — — 73.6 177 65 156 S10N06A05N 3 7.5 273 656 — — 143 344 — — — — S10N04A07N 3 7.5 — — 208 500 — — 110 266 97.5 234 S10N06A07N Connection Diagram 2 Q Q R R S 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-163 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers WARNING! Three-phase autotransformers should never be used to obtain four-wire output with three-wire input. Four-wire output requires four-wire wye input. 2 2 2 Three-Phase Wye Connection 460 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage 406 418 432 Output Output Output Units Required 1 Unit kVA 3 0.05 — — 2 3 0.05 1.25 1.57 2 3 0.10 — — 3 0.10 2.49 2 3 0.15 3 2 Amps kVA Output Amps kVA Amps Amps Style Number 1.66 2.08 — — — — 2.49 3.12 3.22 4.04 S10N04A81N — — 3.31 4.15 — — S10N06A81N 6.62 8.31 3.12 — — 4.97 S10N04A82N 6.24 — — — — 4.97 6.24 S10N06A82N — — 9.94 12.48 0.15 3.73 4.68 — S10N04A83N — 7.46 9.36 — — S10N06A83N 3 0.25 — — 3 0.25 6.22 7.81 8.28 10.39 — — 16.6 20.84 S10N04P26P — — 12.4 15.56 — — 2 3 0.50 — S10N06P26P — 16.6 20.84 — — 33.2 41.67 2 3 0.50 S10N04P51P 12.5 15.69 — — 24.69 31.25 — — 3 S10N06P51P 0.75 — — 24.8 31.12 — — 49.6 62.25 S10N04P76P 2 3 0.75 18.7 23.47 — — 37.3 46.82 — — S10N06P76P 3 1 — — 33.1 41.54 — — 66.2 83.09 S10N04P01P 2 3 1 24.9 31.25 — — 49.7 62.38 — — S10N06P01P 2 kVA 438 kVA 3 1.5 — — 49.7 62.38 — — 99.4 124.75 S10N04P16P 2 3 1.5 37.3 46.94 — — 74.6 93.63 — — S10N06P16P 2 3 2 — — 66.3 83.22 — — 133 166.93 S10N04P02P 3 2 49.7 62.38 — — 99.5 124.88 — — S10N06P02P 2 3 3 — — 99.3 124.64 — — 198.6 249.27 S10N04A03N 3 3 74.6 93.63 — — 149 187.01 — — S10N06A03N 2 3 5 — — 166 208.35 — — 322 404.16 S10N04A05N 2 3 5 125 156.89 — — 249 312.53 — — S10N06A05N 3 7.5 — — 248 311 — — 496 622 S10N04A07N 3 7.5 187 235 — — 373 468 — — S10N06A07N 2 2 2 2 2 Connection Diagram 2 R R Q Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-164 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Q Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 WARNING! Three-phase autotransformers should never be used to obtain four-wire output with three-wire input. Four-wire output requires four-wire wye input. 2 2 Three-Phase Wye Connection 460 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage 424 436 450 Output 2 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output kVA Amps kVA Amps Output kVA Amps Style Number 3 0.05 — 1.7 2.1 — — — S10N04A81N 3 0.05 1.3 1.56 — — 2.6 3.13 S10N06A81N 3 0.10 — — 3.5 4.2 — — S10N04A82N 3 0.10 2.6 3 0.15 3 0.15 3 0.25 3 0.25 3 3 3.12 — — 5.2 6.25 S10N06A82N — 5.2 6.25 — — S10N04A83N 3.9 4.68 — — 7.8 9.38 S10N06A83N — — 8.7 10.4 — — S10N04P26P 6.5 7.82 — — 13 15.6 S10N06P26P 0.50 — — 17.4 20.9 — — S10N04P51P 0.50 13 15.6 — — 26 31.2 S10N06P51P 3 0.75 — — 26 31.2 — — S10N04P76P 3 0.75 19.5 23.4 — — 39 46.9 S10N06P76P 3 1 — — 35 42 — — S10N04P01P 3 1 26 31.2 — — 52 62.5 S10N06P01P 3 1.5 — — 52 62.5 — — S10N04P16P 3 1.5 39 46.8 — — 78 93.8 S10N06P16P 3 2 — — 69 82.9 — — S10N04P02P 3 2 52 62.5 — — 104 125 S10N06P02P 3 3 — — 104 125 — — S10N04A03N 3 3 78 93.8 — — 156 187.6 S10N06A03N 3 5 — — 174 209.2 — — S10N04A05N 3 5 130 156.3 — — 260 312.7 S10N06A05N 3 7.5 — — 260 312 — — S10N04A07N 3 7.5 195 234 — — 390 469 S10N06A07N Connection Diagram 2 R R Q 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-165 2.5 2 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Single-Phase Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage/Output Voltage Units Required 1 Unit kVA 200/240 230/277 346/380 Output Output Output kVA Amps 362/380 Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 1 0.25 1.25 5.2 1.44 5.2 1.98 5.2 3.95 10.4 S20N08P26P 2 1 0.50 2.50 10.4 2.88 10.4 3.95 10.4 7.90 20.8 S20N08P51P 2 1 0.75 3.75 15.6 4.32 15.6 5.93 15.6 11.9 31.2 S20N08P76P 1 1 5.00 20.8 5.76 20.8 7.90 20.8 15.8 41.6 S20N08P01P 2 1 1.5 7.50 31.2 8.64 31.2 11.9 31.2 23.8 62.5 S20N08P16P 1 2 10.0 41.6 11.5 41.6 15.8 41.6 31.6 83.3 S20N08P02P 2 1 3 15.0 62.5 17.3 62.5 23.8 62.5 47.5 125.0 S20N08A03N 2 1 5 25.0 104.0 28.8 104.0 39.5 104.0 79.0 208.0 S20N08A05N 1 7.5 37.5 156.0 43.2 156.0 59.3 156.0 118.6 312.0 S20N08A07N 2 2 Connection Diagram 2 B B F E 458/480 Single-Phase Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage/Output Voltage 2 378/416 416/457 436/480 2 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 2 1 0.25 2.16 5.2 2.38 5.2 2.50 5.2 4.99 10.4 S20N08P26P 1 0.50 4.33 10.4 4.76 10.4 4.99 10.4 9.98 20.8 S20N08P51P 2 1 0.75 6.49 15.6 7.14 15.6 7.49 15.6 15.0 31.2 S20N08P76P 2 1 1 8.65 20.8 9.52 20.8 9.98 20.8 20.0 41.6 S20N08P01P 1 1.5 13.0 31.2 14.3 31.2 15.0 31.2 30.0 62.5 S20N08P16P 2 1 2 17.3 41.6 19.0 41.6 20.0 41.6 40.0 83.3 S20N08P02P 1 3 26.0 62.5 28.6 62.5 30.0 62.5 60.0 125.0 S20N08A03N 2 1 5 43.3 104.0 47.6 104.0 49.9 104.0 99.8 208.0 S20N08A05N 1 7.5 64.9 156.0 71.4 156.0 74.9 156.0 149.8 312.0 S20N08A07N 2 Connection Diagram 2 F F Output F 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-166 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com E Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Single-Phase Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage/Output Voltage 2 277/230 480/456 504/480 Units Required 1 Unit kVA Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 1 0.25 1.44 6.26 5.23 11.4 5.47 11.4 2.75 5.72 S20N08P26P 1 0.50 2.88 12.5 10.4 22.8 10.9 22.8 5.49 11.4 S20N08P51P 1 0.75 4.33 18.8 15.7 34.2 16.4 34.2 8.24 17.2 S20N08P76P 1 1 5.76 25.0 20.9 45.6 21.8 45.6 11.0 22.9 S20N08P01P 1 1.5 8.64 37.6 31.3 68.4 32.8 68.4 16.5 34.3 S20N08P16P 1 2 11.5 50.1 41.8 91.2 43.7 91.2 22.0 45.8 S20N08P02P 1 3 17.3 75.3 62.7 136.0 65.2 136.0 33.0 68.8 S20N08A03N 1 5 28.8 125.3 104.5 227.0 108.0 227.0 54.9 114.4 S20N08A05N 1 7.5 43.2 187.9 156.8 341.0 163.0 341.0 82.4 171.6 S20N08A07N Connection Diagram 2 B E 528/480 Output E F 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-167 2.5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage/Output Voltage 362/380 346/416 430/473 400/480 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output 436/480 kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps 0.25 6.52 10.4 3.75 5.2 4.26 5.2 4.33 0.50 13.0 20.8 7.50 10.4 8.52 10.4 8.65 0.75 19.6 31.2 11.2 15.6 12.8 15.6 1 26.1 41.6 15.0 20.8 17.0 1.5 39.1 62.4 22.5 31.2 25.5 Output kVA Amps Style Number 5.2 4.33 5.2 S20N08P26P 10.4 8.65 10.4 S20N08P51P 13.0 15.6 13.0 15.6 S20N08P76P 20.8 17.3 20.8 17.3 20.8 S20N08P01P 31.2 26.0 31.2 26.0 31.2 S20N08P16P 2 52.2 83.2 30.0 41.6 34.1 41.6 34.6 41.6 34.6 41.6 S20N08P02P 3 78.4 125.0 45.0 62.5 51.2 62.5 52.0 62.5 52.0 62.5 S20N08A03N 5 130.4 208.0 75.1 104.0 85.2 104.0 86.6 104.0 86.6 104.0 S20N08A05N 312.0 112.6 156.0 127.8 156.0 129.9 156.0 129.9 156.0 S20N08A07N 7.5 195.6 Connection Diagram 1 I N K N K Units Required 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 Three-Phase Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage/Output Voltage 460/483 457/380 504/480 528/480 Unit kVA Output Output Output Output kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 0.25 8.7 10.4 4.12 6.25 9.08 10.9 4.76 5.72 S20N08P26P 2 0.50 17.4 20.8 8.23 12.5 18.2 21.8 9.51 11.4 S20N08P51P 2 0.75 26.1 31.2 12.3 18.8 27.2 32.8 14.3 17.2 S20N08P76P 1 34.8 41.6 16.5 25.0 36.3 43.7 19.0 22.9 S20N08P01P 2 1.5 52.2 62.4 24.7 37.5 54.5 65.5 28.5 34.3 S20N08P16P 2 69.6 83.2 32.9 50.0 72.6 87.4 38.0 45.8 S20N08P02P 2 3 104.6 125.0 49.5 75.2 109.7 131.3 57.2 68.8 S20N08A03N 5 174.0 208.0 82.3 125.1 181.6 218.4 95.1 114.4 S20N08A05N 2 7.5 261.0 312.0 123.5 187.6 272.4 327.6 142.7 171.6 S20N08A07N 2 Connection Diagram 1 I N I K Units Required 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. 2 Additional wiring trough may be required. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-168 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase Open Delta Connection 480 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz 2 Input Available Voltage 600 575 575 Output Output Output 2 Units Required 1 kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 2 2 4.3 5.1 — — — — S20N11P51P 2 — — — — 4.1 4.9 S60G11P51P 2 6.5 7.8 — — — — S20N11P76P 2 — — — — 6.2 7.4 S60G11P76P 2 8.6 10.3 — — — — S20N11P01P 2 — — — — 8.3 9.9 S60G11P01P 2 13.0 15.6 — — — — S20N11P16P 2 — — — — 12.4 14.9 S60G11P16P 2 17.2 20.6 — — — — S20N11P02P 2 — — — — 16.5 19.8 S60G11P02P 2 25.8 31 — — — — S20N11S03N 2 — — — — 24.8 29.8 S60G11P03P 2 43.2 51.9 — — — — S20N11S05N 2 — — — — 41 49.3 S60G11S05N 2 65 78.1 — — — — S20N11S07N 2 — — — — 62 74.5 S60G11S07N 2 86 103.4 — — — — S20N11S10N 2 — — 83 99.8 — — S60G11S10N 2 130 156.3 — — — — S20N11S15N 2 — — 124 149.1 — — S60N11S15N 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 216 259.8 — — — — T20P11S25EE 2 — — 207 248.9 — — S60J11S25N 2 324 389.7 — — — — T20P11S37EE 2 432 519.6 — — — — T20P11S50EE Connection Diagram 3 I J 2 T 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 On transformers supplied with standard taps, taps must be placed at nominal settings. 3 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. 2 2 Autotransformers can be used only where local electric codes permit and isolation of the two circuits is not required. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage 2 Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage 2 Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-169 2.5 2 Distribution Transformers Single-Phase 480 Volt Output Required, 60 Hz Input Available Voltage 2 2 Transformers 600 575 Output Output 575 Output Units Required 1 kVA Amps kVA Amps kVA Amps Style Number 2 1 2.5 5.2 — — — — S20N11P51P 2 1 — — — — 2.4 5 S60G11P51P 2 1 3.7 7.7 — — — — S20N11P76P 1 — — — — 3.6 7.5 S60G11P76P 2 1 5.0 10.4 — — — — S20N11P01P 1 — — — — 4.8 10 S60G11P01P 2 1 7.5 15.6 — — — — S20N11P16P 2 1 — — — — 7.2 15 S60G11P16P 1 10 20.8 — — — — S20N11P02P 1 — — — — 9.6 20 S60G11P02P 1 15 31.2 — — — — S20N11S03N 1 — — — — 14.3 29.7 S60G11P03P 1 25 52 — — — — S20N11S05N 2 1 — — — — 24 50 S60G11S05N 2 1 37.5 78.1 — — — — S20N11S07N 1 — — — — 36 75 S60G11S07N 2 1 50 104.1 — — — — S20N11S10N 1 — — 43 100 — — S60G11S10N 2 1 75 156.2 — — — — S20N11S15N 1 — — 72 150 — — S60N11S15N 1 125 260.4 — — — — T20P11S25EE 1 — — 120 250 — — S60J11S25N 1 187 389.6 — — — — T20P11S37EE 1 250 520.8 — — — — T20P11S50EE Connection Diagram 3 E 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 H Notes 1 Additional wiring trough may be required. 2 On transformers supplied with standard taps, taps must be placed at nominal settings. 3 Refer to Page V2-T2-172 for buck-boost wiring diagrams. Autotransformers can be used only where local electric codes permit and isolation of the two circuits is not required. Rated Output Voltage Output voltage for lower input voltage can be found by: ------------------------------------------------------- x Input Actual Voltage = Output New Voltage. Rated Input Voltage Actual Input Voltage Output kVA available at reduced input voltage can be found by: ----------------------------------------------------- x Output kVA = New kVA Rating. Rated Input Voltage Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-170 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com U 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Accessories Please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-191. 2 Technical Data and Specifications 2 Frequency Eaton buck-boost transformers are designed for 60 Hz operation. Overload Capability Short-term overload is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour, 150% load for one hour, and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. Insulation System and Temperature Rise Industry standards classify insulation systems and rise as shown below: Insulation System Classification Ambient + Winding Rise + Hot Spot = Temp. Class 40°C 55°C 10°C 105°C 40°C 80°C 30°C 150°C 25°C 135°C 20°C 180°C 40°C 115°C 30°C 185°C 40°C 150°C 30°C 220°C The design life of transformers having different insulation systems is the same—the lower-temperature systems are designed for the same life as the higher-temperature systems. Enclosures Eaton encapsulated buckboost transformers use a NEMA 3R rated enclosure. Winding Terminations Primary and secondary windings are terminated in the wiring compartment. Encapsulated units have copper leads or stabs brought out for connections. Lugs are not supplied with these transformers. Eaton recommends that external cables be rated 90°C (sized at 75°C ampacity) for encapsulated designs. Series-Multiple Windings Series-multiple windings consist of two similar coils in each winding that can be connected in series or parallel (multiple). Transformers with series-multiple windings are designated with an “x” or “/” between the voltage ratings, such as voltages of “120/240” or “240 x 480.” If the series-multiple winding is designated by an “x,” the winding can be connected only for a series or parallel. With the “/” designation, a mid-point also becomes available in addition to the series or parallel connection. As an example, a 120 x 240 winding can be connected for either 120 (parallel) or 240 (series), but a 120/240 winding can be connected for 120 (parallel), 240 (series) or 240 with a 120 mid-point. Sound Levels All Eaton 600 volt class general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed to meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels listed here. These are the sound levels measured in a soundproof environment. Actual sound levels measured at an installation will likely be higher due to electrical connections and environmental conditions. Lower sound levels are available and should be specified when the transformer is going to be installed in an area where sound may be a concern. Average Sound Levels 1 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV kVA Encapsulated 0–9 45 10–50 50 51–150 55 151–300 57 301–500 59 501–700 61 701–1000 63 1001–1500 64 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. 2 2 2 For additional information, please refer to Section 2.7 Page V2-T2-194. 2 2 Note: When installation is to be made on a grounded system, consideration must be given to the resulting voltage. Thus, on a 208 grounded wye/120 system, the voltage can be boosted to 240 volts but the voltage to ground will be 139 volts. If 240/120 volts with a mid-point ground is needed, a standard two-winding transformer must be used. 2 2 2 2 The following formulas can be used to calculate specific requirements. 2 2 For single-phase: 2 Load Voltage x Line AmperesLOAD kVA = Full -------------------------------------------1000 2 For three-phase: 2 Line Load Voltage x 1.73 x Full Load Amperes LOAD kVA = ----------------------------------------------------------------1000 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-171 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers 2 Wiring Diagrams 2 Buck-Boost Transformers Wiring Diagrams Diagram A Diagram B 2 2 2 2 X4 X1 X2 H4 H3 H4 H2 H1 H2 X1 X2 X3 H4 H3 H2 H1 X1 X2 H4 H3 X4 H2 H4 X4 X1 X2 X4 X3 X2 X2 X1 H1 H1 H2 X3 X4 X4 X3 X1 X2 X2 X1 H4 H3 H2 H1 H1 Low Voltage Low Voltage X1 X2 X3 X4 X4 X3 X2 X1 H4 H3 H2 H1 H1 H2 H3 H4 X1 X2 X3 X4 X4 X3 X2 X1 H4 H3 H2 H1 H1 H2 H3 H4 High Voltage Low Voltage Diagram O 1 Low Voltage High Voltage X4 X3 H1 H2 H3 H4 Diagram L Diagram N 1 X4 H1 X3 High Voltage X4 H2 High Voltage Low Voltage X3 X3 H3 X4 Low Voltage X3 High Voltage X4 X1 X3 X2 X1 X4 X3 X2 X1 X4 X3 X4 X3 X4 X3 X4 X3 X2 X4 X1 H4 X2 H3 X1 H4 X2 H3 X1 H4 X2 H3 H4 H3 H4 H3 H4 H3 X1 H4 X2 H3 X1 H4 X2 H3 X1 H4 X2 H3 H2 H1 H2 H1 H2 H1 H2 H1 H2 H1 H2 H1 H2 H1 H2 H1 H2 H1 Low Voltage Neutral Diagram P 1 X4 X2 X4 X2 X4 X3 X1 X3 H4 H3 H4 H3 H4 H3 H2 H1 H2 H1 H2 H1 X1 X3 X1 X2 H3 H4 2 Neutral High Voltage Diagram S 1 X2 H4 X4 2 X2 X1 H1 H2 High Voltage X3 X4 X1 H1 H2 X2 H3 H4 X1 H1 H2 H3 H4 X3 X2 X1 H1 H2 High Voltage X4 X3 H3 H4 X1 X3 X1 X3 X2 X4 X2 X4 X2 H3 H1 H3 H1 H3 H1 H3 H1 H4 H2 H4 H2 H4 H2 X4 H4 H2 Low Voltage Neutral Neutral Diagram U High Voltage High Voltage X4 X3 X1 X2 Diagram T X3 H3 X4 Low Voltage Low Voltage X1 X3 X4 X1 Neutral Diagram R 1 High Voltage X3 X2 High Voltage Neutral Low Voltage Diagram Q 1 Low Voltage 2 H1 H2 H1 Diagram M 1 2 H2 X2 X3 Diagram I Low Voltage 2 X1 High Voltage X1 H2 2 2 H3 High Voltage 2 2 X2 Diagram K 2 2 X4 High Voltage 2 High Voltage Low Voltage X3 H1 High Voltage X1 H4 Diagram J 2 H3 H2 Diagram H 2 2 H4 H1 X3 Low Voltage 2 H3 Diagram F X4 Diagram G 2 X2 High Voltage High Voltage 2 X4 X1 X4 Diagram E Low Voltage 2 X3 X2 X3 Low Voltage Diagram D 2 2 X1 Low Voltage 2 Low Voltage High Voltage X3 2 2 Diagram C High Voltage X3 X4 X4 X3 X1 X2 X2 X1 X3 X4 X1 X2 H1 H2 Neutral H4 H1 H1 H4 Low Voltage H1 H4 Low Voltage Note 1 WARNING! If input is three-wire, “neutral” connection must be isolated and insulated! When used to supply a three-phase, four-wire load, the source must be three-phase, four-wire wye. V2-T2-172 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers Contents Description Page Motor Drive Isolation Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . Mini–Power Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Transformers. . . . Class I, Division 2, Hazardous Location Transformers Open-Type Core and Coil Assembly Transformers Marine Duty Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buck-Boost and Low Voltage Lighting Transformers Medium Voltage Distribution Transformers Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T2-111 V2-T2-119 V2-T2-124 V2-T2-127 V2-T2-130 V2-T2-133 V2-T2-144 V2-T2-174 V2-T2-174 V2-T2-175 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Medium Voltage Distribution Transformers Product Description Note: The following pages provide listings for most standard transformer ratings and styles. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Single- and Three-Phase ● Ventilated, NEMA 3R enclosure standard ● Suitable for indoor or outdoor applications ● Upright mounting only ● 220ºC insulation system ● 150ºC rise standard; 115°C or 80°C rise optional ● Available in single-phase ratings 15–333 kVA ● Available in single-phase ratings 25–167 kVA; in three-phase ratings 15–1500 kVA Application Description U.S. DOE 10 CFR Part 431 compliant energy-efficient transformers are specifically designed to meet the energy efficiency standards set forth in U.S. DOE 10 CFR Part 431. Compliant transformers are optimized to offer maximum efficiency at 50% of nameplate rating. Transformers that are currently specifically excluded from the scope of DOE 10 CFR Part 431 include: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Liquid-filled transformers below 10 kVA Dry-type transformers below 15 kVA AC and DC drives transformers Rectifier transformers designed for high harmonics Autotransformers Non-distribution transformers, such as UPS transformers Special impedance or regulation transformers Regulating transformers Sealed and non-ventilated transformers Machine tool transformers Welding transformers Transformers with tap ranges greater than 15% Transformers with a frequency other than 60 Hz Grounding transformers Testing transformers DOE 10 CFR Part 431 Efficiency Levels Tables of Energy Efficiency Dry-Type Distribution Transformers— 20–45 kV BIL Single-Phase Three-Phase kVA Efficiency kVA Efficiency 15 98.10 15 97.50 25 98.33 30 97.90 37.5 98.49 45 98.10 50 98.60 75 98.33 75 98.73 112.5 98.49 100 98.82 150 98.60 167 98.96 225 98.73 250 99.07 300 98.82 333 99.14 500 98.96 — — 750 99.07 — — 1000 99.14 — — 1500 99.22 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-173 2.5 Transformers Distribution Transformers 2 Features, Benefits and Functions 2 ● 2 ● 2 2 2 2 ● ● 60 Hz operation (except as noted) Short-term overload capability as required by ANSI Meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels Meet federal energy efficiency requirements for dry-type transformers effective as of January 1, 2010 2 2 2 Standards and Certifications ● UL listed Industry Standards All Eaton dry-type distribution and control transformers are built and tested in accordance with applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE Standards. Seismically Qualified Eaton manufactured dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified and exceed requirements of the International Building Code (IBC) and California Code Title 24. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-174 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Product Description 2 Single-Phase—2010 Energy-Efficient 2 2 2400 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Aluminum Windings Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH6 — — Included T42D11S25E3R 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T42D11S37E3R 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T42D11S50E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T42D11S75E3R 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included T42D11S99E3R 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included T42D11S67E3R 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH6 — — Included T42D11F25E3R 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T42D11F37E3R 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T42D11F50E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T42D11F75E3R 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included T42D11F99E3R 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included T42D11F67E3R 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T42D11B25E3R 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T42D11B37E3R 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T42D11B50E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included T42D11B75E3R 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included T42D11B99E3R 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included T42D11B67E3R 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4160 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Aluminum Windings Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH6 — — Included T46D11S25E3R 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T46D11S37E3R 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T46D11S50E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T46D11S75E3R 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included T46D11S99E3R 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included T46D11S67E3R 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH6 — — Included T46D11F25E3R 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T46D11F37E3R 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T46D11F50E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T46D11F75E3R 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included T46D11F99E3R 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included T46D11F67E3R 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T46D11B25E3R 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T46D11B37E3R 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T46D11B50E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included T46D11B75E3R 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included T46D11B99E3R 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included T46D11B67E3R 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-175 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Single-Phase—2010 Energy-Efficient 2 2400 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH6 — — Included T42D11S25CUE3R 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T42D11S37CUE3R 2 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T42D11S50CUE3R 2 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T42D11S75CUE3R 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included T42D11S99CUE3R 2 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included T42D11S67CUE3R 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH6 — — Included T42D11F25CUE3R 2 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T42D11F37CUE3R 2 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T42D11F50CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T42D11F75CUE3R 2 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included T42D11F99CUE3R 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included T42D11F67CUE3R 2 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T42D11B25CUE3R Full Capacity Taps 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T42D11B37CUE3R 2 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T42D11B50CUE3R 2 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included T42D11B75CUE3R 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included T42D11B99CUE3R 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included T42D11B67CUE3R 2 2 4160 Volts to 120/240 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH6 — — Included T46D11S25CUE3R 2 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T46D11S37CUE3R 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T46D11S50CUE3R 2 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included T46D11S75CUE3R 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included T46D11S99CUE3R 2 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included T46D11S67CUE3R 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH6 — — Included T46D11F25CUE3R 2 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T46D11F37CUE3R 2 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T46D11F50CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included T46D11F75CUE3R 2 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included T46D11F99CUE3R 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included T46D11F67CUE3R 2 25 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T46D11B25CUE3R 37.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T46D11B37CUE3R 2 50 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH3 — — Included T46D11B50CUE3R 2 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included T46D11B75CUE3R 100 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included T46D11B99CUE3R 167 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included T46D11B67CUE3R 2 2 Full Capacity Taps Note Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 V2-T2-176 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Three-Phase—2010 Energy-Efficient 2 2 2400 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included V42D47T45CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V42D47T75CUE3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V42D47T12CUE3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D47T49CUE3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D47T22CUE3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D47T33CUE3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ2 — — Included V42D47T55CUE3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ3 — — Included V42D47T77CUE3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included V42D47F45CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V42D47F75CUE3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V42D47F12CUE3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D47F49CUE3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D47F22CUE3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D47F33CUE3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ2 — — Included V42D47F55CUE3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ3 — — Included V42D47F77CUE3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V42D47B45CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V42D47B75CUE3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D47B12CUE3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D47B49CUE3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D47B22CUE3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ2 — — Included V42D47B33CUE3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V42D47B55CUE3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V42D47B77CUE3R 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-177 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase—2010 Energy-Efficient 2 4160 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included V46D47T45CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V46D47T75CUE3R 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V46D47T12CUE3R 2 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D47T49CUE3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D47T22CUE3R 2 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D47T33CUE3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ2 — — Included V46D47T55CUE3R 2 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ3 — — Included V46D47T77CUE3R 2 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included V46D47F45CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V46D47F75CUE3R 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V46D47F12CUE3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D47F49CUE3R 2 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D47F22CUE3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D47F33CUE3R 2 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ2 — — Included V46D47F55CUE3R 2 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ3 — — Included V46D47F77CUE3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V46D47B45CUE3R 2 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V46D47B75CUE3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D47B12CUE3R 2 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D47B49CUE3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D47B22CUE3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ2 — — Included V46D47B33CUE3R 2 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V46D47B55CUE3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V46D47B77CUE3R 2 Note Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-178 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Three-Phase—2010 Energy-Efficient 2 2 2400 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included V42D28T45CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V42D28T75CUE3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V42D28T12CUE3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D28T49CUE3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D28T22CUE3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D28T33CUE3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ2 — — Included V42D28T55CUE3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ3 — — Included V42D28T77CUE3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included V42D28F45CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V42D28F75CUE3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V42D28F12CUE3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D28F49CUE3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D28F22CUE3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D28F33CUE3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ2 — — Included V42D28F55CUE3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ3 — — Included V42D28F77CUE3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V42D28B45CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V42D28B75CUE3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D28B12CUE3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D28B49CUE3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D28B22CUE3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ2 — — Included V42D28B33CUE3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V42D28B55CUE3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V42D28B77CUE3R 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-179 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase—2010 Energy-Efficient 2 4160 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Copper Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included V46D28T45CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V46D28T75CUE3R 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V46D28T12CUE3R 2 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D28T49CUE3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D28T22CUE3R 2 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D28T33CUE3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ2 — — Included V46D28T55CUE3R 2 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ3 — — Included V46D28T77CUE3R 2 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included V46D28F45CUE3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V46D28F75CUE3R 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V46D28F12CUE3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D28F49CUE3R 2 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D28F22CUE3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D28F33CUE3R 2 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ2 — — Included V46D28F55CUE3R 2 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ3 — — Included V46D28F77CUE3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V46D28B45CUE3R 2 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V46D28B75CUE3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D28B12CUE3R 2 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D28B49CUE3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D28B22CUE3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ2 — — Included V46D28B33CUE3R 2 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V46D28B55CUE3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V46D28B77CUE3R 2 Note Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-180 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Three-Phase—2010 Energy-Efficient 2 2 2400 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts—Aluminum Windings Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield 2 Style Number 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included V42D47T45E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V42D47T75E3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V42D47T12E3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D47T49E3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D47T22E3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D47T33E3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ2 — — Included V42D47T55E3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ3 — — Included V42D47T77E3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included V42D47F45E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V42D47F75E3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V42D47F12E3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D47F49E3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D47F22E3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D47F33E3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ2 — — Included V42D47F55E3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ3 — — Included V42D47F77E3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V42D47B45E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V42D47B75E3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D47B12E3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D47B49E3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D47B22E3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ2 — — Included V42D47B33E3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V42D47B55E3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V42D47B77E3R 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-181 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase—2010 Energy-Efficient 2 4160 Delta Volts to 480Y/277 Volts—Aluminum Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 2 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included V46D47T45E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V46D47T75E3R 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V46D47T12E3R 2 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D47T49E3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D47T22E3R 2 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D47T33E3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ2 — — Included V46D47T55E3R 2 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ3 — — Included V46D47T77E3R 2 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included V46D47F45E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V46D47F75E3R 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V46D47F12E3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D47F49E3R 2 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D47F22E3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D47F33E3R 2 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ2 — — Included V46D47F55E3R 2 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ3 — — Included V46D47F77E3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V46D47B45E3R 2 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V46D47B75E3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D47B12E3R 2 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D47B49E3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D47B22E3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ2 — — Included V46D47B33E3R 2 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V46D47B55E3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V46D47B77E3R 2 Note Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-182 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Distribution Transformers 2.5 Three-Phase—2010 Energy-Efficient 2 2 2400 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Aluminum Windings Full Capacity Taps kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included V42D28T45E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V42D28T75E3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V42D28T12E3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D28T49E3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D28T22E3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V42D28T33E3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ2 — — Included V42D28T55E3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ3 — — Included V42D28T77E3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included V42D28F45E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V42D28F75E3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V42D28F12E3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D28F49E3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D28F22E3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V42D28F33E3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ2 — — Included V42D28F55E3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ3 — — Included V42D28F77E3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V42D28B45E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V42D28B75E3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D28B12E3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D28B49E3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V42D28B22E3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ2 — — Included V42D28B33E3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V42D28B55E3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V42D28B77E3R 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-183 2.5 2 Transformers Distribution Transformers Three-Phase—2010 Energy-Efficient 2 4160 Delta Volts to 208Y/120 Volts—Aluminum Windings 2 kVA FCAN FCBN ºC Temp. Rise Frame Wiring Diagram Number Weight Lbs (kg) Weathershield Style Number 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH3 — — Included V46D28T45E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V46D28T75E3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NH4 — — Included V46D28T12E3R 2 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D28T49E3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D28T22E3R 2 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ1 — — Included V46D28T33E3R 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ2 — — Included V46D28T55E3R 2 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 150 NJ3 — — Included V46D28T77E3R 2 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH3 — — Included V46D28F45E3R 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V46D28F75E3R 2 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NH4 — — Included V46D28F12E3R 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D28F49E3R 2 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D28F22E3R 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ1 — — Included V46D28F33E3R 2 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ2 — — Included V46D28F55E3R 2 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 115 NJ3 — — Included V46D28F77E3R 45 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V46D28B45E3R 2 75 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NH4 — — Included V46D28B75E3R 112.5 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D28B12E3R 2 150 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D28B49E3R 225 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ1 — — Included V46D28B22E3R 2 2 2 Full Capacity Taps 300 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ2 — — Included V46D28B33E3R 2 500 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V46D28B55E3R 750 2 at +2.5% 2 at –2.5% 80 NJ3 — — Included V46D28B77E3R 2 Note Contact your local Eaton sales office for CE Mark transformer requirements. For other ratings or styles not shown, or for special enclosure types (including stainless steel), refer to Eaton. Frame drawings/dimensions information begins on Page V2-T2-215. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-184 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Dry-Type Distribution Transformers 2.6 Contents Description Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary of Transformer Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequently Asked Questions About Transformers . Page V2-T2-186 V2-T2-187 V2-T2-189 V2-T2-191 V2-T2-194 V2-T2-210 V2-T2-213 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-185 2.6 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Standards and Certifications Eaton dry-type distribution transformers are approved, listed, recognized or may comply with the following standards. 2 2 2 2 Engineering Standards Catalog Product Name UL Standard 1 UL/cUL File Number UL Listed Control Number cUL Energy Efficiency File Number CSA File Number Insulation System Temp/ºC kVA SinglePhase kVA ThreePhase Applicable IEC Standard Industrial Control Transformer MTE 5085 E46323 702X — LR27533 105 0.025–1.5 N/A 61558 2 MTK 5085 E46323 702X — LR27533 180 0.05–5 N/A 61558 2 AP 5085 E10156 591H — — 180 3–10 N/A 61558 2 AP 1561 E78389 591H — — 180 15 N/A 61558 EP 5085 E10156 591H — LR60545 180 0.05–10 N/A 61558 2 EP 1561 E78389 591H EV157 2 LR60545 3 180 15–50 N/A 61558 4 / 726 5 EPT 5085 E10156 591H — LR60545 180 N/A 3–9 61558 6 / 726 7 2 EPT 1561 E78389 591H EV157 8 LR60545 9 180 N/A 15–75 726 MPC 1062 E53449 591H — LR60546 180 3–25 15–30 — 60726 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Encapsulated Transformer Ventilated Transformer DS-3 1561 E78389 591H — — 220 15–167 N/A DT-3 1561 E78389 591H — — 220 N/A 15–750 60726 KT 1561 E78389 591H — — 220 N/A 9–500 N/A Notes 1 UL 5085 replaces UL 506. 2 Applies to 25–50 kVA. 3 Applies to 25 kVA. 4 Applies to 15–25 kVA. 5 Applies to 37.5 kVA. 6 Applies to 3 kVA. 7 Applies to 5–9 kVA. 8 Applies to 30–75 kVA. 9 Applies to 30 kVA. 2 2 2 2 In addition to the above standards, Eaton dry-type distribution transformers are also manufactured in compliance with the applicable standards listed below. Not all of the following standards apply to every transformer. NEC: National Electrical Code NEMA ST-1: Specialty Transformers (C89.1) (control transformers). NEMA ST-20: General-Purpose Transformers. NEMA TP-1: Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers. NEMA 250: Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 volts maximum). IEEE C57.12.01: General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers (including those with solidcast and/or resin-encapsulated windings). ANSI C57.12.70: Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers. ANSI C57.12.91: Standard Test Code for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers. CSA C22 No. 47-M90: Air-Cooled Transformers (Dry-Type). CSA C9-M1981: Dry-Type Transformers. CSA C22.2 No. 66: Specialty Transformers. CSA 802-94: Maximum Losses for Distribution, Power and Dry-Type Transformers. NEMA TP-2: Standard Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Distribution Transformers. NEMA TP-3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-186 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Catalog Number Selection 2 General-Purpose, Energy-Efficient, Mini–Power Center, Shielded Isolation, Nonlinear, Buck-Boost, Marine Duty Transformers— Example: S20N11S05A T S 20 N 11 S 05 A Prefix Options C = CSA labeled ventilated transformer 13 12 10 29 72 25 23 24 20 27 38 39 43 44 45 48 57 60 42 46 49 40 54 Marine Duty QS = EPM marine (1-Ph encapsulated) LY = EPTM Marine (3-Ph encapsulated) RT = DS-3M marine (1-Ph ventilated) MV = DT-3M marine (3-Ph ventilated) S Y T V P Z X = = = = = = = Type EP (single-phase encapsulated) EPT (three-phase encapsulated) DS-3 (single-phase ventilated) DT-3 (three-phase ventilated) Mini–power center Class 1 Division 2 Groups A, B, C, D Harmonic mitigating (three-phase ventilated) Nonlinear H = KT-4 (three-phase ventilated) B = KT-9 (three-phase ventilated) N = KT-13 (three-phase ventilated) G = KT-20 (three-phase ventilated) J = KT-30 (three-phase ventilated) A = KT-40 (three-phase ventilated) K = KT-50 (three-phase ventilated) HT = KT-4 (single-phase ventilated) NT = KT-13 (single-phase ventilated) GT = KT-20 (single-phase ventilated) D E F G J K L M N R P = = = = = = = = = = = T = U = W= X = Notes 1 Model number is not used on newly designed/redesigned transformers. 2 Copper windings. 3 Grade 304 stainless steel enclosure (does not imply a NEMA 4X rating). 4 Open type core and coil assembly. 5 Totally enclosed non-ventilated DS-3 or DT-3. 6 50/60 Hz. 7 Low sound design. LS47 indicates low sound equal to 47 dB; LS42 indicates 42 dB. Taps 2 at +2.5%, 2 at –2.5% 1 at +5%, 1 at –5% 1 at –10% 2 at –5% 4 at –2.5% 1 at –10% x 2 at –5% 2 at –5% x 4 at –2.5% 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% None 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% 1 at +5%, 2 at –5% x 2 at +2.5%, 4 at –2.5% 1 at +4.2%, 1 at –4.2% 1 at +2.5%, 3 at –2.5% 1 at +3.5%, 1 at –3.5% 2 at +3.1%, 2 at –3.1% 81 = 85 = 82 = 83 = 26 = 51 = 76 = 01 = 16 = 02 = 0.05 0.075 0.10 0.15 0.25 0.50 0.75 1 1.5 2 03 = 05 = 06 = 07 = 09 = 10 = 15 = 21 = 25 = 30 = kVA 3 37 = 37.5 5 45 = 45 6 50 = 50 7.5 75 = 75 9 99 = 100 10 12 = 112.5 15 49 = 150 22.5 67 = 167 25 22 = 225 30 52 = 33 = 54 = 55 = 60 = 77 = 11 = 14 = 250 300 333 500 600 750 1000 1500 Temperature Rise T = 150°C rise with 220°C J = 80°C rise with 220°C insulation system insulation system (ventilated) (ventilated) F = 115°C rise with 220°C P = 115°C rise with 130°C insulation system insulation system (ventilated) (encapsulated) B = 80°C rise with 220°C S = 115°C rise with 180°C insulation system insulation system (ventilated) (encapsulated and H = 130°C rise with 200°C MPC) insulation system L = 80°C rise with 180°C (ventilated) insulation system G = 115°C rise with 200°C (encapsulated and insulation system MPC) (ventilated) 04 06 08 14 12 10 11 54 19 28 29 25 31 26 22 64 24 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 2 2 Suffix Options Primary Voltage = 110 x 220 = 120 = 120 x 240 = 208 = 200 = 220 = 230 = 240 = 240 x 480 = 277 = 380 = 400 = 416 = 440 = 450 = 480 = 575 = 600 = 2400 = 4160 = 4800 = Export model = 120/208/240/277 2 A...Y = CU = SS = ZZ = NV = X = LS_ _ = AF = TR = SR = CE = T = EE = NON = POS = NEG = THR = E3 = SS4X = Z = S6 = I2 = I3 = I4 = N3 = 1 2 2 2 3 4 2 5 6 7 2 8 9 2 j k l 2 m n 2 o p q 2 r s 2 t BK BL BM BN BO 2 2 2 Secondary Voltage 12/24 20 = 240 x 480 16/32 21 = 240/480 24/48 27 = 277 110/220 38 = 380 delta 120 37 = 380Y/220 120 x 240 34 = 400Y/231 120/240 51 = 416Y/240 127/254 35 = 440Y/254 190Y/110 62 = 460Y/266 208Y/120 47 = 480Y/277 208 48 = 480 delta 220 delta 60 = 600 delta 220Y/127 61 = 600Y/346 220 delta/110 midtap 42 = 2400 240 delta/120 midtap 41 = 4160Y/2400 240Y/139 46 = 4160 240 delta 49 = 4800 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 9 j k l m Fungus proof. Certified test report of standard production tests for the specific serial number to be shipped. Certified sound level report. CE Marked. Thermal indicator embedded in center coil. Suffix “TT” indicates two thermal indicators of different temperature ratings, are installed. NEMA TP-1 efficient. n o p q r s t BK BL BM BN BO 0° phase-shift (used with HMTs). +15° phase-shift (used with HMTs). –15° phase-shift (used with HMTs). –30° phase-shift (used with HMTs). CSL3 DOE 2007 energy-efficient. NEMA 4X Grade 304 stainless steel enclosure. Easy install base. Grade 316 stainless steel enclosure (does not imply NEMA 4X rating). Integral 2-inch infrared viewing window. Integral 3-inch infrared viewing window. Integral 4-inch infrared viewing window. NEMA Premium® Efficient. For Eaton’s industrial control transformers catalog number selection, see Page V2-T2-188. Contact your local Eaton sales office for voltage combinations not shown. Use table for catalog number breakdown only. Do not use to create catalog numbers because all combinations may not be valid. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-187 2.6 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Motor Drive Isolation Transformers—Example: MD145E89B MD 145 E 89 B 2 2 2 Type MD = DT-3 HD = KT-4 ND = KT-13 2 2 2 2 075 11 14 20 27 34 40 51 63 75 93 118 145 = = = = = = = = = = = = = 7.5 11 14 20 27 34 40 51 63 75 93 118 145 kVA 175 = 220 = 275 = 330 = 440 = 550 = 660 = 770 = 880 = 1000 = 1250 = 1500 = 175 220 275 330 440 550 660 770 880 1000 1250 1500 Taps 1 D = 2 at +2.5%, 2 at –2.5% E = 1 at +5%, 1 at –5% 2 2 2 2 2 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Voltage Primary 230 delta 208 delta 240 delta 208 delta 208 delta 208 delta 230 delta 230 delta 230 delta 460 delta 460 delta 460 delta 575 delta 575 delta 575 delta 575 delta 600 delta Notes 1 For other tap combinations, contact your local Eaton sales office. Contact your local Eaton sales office for voltage combinations not shown. Use table for catalog number breakdown only. Do not use to create catalog numbers because all combinations may not be valid. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-188 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Secondary 208Y/120 208Y/120 480 delta 230Y/133 460Y/266 480 delta 230Y/133 460Y/266 575Y/332 230Y/133 460Y/266 575Y/332 230Y/133 460Y/266 575Y/332 480 delta 480 delta Y = ES = CU= F = B = X = Suffix Options Encapsulated (Type EPT) design Electrostatic shield Copper windings 115°C rise 80°C rise 50/60 Hz 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Product Selection 2 Single-Phase Transformers How to Select Single-Phase Units 1. Determine the primary (source) voltage—the voltage presently available. 2. Determine the secondary (load) voltage—the voltage needed at the load. 3. Determine the kVA load: – If the load is defined in kVA, a transformer can be selected from the tabulated data – If the load rating is given in amperes, determine the load kVA from the chart (below right). To determine kVA when volts and amperes are known, use the formula: Volts u Amperes kVA = ---------------------------------------1000 – If the load is an AC motor, determine the minimum transformer kVA from the chart at the right – Select a transformer rating equal to or greater than the load kVA. 4. Define tap arrangements needed. 2 Single-Phase AC Motors Full Load Amperes Horsepower 115 Volts 208 Volts 220 Volts 230 Volts Minimum Transformer kVA 1 1/6 4.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 0.53 1/4 5.8 3.2 3.0 2.9 0.70 1/3 7.2 4.0 3.8 3.6 0.87 1/2 9.8 5.4 5.1 4.9 1.18 3/4 13.8 7.6 7.2 6.9 1.66 1 16 8.8 8.4 8 1.92 1-1/2 20 11.0 10.4 10 2.40 2 24 13.2 12.5 12 2.88 3 34 18.7 17.8 17 4.10 5 56 30.8 29.3 28 6.72 7-1/2 80 44 42 40 9.6 10 100 55 52 50 12.0 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Voltage Using the above procedure, select the transformer from the listings in this catalog. 2 2 Full Load Current in Amperes—Single-Phase Circuits 5. Define temperature rise. 2 kVA 120 208 220 240 277 480 600 2400 4160 0.25 2.0 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.5 0.4 0.10 0.06 0.50 4.2 2.4 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.0 0.8 0.21 0.12 0.75 6.3 3.6 3.4 3.1 2.7 1.6 1.3 0.31 0.18 1 8.3 4.8 4.5 4.2 3.6 2.1 1.7 0.42 0.24 1.5 12.5 7.2 6.8 6.2 5.4 3.1 2.5 0.63 0.36 2 16.7 9.6 9.1 8.3 7.2 4.2 3.3 0.83 0.48 3 25 14.4 13.6 12.5 10.8 6.2 5.0 1.2 0.72 5 41 24.0 22.7 20.8 18.0 10.4 8.3 2.1 1.2 7.5 62 36 34 31 27 15.6 12.5 3.1 1.8 10 83 48 45 41 36 20.8 16.7 4.2 2.4 15 125 72 68 62 54 31 25 6.2 3.6 25 208 120 114 104 90 52 41 10.4 6.0 37.5 312 180 170 156 135 78 62 15.6 9.0 50 416 240 227 208 180 104 83 20.8 12.0 75 625 360 341 312 270 156 125 31.3 18.0 100 833 480 455 416 361 208 166 41.7 24.0 167 1391 802 759 695 602 347 278 69.6 40.1 Notes 1 If motors are started more than once per hour, increase minimum transformer kVA by 20%. When motor service factor is greater than 1, increase full load amperes proportionally. Example: If service factor is 1.15, increase above ampere values by 15%. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-189 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories 2 Three-Phase Transformers 2 How to Select Three-Phase Units 1. Determine the primary (source) voltage—the voltage presently available. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Three-Phase AC Motors Full Load Amperes Horsepower 2. Determine the secondary (load) voltage—the voltage needed at the load. 3. Determine the kVA load: – If the load is defined in kVA, a transformer can be selected from the tabulated data – If the load rating is given in amperes, determine the load kVA from the chart (below right). To determine kVA when volts and amperes are known, use the formula: Volts u Amperes u 1.732 kVA = -----------------------------------------------------------1000 – If the load is an AC motor, determine the minimum transformer kVA from the chart at the right – Select a transformer rating equal to or greater than the load kVA 4. Define tap arrangements needed. 5. Define temperature rise. Using the above procedure, select the transformer from the listings in this catalog. 2 2 Minimum Transformer 208 Volts 230 Volts 380 Volts 460 Volts 575 Volts kVA 1 0.5 2.2 2.0 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.9 3/4 3.1 2.8 1.7 1.4 1.1 1.2 1 4.0 3.6 2.2 1.8 1.4 1.5 1.5 5.7 5.2 3.1 2.6 2.1 2.1 2 7.5 6.8 4.1 3.4 2.7 2.7 3 10.7 9.6 5.8 4.8 3.9 3.8 5 16.7 15.2 9.2 7.6 6.1 6.3 7.5 24 22 14 11 9 9.2 10 31 28 17 14 11 11.2 15 46 42 26 21 17 16.6 20 59 54 33 27 22 21.6 25 75 68 41 34 27 26.6 30 88 80 48 40 32 32.4 40 114 104 63 52 41 43.2 50 143 130 79 65 52 52 60 170 154 93 77 62 64 75 211 192 116 96 77 80 100 273 248 150 124 99 103 125 342 312 189 156 125 130 150 396 360 218 180 144 150 200 528 480 291 240 192 200 2 Full Load Current in Amperes—Three-Phase Circuits 2 kVA 208 240 380 480 600 2400 4160 3 6 9 8.3 16.6 25 7.2 14.4 21.6 4.6 9.1 13.7 3.6 7.2 10.8 2.9 5.8 8.6 0.72 1.4 2.2 0.42 0.83 1.2 15 22.5 30 41.7 62.4 83.4 36.1 54.1 72.3 22.8 34.2 45.6 18.0 27.1 36.1 14.4 21.6 28.9 3.6 5.4 7.2 2.1 3.1 4.2 37.5 45 50 104 124 139 90.3 108 120 57.0 68.4 76 45.2 54.2 60.1 36.1 43.4 48.1 9.0 10.8 12.0 5.2 6.3 6.9 75 112.5 150 208 312 416 180 270 360 114 171 228 90 135 180 72 108 144 18.0 27.1 36.1 10.4 15.6 20.8 225 300 500 624 832 1387 541 721 1202 342 456 760 270 360 601 216 288 481 54.2 72.2 120 31.3 41.6 69.4 750 1000 2084 2779 1806 2408 1140 1519 903 1204 723 963 180 241 104 139 Voltage 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Notes 1 If motors are started more than once per hour, increase minimum transformer kVA by 20%. 2 When motor service factor is greater than 1, increase full load amperes proportionally. Example: If service factor is 1.15, increase above ampere values by 15%. 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-190 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Options and Accessories 2 (Order separately) Weathershield Kit Weathershield Kit 2 Terminal Extension Kit A weathershield kit consisting of a front and rear cover shield must be installed on all ventilated dry-type distribution transformers when the unit is located outdoors. The shields protect the transformer top ventilation openings against rain but allow for proper ventilation. Field installation hardware is not required. Refer to specific transformer listing for selection of weathershield kit. Proper installation provides a NEMA 3R rating. Note: For 304 stainless steel, add the suffix ‘S’ to the catalog number. A terminal extension kit is used to allow front access to the rear terminals on most 500 and 750 kVA transformers (transformers on frames 919 and 920) when insufficient space is available at the rear of the transformer. Eaton recommends a minimum 6-inch clearance from the wall to maintain proper ventilation. Terminal Extension Kit Fits Frame Size(s) 1 Bus Material Catalog Number 2 919 Aluminum EXT55AL 919 Copper EXT55CU 920 Aluminum EXT77AL 920 Copper EXT77CU Fits Frame Size(s) 1 Catalog Number 2 809, 810, 811, 816, 817, 818 WS11 814, 814E WS13 815 WS15 819, 820 WS16 808, 908, 909, 910, 911, 912, 910A, 911A, 912A WS31 912B, 912Z, 912D WS38 812, 813, 913A, 913B, 914A, 915A, 916, 914B, 915B WS33 Wall-mounting brackets are used to wall-mount most 15 through 75 kVA ventilated Type DS-3 and DT-3 transformers. See availability guide. This bracket allows for Wall-Mounting Bracket 2 2 2 2 2 Wall-Mounting Bracket Weathershield Kit 2 a 6-inch clearance from the wall as recommended by Eaton. Wall-mounting brackets are compatible with the following frames. WS39 Frame Sizes 1 WS19 Type DS-3 (Single-Phase Compatible) 917, 918, 918A WS34 919, 920, 919E, 919EX, 920E, 920EX WS35 809, 810, 811, 812, 813, 815, 816, 817, 818, 835, 836, 837, 814A, 842 922 WS36 923 WS37 842 WS45 843 WS43 844 WS44 2 2 Catalog Number 2 916A, 916B, 912Z 2 2 Availability Guide Wall-Mounting Bracket WMB01 914D, 915D, 914F, 915F, 914Z, 915Z 2 WMB01 2 2 2 Type DT-3, K-Factor, Drive Isolation (Three-Phase Compatible) 908, 909, 910, 911, 912, 910A, 911A, 912A, WMB01 912B, 912D, 913A, 913B, 914A, 914B, 914D, 915D, 915A, 915B, 914F, 915F, 912Z, 914Z, 915Z Notes 1 Effective June 1, 2001, frame numbers will have a prefix of FR, e.g., FR819. Dimensions, accessories and so on are still applicable as if the FR did not exist. 2 For Grade 304 stainless steel weathershields, add the suffix “S” to a catalog number, e.g., WS31S. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-191 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories 2 Terminal Lug Kits for Type DT-3 Transformers 2 Typical Sizing Cable Range Quantity Bolt Size Quantity Catalog Number 15–37.5 kVA single-phase 15–45 kVA three-phase #14–#2 #6–250 kcmil 8 4 1/4-20 x 3/4 8 LKS1 50–75 kVA single-phase 75–112.5 kVA three-phase #6–250 kcmil 12 1/4-20 x 3/4 1/4-20 x 1-3/4 8 8 LKS2 100–167 kVA single-phase 150–300 kVA three-phase #6–250 kcmil #2–600 kcmil 3 22 1/4-20 x 3/4 3/8-16 x 2 3 16 LKS3 500 kVA three-phase #2–600 kcmil 29 3/8-16 x 2 18 LKS4 2 2 2 2 2 Terminal Lugs Hardware Rodent Screens Replacement Parts for Mini–Power Centers Frame Deadfront Cover (Breaker Cover) Front Cover Description Frame Size(s) 1 Catalog Number Rodent screens are used to discourage entry by birds or rodents. 908, 909 RS01 283 47-37503 7074C98H04 910A, 911, 912 RS02 284 47-37503-2 7074C98H01 913B, 914B, 915B RS03 285 47-37503-3 7074C98H02 2 916 RS04 286 47-37503-4 7074C98H02 917, 918, 918A RS05 287 47-37503-5 7074C98H03 2 919, 920, 919E, 919EX, 920E, 920EX RS06 289 47-37459 7074C44H01 916A, 916B RS07 290 47-37459-2 7074C44H02 2 922 RS08 291 47-37459-3 7074C44H03 2 923 RS09 289A 47-42072-1 7074C44H01 814, 821, 814E RS11 290A 47-42072-2 7074C44H02 2 815 RS12 291A 47-42072-3 7074C44H03 816 RS13 2 817, 818 RS14 819, 820 RS15 Notes 1 Effective June 1, 2001, frame numbers will have a prefix of FR, e.g., FR819. Dimensions, accessories and so on are still applicable as if the FR did not exist. 842 RS42 2 843 RS43 844 RS44 2 912B, 912Z, 912D RS16 914D, 915D, 914F, 915F, 914Z, 915Z RS17 2 916Z RS07 2 2 2 Lugs are rated Al/Cu and are suitable for use with either aluminum or copper conductors. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-192 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Case Parts for Ventilated Units 2 Front Panel (Upper) Front Panel (Lower) Back Panel (Upper) Back Panel (Lower) Front or Back Panel (Cutout Cover Plate) Top Cover Side Panel (Two Required per Transformer) Bottom 809 7073C16P03 — 7073C16P03 — — 7073C17P01 7073C18P04 7073C14P03 810 7073C16P01 — 7073C16P01 — — 7073C17P01 7073C18P01 7073C14P01 811 7073C16P01 — 7073C16P01 — — 7073C17P01 7073C18P01 7073C14P01 812 7073C16P02 — 7073C16P02 — — 7073C17P02 7073C18P02 7073C14P02 813 7073C16P02 — 7073C16P02 — — 7073C17P02 7073C18P02 7073C14P02 814, 814E 7073C54P01 — 7073C54P01 — — 7073C17P03 7073C18P05 7073C14P04 815 47-39433 — 47-39433 — — 47-39431 47-39430 47-39429 816 47-40452 — 47-40452 — — 47-40453 47-40451 47-40449 817 47-40457 — 47-40457 — — 47-40458 47-40456 47-40454 818 47-40457 — 47-40457 — — 47-40458 47-40456 47-40454 819 47-40574 — 47-40574 — — 47-40575 47-40573 47-40459 820 47-40574 — 47-40574 — — 47-40575 47-40573 47-40459 842 47-54828-2 — 47-54828-2 — — 47-54829-2 47-54827-2 47-55335-2 843 47-54828-4 — 47-54828-4 — — 47-54829-4 47-54827-4 47-55335-3 844 47-54828-5 — 47-54828-5 — — 47-54829-5 47-54827-5 47-55335-5 908 7073C37P01 — 7073C37P01 — — 1714C45P01 1714C44P03 7073C20P05 909 7073C37P01 — 7073C37P01 — — 1714C45P01 1714C44P03 7073C20P05 910 1714C46P01 — 1714C46P01 — — 1714C45P01 1714C44P01 7073C20P01 911 1714C46P01 — 1714C46P01 — — 1714C45P01 1714C44P01 7073C20P01 912 1714C46P01 — 1714C46P01 — — 1714C45P01 1714C44P01 7073C20P01 916 1714C60P01 — 1714C60P01 — — 1714C58P01 1714C56P01 7073C20P03 917 47-44973-1 — 47-44973-1 — — 1714C67P01 1714C64P01 7073C20P04 918 47-44973-1 — 47-44973-1 — — 1714C67P01 1714C64P01 7073C20P04 919, 919E, 919EX 2D46331P03 2D46331P04 2D46331P03 2D46331P04 2D46331P01 2D46331P02 2D46332P01 2D46331P04 920, 920E, 920EX 2D46331P03 2D46331P04 2D46331P03 2D46331P04 2D46331P01 2D46331P02 2D46332P01 2D46331P04 922 2D46391H06 2D46391H08 2D46391H03 2D46391H08 2D46391H02 2D46392H01 — 923 47-45927-1 — 47-45927-1 — — 47-45926-1 47-45925-1 47-45759-1 910A 47-40592 — 47-40592 — — 1714C45P01 47-40591 47-40589 911A 47-40592 — 47-40592 — — 1714C45P01 47-40591 47-40589 912A 47-40592 — 47-40592 — — 1714C45P01 47-40591 47-40589 912B 47-49323-1 — 47-49323-1 — — 47-49322-1 47-49321-1 47-49320-1 912D 47-55332-2 — 47-55332-2 — — 47-55331-2 47-55329-2 47-55330-1 912DN 47-55332-4 — 47-55332-4 — — 47-55331-2 47-55329-2 47-55330-3 913A 1714C47P03 — 1714C47P03 — — 1714C45P02 1714C44P07 7073C30P02 913B 47-40580 — 47-40580 — — 1714C45P02 47-40578 47-41792 914A 1714C47P03 — 1714C47P03 — — 1714C45P02 1714C44P07 7073C30P02 914B 47-40580 — 47-40580 — — 1714C45P02 47-40578 47-41792 914D 47-49317-1 — 47-49317-1 — — 47-49316-1 47-49315-1 47-49314-1 914F/915F 47-56915-1 — 47-56915-1 — — 47-56916-1 47-56917-1 47-56918-1 915A 1714C47P03 — 1714C47P03 — — 1714C45P02 1714C44P07 7073C30P02 915B 47-40580 — 47-40580 — — 1714C45P02 47-40578 47-41792 915D 47-49317-1 — 47-49317-1 — — 47-49316-1 47-49315-1 47-49314-1 916A 47-41790 — 47-41790 — — 47-41791 47-41789 47-41788 918A 47-41801 — 47-41801 — — 47-41802 47-41800 47-41802 912Z 47-49323-1 — 47-49323-1 — — 47-49322-1 47-49991-1 47-49989-1 915Z 47-49317-1 — 47-49317-1 — — 47-49316-1 47-49994-1 47-49995-1 916Z 47-49992-1 — 47-49992-1 — — 47-41791 47-49988-1 47-49987-1 Frame(s) 1 Single-Phase Three-Phase Notes 1 Effective June 1, 2001, frame numbers will have a prefix of FR, e.g., FR819. Dimensions, accessories and so on are still applicable as if the FR did not exist. Parts listed are for standard catalog listed transformers. Units with modifications may require different parts. (Frame number from transformer nameplate required.) Transformer nameplate and UL label are not field replaceable. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-193 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2.6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Technical Data and Specifications Customer-Furnished Connecting Cables Eaton recommends that external cables be rated 90°C (sized at 75°C ampacity) for encapsulated designs and 75°C for ventilated designs. Primary and secondary terminal lugs are not included. Lug kits are available separately. Overload Capability Short-term overload capacity is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Dry-type distribution transformers will deliver 200% nameplate load for one-half hour, 150% load for one hour and 125% load for four hours without being damaged, provided that a constant 50% load precedes and follows the overload. See ANSI C57.96-01.250 for additional limitations. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. Seismically Qualified Eaton manufactured dry-type distribution transformers are seismically qualified, and exceed requirements of the Uniform Building Code (UBC) and California Code Title 24. Taps Primary taps are available in most ratings to allow compensation for source voltage variations. Series-Multiple Windings Series-multiple windings consist of two similar coils in each winding that can be connected in series or parallel (multiple). Transformers with series-multiple windings are designated with a “x” or “/” between the voltage ratings, such as voltages of “120/240” or “240 x 480.” If the series-multiple winding is designated by an “x,” the winding can be connected only for a series or parallel. With the “/” designation, a midpoint also becomes V2-T2-194 available in addition to the series or parallel connection. As an example, a 120 x 240 winding can be connected for either 120 (parallel) or 240 (series), but a 120/240 winding can be connected for 120 (parallel), 240 (series) or 240 with a 120 midpoint. Nonlinear Ratings Harmonic K-4 Fundamental 100.0% 100.0% 3rd 34.0% 70.0% 5th 22.0% 42.0% 7th 3.0% 5.0% 9th 1.0% 3.0% Enclosures 11th 0.7% 3.0% Eaton’s ventilated transformers—Types DS-3, DT-3, MD and KT—use a NEMA 2 rated (drip-proof) enclosure as standard, and are rated NEMA 3R with the addition of weathershields. Eaton encapsulated—Types EP, EPT, EPZ and EPTZ— and totally enclosed, nonventilated (Types DS-3E and DT-3E) transformers use a NEMA 3R rated enclosure. 13th 0.5% 1.0% 15th 0.3% 0.7% 17th 0.3% 0.6% Buck-Boost Transformers An autotransformer has only one winding, and is therefore smaller and more economical than the conventional twowinding transformer. In an autotransformer, the primary and secondary are electrically and mechanically connected. The required secondary voltage is obtained by “tapping-off” from the single winding. Buck-boost autotransformers are insulated units with 120 x 240 or 240 x 480 volt primaries and 12/24, 16/32 or 24/48 volt secondaries, and provide a very economical method for minor voltage adjustments where circuit isolation is not needed. Autotransformers can be used only where local electrical codes permit, and isolation of the two circuits is not required. transformers and their installation to minimize the potential for sound transmission to surrounding structures and sound reflection. It is suggested that the following installation methods be included: K-13 1. If possible, mount the transformer away from corners of walls or ceilings. For installation that must be near a corner, use soundabsorbing materials on the walls and ceilings if necessary to eliminate reflection. Sound Levels All Eaton 600 volt class general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed to meet NEMA ST-20 sound levels listed here. These are the sound levels measured in a soundproof environment. Actual sound levels measured at an installation will likely be higher (up to 15 dB greater) due to electrical connections and environmental conditions. Lower sound levels are available and should be specified when the transformer is going to be installed in an area where sound may be a concern. 2. Provide a solid foundation for mounting the transformer and then use vibration dampening mounts if not already provided in the transformer. (Eaton encapsulated EP/EPT designs use a special encapsulation system and ventilated DS/DT-3 designs contain a built-in vibration dampening system to minimize and isolate sound transmission.) All Eaton general-purpose dry-type distribution transformers are designed with sound levels lower than NEMA ST-20 maximum levels. However, consideration should be given to the specific location of the 3. Provide flexible conduit to make the connections to the transformer. 4. Locate the transformer as far as possible from areas where high sound levels are undesirable. Average Sound Levels 1 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV Above 1.2 kV kVA Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 45 0–9 40 45 Nonlinear Ratings 10–50 45 50 50 The transformers shall be specifically designed to supply circuits with a harmonic profile equal to or less than a K-factor of 4 or 13, as described in the following table, without exceeding specified temperature rise. 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 Note 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Data for 600-Volt Class General-Purpose Dry-Type Transformers, Aluminum Wound 1 2 2 Type EP 115°C Rise Weight Lbs Losses in Watts Efficiency % Impedance 2 % Regulation kVA Al Cu No Load Total 1/4 Load 1/2 Load 3/4 Load Full Load 100% P.F. 80% P.F. Min. Max. Sound Level dB 0.05 — 7 6 9 65.3 79.6 84.3 85.6 5.9 6.4 5.5 9.5 45 0.075 — 7 7 14 66.0 79.0 82.5 82.8 9.4 9.2 7.5 11.0 45 0.10 — 7 5 15 82.4 86.9 87.7 86.5 10.3 10.6 8.0 12.0 45 0.15 — 8 7 20 83.4 88.2 88.9 87.8 9.0 9.6 8.0 12.0 45 0.25 — 12 14 29 79.0 87.2 89.5 89.6 5.9 7.5 7.5 9.5 45 0.5 — 13 20 47 85.1 90.3 91.4 91.4 5.5 7.0 5.0 7.0 45 0.75 — 20 29 57 86.0 91.3 92.7 92.9 3.9 5.0 4.0 6.0 45 1 — 30 24 60 90.8 93.9 94.5 94.4 3.8 4.9 3.8 5.8 45 1.5 65 40 30 90 92.5 94.7 95.0 94.6 4.1 5.2 2.5 4.5 45 2 113 40 30 100 94.2 95.7 95.8 95.4 3.6 4.7 3.3 5.3 45 3 — 69 61 135 92.0 95.0 95.7 95.7 2.5 3.5 2.5 4.1 45 5 — 120 104 215 91.8 95.0 95.8 95.9 2.3 3.3 2.0 4.6 45 7.5 123 133 129 250 93.2 96.0 96.7 95.9 1.5 2.4 2.4 3.4 45 10 193 208 153 295 93.9 96.3 97.0 97.2 1.5 2.5 2.0 3.3 50 15 216 235 209 435 94.4 96.6 97.1 97.2 1.6 2.8 1.6 3.6 50 25 385 414 191 440 96.8 98.0 98.3 98.4 1.1 2.5 1.6 4.2 50 37.5 735 856 225 370 97.4 98.3 98.5 98.4 1.2 2.6 2.8 4.0 50 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Type EPT 115°C Rise Weight Lbs 3 Losses in Watts Efficiency 2 % Impedance 2 % Regulation kVA Al Cu No Load Total 1/4 Load 1/2 Load 3/4 Load Full Load 100% P.F. 80% P.F. Min. Max. Sound Level dB 2 3 116 123 110 165 87.3 92.6 94.3 94.9 2.1 6.1 2.4 8.0 45 6 143 153 145 275 90.9 94.5 95.5 95.7 2.2 3.1 2.9 4.9 45 2 9 166 178 195 375 91.6 95.0 95.9 96.1 2.0 2.8 2.0 3.6 45 15 275 300 265 545 93.0 95.7 96.5 96.6 1.9 3.1 1.9 3.9 50 30 422 504 250 665 96.5 97.7 98.0 97.9 1.5 2.5 1.8 3.8 50 45 660 745 300 740 97.2 98.2 98.4 98.5 1.0 2.1 1.8 4.0 50 75 1275 1450 400 945 97.7 98.6 98.8 98.8 0.8 1.6 1.7 3.4 55 2 2 2 Notes 1 Typical values for aluminum windings. Contact Eaton for values of copper windings. Up-to-date design data is available at www.eaton.com. 2 Actual impedance may be ± 7.5%. 3 Type EPT transformers 3–15 kVA are T-T connected. 2 Performance data is based upon 480 volt Delta primary and a 208Y/120 volt secondary for three-phase transformers; 240 x 480 volt primary and a 120/240 volt secondary for single-phase transformers. All data is subject to future revision. Refer to Eaton for 5 kV class information. All data is subject to future revision. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-195 2.6 2 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Data for 600-Volt Class General-Purpose Dry-Type Transformers, Aluminum Wound Type DS-3 150°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient 2 Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20º) 25% 50% 97.5 97.7 % Regulation Inrush 75% 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. Trise +20 X Trise +20 R Trise +20 Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 97.3 96.7 2.0 2.5 3.46 1.9 2.9 45 97.70 910 303 2 kVA Weight 15 196 80 518 2 25 261 110 736 98.2 98.2 97.8 97.3 1.6 2.1 2.97 1.6 2.5 45 98.00 1477 492 2 38 304 132 1141 98.3 98.1 97.7 97.1 1.8 3.8 4.85 4.0 2.7 45 98.20 1056 352 50 396 145 1699 98.4 98.1 97.5 96.8 2.1 4.2 5.32 4.3 3.1 45 98.30 1078 359 2 75 688 260 1622 98.4 98.6 98.3 97.9 1.5 2.7 3.46 2.9 1.8 50 98.50 3428 1143 100 699 300 2527 98.5 98.4 98.1 97.6 1.9 4.0 5.17 4.7 2.2 50 98.60 2596 865 2 167 1610 900 3987 68.7 98.7 98.4 98.0 1.4 6.8 9.70 9.5 1.8 55 98.70 1250 416 2 Total at Rise +20 Full Load No Load Type DS-3 115°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient 2 Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20º) 75% 80% PF % Imp. Trise +20 X Trise +20 R Trise +20 Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 15 246 80 519 97.8 97.8 97.3 96.8 2.1 3.1 3.9 2.6 2.9 45 97.70 773 244 2 25 373 300 766 97.7 98.1 98.0 97.7 1.4 2.8 3.3 2.8 1.9 45 98.00 1102 367 2 37.5 380 125 1182 98.2 98.4 98.1 97.8 2.0 3.1 4.1 2.9 2.8 45 98.20 616 205 50 590 300 417 98.4 98.3 97.9 97.4 1.8 4.1 5.2 5.2 0.2 45 98.30 1553 511 75 689 170 2356 98.5 98.2 97.6 97.0 2.7 5.6 6.9 6.3 2.9 50 98.50 1717 572 2 50% Inrush 100% PF Weight 2 25% % Regulation kVA 2 Total at Rise +20 Full Load No Load Type DS-3 80°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient 2 Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20º) 75% 80% PF % Imp. Trise +20 X Trise +20 R Trise +20 Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 15 360 115 269 97.4 98.3 98.4 98.4 0.8 1.7 2.0 1.8 1.0 45 97.70 1381 460 2 25 370 120 580 97.8 98.2 98.0 97.8 1.5 3.2 3.9 3.4 1.8 45 98.00 1046 348 37.5 565 150 834 98.1 98.4 98.1 97.8 1.5 3.3 4.1 3.6 1.8 45 98.20 1471 490 50 680 175 1014 98.4 98.5 98.4 98.1 1.5 3.4 4.2 3.9 1.7 45 98.30 1733 577 75 900 260 1387 98.3 98.6 98.5 98.2 1.4 3.5 4.3 4.0 1.5 50 98.50 2423 807 % Imp. Trise +20 X Trise +20 R Trise +20 Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. 2 2 50% Inrush 100% PF Weight 2 25% % Regulation kVA 2 Total at Rise +20 Full Load No Load Type DT-3 150°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts % Regulation Weight 15 204 95 778 96.6 96.7 96.0 95.1 4.8 4.0 4.8 1.4 4.6 45 97.00 382 127 2 30 291 165 1207 97.2 97.3 96.9 96.2 3.7 5.6 4.6 3.0 3.5 45 97.50 479 159 37.5 381 210 1428 97.5 97.5 97.0 96.4 3.5 5.5 4.5 3.1 3.2 45 97.70 484 161 2 45 351 210 1911 97.5 97.4 96.7 96.0 3.8 6.3 5.1 3.4 3.8 45 97.70 564 188 50 531 270 1316 97.7 98.1 97.9 97.5 2.2 4.0 3.2 2.4 2.1 45 98.00 999 333 75 553 300 2917 97.9 97.7 97.0 96.3 3.6 6.6 5.3 4.0 3.5 50 98.00 561 187 2 112.5 793 400 3693 98.0 98.0 97.5 96.9 3.2 7.5 6.0 5.2 2.9 50 98.20 1049 350 150 913 490 4923 98.2 98.0 97.5 96.9 3.2 6.5 5.3 4.4 3.0 50 98.30 1518 506 2 225 1343 650 6476 98.4 98.2 97.8 97.2 2.8 6.3 5.1 4.4 2.6 55 98.50 2204 734 300 1597 750 8239 98.5 98.3 97.9 97.3 2.9 8.9 7.6 7.2 2.5 55 98.60 2097 699 2 500 2590 1400 9782 98.6 98.7 98.5 98.1 1.9 8.2 7.2 7.0 1.7 60 98.70 3769 1256 750 3340 1800 12,692 98.8 98.9 98.7 98.4 1.8 8.9 8.0 7.9 1.5 64 98.80 4521 1507 2 2 V2-T2-196 25% 50% 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF Inrush kVA 2 Total at Rise +20 Efficiency (Trise +20º) No Load Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Practical Max. 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Data for 600-Volt Class General-Purpose Dry-Type Transformers, Aluminum Wound 2 2 Type DT-3 115°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20º) Total at Rise +20 25% 50% % Regulation Inrush 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. Trise +20 X Trise +20 R Trise +20 Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. kVA Weight No Load 15 202 100 743 96.7 96.8 96.2 95.4 4.4 3.9 4.4 1.2 4.3 45 97.00 383 127 30 311 165 1492 97.3 97.1 96.3 95.5 4.5 4.8 4.8 1.8 4.4 45 97.50 411 137 45 418 220 1458 97.8 97.9 97.5 97.0 2.8 5.4 4.6 3.7 2.8 45 97.70 550 183 50 556 270 1211 97.6 98.1 98.0 97.7 1.9 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.9 45 98.00 892 297 75 581 300 2415 97.9 97.9 97.5 96.9 3.0 6.7 5.9 5.1 2.8 50 98.00 758 252 112.5 829 440 3209 98.0 98.1 97.8 97.3 2.6 3.6 3.1 1.9 2.5 50 98.20 1301 433 150 996 530 3781 98.1 98.3 97.9 97.5 2.4 5.8 5.2 4.7 2.2 50 98.30 1534 511 225 1569 720 5205 98.4 98.4 98.1 97.8 2.2 6.8 6.2 5.8 2.0 55 98.50 1875 631 300 1908 830 6926 98.5 98.5 98.2 97.8 2.3 6.0 5.4 4.9 2.0 55 98.60 2678 872 500 3117 1650 6968 98.5 98.9 98.8 98.7 1.2 6.6 6.6 6.5 1.1 60 98.70 3930 1310 750 4884 2000 9335 98.9 99.1 99.0 98.8 1.3 8.7 9.0 8.9 1.0 64 98.80 4458 1486 Efficiency (Trise +20º) Total at Rise +20 25% 50% 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Type DT-3 80°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts 2 % Regulation 2 Inrush 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. Trise +20 X Trise +20 R Trise +20 Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 2 kVA Weight No Load 15 276 165 551 96.7 97.4 97.2 96.8 3.4 3.9 3.5 2.3 2.6 45 97.00 358 119 30 350 180 904 97.3 97.8 97.6 97.2 2.5 3.9 3.4 2.5 2.4 45 97.50 337 112 45 540 290 1027 97.7 98.2 98.2 97.9 1.7 3.5 3.3 2.9 1.6 45 97.70 953 317 75 810 360 1782 97.8 98.2 98.0 97.7 0.3 3.5 4.3 3.9 1.9 50 98.00 1006 355 112.5 944 470 2521 98.2 98.4 98.2 97.9 1.9 4.4 4.1 3.7 1.8 50 98.20 1554 518 150 1438 650 2760 98.2 98.6 98.5 98.3 1.5 4.8 4.7 4.5 1.4 50 98.30 1665 555 225 1746 830 4047 98.3 98.6 98.5 98.3 1.6 5.5 5.6 5.4 1.4 55 98.50 2003 667 300 2400 1100 5338 98.6 99.0 99.0 98.9 1.6 5.9 6.1 5.9 1.4 55 98.60 2655 885 500 3418 1800 5858 98.6 99.0 99.0 98.9 0.9 4.9 5.4 5.3 0.8 60 98.70 4462 1487 2 2 2 2 2 Type KT-4 150°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20º) 25% % Regulation 80% PF R Trise +20 2 Inrush Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Practical Max. 2 375 125 453 151 2 Weight No Load Total at Rise +20 15 206 100 883 96.7 96.5 95.6 94.6 5.5 5.2 5.5 1.8 5.2 45 97.00 30 311 165 1263 97.2 97.3 96.7 96.0 3.9 7.4 6.0 4.8 3.7 45 97.50 45 400 220 1554 97.7 97.7 97.3 96.7 3.2 5.9 4.8 3.8 3.0 45 97.70 710 236 75 547 300 2622 97.9 97.8 97.2 96.6 3.3 6.7 5.3 4.4 3.1 50 98.00 995 331 112.5 800 440 3525 98.0 98.0 97.6 97.0 3.0 7.4 6.0 5.3 2.7 50 98.20 1082 360 150 1010 530 4055 98.1 98.2 97.8 97.4 2.6 6.6 5.4 4.8 2.3 50 98.30 1574 524 225 1680 700 5879 98.3 98.3 97.9 97.5 2.6 7.6 6.3 5.9 2.3 55 98.50 1943 647 300 2122 1100 5895 98.4 98.6 98.4 98.1 1.9 6.8 5.9 5.7 1.6 55 98.60 2863 954 500 3201 1800 7054 98.5 98.9 98.8 98.7 1.3 5.9 5.4 5.2 1.1 60 98.70 4588 1529 75% 100% PF X Trise +20 kVA 50% Full Load % Imp. Trise +20 Absolute Max. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-197 2.6 2 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Data for 600-Volt Class General-Purpose Dry-Type Transformers, Aluminum Wound Type KT-4 115°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient 2 Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20º) Total at Rise +20 25% 50% % Regulation Inrush 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. Trise +20 X Trise +20 R Trise +20 Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 kVA Weight No Load 15 307 135 394 96.3 97.5 97.6 97.5 1.8 2.7 2.2 1.4 1.7 45 97.00 491 163 2 30 313 165 1344 97.4 97.3 96.6 95.9 4.1 5.1 4.6 2.4 3.9 45 97.50 584 194 2 45 400 220 1463 97.8 97.9 97.5 97.0 3.0 6.1 5.2 4.4 2.8 45 97.70 591 197 75 587 285 2355 97.9 97.9 97.5 97.0 2.9 6.7 5.9 5.2 2.8 50 98.00 823 274 2 112.5 947 470 2910 97.9 98.1 97.9 97.5 2.4 5.0 4.3 3.7 2.2 50 98.20 1447 482 150 1243 560 4119 98.1 98.2 97.8 97.4 2.5 6.6 5.7 5.2 2.4 50 98.30 1468 489 2 225 1680 700 5413 98.3 98.3 98.1 97.7 2.3 7.5 7.0 6.7 2.1 55 98.50 1719 573 300 2480 1100 5735 98.4 98.7 98.5 98.2 1.8 6.7 6.3 6.1 1.5 55 98.60 2547 849 2 2 2 Type KT-4 80°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20º) 75% 80% PF % Imp. Trise +20 X Trise +20 R Trise +20 Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 160 2 15 378 165 416 96.4 97.6 97.7 97.6 1.7 2.9 2.5 1.9 1.7 45 97.00 482 2 30 365 188 877 97.2 97.7 97.6 97.2 2.4 3.9 3.5 2.6 2.3 45 97.50 583 194 45 550 285 1055 97.4 98.1 98.0 97.8 1.8 3.7 3.4 2.9 1.7 45 97.70 708 236 2 75 774 360 1784 97.8 98.2 98.0 97.7 2.0 4.7 4.5 4.0 1.9 50 98.00 986 328 112.5 1380 550 1872 97.9 98.5 98.5 98.4 1.3 4.2 4.2 4.1 1.2 50 98.20 1577 525 2 150 1604 700 2728 98.0 98.5 98.5 98.3 1.4 4.4 4.5 4.3 1.4 50 98.30 1880 626 225 2336 850 3728 98.4 98.7 98.6 98.4 1.4 5.0 5.2 5.1 1.3 55 98.50 2647 882 300 2689 1100 4589 98.4 98.8 98.7 98.5 1.4 5.5 5.8 5.6 1.2 55 98.60 2610 870 % Imp. Trise +20 X Trise +20 R Trise +20 Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. 2 50% Inrush 100% PF Weight 2 25% % Regulation kVA 2 Total at Rise +20 Full Load No Load Type KT-13 150°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts No Load Total at Rise +20 Efficiency (Trise +20º) % Regulation Full Load 100% PF 80% PF Inrush Practical Max. 2 kVA 2 15 271 165 604 96.7 97.3 97.0 96.5 3.1 4.2 3.6 2.1 2.9 45 97.00 379 126 30 365 198 977 97.1 97.6 97.3 96.9 2.7 4.3 3.5 2.4 2.6 45 97.50 565 188 2 45 545 280 1215 97.5 98.0 97.8 97.4 2.2 4.2 3.3 2.6 2.1 45 97.70 890 277 75 812 360 2139 97.7 98.0 97.8 97.4 2.6 5.9 4.9 4.3 2.4 50 98.00 907 302 2 112.5 920 490 3059 98.0 98.2 97.8 97.4 2.4 5.0 4.1 3.4 2.3 50 98.20 1513 504 150 1221 530 4297 98.1 98.1 97.7 97.2 2.7 6.5 5.3 4.6 2.5 50 98.30 1790 597 2 225 1960 830 4461 98.3 98.6 98.3 98.0 1.9 6.6 6.1 5.9 1.6 55 98.50 1771 590 300 2358 1100 5931 98.4 98.6 98.4 98.2 1.9 7.2 6.3 6.0 1.6 55 98.60 2543 847 2 Weight 25% 50% 75% 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-198 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Data for 600-Volt Class General-Purpose Dry-Type Transformers, Aluminum Wound 2 2 Type KT-13 115°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20º) Total at Rise +20 25% 50% % Regulation Inrush 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. Trise +20 X Trise +20 R Trise +20 Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. kVA Weight No Load 15 332 165 432 96.6 97.6 97.6 97.4 1.9 3.2 2.8 2.2 1.8 45 97.00 409 136 30 390 200 903 97.3 97.8 97.6 97.2 2.5 4.4 3.6 2.8 2.3 45 97.50 420 120 45 548 280 1187 97.5 98.1 98.0 97.7 2.2 — 3.0 2.3 2.0 45 97.70 836 278 75 808 360 1850 97.8 98.1 97.8 97.5 2.4 5.6 4.8 4.3 2.2 50 98.00 805 268 112.5 990 540 2373 97.9 98.3 98.2 98.0 1.8 4.5 4.0 3.6 1.6 50 98.20 1303 434 150 1600 650 2372 98.1 98.5 98.4 98.1 1.3 3.4 3.0 2.8 1.1 50 98.30 1932 644 225 2306 850 4001 98.3 98.7 98.6 98.3 1.6 4.9 5.1 4.9 1.4 55 98.50 2508 836 300 3291 1100 4583 98.4 98.8 98.7 98.5 1.3 6.2 6.3 6.2 1.2 55 98.60 2851 950 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Type KT-13 80°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20º) % Regulation Inrush kVA Weight No Load Total at Rise +20 25% 50% 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. Trise +20 15 315 165 536 96.4 97.3 97.2 96.9 2.5 3.9 3.6 2.5 2.5 45 97.00 375 125 30 408 188 854 97.4 97.9 97.7 97.3 2.3 4.0 3.6 2.8 2.2 45 97.50 497 166 45 555 280 982 97.6 98.2 98.2 98.0 1.6 3.2 3.0 2.5 1.6 45 97.70 656 218 75 838 400 1289 97.8 98.4 98.5 98.4 1.3 3.0 2.9 2.6 1.2 50 98.00 1624 541 112.5 1367 550 1905 97.9 98.5 98.5 98.4 1.3 4.2 4.4 4.2 1.2 50 98.20 1171 390 150 1607 668 2474 98.2 98.6 98.6 98.4 1.4 4.6 4.7 4.5 1.2 50 98.30 1562 520 225 2582 850 3471 98.3 98.7 98.7 98.5 1.3 5.1 6.3 6.2 1.2 55 98.50 2159 719 300 3228 1100 3978 98.3 98.8 98.8 98.7 1.1 4.2 4.5 4.3 1.0 55 98.60 3255 1085 X Trise +20 R Trise +20 Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-199 2.6 2 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Data for 600-Volt Class General-Purpose Dry-Type Transformers, Copper Wound Type DS-3 150°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient 2 Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) Weight 15 270 80 605 2 25 406 115 732 97.9 98.1 97.7 97.3 — — 3.5 2.5 2.5 45 98.00 1379 2 37.5 453 125 1154 98.2 98.1 97.6 97.0 2.7 3.7 4.8 4.0 2.7 45 98.20 1321 440 50 657 160 1159 98.3 98.4 98.1 97.7 2.0 3.3 3.8 3.8 2.0 45 98.30 1321 440 2 75 803 175 2259 98.5 98.3 97.7 97.1 2.8 4.8 6.5 5.8 2.8 50 98.50 2133 711 100 960 250 2504 98.6 98.4 98.0 97.5 2.3 4.3 5.5 5.0 2.3 50 98.60 2779 926 2 167 1665 570 3094 98.7 98.8 98.6 98.3 1.5 6.3 9.0 8.8 1.5 50 98.70 2865 955 TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 25% 50% 97.6 97.5 Inrush kVA 2 Total at Rise +20 % Regulation No Load 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. R Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. X Practical Max. 96.9 96.3 3.5 4.2 4.2 2.3 3.5 45 97.70 551 183 459 Type DS-3 115°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient 2 Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) 75% 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB 15 264 80 437 97.8 98.1 97.8 97.3 2.4 2.2 3.3 2.2 2.4 45 97.70 718 239 2 25 420 110 603 97.9 98.2 98.0 97.7 2.0 2.9 3.2 2.6 2.0 45 98.00 862 287 2 37.5 450 125 1217 98.2 98.0 97.5 96.9 2.9 4.5 5.9 5.1 2.9 45 98.20 1300 433 50 703 300 1409 98.4 98.4 98.0 97.6 2.2 3.8 4.7 4.1 2.2 — 98.30 1498 499 75 793 175 2178 98.5 98.3 97.8 97.2 2.7 4.7 6.2 5.6 2.7 50 98.50 2107 702 TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 50% Inrush 100% PF Weight 2 25% % Regulation kVA 2 Total at Rise +20 Full Load No Load Type DS-3 80°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient 2 Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) 2 Weight 15 407 115 293 97.3 98.2 98.3 98.2 1.2 1.7 1.8 1.4 1.2 45 97.70 375 125 2 25 430 300 679 97.9 98.4 98.3 98.1 1.5 2.6 3.0 2.6 1.5 45 98.00 494 164 37.5 685 300 729 98.1 98.6 98.6 98.5 1.1 2.2 2.6 2.3 1.1 45 98.20 617 205 50 799 180 1013 98.3 98.6 98.4 98.1 1.7 2.9 3.4 2.9 1.7 45 98.30 989 329 75 1042 250 1447 98.3 98.6 98.4 98.1 1.6 3.4 3.8 3.5 1.6 50 98.50 1015 338 TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 2 2 25% 50% Inrush kVA 2 Total at Rise +20 % Regulation No Load 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB Type DT-3 150°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts kVA Weight No Load 15 250 150 2 30 350 165 37.5 415 2 45 Efficiency (Trise +20°) % Regulation Inrush 25% 50% 75% Full Load 755 98.9 97.0 96.4 95.7 4.2 5.3 4.8 2.6 4.0 45 97.00 321 107 1100 97.3 97.5 97.0 96.5 3.2 4.5 5.2 4.1 3.1 45 97.50 614 204 210 1382 97.5 97.6 97.1 96.5 3.2 4.8 4.0 2.5 3.1 45 97.70 639 213 416 215 1786 97.4 97.4 96.9 96.2 3.6 5.5 4.6 3.0 3.5 45 97.70 637 212 50 647 270 1220 97.7 98.2 98.0 97.7 2.0 3.5 2.8 2.0 1.9 45 98.00 1072 357 75 643 320 2903 97.9 97.5 97.1 96.4 3.6 7.4 4.3 2.5 3.4 50 98.00 1015 338 2 112.5 876 420 3699 97.9 97.9 97.4 96.8 3.0 6.7 5.1 4.2 2.9 50 98.20 1185 395 150 1064 530 4269 98.1 98.2 97.8 97.3 2.7 5.3 4.3 3.5 2.5 50 98.30 1752 584 2 225 1569 560 7124 98.4 98.1 97.5 97.0 3.2 8.7 7.4 6.8 2.9 55 98.50 2498 832 300 2050 730 7959 98.4 98.3 97.9 97.4 2.6 6.7 5.5 4.9 2.4 55 98.60 2872 964 2 500 3681 1400 8292 98.8 98.9 98.7 98.4 1.6 7.4 6.8 6.7 1.4 60 98.70 3839 1279 2 2 Total at Rise +20 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB 2 V2-T2-200 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Data for 600-Volt Class General-Purpose Dry-Type Transformers, Copper Wound 2 2 Type DT-3 115°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) % Regulation Inrush kVA Weight No Load Total at Rise +20 25% 50% 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 15 256 95 669 97.7 97.8 97.3 96.7 4.0 5.4 4.8 2.9 3.8 45 97.00 229 76 30 337 180 1077 97.7 97.8 97.3 96.8 3.0 6.2 4.6 3.5 3.0 45 97.50 433 144 45 446 215 1625 97.7 97.7 97.2 96.6 3.2 5.2 4.4 3.1 3.1 45 97.70 658 219 50 630 270 1213 97.8 98.2 98.0 97.7 2.0 3.5 3.0 2.3 1.9 45 98.00 960 320 75 662 320 2346 97.9 98.0 97.6 97.0 2.8 5.4 4.7 3.9 2.7 50 98.00 842 280 112.5 914 400 2953 98.1 98.2 97.9 97.4 2.5 5.7 5.0 4.5 2.3 50 98.20 1036 345 150 1132 530 3364 98.3 98.5 98.2 97.8 2.0 4.8 4.4 4.0 1.9 50 98.30 1605 535 225 2036 650 6445 98.4 98.3 97.8 97.3 2.9 8.8 8.1 7.7 2.6 55 98.50 1572 524 300 2325 830 6038 98.6 98.7 98.4 98.1 2.0 5.7 5.2 4.9 1.7 55 98.60 1860 620 500 3681 1400 7841 98.8 98.9 98.7 98.5 1.4 6.8 6.8 6.6 1.3 60 98.70 4033 1344 Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) % Regulation Inrush kVA Weight No Load Total at Rise +20 25% 50% 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 15 349 135 390 96.6 97.7 97.7 97.6 1.8 2.4 2.1 1.3 1.7 45 97.00 449 150 30 410 210 823 97.3 97.9 97.7 97.4 2.1 3.4 3.0 2.1 2.0 45 97.50 493 164 45 504 200 1308 97.9 98.0 97.7 97.2 2.5 4.5 3.9 3.1 2.5 45 97.70 473 158 75 818 370 1837 97.9 98.2 98.0 97.7 2.0 9.3 4.3 3.8 2.0 50 98.00 937 312 112.5 1065 440 2409 98.1 98.3 98.0 97.6 1.8 3.8 3.3 2.8 1.8 50 98.20 1754 584 150 1410 650 3349 98.3 98.5 98.3 97.9 1.9 3.9 3.7 3.2 1.8 50 98.30 1593 531 225 2030 830 4096 98.4 98.7 98.5 98.3 1.6 5.4 5.4 5.2 1.5 55 98.50 2568 856 300 3041 1100 4646 98.5 98.8 98.7 98.5 1.4 5.6 6.1 6.0 1.2 55 98.60 3753 1251 Efficiency (Trise +20°) 25% 50% 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Type KT-4 80°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Total at Rise +20 2 2 Type DT-3 80°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts 2 % Regulation 2 Inrush 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 2 kVA Weight No Load 15 251 100 635 96.8 97.1 96.6 96.0 3.7 5.0 4.2 2.1 3.6 45 97.00 265 88 30 326 165 1134 97.4 97.5 97.1 96.5 3.5 5.3 4.3 2.9 3.2 45 97.50 504 168 45 479 220 1505 97.6 97.8 97.3 96.8 3.0 5.6 5.0 4.1 2.9 45 97.70 670 223 75 463 300 2883 97.9 97.7 97.1 96.4 3.6 7.1 5.9 4.7 3.4 50 98.00 975 325 112.5 977 440 2952 98.1 98.2 97.9 97.5 2.6 6.6 5.6 5.1 2.2 50 98.20 1031 344 150 1212 540 3716 98.3 98.4 98.0 97.6 2.4 6.0 5.1 4.6 2.1 50 98.30 1574 524 225 1815 650 5420 98.4 98.5 98.1 97.7 2.4 7.6 6.5 6.2 2.1 55 98.50 1694 565 300 2400 830 6259 98.6 98.6 98.4 98.0 2.2 6.3 5.2 4.9 1.8 55 98.60 2594 864 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-201 2.6 2 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Data for 600-Volt Class General-Purpose Dry-Type Transformers, Copper Wound Type KT-4 115°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient 2 Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) 25% 50% Inrush kVA Weight 15 256 95 702 96.7 96.9 96.3 95.6 4.2 5.7 5.0 2.9 4.0 45 97.00 279 93 2 30 341 165 1007 97.4 97.6 97.3 96.8 3.0 4.8 4.2 3.1 2.8 45 97.50 466 155 2 45 526 220 1200 97.9 98.1 97.9 97.5 2.3 5.0 4.1 3.5 2.2 50 97.70 633 211 75 759 300 1715 98.1 98.3 98.1 97.8 1.9 5.0 4.5 4.1 1.9 50 98.00 929 309 2 112.5 1030 470 2735 98.0 98.3 98.0 97.7 2.2 4.4 3.8 3.2 2.0 50 98.20 1171 390 150 1631 650 3076 98.2 98.5 98.3 98.1 1.7 4.9 4.5 4.2 1.6 50 98.30 1250 416 2 225 1965 690 4434 98.5 98.6 98.4 98.1 1.9 5.6 5.3 5.0 1.7 55 98.50 1979 659 300 2337 830 6127 98.6 98.7 98.4 98.0 2.0 5.2 4.7 4.3 1.8 55 98.60 2187 729 TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 Total at Rise +20 % Regulation No Load 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 2 2 Type KT-4 80°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) Total at Rise +20 25% 50% % Regulation Inrush kVA Weight No Load 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB 2 15 365 165 371 97.0 98.0 98.1 98.0 1.5 2.3 2.1 1.5 1.4 45 97.00 499 166 2 30 424 210 787 97.3 97.9 97.8 97.6 2.0 3.2 2.9 2.2 1.9 45 97.50 659 219 45 653 290 977 97.4 98.1 98.1 98.0 1.6 3.1 3.0 2.5 1.5 45 97.70 925 308 2 75 640 350 1951 97.8 98.1 97.8 97.5 2.2 5.2 4.9 4.4 2.1 50 98.00 854 284 112.5 1264 560 2009 98.2 98.7 98.6 98.4 1.4 4.3 4.2 4.0 1.3 50 98.20 1449 483 2 150 1825 650 2873 98.5 98.7 98.5 98.2 1.6 6.1 6.4 6.3 1.5 50 98.30 1288 429 225 2096 890 4449 98.3 98.6 98.4 98.1 1.8 6.5 6.6 6.4 1.6 55 98.50 2292 764 TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 2 2 Type KT-13 150°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) Total at Rise +20 25% 50% % Regulation Inrush kVA Weight No Load 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB 2 15 346 165 461 96.2 97.4 97.5 97.3 2.1 3.0 2.5 1.6 2.0 45 97.00 527 176 2 30 390 190 908 97.2 97.7 97.5 97.1 2.6 4.0 3.3 2.3 2.4 45 97.50 579 193 45 623 235 1328 97.6 97.9 97.6 97.2 2.5 3.2 2.8 1.4 2.4 45 97.70 854 285 2 75 848 370 2402 97.7 97.9 97.5 97.0 2.8 5.7 4.5 3.6 2.7 50 98.00 1046 348 112.5 1080 455 2991 98.0 98.2 97.9 97.4 2.4 4.3 3.5 2.7 2.3 50 98.20 1180 393 2 150 1431 600 3686 98.2 98.3 98.1 97.7 2.3 5.1 4.2 3.7 2.1 50 98.30 1250 416 225 2129 830 4250 98.4 98.6 98.4 98.2 2.0 6.3 5.4 5.1 1.5 55 98.50 2771 923 TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 2 2 Type KT-13 115°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) Weight 15 341 165 378 96.6 97.8 97.9 97.9 1.5 2.4 2.1 1.6 1.4 45 97.00 472 157 2 30 444 188 824 97.1 97.8 97.6 97.3 2.2 3.6 3.1 2.2 2.1 45 97.50 620 206 45 598 250 1476 97.4 97.7 97.4 96.9 2.8 4.6 4.0 2.9 2.7 45 97.70 939 313 2 75 894 350 2128 97.9 98.1 97.9 97.5 1.9 5.1 4.6 4.0 2.4 50 98.00 847 282 112.5 1054 460 2612 98.1 98.3 98.1 97.8 2.0 4.3 3.3 2.6 1.9 50 98.20 1375 458 2 150 1399 600 3185 98.2 98.5 98.3 98.0 2.0 5.9 5.4 5.1 1.7 50 98.30 1379 460 225 2088 890 4382 98.3 98.6 98.4 98.2 1.8 6.1 5.7 5.5 1.6 55 98.50 2490 830 2 V2-T2-202 25% 50% Inrush kVA 2 Total at Rise +20 % Regulation No Load 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Data for 600-Volt Class General-Purpose Dry-Type Transformers, Copper Wound 2 2 Type KT-13 80°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) % Regulation Inrush kVA Weight No Load Total at Rise +20 25% 50% 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 15 370 165 382 96.7 97.8 97.9 97.8 1.5 2.4 2.2 1.6 1.4 45 97.00 472 157 30 490 188 595 97.4 98.2 98.2 98.1 1.4 3.0 2.8 2.5 1.4 45 97.50 592 197 45 635 290 1189 97.4 97.9 97.8 97.5 2.1 3.9 3.5 2.8 2.0 45 97.70 736 245 75 987 410 1351 97.7 98.9 98.4 98.3 1.4 2.8 2.6 2.3 1.3 50 98.00 1590 530 112.5 854 560 2039 98.1 98.6 98.5 98.3 1.4 4.2 4.3 4.1 1.3 50 98.20 1374 458 150 1807 650 3053 98.0 98.4 98.3 98.0 1.7 4.3 4.0 3.7 1.6 50 98.30 1472 490 225 4091 1200 2364 98.2 98.9 99.1 99.1 0.6 2.7 2.9 2.8 0.5 55 98.50 4321 1440 2 2 2 2 2 2 Type KT-13 115°C Rise E3 Efficient Losses in Watts 2 Efficiency (Trise +20°) Total at Rise +20 25% 50% % Regulation Inrush 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. kVA Weight No Load 15 3.25 78 359 97.6 98.1 98.0 97.7 2.0 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.9 45 98.00 307 102 30 370 125 636 98.1 98.4 98.3 98.0 1.7 2.7 2.3 1.6 1.7 45 98.30 779 260 45 635 135 1076 98.5 98.5 98.1 97.7 2.2 4.1 3.5 2.8 2.1 45 98.50 617 206 75 870 225 1529 98.5 98.6 98.4 98.0 1.9 4.9 4.4 4.1 1.7 50 98.60 993 331 112.5 1526 350 1768 98.6 98.8 98.7 98.5 1.3 3.5 3.1 2.8 1.3 50 98.80 2447 816 150 1665 350 2419 97.8 98.9 98.7 98.4 1.5 4.5 4.2 3.9 1.4 50 98.90 1976 659 225 2094 650 3650 98.9 98.9 98.8 98.5 1.5 5.4 5.2 5.1 1.3 55 99.00 2686 895 300 3900 750 3731 98.9 99.1 99.0 98.8 1.3 5.2 5.2 5.1 1.0 55 99.04 2990 997 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Type KT-9 115°C Rise E3 Efficient Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) % Regulation Inrush kVA Weight No Load Total at Rise +20 25% 50% 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 15 335 78 353 97.4 98.0 98.0 97.7 2.0 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.8 45 98.00 287 96 30 406 125 670 98.0 98.3 98.1 97.8 1.9 2.7 2.4 1.5 1.8 45 98.30 780 260 2 45 635 135 1075 98.6 98.5 98.2 97.7 2.3 4.1 3.5 2.8 2.1 45 98.50 603 201 75 870 210 1551 98.5 98.6 98.3 98.0 1.9 4.0 3.6 3.1 1.8 50 98.60 958 319 112.5 1526 350 1583 98.6 98.9 98.8 98.6 1.2 3.0 2.7 2.5 1.1 50 98.80 2480 827 150 1665 350 2463 98.8 98.9 98.7 98.4 1.6 4.5 4.2 4.0 1.4 50 98.90 1930 643 225 2094 650 3766 98.8 98.9 98.7 98.4 1.7 5.5 5.2 5.0 1.4 55 99.00 2778 926 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-203 2.6 2 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Data for 600-Volt Class General-Purpose Dry-Type Transformers, Copper Wound Type NON HMT 115°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient 2 Losses in Watts Efficiency (Trise +20°) 25% 50% Inrush kVA Weight 15 362 80 527 97.6 97.7 97.3 96.7 3.2 5.9 5.1 4.2 3.0 45 97.00 — — 2 30 430 100 1040 98.3 98.0 97.4 96.7 3.2 6.2 5.4 4.4 3.1 45 97.50 — — 2 45 627 170 1368 98.3 98.2 97.7 97.2 2.8 6.0 5.2 4.4 2.7 45 97.70 — — 75 926 250 2096 98.4 98.3 97.9 97.4 2.6 7.0 6.2 5.7 2.5 50 98.00 — — 2 112.5 1628 400 2515 98.4 98.5 98.3 97.9 2.0 5.5 4.9 4.5 1.9 50 98.20 — — 150 2001 500 2688 98.5 98.7 98.6 98.3 1.6 5.6 5.2 5.0 1.5 50 98.30 — — 2 225 3596 590 3310 98.8 98.9 98.8 98.6 1.5 6.2 6.0 5.9 1.2 55 98.50 — — 300 3891 800 4854 98.7 98.9 98.7 98.4 1.7 7.1 7.0 6.8 1.4 55 98.60 — — R Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. 2 Total at Rise +20 % Regulation No Load 75% Full Load 100% PF 80% PF % Imp. X R Sound Level dB TP1 Efficiency Absolute Max. Practical Max. 2 2 2 Type THR HMT 115°C Rise NEMA TP-1 Efficient Losses in Watts No Load Total at Rise +20 Efficiency (Trise +20°) % Regulation Full Load 100% PF 80% PF Inrush % Imp. Weight 2 15 — 80 708 97.1 97.0 96.4 95.5 4.3 7.4 6.3 4.7 4.2 45 97.00 — — 2 30 450 100 1409 98.0 97.4 96.5 95.6 4.7 8.0 6.8 5.2 4.4 45 97.50 — — 45 610 170 1374 98.2 98.1 97.7 97.1 2.8 4.8 4.2 3.2 2.7 45 97.70 — — 2 75 868 250 2341 98.2 98.1 97.6 97.0 2.9 6.6 5.8 5.0 2.8 50 98.00 — — 112.5 1643 400 2685 98.3 98.4 98.1 97.7 2.2 5.5 5.0 4.6 2.0 50 98.20 — — 2 150 — 500 3304 98.5 98.6 98.3 97.9 2.0 6.7 6.3 6.0 1.9 50 98.30 — — 225 3370 590 3712 98.7 98.8 98.7 98.4 1.7 6.6 6.4 6.2 1.4 55 98.50 — — 300 3894 800 4688 98.9 99.0 98.8 98.5 1.7 7.4 7.2 7.1 1.3 55 98.60 — — 2 25% 50% 75% X Practical Max. kVA 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-204 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Specifications— General-Purpose (1000 kVA and Below) General Furnish and install, singlephase and three-phase general-purpose individually mounted dry-type transformers of the twowinding type, self-cooled, with ratings and voltages as indicated on the drawings. Transformers shall be manufactured by Eaton. Transformers shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with all the latest applicable ANSI, NEMA and IEEE Standards. All 600-volt class transformers through 1000 kVA shall be UL listed and bear the UL label. Transformers shall be designed for continuous operation at rated kVA, for operation 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, with normal life expectancy as defined in ANSI C57.96. Insulation Systems Transformers shall be insulated as follows: ● ● Type EP or EPT: 0.050 through 75 kVA: 180°C insulation system Type DS-3 or DT-3: 15 kVA and above: 220°C insulation system Required performance shall be obtained without exceeding the above indicated temperature rise in a 40°C maximum ambient, with a 30°C average over 24 hours. All insulation materials shall be flame-retardant and shall not support combustion as defined in ASTM Standard Test Method D635. 2 Core and Coil Assemblies Transformer core shall be constructed with high-grade, non-aging, silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Maximum magnetic flux densities shall be substantially below the saturation point. The transformer core volume shall allow efficient transformer operation at 10% above the nominal tap voltage. The core laminations shall be tightly clamped and compressed. Coils shall be wound of electrical-grade [aluminum] [copper] and continuous wound construction. BIL (basic impulse level) for all 600-volt class windings shall be 10 kV. On encapsulated units rated [75 kVA and below] [15 kVA and below] [9 kVA and below], the core and coil assembly shall be completely encapsulated in a proportioned mixture of resin or epoxy and aggregate to provide a moisture-proof, shock-resistant seal. The core and coil encapsulation system shall minimize the sound level. On ventilated units rated [15 kVA and above] [30 kVA and above] [112.5 kVA and above], the core and coil assembly shall be installed on vibrationabsorbing pads. 2 Enclosures The enclosure shall be made of heavy-gauge steel and shall be finished using a continuous process of degreasing, cleaning and phosphatizing, followed by electrostatic deposition of a thermosetting polyester powder coating and subsequent baking. The coating color shall be ANSI 61 and shall be UL recognized for outdoor use. The maximum temperature on top of the enclosure shall not exceed 90°C. suitable weathershields over ventilation openings. To ensure proper ventilation, locate the unit at least 6 inches (152.4 mm) from the adjacent wall or structure. 2 Tests The following tests shall be performed as standard on all transformers: 2 1. Ratio tests at the rated voltage connection and at all tap connections. 2 2. Polarity and phase relation tests on the rated voltage connection. On units rated [75 kVA and below] [15 kVA and below] [9 kVA and below] encapsulated, the enclosure construction shall be totally enclosed, non-ventilated, NEMA 3R, with lifting provisions. 3. Applied potential tests. 4. Induced potential test. 5. No-load and excitation current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection. On units rated [15 kVA and above] [30 kVA and above] [112.5 kVA and above], the enclosure construction shall be ventilated, NEMA 2, dripproof, with lifting provisions. All ventilation openings shall be protected against falling dirt. On outdoor units, provide Sound Levels Transformer average sound levels shall not exceed the following ANSI and NEMA levels for self-cooled ratings measured in accordance with NEMA ST-20. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Average Sound Levels 1 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV Above 1.2 kV kVA Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 0–9 40 45 45 10–50 45 50 50 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-205 2.6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Specifications— Dry-Type Transformers for Nonlinear Loads General Furnish and install, individually mounted dry-type transformers of the twowinding type, self-cooled, with ratings and voltages as indicated on the drawings. Transformers shall be manufactured by Eaton. Transformers shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with all the latest applicable ANSI, NEMA and IEEE Standards. All 600-volt class transformers through 500 kVA shall be UL listed as suitable for non-sinusoidal current loads with K factor not to exceed [4] [13] [20]. Insulation Systems Transformers shall be insulated with a UL recognized 220°C insulation system. Winding temperature rise shall be [80°C] [115°C] [150°C]. Required performance shall be obtained without exceeding the above indicated temperature rise in a 40°C maximum ambient, with a 30°C average. All insulation materials shall be flame-retardant and shall not support combustion as defined in ASTM Standard Test Method D635. 2 Core and Coil Assemblies Transformer core shall be constructed with high-grade, non-aging, silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Maximum magnetic flux densities shall be substantially below the saturation point. The transformer core volume shall allow efficient transformer operation at 10% above the nominal tap voltage. The core laminations shall be tightly clamped and compressed. Enclosures The enclosure shall be made of heavy gauge steel and shall be finished utilizing a continuous process of degreasing, cleaning and phosphatizing, followed by electrostatic deposition of a polymer polyester powder coating and baking. The coating color shall be ANSI 61 and shall be UL recognized for outdoor use. The maximum temperature on top of the enclosure shall not exceed 90°C. Transformer coils shall be wound of electrical-grade [aluminum] [copper] conductor with continuous wound construction. An electrostatic shield consisting of a single turn of aluminum shall be placed between the primary and secondary winding and grounded to the transformer core. BIL (basic impulse level) for all 600-volt class windings shall be 10 kV. The enclosure construction shall be ventilated, NEMA 2, drip-proof, with lifting provisions. All ventilation openings shall be protected against falling dirt. On outdoor units, provide suitable weathershields over ventilation openings. To ensure proper ventilation, locate the unit at least 6 inches (152.4 mm) from the adjacent wall or structure. The core and coil assembly shall be installed on vibrationabsorbing pads. Nonlinear Ratings The transformers shall be specifically designed to supply circuits with a harmonic profile equal to or less than a K-factor of 4 or 13 as described below without exceeding [80°C] [115°C] [150°C] temperature rise. The neutral conductor shall be rated to carry 200% of normal phase current. Nonlinear Ratings Harmonic K-4 K-13 Fundamental 100.0% 100.0% 3rd 34.0% 70.0% 5th 22.0% 42.0% 7th 3.0% 5.0% 9th 1.0% 3.0% 11th 0.7% 3.0% 13th 0.5% 1.0% 15th 0.3% 0.7% 17th 0.3% 0.6% Tests The following tests shall be performed as standard on all transformers: 1. Ratio tests at the rated voltage connection and at all tap connections. 2. Polarity and phase relation tests on the rated voltage connection. 3. Applied potential tests. 4. Induced potential test. 5. No-load and excitation current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection. Sound Levels Transformer average sound levels shall not exceed the following ANSI and NEMA levels for self-cooled ratings measured in accordance with NEMA ST-20. Average Sound Levels 1 2 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV 2 kVA Above 1.2 kV Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 45 2 0–9 40 45 10–50 45 50 50 2 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 2 301–500 60 59 60 2 501–700 62 61 62 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 2 Note 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. 2 2 V2-T2-206 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Specification— AC Adjustable Frequency Drive Isolation Transformers General Furnish and install, singlephase and three-phase general-purpose individually mounted dry-type transformers of the twowinding type, self-cooled, with ratings and voltages for input application as indicated on the drawings. Transformers shall be manufactured by Eaton. Transformers shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with all the latest applicable ANSI, NEMA and IEEE Standards. All 600-volt class transformers through 550 kVA shall be UL listed and bear the UL label. Transformers shall be designed for continuous operation at rated kVA, for operation 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, with normal life expectancy as defined in ANSI C57.96. Insulation Systems Transformers shall be insulated with a UL recognized 220°C insulation system. Required performance shall be obtained without exceeding the above indicated temperature rise in a 40°C maximum ambient, with a 30°C average over 24 hours. All insulation materials shall be flame-retardant and shall not support combustion as defined in ASTM Standard Test Method D635. Core and Coil Assemblies Transformer core shall be constructed with high-grade, non-aging, silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Maximum magnetic flux densities shall be substantially below the saturation point. The transformer core volume shall allow efficient transformer operation at 10% above the nominal tap voltage. The core laminations shall be tightly clamped and compressed. Coils shall be wound of electrical-grade [aluminum] [copper] and continuous wound construction. BIL (basic impulse level) for all 600-volt class windings shall be 10 kV. A temperature sensing device shall be imbedded in the center coil. The core and coil assembly shall be installed on vibrationabsorbing pads. 2 2 Enclosures The enclosure shall be made of heavy-gauge steel and shall be finished using a continuous process of degreasing, cleaning, and phosphatizing, followed by electrostatic deposition of a thermosetting polyester powder coating and subsequent baking. The coating color shall be ANSI 61 and shall be UL recognized for outdoor use. The maximum temperature on top of the enclosure shall not exceed 90°C. The following table lists the recommended kVA size of the drive isolation transformer for a specific horsepower requirement. Sound Levels Transformer average sound levels shall not exceed the following ANSI and NEMA levels for self-cooled ratings measured in accordance with NEMA ST-20. 2 2 Three-Phase The enclosure construction shall be ventilated, NEMA 2, drip-proof, with lifting provisions. All ventilation openings shall be protected against falling dirt. To ensure proper ventilation, locate the unit at least 6 inches (152.4 mm) from the adjacent wall or structure. On outdoor units, provide suitable weathershields over ventilation openings. 2 Horsepower AC Motor kVA Minimum 2 5 7.5 7.5 11 2 10 14 15 20 20 27 25 34 30 40 40 51 50 63 60 75 75 93 100 118 125 145 150 175 200 220 250 275 300 330 400 440 500 550 600 660 700 770 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Average Sound Levels 1 2 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV Above 1.2 kV kVA Ventilated Encapsulated Ventilated 0–9 40 45 45 10–50 45 50 50 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 2 2 2 2 2 2 Note 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-207 2.6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Specifications— Mini–Power Centers (3–30 kVA) General Furnish and install, singlephase and three-phase general-purpose individually mounted mini–power centers of the two-winding type, self-cooled, with ratings and voltages as indicated on the drawings. Mini– power centers shall be manufactured by Eaton. Units shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with all the latest applicable ANSI, NEMA, IEEE, CSA and UL standards, and shall be UL listed and CSA certified and bear the UL and CSA labels. Units shall be designed for continuous operation at rated kVA, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, with normal life expectancy as defined in ANSI C57.96. Each mini–power center shall include a main primary breaker with an interrupting rating of 14 kA at 277/480 volts; an encapsulated dry-type transformer and a secondary panelboard with main breaker rated 10 kA interrupting rating at 120/240 volts. 2 1. All interconnecting wiring between the primary breaker and transformer, secondary main breaker and transformer, and distribution section shall be factory installed. Main primary, secondary and feeder breakers shall be enclosed with a padlockable hinged door. 2. The secondary distribution section shall accommodate one-inch, plug-in breakers with 10 kA interrupting capacity. 3. On the all-copper, bolt-on designs, the secondary distribution section shall accommodate bolt-on breakers with 10 kA interrupting capacity. Insulation System Transformers shall be insulated with a 180°C insulation system. Required performance shall be obtained without exceeding the above indicated temperature rise in a 40°C maximum ambient, with a 30°C average over 24 hours. All insulation materials shall be flame-retardant and shall not support combustion as defined in ASTM Standard Test Method D635. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-208 Core and Coil Assemblies Transformer core shall be constructed with high-grade, non-aging, silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Maximum magnetic flux densities shall be substantially below the saturation point. The transformer core volume shall allow efficient transformer operation at 10% above the nominal tap voltage. The core laminations shall be tightly clamped and compressed. Coils shall be wound of electrical-grade aluminum (copper) with continuous wound construction. BIL (basic impulse level) for all 600-volt class windings shall be 10 kV. The core and coil assembly shall be completely encapsulated in a proportioned mixture of resin or expoxy and aggregate to provide a moisture-proof, shockresistant seal. The core and coil encapsulation system shall minimize the sound level. Enclosures The enclosure shall be made of heavy-gauge steel and shall be finished using a continuous process of degreasing, cleaning, and phosphatizing, followed by electrostatic deposition of a thermosetting polymer polyester powder coating and subsequent baking. The coating color shall be ANSI 61 and shall be UL recognized for outdoor use. Mini–power centers shall be equipped with a wiring compartment suitable for conduit entry and large enough to allow convenient wiring. The maximum temperature on top of the enclosure shall not exceed 90°C. The core of the transformer shall be grounded to the enclosure. The enclosure shall be totally enclosed, non-ventilated, NEMA 3R, with lifting eyes. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Tests The following tests shall be performed as standard on all transformers: 1. Ratio tests at the rated voltage connection and at all tap connections. 2. Polarity and phase relation tests on the rated voltage connection. 3. Applied potential tests. 4. Induced potential test. 5. No-load and excitation current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection. Sound Levels Transformer average sound levels shall not exceed the following ANSI/NEMA levels for self-cooled ratings measured in accordance with NEMA ST-20. Average Sound Levels 1 kVA NEMA Average Sound Level in dB 0–9 45 10–30 50 Note 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. 2.6 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Typical Specification— NEMA TP-1-2002 Compliant Energy-Efficient Transformers General Furnish and install, threephase energy-efficient dry-type transformers that comply with NEMA Standard TP-1-2002 and U.S. DOE 10 CFR Parts 430 and 431. Transformers shall be of the two-winding type, selfcooled, with ratings (kVA) as indicated on the drawings. Transformer’s losses shall conform to NEMA TP-1 requirements. Transformers shall be manufactured by Eaton. Transformers shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with all the latest applicable ANSI, NEMA and IEEE Standards, and shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories and bear the UL label. Transformers shall be designed for continuous operation at rated kVA, for 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, with normal life expectancy as defined in ANSI C57.96. Insulation System and Temperature Rise Transformers shall be insulated with a 220°C insulation system. Transformers shall be 150°C rise and shall be capable of carrying a 15% continuous overload without exceeding a 150°C rise. Required performance shall be obtained without exceeding the above rise in a 40°C maximum, 30°C average ambient temperature. All insulation materials shall be flame-retardant and shall not support combustion as defined in ASTM Standard Test Method D635. Core and Coil Assemblies Transformer core shall be constructed with high-grade, non-aging, silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Maximum magnetic flux densities shall be substantially below the saturation point. The transformer core volume shall allow efficient transformer operation at 10% above the nominal tap voltage. The core laminations shall be tightly clamped and compressed. Coils shall be wound of electrical grade [aluminum] [copper] and continuous wound construction. BIL (basic impulse level) for all 600-volt class windings shall be 10 kV. The core and coil assembly shall be installed on vibrationabsorbing pads. Enclosures The enclosure shall be made of heavy gauge steel and shall be finished utilizing a continuous process of degreasing, cleaning and phosphatizing, followed by electrostatic deposition of a thermosetting polyester powder coating and subsequent baking. The coating color shall be ANSI 61 and shall be UL recognized for outdoor use. The enclosure construction shall be ventilated, NEMA 2, drip-proof, with lifting provisions. All ventilation openings shall be protected against falling dirt. To ensure proper ventilation, locate the unit at least 6 inches (152.4 mm) from the adjacent wall or structure. All transformers shall be equipped with a wiring compartment suitable for conduit entry and large enough to allow convenient wiring. The maximum temperature on top of the enclosure shall not exceed 90°C. 2 2 Tests The following tests shall be performed as standard on all transformers: 1. Ratio tests at the rated voltage connection and at all tap connections. 2. Polarity and phase relation tests on the rated voltage connection. 3. Applied potential tests. 4. Induced potential test. 5. No-load and excitation current at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection. 2 Efficiency Transformers shall be energy-efficient with minimum efficiencies as set forth per NEMA TP-1-2002 and U.S. DOE 10 CFR Parts 430 and 431 when operated at 35% of full load capacity. 2 2 2 2 2 NEMA TP-1-2002 Efficiency Levels 2 Tables of Energy Efficiency NEMA Class 1 Efficiency Levels Dry-Type Distribution Transformers—Low Voltage (600 V and below) Single-Phase 2 2 Three-Phase kVA Efficiency kVA Efficiency 15 97.7 15 97.0 25 98.0 30 97.5 37.5 98.2 45 97.7 50 98.3 75 98.0 75 98.5 112.5 98.2 100 98.6 150 98.3 167 98.7 225 98.5 250 98.8 300 98.6 333 98.9 500 98.7 — — 750 98.8 — — 1000 98.9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Sound Levels Transformer average sound levels shall not exceed the following ANSI and NEMA levels for self-cooled ratings. 2 2 2 Average Sound Levels 1 2 NEMA ST-20 Average Sound Level in dB Up to 1.2 kV kVA Ventilated Above 1.2 kV Encapsulated Ventilated 0–9 40 45 45 10–50 45 50 50 51–150 50 55 55 151–300 55 57 58 301–500 60 59 60 501–700 62 61 62 701–1000 64 63 64 1001–1500 65 64 65 2 2 2 2 2 Note 1 Currently being reviewed and revised by NEMA. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2 2 V2-T2-209 2.6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Glossary of Transformer Terms Air cooled: A transformer that is cooled by the natural circulation of air around, or through, the core and coils. Ambient noise level: The existing or inherent sound level of the area surrounding the transformer, prior to energizing the transformer. Measured in decibels. Ambient temperature: The temperature of the air surrounding the transformer into which the heat of the transformer is dissipated. Ampacity: The currentcarrying capacity of an electrical conductor under stated thermal conditions. Expressed in amperes. Ampere: The practical unit of electric current. Attenuation: A decrease in signal power or voltage. Unit of measure is dB. Autotransformer: A transformer in which part of the winding is common to both the primary and the secondary circuits. Banked: Two or more singlephase transformers wired together to supply a threephase load. Three singlephase transformers can be “banked” together to support a three-phase load. For example, three 10 kVA singlephase transformers “banked” together will have a 30 kVA three-phase capacity. BIL: Basic impulse level. The ability of a transformer’s insulation system to withstand high voltage surges. All Eaton 600V-class transformers have a 10 kV BIL rating. BTU: British thermal unit. In North America, the term “BTU” is used to describe the heat value (energy content) of fuels, and also to describe the power of heating and cooling systems, such as furnaces, stoves, barbecue grills and air conditioners. When used as a unit of power, BTU “per hour” (BTU/h) V2-T2-210 is understood, though this is often abbreviated to just “BTU.” Buck-boost: The name of a standard, single-phase, two-winding transformer application with the low voltage secondary windings connected as an autotransformer for boosting (increasing) or bucking (decreasing) voltages in small amounts. Applications can either be single-phase or three-phase. CE: Mark to indicate thirdparty approved or selfcertification to specific requirements of the European community. Celsius (centigrade): Metric temperature measure. °F = (1.8 x °C) + 32 °C = (°F-32) / 1.8 Center tap: A tap at the midpoint of a winding. The center tap on three-phase delta-delta transformers is called a lighting tap. It provides 5% of the transformer’s kVA for single-phase loads. Certified tests: Actual values taken during production tests and certified as applying to a given unit shipped on a specific order. Certified tests are serial number–specific. Common mode: Electrical noise or voltage fluctuation that occurs between all of the line leads and the common ground, or between ground and line or neutral. Compensated transformer: A transformer with a turns ratio that provides a higher than nameplate output (secondary) voltage at no load, and nameplate output (secondary) voltage at rated load. It is common for small transformers (2 kVA and less) to be compensated. Conductor losses: Losses (expressed in watts) in a transformer that are incidental to carrying a load: coil resistance, stray loss due to stray fluxes in the windings, core clamps, and the like, as well as circulating currents (if any) in parallel windings. Also called load losses. Continuous rating: The load that a transformer can handle indefinitely without exceeding its specified temperature rise. Core losses: Losses (expressed in watts) caused by magnetization of the core and its resistance to magnetic flux. Also called no-load losses or excitation losses. Core losses are always present when the transformer is energized. CSA: Canadian Standards Association. The Canadian equivalent of Underwriters Laboratories (UL). CSL3: Candidate Standard Level 3 (CSL3) design criteria developed by the U.S. Department of Energy. This term is used when considering the maximum, practical efficiency of a transformer. cUL: Mark to indicate UL Certification to specific CSA Standards. Decibel (dB): Unit of measure used to express the magnitude of a change in signal or sound level. Delta connection: A standard three-phase connection with the ends of each phase winding connected in series to form a closed loop with each phase 120 degrees from the other. Sometimes referred to as three-wire. Dielectric tests: Tests that consist of the application of a voltage higher than the rated voltage for a specified time for the purpose of determining the adequacy against breakdowns of insulating materials and spacings under normal conditions. Dry-type transformer: A transformer in which the core and coils are in a gaseous or dry compound insulating Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com medium. A transformer that is cooled by a medium other than a liquid, normally by the circulation of air. E3: Eaton’s version of a CSL3 transformer. Eddy currents: The currents that are induced in the body of a conducting mass by the time variation of magnetic flux or varying magnetic field. Efficiency: The ratio of the power output from a transformer to the total power input. Typically expressed as a %. Electrostatic shield: Copper or other conducting sheet placed between primary and secondary windings, and grounded to reduce electrical interference and to provide additional protection from line-to-line or line-to-ground noise. Commonly referred to as “Faraday shield.” Encapsulated transformer: A transformer with its coils either dipped or cast in an epoxy resin or other encapsulating substance. Enclosure: A surrounding case or housing used to protect the contained equipment against external conditions and prevent personnel from accidentally contacting live parts. Environmentally preferable product: A product that has a lesser or reduced negative effect on human health and the environment when compared to competing products that serve the same purpose. This comparison may consider raw materials acquisition, production, manufacturing, packaging, distribution, reuse, operation, maintenance and disposal of the product. This term includes recyclable products, recycled products and reusable products. Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories EPACT: The Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPAct) is an important piece of legislation for efficiency because it established minimum efficiency levels for dry-type distribution transformers manufactured or imported after December 2006. EPAct, which was based on NEMA standards, defined a number of terms, including what constitutes an energyefficient transformer. The DOE issued a rule that defines these transformers and how manufacturers must comply. DOE EPAct rule (PDF): Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial and Industrial Equipment: Test Procedures, Labeling, and the Certification Requirements for Electric Motors. Final Rule. 10-CFR Part 431. Excitation current: No load current. The current that flows in any winding used to excite the transformer when all other windings are open-circuited. It is usually expressed in percent of the rated current of a winding in which it is measured. Also called magnetizing current. FCAN: “Full Capacity Above Nominal” taps. Designates the transformer will deliver its rated kVA when connected to a voltage source which is higher than the rated primary voltage. FCBN: “Full Capacity Below Nominal” taps. Designates the transformer will deliver its rated kVA when connected to a voltage source which is lower than the rated primary voltage. Frequency: On AC circuits, designates the number of times that polarity alternates from positive to negative and back again per second, such as 60 cycles per second. Typically measured in Hertz (Hz). Ground: Connecting one side of a circuit to the earth through low resistance or low impedance paths to help prevent transmitting electrical shock to personnel. Harmonic: A sinusoidal waveform with a frequency that is an integral multiple of the fundamental frequency (60 Hz). 60 H3 fundamental 120 H3 2nd harmonic 180 H3 3rd harmonic 240 H3 4th harmonic Harmonic distortion: Nonlinear distortion of a system characterized by the appearance of harmonic (non-sinusoidal) currents in the output, when the input is sinusoidal. Harmonic distortion, total (THD): The square root of the sum of the squares of all harmonic currents present in a load, excluding the fundamental 60 Hz current. Usually expressed as a percent of the fundamental. High voltage windings: In a two-winding transformer, the winding intended to have the greater voltage. Usually marked with “H” designations. HMT: Harmonic Mitigating Transformer (HMT) is better able to handle the harmonic currents present in today’s electrical power system. thereby increasing system capacity, reducing distortion throughout a facility, help to minimize downtime and “mysterious” maintenance on equipment, and return the longevity of equipment life through reduced operational energy losses, thereby running cooler. Hp: Horsepower. The energy required to raise 33,000 pounds a distance of one foot in one minute. 1 hp is equal to 746 watts, or 0.746 kW. Hi pot: A standard test on dry-type transformers consisting of extra-high potentials (voltages) connected to the windings. Used to check the integrity of insulation materials and clearances. Hottest-spot temperature: The highest temperature inside the transformer winding. Is greater than the measured average temperature of the coil conductors, when using the resistance change method. Hysteresis: The tendency of a magnetic substance to persist in any state of magnetization. Impedance: The retarding forces of current in an AC circuit; the current-limiting characteristics of a transformer. Symbol = Z Inductance: In electrical circuits, the opposition to a change in the flow of electrical current. Symbol = L Inducted potential test: A standard dielectric test of transformer insulation. Verifies the integrity of insulating materials and electrical clearances. Inrush current: The initial high peak of current that occurs in the first few cycles of energization, which can be 30 to 40 times the rated current. Insulating transformer: Another term for an isolating transformer. Insulation: Material with a high electrical resistance. Insulation materials: Those materials used to insulate the transformer’s electrical windings from each other and ground. Integral TVSS or SPD: Major Standard Change for Surge Protective Devices (formerly known as Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors). The primary safety standard for transient voltage surge suppressors (TVSS) has undergone major revisions in the past three years with mandatory compliance by manufacturers required by September 29, 2009. Even the name of the standard has changed from UL Standard for Safety for Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors, UL 1449 to UL Standard for Safety for Surge Protective Devices, UL 1449. This means that TVSS listed to the UL 1449 2nd Edition standard will no longer be able to be manufactured after 2.6 September 29, 2009. All Surge Protective Devices must be designed, tested, manufactured and listed to the UL 1449 3rd Edition standard after this date. 2 Isolating transformer: A transformer where the input (primary) windings are not connected to the output (secondary) windings (i.e., electrically isolated). 2 K-factor: A common industry term for the amount of harmonics produced by a given load. The larger the K-factor, the more harmonics that are present. Also used to define a transformer’s ability to withstand the additional heating generated by harmonic currents. kVA: Kilovolt-ampere. Designates the output that a transformer can deliver for a specified time at a rated secondary voltage and rated frequency without exceeding the specified temperature rise. When multiplied by the power factor, will give kilowatts or kW. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1000 VA = 1 kVA 2 Lamination: Thin sheets of electrical steel used to construct the core of a transformer. 2 Limiting temperature: The maximum temperature at which a component or material may be operated continuously with no sacrifice in normal life expectancy. 2 Linear load: A load where the current waveform conforms to that of the applied voltage, or a load where a change in current is directly proportional to a change in applied voltage. 2 Live part: Any component consisting of an electrically conductive material that can be energized under conditions of normal use. Load losses: I2R losses in windings. Also see conductor losses. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-211 2.6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Low voltage winding: In a two-winding transformer, the winding intended to have the lesser voltage. Usually marked with “X” designations. Mid-tap: See center tap. Noise level: The relative intensity of sound, measured in decibels (dB). NEMA Standard ST-20 outlines the maximum allowable noise level for dry-type transformers. Nonlinear load: A load where the current waveform does not conform to that of the applied voltage, or where a change in current is not proportional to a change in applied voltage. Non-ventilated transformer: A transformer where the core and coil assembly is mounted inside an enclosure with no openings for ventilation. Also referred to as totally enclosed non-ventilated (TENV). No load losses: Losses in a transformer that is excited at rated voltage and frequency but that is not supplying a load. No load losses include core losses, dielectric losses and conductor losses in the winding due to the exciting current. Also referred to as excitation losses. Overload capability: Shortterm overload capacity is designed into transformers as required by ANSI. Continuous overload capacity is not deliberately designed into a transformer because the design objective is to be within the allowed winding temperature rise with nameplate loading. Percent IR (% resistance): Voltage drop due to resistance at rated current in percent of rated voltage. Percent IX (% reactance): Voltage drop due to reactance at rated current in percent of rated voltage. Percent IZ (% impedance): Voltage drop due to impedance at rated current in percent of rated voltage. V2-T2-212 Phase: Type of AC electrical circuit; usually single-phase two- or three-wire, or threephase three- or four-wire. Polarity test: A standard test on transformers to determine instantaneous direction of the voltages in the primary compared to the secondary. Sound levels: All transformers make some sound mainly due to the vibration generated in its core by alternating flux. All Eaton general-purpose drytype distribution transformers are designed with sound levels lower than NEMA ST-20 maximum levels. Primary taps: Taps added to the primary (input) winding. See Tap. Star connection: Same as a wye connection. Primary voltage: The input circuit voltage. Step-down transformer: A transformer where the input voltage is greater than the output voltage. Power factor: The cosine of the phase angle between a voltage and a current. Ratio test: A standard test of transformers to determine the ratio of the input (primary) voltage to the output (secondary) voltage. Reactance: The effect of inductive and capacitive components of a circuit producing other than unity power factor. Reactor: A single winding device with an air or iron core that produces a specific amount of inductive reactance into a circuit. Normally used to reduce of control current. Regulation: Usually expressed as the percent change in output voltage when the load goes from full load to no load. Scott T connection: Connection for three-phase transformers. Instead of using three sets of coils for a three-phase load, the transformer uses only two sets of coils. Series/multiple winding: A winding consisting of two or more sections that can be connected for series operation or multiple (parallel) operation. Also called seriesparallel winding. Short circuit: A low resistance connection, usually accidental, across part of a circuit, resulting in excessive current flow. Step-up transformer: A transformer where the input voltage is less than the output voltage. T-T connection: See Scott T connection. Tap: A connection brought out of a winding at some point between its extremities, usually to permit changing the voltage or current ratio. Taps are typically used to compensate for above or below rated input voltage, in order to provide the rated output voltage. See FCAN and FCBN. Temperature class: The maximum temperature that the insulation system of a transformer can continuously withstand. The common insulation classes are 105, 150, 180 (also 185) and 220. Temperature rise: The increase over ambient temperature of the windings due to energizing and loading the transformer. Total losses: The sum of the no-load losses and load losses. Totally enclosed nonventilated enclosure: The core and coil assembly is installed inside an enclosure that has no ventilation to cool the transformer. The transformer relies on heat to radiate from the enclosure for cooling. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformer tests: Per NEMA ST-20, routine transformer production tests are performed on each transformer prior to shipment. These tests are: Ratio tests on the rated voltage connection; Polarity and Phase Relation tests on the rated connection; NoLoad and Excitation Current tests at rated voltage on the rated voltage connection and Applied Potential and Induced Potential tests. Special tests include sound level testing. Transverse mode: Electrical noise or voltage disturbance that occurs between phase and neutral, or from spurious signals across metallic hot line and the neutral conductor. Turns ratio: The ratio of the number of turns in the high voltage winding to that in the low voltage winding. Typical test data: Tests that were performed on similar units that were previously manufactured and tested. UL (Underwriters Laboratories): An independent safety testing organization. Universal taps: A combination of six primary voltage taps consisting of 2 at +2-1/2% FCAN and 4 at -2-1/2% FCBN. Watt: A unit of electrical power when the current in a circuit is one ampere and the voltage is one volt. Wye connection: A standard three-wire transformer connection with similar ends of single-phase coils connected together. The common point forms the electrical neutral point and may be grounded. Also referred to as three-phase four-wire. To obtain the lineto-neutral voltage, divide the line voltage by 3 1.732 . Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories 2.6 Frequently Asked Questions About Transformers Can 60 Hz transformers be used at other frequencies? Transformers rated for 60 Hz can be applied to circuits with a higher frequency, as long as the nameplate voltages are not exceeded. The higher the frequency that you apply to a 60 Hz transformer, the less voltage regulation you will have. 60 Hz transformers may be used at lower frequencies but only at reduced voltages corresponding to the reduction in frequency. For example, a 480 to 120 volt 60 Hz transformer can carry rated kVA at 50 Hz but ONLY when applied as a 400 to 100 volt transformer (50/60 x 480 = 400). Can single-phase transformers be used on a three-phase source? Yes. Any single-phase transformer can be used on a three-phase source by connecting the primary terminals of the single-phase transformer to any two wires of a three-phase system. It does not matter whether the three-phase source is threephase three-wire or threephase four-wire. The output of the transformer will be single-phase. Can transformers be used to create three-phase power from a single-phase system? No. Single-phase transformers alone cannot be used to create the phaseshifts required for a threephase system. Phase shifting devices (reactors or capacitors) or phase converters in conjunction with transformers are required to change singlephase power to three-phase. What considerations need to be taken into account when operating transformers at high altitudes? At altitudes greater than 3300 feet (1000 meters), the density of the air is less than at lower elevations. This reduces the ability of the air surrounding a transformer to cool it, so the temperature rise of the transformer is increased. Therefore, when a transformer is being installed at altitudes greater than 3300 feet above sea level, it is necessary to derate the usable capacity of the transformer. The table below lists the derating factors. As an example, a 75 kVA 480V–208Y/120V transformer installed at 10,000 feet needs to be derated by 4%. Instead of 208A output, the usable current is only 199A. Altitude Feet Meters Current Rating Factor 3300 1000 1.00 4000 1200 0.995 5000 1500 0.99 6000 1800 0.985 7000 2100 0.98 8000 2400 0.97 9000 2700 0.965 10,000 3000 0.96 12,000 3600 0.95 14,000 4200 0.935 15,000 4500 0.93 What considerations need to be taken into account when operating transformers where the ambient temperature is high? Eaton’s dry-type transformers are designed in accordance with ANSI standards to operate in areas where the average maximum ambient temperature is 40°C. For operation in ambient temperatures above 40°C, there are two options: 1. Order a custom designed transformer made for the specific application. 2. Derate the nameplate kVA of a standard transformer by 8% for each 10°C of ambient above 40°C. 2 What is the normal life expectancy of a transformer? When a transformer is operated under ANSI/IEEE basic loading conditions ANSI C57.96), its normal life expectancy is 20 years. The ANSI/IEEE basic loading conditions are: A. The transformer is continuously loaded at rated kVA and rated voltages. B. The average temperature of the ambient air during any 24-hour period is equal to 30°C and at no time exceeds 40°C. C. The altitude where the transformer is installed does not exceed 3300 feet (1000 meters). What are insulation classes? Insulation classes were originally used to distinguish insulating materials operating at different temperatures. In the past, letters were used for the different designations. Recently, insulation system temperatures (°C) have replaced the letters’ designations. Insulation Classes Previous Designation Insulation System Rating (°C) Class A 105 Class B 150 Class F 180 Class H 220 Class R 220 How do you know if the enclosure temperature is too hot? UL and CSA standards strictly regulate the highest temperature that an enclosure can reach. For ventilated transformers, the temperature of the enclosure should not increase by more than 50°C in a 40°C ambient at full rated current. For encapsulated transformers, the temperature of the enclosure should not increase by more than 65°C in a 25°C ambient at full rated current. This means that it is permissible for the temperature of the enclosure to reach 90°C (194°F). Although this temperature is very warm to the touch, it is within the allowed standards. A thermometer should be used to measure enclosure temperatures, not your hand. 2 Can transformers be reverseconnected (reverse-fed)? Yes, with limitations. Eaton single-phase transformers rated 3 kVA and larger can be reverse-connected without any loss of kVA capacity or any adverse effects. Transformers rated 2 kVA and below, because there is a turns ratio compensation on the low voltage winding that adjusts voltage between no load and full load conditions, should not be reverse-fed. 2 Three-phase transformers with either delta-delta or delta-wye configurations can also be reverseconnected for step-up operation. When reversefeeding a delta-wye connected transformer, there are two important considerations to take into account: (1) The neutral is not connected, only the three-phase wires of the wye system are connected, and (2) the ground strap between X0 and the enclosure must be removed. Due to high inrush currents that may be created in these applications, it is recommended that you do not reverse-feed transformers rated more than 75 kVA. The preferred solution is to purchase an Eaton step-up transformer designed specifically for your application. 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-213 2.6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Transformers Transformer Standards, Technical Data and Accessories Can transformers be connected in parallel? Yes, with certain restrictions. For single-phase transformers being connected in parallel, the voltages and impedances of the transformers must be equal (impedances must be within 7.5% of each other). For three-phase transformers, the same restrictions apply as for single-phase transformers, plus the phase shift of the transformers must be the same. For example, a deltawye–connected transformer (30° phase shift) must be connected in parallel with another delta-wye–connected transformer, not a delta-delta connected–transformer (0° phase shift). Why is the impedance of a transformer important? The impedance of a transformer is important because it is used to determine the interrupting rating and trip rating of the circuit protection devices on the load or line side of the transformer. To calculate the maximum short circuit current on the load side of a transformer, use the following formula: Maximum Short Circuit = Load Current (Amps) Full Load Current (Amps) Transformer Impedance Full load current for singlephase circuits is: 2 Nameplate Volt-Amps -----------------------------------------------------Load (output) Voltage 2 and for three-phase circuits, the full load current is: 2 Nameplate Volts-Amps -----------------------------------------------------Load (output) Volts u 3 2 Example: For a standard three-phase, 75 kVA transformer, rated 480 volt delta primary and 208Y/ 120 volt secondary (catalog number V48M28T75J) and impedance equal to 5.1%, the full load current is: 2 2 2 2 What clearances are required around transformers when they are installed? All dry-type transformers depend upon the circulation of air for cooling; therefore, it is important that the flow of air around a transformer not be impeded. UL 1561 requires that there be no less than 6 inches (152.4 mm) clearance between any side transformer with ventilation openings and any wall or obstruction. In compliance with NEC 450.9, Eaton’s ventilated transformers have a note on their nameplates requiring a minimum of 6 inches (152.4 mm) clearance from the ventilation openings and walls or other obstructions. This clearance only addresses the ventilation needs of the transformer. There may be additional local codes and standards that affect installation clearances. Transformers should not be mounted in such a manner that one unit will contribute to the additional heating of another unit, beyond allowable temperature limits, for example, where two units are mounted on a wall one above the other. 75,000 VA ----------------------------- = 208.2A 208V u 1.732 2 The maximum short circuit load current is: 2 208.2A ------------------ = 4,082.4A 0.051 2 The circuit breaker or fuse on the secondary side of this transformer would have to have a minimum interrupting capacity of 4083 amperes at 208 volts. NEMA ST-20 (1992). 2 2 2 A similar transformer with lower impedance would require a primary circuit breaker or fuse with a higher interrupting capacity. 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-214 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Transformers Dimensions 2.7 Dimensions 2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Enclosure Dimensional Drawings—Ventilated Transformers 2 Outside Width 2 2 Outside Width Top 2 Top 2 Outside Width Outside Height 2 Front Left Top Front Outside Length 2 Outside Height Outside Height 2 Left Left 2 Front Drawing 1 2 2 2 Outside Length 2 Outside Length Drawing 2 2 Drawing 3 Drawing Number Dimensions Frame Height Width Length FR816 1 31.30 (795.0) 22.89 (581.4) 18.39 (467.2) FR818 1 37.59 (954.8) 22.89 (581.4) 20.36 (517.1) FR819 2 42.03 (1067.6) 24.22 (615.2) 23.84 (605.5) FR820 2 42.03 (1067.6) 24.22 (615.2) 23.84 (605.5) FR814 2 62.91 (1597.9) 29.97 (761.2) 33.97 (862.8) FR842 1 33.75 (857.3) 22.45 (570.2) 17.40 (442.0) FR843 1 38.70 (983.0) 23.51 (597.2) 24.38 (619.3) FR844 2 44.92 (1141.0) 26.27 (667.3) 27.12 (688.8) FR821 2 62.91 (1597.9) 29.97 (761.2) 33.97 (862.8) FR912D, FR912D 1 30.00 (762.0) 23.00 (584.2) 16.50 (419.1) FR914D/FR914F 39.00 (990.6) 29.00 (736.6) 22.00 (558.8) 1 FR915D/FR915F 1 39.00 (990.6) 29.00 (736.6) 22.00 (558.8) FR916A 2 48.56 (1233.4) 28.22 (716.8) 23.42 (594.9) FR917 2 56.17 (1426.7) 31.44 (798.6) 24.67 (626.6) FR918A 2 62.18 (1579.4) 31.44 (798.6) 30.68 (779.3) FR923 2 57.54 (1461.5) 36.69 (931.9) 32.65 (829.3) FR924 2 68.37 (1736.6) 44.46 (1129.3) 36.44 (925.6) FR928 2 56.16 (1426.5) 32.93 (836.4) 27.97 (710.4) FR929 2 59.56 (1512.8) 36.72 (932.7) 32.50 (825.5) FR919 3 75.00 (1905.0) 44.20 (1122.7) 36.23 (920.2) FR920 3 75.00 (1905.0) 44.20 (1122.7) 36.23 (920.2) FR922 3 90.00 (2286.0) 69.26 (1759.2) 42.65 (1083.3) Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-215 2.7 Transformers Dimensions 2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Enclosure Dimensional Drawings—Encapsulated Transformers (Type EP) Outside Width 2 2 2 2 Top Outside Width Outside Width Top Top Outside Outside Length Right Outside Length ck Height Ba Outside Height Right Back Outside Length Outside Height Right Back 2 Drawing 6 2 2 Outside Width 2 Top Outside Width 2 Outside Width Top 2 2 2 Drawing 8 Drawing 7 Outside Height Outside Length Right Outside Length Outside Height Right Right 2 Drawing 9 Drawing 11 2 Drawing Number Dimensions Frame Height Width Length FR52 6 8.91 (226.3) 4.11 (104.4) 4.00 (101.6) 2 FR54 6 8.91 (226.3) 4.11 (104.4) 4.00 (101.6) FR55 6 8.91 (226.3) 4.11 (104.4) 4.00 (101.6) 2 FR56 7 8.97 (227.8) 4.87 (123.7) 4.06 (103.1) FR57 7 8.97 (227.8) 4.87 (123.7) 4.91 (124.7) 2 FR58A 7 11.28 (286.5) 5.99 (152.1) 5.75 (146.1) 2 FR59A 7 11.28 (286.5) 5.99 (152.1) 5.75 (146.1) FR67 7 13.41 (340.6) 6.37 (161.8) 6.52 (165.6) FR68 7 13.41 (340.6) 6.37 (161.8) 6.52 (165.6) FR176 8 14.25 (361.9) 7.69 (195.3) 8.00 (203.2) 9.89 (251.2) 2 2 FR177 9 16.00 (406.4) 10.38 (263.7) FR301 11 22.26 (565.4) 12.71 (322.8) 12.79 (324.9) 2 FR178 9 16.00 (406.4) 10.38 (263.7) 9.89 (251.2) FR302 11 25.26 (641.6) 12.71 (322.8) 12.79 (324.9) 2 FR304 11 25.26 (641.6) 14.72 (373.9) 14.82 (376.4) 2 FR179 9 19.00 (482.6) 13.38 (339.9) 10.52 (267.2) FR180 9 19.00 (482.6) 13.38 (339.9) 10.52 (267.2) FR182 10 23.31 (592.1) 16.35 (415.3) 14.12 (358.6) FR190 10 26.31 (668.3) 16.35 (415.3) 14.12 (358.6) 2 Back Drawing 10 2 2 Outside Height Outside Length Back 2 2 Top Back V2-T2-216 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 2.7 Transformers Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 2 Enclosure Dimensional Drawings—Encapsulated Transformers Type EP (Single-Phase), continued 2 Outside Width 2 Top 2 Outside Width Outside Length Left Top 2 Outside Height 2 Front Outside Width Outside Length 2 Top Outside Height 2 Drawing 13 Front Left Outside Length Outside Height Right 2 2 Back 2 2 2 Drawing 14 Drawing 12 2 Frame Drawing Number 2 Dimensions Height Width Length FR132 13 20.67 (525.0) 19.02 (483.1) 13.59 (345.2) FR300A 12 28.24 (717.3) 22.42 (569.5) 14.06 (357.1) FR57P 14 9.34 (237.2) 4.45 (113.0) 5.18 (131.6) FR58AP 14 11.68 (296.7) 4.99 (126.7) 5.99 (152.1) FR567P 14 13.03 (330.9) 5.74 (145.8) 6.56 (166.6) FR568P 14 13.78 (350.0) 6.22 (158.0) 6.32 (160.5) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-217 2.7 Transformers Dimensions 2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Enclosure Dimensional Drawings—Encapsulated Transformers (Type EPT) 2 Outside Length Outside Width 2 2 Outside Width Top Top Top 2 2 2 Outside Height Front Outside Height Front Left Outside Length Drawing 15 2 Drawing 16 Drawing Number Dimensions Frame Height Width Length 2 FR201 15 13.40 (340.4) 15.93 (404.6 8.26 (209.8) FR102 15 13.12 (333.2) 19.59 (497.6) 7.09 (180.1) 2 FR103 15 15.90 (403.9) 16.93 (430.0) 10.01 (254.3) FR200 15 15.90 (403.9) 16.93 (430.0) 10.01 (254.3) 8.38 (212.9) 2 FR97 15 15.19 (385.8) 25.68 (652.3) 2 FR95 15 17.38 (441.5) 20.00 (508.0) 10.52 (267.2) FR243 16 17.38 (441.5) 20.00 (508.0) 10.52 (267.2) 2 FR96 15 16.19 (411.2) 29.68 (753.9) 9.42 (239.3) FR244 16 28.15 (715.0) 26.58 (675.1) 14.66 (372.4) 2 FR245 17 32.06 (814.3) 30.29 (769.4) 15.68 (398.3) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-218 Front Outside Width Outside Length 2 2 Left Left 2 2 Outside Height Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Drawing 17 2.7 Transformers Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Enclosure Dimensional Drawings—Core-Coil Transformers 2 2 Top 2 2 2 Top 2 Outside Height 2 2 Outside Height 2 2 2 Front Front Left Outside Width Outside Length Drawing 4 2 Outside Width Left 2 Outside Length 2 2 Drawing 5 2 Dimensions Frame Drawing Number Height Width Length FR817C 4 39.28 (997.7) 21.62 (549.1) 19.51 (495.6) FR818C 4 39.28 (997.7) 21.62 (549.1) 19.51 (495.6) FR912C 5 24.75 (628.7) 19.50 (495.3) 14.00 (355.6) FR914C 5 29.37 (746.0) 25.12 (638.0) 19.00 (482.6) FR915C 5 31.38 (1067.6) 25.12 (638.0) 19.00 (482.6) FR9516C 5 41.43 (1052.3) 25.12 (638.0) 20.00 (508.0) FR916AC 5 43.40 (1102.4) 27.22 (691.4) 22.82 (579.6) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-219 2.7 Transformers Dimensions 2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Enclosure Dimensional Drawings—Totally Enclosed Nonventilated Transformers 2 Outside Width 2 2 2 Top Outside Width 2 Top Outside Width 2 2 2 Top Front Left 2 2 Front Outside Height Outside Height Outside Height Outside Length Left Left Front Drawing 26 2 2 2 Outside Length 2 Outside Length Drawing 27 2 2 Drawing Number Dimensions Frame Height Width FR818N 26 37.59 (954.8) 22.89 (581.4) 20.36 (517.1) FR819N 27 42.03 (1067.6) 24.22 (615.2) 23.84 (605.5) 2 FR820N 27 42.03 (1067.6) 24.22 (615.2) 23.84 (605.5) FR814N 27 62.91 (1597.9) 29.97 (761.2) 33.97 (862.8) 2 FR912DN 26 30.00 (762.0) 23.00 (584.2) 16.50 (419.1) FR914DN/FR914FN 26 39.18 (995.2) 29.00 (736.6) 22.00 (558.8) 2 2 Length 2 FR915DN/FR915FN 26 39.18 (995.2) 29.00 (736.6) 22.00 (558.8) 2 FR916AN 27 46.58 (1183.1) 28.22 (716.8) 23.42 (594.9) FR917N 27 56.18 (1427.0) 31.44 (798.6) 24.67 (626.8) 2 FR918AN 27 62.18 (1579.4) 31.44 (798.6) 30.68 (779.3) FR923N 27 57.50 (1460.5) 36.69 (931.9) 32.65 (829.3) 2 FR919N 28 75.00 (1905.0) 44.21 (1122.9) 36.23 (920.2) FR920N 28 75.00 (1905.0) 44.21 (1122.9) 36.23 (920.2) 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-220 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Drawing 28 2.7 Transformers Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 2 Enclosure Dimensional Drawings—Hazardous Location Transformers (Type EPZ) Outside Width Outside Length Outside Length 2 Top Top Top Outside Height Outside Height Right 2 Outside Length 2 Right Back Back Right Outside Width Drawing 21 2 Outside Height 2 Back Outside Width 2 Drawing 22 2 2 Outside Width 2 Drawing 23 2 Outside Length 2 Outside Length Top 2 Top Outside Height Right 2 Outside Height 2 Back Right 2 Back 2 Outside Width 2 Outside Width Drawing 24 2 Drawing 25 2 2 Dimensions Frame Drawing Number Height Width Length FR57H 21 8.97 (227.8) 4.87 (123.7) 4.91 (124.7) FR58H 22 11.28 (286.5) 5.99 (152.1) 5.75 (146.1) FR59H 22 11.28 (286.5) 5.99 (152.1) 5.75 (146.1) FR67H 22 13.41 (340.6) 6.37 (161.8) 6.52 (165.6) FR68H 22 13.41 (340.6) 6.37 (161.8) 6.52 (165.6) FR176H 23 14.25 (361.9) 7.69 (195.3) 8.00 (203.2) FR177H 24 16.00 (406.4) 10.38 (263.7) 9.89 (251.2) FR178H 24 16.00 (406.4) 10.38 (263.7) 9.89 (251.2) FR179H 24 19.00 (482.6) 13.38 (339.9) 10.52 (267.2) FR180H 24 19.00 (482.6) 13.38 (339.9) 10.52 (267.2) FR182H 25 23.31 (592.1) 16.35 (415.3) 14.12 (358.6) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T2-221 2.7 Transformers Dimensions 2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Enclosure Dimensional Drawings—Hazardous Location Transformers (Type EPTZ) 2 Outside Length Outside Width 2 Top 2 2 2 Outside Width Top Outside Height Outside Height Front Front Left Front Left 2 Left Outside Width 2 Outside Length Outside Length 2 Drawing 18 2 2 2 Top Outside Height Drawing 19 Drawing Number Dimensions Frame Height Width Length FR201H 18 13.40 (340.4) 15.93 (404.6) 8.26 (209.8) 2 FR200H 18 15.90 (403.9) 16.93 (430.0) 10.01 (254.3) 2 FR103H 18 15.90 (403.9) 16.93 (430.0) 10.01 (254.3) FR95H 18 17.38 (441.5) 20.00 (508.0) 10.52 (267.2) 2 FR243H 19 17.38 (441.5) 20.00 (508.0) 10.52 (267.2) FR244H 19 28.15 (715.0) 26.58 (675.1) 14.66 (372.4) 2 FR245H 20 32.06 (814.3) 30.29 (769.4) 15.68 (398.3) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 V2-T2-222 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Drawing 20 Panelboards and Lighting Control Panelboards 3.1 Introduction Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2 EZ™ Box and EZ Trim Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.3 3.8 V2-T3-126 V2-T3-126 V2-T3-126 V2-T3-127 V2-T3-127 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-129 3 V2-T3-130 3 Customer Manufacturing Solution Centers Customer Manufacturing Solution Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 Pow-R-Stock Plus Program Pow-R-Stock Plus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.9 V2-T3-107 V2-T3-108 V2-T3-111 V2-T3-120 Metering Service Sections Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 V2-T3-98 V2-T3-98 Pow-R-Command Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 V2-T3-96 Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4 and Column Modifications Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4, Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifications Selection Guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6 V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 Elevator Control Panelboard Elevator Control Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 V2-T3-4 V2-T3-4 V2-T3-5 V2-T3-6 Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4 V2-T3-2 3 Learn Online 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA00000000E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-1 3.1 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Introduction Contents Panelboards and Lighting Controls Description 3 Product Selection Guide 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Product Selection Guide 3 Product Types 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL1a Fusible Lighting Panelboard PRL1aF Type PRL1a-LX Column Type 3 Bolt-On or Plug-On Circuit Breakers 240 Vac Maximum 240 and 480Y/277 Vac Maximum Bolt-On Circuit Breakers 240 Vac Maximum 3 Main lugs only 400A maximum Main lugs only 400A maximum Main lugs only 225A maximum Main Circuit breaker 400A maximum Branch overcurrent protective devices 30A maximum, Single-, two and three-pole utilizing Class CC fuses Main circuit breaker 225A maximum 3 3 3 Branch circuit breakers 100A maximum, Single-, two- and three-pole Branch circuit breakers 100A maximum, Single-, two- and three-pole Type PRL2a Bolt-On Circuit Breakers 240 or 480Y/277 Vac; 125/250 Vdc Maximum Main lugs only 400A maximum Main circuit breaker 400A maximum Branch circuit breakers 100A maximum, Single-, two- and three-pole 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Fusible Lighting Panelboard PRL2aF Type PRL2a-LX, Column Type 240 and 480Y/277 Vac Maximum Bolt-On Circuit Breakers 240 or 480Y/277 Vac; 125/250 Vdc Maximum Main lugs only 400A maximum Branch overcurrent protective devices 30A maximum, Single-, two- and three-pole utilizing Class CC fuses Main lugs only 225A maximum Main circuit breaker 225A maximum Branch circuit breakers 100A maximum, Single-, two- and three-pole Panelboards and Lighting Control Introduction 3.1 Product Types, continued 3 3 3 3 3 3 Retrofit Panelboard PRL-1R and PRL-2R Type PRL3a Type PRL3E Type PRL4 Bolt-On Circuit Breakers 480Y/277 Vac; 240 Vac, 480Y/277 Vac Bolt-On Circuit Breakers 240, 480 or 600 Vac; 250 Vdc Maximum Bolt-On Circuit Breakers 240, 480Y/277 or 480 Vac; 250 Vdc Maximum Main lugs only 225A maximum Main lugs only 800A maximum Main lugs only 600A maximum Main circuit breaker 225A maximum Main circuit breaker 600A maximum Main circuit breaker 600A maximum Branch circuit breakers 100A maximum, Single-, two and three-pole Branch circuit breakers 225A maximum, Single-, two- and three-pole Branch circuit breakers 125A maximum, Single-, two- and three-pole Circuit Breakers or Fusible Switches Plug-On Circuit Breakers 240, 480 or 600 Vac; 600 Vdc Maximum 240, 480 or 600 Vac; 250 Vdc Maximum Main lugs only 1200A maximum Main lugs only 1200A maximum Main circuit breaker 1200A maximum Main circuit breaker 1200A maximum Main fusible switch 1200A maximum Branch circuit breakers 1200A maximum, Branch circuit breakers Single-, two- and three-pole 1200A maximum, Single-, two- and three-pole Type PRL5P 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Branch fusible switches 1200A maximum, two- and three-pole 3 3 Product Types, continued 3 3 3 3 3 3 Pow-R-Command Metering Service Section Bolt-On Circuit Breakers 240 or 480Y/277 Vac Bolt-On Circuit Breaker or Fusible Bolt-On Fusible Switches Switch 240, 480 or 600 Vac 600 Vac Maximum 3 Main lugs only 400A maximum Service entrance panels combining a main disconnect with a power company metering compartment 400–1200A Controls for up to four elevators in a single Panelboard 3 Main lugs only 800A maximum 3 Main circuit breaker 400A maximum Elevator Control Panelboard Branch circuit breakers 225A maximum, Single-, two- and three-pole Branch overcurrent devices 15–200A fusible switches with Class J fuse clips maximum Integral power switching controls Designed to meet specific sections of various codes impacting elevators 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-3 3.2 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control EZ Box and EZ Trim Contents Type PRL1a Panelboard Description 3 Page EZ Box and EZ Trim Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Product Description Features Eaton’s EZ box and EZ trim represents the first significant change in panelboard box and trim designs in more than a half-century. The EZ box and EZ trim have been designed for faster, more secure and safer installations. The new EZ box and EZ trim are provided standard for Eaton’s Pow-R-Line 1a and Pow-RLine 2a lighting panelboards, as well as the Pow-R-Line 3a and Pow-R-Line 3E mid-range panelboard. Virtually eliminates sharp edges ● Trim installs in seconds rather than minutes ● Door-in-door is standard ● Ability to adjust flush box to wall irregularities ● Trim installs without the need for tools ● No exposed hardware (because there is none) The EZ box flanges are bent and painted, which virtually eliminates the sharp edges associated with traditional boxes. Additionally, all steel panelboard chassis parts are painted. This significantly reduces potential injury for material handlers and installers. Each flange is adjustable outward up to 3/4-inch (19.1 mm). This feature allows the installer to adjust flush box applications to be level and flat with the finished wall after the wall material is installed to help correct wall irregularities. The new box flange also provides the means for attaching the EZ trim. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ● Standalone Trim and Bottom Flange Hanger with Notch 3 3 3 3 Flange Detail V2-T3-4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Corner Flange Detail V2-T3-5 V2-T3-6 Panelboards and Lighting Control EZ Box and EZ Trim 3.2 Fast Installation 3 The EZ trim incorporates a groundbreaking design that installs in seconds, rather than minutes. The standard trim features include door-in-door construction; no exposed hardware and no tools are required for installation. 3 3 Each EZ trim includes hangers attached on the right side. The bottom trim hanger has a notch in its base. To install, the bottom hanger is inserted into the bottom right side box flange opening, resting the notch on the flange. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Trim Hanger Inserted Into Box Flange The balance of the hangers are aligned with the other flange openings and pushed in. When all hangers are in the box flange, the trim is lifted up slightly to clear the notch on the bottom hanger, and the trim in self-supported on the EZ box. The installation is completed by swinging the trim to the closed position, then lifting and pushing slightly to the right. The trim will drop into place totally secured. The multi-point catches on the left side of the trim will lock into the left side box flange openings. 3 3 3 Trim Hanging on Surface Mounted Box 3 3 To prevent the trim from being removed by non-authorized persons, a unique sliding means automatically latches in place when the trim door is closed. Along with a new lock, the EZ trim offers a high degree of door security. 3 Standards and Certifications 3 When used with Eaton’s panelboard chassis, EZ boxes and EZ trims meet the following applicable industry standards: 3 ● ● ● ● 3 UL 50 listed NEMA Standard PB1 Federal specifications National Electrical Code 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-5 3.2 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control EZ Box and EZ Trim Product Selection Boxes and Trims Only—Type 1 Types PRL1a, PRL2a and PRL3a (400A Maximum) YS Box LT Trim EZ Box 1 EZ Trim 1 Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Box Dimensions—Inches (mm) Height Catalog Number 20.00 W x 5.75 D (508.0 W x 146.1 D) 36.00 (914.4) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F 42.00 (1066.8) YS2042 LT2042S or F EZB2042R EZT2042S or F 48.00 (1219.2) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 60.00 (1524.0) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 72.00 (1828.8) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 90.00 (2286.0) YS2090 LT2090S or F EZB2090R EZT2090S or F YS Box LT Trim EZ Box 1 EZ Trim 1 Box Dimensions—Inches (mm) Height Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 20.00 W x 5.75 D (508.0 W x 146.1 D) 36.00 (914.4) YS2036 LTV2036S or F EZB2036R EZTV2036S or F 48.00 (1219.2) YS2048 LTV2048S or F EZB2048R EZTV2048S or F 3 60.00 (1524.0) YS2060 LTV2060S or F EZB2060R EZTV2060S or F 72.00 (1828.8) YS2072 LTV2072S or F EZB2072R EZTV2072S or F 3 90.00 (2286.0) YS2090 LTV2090S or F EZB2090R EZTV2090S or F YS Box LT Trim Height Catalog Number Catalog Number 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL3a (600A) Type PRL3a (800A) 3 3 Box Dimensions—Inches (mm) 28.00 W x 5.75 D 36.00 (914.4) YS2836 LTV2836S or F 48.00 (1219.2) YS2848 LTV2848S or F 3 60.00 (1524.0) YS2860 LTV2860S or F 72.00 (1828.8) YS2872 LTV2872S or F 3 90.00 (2286.0) YS2890 LTV2890S or F 3 3 Note 1 EZ box must be used with EZ trim. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-6 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Contents Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Description Page Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Product Description 3 Lighting and Distribution Panelboards Eaton’s assembled panelboards are designed for sequence phase connection of branch circuit devices. This allows complete flexibility of circuit arrangement (single-, two- or three-pole) to allow balance of the electrical load on each phase. Sturdy, rigid chassis assembly ensures accurate alignment of interior with panel front; prevents flexing and minimizes possibility of loosening or damage to current carrying parts during and after installation. Four-point in-and-out adjustment of panel interior is provided to meet critical depth dimensions on flush installations. This compensates for possible misalignment of box at installation. Main lugs are mechanical solderless type and approved for copper or aluminum conductors. Enclosures Boxes are code-gauge galvanized steel, which include a painted box finished in ANSI-61 light gray to match the trim. Standard panelboard cabinets are designed for indoor use. Alternate types are available for indoor and special purpose applications. All enclosures are furnished in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories standards and include wiring gutters with proper wire bending space. Special cabinets can be provided at an additional charge. Fronts Fronts (trims) for all panelboards are made of code-gauge steel and have a high durability ANSI-61 light gray finish applied by a bakedon polyester powder coating paint system. The fronts for lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards and small power distribution panelboards include a door with rounded corners and concealed hinges. A flush-type latch and lock assembly is included. All locks are keyed alike. These trims are available in both surface- and flushmounted designs. The box dimensions shown are inside dimensions. For outside dimensions, add 1/4-inch (6.4 mm). Standard panelboard boxes are supplied without knockouts (blank endwalls). 3 3 3 3 3 The Three-Piece Trim for Larger Power Distribution Panelboards Provides for Easy Handling and Installation Fronts for power distribution panelboards utilize a unique breaker front cover design in which each device has a dedicated bolt-on steel cover. The individual covers form a single deadfront for the panelboard that is used in conjunction with two wiring gutter covers to complete the trim. A door is not finished as part of the standard offering on these panelboards but can be provided, for an additional charge, using a deeper than standard box. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EZ Trim Features Standard Door-in-Door with No Exposed Hardware or Sharp Edges (no Tools are Required for Installation) Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3 V2-T3-7 3.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Application Description Panelboard Selection Factors In selecting a panelboard, the following factors must be considered: ● ● ● ● ● Service (voltage and frequency) Interrupting capacity (fully or series rated) Ampere rating of main Ampere ratings of branches Environment Service Entrance Equipment Panelboard Standards Multi-Section Panelboards The National Electrical Code (NEC) requires that: In 2008, both the National Electrical Code (Article 408) and UL 67 were updated to remove the mandated 42-circuit limitation. Eaton offers panelboards with more than 42 circuits for those jurisdictions that have adopted the 2008 NEC or later. When two or more separate enclosures are required, separate fronts for each box are standard. A common front can be furnished at additional charge. ● ● Panelboard Short-Circuit Rating The short-circuit rating of Eaton’s assembled panelboards are test verified by, and listed with, Underwriters Laboratories (UL). Generally, these ratings are that of the lowest interrupting rated device in the panel. Certain exceptions to this rule exist where branch devices have been UL tested in combination with specific main devices having a higher interrupting rating. Where these defined main devices and branch breaker combinations are utilized, the series short-circuit rating of the assembled panelboard will be the same as the tested rating of the approved rated main device in series with the branches. Available main and branch breaker combinations are tabulated starting on Page V2-T3-16. All combinations shown are UL tested and listed. ● ● ● A panel used as service entrance equipment must be located near the point where the supply conductors enter the building A panelboard having main lugs only shall have a maximum of six service disconnects to de-energize the entire panelboard from the supply conductors. Where more than six disconnects are required, a main service disconnect must be provided A disconnectable electrical bond must be provided between the neutral and ground A service entrance type UL label must be factory installed Ground fault protection of equipment shall be provided for each service disconnect rated 1000A or more if the electrical service is a solidly grounded wye system of more than 150V to ground, but not exceeding 600V phase-to-phase For jurisdictions that have| not adopted the 2008 or later version of the National Electrical Code, the 42-circuit limitation for Lighting and Appliance Branch Panelboards remains in place. Check with your local code officials to determine specific jurisdiction status. Panelboard Installation NEC requires that the operating handle of the topmost mounted device be no more than 6 feet 7 inches (2006.6 mm) above the finished floor and should be installed per NEC and manufacturer’s instructions. Additional boxes and fronts are required when the components required for one panelboard exceed the standard box dimensions. Note: Service entrance panels must be identified as such on the order. These series ratings apply to panels having main devices, or main lug only panelboards fed remotely by the device listed in the series ratings chart as the main, for which UL listed tests were conducted. 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-8 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Interconnecting MultiSection Panelboards When a panelboard, for connection to one feeder, must be furnished in more than one section (Box), each section must be furnished with main bus and terminals of the same rating, unless a main overcurrent device is provided in each section. Sub-feed or through-feed provisions must also be included (and priced) to provide connection capability to the second section. Note: Sub-feed or through-feed lugs cannot be used on any panelboard that is not protected by a single main overcurrent device either in the panelboard or immediately upstream, i.e., service entrance panelboards with main lugs only using the six disconnect rule. 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Sub-Feed Lugs Through-Feed Lugs Multiple Section Panelboard—Flush Mounted Sub-feed lugs (see figure below) are one means of interconnecting multi-section panels. The sub-feed (second set of) lugs are mounted directly beside the main lugs. These are required in each section except the last panel in the lineup. The feeder cables are brought into the wiring gutter of the first section and connected to the main lugs. Another set of the same size cables are connected to the sub-feed lugs (Section 1) and are carried over to the main lugs of the adjacent panel. Cross connection cables are not furnished by Eaton. Sub-feed lugs are only available on main lug only panels. Through-feed lugs (see figure below) are another method to interconnect multi-section panelboards. The incoming feeder cables are connected to the main lugs or main breaker at the bottom of panel (Section 1). Another set of lugs (through-feed) are located at the opposite end of the main bus. The interconnecting cables are connected to the throughfeed lugs in Section 1 and are carried over to the main lugs in Section 2. The connection arrangement could be reversed, i.e., main lugs at top; through-feed lugs at bottom end of panel. Cross cables are not furnished by Eaton. Shown below is the standard method for flush mounting multiple section lighting and distribution panelboards using standard flush trims. Note: Sub-feed lugs may not be used on main lug only (six disconnect rule) service entrance panels. Note: Through-feed lugs may not be used on main lug only (six disconnect rule) service entrance panels. Sub-Feed Lugs Through-Feed Lugs Box Box 3 Conduit Nipple for Cross Wiring by Contractor 3 3 3/4 (19.1) 3/4 (19.1) Wall 1 1/2 (38.1) Trim Top Section View 3/4 (19.1) 3 3/4 (19.1) 3/4 (19.1) Trim 3 Wall Contractor to Mount Boxes 1-1/2-inch (38.1 mm) Apart to Allow for 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) Extension on Both Flush Trims Trim 3 3 Outside Edge of Box 3 3 3 Box 3 Box 3 Main Lugs ThruFeed Lugs 3 3/4 (19.1) Panel Panel Panel Panel Neutral Neutral 3/4 (19.1) Main Lugs Conduit Section 1 3 3/4 (19.1) 3/4 (19.1) 3 3/4 (19.1) Neutral Conduit Two Section Panelboard (Flush Mounting) Flush Trim Extends 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) Beyond Outside of Box on All Four Sides 3 3 Incoming Feeder Cables Section 2 Section 1 Section 2 3 3 Multiple Section Panelboard Flush Mounted— Dimensions in Inches (mm) Cross Cables Neutral 3 Overcurrent Protection The following requirements will be found in the NEC: Each lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard shall be individually protected on the supply side by not more than two main circuit breakers or two sets of fuses having a combined rating not greater than that on the panelboard. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-9 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 Branch Circuit Loading for Lighting Panels 3 The size of mains and branches should be selected based on the following: 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ● ● ● Motor circuits: NEC Article 430 Diversity factor Provision for future loading Exception Number 1: Individual protection for a lighting panelboard is not required when the panelboard feeder has overcurrent protection not greater than that of the panelboard. Exception Number 2: For existing installations, individual protection for lighting panelboards is not required where such panelboards are used as service equipment in supplying an individual residential occupancy and where any bus supplying 15 or 20A circuits is protected on the supply side by an overcurrent device. Ambient Temperatures The primary function of an overcurrent device is to protect the conductor and its insulation against overheating. In selecting the size of the devices and conductors, consideration should be given to the ambient temperature surrounding the conductors within and external to the panelboard. Cumulative heating within the panelboard may cause premature operation of the overcurrent protective devices. Underwriters Laboratories test procedures are based, in part, on 80% loading of panelboard branch circuit devices. The NEC limits the loading of overcurrent devices in panelboards to 80% of rating where in normal operation the load will continue for three hours or more. Further derating may be required, depending on such factors as ambient temperature, duty cycle, frequency or altitude. V2-T3-10 Exception: There is one exception to this rule in both UL and NEC. It applies to assemblies and overcurrent devices that have been listed for continuous duty at 100% of its rating. Special Conditions Standard panelboards, assembled with standard components, are adequate for most applications. However, special consideration should be given to those required for application under special conditions such as: ● ● ● ● ● Excessive vibration or shock Frequencies above 60 cycles Altitudes above 6600 feet (2011.7m) Damp environment (possible fungus growth) Compliance with federal, state and municipal electrical codes and standards Seismic Considerations The Uniform Building Code® and the International Building Code, as well as local and state building codes, place an emphasis on seismic building design requirements. Electrical distribution systems are treated as attachments to the building and therefore, fall into this category. All Eaton panelboards are seismic qualified at the highest possible level, and have been tested in accordance with ANSI C37.81. This standard quantifies actual earthquake conditions, as well as equipment seismic capability. Harmonic Currents Standard panelboard neutrals are rated for 100% of the panelboard current. However, since harmonic currents can cause overheated neutrals, an option is provided for neutrals to be rated at 200% (1200A maximum neutral for 600A main bus) of the panelboard phase current. Eaton can provide protective and diagnostic systems integral to panelboards. The surge protective device (SPD) is integrated into the panelboards using a “zero lead length” direct bus bar connection. Panelboards with the 200% rated neutral are UL listed as suitable for use with nonlinear loads. Prior to specifying the 200% rated neutral, Eaton recommends a harmonic survey be conducted of the distribution system, be it new or existing. Surge Protective Devices The quality of power feeding sensitive electronic loads is critical to the reliable operation of any facility. In modern offices, hospitals, and manufacturing facilities, the most frequent causes of microprocessor-based equipment downtime and damage are voltage transients and electrical noise. Electrical loads and microprocessor-based equipment are highly susceptible to both high and low energy transients. High energy transients include lightning induced surges and power company switching. These high energy transients can destroy components instantly. More frequently the electrical system experiences low energy transients and high frequency noise. The effects of continual low energy transients and high frequency noise can cause erratic equipment performance or sudden failure of electronic circuit board components. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Pow-R-Line 4 The SPD protects sensitive electronic equipment from the damaging effects of high and low energy transients, as well as high frequency noise. Standards and Certifications Eaton’s panelboards are designed to meet the following applicable industry standards, except where noted: ● Underwriters Laboratories: ● Panelboards: UL 67 ● Cabinets and Boxes: UL 50 Note: Only panelboards containing UL listed devices can be UL labeled. ● ● ● National Electrical Code NEMA Standards: PB 1 Federal Specification W-P-115c: ● Circuit Breakers— Type I Class I ● Fusible Switch— Type II Class I 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Technical Data and Specifications 3 3 Panelboard Selection Guide Maximum Voltage Rating Maximum Main Rating (Amperes) AC Interrupting Capacity rms Symmetrical Amperes (kA) Panelboard Type Device Type AC DC MLO Main Device Branch Circuits Ampere Range Sub-Feed Breaker Maximum Amperes Fully Rated Series Rated PRL1a Breaker 240 — 400 400 15–100 400 10–22 22–100 PRL1R Breaker 240 — 225 225 15–100 — 10–22 22–100 PRL1aF Fusible 240 — 400 400 15–30 400 200 — PRL1a-LX Breaker 240 — 225 225 15–100 — 10–22 22–100 PRL2a Breaker 240 250 400 400 15–100 400 65 65–200 Breaker 480Y/277 250 400 400 15–100 400 14 22–150 Breaker 240 — 225 225 15–100 — 10–22 22–200 Breaker 480Y/277 — 225 225 15–100 — 14 22–100 PRL2R PRL2aF Fusible 480Y/277 — 400 400 15–30 400 200 — PRL2a-LX Breaker 240 250 225 225 15–100 — 65 65–200 Breaker 480Y/277 250 225 225 15–100 — 14 22–150 Breaker 240 250 800 600 15–225 600 10–200 22–200 Breaker 480 250 800 600 15–225 600 14–100 22–150 Breaker 600 250 800 600 15–225 600 14–35 — Breaker 240 250 600 600 15–125 400 25–100 100–200 PRL3a PRL3E PRL4B Breaker 480Y/277 250 600 600 15–125 400 18–65 65–100 Breaker 480 250 600 600 15–125 400 18–65 65–100 Breaker 240 600 1200 1200 15–1200 — 10–200 22–200 Breaker 480 600 1200 1200 15–1200 — 14–200 22–150 Breaker 600 600 1200 1200 15–1200 — 14–200 — Breaker 240 — 1200 1200 1 600 — 65–200 — Breaker 480 — 1200 1200 1 600 — 35–100 — Breaker 600 — 1200 1200 1 600 — 18–50 — PRL4F Fusible 240 250 1200 1200 30–1200 — 100–200 — Fusible 600 250 1200 1200 30–1200 — 100–200 — PRL5P Breaker 240 250 1200 1200 15–1200 — 10–200 22–200 Breaker 480 250 1200 1200 15–1200 — 14–200 22–150 Breaker 600 250 1200 1200 15–1200 — 14–200 — Breaker 240 — 400 400 15–225 — 10–65 22–100 Breaker 480Y/277 — 400 400 15–225 — 14 65–100 Fusible 240 — 800 800 15–200 — 200 — Fusible 480Y/277 — 800 800 15–200 — 200 — Fusible 480 — 800 800 15–200 — 200 — PRL4D PRC100 PRC25 Elevator Control 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Note 1 Fixed mounted only. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-11 3.3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Terminal Wire Ranges, Pressure-Type Al/Cu Terminals Except as Noted Note: All terminal sizes are based Where copper-aluminum on wire ampacities corresponding terminals are supplied on to those shown in NEC Table designated panelboard types, 310.16 under the 75°C insulation best results are obtained if a columns (75°C wire). The use of suitable joint compound is smaller size, (in circular mills), applied when aluminum regardless of insulation conductors are used. temperature rating, is not Check Eaton’s standard terminal sizes versus customer requirements. In particular, 400 and 800A breakers often require nonstandard lugs. Optional 750 kcmil mechanical screw-type terminals are available upon request. Panelboard dimensions may be affected, refer to Eaton. permitted. 3 Standard Main Lug Terminals 3 Panel Type 100A 225A 250A 400A 600A 800A 1200A PRL1a #12–1/0 #6–300 kcmil — (2) #4–500 kcmil — — — 3 PRL2a #12–1/0 #6–300 kcmil — (2) #4–500 kcmil — — — PRL1R #12–1/0 #6–300 kcmil — (2) #4–500 kcmil — — — 3 PRL2R #12–1/0 #6–300 kcmil — (2) #4–500 kcmil — — — PRL1aF #12–1/0 #6–300 kcmil — (2) #4–500 kcmil — — — 3 PRL2aF #12–1/0 #6–300 kcmil — (2) #4–500 kcmil — — — 3 PRL3a #12–1/0 — #6–350 kcmil (2) #4–500 kcmil (2) #4–500 kcmil (3) #4–500 kcmil — PRL3E #12–1/0 — #6–350 kcmil (2) #4–500 kcmil (2) #4–500 kcmil — — 3 PRL4 — — #4–500 kcmil (2) #4–500 kcmil (2) #4–500 kcmil (3) #4–500 kcmil (4) #4–500 kcmil PRL1a-LX #12–1/0 #6–300 kcmil — — — — — 3 PRL2a-LX #12–1/0 #6–300 kcmil — — — — — PRC100 #12–1/0 — #6–350 kcmil (2) #4–500 kcmil — — — 3 PRC25 #12–1/0 #6–300 kcmil — (2) #4–500 kcmil — — — PRL5P — — — (1) #1/0–500 kcmil or (2) #1/0–250 kcmil (2) #4–500 kcmil (2) #2–500 kcmil or (3) #2–400 kcmil (4) #4–750 kcmil Elevator Control — — #4–500 kcmil (2) #4/0–500 kcmil (2) #4/0–500 kcmil (3) #4/0–500 kcmil — 3 3 3 Wire Size Ranges for Ampere Capacity 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-12 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Standard Circuit Breaker Terminals FDPW Switch Terminals Breaker Type Ampere Rating Wire Range Ampere Rating Wire Range BAB, QBHW, BABRSP, HQP, QPHW 15–70 #14–#4 30 #14–1/0 90–100 #8–1/0 60 #14–1/0 EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, EDC 100–225 #4–4/0 or #6–300 kcmil 100 #14–1/0 EGB, EGE, EGS, EGH 15–50 #14–3/0 AL/CU 200 #4–300 kcmil 60–125 #6–3/0 AL/CU 400 250–750 kcmil or (2) 3/0–250 kcmil EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC, HFDDC 2 15–100 #14–1/0 600 (2) #4–600 kcmil or (4) 3/0–250 kcmil 125–225 #4–4/0 800 (3) 250–750 kcmil or (6) 3/0–250 kcmil FCL 15–100 #14–1/0 1200 (4) 250–750 kcmil or (8) 3/0–250 kcmil GHB, HGHB, GHQ, GHQRSP 15–20 #14–#10 25–100 #10–1/0 EGB, EGS, EGH 15–50 #14–1/0 60–125 #6–2/0 3.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Elevator Control Panel Feeder Terminals JD, HJD, JDC, HJDDC 2 70–250 #4–350 kcmil DK 250–350 250–500 kcmil 400 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or (1) 3/0–500 kcmil KD, HKD, KDC, HKDDC, 2 CKD, CHKD 225 (1) #3–350 kcmil 350 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or 400 (2) 3/0–250 kcmil or (1) 3/0–500 kcmil LHH 150–400 #2–500 kcmil 150–400 (2) #2–500 kcmil 150–400 (1) 500–750 kcmil LGE, LGH, LGC, LGU, LHH 1 250–400 (1) #2–500 kcmil 500–600 (2) #2–500 kcmil LD, HLD, LDC, HLDDC 2 CLD, CHLD 300–500 (2) 250–350 kcmil 600 (2) 400–500 kcmil MDL, HMDL, HMDLDC 2 CMDL, CHMDL 400–600 (2) #1–500 kcmil 700–800 (3) 3/0–400 kcmil ND, HND, CND, CHND, NDC, CNDC 800–1000 (3) 3/0–400 kcmil 1200 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil LCL 125–225 (1) #6–350 kcmil 250–400 (1) #4–250 kcmil and (1) 3/0–600 kcmil FB-P 15–100 #14–1/0 LA-P 70–225 #6–350 kcmil 250–400 (1) #4–250 kcmil and (1) 3/0–600 kcmil NB-P, NBDC 2 300–700 (2) #1–500 kcmil 800 (3) 3/0–400 kcmil Ampere Rating Wire Range 30 #14–1/0 60 #14–1/0 100 #14–1/0 200 #4–300 kcmil 3 3 3 3 Notes 1 LHH is 400A maximum. 2 Suitable for DC applications only. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-13 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 Selection Guide 3 Molded Case Circuit Breaker Ratings Note: Circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with each circuit breaker type. 3 3 Breaker Type Continuous Ampere Rating Number of Poles Maximum Voltage AC 3 BAB 23, HQP 23 15–70 1 15–100 15–100 3 3 3 BABRP, BABRSP 2 QBGF, QBGFEP, QPGF, QPGFEP, QBAF, QBAG 3 3 QBHW 23, QPHW 23 3 UL Listed Interrupting Ratings—kA Symmetrical Amperes AC Rating Volts DC Rating Volts 1 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250 120 10 — — — — — — 2 120/240 10 — — — — — — 2, 3 240 — 10 — — — — — 15–30 1 120 10 — — — — — — 15–30 2 120/240 10 — — — — — — 15–40 1 120 10 — — — — — — 15–50 2 120/240 10 — — — — — — 15–20 1 120 10 — — — — — — 15–20 2 120/240 10 — — — — — — 15–70 1 120 22 — — — — — — 15–100 2 120/240 22 — — — — — — 15–100 2, 3 240 — 22 — — — — — 3 QBHGF, QBHGFEP, QPHGF, QPHGFEP 15–30 1 120 22 — — — — — — 15–30 2 120/240 22 — — — — — — 3 GQ, GHQ 2, GHQRSP, GHB 23 15–20 1 277 65 — 14 — — — — 15–100 4 1 277 65 — 14 — — 14 — 15–100 4 2, 3 480Y/277 — 65 — 14 — — 14 3 HGHB 2, GHBGFEP 15–30 1 277 65 — 25 — — — — 15–60 1 277 — — 14 — — — — 3 GHBS 15–30 1 277 65 — 14 — — — — 15–30 2 480Y/277 — 65 — 14 — — — 15–100 1 277 — — 14 — — 10 — 15–100 2, 3 480 — 18 — 14 — — 10 15–125 1 277 35 35 18 — — 10 — 15–125 2, 3 480 — 35 — 18 — — 10 15–125 1 277 100 — 35 — — 35 — 15–125 2, 3 480 — 100 — 35 — — 35 15–125 1 277 200 — 65 — — 42 — 15–125 2, 3 480 — 200 — 65 — — 42 FDB FD 23 15–150 2, 3 600 — 18 — 14 14 — 10 15–150 1 277 — — 35 — — 10 — 15–225 2, 3 600 — 65 — 35 18 — 10 HFD 23 15–150 1 277 — — 65 — — 10 — 15–225 2, 3 600 — 100 — 65 25 — 22 3 3 EHD 3 EGB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 23 EGS EGH 5, Notes 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 2 15 and 20A single-pole switching duty rated for fluorescent applications. 3 Single-, two- and three-pole HACR rated. 4 DC rated single-pole, 15–70A only. 5 Two- and three-pole HACR rated. 3 3 3 V2-T3-14 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Selection Guide, continued 3 Molded Case Circuit Breaker Ratings, continued 3 Note: Circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with each circuit breaker type. 3 UL Listed Interrupting Ratings—kA Symmetrical Amperes Breaker Type AC Rating Volts DC Rating Volts 1 Continuous Ampere Rating Number of Poles Volts AC 15–225 2, 3 600 — 200 — 100 35 — 22 15–100 2, 3 480 — 200 — 150 — — — 2 100–225 2, 3 240 — 22 — — — 10 — EDS 2 100–225 2, 3 240 — 42 — — — 10 — ED 2 100–225 2, 3 240 — 65 — — — 10 — EDH 2 100–225 2, 3 240 — 100 — — — 10 — EDC 2 100–225 2, 3 240 — 200 — — — 10 — EGB 2 15–125 1, 2, 3 240 — 25 — 18 — — — EGE 2 15–125 1, 2, 3 240 — — — — 18 — — EGS 2 15–125 1, 2, 3 240 — 85 — 35 22 — — EGH 2 15–125 1, 2, 3 240 — 100 — 65 25 — — JD 2 70–250 2, 3 600 — 65 — 35 18 — 10 HJD 2 70–250 2, 3 600 — 100 — 65 25 — 22 JDC 2 70–250 2, 3 600 — 200 — 100 35 — 22 DK 250–400 2, 3 240 — 65 — — — — 10 KD, CKD 3 100–400 2, 3 600 — 65 — 35 25 — 10 4 HKD, CHKD 3 100–400 2, 3 600 — 100 — 65 35 — 22 4 150–400 2, 3 480 — 100 — 65 35 — 42 100–400 2, 3 600 — 200 — 100 65 — 22 4 125–400 2, 3 600 — 200 — 200 100 — — LGE 250–600 3 600 — 65 — 35 18 — 22 LGC 5 250–600 2, 3 600 — 200 — 100 50 — 42 LGU 5 250–600 2, 3 600 — 200 — 150 65 — 50 LD 5, CLD 35 300–600 2, 3 600 — 65 — 35 25 — 22 4 LGH 250–600 3 600 — 100 — 65 35 — 22 300–600 2, 3 600 — 100 — 65 35 — 25 4 4 2 FDC FCL EDB 5 LHH KDC LCL 5 HLD 5, CHLD 35 LDC 5, CLDC 35 120/240 240 277 480 600 125 250 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 300–600 2, 3 600 — 200 — 100 50 — 25 MDL 5, CMDL 35 400–800 2, 3 600 — 65 — 50 25 — 22 4 HMDL 5, CHMDL 35 400–800 2, 3 600 — 100 — 65 35 — 25 4 ND 5, CND 35 600–1200 2, 3 600 — 65 — 50 25 — — HND 5, CHND 35 600–1200 2, 3 600 — 100 — 65 35 — — NDC 5, CNDC 35 600–1200 2, 3 600 — 200 — 100 65 — — 3 3 3 Integrally Fused, Current Limiting Circuit Breakers FB-P 15–100 2, 3 600 — 200 — 200 200 — 6 LA-P 70–400 2, 3 600 — 200 — 200 200 — 6 NB-P 300–800 2, 3 600 — 200 — 200 200 — 6 3 3 3 Notes 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 2 Two- and three-pole HACR rated. 3 100% rated circuit breaker. 4 DC rating not available with electronic trip. 5 Available with integral ground fault protection. 6 100k based on NEMA test procedure. 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-15 3.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Series Rated Combinations Underwriters Laboratories permits panelboards to be labeled with a short-circuit rating of up to 200 kA symmetrical where UL listed combinations of main and branch circuit breakers are used. These combinations consist of main breakers or fusible devices connected ahead of, and in series with approved conventional breakers used as branch devices. Two arrangements are acceptable and comply with UL standards for panelboards. The main circuit breaker or fusible switch may be installed in the panel as a main device, or it may be mounted remote, (directly upstream) from the panel. In either case, the approved main and branch combinations must be followed. These arrangements are acceptable and are UL listed having been tested in accordance with UL 67 standards. From the tables that follow, specific combinations of main devices (upstream) and branch devices (downstream), series connected and electrically adjacent in the system, may be selected to qualify the assembled panelboard for the short-circuit ratings shown. Applying Series Ratings The following is provided to use the series rating tables on the following pages. 1. Determine the available system voltage and fault current. 2. Select the appropriate table using the system voltage. 3. Use the appropriate “Series Equipment Rating” column equal to, or greater than, the available fault current, to determine the allowable UL recognized combinations of main (upstream) and branch (downstream) overcurrent devices. Main devices are shown in bold/shaded areas. Respective branch breakers are shown directly below their associated main device. If a rating is not initially found in a column, first look to the columns to the right for higher “Series Equipment Ratings” within the same table. If still not found, use ratings from table of a higher system voltage (higher numbered table(s). Page V2-T3-17 120/240 Vac—Breaker/ Breaker Page V2-T3-19 240 Vac—Breaker/Breaker Page V2-T3-21 277 Vac—Breaker/Breaker Page V2-T3-21 480Y/277 Vac—Breaker/ Breaker Page V2-T3-22 480 Vac—Breaker/Breaker Page V2-T3-23 600 Vac—Breaker/Breaker Page V2-T3-23 120/240 Vac—Fuse/Breaker Page V2-T3-24 240 Vac—Fuse/Breaker Page V2-T3-24 277 Vac—Fuse/Breaker Page V2-T3-25 480Y/277 Vac—Fuse/Breaker Page V2-T3-25 480 Vac—Fuse/Breaker Page V2-T3-25 600 Vac—Fuse/Breaker Page V2-T3-25 Triple Series Ratings 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-16 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Series Rating Tables 3 120/240 Vac—Breaker/Breaker Series Ratings Main devices are shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. 3 Main Breaker Maximum Amperes Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 18 22 100 EHD BA, BAB BABRP BABRSP HQP QBGF QBAF 125 150 42 65 100 200 QBHW GB, GHB FB-P FCL QPHW BA, BAB BABRP BABRSP HQP QBGF QPGF QBAF QBAG QBHW QPHW BA, BAB BABRP BABRSP HQP QBGF QPGF QBAF QBAG QBHW QPHW EHD FD BA, BAB BABRP BABRSP HQP QBGF QPGF QBAF QBAG QBHW QPHW GB, GHB GHQ EHD FD HFD BA, BAB HQP QBGF QPGF QBAF FDB EGS BA, BAB HQP QBGF QBAF QBAG GHQ, GHB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 FDB BA, BAB HQP QBGF QBAF QBAG 3 3 LA-P 200 3 BA, BAB HQP QBHW QPHW EHD FD 225 250 3 3 EDB EDS ED, FD, FDE EDH, CHH HFD, HFDE FDC FDC BA, BAB BABRP BABRSP HQP QBGF QPGF QBHGF QPHGF QBHW QPHW QBAF QBAG BA, BAB BABRP BABRSP HQP QBGF QPGF QBHGF QPHGF QBHW QPHW QBAF QBAG BA, BAB BABRP BABRSP HQP QBGF QPGF QBAF QBAG QBHW QBHGF BA, BAB BABRP BABRSP HQP QBGF QPGF QBAF QBAG BA, BAB HQP QBGF QBAF QBAG QBHW QPHW QBHGF GB, GHB GHQ, GHQRSP EHD FD, EGS BA, BAB HQP QBHW QPHW GB, GHB GHQ GHQRSP EHD FD HFD EGS EGH 3 3 3 3 3 JD, JDB HJD JDC HJD JDC JDC BA (15–70A) BAB (15–70A) HQP (15–70A) QBHW QPHW EHD BA, BAB HQP QBHW QPHW QBGF QPGF QBAF QBAG GB, GHB EHD FD EGS BA, BAB HQP QBHW QPHW GB, GHB EHD FD HFD EGS EGH 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-17 3.3 3 3 3 Main Breaker Maximum Amperes 400 3 3 3 600 Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 18 22 42 65 DK, KD KDB DK, KD KDB, CKD HKD, CHKD BA, BAB BABRP BABRSP HQP QBGF QPGF QBAF QBAG BA (15–70A) BAB (15–70A) BABRP BABRSP HQP (15–70A) QBHW QPHW BA (15–70A) BAB (15–70A) BABRP BABRSP HQP (15–70A) QBHW QPHW 100 DK, KD KDB CKD EHD KDC BA (15–70A) BAB (15–70A) HQP (15–70A) HKD CHKD GB, GHB EHD FD EGS 1 CHLD, HLD EHD 3 800 3 1200 HMDL EHD 3 3 Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 120/240 Vac—Breaker/Breaker Series Ratings, continued Main devices are shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control HND EHD Note 1 Not valid with CHKD. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-18 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 200 KDC KDC LCL QBHW QPHW GB, GHB EHD FD HFD EGS EGH BA, BAB HQP QBGF QPGF QBAF QBAG QBHW QPHW GB, GHB EHD FD HFD 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 240 Vac—Breaker/Breaker Series Ratings For single- and two-pole 120/240 volt rated breakers (BA, BAB, HQP, QBHW, QPHW), see Page V2-T3-17. Main devices are shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. Main Breaker Maximum Amperes Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 18 22 100 EHD QBHW_H QPHW_H BAB_H HQP_H 42 BAB_H HQP_H 3 3 65 100 200 GB, GHB FB-P FCL BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H BAB_H HQP_H EHD FDB FD BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H GB, GHB EHD FD, FDE FDB HFD, HFDE 3 3 3 3 3 EGH 125 3 GHB 150 FDB 3 BAB_H HQP_H 200 3 LA-P BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H EHD FDB FD JD, JDB 225 3 3 3 EDB EDS ED FD, FDE EDH, EDC HFD, HFDE FDC FDC HQP_H BAB_H QBHW QPHW HQP_H BAB_H QBHW QPHW BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H EHD (15–70A) FDB BAB_H HQP_H BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H GB, GHB EHD FDB FD, FDE BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H GB, GHB EHD FDB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE 3 3 3 3 CHH 3 BAB_H 250 JD, JDB HJD HJD JDC JDC BAB_H (15–70A) HQP_H (15–70A) QBHW_H QPHW_H EHD FDB BAB_H (15–70A) HQP_H (15–70A) QBHW_H QPHW_H GB, GHB EHD FD FDB ED JD, JDB EGS BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H GB, GHB EHD FD, FDE FDB HFD, EDB, EDS, HFDE ED EDH JD, JDB HJD, EGS, EGH 3 3 3 3 3 Note 1 Valid with BAB_H only. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-19 3.3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 240 Vac—Breaker/Breaker Series Ratings, continued For single- and two-pole 120/240 volt rated breakers (BA, BAB, HQP, QBHW, QPHW), see Page V2-T3-17. Main devices are shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. Main Breaker Maximum Amperes Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 65 100 400 DK, KD, KDB CKD HKD, CHKD KDC KDC LCL QBHW_H 1 QPHW_H 1 GB, GHB EHD FDB, FDE FD, EDB, EDS ED JD, JDB DK, KD, KDB EGS 2 QBHW_H QPHW_H GB, GHB EHD FDB FD, FDE, HFDE HFD, EDB, EDS ED EDH JD, JDB HJD DK, KD, KDB HKD BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H GB, GHB EHD FDB, FDE, HFDE FD, HFD, EDB, EDS ED EDH JD, JDB HJD DK, KD, KDB HKD 3 BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H EHD FDB 3 3 3 200 3 3 500 3 3 JD, JDB KD, KDB, DK CKD 600 3 3 3 800 3 3 3 1200 2500 3 3 3 NB-P HLD, HLDB, CHLD LDC GB 1, GHB 1 FD, EDB, EDS ED, EHD JD, JDB KD, KDB, DK, CKD LD, LDB EDB, EDS, ED EDH NB-P HMDL KD, KDB, DK EHD FD HND, CHND NDC EDB, EDS, ED EHD EDB, EDS, ED EDH RD RDC EDB, EDS, ED EDB, EDS, ED EDH Notes 1 Valid on two- and three-pole breakers only. Not valid for single-pole. 2 Not valid with CHKD. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-20 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 277 Vac—Breaker/Breaker Series Ratings Main devices are shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. All ratings in this table apply to single-pole branch breakers only. For two- and three-pole branch breakers, see other tables. Main Breaker Maximum Amperes 3 3 Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 22 25 35 65 100 150 3 FCL 100 GHB GHQ, GHQRSP EHD FD HFD 125 225 250 400 EGH GHQ GHB GHQ GHB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE FDC GHB GHQ GHQRSP 1 GHB, GHQRSP 2 GHQ EHD FD GHB EHD FD HFD 3 3 3 JD, JDB JD, JDB HJD LCL JDC GHB GHB (15–50A) GHB (15–50A) EHD FD GHBS GHB EHD FD HFD HKD, CHKD KDC GHB (15–50A) EHD FD GHB (15–50A) EHD FD HFD HKD CHKD KD, KDB CKD GHB GHB GHB (15–50A) EHD FD 3 3 3 LCL GHB EHD FD HFD 3 3 3 480Y/277 Vac—Breaker/Breaker Series Ratings Main devices are shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. All ratings in this table apply to two- and three-pole branch breakers only. For single-pole branch breakers, see table above. Main Breaker Maximum Amperes 3 3 Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 22 25 35 65 100 150 3 FCL 100 GHB, GHQRSP 125 EGS EGH GHB GHB FD, FDE 225 GHB, GHQRSP 250 JD, JDB JD, JDB GHB 400 KD, KDB CKD GHB HKD, CHKD GHB HFD, HFDE 1 3 3 EGS KD, KDB CKD 3 GHB, GHQRSP HJD 3 3 FDC 2 3 GHB JDC GHB (15–50A) GHB (15–50A) GHB KD, KDB CKD HKD, CHKD KDC LCL GHB (15–50A) GHB (15–50A) GHB 3 3 GHB (15–50A) 3 Notes 1 Not valid with FDE. 2 Not valid with HFDE. 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-21 3.3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 480 Vac—Breaker/Breaker Series Ratings Main devices are shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. All ratings in this table apply to two- and three-pole branch breakers only. Not valid for single-pole branch breakers. Main Breaker Maximum Amperes Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 25 35 65 100 3 3 3 225 250 3 FD, FDE HFD, HFDE FDC EHD FDB FD, FDE EGS 1 EHD, EGS, EGH FDB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE JD, JDB HJD JDC LCL EHD FDB EHD FDB FD, FDE JD, JDB, EGS EHD, EGS, EGH FDB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE JD, JDB HJD FDE, HFDE KD, KDB HKD KDC LA-P LCL EHD FDB EHD FDB FD, FDE JD, JDB KD, KDB, EGS EHD, EGS, EGH FDB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE JD, JDB HJD KD, KDB HKD JD, JDB HJD KD, KDB HKD EHD FDB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE FDC JD, JDB HJD KD, KDB HKD 3 400 3 3 3 3 NB-P 500 JD, JDB HJD KD, KDB HKD 3 3 600 3 3 3 3 EHD FDB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE EHD FDB 3 3 FCL EHD FDB FD HFD EHD FDB FD HFD JD, JDB HJD 3 3 150 FB-P LA-P 200 3 3 100 LD, LDB CLD HLD, HLDB CHLD JD, JDB FD, FDE JD, JDB KD, KDB LD, LDB Note 1 Not valid with HFDE. 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-22 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 600 VacXXX—Breaker/Breaker Series Ratings Main fuse class shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. All ratings in this table apply to two- and three-pole branch breakers only. Not valid for single-pole branch breakers. 3 3 Main Breaker Maximum Amperes Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 18 25 35 225 FD HFD FDC FDB FDB FD, FDE FDB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE JD, JDB HJD JDC LCL FDB FDB FD, FDE JD, JDB FDB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE JD, JDB HJD FDE, HFDE KD, KDB CKD HKD, CHKD KDC KDC LCL FDB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE JD, JDB HJD FDB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE JD, JDB HJD KD, KDB HKD FDB FD, FDE HFD, HFDE FDC JD, JDB HJD JDC KD, KDB HKD KDC 250 400 FDB FD, FDE JD, JDB 600 LD, LDB CLD HLD, HLDB CHLD FD, FDE JD, JDB KD, KDB LD, LDB 42 50 100 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 120/240 Vac—Fuse/Breaker Series Ratings Main fuse class shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. Main Fuse Maximum Amperes 3 Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 100 3 200 R 100 3 BA, BAB HQP QBHW QPHW GB GHB 200 400 R J T GB GHB BA, BAB HQP QBHW QPHW BA, BAB HQP QBHW QPHW J T J T BA, BAB HQP QBHW QPHW BA, BAB HQP QBHW QPHW GB GHB GB GHB 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-23 3.3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 240 Vac—Fuse/Breaker Series Ratings For single-pole and two-pole 120/240 volt rated breakers (BA, BAB, HQP, QBHW, QPHW), see Page V2-T3-23. Main fuse class shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical Main Fuse Maximum Amperes 100 200 100 R 3 BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H GB GHB 3 3 200 3 R J T R GB GHB BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H GB 1 GHB 1 3 3 400 3 3 J T J T BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H BAB_H HQP_H QBHW_H QPHW_H GB GHB GB GHB L 600 EHD FDB FD, FDE ED JD, JDB DK, KD, KDB 3 3 3 3 3 277—Vac Fuse/Breaker Series Ratings Main fuse class are shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. All ratings in this table apply to single-pole branch breakers only. For two- and three-pole branch breakers, consult other tables. 3 Main Fuse Maximum Amperes 3 100 3 3 3 200 Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 65 100 200 J T R GHBS GHQ GHQRSP GHBS GHQ GHQRSP GHB J T J T R GHBS GHQ GHQRSP GHBS GHQ GHQRSP EHD FD HFD EHD FD HFD GHB 400 3 3 Note 1 Valid on two- and three-pole breakers only. Not valid for single-pole. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-24 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com J T GHB GHB 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 480Y/277 Vac—Fuse/Breaker Series Ratings Main fuse class shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. All ratings in this table apply to two- and three-pole branch breakers only. Not valid for singlepole branch breakers. 600 Vac—Fuse/Breaker Series Ratings Main fuse class shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. All ratings in this table apply to two- and three-pole branch breakers only. Not valid for singlepole branch breakers. Main Fuse Maximum Amperes Main Fuse Maximum Amperes Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 65 100 100 200 200 J T R GHBS GHBS GHB J T R GHBS GHBS GHB 400 J 600 EHD FD, FDE HFD FDC HFDE T GHB GHB 400 GHB EHD FD, FDE HFD, HFDE FDC JD HJD JDC 3 200 3 R J T 3 R FD, FDE FD, FDE HFD, HFDE HFD, HFDE FDC FDC JD HJD JDC J T R JD HJD JDC JD HJD JDC KD HKD KDC 3 3 3 J T KD HKD KDC KD HKD KDC 3 3 3 3 Triple Series Ratings Main Fuse Class and Maximum Amperes Tenant Main Type Branch Type System Voltage ShortCircuit Series Rating (kA, Sym.) L-6000 DK, KD, KDB GB, GHB, EHD 1 240 100 L-6000 DK, KD, KDB GB, GHB 120/240 100 R L-6000 DK, KD, KDB FD 1, FDB 240 100 EHD L-6000 DK, KD, KDB JD, JDB 240 100 JD, JDB GB, GHB 240 100 Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 100 200 100 200 100 600 480 Vac—Fuse/Breaker Series Ratings Main fuse class shown at top in shaded area. Respective branch devices shown directly below. All ratings in this table apply to two- and three-pole branch breakers only. Not valid for singlepole branch breakers. Main Fuse Maximum Amperes 3 FD, FDE HFD, HFDE FDC T 3 Series Equipment Rating—kA Symmetrical 100 200 J 3 J T L-6000 EHD FD HFD FDC EHD FD HFD FDC L-6000 JD, JDB GB, GHB 120/240 100 L-6000 FD GB, GHB 240 100 L-6000 FD GB, GHB 120/240 100 L-6000 FD, FDB BAB_H, HQP_H QBHW_H, QPHW_H 240 100 L-6000 FD, FDB BA, BAB HQP (15–70A) 120/240 100 L-6000 EHD BAB_H, HQP_H 240 100 L-6000 EHD BA, BAB, HQP 120/240 100 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Note 1 Valid on two- and three-pole breakers only. Not valid for single-pole. 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-25 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL1a Description 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL1a 3 Product Description 3 ● ● 3 3 3 3 ● ● ● ● 3 3 3 ● ● 240 Vac maximum Three-phase four-wire, three-phase three-wire, single-phase three-wire, single-phase two-wire 400A maximum mains 100A maximum branch breakers Bolt-on or plug-on branch breakers Each branch connector is capable of up to a total of 140A maximum by breaker ampere rating Factory assembled Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information Application Description ● ● ● ● ● Lighting branch panelboard Fully rated or series rated Interrupting ratings up to 200 kA symmetrical Suitable for use as Service Entrance Equipment, when specified on the order See Pages V2-T3-7 through V2-T3-23 for additional information Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL 67, UL 50 Federal Specification W-P-115c Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-26 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-27 V2-T3-28 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Product Selection Type PRL1a 3 PRL1a Ampere Rating PRL1a Branch Circuit Breakers Interrupting Rating (kA Sym.) 240 Vac Breaker Type Main Lug Only Bolt-on = BAB, QBHW, QBGF, QBHGF, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP, QBAF, QBAG, QBHAF, QBHAG Plug-on = HQP, QPHW, QPGF, QPHGF, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP Interrupting Rating (kA Sym.) 240 Vac 1 Breaker Type 3 3 — — 225 — — 15–60 10 BAB, HQP — 70 10 BAB, HQP — 3 Main Breaker 80–100 10 BAB, HQP 100 10 BAB 15–50 2 10 QBGF, QPGF 3 100 18 EHD 15–50 2 10 QBGFEP, QPGFEP 4 10 QBCAF 5 10 BAB-D, HQP-D 6 7 100 22 QBHW 15–20 100 22 EDB 15–60 100 42 EDS 15–30 10 BAB-C, HQP-B 100 65 ED 15–30 10 BABRP 8 100 65 FD, FDE 15–30 10 BABRSP 8 100 100 EDH 15–60 22 QBHW, QPHW 100 100 HFD, HFDE 70 22 QBHW, QPHW 80–100 22 QBHW, QPHW 225 22 EDB 225 42 EDS 15–30 22 QBHGF, QPHGF 3 22 QBHGFEP, QPHGFEP 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 225 65 ED 15–30 225 100 EDH 15–20 22 QBHCAF 5 250 65 JD Provision — — Notes 1 Single-pole breakers are rated 120 Vac maximum. 2 50A devices are available as two-pole only. 3 GFCI for 5 mA personnel protection. 4 GFP for 30 mA equipment protection. 5 Arc fault circuit breaker. 6 HID (High Intensity Discharge) rated breaker. 7 Switching Neutral Breaker. single-pole device requires two-pole space, two-pole device requires three-pole space. 8 Solenoid operated breaker. 250 100 HJD 250 200 JDC 400 65 DK 400 65 KD 400 100 HKD 400 100 LHH 400 200 KDC 3 Ampere Rating 100 400 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-27 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 Box Sizing and Selection 3 Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards and Lighting Controls Box size and box and trim catalog numbers for all standard panelboard types are found on Page V2-T3-29. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Instructions 1. Using description of the required panelboard, select the rating and type of main required. 2. Count the total number of branch circuit poles, including provisions, required in the panelboard. Do not count main breaker poles. Convert twoor three-pole branch breaker to single-poles, i.e., three-pole breaker, count as three poles. 3. 4. 5. 6. Determine sub-feed breaker or through-feed lug requirements. Select the main ampere rating section from table on Page V2-T3-29. Select panelboard type from first column, main breaker frame, if applicable, from second column, and sub-feed breaker frame, if applicable, from the third column. From Step #2, determine the number of branch circuits in Column 4. Read box size, box and trim catalog numbers across columns to the right. Specify surface or flush mounting on the order. Cabinets Fronts are code-gauge steel, ANSI-61 light gray painted finish. Boxes are code-gauge galvanized steel without knockouts. Standard depth is 5-3/4 inches (146.1 mm). Standard width is 20 inches (508.0 mm). An optional 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide box is available. Top and Bottom Gutters 5-1/2 inches (139.7 mm) minimum. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-28 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 3 3 PRL1a Panelboard Sizing Panelboard Types Box Dimensions 1 Main Breaker Types and Mounting Position (H) = Horizontal (V) = Vertical Sub-Feed Breaker Types and Mounting Position (H) = Horizontal (V) = Vertical Maximum No. of Branch Circuits Including Provisions Height Width Depth YS Box LT Trim Catalog Catalog Number Number BAB, QBHW (H) — 15 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F — 27 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F — 39 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F EZ Box Catalog Number EZ Trim Catalog Number 100A Main breaker Main lugs or main breaker Main lugs or main breaker with 100A through-feed lugs or sub-feed breaker Main lugs or main breaker with 225A throughfeed lugs or sub-feed breaker Main lugs or main breaker with 225A through-feed lugs or sub-feed breaker 3 3 3 — 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 18 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F — 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F — 42 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F EHD FD HFD (V) EHD FD HFD (V) 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, FD, HFD (V) — 18 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F — 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F — 42 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F FD, HFD, EDS, ED, EDH (V) FD, HFD, EDS, ED, EDH (V) 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 3 DK, KD, HKD, KDC, LHH (V) — 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 3 — 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F — 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F FD, HFD, EDS, ED, EDH (V) 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 400A Main breaker 3 — EHD FD, HFD (V) 225A Main lugs or main breaker 3 DK, KD, HKD, KDC, LHH (V) Main breaker with 400A DK, KD, HKD, through-feed lugs or KDC, LHH sub-feed breaker (V) DK, KD, HKD, KDC (V) 18 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 30 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 42 90.00 (2286.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2090 LT2090S or F EZB2090R EZT2090S or F 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Note 1 Smaller panelboard box sizes are available if required. Contact Eaton for application information. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-29 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL1aF Description 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL1aF 3 Product Description 3 ● ● ● 3 ● 3 ● 240 Vac maximum 400A maximum mains Three-phase four-wire, single-phase three-wire 30A maximum branch devices Factory assembled Application Description ● ● ● ● Lighting branch panelboards Instrument protection Fully rated Interrupting ratings up to 200 kA symmetrical when protected by fuse Standards and Certifications ● UL 67, UL 50 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-30 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-31 V2-T3-32 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Product Selection Type PRL1aF 3 3 PRL1aF 3 Interrupting Rating (kA Sym.) 240 Vac Breaker Type 100 — — 225 — — 400 — — 3 100 18 EHD 3 100 22 EDB 100 42 EDS 100 65 ED 100 65 FD 100 65 FDE 100 100 EDH 100 100 HFD 100 100 HFDE 225 22 EDB 225 42 EDS 225 65 ED 225 65 FD 225 65 FDE 225 100 EDH 225 100 HFD 225 100 HFDE 400 42 DK 400 65 KD Ampere Rating 3 Main Lug Only 3 Main Breaker 400 100 HKD 400 200 KDC 400 200 LHH 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRL1aF—Branch Overcurrent Devices Hybrid breaker/fuse (Class CC) branch device 3 Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating Breaker Type 3 30 200 Hybrid 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-31 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 Box Sizing and Selection 3 Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards Box size and box and trim catalog numbers for all standard panelboard types are found on Page V2-T3-33. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Instructions 1. Using description of the required panelboard, select the rating and type of main required. 2. Count the total number of branch circuit poles, including provisions, required in the panelboard. 3. 4. 5. 6. Determine through-feed lug requirements. Select the main ampere rating section from table on Page V2-T3-33. Select panelboard type from first column, main breaker frame. From Step #2, determine the number of branch circuits in Column 4. Read box size, box and trim catalog numbers across columns to the right. Specify surface or flush mounting on the order. Cabinets Fronts are code-gauge steel, ANSI-61 light gray painted finish. Boxes are code-gauge galvanized steel without knockouts. Standard depth is 5-3/4 inches (146.1 mm). Standard width is 20 inches (508.0 mm). An optional 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide box is available. Top and Bottom Gutters 5-1/2 inches (139.7 mm) minimum. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-32 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 3 PRL1aF Panelboard Sizing Maximum No. of Branch Circuits Including Provisions Height Width Main lugs or main breaker EHD FD, HFD FDE, HFDE (V) 18 36.00 (914.4) 30 Main lugs or main breaker with 100A through-feed lugs EHD FD, FDE HFD, HFDE (V) Panelboard Types 3 Box Dimensions 1 Main Breaker Types and Mounting Position (H) = Horizontal (V) = Vertical Depth YS Box Catalog Number LT Trim Catalog Number EZ Box Catalog Number EZ Trim Catalog Number 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 42 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 18 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 42 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 3 100A 225A Main lugs or main breaker Main lugs or main breaker with 225A through-feed lugs EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, FD, HFD FDE, HFDE (V) FD, HFD, EDS, ED, EDH, FDE, HFDE (V) 400A Main breaker Main lugs or main breaker with 225A through-feed lugs 3 DK, KD, HKD, KDC, LHH (V) DK, KD, HKD, KDC, LHH (V) Main breaker with 400A DK, KD, HKD, through-feed lugs KDC, LHH (V) 18 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 30 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 42 90.00 (2286.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2090 LT2090S or F EZB2090R EZT2090S or F 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Note 1 Smaller panelboard box sizes are available if required. Contact Eaton for application information. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-33 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL1a-LX, Column Type Description 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL1a-LX 3 Product Description 3 ● ● 3 3 3 3 3 ● ● ● ● ● 240 Vac maximum Three-phase four-wire, three-phase three-wire, single-phase three-wire, single-phase two-wire 225A maximum mains 100A maximum branch breakers Bolt-on branch breakers Factory assembled Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information Application Description ● ● ● ● ● Lighting branch panelboard Column mounting width Fully rated or series rated Interrupting ratings up to 200 kA symmetrical See Pages V2-T3-7 through V2-T3-23 for additional information Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL 67, UL 50 Federal Specification W-P-115c Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-34 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-35 V2-T3-36 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Product Selection Type PRL1a-LX 3 PRL1a-LX Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating (kA Sym.) 240 Vac Pull Box With Extension Trough Includes pull box with trough extension. For additional trough extensions, refer to table below. Breaker Type Main Lug Only 100 — — 225 — — Main Breaker 100 10 BAB 100 18 EHD 100 22 QBHW 100 22 EDB 100 42 EDS 100 65 ED 100 65 FD 100 100 EDH 100 100 HFD 255 22 EDB 255 42 EDS 225 65 ED 225 100 EDH Description Catalog Number Pullbox with 36-inch trough XCTXB036 Pullbox with 48-inch trough XCTXB048 Pullbox with 60-inch trough XCTXB060 Pullbox with 72-inch trough XCTXB072 Pullbox with 84-inch trough XCTXB084 1 3 Length 3 Inches (mm) Catalog Number 36.00 (914.4) CTXB036 CTXB048 CTXB060 15–60 10 BAB 72.00 (1828.8) CTXB072 70 10 BAB 84.00 (2133.6) CTXB084 15–50 3 3 Additional Trough Extensions Width and depth are the same as the panelboard. 60.00 (1524.0) BAB 3 3 48.00 (1219.2) QBGF 4 3 When troughs and pull box are not furnished, the neutral bar will be located on the panel at the same end as the main. Breaker Type 10 3 3 Ampere Rating 10 3 Neutral Bars When Column Type panels are furnished with trough extensions and pull box, the neutral bar will be placed in the pull box unless otherwise specified. Interrupting Rating (kA Sym.) 240 Vac 2 15–50 3 3 3 Branch Circuit Breakers—PRL1a-LX 80–100 3 5 10 QBGFEP 15–20 10 QBCAF 6 15–30 10 BABRP 7 15–30 10 BABRSP 7 15–60 22 QBHW 70 22 QBHW 80–100 22 QBHW 15–30 22 QBHGF 4 15–30 22 QBHGFEP 5 15–20 22 QBHCAF 6 Provision — — 3 3 3 Notes 1 240V breakers must be used on three-phase, three-wire, 240V delta systems or on the high leg of a midpoint delta grounded system. 2 Single-pole breakers are rated 120 Vac maximum. 3 50A devices are available as two-pole only. 4 GFCI for 5 mA personnel protection. 5 GFP for 30 mA equipment protection. 6 Arc fault circuit breaker. 7 Solenoid operated breaker. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-35 3.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Box Sizing and Selection Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards Box size, box and trim catalog numbers for standard Column Type panelboards listed are available from tables on Page V2-T3-37. Instructions 1. Using description of the required panelboard, select the rating and type of main required. a. 100A panelboards— Page V2-T3-37. b. 225A panelboards— Page V2-T3-37. 2. Count the total number of branch circuit poles, including provisions, required in the panelboard. Do not count main breaker poles. Convert two- or threepole branch breaker to single poles, i.e., threepole breaker, count as three poles. Determine sub-feed breaker or through-feed lug requirements. 3. Select the panelboard main ampere rating from tables on Page V2-T3-37. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4. Panelboard Type from first column, main breaker Frame and Designation, if applicable from second column, and sub-feed breaker Frame and Designation, if applicable, from the third column. 5. From Step #2, determine the number of branch circuits in Column 4. 6. Read box size, box and trim catalog numbers across columns to the right. All panels are surface mounted. Pull Box Pull box is furnished without knockouts. Standard dimensions: Pull Box Dimensions Height Width Depth 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 6.00 (152.4) PRL1a-LX Trough Extension 12.00 (304.8) Additional Extensions (If Required) Cabinets Boxes and trims are codegauge steel, ANSI-61 light gray painted finish. Boxes are furnished without knockouts. Standard depth is 6.00 inches (152.4 mm). Standard width is 8.63 inches (219.1 mm). Top and Bottom Gutters 4.50 inches (114.3 mm) minimum. Left Side Gutter 4.38 inches (111.2 mm) minimum. 16.00 (406.4) 6.00 (152.4) H Box Height 6.00 (152.4) Trough Extension When extension troughs are used, Section 376 of the National Electrical Code, reading as follows, should be observed: 376. Number of Conductors. Wireways shall not contain more than 30 conductors at any cross section, unless the conductors are for signal circuits or are control conductors between a motor and its starter and used only for starting duty. The sum of the cross-sectional areas of all contained conductors at any cross section of a wireway shall not exceed 20% of the interior crosssectional area of the wireway. 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-36 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 8.63 (219.1) 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 3 100A Maximum PRL1a-LX Column Type Panelboard Sizing Panelboard Types Main breaker Main lugs or main breaker Main lugs or main breaker with 100A through-feed lugs or sub-feed breaker 3 Sub-Feed Breaker Types Vertical Mounting Maximum Number of Branch Circuits Including Provisions Height Width BAB, QBHW (H) — 27 69.00 (1752.6) — 39 81.00 (2057.4) EHD, EDB, EDS, ED, FD, HFD (V) — 30 — 42 EHD, EDB, EDS, ED, FD, HFD (V) EHD, FD, HFD Main Breaker Types Mounting: (H) = Horizontal (V) = Vertical Box Dimensions Depth Box Catalog Number Trim Catalog Number 1 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC969 LTC969S 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC981 LTC981S 69.00 (1752.6) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC969 LTC969S 81.00 (2057.4) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC981 LTC981S 30 78.00 (1981.2) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC978 LTC978S 42 90.00 (2286.0) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC990 LTC990S Sub-Feed Breaker Types Maximum Number of Branch Circuits Including Provisions Height Width Depth Main lugs or main breaker EDB, EDS, ED, EDH — 30 69.00 (1752.6) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC969 LTC969S — 42 81.00 (2057.4) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC981 LTC981S Main lugs or main breaker with 225A through-feed lugs or sub-feed breaker EDB, EDS, ED, EDH EHD, FD, HFD, EDB, EDS, ED, EDH 30 78.00 (1981.2) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC978 LTC978S 42 90.00 (2286.0) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC990 LTC990S Vertical Mounting 3 3 3 3 3 Box Dimensions Inches Box Catalog Number Panelboard Types 3 3 225A Maximum PRL1a-LX Column Type Panelboard Sizing Main Breaker Types 3 Trim Catalog Number 1 3 3 3 3 3 Note 1 Add suffix B to trim catalog number for bottom fed panelboards (i.e., LTC969SB). 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-37 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL2a Description 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL2a 3 Product Description 3 ● ● 3 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● ● 3 3 3 ● ● 480Y/277 Vac maximum (125 Vdc) Three-phase four-wire, three-phase three-wire, single-phase three-wire, single-phase two-wire 400A maximum mains 100A maximum branch breakers Bolt-on branch breakers Each branch connector is capable of up to a total of 140A maximum by breaker ampere rating Factory assembled Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information Application Description ● ● ● ● ● Lighting branch panelboard Fully rated or series rated Interrupting ratings up to 200 kA symmetrical Suitable for use as Service Entrance Equipment, when specified on the order See Pages V2-T3-7 through V2-T3-23 for additional information Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL 67, UL 50 Federal Specification W-P-115c Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-38 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-39 V2-T3-40 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Product Selection Type PRL2a 3 PRL2a PRL2a Branch Circuit Breakers Interrupting Rating Ampere (kA Symmetrical) Rating 240 Vac 480Y/277 Vac 125/250 Vdc Breaker Type Main Lug Only Ampere Rating 3 Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 240 Vac 1 480Y/277 Vac 125/250 Vdc Breaker Type 3 3 15–20 65 14 — GHQ 2 100 — — — — 15–20 65 14 14 GHB 2 225 — — — — 25–60 65 14 14 GHB 2 400 — — — — 70–100 65 14 14 GHB 2 15–30 65 25 — HGHB 2 Main Breaker 100 65 14 14 GHB 15–20 65 14 — GHQRSP 3 100 18 14 10 EHD 15–30 65 14 — GHBS 23 100 65 35 10 FD, FDE 15–60 — 14 — GHBGFEP 24 100 100 65 22 HFD, HFDE 15–20 — 14 — GHBHID 25 100 200 100 22 FDC Provision — — — — 225 65 — — ED 225 65 35 10 FD, FDE 225 100 65 22 HFD, HFDE 225 200 100 22 FDC 250 65 35 10 JD 250 100 65 22 HJD 250 200 100 22 JDC 400 65 35 10 KD 400 100 65 22 HKD 400 100 65 — LHH 400 200 100 22 KDC 3 3 3 3 3 Notes 1 Interrupting ratings in this column are applicable to 120 Vac for single-pole breakers. 2 Must be used on 480Y/277V grounded wye systems only. 3 Remote controllable breaker. 4 GFP for 30 mA equipment protection. Requires two-pole spaces. 277 Vac only. 5 HID (High Intensity Discharge) rated breaker. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-39 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 Box Sizing and Selection 3 Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards and Lighting Controls Box size and box and trim catalog numbers for all standard panelboard types are found on Page V2-T3-41. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Instructions 1. Using description of the required panelboard, select the rating and type of main required. 2. Count the total number of branch circuit poles, including provisions, required in the panelboard. Do not count main breaker poles. Convert twoor three-pole branch breaker to single-poles, i.e., three-pole breaker, count as three poles. 3. 4. 5. 6. Determine sub-feed breaker or through-feed lug requirements. Select the main ampere rating section from table on Page V2-T3-41. Select panelboard type from first column, main breaker frame, if applicable, from second column, and sub-feed breaker frame, if applicable, from the third column. From Step #2, determine the number of branch circuits in Column 4. Read box size, box and trim catalog numbers across columns to the right. Specify surface or flush mounting on the order. Cabinets Fronts are code-gauge steel, ANSI-61 light gray painted finish. Boxes are code-gauge galvanized steel without knockouts. Standard depth is 5-3/4 inches (146.1 mm). Standard width is 20 inches (508.0 mm). An optional 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide box is available. Top and Bottom Gutters 5-1/2 inches (139.7 mm) minimum. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-40 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 3 PRL2a Panelboard Sizing Panelboard Types Main Breaker Types and Mounting Position (H) = Horizontal (V) = Vertical Sub-Feed Breaker Types and Mounting Position (H) = Horizontal (V) = Vertical Maximum No. of Box Dimensions 1 Branch Circuits Including Provisions Height Width GHB (H) — 15 36.00 (914.4) — 27 — 39 — 3 Depth YS Box LT Trim Catalog Catalog Number Number EZ Box Catalog Number EZ Trim Catalog Number 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F — 18 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F — 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F — 42 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F EHD FD HFD (V) 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 3 100A Main breaker Main lugs or main breaker EHD FD, HFD, FDE HFDE (V) Main lugs or main breaker EHD with 100A through-feed FD, FDE lugs or sub-feed breaker HFD, HFDE (V) 225A Main lugs or main breaker EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, FD, HFD FDE, HFDE (V) JD, HJD JDC (V) Main lugs or main breaker EHD, FD, HFD, with 225A through-feed EDB, EDS, ED, lugs or sub-feed breaker EDH FDE, HFDE (V) JD, HJD JDC (V) DK, KD, HKD, KDC, LHH (V) Main lugs or main breaker DK, KD, HKD, with 225A through-feed KDC, LHH lugs or sub-feed breaker (V) Main lugs or main breaker DK, KD, HKD, with 400A through-feed KDC, LHH lugs or sub-feed breaker (V) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 — 18 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F — 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F — 42 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F — 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F — 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F — 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F EHD, FD, HFD, EDB, EDS, ED, EDH (V) 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 30 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 3 — 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F — 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 3 — 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F EHD, FD, HFD, EDB, EDS, ED, EDH (V) 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 30 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F EHD, FD, HFD, EDB, EDS, ED, EDH (V) 400A Main lugs or main breaker 3 JD, HJD, JDC, DK, KD, HKD, KDC (V) 18 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 30 90.00 (2286.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2090 LT2090S or F EZB2090R EZT2090S or F 42 90.00 (2286.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2090 LT2090S or F EZB2090R EZT2090S or F 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Note 1 Smaller panelboard box sizes are available if required. Contact Eaton for application information. 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-41 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL2aF Description 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL2aF 3 Product Description 3 ● ● ● 3 ● 3 ● 240 Vac maximum 400A maximum mains Three-phase four-wire, single-phase three-wire 30A maximum branch devices Factory assembled Application Description ● ● ● ● Lighting branch panelboard Instrument protection Fully rated Interrupting ratings up to 200 kA symmetrical when protected by fuse Standards and Certifications ● UL 67, UL 50 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-42 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-43 V2-T3-44 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Product Selection Type PRL2aF 3 3 PRL2aF 3 Interrupting Rating (kA Sym.) 480Y/277 Vac Breaker Type 100 — — 225 — — 400 — — 3 100 14 EHD 3 100 35 FD 100 35 FDE 100 35 HFD 100 35 HFDE 225 35 FD 225 35 FDE 225 65 HFD 225 65 HFDE 400 35 KD 400 65 HKD 400 100 KDC 400 100 LHH Ampere Rating 3 Main Lug Only 3 Main Breaker 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRL2aF Branch Overcurrent Devices Hybrid breaker/fuse (Class CC) branch device Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating (kA Sym.) 480Y/277 Vac Breaker Type 30 200 Hybrid 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-43 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 Box Sizing and Selection 3 Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards Box size and box and trim catalog numbers for all standard panelboard types are found on Page V2-T3-45. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Instructions 1. Using description of the required panelboard, select the rating and type of main required. 2. Count the total number of branch circuit poles, including provisions, required in the panelboard. 3. 4. 5. 6. Determine through-feed lug requirements. Select the main ampere rating section from table on Page V2-T3-45. Select panelboard type from first column, main breaker frame, if applicable, from second column. From Step #2, determine the number of branch circuits in Column 4. Read box size, box and trim catalog numbers across columns to the right. Specify surface or flush mounting on the order. Cabinets Fronts are code-gauge steel, ANSI-61 light gray painted finish. Boxes are code-gauge galvanized steel without knockouts. Standard depth is 5-3/4 inches (146.1 mm). Standard width is 20 inches (508.0 mm). An optional 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide box is available. Top and Bottom Gutters 5-1/2 inches (139.7 mm) minimum. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-44 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 3 PRL2aF Panelboard Sizing Panelboard Types Main Breaker Types and Mounting Position (H) = Horizontal (V) = Vertical Maximum No. of Box Dimensions 1 Branch Circuits Including Provisions Height Width EHD FD, HFD, FDE HFDE (V) 18 36.00 (914.4) 30 42 3 Depth YS Box Catalog Number LT Trim Catalog Number EZ Box Catalog Number EZ Trim Catalog Number 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 18 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 42 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 3 3 100A Main lugs or main breaker Main lugs or main breaker EHD with 100A through-feed FD, FDE lugs or sub-feed breaker HFD, HFDE (V) 225A Main lugs or main breaker EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, FD, HFD FDE, HFDE (V) JD, HJD JDC (V) Main lugs or main breaker EHD, FD, HFD, with 225A through-feed EDB, EDS, ED, EDH lugs FDE, HFDE (V) JD, HJD JDC (V) 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 30 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F KD, HKD, KDC, LHH (V) Main lugs or main breaker KD, HKD, with 225A through-feed KDC, LHH lugs (V) Main lugs or main breaker KD, HKD, with 400A through-feed KDC, LHH lugs (V) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 30 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 3 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 3 400A Main lugs or main breaker 3 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 30 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 18 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 30 90.00 (2286.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2090 LT2090S or F EZB2090R EZT2090S or F 42 90.00 (2286.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2090 LT2090S or F EZB2090R EZT2090S or F Note 1 Smaller panelboard box sizes are available if required. Contact Eaton for application information. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-45 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL2a-LX, Column Type Description 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL2a-LX 3 Product Description 3 ● ● 3 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● 480Y/277 Vac maximum (125 Vdc) Three-phase four-wire, three-phase three-wire, single-phase three-wire, single-phase two-wire 225A maximum mains 100A maximum branch breakers Bolt-on branch breakers Factory assembled Refer to Refer to Page V2T3-7 for additional information Application Description ● ● ● ● ● Lighting branch panelboard Column mounting width Fully rated or series rated Interrupting ratings up to 200 kA symmetrical See Pages V2-T3-7 through V2-T3-23 for additional information Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL 67, UL 50 Federal Specification W-P-115c Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-46 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-47 V2-T3-48 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Product Selection Type PRL2a-LX 3 PRL2a-LX Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Ampere Rating 240 Vac 480Y/277 Vac 125/250 Vdc Breaker Type Main Lug Only 100 — — — — 225 — — — — Main Breaker 100 65 14 14 GHB 100 18 14 10 EHD 100 65 35 10 FD, FDE 100 100 65 22 HFD, HFDE 100 200 100 22 FDC 225 65 — — ED 225 65 35 10 FD 225 100 65 22 HFD 225 200 100 22 FDC Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 480Y/277 Vac 125/250 Vdc 3 3 Description Catalog Number 3 Pullbox with 36-inch trough XCTXB036 Pullbox with 48-inch trough XCTXB048 3 Pullbox with 60-inch trough XCTXB060 Pullbox with 72-inch trough XCTXB072 Pullbox with 84-inch trough XCTXB084 3 3 3 Neutral Bars When Column Type panels are furnished with trough extensions and pull box, the neutral bar will be placed in the pull box unless otherwise specified. Branch Circuit Breakers—PRL2a-LX Ampere 240 Rating Vac 1 3 Pull Box With Extension Trough Includes pull box with trough extension. For additional trough extensions, refer to table below. Breaker Type 2 15–20 65 14 — GHQ 15–20 65 14 14 GHB 2 2 3 3 3 When troughs and pull box are not furnished, the neutral bar will be located on the panel at the same end as the main. 3 3 Additional Trough Extensions Width and depth are the same as the panelboard. 25–60 65 14 14 GHB 70–100 65 14 14 GHB 2 Length 15–30 65 25 — HGHB 2 Inches (mm) Catalog Number 15–20 65 14 — GHQRSP 3 36.00 (914.4) CTXB036 15–30 65 14 — GHBS 23 48.00 (1219.2) CTXB048 15–60 — 14 — GHBGFEP 24 60.00 (1524.0) CTXB060 Provision — — — — 72.00 (1828.8) CTXB072 84.00 (2133.6) CTXB084 3 3 3 3 3 3 Notes 1 Interrupting ratings in this column are applicable to 120 Vac for single-pole breakers. 2 At 480V, must be used on 480Y/277V grounded wye systems only. 3 Solenoid operated breaker. 4 GFP for 30 mA equipment protection. Requires two pole spaces. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-47 3.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Box Sizing and Selection Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards Box size, box and trim catalog numbers for standard column type panelboards listed are available from tables on Page V2-T3-49. Instructions 1. Using description of the required panelboard, select the rating and type of main required. a. 100A panelboards— Page V2-T3-49. b. 225A panelboards— Page V2-T3-49. 2. Count the total number of branch circuit poles, including provisions, required in the panelboard. Do not count main breaker poles. Convert twoor three-pole branch breaker to single poles, i.e., three-pole breaker, count as three poles. Determine sub-feed breaker or through-feed lug requirements. 3. Select the panelboard main ampere rating from tables on Page V2-T3-49. 3 3 3 3 3 3 4. Panelboard Type from first column, main breaker Frame and Designation, if applicable from second column, and sub-feed breaker Frame and Designation, if applicable, from the third column. 5. From Step #2, determine the number of branch circuits in Column 4. 6. Read box size, box and trim catalog numbers across columns to the right. All panels are surface mounted. Pull Box Pull box is furnished without knockouts. Standard dimensions: Pull Box Dimensions Height Width Depth 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 6.00 (152.4) PRL2a-LX Trough Extension 12.00 (304.8) Additional Extensions (If Required) Cabinets Boxes and trims are codegauge steel, ANSI-61 light gray painted finish. Boxes are furnished without knockouts. Standard depth is 6.00 inches (152.4 mm). Standard width is 8.63 inches (219.1 mm). Top and Bottom Gutters 4.50 inches (114.3 mm) minimum. Left Side Gutter 3.31 inches (84.2 mm) minimum. 16.00 (406.4) 6.00 (152.4) H Box Height 6.00 (152.4) Trough Extension When extension troughs are used, Section 376 of the National Electrical Code, reading as follows, should be observed: 376. Number of Conductors. Wireways shall not contain more than 30 conductors at any cross section, unless the conductors are for signal circuits or are control conductors between a motor and its starter and used only for starting duty. The sum of the cross-sectional areas of all contained conductors at any cross section of a wireway shall not exceed 20% of the interior crosssectional area of the wireway. 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-48 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 8.63 (219.1) 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 3 100A Maximum PRL2a-LX Column Type Panelboard Sizing 3 Panelboard Types Main Breaker Types Mounting: (H) = Horizontal (V) = Vertical 3 Box Dimensions Sub-Feed Breaker Types Vertical Mounting Maximum Number of Branch Circuits Including Provisions Height Width 27 69.00 (1752.6) 8.63 (219.2) Depth Box Catalog Number Trim Catalog Number 1 6.00 (152.4) YSC969 LTC969S Main breaker GHB (H) — — 39 81.00 (2057.7) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC981 LTC981S Main lugs or main breaker EHD, FD HFD, FDC (V) — 30 69.00 (1752.6) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC969 LTC969S — 42 81.00 (2057.7) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC981 LTC981S EHD, FD HFD, FDC (V) EHD, FD, HFD 30 78.00 (1981.2) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC978 LTC978S 42 90.00 (2286.0) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC990 LTC990S Main lugs or main breaker with 100A through-feed lugs or sub-feed breaker Panelboard Types Main lugs or main breaker Main lugs or main breaker with 225A through-feed lugs or sub-feed breaker Sub-Feed Breaker Types Vertical Mounting ED, FD HFD, FDC ED, FD HFD, FDC 3 3 3 3 3 3 225A Maximum PRL2a-LX Column Type Panelboard Sizing Main Breaker Types 3 Maximum Number of Branch Circuits Including Provisions 3 Box Dimensions Height Width Depth Box Catalog Number Trim Catalog Number 1 — 30 69.00 (1752.6) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC969 LTC969S — 42 81.00 (2057.7) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC981 LTC981S EHD, FD, HFD, ED, EDH 30 78.00 (1981.2) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC978 LTC978S 42 90.00 (2286.0) 8.63 (219.2) 6.00 (152.4) YSC990 LTC990S Note 1 Add suffix B to trim catalog number for bottom fed panelboards (i.e., LTC969SB). 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-49 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Retrofit Panelboard Description 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trim Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Custom Trim Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Retrofit Panelboard 3 Product Description ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 3 3 ● 3 ● 3 3 ● ● ● PRL1R—240 Vac; PRL2R—480Y/277V Single-phase three-wire or single two-wire Three-phase three-wire or three-phase four-wire 225A maximum 100A maximum branch breakers Standard PRL1R fits existing box depths from 4.50–6.00 inches deep; Standard PRL2R fits existing box depths from 4.75–6.00 inches deep (without additional accessories) Integrally mounted neutral assembly Grounding lug included Neutral and ground convertible from left-right Bolt-on branch breakers Factory assembled Application Description ● ● ● ● Lighting branch panelboard Fully rated or series rated Interrupting capacities to 100 kA symmetrical Suitable for use as Service Entrance Equipment where specified on the order Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL 67 Federal Specification W-P-115c CSA C22.2 No. 29 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-50 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-51 V2-T3-52 V2-T3-54 V2-T3-55 V2-T3-56 V2-T3-57 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Catalog Number Selection 3 Retrofit Panelboard 3 P1R B 1 C 1 30 BAB 100 TL B Panelboard Type P1R = ≤ 240V P2R = > 480Y/277V Main Device L = MLO B = Main breaker System Type 1 = Single-phase (three-wire) 3 = Three-phase (three- or four-wire) Bus Type A = Aluminum C = Copper Bus Ampere Rating 1 = 100A 2 = 225A Main Breaker Blank = MLO BAB GHB 1 ED FD EHD 1 FD 1 3 Main Breaker Amperes Blank = MLO 30 = 30A 60 = 60A 100 = 100A 125 = 125A 150 = 150A 175 = 175A 200 = 200A 225 = 225A Feed B = Bottom fed T = Top fed 3 3 3 Sub-Feed Device Blank = None TL = Through-feed lugs 3 3 3 Circuits 18 = 18 30 = 30 42 = 42 3 3 3 Trim Selection 3 RCT B 20 00 36 50 F S Renovation Panelboard Custom Trim RCT Door Style A = 18-circuit MLO/ branch-mounted MCB B = 30-circuit MLO/ branch-mounted MCB; 18-circuit F-Frame MCB C = 42-circuit MLO/ branch-mounted MCB D = 30-circuit F-Frame MCB E = 42-circuit F-Frame MCB Existing Box Width (Inches) Existing Box Width (Fraction) 00 = None 13 = 1/8 25 = 1/4 38 = 3/8 50 = 1/2 63 = 5/8 75 = 3/4 88 = 7/8 Existing Box Height (Inches) 3 3 Trim Style S = Surface F = Flush 2 3 3 3 Existing Box Height (Fraction) 00 = None 13 = 1/8 25 = 1/4 38 = 3/8 50 = 1/2 63 = 5/8 75 = 3/4 88 = 7/8 Trim Finish Option Blank = ANSI 61 painted steel S = Brushed stainless steel 4 P = Custom painted steel C = Custom painted stainless steel 3 3 3 3 3 Notes 1 P2R only. 2 Flush trims include 1-inch overlap per side. 3 Standard trim includes 12-gauge steel painted ANSI 61 grey. 4 Stainless trims provided as 304 standard. Optional 316 available. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-51 3.3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Product Selection Retrofit Panelboard 3 P1R—Aluminum Bus, Single-Phase or Three-Phase 1 Ampere Rating 3 Number of Circuits Interrupting Rating (kA Sym.) 240 Vac Main Breaker Type Single-Phase Three-Wire— Single-Phase Two-Wire Three-Phase Three-Wire— Three-Phase Four-Wire Catalog Number Catalog Number Main Lug Only 3 100 18 — MLO P1RL1A118 P1RL3A118 30 — MLO P1RL1A130 P1RL3A130 42 — MLO P1RL1A142 P1RL3A142 18 — MLO P1RL1A218 P1RL3A218 30 — MLO P1RL1A230 P1RL3A230 42 — MLO P1RL1A242 P1RL3A242 18 10 BAB 2 P1RB1A118BAB 3 P1RB3A118BAB 3 10 BAB 2 P1RB1A130BAB 3 P1RB3A130BAB 3 42 10 BAB 2 P1RB1A142BAB 3 P1RB3A142BAB 3 3 18 18 EHD P1RB1A118EHD 3 P1RB3A118EHD 3 30 18 EHD P1RB1A130EHD 3 P1RB3A130EHD 3 3 42 18 EHD P1RB1A142EHD 3 P1RB3A142EHD 3 18 22 QBHW 2 P1RB1A118QBHW 3 P1RB3A118QBHW 3 22 QBHW 2 P1RB1A130QBHW 3 P1RB3A130QBHW 3 22 QBHW 2 P1RB1A142QBHW 3 P1RB3A142QBHW 3 ED P1RB1A118ED 3 P1RB3A118ED 3 P1RB3A130ED 3 3 225 3 3 Main Breaker 3 100 30 3 3 30 42 3 18 3 65 30 65 ED P1RB1A130ED 3 42 65 ED P1RB1A142ED 3 P1RB3A142ED 3 3 18 100 EDH P1RB1A118EDH 3 P1RB3A1-8EDH 3 3 30 100 EDH P1RB1A130EDH 3 P1RB3A130EDH 3 42 100 EDH P1RB1A142EDH 3 P1RB3A142EDH 3 ED P1RB1A218ED 3 P1RB3A218ED 3 ED P1RB1A230ED 3 P1RB3A230ED 3 ED P1RB1A242ED 3 P1RB3A242ED 3 P1RB3A218EDH 3 225 3 18 30 3 42 3 3 65 65 65 18 100 EDH P1RB1A218EDH 3 30 100 EDH P1RB1A230EDH 3 P1RB3A230EDH 3 42 100 EDH P1RB1A242EDH 3 P1RB3A242EDH 3 Notes 1 Standard trim included. Select standard trim from Page V2-T3-54. Custom trims are available for an additional charge. Contact your local Satellite for more information about custom trims. 2 BAB and QBHW main devices consume available circuit space positions. (Two circuits for single-phase; three circuits for three-phase.) 3 Add main breaker ampere rating suffix. May NOT exceed main bus rating. 3 3 A neutral assembly is included with the base chassis. For single-phase two-wire systems or for three-phase, three-wire systems, do not connect. Sum of branch circuit amperes not to exceed 140A. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-52 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 Retrofit Panelboard P2R—Aluminum Bus, Three-Phase Ampere Rating Three-Phase Four-Wire 3 Catalog Number 3 Number of Circuits Main Breaker Interrupting Rating (kA Sym.) 480Y/277 Vac Main Breaker Type 18 — MLO P2RL3A118 30 — MLO P2RL3A130 42 — MLO P2RL3A142 18 — MLO P2RL3A218 30 — MLO P2RL3A230 42 — MLO P2RL3A242 18 14 GHB 1 P2RB3A118GHB 2 30 14 GHB 1 P2RB3A130GHB 2 42 14 GHB 1 2 18 14 EHD P2RB3A118EHD 2 30 14 EHD P2RB3A130EHD 2 42 14 EHD P2RB3A142EHD 2 18 35 FD P2RB3A118FD 2 30 35 FD P2RB3A130FD 2 42 35 FD P2RB3A142FD 2 3 Main Lug Only 100 225 3 3 3 3 Main Breaker 100 225 P2RB3A142GHB 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 18 65 HFD P2RB3A118HFD 30 65 HFD P2RB3A130HFD 2 42 65 HFD P2RB3A142HFD 2 18 100 FDC P2RB3A118FDC 2 30 100 FDC P2RB3A130FDC 2 42 100 FDC P2RB3A142FDC 2 18 35 FD P2RB3A218FD 2 2 30 35 FD P2RB3A230FD 42 35 FD P2RB3A242FD 2 18 65 HFD P2RB3A218HFD 2 30 65 HFD P2RB3A230HFD 2 42 65 HFD P2RB3A242HFD 2 18 100 FDC P2RB3A218FDC 2 30 100 FDC P2RB3A230FDC 2 42 100 FDC P2RB3A242FDC 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Notes 1 GHB main devices consume available circuit space positions. (Three circuits for three-phase). 2 Add main breaker ampere rating suffix. May NOT exceed main bus rating. 3 3 A neutral assembly is included with the base chassis. 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-53 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 Trim Selection 3 Instructions ● In order to meet minimum wire bending space requirements and to ensure ease of installation, minimum enclosure space dimensions have been defined for each chassis. In order to ensure a proper fit, every panelboard to be renovated must be carefully surveyed prior to installation ● Determine the electrical requirements of the 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ● ● panelboard to be renovated (i.e., main breaker or main lugs, amperes, interrupting rating, circuit space, branch breakers, accessories) Using the electrical requirement data, select a base chassis and any required breakers, options and accessories Page V2-T3-56 provides the minimum dimensions of the enclosure, in which each base chassis may be installed. These dimensions assume that the chassis is mounted in the center of the existing box, both vertically and horizontally. Where site conditions require the chassis to be offset from this centrally mounted position, it is the installer's responsibility to ensure wire bending space and electrical clearance requirements are met ● Page V2-T3-56 provides a “Trim Door Size Code.” Using this code, select a standard trim from the tables that will fit the outside dimensions of the existing box. Refer to Page V2-T3-55 to define nonstandard trim requirements Standard Trim Selection—20-Inch (508.0 mm) Wide Enclosure Surface Type Trim Door Size Code Enclosure Height— Inches (mm) Catalog Number Flush Type Trim Dimensions—Inches (mm) Height Width Catalog Number Trim Dimensions—Inches (mm) Height Width A 24.00 (609.6) RTA2024 24.00 (609.6) 20.00 (508.0) RTA2226 26.00 (660.4) 22.00 (558.8) A 30.00 (762.0) RTA2030 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0) RTA2232 32.00 (812.8) 22.00 (558.8) A 36.00 (914.4) RTA2036 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) RTA2238 38.00 (965.2) 22.00 (558.8) B 30.00 (762.0) RTB2030 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0) RTB2232 32.00 (812.8) 22.00 (558.8) 3 B 36.00 (914.4) RTB2036 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) RTB2238 38.00 (965.2) 22.00 (558.8) B 42.00 (1066.8) RTB2042 42.00 (1066.8) 20.00 (508.0) RTB2244 44.00 (1117.6) 22.00 (558.8) 3 C 36.00 (914.4) RTC2036 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) RTC2238 38.00 (965.2) 22.00 (558.8) C 42.00 (1066.8) RTC2042 42.00 (1066.8) 20.00 (508.0) RTC2244 44.00 (1117.6) 22.00 (558.8) 3 C 48.00 (1219.2) RTC2048 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) RTC2250 50.00 (1270.0) 22.00 (558.8) D 30.00 (762.0) RTD2030 30.00 (762.0) 20.00 (508.0) RTD2232 32.00 (812.8) 22.00 (558.8) 3 D 36.00 (914.4) RTD2036 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) RTD2238 38.00 (965.2) 22.00 (558.8) D 42.00 (1066.8) RTD2042 42.00 (1066.8) 20.00 (508.0) RTD2244 44.00 (1117.6) 22.00 (558.8) 3 E 36.00 (914.4) RTE2036 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) RTE2238 38.00 (965.2) 22.00 (558.8) 3 E 42.00 (1066.8) RTE2042 42.00 (1066.8) 20.00 (508.0) RTE2244 44.00 (1117.6) 22.00 (558.8) E 48.00 (1219.2) RTE2048 48.00 (219.2) 20.00 (508.0) RTE2250 50.00 (1270.0) 22.00 (558.8) 3 Standard Trim Selection—14-Inch (355.6 mm) Wide Enclosure 3 Surface Type Flush Type Trim Door Size Code Enclosure Height— Inches (mm) Catalog Number Trim Dimensions—Inches (mm) Height Width Catalog Number Height Width A 24.00 (609.6) RTA1424 24.00 (609.6) 14.00 (355.6) RTA1626 26.00 (660.4) 16.00 (406.4) 3 A 30.00 (762.0) RTA1430 30.00 (762.0) 14.00 (355.6) RTA1632 32.00 (812.8) 16.00 (406.4) 3 A 36.00 (914.4) RTA1436 36.00 (914.4) 14.00 (355.6) RTA1638 38.00 (965.2) 16.00 (406.4) B 30.00 (762.0) RTB1430 30.00 (762.0) 14.00 (355.6) RTB1632 32.00 (812.8) 16.00 (406.4) 3 B 36.00 (914.4) RTB1436 36.00 (914.4) 14.00 (355.6) RTB1638 38.00 (965.2) 16.00 (406.4) B 42.00 (1066.8) RTB1442 42.00 (1066.8) 14.00 (355.6) RTB1644 44.00 (1117.6) 16.00 (406.4) 3 C 36.00 (914.4) RTC1436 36.00 (914.4) 14.00 (355.6) RTC1638 38.00 (965.2) 16.00 (406.4) C 42.00 (1066.8) RTC1442 42.00 (1066.8) 14.00 (355.6) RTC1644 44.00 (1117.6) 16.00 (406.4) 3 C 48.00 (1219.2) RTC1448 48.00 (1219.2) 14.00 (355.6) RTC1650 50.00 (1270.0) 16.00 (406.4) D 30.00 (762.0) RTD1430 30.00 (762.0) 14.00 (355.6) RTD1632 32.00 (812.8) 16.00 (406.4) 3 D 36.00 (914.4) RTD1436 36.00 (914.4) 14.00 (355.6) RTD1638 38.00 (965.2) 16.00 (406.4) 3 D 42.00 (1066.8) RTD1442 42.00 (1066.8) 14.00 (355.6) RTD1644 44.00 (1117.6) 16.00 (406.4) E 36.00 (914.4) RTE1436 36.00 (914.4) 14.00 (355.6) RTE1638 38.00 (965.2) 16.00 (406.4) E 42.00 (1066.8) RTE1442 42.00 (1066.8) 14.00 (355.6) RTE1644 44.00 (1117.6) 16.00 (406.4) E 48.00 (1219.2) RTE1448 48.00 (1219.2) 14.00 (355.6) RTE1650 50.00 (1270.0) 16.00 (406.4) 3 3 V2-T3-54 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Trim Dimensions—Inches (mm) Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Custom Trim Selection Instructions In order to accommodate instances where the standard trims do not suit an installation, custom-sized trims may be ordered. Since the trim mounts to the retrofit chassis, and not the existing enclosure, custom trims can solve many problems encountered with differing enclosure sizes and configurations. Contact your local satellite plant to ensure manufacturability and determine lead time required. 3 Outer Dimensions The outer dimensions are the overall OUTSIDE dimensions of the trim. In surfacemounted applications, this is usually the same as the outside dimensions of the enclosure to be renovated. For flush-mounted applications, an additional amount of trim material extends beyond the outer edge of the box, in order to cover any gap between the wall material and the box. Extending the outer dimensions can cover larger than normal wall gaps or imperfections that may be encountered. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-55 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 Application Guidelines 3 Instructions ● In order to meet minimum wire bending space requirements and to ensure ease of installation, minimum enclosure space dimensions have been defined for each chassis. In order to ensure a proper fit, every panelboard to be renovated must be carefully surveyed prior to installation ● Determine the electrical requirements of the panelboard to be renovated 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ● ● (i.e., main breaker or main lugs, amperes, interrupting rating, circuit space, branch breakers, accessories) Using the electrical requirement data, select a base chassis and any required breakers, options and accessories This page provides the minimum dimensions of the enclosure, in which each base chassis may be installed. These dimensions assume that the chassis is mounted in the center of the existing box, both vertically and horizontally. Where site conditions require the chassis to be offset from this centrally mounted position, it is the installer’s responsibility to ensure wire bending space and electrical clearance requirements are met. Installing chassis offset from the central position requires a custom offset ● trim. Contact your local Satellite for pricing and ordering details The table below provides a “Trim Door Size Code.” Using this code, select a standard trim from the tables that will fit the outside dimensions of the existing box. Refer to Page V2-T3-55 to define nonstandard trim requirements Minimum Enclosure Sizing Main Device Type 18 MLO A 30 MLO B 42 MLO C 33.50 (850.9) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 18 MLO A 19.50 (495.3) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 30 MLO B 26.50 (673.1) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 42 MLO C 33.50 (850.9) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 18 BAB, GHB A 19.50 (495.3) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 30 BAB, GHB B 26.50 (673.1) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 42 BAB, GHB C 33.50 (850.9) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 3 18 EHD B 30.00 (762.0) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 30 EHD D 36.00 (914.4) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 3 42 EHD E 42.00 (1066.8) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 18 QBHW A 19.50 (195.3) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 3 30 QBHW B 26.50 (673.1) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 3 42 QBHW C 33.50 (850.9) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 18 ED, FD B 30.00 (762.0) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 3 3 3 3 3 100 225 Width Depth 19.50 (495.3) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 26.50 (673.1) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) Main Breaker 100 3 3 3 Height Main Lug Only 3 3 Trim Door Size Code Minimum Enclosure Dimensions—Inches (mm) Number of Circuits 3 Ampere Rating 225 3 3 30 ED, FD D 36.00 (914.4) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 42 ED, FD E 42.00 (1066.8) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 18 EDH, HFD, FDC B 30.00 (762.0) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 30 EDH, HFD, FDC D 36.00 (914.4) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 42 EDH, HFD, FDC E 42.00 (1066.8) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 18 ED, FD B 30.00 (762.0) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 30 ED, FD D 36.00 (914.4) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 42 ED, FD E 42.00 (1066.8) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 18 EDH, HFD, FDC B 30.00 (762.0) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 30 EDH, HFD, FDC D 36.00 (914.4) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 42 EDH, HFD, FDC E 42.00 (1066.8) 14.00 (355.6) 4.50 (114.3) 3 3 3 V2-T3-56 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Options and Accessories 3 Insulated/Isolated Ground Bus (Separately Mounted) Branch Circuit Breakers—P1R Aluminum Copper 3 BAB Catalog Number Catalog Number 3 10 BAB P1RGKA P1RNKC 10 BAB 3 15–30 10 BABRP 3 15–30 10 BABRSP 3 15–50 2 10 QBGF 4 Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating (kA Sym.) 240 Vac 1 Breaker Type 15–60 10 70 80–100 15–50 2 15–20 5 3 Neutral Kit (Separately Mounted) l Number of Termination Points Aluminum Copper Catalog Number Catalog Number 10 QBGFEP 10 QBCAF 6 18 P1RNKA18 P1RNKC18 15–60 10 BAB-D 7 30 P1RNKA30 P1RNKC30 15–30 10 BAB-C 9 42 P1RNKA42 P1RNKC42 15–60 22 QBHW 70 22 QBHW 80–100 22 QBHW 15–30 22 QBHGF 15–30 22 QBHGFEP 15–20 22 QBHCAF 6 Provision — — Branch Breakers—P2R Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating (kA Sym.) 480Y/277 Vac Breaker Type Rating (kA Sym.) 15–20 14 GHQ 15–20 14 GHB 25–60 14 GHB 70–100 14 GHB 15–60 14 GHBGFEP 9 14 GHB-HID j 15–30 25 HGHB Provision — — Copper Main Bus Adder Catalog Number 100 k 225 k Copper Terminal Ground Bar for Copper Cable Only Catalog Number 3 3 3 3 Depth Adder Kits m Standard Pow-R-Line 1R—Fits 4.50 to 6.00 inches Standard Pow-R-Line 2R—Fits 4.75 to 6.00 inches 3 Accessory/Kits For Use With Box Depth— Inches (mm) Part Number 3 1.50 depth adder 6.00–7.50 (152.4–190.5) P1RDA15 3.00 depth adder 7.50–9.00 (190.5–228.6) P1RDA30 3 4.50 depth adder 9.00–10.50 (228.6–266.7) P1RDA45 6.00 depth adder 10.50–12.00 (266.7–304.8) P1RDA60 3 3 3 Box Collar Kits n 15–20 Main Bus Ampere Rating 3 Accessory/Kits For Use With Box Depth— Inches (mm) Part Number 3 Box collar 3.50–4.50 (88.9–114.3) 3 P1RBC10 Notes 1 Single-pole breakers are rated 120 Vac maximum. 2 50A devices available as two-pole only. 3 Remote controllable circuit breaker. 4 GFCI for 5 mA personnel protection. 5 GFP for 30 mA equipment protection. 6 Arc fault circuit breaker. 7 HID (High Intensity Discharge) rated breaker. 8 Switching neutral breaker. Single-pole device requires two pole spaces; two-pole device requires three pole spaces. 9 GFP for 30 mA equipment protection. Requires two-pole spaces. 277 Vac only. j HID (High Intensity Discharge) rated breaker. k To convert base chassis catalog number from aluminum main bus to copper main bus, change the 6th digit of the aluminum base chassis catalog number to “C” (e.g., P1RL1A1-42 becomes P1RL1C1-42). l Each base chassis includes a neutral bar that contains one connection point for every circuit space available. Use this kit when additional connection points are required or the neutral must be separately mounted to meet existing cable locations. m Allows for panel to be used in boxes deeper than 6.00 inches. n Allows for panel to be used in boxes less than 4.50 inches. P1RGBC 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-57 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL3a Description 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL3a 3 Product Description 3 ● ● 3 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● ● 600 Vac maximum (250 Vdc) Three-phase four-wire, three-phase three-wire, single-phase three-wire, single-phase two-wire 800A maximum main lugs 600A maximum main breaker 225A maximum branch breakers Bolt-on branch breakers Factory assembled Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information Application Description ● ● ● ● ● Lighting panelboard or power distribution panelboard Fully rated or series rated Interrupting ratings up to 200 kA symmetrical Suitable for use as Service Entrance Equipment, when specified on the order See Pages V2-T3-7 through V2-T3-23 for additional information Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL 67, UL 50 Federal Specification W-P-115c Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-58 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-59 V2-T3-61 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Product Selection Type PRL3a 3 PRL3a Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc Breaker Type 3 3 Main Lug Only 100 — — — — — 250 — — — — — 400 — — — — — 600 — — — — — 800 1 — — — — — 100 18 14 — 10 EHD 100 18 14 14 10 FDB 100 22 — — — EDB 100 42 — — — EDS 100 65 — — — ED 100 100 — — — EDH 100 65 35 18 10 FD, FDE 100 100 65 25 22 HFD, HFDE 100 200 100 35 22 FDC 100 200 150 — — FCL 100 200 200 200 100 2 FB-P 3 225 22 — — — EDB 225 42 — — — EDS 225 65 — — — ED 225 100 — — — EDH 225 200 — — — EDC 225 65 35 18 10 FD, FDE 225 100 65 25 22 HFD, HFDE 225 200 100 35 22 FDC 250 65 35 18 10 JD 250 100 65 25 22 HJD 250 200 100 35 22 JDC 3 3 3 3 Main Breaker 400 65 — — 10 DK 400 65 35 25 10 KD 400 100 65 35 22 HKD 400 100 65 — — LHH 400 200 100 65 22 KDC 400 65 — — — LCL 4 400 200 200 200 100 2 LA-P 34 600 65 35 18 22 LGE 600 100 65 35 22 LGH 600 200 100 50 42 LGC 600 65 35 25 22 LD 600 100 65 35 25 HLD 600 200 100 50 25 LDC 600 65 35 25 22 CLD 5 600 100 65 35 25 CHLD 5 600 200 100 50 25 CLDC 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Notes 1 800A MLO requires 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide box. 2 100,000 based on NEMA test procedure. 3 Top feed only. 4 Requires 6.50-inch (165.1 mm) deep box. Not available in Type 3R, 12, 4 and 4X enclosures. 5 100% rated circuit breaker. Requires copper bus. Not available in Type 12, 4 and 4X enclosures. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3 3 3 V2-T3-59 3.3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards PRL3a Branch Circuit Breakers Ampere Rating PRL3a Branch Circuit Breakers, continued Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc Breaker Type Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc Breaker Type 15–60 10 23 — — — BAB 25–60 65 14 89 — 14 GHB 15–60 10 — — — BAB-H 70–100 65 14 89 — 14 GHB 89 23 3 70 10 — — — BAB 15–30 65 25 — — HGHB 70 10 — — — BAB-H 15–20 65 14 89 — 14 GHQRSP 7 3 80–100 10 23 — — — BAB 15–30 65 14 89 — 14 GHBS 7 80–100 10 — — — BAB-H 15–60 — 14 89 — — GHBGFEP 3 15–50 1 10 23 — — — QBGF 15–20 — 14 89 — — GHBHID 5 3 15–50 1 10 — — — QBGFEP 15–60 18 j 14 8 — 10 EHD 15–20 10 23 — — — QBCAF 4 70–100 18 j 14 8 — 10 EHD 3 15–60 10 23 — — — BAB-D 5 15–60 18 V14 14 10 FDB 15–30 10 23 — — — BAB-C 6 70–100 18 14 14 10 FDB 3 15–30 10 2 — — — BABRP 7 110–150 18 14 14 10 FDB 15–30 10 2 — — — BABRSP 7 15–60 65 j 35 8 18 10 FD, FDE 3 15–60 22 23 — — — QBHW 70–100 65 j 35 8 18 10 FD, FDE 3 15–60 22 — — — QBHW-H 110–225 65 j 35 18 10 FD k, FDE 70 22 23 — — — QBHW 15–60 100 j 65 8 25 22 HFD, HFDE 3 70 22 — — — QBHW-H 70–100 100 j 65 8 25 22 HFD, HFDE 80–100 22 23 — — — QBHW 110–225 100 j 65 25 22 HFD k, HFDE 3 80–100 22 — — — QBHW-H 15–60 200 100 35 22 FDC 15–30 22 — — — QBHGF 70–100 200 100 35 22 FDC 3 15–30 22 — — — QBHGFEP 110–225 200 100 35 22 FDC k 100–225 22 — — — EDB k EDS k 3 3 15–20 22 23 — — — QBHCAF 4 15–20 65 14 89 — — GHQ 100–225 42 — — — 15–20 65 14 89 — 14 GHB 100–225 65 — — — ED k 100–225 100 — — — EDH k 100–225 200 — — — EDC k 3 Notes 1 50A devices are available as two-pole only. 2 Single-pole breaker rated 120 Vac. 3 Two-pole breaker rated 120/240 Vac. 4 Arc fault circuit breaker. 5 HID (High Intensity Discharge) rated breaker. 6 Switching Neutral Breaker. single-pole device requires two-pole space, two-pole device requires three-pole space. 7 Solenoid operated breaker. 8 Single-pole breaker rated 277 Vac. 9 For use on 480Y/277V systems only. j AIC rating for two- and three-pole breakers only. k Maximum of six breakers per panel, 175–225A. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-60 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Box Sizing and Selection 3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Panel Layout Instructions 1. Select: a. Required mains (lugs or breaker). b. Neutral where required. c. Branch circuits as required. 2. Layout panel as shown below, using appropriate “X” dimensions. 3. Using total X units (panel height) find box height in inches (mm) and box catalog number from table below. (When total X units come out to an uneven number, use next highest number; i.e., if total X comes out 25X, use 31X.) Layout Example 1. Description of Panel Type PRL3a three-phase, four-wire, 120/208 Vac flush mounting. Panel to have short-circuit rating of 22,000 symmetrical amperes. Main breaker 400A, three-pole, bottom mounting. Branch circuits bolt-on as follows: 12–200A single-pole QBHW 1–200A three-pole ED 1–225A three-pole ED 2. Layout Information from Layout—PRL3a table (left): a. b. c. d. Layout—PRL3a Poles 6 - 3X 12 - 5X 18 - 8X 24 - 10X 30 - 13X 36 - 15X 42 - 18X 1-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole 2-Pole 2X 1-Pole 2-Pole 3-pole 2- or 3-pole Neutral Section Main Lug Section Main Breaker Section 1X Horizontal Mounting Vertical Mounting 3X 2X 2-Pole BAB, QBHW, QBCAF, BABRP, BABRSP, QBHCAF GHQ, GHB, HGHB 1 EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, EDC, EHD, FDB, FD, FDE, HFD, FDC, HFDE 150A max. per branch breaker (300A max. per connector) Box Height 3X three-pole 5X 8X 3 3 3 3 Box Tabulation—PRL3a 100–400A 3 3 a. 34X Height (use 40X box) b. Box Height 72 inches (1828.8 mm) c. Box Catalog Number . . . . . . . . YS2072 or EZB2072R EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, EDC FD, HFD, FDC, 2 FDE, HFDE 3 3 400A Neutral . . . . . . . . . . . . = 8X 12-poles of QBHW . . . . . . . = 5X Two three-pole ED breakers . .= 6X Main breaker, 400A, Three-pole DK . . . . . . . . . . = 15X Total Height . . . . . . . . . . . . = 34X 3. From Box Tabulation—PRL3a table (below): “X” Units 3 YS Box Catalog Number LT Trim Catalog Number EZ Box Catalog Number EZ Trim Catalog Number 3 3 3 3 3 3 14X 36.00 (914.4) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F 23X 48.00 (1219.2) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 100–250A 31X 60.00 (1524.0) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 400–800A 40X 72.00 (1524.0) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 11X 800A with through-feed lug 53X 90.00 (2286.0) YS2090 LT2090S or F EZB2090R EZT2090S or F 2X 100A 600A 3 5X 250A 23X 48.00 (1219.2) YS2048 LTV2048S or F EZB2048R EZTV2048S or F 8X 400–600A 3 31X 60.00 (1524.0) YS2060 LTV2060S or F EZB2060R EZTV2060S or F 14X 800A 2X 2-Pole EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC, FDE, HFDE 40X 72.00 (1524.0) YS2072 LTV2072S or F EZB2072R EZTV2072S or F 53X 90.00 (2286.0) YS2090 LTV2090S or F EZB2090R EZTV2090S or F 3X three-pole EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, EDC 3 3 23X 48.00 (1219.2) YS2848 LTV2848S or F — — 7X EHD, FDB, FD, FDE, HFD, FDC, HFDE, EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, EDC 4 31X 60.00 (1524.0) YS2860 LTV2860S or F — — 3 9X FCL, FB-P 5 40X 72.00 (1524.0) YS2872 LTV2872S or F — — 14X JD, HJD, JDC 53X 90.00 (2286.0) YS2890 LTV2890S or F — — 15X DK, KD, HKD, KDC, LHH 17X LD, HLD, LDC, CLD, CHLD, CLDC 18X LGE, LGH, LGC 21X LCL, LA-P 56 Notes 1 GHB, HGHB and GHQ breakers cannot be mixed on same connector as BAB, QBHW, BABRP and BABRSP. 2 Maximum of six breakers per panel. 3 Horizontal mounted 15–150A main breakers EHD, FDB, FD, FDE, HFD, HFDE and FDC, will be furnished as branch breaker construction. Branch breakers single-, two- or three-pole as required, may be located opposite these main breakers. 4 If optional terminal kit 3TA225FDK is required, use 10X. 5 FB-P and LA-P top mounting only. 6 LCL or LA-P main breaker requires 6-1/2-inch (165.1 mm) deep box. 800A Cabinets Fronts are code-gauge steel, ANSI-61 light gray painted finish. Boxes are code-gauge galvanized steel without knockouts. Standard depth is 5-3/4 inches (146.1 mm). Standard widths are: 20-inch (508.0 mm) 100–600A. 28-inch (711.2 mm) 800A. 3 3 Standard Depth 5-3/4 inches (146.1 mm). Top and Bottom Gutters 5-1/2 inches (139.7 mm) minimum. Side Gutters 4 inches (101.6 mm) minimum. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-61 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL3E Description 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL3E 3 Product Description 3 ● ● 3 3 3 3 3 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● 480V Vac maximum (250 Vdc) Three-phase four-wire, three-phase three-wire, single-phase three-wire, single-phase two-wire 600A main lugs 600A main breaker 125A maximum branch breakers Bolt-on branch breakers Factory assembled Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information Application Description ● ● ● ● ● Lighting and appliance branch panelboard Fully rated or series rated Interrupting ratings up to 200 kA symmetrical Suitable for use as Service Entrance Equipment, when specified on the order See Pages V2-T3-7 through V2-T3-23 for additional information Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL 67, UL 50 Federal Specification W-P-115c Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-62 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-63 V2-T3-64 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Product Selection Type PRL3E 3 PRL3E Ampere Rating 3 Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 3 Breaker Type 240 Vac 480 Vac 250 Vdc 100 — — — — 250 — — — — 400 — — — — 600 — — — — 3 125 EGB 35 18 10 3 125 EGS 100 35 35 125 EGH 200 65 42 225 EDB 22 — — 225 EDS 42 — — 225 ED 65 — — 225 EDH 100 — — Main Lug Only 3 3 Main Breaker 225 EDC 200 — — 225 FD, FDE 65 35 10 225 HFD, HFDE 100 65 22 225 FDC 200 100 22 400 DK 65 — — 400 KD 65 35 10 400 HKD 100 65 22 400 LHH 100 65 — 400 KDC 200 100 22 600 LGE 65 35 22 600 LGH 100 65 22 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-63 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 Box Sizing and Selection 3 Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards and Lighting Controls Box size and box and trim catalog numbers for all standard panelboard types are found on Page V2-T3-65. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Instructions 1. Using description of the required panelboard, select the rating and type of main required. 2. Count the total number of branch circuit poles, including provisions, required in the panelboard. Do not count main breaker poles. Convert twoor three-pole branch breaker to single-poles, i.e., three-pole breaker, count as three poles. Determine sub-feed breaker or through-feed lug requirements. 4. Select panelboard type from first column, main breaker frame, if applicable, from second column, and sub-feed breaker frame, if applicable, from the third column. 5. From Step #2, determine the number of branch circuits in Column 4. 6. Read box size, box and trim catalog numbers across columns to the right. Specify surface or flush mounting on the order. Cabinets Fronts are code-gauge steel, ANSI-61 light gray painted finish. Boxes are code-gauge galvanized steel without knockouts. Standard depth is 5-3/4 inches (146.1 mm). Standard width is 20 inches (508.0 mm). An optional 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide box is available. Top and Bottom Gutters 5-1/2 inches (139.7 mm) minimum. 3. Select the main ampere rating section from Page V2-T3-65. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-64 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 3 PRL3E Panelboard Sizing 3 Main Breaker Types and Mounting Position (H) = Horizontal (V) = Vertical Sub-Feed Breaker Types and Mounting Position (H) = Horizontal (V) = Vertical Maximum No. of Box Dimensions 1 Branch Circuits Including Provisions Height Width Depth EG, EGS, EGH (H) — 12 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) — 24 36.00 (914.4) — 36 36.00 (914.4) — YS Box Catalog Number LT Trim Catalog Number EZ Box Catalog Number EZ Trim Catalog Number 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F 42 42.00 (1066.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2042 LT2042S or F EZB2042R EZT2042S or F — 18 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F — 30 42.00 (1066.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2042 LT2042S or F EZB2042R EZT2042S or F — 42 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F EHD FD HFD TFL (V) 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F — 18 36.00 (914.4) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2036 LT2036S or F EZB2036R EZT2036S or F — 30 42.00 (1066.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2042 LT2042S or F EZB2042R EZT2042S or F — 42 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F FD, HFD, EDS, ED, EDH (V) 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 3 — 18 48.00 (1219.2) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2048 LT2048S or F EZB2048R EZT2048S or F 3 — 30 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F — 42 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F Main breaker with 225A DK, KD, HKD, through-feed lugs or KDC sub-feed breaker (V) EHD, FD, HFD, EDB, EDS, ED, EDH (V) 18 60.00 (1524.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2060 LT2060S or F EZB2060R EZT2060S or F 30 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 42 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F Main lugs or main breaker with 400A through-feed lugs or sub-feed breaker JD, HJD, JDC, DK, KD, HKD, KDC (V) 18 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 30 72.00 (1828.8) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2072 LT2072S or F EZB2072R EZT2072S or F 42 90.00 (2286.0) 20.00 (508.0) 5.75 (146.1) YS2090 LT2090S or F EZB2090R EZT2090S or F Panelboard Types 3 125A Main breaker Main lugs or main breaker FD, HFD (V) Main lugs or main breaker with 125A through-feed lugs or sub-feed breaker FD HFD (V) 250A Main lugs or main breaker Main lugs or main breaker with 225A through-feed lugs or sub-feed breaker EDS, ED, EDH, FD, HFD (V) FD, HFD, EDS, ED, EDH (V) 400A Main breaker 3 DK, KD, HKD, KDC (V) DK, KD, HKD, KDC (V) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRL3E Branch Circuit Breakers Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Ampere Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac 250 Vdc Breaker Type 15–125 25 18 10 EGB 15–125 85 35 35 EGS 15–125 100 65 42 EGH 3 3 3 3 Note 1 Smaller panelboard box sizes are available if required. Contact Eaton for application information. 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-65 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL4 Description 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL4B Circuit Breaker and Type PRL4F Fusible Panelboards 3 3 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection—PRL4B . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection—PRL4F . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 Type PRL4 3 Product Description 3 ● ● 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 600 Vac maximum (600 Vdc) Three-phase, four-wire, three-phase three-wire, single-phase three-wire, single-phase two-wire PRL4B circuit breaker panelboard PRL4F fusible switch panelboard 1200A maximum mains 1200A maximum branch devices Bolt-on branch devices Factory assembled Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information Application Description ● ● ● ● ● Power distribution panelboard Fully rated or series rated Interrupting ratings up to 200 kA symmetrical Suitable for use as Service Entrance Equipment, when specified on the order See Pages V2-T3-7 through V2-T3-23 for additional information Standards and Certifications ● ● ● ● UL 67, UL 50 Federal Specification W-P-115c Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-66 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-67 V2-T3-70 V2-T3-73 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Product Selection Type PRL4 3 PRL4 Main Lugs and Main Breakers PRL4 Main Fusible Switches Interrupting Rating Ampere (kA Symmetrical) Breaker Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc 600 Vdc Type Ampere Rating Main Lug Only — — — — — — 400 — — — — — — 600 — — — — — — 800 — — — — — 1200 — — — — — 3 Main Fusible Switch 240 Vac, 250 Vdc 678 200 250 3 Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 240 Vac 480 Vac Device Type See Page V2-T3-69 FDPW 600 9 FDPW — 800 9 FDPW — 1200 9 3 FDPW 3 FDPB 3 Main Breaker 1 250 65 35 18 10 — JD 200 250 100 65 25 22 — HJD 400 FDPW 250 — — — 42 35 HJDDC 2 250 200 100 35 22 — JDC 600 9 FDPW 250 200 200 — — — LCL 800 9 FDPW FDPW Main Fusible Switch 600 Vac 3 FDPB 400 67 See Page V2-T3-69 3 3 400 65 — — 10 — DK 1200 9 400 65 35 25 10 — KD 400 65 35 25 — — CKD 34 400 100 65 35 22 — HKD 400 — — — 42 35 HKDDC 2 Notes 1 For ground fault protection on main devices, see Modification 14—Applies to 310 and 310+ Trip Units on Page V2-T3-102 or Modification 15 on Page V2-T3-102. 2 For use on DC systems only. 3 100% rated breaker. Requires copper bus. Not available in Type 12, 4 and 4X enclosures. 4 Breaker only available in three-pole frame. 5 Requires 44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box. 6 For ground fault protection on main devices, see Modification 15 on Page V2-T3-102. 7 Fuses not included. Specify required fuse clips on all switches. 8 Class J Fuse provisions are applicable only to 600V units. When required, use dimensions of 600V units for all voltages 600 and below. 9 No DC rating on 600, 800 and 1200A switches 400 100 65 35 42 — LHH 400 100 65 35 — — CHKD 34 400 200 100 65 22 — KDC 400 200 200 — — — LCL 400 200 200 200 — — LA-P 600 65 35 18 22 — LGE 1 600 100 65 35 22 — LGH 1 600 200 100 50 42 — LGC 600 200 150 65 50 — LGU 600 65 35 25 22 — LD 600 65 35 25 — — CLD 3 600 100 65 35 25 — HLD 600 — — — 42 35 HLDDC 2 600 100 65 35 — — CHLD 3 600 200 100 50 25 — LDC 600 200 100 50 — — CLDC 3 800 65 50 25 22 — MDL 800 100 65 35 25 — HMDL 800 — — — 42 35 HMDLDC 2 800 65 50 25 — — CMDL 3 800 100 65 35 — — CHMDL 3 800 200 200 200 — — NB-P 800 65 50 25 — — ND 800 100 65 35 — — HND 800 200 100 65 — — NDC 800 65 50 25 — — CND 35 800 100 65 35 — — CHND 35 800 200 100 65 — — CNDC 35 1200 65 50 25 — — ND 1200 100 65 35 — — HND 1200 200 100 65 — — NDC 1200 65 50 25 — — CND 35 1200 100 65 35 — — CHND 35 1200 200 100 65 — — CNDC 35 1200 — — — 42 50 NBDC 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-67 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 PRL4 Branch Devices 3 240 Vac Ampere Rating PRL4 Branch Devices, continued Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc 600 Vdc Breaker Type Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc 600 Vdc Breaker Type HJD 15–60 10 23 — — — — BAB 250 100 65 25 22 — 3 15–60 10 — — — — BAB-H 70–250 — — — 42 35 HJDDC 6 70–100 10 23 — — — — BAB 70–225 200 100 35 22 — JDC 3 70–100 10 — — — — BAB-H 250 200 100 35 22 — JDC 15–50 1 10 23 — — — — QBGF 125–250 200 200 — — — LCL DK 3 15–20 10 23 — — — — QBCAF 4 250–400 65 — — 10 — 15–60 22 23 — — — — QBHW 100–400 65 35 25 10 — KD 3 15–60 22 — — — — QBHW-H 100–400 65 35 25 — — CKD 9jk 70–100 22 23 — — — — QBHW 100–400 100 65 35 22 — HKD 3 70–100 22 — — — — QBHW-H 100–400 — — — 42 35 HKDDC 6 15–30 22 23 — — — — QBHGF 100–400 100 65 35 — — CHKD 9jk 3 15–20 22 23 — — — — QBHCAF 4 125–400 100 65 35 42 — LHH 15–20 65 2 14 5 — — — GHQ 7 100–400 200 100 65 22 — KDC LCL 3 15–60 65 2 14 5 — 14 — GHB 7 200–400 200 200 — — — 70–100 65 2 14 5 — 14 — GHB 7 250–600 65 35 18 22 — LGE 3 15–30 65 2 25 5 — — — HGHB 7 300–600 65 35 25 22 — LD 15–60 18 8 14 5 — 10 — EHD 300–600 65 35 25 — — CLD 9 3 70–100 18 8 14 5 — 10 — EHD 250–600 100 65 35 22 — LGH 15–60 18 14 14 10 — FDB 300–600 100 65 35 25 — HLD 3 70–100 18 14 14 10 — FDB 300–600 — — — 42 35 HLDDC 6 110–150 18 14 14 10 — FDB 300–600 100 65 35 — — CHLD 1 3 15–60 65 8 35 5 18 10 — FD, FDE 250–600 200 100 35 42 — LGC 70–100 65 8 35 5 18 10 — FD, FDE 300–600 200 100 50 25 — LDC 110–225 65 8 35 18 10 — FD, FDE 300–600 200 100 50 25 — CLDC 1 LGU 3 15–60 100 8 65 5 25 22 — HFD, HFDE 250–600 200 150 65 50 — 70–100 100 8 65 5 25 22 — HFD, HFDE 400–800 65 50 25 22 — MDL 110–225 100 8 65 25 22 — HFD, HFDE 400–800 100 65 35 25 — HMDL 15–60 200 100 35 22 — FDC 300–800 — — — 42 35 HMDLDC 6 70–100 200 100 35 22 — FDC 400–800 65 50 25 — — CMDL 1 110–225 200 100 35 22 — FDC 400–800 100 65 35 — — CHMDL 1 15–100 200 150 — — — FCL 400–800 65 50 25 — — ND 3 15–150 — — — 42 35 HFDDC 6 400–800 100 65 35 — — HND 100–225 22 — — — — EDB 400–800 200 100 65 — — NDC 100–225 42 — — — — EDS 400–800 65 50 25 — — CND 12 3 100–225 65 — — — — ED 400–800 100 65 35 — — CHND 12 100–225 100 — — — — EDH 400–800 200 100 65 — — CNDC 12 3 100–225 200 — — — — EDC 600–1200 65 50 25 — — ND 70–225 65 35 18 10 — JD 600–1200 100 65 35 — — HND 3 250 65 35 18 10 — JD 600–1200 200 100 65 — — NDC 70–225 100 65 25 22 — HJD 600–1200 65 50 25 — — CND 12 3 600–1200 100 65 35 — — CHND 12 600–1200 200 100 65 — — CNDC 12 3 700–1200 — — — 42 50 NBDC 6 3 3 3 Notes 1 50A devices are available as two-pole only. 2 Single-pole breakers rated 120 Vac. 3 Two-pole breakers rated 120/240 Vac. 4 Arc fault circuit breaker. 5 Single-pole breakers rated 277 Vac. 6 For use on DC systems only. 7 At 480V, must be used on 480Y/277V grounded wye systems only. 8 AIC rating for two- and three-pole breakers only. 9 100% rated breaker. Requires copper bus. Not available in Type 12, 4 and 4X enclosures. j Breaker only available in three-pole frame. k Available in single branch mounting only. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-68 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards PRL4 Branch Devices, continued Ampere Rating FDPW and FDPB Switch Ratings, 240 or 600 Vac Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc Breaker Type Integrally Fused, Current Limiting Circuit Breaker 15–100 200 200 200 1 FB-P 125–225 200 200 200 1 LA-P 250–400 200 200 200 1 NB-P NB-P 400–600 200 200 200 1 700–800 200 200 200 1 Fusible Switches 240 Vac, 250 Vdc 30/30 3 See table at the right LA-P 2 FDPW-Twin 60/60 3 FDPW-Twin 100/100 3 FDPW-Twin 200/200 FDPB-Twin 100 FDPW-Single 200 FDPB-Single 400 See table at the right 3.3 FDPW-Single Ampere Rating Fuse Class Used Short-Circuit Ratings (kA Symmetrical) 30–100 R, J 5 200 200 Single R, J 5 6, 3 3 200 5, 200 Twin R T 200 400, 600 7 R 7, J 5, T 200 800, 1200 7 L 200 J 3 3 3 Notes 1 100 kAIC based on NEMA test procedure. 2 Fuses not included. Specify required fuse clips on all switches. (T fuse clips not available for 200/200 twin switches.) 3 When branches of a twin unit are of different ampere ratings, as a 30–60 twin unit, price and layout as a 60–60 twin unit; when a 60–100 twin unit, price and layout as a 100–100 twin unit. 4 No DC rating on 600, 800 and 1200A switches. 5 Class J fuse provisions are applicable to 600V units. When required, use price and dimensions of 600V units for all voltages 600V and below. 6 Twin 200A switches are not available with Class R fuse clips at 600V. 7 When shunt trip is required, 400–600A switches used with Class R fuses are rated 100 kAIC. 3 3 3 3 3 600 4 FDPW-Single 800 4 FDPW-Single 1200 4 FDPW-Single 3 FDPW-Twin 3 3 Fusible Switches 600 Vac 2 30/30 3 See table at the right 60/60 3 FDPW-Twin 100/100 3 FDPW-Twin 200/200 5 FDPB-Twin 100 FDPW-Single 200 FDPB-Single 400 See table at the right 3 3 3 FDPW-Single 600 4 FDPW-Single 800 4 FDPW-Single 1200 4 FDPW-Single 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-69 3.3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Box Sizing and Selection—PRL4B Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Main Lug Only (MLO), Main Breaker, Neutral, Through-Feed Lug (TFL) and Sub-Feed Lug (SFL) “X” Space Requirements. (For other configurations not shown, refer to Eaton.) * = Space available for branch devices. For device sizing, see Page V2-T3-72. • 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRL4B Layout Standard Main Lug, Through-Feed and Sub-Feed Lugs a (500 kcmil Maximum) MLO, SFL MLO, TFL 10X N 10X * 3 12X 12X 2X 7X MLO, SFL 20X N 7X ThroughFeed Lugs 3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3Ph 3W 2X N 1200A 36-inch (914.4 mm) Minimum Width 2X Blank Main Breaker * * Blank 2X Blank 3Ph 3W 3Ph 4W MLO, TFL N 20X N 250A a, 400A a, 600A a, 800A 3X 13X * * Blank 9X ThroughFeed Lugs 13X 250A, 400A, 600A, 800A 3X Blank 1200A 36-inch (914.4 mm) Minimum Width N 20X N 15X * Blank 11X ThroughFeed Lugs 120A 36-inch (914.4 mm) Minimum Width 5X 15X * * Blank 3Ph 4W Note 1 Sub-feed lugs are available 250–600A. For 600A, use 1200A “A” space. V2-T3-70 ThroughFeed Lugs MLO, TFL * 5X 9X 3Ph 3W MLO 20X * * 3Ph 4W 3 3 3Ph 4W * 3 3 * * ThroughFeed Lugs * Blank 3 3 * Optional Main Lugs, Through-Feed and Sub-Feed Lugs a (750 kcmil Maximum) 3 3 Main Breaker 3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3 3 N Main Breaker 1200A 36-inch (914.4 mm) Minimum Width 3 3 19X MLO, TFL N 3 3 Main Breaker N 800A Vertically Mtd. MDL Main Breaker only in 24-inch (609.6 mm) wide box. Available with 38X and 50X Panel Height only. MLO 3 3 250A, 400A, 600A, 800A 3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3 3 7X * 7X Main Breaker with Neutral (when required) (500 kcmil Maximum) N 250A a, 400A a, 600A a, 800A 3 3 = Blank means no bus under cover, to meet NEC cable bending space. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 11X 3Ph 3W ThroughFeed Lugs Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Panel Layout and Dimensions To determine the dimensions of a given panelboard enclosure, make a layout sketch by fitting together the main, branch and lug modules according to the appropriate tables in the layout guide. Assign “X” units to each module as shown and obtain a total “X” number. The height of the enclosure is related to the total “X” units in the layout as shown in table on right. Three standard box heights are available to accommodate any and all layout arrangements. “X” unit totals that do not exactly match those in table on right must be rounded off to the next highest standard (26X, 38X, 50X). If a calculated “X” total for a panel exceeds 50X, the panel must be split into two or more separate sections with “X” space for through-feed lugs figured in for all but one section. If a neutral is required, a separate neutral bar and appropriate “X” space must be included in each section. 3.3 Box Dimensions—PRL4B Layout Example ● 1–PRL4B panelboard, 480Y/277 volt, three-phase four-wire 65 kA, 800A, main lug, consisting of: ● 12–20A/single-pole HFD ● 2–250A/three-pole HJD ● 1–400A/three-pole HKD Reference PRL4B Layout Example 1. From layout guide, total “X” height of panel = 26X, (which is a design standard and no rounding off is necessary). 2. From table on right, enclosure height for 26X panel = 57 inches (1447.8 mm). 3. Width = 24 inches (609.6 mm)—directly from layout guide. 3 “X” Units Catalog Number Height Width Depth 1 26X BX2457 57.00 (1447.8) 24.00 (609.6) 11.31 (287.0) 38X BX2473 73.50 (1866.9) 24.00 (609.6) 11.31 (287.0) 50X BX2490 90.00 (2286.0) 24.00 (609.6) 11.31 (287.0) 38X BX3673 73.50 (1866.9) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0) 50X BX3690 90.00 (2286.0) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0) 38X BX4473 73.50 (1866.9) 44.00 (1117.6) 11.31 (287.0) 50X BX4490 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 11.31 (287.0) Top and Bottom Gutters 10.63-inch (269.9 mm) minimum. 3 3 3 3 3 3 Side Gutters—Minimum 24.00-inch (609.6 mm) wide box—5.00-inch (127.0 mm). 36.00-inch (914.4 mm) wide box—6.00-inch (152.4 mm). 44.00-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box—8.00-inch (203.2 mm). 3 3 3 Notes 1 Box depth is 10.40 inches (264.2 mm), cover adds 0.90 inches (22.9 mm) to depth. 3 800A maximum bus size in 24.00-inch (609.6 mm) wide box. Flush trims not available on PRL4B panels. 3 4. Enclosure depth = 11.31 inches (287.0 mm) —standard for all PRL4 panelboards. 3 PRL4B Layout Example 3 20A/1P 20A/1P 1X 20A/1P 20A/1P 1X 20A/1P 20A/1P 1X 20A/1P 20A/1P 1X 20A/1P 20A/1P 1X 20A/1P 20A/1P 1X Main Lugs 3 3 3 3 3 250A/3P 3X 250A/3P 3X 400A/3P 4X 3 10X 3 800A 3 Neutral Total = 26X 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-71 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Layout for Branch and Horizontally Mounted Main Devices Layout—PRL4B 3 Filler 3 3 Breaker to Fusible Transition, All Widths 1X Sub Panel 12X 18 Poles 20X 42 Poles 100A Max. 400 Amp. Maximum Bus Rating 1P 1P 1X 3 2P 2P 2X 3P 3P 2P 2P 3P 3P 3 3 3 3 24-Inch (609.6 mm) Wide Box 3 EHD, FDB, FD, FDE HFD, HFDE, FDC, HFDDC 9 3X 2X EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, EDC 3X 3X 250A Max. JD, HJD, JDC, HJDDC 9 3 2 or 3P 4X 400A Max. DK, KD, HKD, KDC, HKDDC 9 CKD, CHKD, LHH 3 3P 2 or 3P 3 3 Load 2 or 3P 4X 600A Max. LGE, LGH, LGC, LGU Load 3 6X 600A Max. LD, HLD, CLD, CHLD, LDC, HLDDC 9 2 or 3P 2 or 3P 3X 100A Max. FCL, FB-P 3 2 or 3P 2 or 3P 3X 250A Max. JD, HJD, JDC 400A Max. LCL, LA-P 2 or 3P 3 3 2 or 3P 3 3 2 or 3P 2 or 3P 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 or 3P 6X MDL, HMDL, HMDLDC 9 CMDL, CHMDL 6X 44-Inch (1117.6 mm) Wide Box 3 36-Inch (914.4 mm) Wide Box 3 ND, HND, NDC 4X 400A Max. DK, KD, HKD, KDC 800A Max. NB-P, NBDC 9 1200A Max. CND, CHND, CNDC 6X Notes 1 BAB and QBHW breakers with shunt trips require one additional pole space, i.e., single-pole is two-pole size, two-pole is three-pole size, and three-pole is four-pole size. 2 If panel contains only BAB or QBHW branch breakers, use a PRL1a panelboard. 3 GHB, HGHB or GHQ breakers cannot be mixed on same subchassis as BAB, QBHW. 4 If panel contains only GHB, HGHB or GHQ branch breakers, use a PRL2a panelboard. 5 When only one single-pole breaker of the group is required on either side of chassis, the single-pole breaker space required changes from 1X to 2X. 6 Minimum 36-inch (914.4 mm) wide box is required if optional #6–300 kcmil lug is required. 7 MDL main breaker in 24-inch (609.6 mm) wide box, refer to Page V2-T3-70. 8 Optional 750 kcmil terminal requires 44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box. 9 For use on DC systems only. See Page V2-T3-70 for MLO or Neutral and Vertically Mounted Mains space requirements. V2-T3-72 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Box Sizing and Selection—PRL4F 3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) * = Space available for branch devices. For device sizing, Main Lug (MLO), Main Switch, Neutral, Through-Feed (TFL) and Sub-Feed Lug (SFL) “X” Space Requirements. (For other configurations not shown, refer to Eaton.) see Page V2-T3-75. • = Blank means no bus under cover, to meet NEC cable bending space. 3 Standard Main Lug, Through-Feed and Sub-Feed Lugs a (500 kcmil Maximum) MLO, SFL MLO, TFL N 10X 200A, 400A, 600A 3 3 Main Switch N 7X * * 7X Main Switch with Neutral (when required) (500 kcmil Maximum) N 250A a, 400A a, 600A a, 800A 22X 3 Main Switch * * ThroughFeed Lugs 3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3Ph 4W 7X * 3 N 3 3 3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3Ph 3W 3 400A and 600A Vertically Mounted Main Switch MLO 12X MLO, TFL N 12X N * * Blank 7X 3 800A 25X 1200A 26X 1200A 2X 800A, 1200A Through-Feed Lugs * 7X 3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W N 3 800A and 1200A Vertically Mounted Main Switch b 36-inch (914.4 mm) or 44-inch (1117.6 mm) Wide Box 3 3 3 3Ph 4W 3 Optional Main Lugs, Through-Feed and Sub-Feed Lugs a (750 kcmil Maximum) MLO, SFL 20X 3 MLO, TFL N 20X N 250A a, 400A a, 600A a, 800A 13X * * 3X Blank 9X 250A, 400A, 600A, 800A 3X 3 * * ThroughFeed Lugs 3 13X Blank 9X 3 ThroughFeed Lugs 3 3Ph 3W 3Ph 4W MLO 20X 3 MLO, TFL N 20X N 15X 1200A 3 15X 3 1200A * * 5X 3 3 PRL4F Layout 10X 3 Blank 11X ThroughFeed Lugs * 5X Blank 11X * 3 ThroughFeed Lugs 3 3Ph 3W 3Ph 4W 3 Notes 1 Sub-feed lugs are available 250–600A. For 600A, use 1200A “A” space. 2 800A and 1200A mains available only in vertical mounting. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3 V2-T3-73 3.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Panel Layout and Dimensions To determine the dimensions of a given panelboard enclosure, make a layout sketch by fitting together the main, branch and lug modules according to the appropriate tables in the layout guide. Assign “X” units to each module as shown and obtain a total “X” number. The height of the enclosure is related to the total “X” units in the layout as shown in table on right. Three standard box heights are available to accommodate any and all layout arrangements. “X” unit totals that do not exactly match those in table on right must be rounded off to the next higher standard (38X, 50X). If a calculated “X” total for a panel exceeds 50X, the panel must be split into two or more separate sections with “X” space for through-feed lugs figured in for all but one section. If a neutral is required, a separate neutral bar and appropriate “X” space must be included in each section. Box Dimensions—PRL4F Layout Example ● PRL4F, three-phase four-wire, 208Y/120 volt complete with 400A main switch and the following branches: ● One 200A/three-pole ● Two 100A/three-pole ● Two 30A/three-pole Panel to have short-circuit rating of 100 kA symmetrical. Reference PRL4F Layout Example 1. From layout guide, total “X” height of panel = 43X. 2. Rounded off to next higher standard = 50X. 3. From table on right, enclosure height for 50X panel = 90 inches (2286.0 mm). Height Width Depth 1 38X BX3673 73.50 (1866.9) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0) 50X BX3690 90.00 (2286.0) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0) 38X BX4473 73.50 (1866.9) 44.00 (1117.6) 11.31 (287.0) 50X BX4490 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 11.31 (287.0) Top and Bottom Gutters 10.63 inches (269.9 mm) minimum. Side Gutters—Minimum ● 36-inch (914.4 mm) wide box: ● 8-inch (203.2 mm)—200A maximum ● 6-inch (152.4 mm)—400–1200A maximum ● 44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box: ● 10-inch (254.0 mm)—200A maximum ● 8-inch (203.2 mm)—400–1200A Notes 1 Box depth is 10.40-inch (264.2 mm), cover adds 0.90-inch (22.8 mm) to depth. Flush trims not available on PRL4F panels. 5. Enclosure depth is standard for all PRL4 panelboards = 11.31 inches (287.0 mm). Type PRL4F Layout Example 30A/3P 30A/3P 100A/3P 7X 4X 3 100A/3P 200A/3P 6X 3 400A three-pole Main Switch (Vertical Mounted) 22X 3 Catalog Number 4. Width = 36 inches (914.4 mm). 400A Neutral 3 “X” Units Total = 4X 43X 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-74 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Layout for Branch and Horizontally Mounted Main Device—PRL4F Fusible to Breaker Transition Requires 1X Filler 30A 30A 4X 60A 60A 4X 100A 250V Max. 100A 250V Max. 4X 200A Main or Branch Switch 100A 3 3 3 3 5X 600A Branch Switch 11X 3 (11X With Shunt Trip) 3 3 3 200A 3 6X 44-inch (1117.6 mm) Wide Box 800A Branch 3 6X 9X 600A Main or Branch 3 3 400A Branch Switch 400A Main or Branch 3 5X 100A 200A 3 3 36-inch (914.4 mm) Wide Box 100A 3 1X 9X 3 (11X With Shunt Trip) 3 3 11X 1200A Branch 11X (16X With Shunt Trip) 15X (16X With Shunt Trip) 3 3 3 ▲ Fusible switch may be used as horizontally main. 3 ● 400 and 600A horizontally mounted feeder switches in 36-inch (914.4 mm) or 44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box. 400 and 600A horizontally mounted 3 Note: See Page V2-T3-73 for MLO or Neutral and Vertically Mounted Main space requirements. 3 main switches only in 44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box. For vertically mounted main, see Page V2-T3-73 for sizing. 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-75 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL4D Description 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL4D Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Power Panelboard 3 3 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection—PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 Type PRL4D 3 Product Description ● 3 3 3 ● ● ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● Drawout molded case circuit breaker power panelboard Front accessible Front connected Through-the-door design drawout mechanism Visual indication of breaker status and position Large grab handles for easy removal 600 Vac maximum 1200A maximum mains 600A maximum drawout molded case feeder breakers Application Description ● ● ● ● Interrupting ratings up to 200 kAIC symmetrical Feeder power panelboard Rated as Service Entrance Equipment when appropriately equipped Ideal for: ● Data centers ● Industrial facilities ● Process equipment manufacturing ● Anywhere that requires quick change of feeder devices is needed Benefits ● ● ● Ease of maintenance Faster to remove and install Less downtime Standards and Certifications ● ● UL 67 Listed chassis UL 50 Listed box and trim 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-76 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-77 V2-T3-80 V2-T3-83 V2-T3-86 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Product Selection Type PRL4D 3 3 PRL4D Main Lugs and Main Breakers 3 Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Ampere Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Breaker Type “X” Space 3 3 Main Lugs Only (Fixed-Mounted Only) 400 — — — — 10X 600 — — — — 10X 3 800 — — — — 10X 1200 — — — — 12X 3 3 Main Circuit Breaker (Drawout Only) 1 600 65 35 18 LGE 9X 600 100 65 35 LGH 9X 600 200 100 50 LGC 9X 3 3 Main Circuit Breaker (Fixed-Mounted Only) 1 600 65 35 18 LGE 4X 600 100 65 35 LGH 4X 600 200 100 50 LGC 4X 6X 6X 600 65 35 25 CLD 2 600 100 65 35 CHLD 2 600 200 100 50 CLDC 2 6X 800 65 50 25 MDL 6X 800 100 65 35 HMDL 3 3 3 3 6X 2 6X 800 65 50 25 CMDL 800 100 65 35 CHMDL 2 6X 1200 85 50 25 NGS 6X 1200 100 65 35 NGH 6X 1200 200 100 65 NGC 6X 1200 65 50 25 CND 2 6X 1200 100 65 35 CHND 2 6X 1200 200 100 65 CNDC 2 6X 3 3 3 3 3 Notes 1 For ground fault protection on main devices, see Modification 10—applies to 310 and 310+ trip units only. 2 100% rated circuit breaker. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-77 3.3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards PRL4D Drawout Branch/Feeder Breakers Type PRL4D 3 Single Mount Two-Pole and Three-Pole Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Ampere Rating 3 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Breaker Type “X” Space 7X Single-Mount Breakers with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units 3 70–250 85 35 18 JGS 70–250 100 65 25 JGH 7X 3 70–250 200 100 35 JGC 7X 3 250–600 85 35 18 LGS 9X 250–600 100 65 35 LGH 9X 3 250–600 200 100 50 LGC 9X 3 20–50 85 35 18 JGS 7X 20–50 100 65 25 JGH 7X 3 20–50 200 100 35 JGC 7X 40–100 85 35 18 JGS 7X 40–100 100 65 25 JGH 7X Single-Mount Breakers with Electronic 310+ Trip Units (Three-Pole Only) 3 3 40–100 200 100 35 JGC 7X 80–150 85 35 18 JGS 7X 3 80–150 100 65 25 JGH 7X 3 80–150 200 100 35 JGC 7X 100–250 85 35 18 JGS 7X 3 100–250 100 65 25 JGH 7X 100–250 200 100 35 JGC 7X 3 100–250 85 35 18 LGS 9X 100–250 100 65 35 LGH 9X 3 100–250 200 100 50 LGC 9X 3 200–400 85 35 18 LGS 9X 200–400 100 65 35 LGH 9X 3 200–400 200 100 50 LGC 9X 250–600 85 35 18 LGS 9X 3 250–600 100 65 35 LGH 9X 250–600 200 100 50 LGC 9X 3 Provision for Future (Includes Factory-Installed Base Cassette) 3 20–250 Any JG family branch/feeder breaker 7X 100–600 Any LG family branch/feeder breaker 9X 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-78 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 For Dual/Twin feeder breakers, select any two breakers within the same “Breaker Type.” Type PRL4D 3 3 Dual/Twin Mount Two-Pole and Three-Pole 3 Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Ampere Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Breaker Type “X” Space 3 3 Dual-/Twin-Mount Breakers with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units 70–250 85 35 18 JGS 7X 70–250 100 65 25 JGH 7X 70–250 200 100 35 JGC 7X 3 3 Dual-/Twin-Mount Breakers with Electronic 310+ Trip Units (Three-Pole Only) 20–50 85 35 18 JGS 7X 20–50 100 65 25 JGH 7X 20–50 200 100 35 JGC 7X 40–100 85 35 18 JGS 7X 40–100 100 65 25 JGH 7X 40–100 200 100 35 JGC 7X 80–150 85 35 18 JGS 7X 80–150 100 65 25 JGH 7X 80–150 200 100 35 JGC 7X 100–250 85 35 18 JGS 7X 100–250 100 65 25 JGH 7X 100–250 200 100 35 JGC 7X 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Provision for Future (Includes Factory-Installed Base Cassette) 20–250 Any JG Family Branch/Feeder Breaker 7X 100–600 Any LG Family Branch/Feeder Breaker 9X 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-79 3.3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Box Sizing and Selection—PRL4D Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Main Lug Only (MLO), Main Breaker, Neutral, Through-Feed Lug (TFL) and Sub-Feed Lug (SFL) “X” Space Requirements. (For other configurations not shown, refer to Eaton.) * = Space available for branch devices. For device sizing, see Page V2-T3-82. • 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRL4D Layout Standard Main Lug, Through-Feed and Sub-Feed Lugs a (500 kcmil Maximum) MLO, SFL MLO, TFL 10X N 10X * 3 12X 12X 2X 7X MLO, SFL 20X N 7X ThroughFeed Lugs 3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3Ph 3W 2X N 1200A 36-inch (914.4 mm) Minimum Width 2X Blank Main Breaker * * Blank 2X Blank 3Ph 3W 3Ph 4W MLO, TFL N 20X N 250A a, 400A a, 600A a, 800A 3X 13X * * Blank 9X ThroughFeed Lugs 13X 250A, 400A, 600A, 800A 3X Blank 1200A 36-inch (914.4 mm) Minimum Width N 20X N 15X * Blank 11X ThroughFeed Lugs 120A 36-inch (914.4 mm) Minimum Width 5X 15X * * Blank 3Ph 4W Note 1 Sub-feed lugs are available 250–600A. For 600A, use 1200A “A” space. V2-T3-80 ThroughFeed Lugs MLO, TFL * 5X 9X 3Ph 3W MLO 20X * * 3Ph 4W 3 3 3Ph 4W * 3 3 * * ThroughFeed Lugs * Blank 3 3 * Optional Main Lugs, Through-Feed and Sub-Feed Lugs a (750 kcmil Maximum) 3 3 Main Breaker 3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3 3 N Main Breaker 1200A 36-inch (914.4 mm) Minimum Width 3 3 19X MLO, TFL N 3 3 Main Breaker N 800A Vertically Mtd. MDL Main Breaker only in 24-inch (609.6 mm) wide box. Available with 38X and 50X Panel Height only. MLO 3 3 250A, 400A, 600A, 800A 3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W 3 3 7X * 7X Main Breaker with Neutral (when required) (500 kcmil Maximum) N 250A a, 400A a, 600A a, 800A 3 3 = Blank means no bus under cover, to meet NEC cable bending space. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 11X 3Ph 3W ThroughFeed Lugs 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Panel Layout and Dimensions To determine the dimensions of a given panelboard enclosure, make a layout sketch by fitting together the main, branch and lug modules according to the appropriate tables in the layout guide. Assign “X” units to each module as shown and obtain a total “X” number. The height of the enclosure is related to the total “X” units in the layout as shown in table on right. Three standard box heights are available to accommodate any and all layout arrangements. “X” unit totals that do not exactly match those in table on right must be rounded off to the next higher standard (38X, 50X). If a calculated “X” total for a panel exceeds 50X, the panel must be split into two or more separate sections with “X” space for through-feed lugs figured in for all but one section. If a neutral is required, a separate neutral bar and appropriate “X” space must be included in each section. Box Dimensions—PRL4D Layout Example ● One PRL4D panelboard, 480Y/277 Vac, threephase, four-wire, 65 kA, 800A main lugs only with: ● One JGS 200A/ three-pole ● One LGS 400A/ three-pole ● One JGS 150A/ three-pole dual mount ● One JGS 100A/ three-pole dual mount Reference PRL4D Layout Example 1. From layout guide, total “X” height of panel = 33X. 2. From table on right, 33X must use minimum 38X dimensions. Minimum box height is 73.50 inches (1866.9 mm). 3 “X” Units Catalog Number Height Width Depth 1 38X BX3673 73.50 (1866.9) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0) 50X BX3690 90.00 (2286.0) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0) 38X BX4473 73.50 (1866.9) 44.00 (1117.6) 11.31 (287.0) 50X BX4490 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 11.31 (287.0) JGS single minimum width: 36 inches ● LGS single minimum width: 36 inches ● JGS dual minimum width: 44 inches As the JGS duals require a minimum of a 44-inch-wide box, the minimum box width is 44 inches. ● 3 3 3 Top and Bottom Gutters 10.63 inches (269.9 mm) minimum. 3 Side Gutters—Minimum ● 36-inch (914.4 mm) wide box: 6-inch (152.4 mm) ● 44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box: 8-inch (203.2 mm) 3 3 3 Type PRL4D Layout Example JGS 200A three-pole single feeder 7X LGS 400A three-pole single feeder 9X 3 JGS 150A three-pole dual feeder JGS 150A three-pole dual feeder 7X 3 Main Lugs 800A 10X 3 3 Neutral 3. From the layout for branch and main devices, find minimum box width requirements for mains and branch/feeder devices. 3 Total = 33X 3 Notes 1 Box depth is 10.40-inch (264.2 mm), cover adds 0.90-inch (22.8 mm) to depth. 3 Flush trims not available on PRL4D panels. Door-to-door option not available on PRL4D panels. 3 3 3 3 3 3 4. From PRL4D Layout Example, the correct minimum box selection is BX4473, which is 73.50 inches H x 44.00 inches W x 11.31 inches D (1866.9 mm H x1117.6 mm W x 287.0 mm D). 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-81 3.3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Layout for Branch and Horizontally Mounted Main Devices—PRL4D Instructions Determine box size by locating all main and feeder devices in your panel. The width of box is determined by the maximum box size shown for each device. For main lugs, through-feed lugs and sub-feed lugs, refer to Page V2-T3-80. 3 2 or 3P Feeder Only Single Drawout 3 7X 250A Max. 9X 600A Max. LGS, LGH, LGC 2 or 3P Main Only Fixed Mount 4X 600A Max. LGS, LGH, LGC 2 or 3P Main Only Fixed Mount 6X 600A Max. CLD 1 , CHLD 1, CLDC 1 6X 800A Max. MDL, HMDL, CMDL 1, CHMDL 1 6X 1200A Max. NGS 2 , NGH 2, NGC 2 JGS, JGH, JGC 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 or 3P Main Only Fixed Mount 3 3 2 or 3P Main Only Fixed Mount 3 3 3 2 or 3P Feeder Only Dual Drawout 3 2 or 3P Main Only Fixed Mount 3 3 3 3 2 or 3P Feeder Only Dual Drawout 44-Inch (1117.6 mm) Wide Box 3 36-Inch (914.4 mm) Wide Box 2 or 3P Main or Feeder Single Drawout 7X 250A Max. JGS, JGH, JGC 6X 1200A Max. NGSC 3, NGHC 3 , NGCC 3 Notes 1 100% rated breaker. 2 Optional 750 kcmil terminal requires 44-inch (1117.6 mm) wide box. 3 Contact Eaton for availability. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-82 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Accessories and Modifications 3 PRL4D Modifications 1. Ambient Compensating Breakers For ambient compensating breakers (where available) in lieu of standard breakers, add 10% to panelboard branch breaker and to main breaker list prices, if required. (Not UL Listed.) 3 Modification Item Number Ambient compensating breakers 1 Breaker accessories—internal 2 Complete assembly 3 Compression type lugs 4 Conduit covers 5 Copper lugs/terminals 6 2. Breaker Accessories—Internal (Only One Accessory Per Position) 3 Copper main bus 7 Accessories 3 Density rated bus 8 Breaker Type Device Mounting Directory frame—metal 9 JG family Drawout 1 Auxiliary switch 1A-1B Electronic trip units 10 JG family Drawout 1 Auxiliary switch 2A-2B Ground bars 11 JG family Drawout 1 Ground fault protection 12 JG family Drawout 1 High load alarm w/trip Infrared (IR) viewing windows 13 JG family Drawout 1 Ground fault alarm w/trip JG family Drawout 2 Undervoltage release JG family Drawout 2 Zone selective interlock LG family Drawout 1 Auxiliary switch 1A-1B LG family Drawout 1 Auxiliary switch 2A-2B 1 Handle lock-off device 14 Nameplates 15 3 3 3 16 Seismically qualified 17 LG family Drawout Service entrance equipment rated 18 LG family Drawout 1 High load alarm w/trip Shunt trips 19 LG family Drawout 1 Ground fault alarm w/trip Sub-feed lugs 20 LG family Drawout 2 Undervoltage release 3 Surge protective devices 21 LG family Drawout 2 Zone selective interlock LG family Fixed Auxiliary switch 1A-1B LG family Fixed Auxiliary switch 2A-2B LG family Fixed Bell alarm LG family Fixed High load alarm w/trip 22 Touchup paint 23 3 3 Bell alarm Permanent circuit numbers Through-feed lugs 3 Internal Breaker Accessory 3 3 3 3 Bell alarm LG family Fixed Ground fault alarm w/trip LG family Fixed Undervoltage release 3 LG family Fixed Zone selective interlock MDL family Fixed Auxiliary switch 1A-1B MDL family Fixed Auxiliary switch 2A-2B MDL family Fixed Auxiliary switch 1A-1B w/alarm MDL family Fixed Auxiliary switch 2A-2B w/alarm NG family Fixed Auxiliary switch 1A-1B NG family Fixed Auxiliary switch 2A-2B NG family Fixed Bell alarm NG family Fixed High load alarm w/trip NG family Fixed Ground fault alarm w/trip NG family Fixed Undervoltage release 3 NG family Fixed Zone selective interlock 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Notes 1 Accessories wired to a pull-apart terminal block. Right position only. 2 Accessories wired to a pull-apart terminal block. Left position only. 3 Not available when breaker is equipped with ARMS trip unit. 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-83 3.3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3. Complete Assembly Complete assembly of panelboard box, interior and trim prior to shipment, when requested on order. 4. Compression Main Lugs Al/Cu Burndy Range Taking Type. 3 Modification 4 3 Main Lug Amperes 3 800 (3) 500–750 kcmil 1200 (4) #2–600 kcmil (4) 500–750 kcmil 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRL4D Lug Wire Range 5. Conduit Covers Fabricated sheet metal to cover open conduits above and/or below standard Type 1 box. Description Digitrip 310+ ALSI Digitrip 310+ ALSIG Electronic Trip Units for Fixed-Mounted Mains Only. Breaker Frame Family Trip Unit Type Trip Unit Functionality 1 LGS, LGH, LGC Digitrip 310+ Digitrip 310+ Digitrip 310+ Digitrip 310+ Digitrip 310+ Digitrip 310+ LS LSI LSG LSIG ALSI 2 ALSIG 2 CLD, CHLD, CLDC Digitrip 310 Digitrip 310 Digitrip 310 Digitrip 310 LS LSI LSG LSIG MDL, HMDL, CMDL, CHMDL Digitrip 310 Digitrip 310 Digitrip 310 Digitrip 310 LS LSI LSG LSIG NGS, NGH, NGC Digitrip 310+ 3 Digitrip 310+ 3 Digitrip 310+ 3 Digitrip 310+ 3 Digitrip 310+ 3 Digitrip 310+ 3 LS LSI LSG LSIG ALSI 2 ALSIG 2 CND, CHND, CNDC Digitrip 310 4 Digitrip 310 4 Digitrip 310 4 Digitrip 310 4 LS LSI LSG LSIG Modification 8 Aluminum—750A per Square Inch 600 1200 Conduit enclosing shield—solid back Copper—1000A per Square Inch 600 6. Copper Lugs/Terminals Optional copper mechanical main lugs only and includes main incoming neutral lug. Modification 6 Main Lug Amperes PRL4D Lug Wire Range 3 (2) 1/0–600 kcmil 1200 (3) 1/0–600 kcmil 3 Trip Unit Type Drawout Feeder or Main LGS, LGH, LGC Conduit enclosing shield—open back 800 3 Breaker Frame Family 1000 600 3 The following electronic trip units integrate Eaton's Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System within the trip unit. Ampere Rating 800 Modification 5 3 3 8. Density Rated Bus Standard main bus ampere rating is determined by UL listed temperature rise testing. Density rated bus is defined at 750A per square inch for aluminum bus and 1000A per square inch for copper bus. Adder for aluminum density rated bus is in addition to the base price. Adder for copper density rated bus is in addition to the base price plus the appropriate adder for copper bus. See Modification 7. (2) 1/0–600 kcmil 7. Copper Main Busbars Optional copper busbars are available in all ampere ratings. Modification 7 Ampere Range 600 3 800 3 1200 1000 3 Bare Copper Silver-Plated Chassis Bus Copper Bus 800 1000 1200 11. Ground Bars 9. Directory Frame—Metal Metal directory frame in lieu of standard non-metallic pocket directory holder. Modification 11 Modification 9 Directory Frame Type Metal frame, plastic cover 10. Electronic Trip Units Thermal-magnetic trip units are standard. For electronic trip units, select appropriate breaker from the electronic trip section of Pages V2-T3-78 and V2-T3-79. See selection below for electronic trip units. Drawout Feeder JGS, JGH, JGC 3 3 Bar Type Aluminum bar for aluminum and copper conductors Standard, attached to box Insulated/isolated ground bar Copper bar for use with copper only conductors Standard, attached to box Insulated/isolated bar Notes 1 L = Adjustable long delay pickup S = Adjustable short delay pickup w/fixed short delay I = Adjustable instantaneous pickup G = Adjustable ground fault pickup A = Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System 2 Trip unit includes Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System. 3 Digitrip 310+ is standard for the NGS, NGH and NGC. 4 Digitrip 310 is standard for CND, CHND and CNDC. Modification 10 Breaker Frame Family 3 Description Trip Unit Type Digitrip 310+ LS Digitrip 310+ LSI Digitrip 310+ LSG Digitrip 310+ LSIG Drawout Feeder Digitrip 310+ LS or Main LGS, LGH, Digitrip 310+ LSI LGC Digitrip 310+ LSG Digitrip 310+ LSIG 3 V2-T3-84 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 12. Ground Fault Protection Refer to Modification 10 for ground fault trip units. 13. Infrared (IR) Viewing Windows Infrared viewing windows for main devices and drawout single-mounted feeder devices. Modification 13 Overcurrent Device IR Window Manufacturer All fixed mount mains Iriss Hawk (Fluke) Single drawout feeder breakers 1 Iriss Hawk (Fluke) 14. Handle Lock-Off Devices for Breakers Contact Eaton for a list of padlockable and nonpadlockable circuit breaker handle lock-offs. 15. Nameplates, Engraved Field-attached nameplates. Modification 15 Description Mastic back, engraved, black with white lettering Mastic back, engraved, colors other than black Nameplates, screw attached 16. Permanent Circuit Numbers Permanently attached micarta circuit numbering. 17. Seismically Qualified For seismically qualified PRL4D panelboards, request seismic labeling on order. 18. Service Entrance Equipment Service Entrance labeling as detailed under the “Service Entrance Equipment” per UL and NEC. Only panelboards meeting these requirements may be labeled as such. The requirement or service entrance labeling must be noted on the order. Includes neutral disconnect link and labeling “Suitable For Use as Service Equipment” (SUSE). Ground bar must be ordered separately. See Modification 11. 19. Shunt Trip for Main or Feeder Breakers For tripping breaker from remote point. Voltage and frequency must be specified when ordering shunt trips. Wiring to terminal block is included with the drawout molded case product as standard. For all others wired to terminal block, contact Eaton. 20. Sub-Feed Lugs Available only on main lug only panelboards. Not available on service entrance panelboards with main lugs using the six disconnect rule. Mechanical Al/Cu lugs. Compression or copper body lugs require additional price adder from Modification 4 or Modification 6, as appropriate. Modification 20 21. Surge Protective Devices (SPD) Package includes SPD unit and integral circuit breaker disconnect (30A) connected to the chassis bus. 3 3 3 Modification 21 Surge Current Rating 50 80 100 120 160 200 250 300 400 SPD Package Options—Basic Package ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ LED monitor, L-N, L-G, L-L and ■ N-G. EMI/RFI filtering. Audible alarm with disable switch. Form C relay contact. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ LED monitor, L-N, L-G, L-L and N-G Standard Package ■ 22. Through-Feed Lugs Mechanical Al/Cu lugs. Compression or copper lugs require additional price adder from Modification 4 Compression Lug or Modification 6 Copper Lugs/Terminals. Modification 22 Refer to PRL4D Layout. 3 3 3 3 Premium Package LED monitor, L-N, L-G, L-L and ■ N-G. EMI/RFI filtering. Audible alarm with disable switch. Form C relay contact. Six-digit LCD display. Counts surges in all modes. Nonvolatile memory (no battery backup). Reset button designed to prevent accidental resets. 3 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 3 3 3 3 23. Touchup Paint 3 Modification 23 3 Description 12 oz spray can. ANSI-61 light gray indoor 3 Case lot of 12—12 oz spray can. ANSI-61 light gray indoor 3 Note 1 Available on only single-mounted drawout. Not available on dual-mounted feeder devices. 3 3 Panel Main Ampere Rating Box Height Addition 3 600 7X 800 7X 3 1200 9X 3 Panel Ampere Rating Box Height Addition 3 600 4X 800 6X 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-85 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL5P Description 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Page Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-88 V2-T3-88 V2-T3-88 V2-T3-89 V2-T3-94 V2-T3-94 Product Overview The PRL5P panelboard incorporates Eaton’s plug-on power panelboard experience with modern manufacturing technology to provide the most flexible plug-on design in the industry. Designed to eliminate the multitude of parts associated with other similar products, the PRL5P panelboard is the choice for applications where additions and changes must be fast and convenient. 3 3 Plug-On Mains and Branches provide the flexibility to move devices on factory-assembled panels after the boards are received at the job site. The electrician may move branch devices and place them into a configuration that fits the particular wiring needs of that installation. Breakers are mounted to an adapter that includes the bus connection hardware. The breaker to bus bar connection is positive and secure. This proven connection has been utilized by Eaton in plug-on power panelboards since 1984. Two Enclosure Widths Provide Greater Flexibility 30-Inch (762.0 mm) Wide. The narrowest enclosure in the industry for an 800A main, breaker or lug, and up to 600A branch breakers— while providing ample wiring bending space. An industry exclusive is the ability to mount two 225A, 480 Vac breakers on the same adapter unit. It requires half the space necessitated by other products. 48-Inch (1219.2 mm) Wide. Provides for mains up to 1200A. The 1200A lug adapter unit accepts up to 750 kcmil conductors. Two 600A breakers can be mounted across from one another. Another exclusive allows breakers of different sizes to be mounted across from one another, providing the ability to maximize space within the panel. There are no restrictions or predetermined spaces where branch devices must be placed. 3 3 3 3 Panelboard Installation Type PRL5P—48-Inch (1219.2 mm) Wide Type PRL5P—30-Inch (762.0 mm) Wide 3 3 3 V2-T3-86 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Circuit Breaker and Lug Adapter Units Breaker adapter units utilize molded case circuit breakers that provide increased performance in considerably less space than standard breakers. They’re available from 15–1200A at 600 Vac maximum. A wide range of integrally mounted breaker accessories are available. Main and through-feed lug adapter units are available and are mounted similar to the breakers. Lug units are available up to 1200A. Breaker and lug attachment units can withstand fault currents up to 200 kA rms symmetrical. 3.3 3 3 3 1200A Main Lug Unit 3 600A L-Frame Breaker 3 3 400A K-Frame Breaker 3 An Oversized Area is Provided for Neutral Connections with Ample Lugs for Ease of Installation 3 3 3 Dual-Mounted 225A F-Frame Breakers 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-87 3.3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Contents Type PRL5P Description 3 Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL1a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2aF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL2a-LX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrofit Panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL3E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type PRL5P Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Type PRL5P 3 Product Description 3 ● ● 3 3 3 3 3 ● ● ● ● ● 600 Vac maximum (250 Vdc) Three-phase four-wire, three-phase three-wire, single-phase three-wire 1200A maximum mains 1200A maximum branch devices Plug-on branch devices Factory assembled Refer to Pages V2-T3-7 and V2-T3-88 for additional information Application Description ● ● ● ● ● Power distribution panelboard Fully rated or series rated Interrupting ratings up to 200 kA symmetrical Suitable for use as Service Entrance Equipment, when specified on the order See Pages V2-T3-7 through V2-T3-23 for additional information Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL 67, UL 50 Federal Specification W-P-115c Refer to Page V2-T3-7 for additional information 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-88 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T3-7 V2-T3-8 V2-T3-10 V2-T3-11 V2-T3-26 V2-T3-30 V2-T3-34 V2-T3-38 V2-T3-42 V2-T3-46 V2-T3-50 V2-T3-58 V2-T3-62 V2-T3-66 V2-T3-76 V2-T3-86 V2-T3-89 V2-T3-92 V2-T3-94 V2-T3-94 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Product Selection 3 Panelboard Selection and Layout Select either single-row or double-row bus chassis. Single-row bus chassis— maximum 800 ampere main breaker or main lug only. Select main device and “X” space from table below. Select branch devices and corresponding “X” space from the following tables. Type PRL5P Refer to layout data from the following tables. Make a layout sketch of the main and branch devices utilizing either a single-row or double-row bus chassis indicating the “X” space for each device. The maximum total “X” space cannot exceed 40X for any panelboard. Should more than 40X be required, add the appropriate through-feed lug adapter or breaker to feed an additional panelboard. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRL5P 1 Main Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc Main Device Type Main “X” Space 3 3 Main Lug Only Single-Row Bus 400 — — — — Lug 8X 600 — — — — Lug 8X 800 — — — — Lug 8X 3 3 Main Lug Only Double-Row Bus 800 — — — — Lug 7X 1200 — — — — Lug 7X 3 3 Main Breaker Single-Row Bus 400 65 — — 10 DK 4X 400 65 35 25 10 KD 4X 400 100 65 35 22 HKD 4X 400 200 100 65 22 KDC 4X 600 35 35 25 22 LD 6X 600 100 65 35 25 HL 6X 600 200 100 35 25 LDC 6X 800 65 50 25 22 MDL 6X 800 100 65 35 25 HMDL 6X 3 3 3 3 3 3 Main Breaker Double-Row Bus 800 65 50 25 22 MDL 6X 800 100 65 35 25 HMDL 6X 1200 65 50 25 — ND 6X 1200 100 65 35 — HND 6X 1200 200 100 65 — NDC 6X 3 3 3 3 Branch Devices—Single-Pole Breakers in Single Adapter Units—PRL5P Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 120 Vac 240 Vac 277 Vac 125 Vdc Breaker Type “X” Type 15–60 14 — 14 10 EHD 2X, 3X 15–60 35 — 35 10 FD 2X, 3X 15–60 65 — 65 10 HFD 2X, 3X 3 3 3 3 Note 1 Includes aluminum bus chassis, box, trim, main and neutral (if required). 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-89 3.3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Branch Devices—Two- and Three-Pole Breakers in Single Adapter Units—PRL5P Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Ampere Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc Breaker Type “X” Space 100–225 22 — — — EDB 3X 100–225 42 — — — EDS 3X 3 100–225 65 — — — ED 3X 100–225 100 — — — EDH 3X 3 100–225 200 — — — EDC 3X 15–60 18 14 — 10 EHD 3X 3 70–100 18 14 — 10 EHD 3X 3 15–60 65 35 18 10 FD 3X 70–100 65 35 18 10 FD 3X 3 110–225 65 35 18 10 FD 3X 15–60 100 65 25 22 HFD 3X 3 70–100 10 65 25 22 HFD 3X 110–225 100 65 25 22 HFD 3X 3 15–60 200 100 35 22 FDC 3X 3 70–100 200 100 35 22 FDC 3X 110–225 200 100 35 22 FDC 3X 3 70–225 65 35 18 10 JD 3X 250 65 35 18 10 JD 3X 3 70–225 100 65 25 22 HJD 3X 250 100 65 25 22 HJD 3X 3 70–225 200 10 35 22 JDC 3X 3 250 200 100 35 22 JDC 3X 100–400 65 — — — DK 4X 3 250–400 65 35 25 10 KD 4X 250–400 100 65 35 22 HKD 4X 3 250–400 200 100 65 22 KDC 4X 3 300–600 65 35 25 22 LD 6X 300–600 100 65 35 25 HLD 6X 3 300–600 200 100 50 25 LDC 6X 400–800 65 50 25 22 MDL 1 6X 3 400–800 100 65 35 25 HMDL 1 6X 400–800 65 50 25 — ND 1 6X 400–800 100 65 35 — HND 1 6X 400–800 200 100 65 — NDC 1 6X 3 3 3 1 600–1200 65 50 25 — ND 600–1200 100 65 35 — HND 1 6X 600–1200 200 100 65 — NDC 1 6X 250 Vdc Breaker Type “X” Space 6X 3 3 3 3 Branch Devices—Sub-Feed Lug Units—PRL5P Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 400 — — — — Lug 8X 600 — — — — Lug 8X 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 3 800 — — — — Lug 8X 1200 — — — — Lug 1 7X 3 Note 1 For use only in double-row chassis panelboards only. 3 V2-T3-90 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 Branch Devices—Dual Breaker Adapters—PRL5P Ampere Rating Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 100–225 65 — — 100–225 100 — 100–225 200 — 15–60 18 70–100 15–60 250 Vdc Breaker Type “X” Space — ED 3X — — EDH 3X — — EDC 3X 14 — 10 EHD 3X 18 14 — 10 EHD 3X 65 35 18 10 FD 3X 70–100 65 35 18 10 FD 3X 110–225 65 35 18 10 FD 3X 15–60 100 65 25 22 HFD 3X 70–100 100 65 25 22 HFD 3X 110–225 100 65 25 22 HFD 3X 15–60 200 100 35 22 FDC 3X 70–100 200 100 35 22 FDC 3X 110–225 200 100 35 22 FDC 3X 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Note: Any two breakers listed above may be mounted on the same 2X or 3X dual breaker adapter. Dual breaker adapters may be in single- or double-row chassis. Dual breaker adapters can NOT be mounted across from another in a double-row chassis. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-91 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3 Modifications 3 1. Ambient Compensating Breakers For ambient compensating breakers (where available) in lieu of standard breakers, add 10% to panelboard branch breaker and to main breaker list prices, if required. (Not UL listed.) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2. Bus Density Main bus ampere rating is determined by UL listed temperature test. 1000A per square inch copper is available and included in copper bus price addition. 3 3. Special Cabinet (Box) Construction 3 Modification 3 3 Type 3R Enclosure Add per panel 3 4. Complete Assembly Complete assembly of panelboard box, interior and trim prior to shipment when required. 3 3 Modification 4 3 Add per panel 3 5. Conduit Covers Fabricated sheet metal to cover open conduits above and/or below standard Type 1 box. 3 3 3 3 9. Trim and Door Modifications —Special Fronts and Doors Modification 6 Panel Construction Single-bus interior Double-bus interior 6a. Silver-Plated Copper Main Bus For silver-plated copper panelboard main bus and/or connectors, add as follows: Modification 9 Type Hinged door over devices for Type 1 Enclosure 10. Ground Bar Modification 10 Description Add per panel Modification 6a Main Bus Ratings Amperes 11. Solid-State Trip Units Single-bus interior Modification 11 Double-bus interior 6b. Copper Neutral Description K-, L-, M-Frame Circuit Breaker Digitrip RMS310 LS Modification 3 3 6. Copper Main Bus Modification 6b Digitrip RMS310 LSI Panel Construction Digitrip RMS310 LSG Single-bus—800A maximum Digitrip RMS310 LSIG Double-bus—1200A maximum N-Frame Circuit Breaker Digitrip RMS310 LS 7. Copper Lugs Optional copper only mechanical main lugs (includes main incoming neutral lugs). Modification 7 Description Main Lug Amperes 400 Modification 5 600 800 1200 8. Directory Frame—Metal Modification 8 Cover Type Frame Type Conduit enclosing shield (open back) Metal frame, plastic cover Digitrip RMS310 LSI Digitrip RMS310 LSG Digitrip RMS310 LSIG 12. Circuit Breaker Handle Lockoff Devices Modification 12 Description Non-padlockable Padlockable 13. Nameplates, Engraved Modification 13 Type Mastic back and installed by purchaser, per nameplate Fixed to panel trim with two screws or rivets, per nameplate 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-92 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards 3.3 14. Copper Wire Only Terminals for Molded Case Circuit Breakers To replace standard Al/Cu terminals. 3 Modification 14 3 Breaker Frame Maximum Breaker Ampere Rating Terminal Material Wire Range 3 F 225 Copper #4–4/0 J 250 Stainless Steel #4–350 3 K L M N 225 Copper (1) #3–350 350 Copper (1) 250–500 400 Copper (2) 3/0–250 600 Copper (2) 250–500 600 Copper (2) #2/0–500 800 Copper (3) #3/0–300 700 Copper (2) #2/0–500 1000 Copper (3) #3/0–500 1200 Copper (4) #3/0–400 15. Painting and Special Coatings Standard boxes are codegauge galvanized sheet steel. Standard trims are codegauge sheet steel with a rust inhibiting phosphatized coating and finished with ANSI-61. Modification 15 Description Painted Boxes (ANSI-61) Painted Trims or Boxes (other than ANSI-61) 16. Permanent Circuit Numbers 3 3 3 3 3 3 18. Shunt Trip for Main or Branch Circuit Breaker For tripping circuit breaker from a remote point. Voltage and frequency must be specified. Wiring to terminal blocks is not included. Standard leads extend 18 inches (457.2 mm) out of breaker. 3 3 3 3 3 Circuit breakers with factory installed 120, 240 or 480 Vac shunt trips are available with UL listing as shown in table below. 3 3 3 Modification 18 Description Add per device 3 To provide permanently attached Micarta circuit numbers. 19. Touchup Paint 3 Modification 19 17. Service Entrance To provide a Service Entrance Label as detailed under the “Service Entrance Equipment” in application considerations. Only panelboards meeting these requirements can be labeled as such. The requirement for a Service Entrance Label must be noted on order entry. Includes neutral disconnect link and Service Entrance Equipment Label. (Ground bar not included— see Modification 10.) Type 3 12 oz. spray can ANSI-61 light gray Indoor 3 Modification 16 Description 3 Case lot of 12—12 oz. spray cans ANSI-61 light gray indoor Single style 3 3 3 3 3 3 Modification 17 Description 3 Add per panel Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-93 3.3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Technical Data and Specifications PRL5P Maximum Component Unit Ampere Rating Total “X” Space 1 Maximum Ampere Rating of Plug-on Components Bus Chassis Type Main Lugs Branch Lugs Main Breaker Branch Breaker Single-row bus 24X 800 600 800 600 32X 800 600 800 600 40X 800 600 800 600 24X 1200 1200 1200 1200 32X 1200 1200 1200 1200 40X 1200 1200 1200 1200 3 3 Double-row bus 3 3 3 3 3 Main Lug and Sub-Feed Lug Unit—PRL5P Ampere Rating “X” Space Mechanical Lug Size and Number Al/Cu Rated Single Bus Connection 400 8X (1) 1/0–500 kcmil or (2) 1/0–250 kcmil 600 8X (2) #4–500 kcmil 3 800 8X (2) #2–500 kcmil or (3) #2–400 kcmil 3 400–1200 3 3 Double Bus Connection 7X (4) #4–750 kcmil Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 3 Layout Information—PRL5P Box Sizes 3 Bus Chassis Type Single-row bus 3 3 Double-row bus 3 3 3 Total “X” Space 1 Box Width Box Height 24X 30.00 (762.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 32X 30.00 (762.0) 75.00 (1905.0) 40X 30.00 (762.0) 86.00 (2184.4) 24X 48.00 (1219.2) 64.00 (1625.6) 32X 48.00)1219.2) 75.00 (1905.0) 40X 48.00 (1219.2) 86.00 (2184.4) Note 1 Deduct “X“ space for main breaker or lugs from the total available “X” spaces listed above. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-94 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Line C Panelboards Chassis Layout 3 3 PRL5P Chassis Layout—“X” Unit Layout of Circuit Breaker and Lug Units—X = 1.38 Inches (34.9 mm) Single-Bus Interior in 30-Inch (762.0 mm) Wide Enclosure Double-Bus Interior Mounted in 48-Inch (1219.2 mm) Wide Enclosure 48.00 (1219.2) 30.00 (762.0) 10.00 (254.0) Neutral — No "X" Space Required Top or Bottom 2X 3X Two-Pole Two-Pole EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EDH, EDC EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EDH, EDC Three-Pole Three-Pole EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EDH, EDC ED, EDH, EDC 3X Two-Pole Two-Pole EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EDH, EDC EDH, EDC 2X Three-Pole Three-Pole EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EDH, EDC EDH, EDC 3X Three-Pole EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, EDB, EDS, ED, EDH, EDC 3X 3 Two- or Three-Pole JD, HJD, JDC 3X 3 Bus Cover c 1X-6X 3 Two- or Three-Pole b DK, KD, HKD, KDC Main or Branch 4X 3 Two- or Three-Pole b LD, HLD, LDC Main or Branch 6X 2X Blank Wireway a Two-Pole Two-Pole EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EDH, EDC ED, EDH, EDC 2X 3X Three-Pole Three-Pole EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EDH, EDC ED, EDH, EDC Blank Wireway a Two- or Three-Pole DK, KD, HKD, KDC 3X Two- or Three-Pole JD, HJD, JDC Two- or Three-Pole LD, HLD, LD C 3X 4X 800A MDL, HMDL b Main or Branch 6X 800A ND, HND, NDC b Main or Branch 1200A ND, HND, NDC b Main or Branch Main Lug or Sub-feed Lug Kit 1200A Maximum 10.00 (254.0) 3 3 6X 3 6X 3 3 8X 6X 7.00 (177.8) 7X 3 3 Main Lug or Sub-feed Lug Kit b 800A Max. 6X 3 6X 800A MDL, HMDL b Main Only 6X 3 6X Filler Plate 3X 3 2X 2X Filler Plate 3 Two-Pole EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EDH, EDC 2X Blank Wireway a 4X 3 10.00 (254.0) Neutral — No "X" Space Required Top or Bottom Two-Pole Two-Pole EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, EHD, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EDH, EDC ED, EDH, EDC 2X 3 10.00 (254.0) 3 10.00 (254.0) 3 7X 3 3 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 3 Notes 1 Blank wireway fillers are required opposite any dual breaker unit. 2 If used as a main device, must be mounted at the neutral end of panel. 3 Fixed bus covers are required for unused spaces if NEC six circuit disconnect rule is to be met. 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-95 3.4 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Elevator Control Panelboard Contents Elevator Control Panelboard Description 3 Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Box Sizing and Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Elevator Control Panelboard 3 Product Description 3 ● ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 3 3 Page Elevator Control Panelboard ● ● 600 Vac maximum Three-phase four-wire 800A maximum mains 30–200A branch devices Short-circuit current rating up to 200 kA rms symmetrical Elevator controls including shunt trip, CPT, indicating lights and keyed selector switch Application Description ● ● ● ● ● 3 3 ● 3 Instrument protection Fully rated Interrupting ratings up to 200 kA symmetrical when protected by fuse Provides selective coordination to 0.01 seconds with the appropriate upstream overcurrent protective device Eaton’s Elevator Control Panelboard provides significant space savings in the elevator control room when compared to traditional installations Factory assembled Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL 67 panelboards UL 50 enclosures UL 98 fusible switches Elevator Control Panelboard is intended to meet the: ● ● ● ● NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) NFPA 72 (National Fire Alarm Code) ANSI/ASME A17.1 (Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators) NFPA 13 (Installation of Sprinkler Systems) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-96 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-97 V2-T3-97 V2-T3-97 Panelboards and Lighting Control Elevator Control Panelboard 3.4 Product Selection Elevator Control Panelboard 3 3 Elevator Control Panelboard Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 600 Vac Main Type Fuse Clip 1 3 400 200 — — 3 600 200 — — 800 200 — — Ampere Rating Main Lug Only 3 3 Main Fusible Switch 600 Vac 400 200 FDPW Class J 600 200 FDPW Class J 800 200 FDPB Class J 3 3 3 Branch Elevator Control Modules 2 Ampere Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Breaker Type Fuse Clip 1 30 200 FDPB Class J 60 200 FDPB Class J 100 200 FDPB Class J 200 200 FDPB Class J 3 3 3 3 Options 3 Elevator Control Options 3 Description Fused control power transformer 3 Fire safety interface relay ON pilot light 3 Isolated neutral termination 3 200% isolated neutral termination Fire alarm voltage monitoring relay (monitors shunt trip voltage) 3 NEMA Type 3R enclosure Surge Protective Devices 120 kA 3 Basic Standard 3 Standard with surge counter 160 kA 3 Basic Standard 3 Standard with surge counter 200 kA Basic 3 Standard 3 Standard with surge counter 250 kA Basic 3 Standard Standard with surge counter 3 Notes 1 Fuses provided by others. 2 Standard features include, fused switch with 120 Vac shunt trip, control power terminals ground termination, 120 Vac key test switch, 1NO and 1NC 120 Vac class mechanically interlocked auxiliary contact for hydraulic elevators with automatic recall. 3 3 Box Sizing and Selection ● 3 Refer to Bid Manager™ drawings for your specific configuration Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-97 3.5 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4 and Column Modifications Contents Panelboards and Lighting Controls Description 3 Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4, Column Modifications Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 V2-T3-98 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4, Column 3 Modifications Selection Guide 3 Modifications—Alphabetical Index 3 Modification 3 Ambient compensating breakers 1 No No Bus density 2 Yes Yes 3 Cabinets—special: Types 2, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 3 Yes Yes 3 Complete assembly 4 Yes Yes Compression type lugs, mains only 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Concealed trim clamps (LT trim) 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No 3 3 Available on Panelboard Types Item PRL1a PRL2a PRL3a PRL3E PRL4B PRL4F Column Type Yes No Yes — No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Conduit covers 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Copper lugs 8 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Copper main bus 9, 9a, 9b Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Standard 3 Directory frame—metal 10 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 3 Doors, special 11 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Fungus-proof 12 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 Ground bar 13 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Electronic trip units 14 No No No Yes Yes — No 3 Ground fault protection (zero sequence) 15 No No No No Yes Yes No Handle lockoff device 16 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Std. Yes 3 Hinges, special (LT trim) 17 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 3 Increased dimensions 18 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Increased panel bus rating 19 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No Interiors to fit existing boxes 20 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No 3 3 3 Locks, special (LT trim) 21 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Molded case switches 22 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes Nameplates engraved 23 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 3 V2-T3-98 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.5 Panelboards and Lighting Control Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4 and Column Modifications Modifications—Alphabetical Index, continued 3 Available on Panelboard Types Modification Item PRL1a PRL2a PRL3a PRL3E PRL4B PRL4F Column Type Neutral rated 200% 24 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Painting and special coating 25 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Permanent circuit numbers 26 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Remote control switches (ASCO 920) 27 No No Yes Yes No No No Service entrance 28 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Shunt trips 29 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Split bus or meter loop 30 No No Yes No No No No Metering devices 31 No No No Yes Yes Yes No Sub-metering, IQ Energy Sentinel 32 No No No No Yes No No Sub-feed breakers 33 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Sub-feed lugs 34 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Tamperproof screws (LT trim) 35 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Through-feed lugs 36 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Time clock space only 37 Yes Yes Yes Yes — — No Touchup paint 38 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Surge protective device (SPD) 39 Yes Yes Yes Yes Ye Yes No Terminals, copper only for breakers 40 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes — Yes 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-99 3.5 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4 and Column Modifications 1. Ambient Compensating Breakers For ambient compensating breakers (where available) in lieu of standard breakers, add 10 percent to panelboard branch breaker and to main breaker list prices, if required. (Not UL listed.) 3 2. Bus Density Main bus ampere rating is determined by UL listed temperature test. For 750A per square inch aluminum or 1000A per square inch copper, make price addition as follows: 3 Modification 2 3 Panel Type 3 PRL1a, 2a 3 Copper—1000A per Square Inch — — 125 — (1) #4–2/0 or (1) 2/0–300 kcmil (1) #4–2/0 or (1) 2/0–300 kcmil — 225 (1) 2/0–300 kcmil or — (1) 4/0–500 kcmil — — 250 — 400 (2) 4/0–300 kcmil or (2) 4/0–300 kcmil or (2) 4/0–300 kcmil or (2) 500–750 kcmil (2) 500–750 kcmil (2) 500–750 kcmil (2) 500–750 kcmil 600 — (2) 2/0–500 kcmil or (2) 2/0–500 kcmil or (2) 500–750 kcmil (2) 500–750 kcmil (2) 500–750 kcmil 100 800 — — — (3) 500–750 kcmil 225 1200 — — — (4) #2–600 kcmil or (4) 500–750 kcmil 250 400 800 PRL1a, 2a (1) 2/0–350 kcmil or (1) 2/0–350 kcmil or (2) 500–750 kcmil (1) 4/0–500 kcmil (1) 4/0–500 kcmil 400 3 PRL3a 3 PRL4 250 600 Modification 5—Box Height Additions 400 1200 Main Amperes PRL1a, PRL2a PRL3E, PRL3a without PRL3E, PRL3a with Neutral Neutral 100 0 0X 0X 3. Special Cabinet (Box) Construction 225 0 — — Modification 3 250 — 2X 5X 400 0 0X 0X 600 — 0X 0X Modification Type 1 Enclosure 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide in place of standard 20-inch (508.0 mm) wide PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E 3 Type 2 Enclosure 3 Type 3R Enclosure 3 — 400 3 3 (1) #1–1/0 or (1) 2/0–300 kcmil 400 3 3 100 225 PRL4 3 PRL4 100 PRL3a 3 Modification 5—Compression Lug Data PRL3a Aluminum—750A per Square Inch 3 3 5. Compression Main Lugs—Al/Cu Burndy Range Taking For other terminal types and box sizes, refer to Eaton. Wire Range by Panel Type Main Amperes PRL1a and PRL2a PRL3E Maximum Amperes 3 3 4. Complete Assembly Complete assembly of panelboard box, interior and trim prior to shipment when required. (Drip-proof with gasketed trim) PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E 20-inch (508.0 mm) wide Maximum size for PRL1a and PRL2a panels: 1–750 kcmil per phase, or 2–500 kcmil per phase. For PRL4 panels, see layout pages. 6. Concealed Trim Clamps—LT Trim PRL1a, PRL2a 20-inch (508.0 mm) wide Modification 6 PRL1a, PRL2a 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide Description PRL3a 1, PRL3E 20-inch (508 mm) wide (600A maximum) Add per panel PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E PRL3a 1, PRL3E 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide (600A maximum) 7. Conduit Covers Fabricated sheet metal to cover open conduits above and/or below standard Type 1 box. PRL4 24-inch (609.6 mm) or 36-inch (914.4) wide only 3 Type 12 Enclosure 3 PRL1a, PRL2a 20-inch (508.0 mm) wide Modification 7 PRL1a, PRL2a 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide Cover Type PRL3a 1, PRL3E 20-inch (508 mm) wide (600A maximum) Conduit Enclosing Shield (open back) PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E, PRL4—Refer to Eaton PRL3a 1, PRL3E 28-inch (711.2 mm) wide (600A maximum) Conduit Enclosure (solid back) PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E, PRL4—Refer to Eaton 3 3 3 3 PRL4 24-inch (609.6 mm) or 36-inch (914.4) wide only Must also add bus density price from Modification 2 for PRL4 Type 4 Enclosure or Type 4X Stainless Steel Enclosure Note 1 At 600A, PRL3a requires the addition of density rated copper bus for Type 3R or 12 enclosure. Refer to Eaton 3 V2-T3-100 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4 and Column Modifications 8. Copper Lugs Optional copper mechanical main lugs only. (Includes main incoming neutral lug.) 3.5 10. Directory Frame—Metal 3 Modification 10 3 Frame Type Modification 8 Metal frame, plastic cover 3 11. Trim and Door Modifications—Special Fronts and Doors 3 Main Amperes Wire Range and Number of Lugs Per Phase 100 (1) #14–1/0 225 (1) #6–250 kcmil Modification 11 250 (1) #6–250 kcmil Description 3 400 (2) #1/0–600 kcmil 600 (2) #1/0–600 kcmil Door-in-door, one door over interior and one which exposes gutter. (LT Trim) (PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E only) 3 800 (2) #1/0–600 kcmil 1200 (3) #1/0–600 kcmil Common trim for two section panels with boxes bolted together. (LT Trim) (PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E only) 3 Standard flush lock with quarter turn fasteners at top and bottom of trim door (LT Trim) (standard on doors 48-inch (1219.2 mm) high and over). (PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E only) 3 Modification 8—Box Height Additions Main Amperes PRL1a, PRL2a PRL3E, PRL3a without Neutral PRL3E, PRL3a with Neutral PRL4 100 0 0X 0X — 225 0 — — — 250 — 0X 0X 0X 400 0 0X 0X 0X 600 — 1X 1X 0X 800 — — — 0X 1200 — — — 0X To provide a trim with a lockable door for PRL4 panels (door-in-door is standard with this adder). Includes National lock with standard keying. 1 Add per panel 12. Fungus Proofing For fungus proofing external portions of circuit breakers and all non-metallic parts, add 10 percent of total panelboard list price. For fungus proofing fusible switches and all non-metallic parts, add 20 percent of total panelboard list price. 13. Ground Bar 9. Copper Main Bus 9a. Silver-Plated Copper Main Bus Modification 9a Available in PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E, PRL4, PRL1aF, PRL2aF, PRL1R, PRL2R, PRL1a-LX and PRL2a-LX 9b. Tin-Plated Copper Main Bus (PRL1a, 2a, 3a, Only) Bar Type Aluminum terminal bar for aluminum or copper cable Standard, insulated/isolated 2 Copper terminal bar for copper cable only Standard, insulated/isolated 2 PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E 3 3 3 Aluminum terminal bar for aluminum or copper cable Standard, insulated/isolated 2 3 Copper terminal bar for copper cable only Standard, insulated/isolated 2 3 Modification 9b Panel Type 3 3 Column Type In Pull Box In Gutter 3 3 Description Panel Type PRL1a PRL2a PRL3a PRL3E PRL4 3 3 Modification 13 Modification 9 Available in PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E, PRL4, PRL1aF, PRL2aF, PRL1R, PRL2R, PRL1a-LX and PRL2a-LX 3 Notes 1 Extra depth box is required. Box will be 12.82-inch (325.6 mm) deep. 2 For PRL1a, 2a, 3a and Column Type panelboards. The insulated/isolated ground bar includes a standard ground bar. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-101 3.5 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4 and Column Modifications 14. Electronic Trip Units Modification 14—Applies to Digitrip 310 and 310+ Trip Units Modification 18 Description 3 K-, L- and M-Frame Circuit Breaker (three-pole only) 3 Digitrip RMS310 LSI 3 Digitrip RMS310 LSIG 1 4 inch (101.6 mm) Top or Bottom 3 3 Digitrip RMS310 LSI 3 3 3 7 inch (177.8 mm) Top or Bottom Digitrip RMS310 LSG 1 12 inch (304.8 mm) Top or Bottom Increased Side Gutters 4 inch (101.6 mm) Left or Right Digitrip RMS310 LS Digitrip RMS310 LSG Description Increased End Gutters Digitrip RMS310 LS N-Frame circuit breaker 3 18. Increased Dimensions (PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a and PRL3E Only) Type 1 Enclosure Only 7 inch (177.8 mm) Left or Right 12 inch (304.8 mm) Left or Right 1 Digitrip RMS310 LSIG 1 Digiview Ammeter for 310+ Trip Unit 15. Zero Sequence Ground Fault Protection For main devices only (circuit breakers or FDPW switch) in PRL4 assembled panels. Available in 250–1200A panels. 19. Increased Panel Main Bus Rating (Three-Phase Four-Wire, Single-Phase Three-Wire) Modification 19 Main Bus Ampere Rating Panel Type 100–225/250 PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E 3 Price includes current monitors, ground bar, static sensor, shunt trip, necessary space, mounting and connecting in panelboards. Price does not include circuit breaker or FDPW switch. 3 Zero sequence ground fault is available with the following family of main devices: 400–600 3 Modification 15 800–1200 3 3 225–400 600 (PRL3a) 250–400 Main Device JD, KD, LD, MDL, ND, LCL, LA-P, NB-P FDPW switches (400–1200A) PRL4 600–800 20. Interior and Fronts to Fit Existing Boxes Refer to Eaton. 21. Special Locks 3 16. Circuit Breaker Handle Lockoff Devices 3 Modification 16 Description 3 Breaker Types LT Type Trim Non-Padlockable Yale 511S with rosette 3 BAB, QBHW, GHB, EHD, FDB, FD, ED, EDH, EDC, HQP, QPHW Yale 4651S (LL803 Key) JD, KD, MDL, ND Master keying—above locks or standard lock—per panelboard 3 Padlockable Corbin 15767 (Cat. #60 Key) PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E 3 JD, KD, LD, MDL, ND, FDE, HFDE 3 3 EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC, ED, EDH, EDC, GHB, BAB, QBHW, HQP, QPHW, EGB, EGS, EGH 17. Special Hinges—LT Trim Piano hinges in lieu of standard hinges. Modification 21 Tee handle and 3-point catch PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E COMPX metal lock with standard keying PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E COMPX metal lock with GE75 keyway PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E, PRL4 3 EZ Type Trim 3 Standard Lock, Keyed to Corbin TEU-1 Standard Lock, Keyed GE75 Standard Lock, Keyed to Corbin Cat 60 3 Standard Lock, Keyed to Corbin WEM1 3 Notes 1 Main breaker only. 3 PRL4 with door includes National lock with standard keying. See Modification 11. 3 V2-T3-102 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4 and Column Modifications 22. Molded Case Switches (Three-Pole, Two-Pole) 25. Painting and Special Coatings Standard boxes are code-gauge galvanized sheet steel. Standard trims are code-gauge sheet steel with a rust inhibiting phosphatized coating and finished with ANSI-61. Modification 22 Not UL Listed Breaker Frame Maximum Volts Maximum Amperes EHD 480 100 FD 600 225 JD 600 250 DK 240 400 KD 600 400 LD 600 600 MDL 600 800 ND 600 1200 3.5 3 3 3 Modification 25 Description 3 Painted boxes (ANSI-61) Painted trims or boxes (other than ANSI-61) 3 26. Permanent Circuit Numbers 3 Modification 26 3 Description To provide permanently attached MicartaT circuit numbers. 3 27. Remote Control Switches—ASCO 920 (Three-Pole, Two-Pole) Electrically operated, mechanically held remote control switch directly mounted to panelboard bus for total or split bus switching applications. 3 Fixed to panel trim with two screws or rivets, per nameplate PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E only (For split bus applications, make price addition from Modification 30.) 3 24. Neutral Rated 200% 480 Vac maximum short-circuit rating of panelboard is 22 kAIC maximum. 23. Nameplates, Engraved Modification 23 Type Mastic back and installed by purchaser, per nameplate Modification 24 Main Bus Rating Neutral Rating 100 225 225 450 250 500 400 600 3 3 Includes complete installation in the panelboard with a screw cover over the switch compartment. Pushbuttons or other control devices are not included. For control circuit modifications, refer to Eaton. 3 3 3 800 Modification 27—Remote Control Switches (PRL3a and PRL3E Only) 3 1200 Switch Rating Amperes 30, 60, 75, 100, 150, 200, 225 3 3 Modification 24—Box Height Additions Main Bus Rating Neutral Rating PRL1a, PRL2a PRL3a, PRL3E PRL4 Modification 27—Remote Control Switch Modifications 100 225 0 0X — Description 225 450 0 — — Two-wire control relay 250 500 — 3X 0X Three-wire control relay 400 800 0 3X 0X Control power transformer 600 1200 — 3X 0X To provide hinged cover in place of standard screw cover Note: Dimensions based on mechanical lugs. For compression or copper lugs, refer to Eaton. For 800 and 1200A PRL4 with 200% neutral, refer to Eaton. 3 3 3 28. Service Entrance To provide a Service Entrance Label as detailed under the “Service Entrance Equipment” in application considerations. Only panelboards meeting these requirements can be labeled as such. The requirement for a Service Entrance Label must be noted on order entry. Includes neutral disconnect link and Service Entrance Equipment Label. (Ground bar not included— see Modification 13.) 3 3 3 3 3 Modification 28 3 Panel Type PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E, PRL4 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-103 3.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4 and Column Modifications 29. Shunt Trip for Main or Branch Circuit Breaker and FDPW Switches For tripping device from a remote point. Voltage and frequency must be specified. Wiring to terminal blocks is not included. Standard leads extend 18-inches (457.2 mm) out of device. Factory-installed 120, 240 or 480 Vac shunt trips are available with UL listing as shown in table below. Underwriters Laboratories listing is not available for shunt trip mounted on molded case switches. IQ Energy Sentinel F-Frame three-pole (150A maximum) Device J-Frame three-pole BAB, QBHW Requires one additional pole space, i.e., single-pole is two-pole size, two-pole is three-pole size and three-pole is four-pole size. K-Frame three-pole GHB (three-pole only) All other circuit breakers FDPW switch (400–1200A) 3 30. Split Bus or Meter Loop (250A Max., 3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W, 1Ph 3W, 1Ph 2W) Panel type PRL3a only. For enclosure size, refer to Eaton. 3 Modification 32 Modification 29 3 3 32. Sub-Metering IQ Multi-Point Submeter II (PRL4 Only) Microprocessor-based breaker-mounted device to monitor power and energy (kW, kWH, kW demand). Device mounts on the load side of three-pole F-, J- and K-Frame feeder breakers. Units are shipped with the interior for field installation. Minimum box width of 36 inches (914.4 mm) is required. Modification 30 Main Bus Amperes 33. Sub-Feed Breakers Modification 33—Panel Types PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E. One Breaker Per Panel Maximum Amperes Number of Poles Breaker Type Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 240V 480V Box Height Addition PRL3a 100 2 EHD 18 14 NA 150 2 FDB 18 14 NA 225 2 FD 65 35 NA 225 2 HFD 100 65 NA 225 2 FDC 200 100 NA 225 2 EDB 22 — NA 3 100–250 3 31. Metering Devices (PRL4 Only) IQ digital metering for incoming service. Devices are installed in chassis mounted compartment with hinged door. Standard CTs (1200A maximum) are included with devices. Requires copper bus at 1200A. 225 2 HJD 100 65 14X 225 2 JDC 200 100 14X 250 2 JD 65 35 14X Modification 31 250 2 HJD 100 65 14X 3 3 3 3 225 2 EDS 42 — NA 225 2 ED 65 — NA 225 2 EDH 100 — NA 225 2 JD 65 35 14X Device Box Height Addition 250 2 JDC 200 100 14X IQ 130 with CTs and display 13X 400 2 DK 65 — 15X IQ 130 with CTs, no display 13X 15X 3 IQ 140 with CTs and display 3 IQ 140 with CTs, no display 13X IQ 150 with CTs and display 13X 13X 400 2 KD 65 35 400 2 HKD 100 65 15X 400 2 KDC 200 100 15X 100 3 EHD 18 14 NA 150 3 FDB 18 14 NA 3 IQ 150 with CTs, no display 13X 225 3 FD 65 35 NA IQ 210 with CTs 13X 225 3 HFD 100 65 NA 3 IQ 220 with CTs 13X 3 IQ 230 with CTs 13X IQ 230M with CTs 13X IQ 250 with CTs and display 13X IQ 250 with CTs, no display 13X 3 IQ 260 with CTs and display 13X 225 3 HJD 100 65 14X 13X 225 3 JDC 200 100 14X 3 IQ 260 with CTs, no display PXM 2250 with CTs and display 13X 3 3 PXM 2250 with CTs, no display 13X PXM 2260 with CTs and display 13X 225 3 FDC 200 100 NA 225 3 EDB 22 — NA 225 3 EDS 42 — NA 225 3 ED 65 — NA 225 3 EDH 100 — NA 225 3 JD 65 35 14X 250 3 JD 65 35 14X 250 3 HJD 100 65 14X 250 3 JDC 200 100 14X 400 3 DK 65 — 15X 15X 3 PXM 2260 with CTs, no display 13X 400 3 KD 65 35 3 PXM 2270 with CTs and display 13X 400 3 HKD 100 65 15X PXM 2270 with CTs, no display 13X 400 3 KDC 200 100 15X 3 Note: 225A maximum on Column Type panels. Sub-feed breaker not available on PRL3a panel with subchassis. V2-T3-104 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4 and Column Modifications Modification 33—Panel Type PRL3a Only. Two Breakers Per Panel—Twin Mounted Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) 36. Through-Feed Lugs (3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W, 1Ph 3W, 1Ph 2W) Note: 225 amperes maximum on Column Type panels. Not available on service entrance panels with main lugs only (six disconnect rule). 240 Volts 480 Volts Box Height Addition PRL3a JD 65 35 20X 2 HJD 100 65 20X 2 JDC 200 100 20X 250 2 JD 65 35 250 2 HJD 100 65 250 2 JDC 200 100 20X Panel Types PRL1a, PRL2a 225 3 JD 65 35 20X 100 2 225 3 HJD 100 65 20X 225 2 225 3 JDC 200 100 20X 400 2 250 3 JD 65 35 20X Panel Type PRL3a, PRL3E 250 3 HJD 100 65 20X 100 2X 250 3 JDC 200 100 20X 250 5X Maximum Amperes Number of Poles Breaker Type 225 2 225 225 3.5 Mechanical Al/Cu lugs. Compression or copper lugs requires additional price adder from Modification 5—Compression Lug Data or Modification 8 as appropriate. 20X Modification 36 20X Main Amperes 3 Box Height Addition 8X 600 8X Note: Not available on service entrance panels with main lugs only (six disconnect rule). 800 14X 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Panel Type PRL4 2 Mechanical Al/Cu lugs. Compression or copper lugs requires additional price adder from Modification 5—Compression Lug Data or Modification 8 as appropriate. Main Amperes Box Height Addition Panel Types PRL1a, PRL2a 100–225 0X Panel Type PRL3a, PRL3E 100–250 250–400 600 250 7X 400 7X 600 7X 800 7X 1200 5X 3 3 3 37. Time Clock Space Only Includes box, trim, door and mounting pan. 3 Modification 37 3 3 Enclosure Type 1X Type 1 Panel Type PRL4 1 0X 4X 3 PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E (24-inch (609.6 mm) space) PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E (36-inch (914.4mm) space) 3 Type 3R 35. Tamperproof Screws—LT Trim Modification 35 PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E (24-inch (609.6 mm) space) 3 38. Touchup Paint 3 Description Tamperproof screws for trims, in lieu of standard screws. 3 3 400 Modification 34 3 Not available on panels with sub-feed breaker. 34. Sub-Feed Lugs (3Ph 4W, 3Ph 3W, 1Ph 3W, 1Ph 2W) Available on main lug panels only. 3 Modification 38 3 Description 3 12 oz. spray can. ANSI-61 light gray indoor Case Lot of 12—12 oz. spray cans. ANSI-61 light gray indoor single style 3 Notes 1 Refer to PRL4 layout. 2 Refer to panelboard sizing charts. 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-105 3.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Types PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4 and Column Modifications 39. Surge Protective Device (SPD) Type PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL 3a and PRL3E Panelboards Package includes SPD unit connected to the panelboard bus. Available for all enclosure types. Sizing: PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3E: Add 7 inches (177.8 mm) to the standard box height. PRL3a: Add 4X for 100–200 kA SPD units. 225 Copper (1) #3–350 350 Copper (1) 250–500 400 Copper (2) 3/0–250 800 Copper (3) #3/0–300 700 Copper (2) #2/0–500 Available for all enclosure types. 1000 Copper (3) #3/0–500 The SPD unit and integral circuit breaker disconnect will require 7X of chassis space. (Only available in 36-inches (914.4 mm) or 44-inches (1117.6 mm) wide enclosure.) 1200 Copper (4) #3/0–400 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — — — PRL4, Elevator Control Panelboard ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — — — PRL4, Elevator Control Panelboard ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ — — — PRL4, Elevator Control Panelboard ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 3 #4–350 K N PRL1a, PRL2a, PRL3a, PRL3E 3 Stainless Steel (2) 250–500 100 120 160 200 250 300 400 3 Copper 250 (2) #2/0–500 80 3 225 J Copper 50 3 #4–4/0 F Copper 3 3 Wire Range 600 kA/Phase 3 Terminal Material 600 Surge Current Rating 3 Maximum Breaker Ampere Rating M Description 3 Breaker Frame L Type PRL4 and Elevator Control Panelboards Package includes SPD unit and integral circuit breaker disconnect (30A) connected to the panel bus. Modification 39 3 Modification 40 PRL3E: AdVisor/SuperVisor display (200 kA maximum) add 8 inches. SML TVSS add 7 inches. 3 3 40. Copper Wire Only Terminals for Molded Case Circuit Breakers (To replace standard Al/Cu terminals.) Note 1 Requires 15A branch breaker for cable connection—three-pole (three-phase) or two-pole (single-phase). (Add breaker separately, not included in price.) SPD Package Options Basic LEDs monitor L-N, L-G, L-L and N-G Standard Feature Package LEDs monitor L-N, L-G, L-L and N-G EMI/RFI filtering Audible alarm with disable switch Form C relay contact Standard Package LEDs monitor L-N, L-G, L-L and N-G EMI/RFI filtering Audible alarm with disable switch Form C relay contact Six digit LCD display Counts surges in all modes Non-volatile memory (no battery backup) Reset button designed to prevent accidental resets 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-106 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command 3.6 Contents Pow-R-Command Family Description Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3 V2-T3-108 V2-T3-111 V2-T3-120 3 3 3 An Eaton Green Solution 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Product Overview Pow-R-Command™ is a lighting control and energy management system that integrates branch circuit protection, control (switching and dimming) and metering into a single panelboard enclosure. The integrated design simplifies electrical distribution and control systems design, and eliminates separate equipment enclosures and associated wiring. Other benefits include reducing equipment wall space, installation labor and total installed cost. Pow-RCommand systems are designed to meet or exceed ASHRAE, IECC and LEED® requirements. Pow-R-Command Intelligent Panelboards use Eaton Pow-RLine™ 1a and 2a lighting panelboard platforms to mount Pow-R-Command electronics and solenoid-operated controllable circuit breakers. Panelboard mains include 100A to 400A main lug and main circuit breaker configurations. Available voltages include 120/240, 208Y/120 and 480Y/277, single-phase and three-phase. Panelboard options include installation of controllable and non-controllable circuit breakers, 200% rated neutral, metering and surge protection devices (SPDs). Pow-R-Command Intelligent Panelboards are assembled in two basic configurations, PowR-Command Master and Expansion Panelboard. Pow-R-Command Master Panelboards are designed for standalone and networked systems. Master Panelboard components include controller with low voltage power supply, Breaker Control Bus (BCB) and solenoid-operated controllable circuit breakers. Expansion Panelboards (PRCEP) are designed to directly connect to Master Panelboard via controller SLAN communications. Expansion Panelboard includes BCB and solenoid-operated controllable circuit breakers. Pow-RCommand systems are scalable using both Master and Expansion Panelboards to provide the right amount of control with reduced installed cost. System Electronics The 5th generation PRC “E” Series controller family includes PRC2000E, PRC1500E, PRC1000E and PRC750E models. Specifiers and users select the controller to meet specific control and communication requirements. PRC-E controllers offer a broad range of schedule and occupant-based control. Network options include RS-485 and Ethernet. PRC-E controllers communicate with each other using powerful Pow-R-Command peer-to-peer protocol. All PRC-E controllers can be programmed, monitored and overridden using the onboard Web pages through the controller maintenance Ethernet port using an industry standard patch cable. The PRC2000E model includes access to onboard Web pages through the Ethernet network connector. Both PRC1500E and PRC2000E models include BACnet/IP for simple and straightforward integration with building management systems. All Pow-R-Command controllers can control up to 168 solenoid-operated controllable circuit breakers by connecting PRCEP panelboards using the controller SLAN sub-network communications port. Breaker Control Bus electronics come in 9-, 18- and 21-circuit lengths depending on the size of the panelboard and are directly mounted to panelboard interior rails. BCBs are connected to the controller SLAN via 4-conductor cable and act as the interface between controller and controllable circuit breaker for providing status and control. Onboard power switching circuitry signals the controllable circuit breaker solenoid to switch the controllable circuit breaker ON and OFF. Each BCB is addressable between 1 and 8, allowing the controller to monitor and control up to 168 controllable circuit breakers. Pow-R-Command panelboards are assembled with one or two BCBs to offer the right amount of control. lever. Controllable circuit breakers are available in 15–30A, single-pole and two-pole configurations and are suitable for electrical distribution systems up to 480Y/277 Vac. Special application controllable circuit breakers include emergency and plug load. Emergency controllable circuit breakers are used for controlling dual purpose emergency lighting fixtures. Plug load controllable circuit breakers are used to meet new energy codes requiring 50% of receptacles to switched ON and OFF using schedule- or occupancy-based control systems. The two-pole device includes a standard non-controlled and controllable circuit breaker pole for connecting to split receptacles. The common handle tie disconnect and common trip mechanism allows for shared neutrals and meets NEC requirements. Accessories Pow-R-Command system accessories include digital switches (PRCDS) and low voltage switches (PRCLS) to provide local occupant override and light level scene control. Switches are available in 2-, 4and 6-button configurations in white, black and almond colors. Controllable Circuit Breakers Software Controllable circuit breakers include standard circuit protection and control. Solenoid mechanism provides control, mechanical and electronic status and override Programming, monitoring and control software includes Lighting Optimization Software (LOS), Building Graphics Software (BGS) custom graphics and Site Server (WSS). Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-107 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3.6 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command 3 Features 3 Pow-R-Command Master Panelboard Mounted Components 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRC-E panelboard system is controlled and monitored by microprocessor-based controller. Onboard time clock provides schedule-based control. Digital inputs are used for connecting low voltage wallstations and occupancy sensors for override control. Analog I/O used for dimming and daylight harvesting control. Light level sensors are connected to analog inputs. Both fluorescent and LED lighting fixtures equipped with 0–10 Vdc dimming circuitry are connected to controller analog outputs. PRC-E controllers include backlit color LCD touchscreen and Maintenance Ethernet port for local programming, system monitoring and override control. User can access the controller preconfigured Web pages or use Pow-RCommand software using the controller front Maintenance port. Laptop is connected to the controller using an industry standard patch cable. Network connections for RS-485 and Ethernet provide remote connection options. Low voltage regulated power supply provides stable power for system electronics and reliable switching of solenoid-operated controllable circuit breakers. Breaker Control Bus (BCB) electronics provide the control and monitoring interface between Pow-R-Command controllers and solenoid-operated controllable circuit breakers. Single- and multi-pole solenoidoperated controllable circuit breakers provide branch circuit protection and control of connected loads. Standard circuit breakers can be mounted to feed non-controlled loads. 3 3 3 3 3 3 Pow-R-Command Expansion Panelboard Expansion Panelboard (PRCEP) includes Breaker Control Bus electronics and solenoid-operated controllable circuit breakers. Master and Expansion Panelboards are connected via SLAN communications sub-network to provide a scalable system architecture for cost-effective control solutions. SLAN #16 AWG Four-Conductor Alpha 1064 SLAN SLAN 3 3 3 3 3 Expansion (PRCEP) 3 PRCEP PRCEP Master Maximum 150 Feet 3 V2-T3-108 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command Pow-R-Command Controllers Pow-R-Command Intelligent Panelboards integrate branch circuit protection and control into a single panelboard enclosure to eliminate the need for mounting external time clocks with contactors or relay panels. Four 5th generation PRC-E series controller models are available to allow users and specifiers to select the controller that best fits the application. PRC1000E PRC1500E Includes all the features of the PRC750E controller with the addition of: Includes all the features of the PRC1000E controller with the addition of: ● ● PRC750E ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Microprocessor-based programmable lighting and energy management system intended for standalone applications Designed with the electrical contractor in mind, it offers integral back-lit color LCD touchscreen display for simple, straightforward commissioning and startup Front panelboard programming can also be achieved by connecting the controller maintenance port to a laptop using an industry standard Ethernet patch cable Preconfigured Web pages or PC software can be used to program, monitor and override the system Control options include schedule-based, occupant override and photocell control Sixteen two-wire low voltage inputs are available for connecting wall stations, occupancy sensors and photocells Each controller can be connected to three Expansion Panelboards via SLAN communications to control and monitor up to 168 solenoid-operated circuit breakers ● ● ● Up to 120 controllers can be connected to the same Pow-R-Command RS-485 peer-to-peer network Powerful peer-to-peer protocol and network architecture allows schedules and external wiring device signals to be broadcast over the network to control any or all of the solenoid-operated controllable circuit breakers connected to the system. This system capability eliminates the need for changing the same schedule in multiple panelboards and requiring additional wiring devices to be directly connected to specific controllers Eight universal inputs can be programmed to accept either digital or analog external wiring devices. Compatible with low voltage digital wiring devices like wall stations, occupancy sensors and photocells when programmed as digital inputs. When programmed as 0–10 Vdc analog inputs, indoor and outdoor photosensors can be connected for dimming and daylight harvesting applications Eight analog 0–10 Vdc outputs for connecting to fluorescent and LED lighting fixtures equipped with 0–10 Vdc dimming circuitry to meet dimming and daylight harvesting application requirements Compatible with existing PRC1000 systems ● ● ● 3.6 3 3 3 Ethernet communications BACnet/IP communications protocol for integrating into building management systems Compatible with existing PRC2000 systems not requiring BACnet communications 3 3 3 3 PRC2000E 3 Includes all the features of the PRC1500E controller with the addition of: 3 ● ● 3 Remote access to preconfigured Web pages for programming, system monitoring and override control via Ethernet network connection Compatible with existing PRC2000 systems 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-109 3.6 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command PRC-E Controller Features 3 3 Controller PRC25 (MTM) PRC750E 6 16 PRC1000E PRC1500E PRC2000E 3 Inputs 8 8 8 3 Universal (dry contact or analog 0–10 Vdc) 8 8 8 Switch Override Controller (SOC) compatible 60 60 60 3 Outputs Analog (0–10 Vdc) 8 8 8 3 Maximum number of dimming ballasts/drivers per analog output 40 40 40 Power supply for external devices (100 mA) 12 Vdc/30 Vac 12 Vdc/30 Vac 12 Vdc/30 Vac 3 Maximum number of breaker control bus 8 8 8 8 60 168 168 168 168 3 Control Logic 6 16 100 100 100 3 365-day time clock ■ ■ ■ ■ Astronomical time clock with sunrise and sunset offsets ■ ■ ■ ■ 3 Schedules 250 250 250 250 On/Off per schedule per day 250 250 250 250 3 Holidays 30 30 30 30 Automatic daylight savings time ■ ■ ■ ■ 3 Blink notice ■ ■ ■ ■ Override time for switch inputs (min./max.) 1 min to 10 hrs 1 min to 10 hrs 1 min to 10 hrs 1 min to 10 hrs 3 Dimming and daylight harvesting ■ ■ ■ Configurable source logic using software (OR, AND, XOR, XNOR, NAND, LAST EVENT) 1 ■ ■ ■ 3 3 3 3 3 Dry contact inputs Maximum number of controllable breakers Maximum number of logic control groups Communications ■ ■ ■ Digital Switch Network ■ ■ ■ ■ Pow-R-Command peer-to-peer RS-485 ■ ■ ■ Maximum controllers per RS-485 network 120 120 120 ■ ■ ■ ■ Expansion Panelboard SLAN Pow-R-Command peer-to-peer Ethernet ■ Remote access to preconfigured Web pages using Ethernet network connection (TCP/IP server) BACnet/IP Front Panelboard Programming Front Maintenance Port (Ethernet) ■ ■ ■ ■ 4.3-inch backlit color LCD touchscreen 3 ■ ■ ■ ■ Access to preconfigured Web pages via maintenance port (TCP/IP) ■ ■ ■ ■ Software ■ ■ ■ ■ 3 Password protection ■ ■ ■ ■ 3 RAM memory for programs and configuration (MB) 128 128 128 128 Flash memory for kernel, programs and file system (MB) 256 256 256 256 3 SD card for logs and programming database (GB) 4 4 4 4 USB port for firmware upgrades, etc. ■ ■ ■ ■ 3 On-board capacitor to power clock chip during power outage (days) 10 10 10 10 3 UL 916 energy management equipment ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ California Title 24 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 3 UL 67 panelboards ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ CSA C22.2 #29 panelboards ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 3 UL 489 circuit breakers ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 3 Memory Standards Note 1 Requires software. 3 3 V2-T3-110 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command 3.6 Product Selection Pow-R-Command “E” Series controllers are available in four models and offer a range of features to meet a broad range of applications and meet energy codes. Each PRC-E controller includes a backlit color LCD touchscreen, SLAN expansion network, schedulebased controls and two-wire low voltage inputs for connecting occupancy 3 sensors, wallstations and other building control signals. The PRC-E Controller Selection Guide may be used to quickly identify the controller that best fits the application. The PRC-E Controller Features table on the previous page provides greater detail for the specifier that may be interested in specific controller details. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRC-E Controller Selection Guide 12 Description Catalog Number 3 Standalone operation PRC750E RS-485 network, digital switch network, dimming and daylight harvesting control PRC1000E 3 PRC1000E features plus Ethernet network and BACnet/IP protocol PRC1500E 3 PRC1500E features plus remote accessible preconfigured Web pages PRC2000E 3 Notes 1 PRC-E controllers are compatible and recommended for existing Pow-R-Command systems with the same preceding model number, i.e., PRC1000 is compatible with PRC1000E. 2 PRC-E controllers require either LCD display or controller blank cover, catalog number PRCEDFRTCVRD, to be installed for protecting the low voltage compartment. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-111 3.6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command Externally Mounted Controllers Externally mounted controllers (PRCEEC) are available for retrofit and renovation projects when existing panelboards do not have required controller mounting space. Externally mounted controllers include controller and control power transformer mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure. Eaton Pow-R-Line 1a and 2a lighting panelboards can be PRCE Externally Mounted Controller converted to Pow-RCommand Expansion Panelboards (PRCEP) in the field by mounting Breaker Control Bus (BCB) and controllable circuit breakers directly to the interior. Externally mounted controllers are connected to the retrofitted PRCEP panelboard using the SLAN communications network. PRCE Externally Mounted Controllers Controller Type Connected System Voltage Catalog Number 3 PRC750E with display 120 Vac PRC750EECD-120 PRC750E with display 277 Vac PRC750EECD-277 3 PRC1000E without display 120 Vac PRC1000EEC-120 PRC1000E with display 120 Vac PRC1000EECD-120 PRC1000E without display 277 Vac PRC1000EEC-277 PRC1000E with display 277 Vac PRC1000EECD-277 PRC1500E without display 120 Vac PRC1500EEC-120 PRC1500E with display 120 Vac PRC1500EECD-120 PRC1500E without display 277 Vac PRC1500EEC-277 3 PRC1500E with display 277 Vac PRC1500EECD-277 PRC2000E without display 120 Vac PRC2000EEC-120 3 PRC2000E with display 120 Vac PRC2000EECD-120 PRC2000E without display 277 Vac PRC2000EEC-277 3 PRC2000E with display 277 Vac PRC2000EECD-277 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRC-E Controller Backlit Color LCD Touchscreen PRC-E controller backlit color LCD touchscreen display (PRCELCD) provides the user with a means for front panel programming, status monitoring and override control. PRCELCD is compatible with PRC-E controllers and can be factory or field installed. Users can safely access the controller low voltage compartment by loosening two captive screws located on the top corners of the display and folding the display down. 3 3 PRC-E Controller LCD Touchscreen 3 PRCELCD features include: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Mounting plate and hardware High image quality a-Si TFT LCD module Resistive type touch panel 4.3-inch diagonal display with 16:9 aspect 16.7M colors High contrast, high brightness Captive screws and hinge for easy access to controller low voltage compartment PRC-E Controller LCD Touchscreen Description Catalog Number PRCE backlit LCD touchscreen with mounting plate PRCELCD 3 3 3 V2-T3-112 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command 3.6 Breaker Control Bus Breaker Control Bus (BCB) provides the electronic interface and power switching signal between the controller and solenoidoperated controllable circuit breaker. BCB comes in three lengths to fit standard lighting panelboards and is mounted to the panelboard interior rails. Each BCB has a set Breaker Control Bus (BCB) 3 of DIP switches to configure the device SLAN address between 1 and 8. BCBs are connected to the PRC-E controller using PRC-to-BCB and BCB-to-BCB SLAN cables in a daisy-chain network architecture. RUN, SLAN and PWR LEDs indicate BCB operating status. 3 3 3 3 3 Breaker Control Bus (BCB) Description Controlled Circuits Catalog Number 9-circuit Breaker Control Bus 9 PRC1000BCB-9 18-circuit Breaker Control Bus 18 PRC1000BCB-15 21-circuit Breaker Control Bus 21 PRC1000BCB-21 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Controller and Breaker Control Bus SLAN Cables Controller and BCB SLAN cables are used for connecting controllers to associated BCBs. Each cable type is made in three lengths using Alpha 1064 4-conductor Controller and Breaker Control Bus SLAN Cables 3 #16 AWG wire. One pair of wires used for 30 Vac power with the second pair used to transmit and receive communications with connected controller. 3 3 3 Controller and Breaker Control Bus SLAN Cables Description Catalog Number Controller-to-BCB / 42-circuit PRCSLAN42 Controller-to-BCB / 30-circuit PRCSLAN30 Controller-to-BCB / 18-circuit PRCSLAN18 Controller-to-BCB / 42-circuit with right BCB only PRCSLAN42R Controller-to-BCB / 30-circuit with right BCB only PRCSLAN30R Controller-to-BCB / 18-circuit with right BCB only PRCSLAN18R BCB-to-BCB / 42-circuit PRCSLAN42B BCB-to-BCB / 30-circuit PRCSLAN30B BCB-to-BCB / 18-circuit PRCSLAN18B 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-113 3.6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command Auxiliary Power Supply Auxiliary Power Supply (PRCPS) is used to boost power on the SLAN. Master and Expansion Panelboards communicate over the SLAN via Alpha 1064 4-conductor #16 AWG cable. Recommended maximum SLAN length is 150 ft. One pair of wires provides power to BCB for switching controllable circuit breakers Auxiliary Power Supply 3 with the second pair used for controller to BCB RS-485 communications. The PRCPS can be used to power a single Expansion Panelboard or extend the SLAN an additional 150 ft. The SLAN can be extended up to 4,000 ft by using a PRCPS in each PRCEP. Auxiliary Power Supply Description Catalog Number PRC power supply 96 VA with 120/277 Vac input and 30 Vac output voltage PRCPS 3 3 3 Controllable Circuit Breakers 3 GHQRD 1 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Vac (50/60 Hz) 3 3 Single-Pole Number of Poles Ampere Rating 120 120/240 277 277/480 Catalog Number 1 15 65,000 65,000 14,000 — GHQRD1015 20 65,000 65,000 14,000 — GHQRD1020 30 65,000 65,000 14,000 — GHQRD1030 3 3 3 3 3 Two-Pole 3 2 15 65,000 65,000 ---- 14,000 GHQRD2015 20 65,000 65,000 ---- 14,000 GHQRD2020 30 65,000 65,000 ---- 14,000 GHQRD2030 3 3 3 Note 1 Not recommended for existing PRC25, PRC100, PRC750, PRC1000 and PRC2000 systems. GHQRSP controllable circuit breakers are compatible with these systems. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-114 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.6 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command GHQRSP 1 3 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Vac (50/60 Hz) Single-Pole Number of Poles Ampere Rating 120 120/240 277 277/480 Catalog Number 1 15 65,000 65,000 14,000 — GHQRSP1015 20 65,000 65,000 14,000 — GHQRSP1020 30 65,000 65,000 14,000 — GHQRSP1030 3 3 3 3 3 3 Two-Pole 2 15 65,000 65,000 — 14,000 GHQRSP2015 20 65,000 65,000 — 14,000 GHQRSP2020 30 65,000 65,000 — 14,000 GHQRSP2030 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 BABRSP 2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Vac (50/60 Hz) Single-Pole Number of Poles Ampere Rating 120 120/240 Catalog Number 1 15 10,000 — BABRSP1015 20 10,000 — BABRSP1020 30 10,000 — BABRSP1030 3 3 3 3 3 3 Two-Pole 2 15 — 10,000 BABRSP2015 20 — 10,000 BABRSP2020 30 — 10,000 BABRSP2030 40 — 10,000 BABRSP2040 50 — 10,000 BABRSP2050 3 3 3 3 3 Notes 1 Compatible with existing PRC25, PRC100, PRC750(E), PRC1000(E), PRC1500(E) and PRC2000(E) systems. Recommend using GHQRD controllable circuit breakers for PRC-E systems. 2 Compatible with PRC25, PRC100, PRC750(E), PRC1000(E), PRC1500(E) and PRC2000(E) systems. Recommend using BABRP controllable circuit breakers for PRC25 systems. 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-115 3.6 Pow-R-Command BABRP 1 3 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Vac (50/60 Hz) 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Single-Pole Number of Poles Ampere Rating 120 120/240 Catalog Number 1 15 10,000 ---- BABRP1015 20 10,000 ---- BABRP1020 30 10,000 ---- BABRP1030 3 3 3 3 Two-Pole 2 15 ---- 10,000 BABRP2015 3 20 ---- 10,000 BABRP2020 3 30 ---- 10,000 BABRP2030 40 ---- 10,000 BABRP2040 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Emergency Circuit Breaker The GHQRDEL and GHQRSPEL controllable circuit breakers are designed to meet NEC 700.12(F) for sources of power in unit equipment used for emergency lighting applications. The controllable circuit breaker includes both 3 3 Emergency Circuit Breaker 3 3 switched circuit for controlling lighting and standard non-switched circuit to provide power to the unit emergency charging and detection circuitry. Controllable circuit breaker includes a common handle tie and a common trip mechanism. GHQRD Emergency Circuit Breaker 2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Vac (50/60 Hz) Number of Poles Ampere Rating 277 277/480 2 15 14,000 — GHQRDEL2015 20 14,000 — GHQRDEL2020 Catalog Number 3 3 3 3 Emergency Circuit Breaker 3 3 GHQRSP Emergency Circuit Breaker 3 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Vac (50/60 Hz) Number of Poles Ampere Rating 277 277/480 Catalog Number 2 15 14,000 — GHQRSPEL2015 20 14,000 — GHQRSPEL2020 3 3 Notes 1 Not compatible with PRC750(E), PRC1000(E), PRC1500(E) and PRC2000(E) systems. 2 Compatible with PRC750E, PRC1000E, PRC1500E and PRC2000E systems. Not recommended for existing PRC100, PRC750, PRC1000 and PRC2000 systems. GHQRSPEL controllable circuit breakers are compatible with these systems. 3 Compatible with PRC750(E), PRC1000(E), PRC1500(E) and PRC2000(E) systems. Not recommended for existing PRC100, PRC750, PRC1000 and PRC2000 systems. GHQRSP controllable circuit breakers are compatible with these systems. 3 3 V2-T3-116 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command 3.6 Pow-R-Command Switches Digital Switches Pow-R-Command Digital Switches (PRCDS) are used for occupant override and light level control. PRCDS include digital and analog I/O and 12 Vdc external power source for connecting field wiring devices. The 12 Vdc external power source is used to power an occupancy sensor and digital input for monitoring occupancy status. Analog input is used to connect a light level sensor analog output for controlling up to 30 fluorescent ballasts or LED drivers. Digital switches are connected to controllers’ Digital Switch Network (DSN) via CAT6 cable with 23 AWG wire using standard RJ45 connectors. Each controller DSN supports connecting up to 99 digital switches. Onboard rotary switches allow addresses to be set in the field. LED backlit buttons provide real-time breakers and/or groups status. Each digital switch can have a title description using up to 16 characters. Pushbutton labels can have up to four characters. Standard font type is Helvetica regular bold. 3 Digital Switches 12 Front View Color Number of Buttons Catalog Number Black 2 PRCDS2B 4 PRCDS4B 6 PRCDS6B 2 PRCDS2W 4 PRCDS4W 6 PRCDS6W 2 PRCDS2A 4 PRCDS4A 6 PRCDS6A 2 PRCDS2V 4 PRCDS4V 6 PRCDS6V White Back View Almond Ivory 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Six-Button 3 3 3 3 3 Six-Button Engraved 3 3 3 Notes 1 Not compatible with PRC750(E) controllers. Recommended for PRC1000(E), PRC1500(E) and PRC2000(E) controllers. 2 Contact factory for custom labeling. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-117 3.6 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command 3 Digital Switch I/O Configuration 3 Pushbutton Configuration Analog Input 0–10 Vdc Digital Input 0–10 Vdc Analog Output 0–10 Vdc 12 Vdc Output 20 mA Maximum Two-button ■ ■ ■ ■ Four-button ■ ■ ■ ■ Six-button ■ — ■ ■ 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Digital Switch Network Power Injector Digital Switch Network Power Injector (PRCDSNPI) is used to provide 24 Vac power on the DSN. A PRCDSNPI should be installed on the Digital Switch Network Power Injector DSN before every 16th PRCDS or before the total length of DSN reaches 500 ft (whichever comes first). Digital Switch Network Power Injector Description Catalog Number Digital Switch Network Power Injector PRCDSNPI 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Low Voltage Switch Pow-R-Command Low Voltage Switch (PRCLS) includes momentary drycontact pushbuttons used for inputs into the controller. PRCLS directly connect to controller digital and universal Low Voltage Switch 3 3 Low Voltage Switch 1 Color Number of Buttons Catalog Number Black 2 PRCLS2B 4 PRCLS4B White 3 3 inputs. Each PRCLS can have a title description using up to 16 characters. Pushbutton labels can have up to four characters. Standard font type is Helvetica regular bold. Termination Board Almond 3 3 Ivory 3 6 PRCLS6B 2 PRCLS2W 4 PRCLS4W 6 PRCLS6W 2 PRCLS2A 4 PRCLS4A 6 PRCLS6A 2 PRCLS2V 4 PRCLS4V 6 PRCLS6V 3 3 Note 1 Consult factory for custom labeling. 3 3 3 V2-T3-118 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command 3.6 Switch Wallplates 3 Fits rocker-style Decorator, Decora style switches. Screwless design is available in black, white, almond and ivory for 1-, 2- and 3-switch designs. Switch Wallplates 3 3 3 Switch Wallplates Color Number of Switches Catalog Number Black 1 PRCSWP1B 2 PRCSWP2B 3 PRCSWP3B 1 PRCSWP1W 2 PRCSWP2W 3 PRCSWP3W White Almond Ivory 1 PRCSWP1A 2 PRCSWP2A 3 PRCSWP3A 1 PRCSWP1V 2 PRCSWP2V 3 PRCSWP3V 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Pow-R-Command Switch Override Controller The Pow-R-Command Switch Override Controller (PRCSOC) can be used to connect digital and analog I/O to Pow-RCommand systems. This device is recommended when controller onboard digital and analog I/O has been exceeded or when there is an advantage to connecting remote I/O via a network connection. The PRCSOC is supplied with the controller, termination board in a NEMA 1 enclosure. Dual voltage 120/277 Vac power supply and 32-status LED output card are optional. The PRCSOC is connected to the Pow-R-Command system via the RS-485 network. Status and command signals are sent to the system using Pow-RCommand peer-to-peer protocol. The PRCSOC is configured using Pow-RCommand Lighting Optimization Software. Pow-R-Command Switch Override Controller All digital and analog I/O is connected using #18 AWG with maximum of 500 ft length. The PRCSOC features include: ● ● ● Sixty low voltage two-wire switch inputs for connecting wall stations, occupancy sensors and control relay outputs from building management systems Eight low voltage two-wire universal (digital or analog) inputs. Analog field devices like light level sensors with 0–5 Vdc outputs can be connected for dimming and daylight harvesting applications Three low voltage 0–10 Vdc analog outputs for controlling fluorescent and LED light fixtures equipped dimming circuitry; maximum of 40 each per output with optional dimmer cables ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 3 Sixteen low voltage twowire 24 Vdc outputs to power status LEDs; optional to add 32 low voltage two-wire 24 Vdc outputs to power status LEDs External 15 Vdc power source for powering occupancy and light level sensors and PRC auxiliary devices Connects to Pow-RCommand RS-485 network Communicates to the system using Pow-RCommand peer-to-peer protocol Configured by using Pow-R-Command Lighting Optimization Software Provided in a NEMA 1 enclosure Not compatible with PRC750(E) controllers 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Pow-R-Command Switch Override Controller Description Catalog Number PRC Switch Override Controller without power supply mounted in NEMA 1 enclosure PRCSOCC PRC Switch Override Controller w/ 120/277 Vac power supply mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure PRCSOCEC PRC Switch Override Controller w/ 120/277 Vac power supply, pilot output card mounted in a NEMA 1 enclosure PRCSOCECO Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3 3 3 V2-T3-119 3.6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command Accessories Ethernet Interface Module Ethernet Interface Module (PRCEIM) is used for connecting a Pow-RCommand system when configured in an RS-485 daisy-chain network to a user’s existing Ethernet network. The PRCEIM allows access to the system using Pow-R-Command software package over the facility Ethernet network. PRCEIM can be used as the master scheduler and includes 250 unique schedules. The PRCEIM can be programmed to sync controller time clocks. This device is connected to the Ethernet network using standard CAT5 cable. The three-pin connector is used to directly connect to the PowR-Command RS-485 controller network. The PRCEIM comes in a table top enclosure and should be physically located near an Ethernet hub or repeater, but the PC can be located anywhere on the Ethernet network. The PRCEIM will communicate at 10Base-T and must have a fixed IP address assignment on the Ethernet network. 3 3 Ethernet Interface Module 3 Ethernet Interface Module 1 Description Catalog Number PRC Ethernet Interface Module mounted in table top enclosure PRCEIM 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Network Interface Box Network Interface Box (PRCNIB) is used for directly connecting a Pow-RCommand system when configured in an RS-485 daisy-chain network architecture to the user’s desktop or laptop computer. PRCNIB can be used as the master scheduler and 3 3 Network Interface Box includes 250 unique schedules. The PRCNIB is programmed to sync the time clocks of all controllers connected to the RS-485 network. The user’s computer is connected using the RS-232 communications connector and the RS-232 to USB converter cable for direct connection to a computer. The Pow-RCommand controller RS-485 network is connected to the PRCNIB 3-pin connector. The PRCNIB comes in a table top enclosure and should be mounted within 25 ft of the computer. Network Interface Box 1 Description Catalog Number 3 PRC Network Interface Box mounted in table top enclosure PRCNIB 3 Note 1 Not compatible with PRC750(E) controllers. Recommended for PRC100, PRC1000(E), PRC1500(E) and PRC2000(E) controllers. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-120 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command 3.6 BACnet Interface Module Pow-R-Command BACnet Interface Module (PRCBIM-1) is designed for simple BACnet integration without the need for extensive BACnet knowledge. The device maps Pow-RCommand controller points to BACnet/IP points of any RS-485 network connected Pow-R-Command controller. The PRCBIM-1 can map up to BACnet Interface Module 50 points. These points include status and control of individual controllable circuit breakers and groups of controllable circuit breakers. Input status is also included in the points map. Programming the device is accomplished by using PowR-Command Lighting Optimization Software (PRCLOS). The PRCBIM-1 3 includes two network connections. The RS-485 connection is used for connecting the Pow-RCommand RS-485 network while the Ethernet 10Base-T connection is used for connecting to the facility Ethernet network. The device requires a fixed IP address to be configured before connecting to the network. 3 3 3 3 3 3 BACnet Interface Module 1 Description Catalog Number PRC BACnet Interface Module PRCBIM-1 3 3 3 3 3 BACnet Shadow Server Pow-R-Command BACnet Shadow Server (PRCSS) is designed for simple BACnet integration without the need for extensive BACnet knowledge. The PRCSS maps Pow-R-Command controller points to BACnet/IP points. Up to 120 devices can be connected to a system. Each PRCSS has full access to all 150 points of the directly connected Pow-R-Command controller. These points include status and control of individual controllable circuit BACnet Shadow Server breakers and groups of controllable circuit breakers. Input status is also included in the points map. Programming the device is accomplished by using PowR-Command Lighting Optimization Software (PRCLOS). The PRCSS includes two network connections. The RS-485 connection is used for connecting the Pow-RCommand RS-485 network while the Ethernet 10Base-T connection is used for connecting to the facility Ethernet network. The PRCBIM-1 includes two network connections. The RS-485 connection is used for connecting the RS-485 network while the Ethernet 10Base-T connection is used for connecting to the facility Ethernet network. The device requires a fixed IP address to be configured before connecting to the network. Device power is supplied by controller 12 Vdc external power source. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 BACnet Shadow Server 1 Description Catalog Number PRC BACnet Shadow Server PRCSS 3 3 3 3 Note 1 Not compatible with PRC750(E) controllers. Recommended for PRC100, PRC1000(E) and PRC1500(E) controllers RS-485 network. 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-121 3.6 3 3 3 3 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command Universal Ethernet Interface The Pow-R-Command Universal Ethernet Interface (PRCUEI) is used in conjunction with the PRC5000 Advanced Lighting Controller to connect multiple RS-485 networks using the Universal Ethernet Interface 3 facility’s Ethernet network via TCP protocol. The PRC5000 can connect up to 16 Pow-RCommand RS-485 networks using a PRCUEI to connect each network. The PRCUEI supports up to 120 Pow-R- Command devices on each RS-485 network. The device power is supplied by the controller 12 Vdc external power connection. Universal Ethernet Interface 1 Description Catalog Number PRC Universal Ethernet Interface PRCUEI 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Universal Ethernet Router Universal Ethernet Router PRCUER is intended for facilities where an Ethernet network is already installed. The PRCUER extends the Pow-R-Command controller network by tunneling Pow-RCommand controller LAN control packets over existing Ethernet network using UDP Ethernet protocol. PRCUER devices extend the controller 3 3 Universal Ethernet Router 3 LAN transparently across Ethernet segments within the same subnet, allowing segments of the controller network to be physically separated from each other within a facility. Programming the device is accomplished by using Pow-R-Command Lighting Optimization Software (PRCLOS). The PRCUER includes two network connections. The RS-485 connection is used for connecting the PowR-Command RS-485 network while the Ethernet 10Base-T connection is used for connecting to the facility Ethernet network. The device can be configured for DHCP or be assigned a static IP address. Device power is supplied by controller 12 Vdc external power source. Universal Ethernet Router 1 Description Catalog Number PRC Universal Ethernet Router PRCUER 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-122 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command 3.6 PRC5000 Building Automation Controller Pow-R-Command 5000 (PRC5000) is a microprocessor-based lighting control and energy management controller. It is capable of communicating with other Pow-R-Command system devices for providing advanced control strategies including master schedules and demand response. PRC5000E Custom equipment performance and energy usage reports can be configured and automatically sent to the facility manager via email notification. These reports may be used to measure and verify that equipment is performing as designed and delivering expected energy savings. 3 The PRC5000 controller is commonly used to serve facility custom graphics via Web pages. Authorized users can log into the device using a standard Web browser for viewing the custom graphics. System schedule changes and override controls can be made at the click of a button. 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRC5000 Building Automation Controller Description Catalog Number PRC5000 Building Automation Controller PRC5000E PRC5000 Building Automation Controller with modem PRC5000EM 3 3 3 3 3 PRC25 Controller The PRC25 panelboard is a flexible and cost-effective lighting and load control system that integrates branch circuit and control in a single enclosure. The PRC25 standalone panelboard may be controlled by external time clocks, photocell, wall switch or signal from another building control system. There is no field programming and comes from the factory wired to meet the specification. PRC25 The PRC25 controller has the ability to accept either four or six control inputs (MTM-4 and MTM-6 models). Each control input is used to control a discreet group of controllable circuit breakers. The controller inputs can be configured in both maintained dry or wet contacts. The PRC25 MTM controller board is connected to controllable circuit breakers using a Group Termination Board (GTB). Each GTB consists of nine connectors 3 distributed across a printed circuit board for connecting the controllable circuit breakers. Each GBT may have up to seven controllable circuit breakers connected. A maximum of three GTBs may be mounted on each side of the panelboard. All controllable breakers connected to the GTB will be controlled as a group. Multiple GTBs can be connected together using a factory-supplied jumper to increase the size of control groups. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 PRC25 Controller Description Catalog Number PRC25 4-channel controller MTM-4 PRC25 6-channel controller MTM-6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-123 3.6 Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command 3 Lighting Optimization Software 3 Lighting Optimization Software (PRCLOS) is recommended for Pow-RCommand system users. It is compatible with PRC100, PRC750(E)1, PRC1000(E), PC1500(E) and PRC2000(E) systems. PRCLOS controllers only through the front Maintenance port using a PRCSmartCable. allows users to set up, program and monitor their system. This basic software package is capable of recognizing and saving databases for a single site. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Lighting Optimization Software 1 3 Description Catalog Number PRC Lighting Optimization Software PRCLOS 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Building Graphics Software Building Graphics Software (PRCBGS) is a fully interactive object oriented graphics interface for controlling and monitoring Pow-R-Command lighting control and energy management systems. The integrator can create and depict objects such as light fixtures, switches, occupancy sensors, light sensors, floor plans, etc. PRCBGS provides server graphic Web pages over local Ethernet connection to any computer using a standard Internet browser. PRCBGS requires the installation of PC Central (PRCPCC01/ PRCPCC10). 3 Building Graphics Software Description Catalog Number PRC Building Graphics Software PRCBGS Note 1 Remote network connection not available. Requires direct connection to controller Maintenance port. PRC750 connection requires PRCSmartCable. PRC750E connection requires industry standard patch cable. 3 3 3 V2-T3-124 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Command 3.6 PC Central Software PC Central Software (PRCPCC) is recommended for field technicians responsible for maintaining Pow-R-Command systems. It is compatible with PRC100, PRC750 (E)1, PRC1000(E), PC1500(E) and PRC2000(E) systems. PRCPCC allows users to set up, program and monitor their system with the added features of advanced diagnostics and programming capabilities. This advanced software package is capable of recognizing and saving databases for single or multiple sites. 3 PC Central Software Description Catalog Number PC Central Software (single site) PRCPCC01 PC Central Software (10 sites) PRCPCC10 3 3 3 3 3 Site Server Software Pow-R-Command Site Server (PRCSSS) integrates the PC Central suite of management tools with the Internet or Intranet. The users have realtime global access to the Pow-R-Command systems through the Internet. PRCSSS allows multiple users access to historical data, device status and control, and graphical display interfaces. Any computer on the network with PRCSSS can access realtime dynamically refreshed data using a browser implementing appropriate Web standards (Netscape Navigator or Internet Explorer). Special software other than the browser is not required. PC Central is required to run this application software. Site Server Software Description Catalog Number PRC Site Server Software PRCSSS 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Desktop Computer Recommended Minimum Computer Specifications Although it is difficult to Lighting Optimization guarantee compatibility with Software and PC Central all PC-compatible equipment, Software is compatible with the basic installation is the following operating generally compatible with systems: the following minimum ● Windows 98 Second specifications: Edition ● Microsoft® Windows® ● Windows 2000 operating system Professional ● 1GHz processor or better ● Windows 2000 Server ● At least 40 MB of unused ● Windows 2003 Server RAM ● Windows XP Home Edition ● Hard drive with at least ● Windows XP Professional 100 MB of free space plus Edition 50 MB for each site to be ● Windows Vista managed (all versions) ● Ethernet network adapter ● Windows 7 ● 800 x 600 monitor ● CD-ROM drive 3 Desktop Computer Description Catalog Number PRC desktop computer PRCDesktop PRC Laptop Computer PRCLaptop 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Smart Cable Programming Tool Pow-R-Command Smart Cable (PRCSmartCable) is used for front panelboard programming PRC100, PRC750, PRC1000 and PRC2000 controllers. The PRCSmartCable connects the local laptop USB port to controller maintenance port. Smart Cable Programming Tool Description Catalog Number PRC smart cable PRCSmartCable 3 3 Note 1 Remote network connection not available. Requires direct connection to controller maintenance port. PRC750 connection requires PRCSmartCable. PRC750E connection requires industry standard patch cable. 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-125 3.7 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Metering Service Sections Contents Metering Service Section Description 3 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Product Description ● ● 3 3 ● 3 3 ● 3 ● 3 ● 3 3 3 3 3 Page Metering Service Sections ● ● 600 Vac maximum Three-phase four-wire, three-phase three-wire, single-phase three-wire. Service entrance panel combining a main disconnect with a power company metering compartment Circuit breaker or fusible switch disconnect 400–1200A ratings Provision for power company metering: ● Hinged sealable door over CT section ● Arranged for bar-type, 200–1200A utilityfurnished CTs ● Barriered CT compartment Factory assembled Wallmounted enclosure Application Description ● ● ● ● ● For use in areas where the disconnect and current transformer combination is required by utilities Suitable for use as Service Entrance Equipment Top or bottom entrance Hot or cold sequence metering The current transformer compartment will accommodate the following 12-inch (304.8 mm) bar-type CTs: Standards and Certifications ● ● UL 67, UL 50 NEC Bar-Type CTs ABB General Electric Sangamo Astra CTB JCT-10 R6B CSF JCM-0 R6BA TCB, AA CMF JCW-0 R6M AB CBH JAK-0 TAB, TA 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-126 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-127 V2-T3-127 V2-T3-128 V2-T3-128 Panelboards and Lighting Control Metering Service Sections 3.7 Catalog Number Selection 3 Panelboard Catalog Number Selection Guide 1 3 WBM DK 2 4 A Panel Type WSM = Fusible switch WBM = Circuit breaker Device Type FDPW = Fusible switch Circuit breaker = (See table below) Service and Voltage 2 = Single-phase three-wire 3 = Three-phase three-wire 4 = Three-phase four-wire 3 Ampere Rating 4 = 400A 6 = 600A 8 = 800A 12 = 1200A 3 Bus Bar Type A = Aluminum C = Copper 3 3 3 Example: WBMDK24A 3 WBM = Circuit breaker type, DK = Circuit breaker type from table below, 2 = Single-phase three-wire, 4 = 400A, A = Aluminum bus bar. 3 3 Product Selection Metering Service Section 3 Type WBM Circuit Breaker Sections Max. Ampere Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Breaker Type 23 400 65 — — 400 65 35 25 Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Base Catalog Number 4 3 DK WBMDK KD WBMKD 3 400 100 65 35 HKD WBMHKD 400 200 100 50 KDC WBMKDC 400 200 200 — LCL WBMLCL 600 65 35 25 LD WBMLD 600 100 65 35 HLD WBMHLD 600 200 100 50 LDC WBMLDC 800 65 50 25 MDL WBMMDL 800 100 65 35 HMDL WBMHMDL 800 65 50 25 ND WBMND800 800 100 65 35 HND WBMHND800 1200 65 50 25 ND WBMND1200 1200 65 50 25 NDG 5 WBMNDG1200 1200 100 65 35 HND WBMHND1200 1200 100 65 35 HNDG 5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 WBMHNDG1200 3 Notes 1 Refer to Hartford Satellite Plant. 2 For other breaker types, refer to Hartford Satellite Plant. 3 In cold sequence metering only, a 10X or 18X feeder breaker section can be supplied downstream from the CT compartment. Refer to Hartford Satellite Plant. 4 Complete catalog number according to Catalog the Number Selection Guide—table above. 5 Integral ground fault. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-127 3.7 Panelboards and Lighting Control Metering Service Sections Technical Data and Specifications 3 3 WSM Fusible Switch Sections 3 Ampere Rating 3 240 Vac Fusible Devices 3 3 600 3 1200 400 800 Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) WSMFDPW FDPW WSMFDPW Refer to table on right FDPW (FDPW Switch Ratings, 250 or FDPW 600 Vac) FDPW WSMFDPW FDPW WSMFDPW 3 3 600 3 3 3 3 800 1200 Circuit breaker undervoltage release installed R 200 400, 600 J 800, 1200 L 4 200 200 WSMFDPW WSMFDPW Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Note: Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. WSMFDPW WSMFDPW Type 1 Enclosure—Metering Service Section H Type 3R outdoor enclosure Provisions for PTs Modifications for WSM Metering Service Sections Description Copper bus 3 Type 3R outdoor enclosure 3 400, 600 Circuit breaker shunt trip installed 3 3 Short-Circuit Ratings (kA Sym.) Description 3 3 Fuse Class Used 1 Modifications for WBM Metering Service Sections Copper bus 3 Ampere Rating Modifications 3 3 Fusible Switch 1 Refer to table on right FDPW (FDPW Switch Ratings, 250 or FDPW 600 Vac) FDPW 600 Vac Fusible Devices 3 400 FDPW Switch Ratings, 250 or 600 Vac Base Catalog Number 2 Shunt trip installed W D Provisions for PTs FDPW fusible switch ground fault system Includes zero sequence current monitor, static sensor, shunt trip and fused control power transformer Type 1 Enclosure Panelboard Type Ampere Rating Enclosure Dimensions 3 WBM, Circuit breaker 400–1200 3 WSM, Fusible 400–1200 3 Depth Box Catalog Number 73.50 (1866.9) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0) BX3673 90.50 (2286.0) 36.00 (914.4) 11.31 (287.0) BX3690 Height Width Notes 1 Fuses are not included. 2 Complete catalog number according to Catalog Number Selection Guide— Page V2-T3-127. 3 Class J Fuse provisions are applicable only to 600V units. When required, use price and dimensions of 600V units for all voltages 600 and below. 4 Class J Fuse provisions are applicable only to 600V units. When required, use price and dimensions of 600V units for all voltages 600 and below. 3 3 3 3 3 3 V2-T3-128 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Panelboards and Lighting Control Pow-R-Stock Plus Program 3.8 Pow-R-Stock Plus Product Description Offering two options to meet the demanding schedule requirements of today's customers. Factory-Assembled Panelboard Option The Pow-R-Stock Plus factoryassembled panelboard option offers key advantages over programs that offer only unassembled panelboards. Reduced Installation Time Unassembled panelboards must be assembled at the job site before the true installation process can begin, adding time and labor cost to the process. Pow-RStock Plus assembled panelboards are ready to install the moment they arrive at the job site. Type PRL1a Panelboard ● ● Factory-assembled panelboards available from your local satellite plant in 24 to 72 hours Unassembled panelboards in stock at authorized PowR-Stock Plus distributors The Product Offering Pow-R-Stock Plus panels, available either as factoryassembled or as unassembled from distributor stock, are based on the most frequently ordered panelboards, including: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 120/240V, 208Y/120V and 480Y/277V ratings 100–400A mains Single- and three-phase Surface and flush mounted Aluminum or copper bus Type 1 or Type 3R enclosures Service entrance available Options for 200% neutrals and isolated ground bars Full menu of branch breakers available Color-Coded Package Labels The box, interior and trim packaging are clearly identified with brightly colored labels (a different color for each box size). This facilitates stocking, filling orders, and matching components in the field. Reduced On-Site Material Handling A typical 42-circuit unassembled panelboard has a minimum of 46 parts to receive and handle, taking up valuable time at the job site. A Pow-R-Stock Plus assembled panelboard is just one item to receive and handle (two if the box is shipped ahead). Factory Warranty Field assembly of unassembled panelboards adds to contractor warranty responsibility. Pow-R-Stock Plus assembled panelboards carry a full factory warranty. Simplicity Order your Pow-R-Stock Plus Panelboard by description and it will arrive at the job site complete. No need to worry about matching catalog number kits at the job site or chasing after miscellaneous parts and pieces. Contact your local satellite plant (see next page for a listing) for more information on the Pow-R-Stock Plus factory-assembled panelboard option. Contact your local Eaton distributor for more details on the Pow-R-Stock Plus unassembled panelboard option. Pow-R-Stock Plus Program Includes the EZ Trim and EZ Box Unassembled Panelboard Option Eaton Distributors Contact your Eaton sales office or local satellite manager and arrange to review the program details and criteria for qualification as a Pow-R-Stock Plus distributor. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Pow-R-Line 1a and 2a Panelboards are Designed to Provide Application Flexibility with Off-the-Shelf Service 3 The Pow-R-Stock Plus unassembled panelboard interior is designed specifically for distributor stock and field assembly. Its modular design allows for easy configuration in the field. 3 3 3 3 Top or bottom incoming, main lugs or main breaker...all with the same Pow-R-Stock Plus unassembled interior. Lug and breaker kits provide greater flexibility with fewer boxes, interiors and trims to stock. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-129 3.9 3 Panelboards and Lighting Control Customer Manufacturing Solution Centers Manufacturing Plant Locations 3 • 3 SEATTLE 3 3 • 3 • 3 3 • PHOENIX 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 DALLAS • • • Main Plant Satellite Plants Atlanta 7000 Highlands Parkway SE Suite 103 Smyrna, GA 30082 Fax (770) 433-1863 Phone (678) 309-4260 Baltimore 7451 Coca Cola Drive Suite C Hanover, MD 21076 Fax (410) 796-7755 Phone (410) 796-7777 Chicago 220 Windy Point Drive Glendale Heights, IL 60139 Fax (630) 690-7453 Phone (630) 260-6303 Cleveland 12875 Corporate Drive Suite E Parma, OH 44130 Fax (216) 433-0545 Phone (216) 433-0616 Dallas 631 Westport Parkway Suite 100 Grapevine, TX 76051 Fax (817) 251-6249 Phone (817) 251-6797 V2-T3-130 Denver 2450 Airport Road Suite C Aurora, CO 80011 Fax (303) 366-9993 Phone (303) 366-2080 Hartford 40A International Drive Windsor, CT 06095 Fax (860) 298-1305 Phone (860) 298-1306 Houston 14825 Northwest Freeway #100-C Houston, TX 77040 Fax (713) 744-7531 Phone (713) 744-7530 Los Angeles 11120 Philadelphia Street Suite A Mira Loma, CA 91752 Fax (951) 685-3775 Phone (951) 685-5788 New Jersey 96 Stemmers Lane Westampton, NJ 08060 Fax (609) 835-4777 Phone (609) 835-4230 Phoenix 560 N. 54th Street Chandler, AZ 85226 Fax (480) 449-4223 Phone (480) 449-4222 Raleigh 9400 Globe Center Drive Suite 121 Morrisville, NC 27560 Fax (919) 572-9751 Phone (919) 544-7074 St. Louis 56 Soccer Park Road Fenton, MO 63026 Fax (636) 717-3505 Phone (636) 717-3500 San Francisco 20923 Cabot Boulevard Hayward, CA 94545 Fax (510) 784-8980 Phone (510) 784-8981 Seattle 1604 15th Street SW Suite 114 Auburn, WA 98001 Fax (253) 833-5058 Phone (253) 833-5021 Orlando 9436 Southridge Park Court Suite 100 Orlando, FL 32819 Fax (407) 264-9310 Phone (407) 264-9300 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com NEW JERSEY RALEIGH HOUSTON Sumter 845 Corporate Circle P.O. Box 2258 Sumter, SC 29151 (803) 481-3131 • • • BALTIMORE ATLANTA 3 3 • ST. LOUIS • HARTFORD CLEVELAND LOS ANGELES 3 3 • • DENVER SAN FRANCISCO 3 3 • CHICAGO SUMTER ★ • ORLANDO Panelboards and Lighting Control Customer Manufacturing Solution Centers 3.9 Customer Manufacturing Solution Centers A unique concept of facilities close to customer locations, assuring fast delivery of standard- and custom-assembled equipment when it’s needed. Highly trained and experienced personnel will manage your order and ensure that you receive ontime delivery of high quality equipment that meets your specifications. Located at strategic locations throughout the United States, these facilities manufacture and deliver standard or custom-assembled panelboards, switchboards and enclosed circuit breakers…when and where you need them. And, when you have an emergency, they can have your equipment ready in hours. Special Configurations The unique capabilities of these plants and people can provide solutions for special products to meet special needs. Typical examples include special dimensions, retrofit equipment and panelboard interiors to fit existing boxes. 3 Speedy Delivery ● ● ● 3 Panelboards: from one to five days. Switchboards: between five and 10 days. Assembled Enclosed Circuit Breakers: from one to 10 days. 3 3 3 Save Time and Money 3 No matter your location, you will save time and money when ordering from a CMSC location. For more information, contact your Eaton representative or authorized distributor. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T3-131 Switchboards Pow-R-Line Group-Mounted Distribution Switchboard with Integrated Facilities Switchboard (IFS) 4.1 Group-Mounted Switchboards Pow-R-Line® Distribution Switchboards Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commercial Metering Switchboards Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 4.5 Pow-R-Line® i Distribution Switchboards Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 V2-T4-6 V2-T4-6 V2-T4-7 V2-T4-7 V2-T4-7 V2-T4-8 V2-T4-8 V2-T4-8 V2-T4-8 V2-T4-9 V2-T4-10 V2-T4-12 V2-T4-14 V2-T4-14 V2-T4-14 V2-T4-15 Instant Service Switchboards V2-T4-16 V2-T4-16 V2-T4-16 V2-T4-16 V2-T4-17 V2-T4-19 V2-T4-20 V2-T4-20 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.7 V2-T4-3 V2-T4-3 V2-T4-4 V2-T4-5 V2-T4-5 V2-T4-5 Compartmentalized Switchboards Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6 4 Pow-R-Line Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Switchboards Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options, Accessories and Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4 V2-T4-2 V2-T4-2 V2-T4-2 V2-T4-2 V2-T4-2 Integrated Facility Switchboards™ Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.3 4 V2-T4-21 V2-T4-21 V2-T4-21 V2-T4-22 V2-T4-35 Multipoint Meter (MPM) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRC7500—Tenant Metering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T4-36 V2-T4-37 V2-T4-38 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Learn Online 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-1 4.1 4 Switchboards Group-Mounted Switchboards Pow-R-Line Group-Mounted Distribution Switchboard Contents Description 4 Page Pow-R-Line Distribution Switchboards Commercial Metering Switchboards. . . . . . . . . . . 4 V2-T4-3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Pow-R-Line Distribution Switchboards 4 Product Description 4 4 4 4 4 4 Eaton’s Pow-R-Line distribution switchboards combine a space-saving design with modular construction and increased system ratings to provide economical and dependable electrical system distribution and protection. Application Description Refer to Eaton’s Consulting Application Guide. 4 Features, Benefits and Functions ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 4 ● 4 4 ● 4 ● 4 ● 4 ● 4 4 4 4 6000A maximum main bus rating 600 Vac and below 600 Vdc and below Front or rear accessible Type 1 or Type 3R enclosures ANSI-61 gray powder coat paint finish Microprocessor-based metering and monitoring devices Utility metering provisions Surge protective devices (SPD) Ground fault protection on mains and distribution devices Busway and transformer connections Complete protective device accessory capability 65 kAIC bus bracing standard; optional 100 or 200 kAIC Standard tin-plated aluminum bus; optional copper- or silver-plated copper bus ● Standard bus ampacities based on UL® heat test ratings. Optional density rated bus systems are also available Standards and Certifications ● Main and Individually Mounted Devices ● Magnum™ SB insulated case circuit breakers, 800– 5000A, fixed or drawout ● Magnum DS power circuit breakers, 800–5000A, fixed or drawout ● Molded case circuit breakers, 400–2500A, fixed mounted ● Bolted pressure switches, 800–5000A ● FDPW fusible switches, 400–1200A Group-Mounted Distribution Devices ● Molded case circuit breakers, 15–1200A ● FDPW fusible switches, 30–1200A 4 V2-T4-2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com ● Meets NEMA® Standard PB-2 and UL 891 Seismically qualified Product Selection For complete application and pricing information, contact your local Eaton sales office. Switchboards Group-Mounted Switchboards 4.1 Contents Commercial Metering Switchboards Description Pow-R-Line Distribution Switchboards . . . . . . . . . Commercial Metering Switchboards Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Page V2-T4-2 V2-T4-4 V2-T4-5 V2-T4-5 V2-T4-5 4 4 4 4 4 4 WWCMS 4 WCMS 4 4 4 Commercial Metering Switchboards 4 Product Description 4 Eaton’s commercial metering switchboards provide electrical system distribution and metering for shopping centers, office buildings and other commercial multimetering applications. Using standard Pow-R-Line construction and features, these switchboards incorporate metering sections with tenant feeder circuits using meter sockets to meet local utility or customer requirements. Application Description Type WWCMS For EUSERC serviced areas. The self-contained meter sockets include a test bypass/disconnect block per EUSERC requirements, and are arranged, typically, for hot sequence metering. 4 Type WCMS For other than EUSERC serviced areas. Self-contained meter sockets are provided with manual lever bypass and can be arranged for either hot or cold sequence metering. 4 4 4 4 4 4 All meter sockets and associated feeder devices are completely factory prewired and shipped ready for the installation of the meters. 4 4 4 Socket with Manual Lever Bypass Socket and Test Block Assembly Refer to Eaton’s Consulting Application Guide. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-3 4.1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Switchboards Group-Mounted Switchboards Features, Benefits and Functions Pow-R-Line designates a family of distribution switchboards, incorporating design concepts that fit the ever-increasing need for applications on high short-circuit systems, while retaining maximum safety and convenience throughout the line. Front Accessible Front-accessible switchboards align at the rear, enabling them to be placed against a wall (Pow-R-Line front accessible). If the main section is deeper than others, due to physical size of the main device, the necessary off-set in line-up will occur in front, and the main section will be accessible from the side as well as from the front. Standard front accessible switchboards will align at the front and rear. Rear Accessible Rear-accessible switchboards align at the front and the rear. Bus maintenance and cable entry and exit require rear access. There are two types of rear accessible switchboards. Both types use the same incoming utility and/or main structures. The first type uses groupmounted feeder devices with panel construction (Pow-R-Line rear accessible). The second type uses individually compartmentalized feeder devices with load side insulated bus bar extensions (Pow-R-Line i). Standard Switchboard Height Standard Pow-R-Line switchboard height is 90 inches (2286.0 mm). Group Mounting Group-mounted circuit protective devices are an assembly of units mounted on a panelboard type base (panelboard construction). Units may be molded case breakers, or FDPW fusible switches. Circuit protective devices are accessible from the front. A main molded case breaker or main FDPW fusible switch, within the sizes listed for panelboard design, can be included in the panelmounted assembly in lieu of a separate, individually mounted unit. Space Only for Future Devices Group-Mounted Construction Where space only for future circuit protective devices is required, the proper space and a blank filler plate will be supplied. Connections and mounting hardware are not included. Provision for Future Devices Where provisions for future circuit protective devices are required, space for the device, corresponding vertical bus, device connectors and the necessary mounting hardware will be supplied. Bus Bar System Standard bus in the switchboards is tin-plated aluminum. Copper and silver-plated copper are also available. Overcurrent Devices To properly select and size overcurrent devices for use in a switchboard, the allowable temperature rise must be taken into account as to its effect on the tripping characteristics of the devices in question. Accordingly, Article 220 of the NEC® requires overcurrent devices to be rated not less than 125% of the continuous load they are protecting. To comply with this, an 80% derating factor must be used with all overcurrent devices such as molded case breakers and FDPW fusible switches unless they are tested and marked as 100% rated devices. Short-Circuit Rating Standard bus and connectors on all switchboards are rated for use on systems capable of producing up to 65,000A rms symmetrical short-circuit current at the incoming terminals. Increased bus short-circuit ratings equal to that of connected switchboard devices, up to 200,000A rms symmetrical, are available in most Pow-R-Line switchboards when approved main devices are installed. Contact Eaton for more information. UL labeled switchboard sections are marked with their applicable short-circuit rating. Main bus and sub-main buses meet UL and NEMA standards for temperature rise on all Pow-R-Line switchboards. Special bus densities are available. 4 4 4 4 4 4 V2-T4-4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Provision for Busway Entrance and Exit Busway connections to switchboard sections include cutout and drilling in the top of the switchboard with riser connections from the switchboard device or bus, up to the point where the bus duct enters the switchboard. No connections are furnished external to the switchboard. Note: In all transactions involving busway attached to switchboards, it is essential that information regarding orientation of the busway with respect to the front of the switchboard be supplied to the coordinating assembly plant. On Pow-R-Line switchboards, solid bus bar is used to connect the bus duct to the individually mounted main device, main or sub-main switchboard bus, or vertical main bus of panel mounted circuit protective device panels. Busway fed by groupmounted branch devices are cable connected. Aluminum riser connections are standard. Copper- or silver-plated copper is available as a modification. Transitions Transition structures are required for connecting switchboards to the secondary of power center transformer (dry or fluid filled), motor control centers, and for other special switchboard configurations such as “L” or “U” shaped lineups. In some application, an extra structure complete with connections is required; in others, where switchboard depth and space permit, only the connection conductors are required. Refer to factory for these applications. Switchboards Group-Mounted Switchboards 4.1 Standards and Certifications ● ● ● 4 UL 891 NEMA PB-2 Seismically qualified 4 4 4 4 Product Selection For complete application and pricing information, contact your local Eaton sales office. 4 4 Technical Data and Specifications Service ● 120/240V, single-phase, three-wire ● 240/120V, 208Y/120V, 415Y/240V, 480Y/277V or 600Y/347V three-phase, four-wire ● 600 Vdc Main Bus Rating ● 400–4000A Service Section ● Main circuit breaker, 400–4000A ● Main fusible switch, 400–4000A ● Main lugs only, 400–6000A 4 Metering Sections Tenant main disconnects and meter sockets (200A maximum self-contained metered circuits) ● Hot sequence metering circuits ● Cold sequence metering circuits (WCMS only) ● Optional rear barriered wireways or load side pull sections for cable exit requirements ● Sections for metered circuits larger than 200A available with 400A continuous rated selfcontained sockets or with CT compartment and transformer rated socket in combination with disconnect ● 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-5 4.2 4 Switchboards Integrated Facility Switchboards Contents Integrated Facility Switchboard Description 4 Page Integrated Facility Switchboards Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 V2-T4-7 V2-T4-7 V2-T4-7 An Eaton Green Solution 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Description Eaton’s Integrated Facility Switchboards use the modular Pow-R-Line groupmounted switchboard design to integrate traditionally separate electrical distribution and control equipment into a single space-saving factory assembled and connected package. 4 4 4 Application Description The service entrance equipment can be integrated with multiple lighting and appliance branch panelboards into a compact front-accessible groupmounted switchboard. Where multiple panelboards are used in the same electrical room as a conventional distribution switchboard or power panelboards, the integrated design will significantly reduce equipment space requirements, as well as reduce installation time and costs. Other associated equipment can also be integrated into the assembly, including dry-type distribution transformers, time clock space, lighting control, electronic controls, surge protective devices, metering and energy monitoring devices. Depending upon the application, other userdefined equipment such as a subsystem control package may also be incorporated. 4 4 Eaton’s Integrated Facility Switchboards are designed to meet specific needs for: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Retail chain stores Commercial offices High rise buildings Correctional facilities Agricultural facilities Industrial facilities Hospitals/health care facilities Educational facilities Whether the application is a multi-site prototype or single application, integrated switchboards offer time and space-saving features. For complete application description, refer to Eaton’s Consulting Application Guide. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V2-T4-6 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Switchboards Integrated Facility Switchboards Features, Benefits and Functions Front Accessible Switchboard Shipping Splits Site Construction Savings Integrated Facility Switchboards are front accessible and align at the rear, enabling them to be placed against a wall. Most switchboards align at the front and the rear. If the main section is deeper than others, due to physical size of the main device, the necessary off-set in line-up will occur in front, and the main section will be accessible from the side as well as from the front. The sections can be shipped as specified by the customer to meet specific requirements. Timely installation of the electrical system typically is a key element on the critical path for any project. Standard Switchboard Height Switchboard height is 90 inches (2286.0 mm). A limited offering of 78-inch (1981.2 mm) high equipment is available. Consult the factory for specific applications. For retrofit applications, single-piece switchboard structures can be shipped to facilitate movement through limited access doorways, etc. Factory Interconnections Most sub-panels are fed from the main distribution panel feeder circuit breakers using copper cable sized per the NEC and UL. Space Savings The space-saving switchboard installation provides additional usable floor space. For example: ● ● ● ● Retail stores—floor space for sales Offices—additional storage, cubicle Health care—additional work area Retrofits—ability to fit existing rooms Along with the time to install the equipment, other expenses include the time to handle all of the loose pieces of equipment arriving on a job site and ensuring it reaches the proper trades person. With Eaton’s Integrated Facility Switchboards, one piece of equipment is typically shipped to a job site virtually eliminating these issues. 4.2 Standards and Certifications ● ● ● 4 Meets NEMA Standard PB-2 and UL 891 Panelboards mounted inside the sections meet NEMA PB-1 and UL 67 Other equipment is UL listed as applicable and appropriate 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Selection For complete application and pricing information, contact your local Eaton sales office. The equipment may also be used for temporary power on job sites, further reducing construction expenses and times. 4 4 4 4 4 Construction Savings 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Traditionally Mounted Equipment 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-7 4.3 4 Switchboards Pow-R-Line Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Switchboards Pow-R-Line Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Switchboards Contents Description 4 Page Pow-R-Line Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Switchboards Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options, Accessories and Modifications. . . . . . 4 4 V2-T4-9 V2-T4-10 V2-T4-12 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Description ● ● ● ● 4 ● 4 ● 4 ● 4 4 4 ● ● ● 4 4 Application Description 4 ● 4 ● 4 4 4 4 4 Drawout molded case circuit breaker switchboard Front accessible Front connected Through-the-door design drawout mechanism through 600A Insulated case UL 489 breakers up to 1200A Visual indication of breaker status and position Large grab handles for easy removal 600 Vac maximum 600A maximum, groupmounted, drawout molded case feeder breakers Individually mounted insulated UL 489 breakers through 1200A ● Drawout feeders in UL 891 distribution switchboards Rated as Service Entrance Equipment when appropriately equipped Ideal for: ● Data centers ● Industrial facilities ● Process equipment manufacturing ● Anywhere that requires quick change of feeder devices is needed Features, Benefits and Functions Eaton’s Pow-R-Line Drawout switchboard design is listed and labeled to the UL 891 standard. Switchboards may be rated up to 4000A. Main breakers are available up to 4000A in both fixed-mounted and drawout configurations. Main breakers may be Magnum DS® power circuit breakers or Magnum SB insulated case circuit breakers in either drawout or fixed-mounted configurations. Both are front-accessible configurations. Fixedmounted molded case circuit breaker mains are available up through 2500A. Utility and customer-owned metering is available. Customer metering includes Web-enabled communicating systems. Standards and Certifications Aluminum bus is standard with copper and silver-plated copper optional. Other common options include surge protective devices (SPDs), seismically qualified designs, density rated bus and many more. Drawout feeder MCCBs are available in two-pole and three-pole offerings from 20A to 600A in the high-density, group-mounted design. Drawout feeders above 600A through 1200A integrate the molded case NX drawout breaker. Drawout breakers above 1200A through 2000A use the Magnum SB insulated case circuit breaker. All are front accessible and front connected. 4 V2-T4-8 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com ● UL 891 listed Instructions On an interim basis until Bid Manager™ is updated, please use the Pow-R-Line C® switchboard Bid Manager take-off as the basis for the following: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Utility compartments Service entrance or nonservice entrance information Voltage Bus rating Bus material Nameplate Ground bus material Short-circuit current rating Top or bottom entrance Incoming cable location Customer metering Surge protective device Bus bracing 4.3 Switchboards Pow-R-Line Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Switchboards Product Selection Select drawout molded case circuit breaker and UL 489 listed insulated case circuit breakers from the following pages. ● Always select front access/ rear aligned ● IFS sections are permissible but will be bolt-on devices only ● 4 Use the existing Pow-RLine C switchboard take-off to select main devices 4 4 4 Drawout Branch/Feeder Breakers Single Branch/Feeder 4 Single-Mount Two-Pole and Three-Pole 4 Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical) Ampere Rating 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Breaker Type “X” Space 18 JGS 7X 4 Single-Mount Breakers with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units 70–250 Dual Branch/Feeder 85 35 4 70–250 100 65 25 JGH 7X 70–250 200 100 35 JGC 7X 250–600 85 35 18 LGS 9X 250–600 100 65 35 LGH 9X 250–600 200 100 50 LGC 9X 4 JGS 7X 4 4 Single-Mount Breakers with Electronic 310+ Trip Units (Three-Pole Only) 20–50 85 35 18 20–50 100 65 25 JGH 7X 20–50 200 100 35 JGC 7X 40–100 85 35 18 JGS 7X 40–100 100 65 25 JGH 7X 40–100 200 100 35 JGC 7X 80–150 85 35 18 JGS 7X 80–150 100 65 25 JGH 7X 80–150 200 100 35 JGC 7X 100–250 85 35 18 JGS 7X 100–250 100 65 25 JGH 7X 100–250 200 100 35 JGC 7X 100–250 85 35 18 LGS 9X 100–250 100 65 35 LGH 9X 100–250 200 100 50 LGC 9X 200–400 85 35 18 LGS 9X 200–400 100 65 35 LGH 9X 200–400 200 100 50 LGC 9X 250–600 85 35 18 LGS 9X 250–600 100 65 35 LGH 9X 250–600 200 100 50 LGC 9X 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Provision for Future (Includes Factory-Installed Base Cassette) 20–250 Any JG family branch/feeder breaker 7X 100–600 Any LG family branch/feeder breaker 9X 4 4 Individually Mounted NX Breakers 800 85 65 42 NX ½ Structure 1000 85 65 42 NX ½ Structure 1200 85 65 42 NX ½ Structure 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-9 4.3 4 4 4 4 4 Switchboards Pow-R-Line Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Switchboards Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Select the appropriate distribution section(s) for drawout MCCB feeder devices from the sections shown below. All breakers are front accessible and front connected. Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Feeder Devices 4 4 4 4 90.00 (2286.0) 4 1 50X Vertical Panel Space for Devices 1200A Feeder Max. Optional GFP 4 4 4 22X Device Space 1 4 4 1 90.00 (2286.0) Optional GFP 22X Dist. Classis 4 4 Optional Customer Metering or Blank 36, 45 (914.4, 1143.0) 18.00 (457.2) Full Distribution Section 36.00 (914.4) Min. 24.00 (609.6) Min. Top-Mounted Feeder with Distribution Chassis 36, 45 (914.4, 1143.0) Maximum 2000A CT Compartment Combination Section Notes All four sections widths 36-inch minimum. See distribution layout Guides Page V2-T4-11 for actual minimum structure width and for feeder device “X” requirements. 1 Drawout NX Insulated Case UL 489 breaker. 1200A maximum. Select breaker from Page V2-T4-9. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V2-T4-10 24.00 (609.6) Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com W D Switchboards Pow-R-Line Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Switchboards 4.3 Layout for Group-Mounted Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Feeder Devices 4 Instructions Determine the structure width by the group-mounted drawout MCCB feeder devices below. The width of the structure is determined by the maximum structure size shown for each device. 4 4 Surge Protective Device (includes behind the deadfront disconnect) 7X through 200 kA 10X 250 kA through 400 kA 7X or 10X Surge Protective Device (SPD) 1 4 4 4 4 4 Customer Metering 4 Customer Metering 11X 4 3P Dual Drawout Feeder 2 or 3P Dual Drawout Feeder 3P Dual Drawout Feeder 4 JGS, JGH, JGC 4 4 600A Max. 9X 45-Inch (1143.0 mm) Wide Structure 2 or 3P Dual Drawout Feeder 250A Max. 7X 51-Inch (1295.4 mm) Wide Structure 2 or 3P Single Drawout Feeder 4 36-Inch (914.4 mm) Wide Minimum Structure 2 or 3P Single Drawout Feeder LGS, LGH, LGC 4 4 250A Max. 7X 4 JGS, JGH, JGC 4 4 9X 600A Max. 4 LGS, LGH, LGC 4 4 Note 1 Preferred location of SPD is mounted at the top of the first distribution section. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-11 4.3 Switchboards Pow-R-Line Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Switchboards 4 Options, Accessories and Modifications 4 1. Ambient Compensating Breakers For ambient compensating breakers (where available) in lieu of standard breakers, add 10% to panelboard branch breaker and to main breaker list prices, when required. Panels with this option can not be UL listed. 4 4 4 4 Modification 6 Ampere Range 4 Accessories Internal Breaker Accessory JG family Drawout 1 Auxiliary switch 1A-1B JG family Drawout 1 Auxiliary switch 2A-2B JG family Drawout 1 Bell alarm Drawout 1 High load alarm w/trip JG family Drawout 1 Ground fault alarm w/trip JG family Drawout 2 Undervoltage release 4 JG family Drawout 2 Zone selective interlock 4 LG family Drawout 1 Auxiliary switch 1A-1B LG family Drawout 1 Auxiliary switch 2A-2B 4 LG family Drawout 1 Bell alarm LG family Drawout 1 4 LG family Drawout 1 LG family Drawout 2 Drawout 2 4 4 4 4 LG family 4 3. Drawout NX Internal 4 Modification 3 4 Shunt trip (specify voltage) 4 4 4 High load alarm w/trip Undervoltage release 3 Zone selective interlock 4. Compression Main Lugs Al/Cu Burndy Range Taking Type. Internal NX Breaker Accessories Auxiliary switch Motor operator Modification 4 Main Lug Amperes PRL4D Lug Wire Range 800 (3) 500–750 kcmil 1200 (4) #2–600 kcmil (4) 500–750 kcmil Trip indicator 4 4 5. Copper Lugs/Terminals Optional copper mechanical main lugs only and includes main incoming neutral lug. Modification 5 4 Main Lug Amperes PRL4D Lug Wire Range 4 600 (2) 1/0–600 kcmil 4 800 (2) 1/0–600 kcmil 1200 (3) 1/0–600 kcmil V2-T4-12 3000 7. Density Rated Bus Standard main bus ampere rating is determined by UL listed temperature rise testing. Density rated bus is defined at 750A per square inch for aluminum bus and 1000A per square inch for copper bus. Adder for aluminum density rated bus is in addition to the base price. Adder for copper density rated bus is in addition to the base price plus the appropriate adder for copper bus. See Modification 7. Drawout Feeder Digitrip 310+ LS JGS, JGH, JGC Digitrip 310+ LSI Digitrip 310+ LSIG LGS, LGH, LGC Digitrip 310+ LS Digitrip 310+ LSI Digitrip 310+ LSG Digitrip 310+ LSIG Digitrip 310+ LS with ARMS Digitrip 310+ LSI with ARMS Digitrip 310+ LSG with ARMS Digitrip 310+ LSIG with ARMS Drawout NX 520 LI 520 LSI 520 LSI with ZSI Modification 7 520 LSIG Ampere Rating 520 LSIG with ZSI Aluminum—750A per Square Inch 800 520M LSI 520M LSI with ZSI 520M LSIA 1200 520M LSIA with ZSI 1600 520M LSIG 2000 520M LSIG with ZSI 520M LSI with ARMS 2500 3000 4000 520M LSI with ZSI and ARMS 520M LSIA with ARMS Copper—1000A per Square Inch 520M LSIA with ZSI and ARMS 800 520M LSIG with ARMS 1200 520M LSIG with ZSI and ARMS 1600 Bell alarm Shutters Breaker Frame Family Trip Unit Type 2500 Ground fault alarm w/trip Notes 1 Accessories wired to a pull-apart terminal block. Right position only. 2 Accessories wired to a pull-apart terminal block. Left position only. 3 Not available when breaker is equipped with ARMS trip unit. Undervoltage release Modification 8 2000 Digitrip 310+ LSG Device Mounting JG family 1600 4000 Breaker Type 4 8. Electronic Trip Units Thermal-magnetic trip units are standard. For electronic trip units, select appropriate breaker from the electronic trip section of Pages V2-T4-9 and V2-T4-11. See selection below for electronic trip units. 1200 2. JG and LG Breaker Accessories—Internal (Only One Accessory Per Position) 4 Bare Copper Silver-Plated Chassis Bus Copper Bus 800 4 4 6. Copper Main Busbars Optional copper busbars are available in all ampere ratings. 2000 2500 3000 4000 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Notes L = Adjustable long time pickup S = Adjustable short time pickup w/ fixed short time delay I = Adjustable instantaneous pickup G = Adjustable ground fault pickup A = Adjustable ground fault alarm only (no trip) ARMS = Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System ZSI = Zone selective interlocking 4.3 Switchboards Pow-R-Line Drawout Molded Case Circuit Breaker Switchboards 9. Ground Bus Copper or silver-plated copper ground bus in lieu of standard aluminum. Modification 9 Bus Material Copper Silver-plated copper Size in Inches (mm) 12. Nameplates, Engraved Field-attached nameplates. Modification 12 Description Mastic back, engraved, black with white lettering 0.25 (6.4) x 1.50 (38.1) Mastic back, engraved, colors other than black 0.25 (6.4) x 2.00 (50.8) Nameplates, screw attached 0.25 (6.4) x 1.50 (38.1) 0.25 (6.4) x 2.00 (50.8) 10. Ground Fault Protection Refer to Modification 8 for ground fault trip units. 11. Infrared (IR) Viewing Windows Infrared viewing windows for main devices and drawout single-mounted feeder devices. Modification 11 Overcurrent Device IR Window Manufacturer All fixed mount mains Iriss Hawk (Fluke) Single drawout feeder breakers 1 Iriss Hawk (Fluke) 13. Seismically Qualified For seismically qualified PRL drawout switchboard, request seismic labeling on order. 14. Service Entrance Equipment Service Entrance labeling as detailed under the “Service Entrance Equipment” per UL and NEC. Only switchboards meeting these requirements may be labeled as such. The requirement or service entrance labeling must be noted on the order. Includes neutral disconnect link and labeling “Suitable Only For Use as Service Equipment” (SUSE). 15. Surge Protective Devices (SPD) Package includes SPD unit and integral circuit breaker disconnect (30A) connected to the chassis bus. 4 4 4 Modification 15 Surge Current Rating 50 80 100 120 160 200 250 300 400 SPD Package Options—Basic Package ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ LED monitor, L-N, L-G, L-L and ■ N-G. EMI/RFI filtering. Audible alarm with disable switch. Form C relay contact. ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ LED monitor, L-N, L-G, L-L and N-G Standard Package 4 4 4 4 Premium Package LED monitor, L-N, L-G, L-L and ■ N-G. EMI/RFI filtering. Audible alarm with disable switch. Form C relay contact. Six-digit LCD display. Counts surges in all modes. Nonvolatile memory (no battery backup). Reset button designed to prevent accidental resets. 4 ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 4 4 4 4 16. Touchup Paint 4 Modification 16 4 Description 12 oz spray can. ANSI-61 light gray indoor 4 Case lot of 12—12 oz spray can. ANSI-61 light gray indoor 4 4 Note 1 Available on only single-mounted drawout. Not available on dual-mounted feeder devices. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-13 4.4 4 Switchboards Compartmentalized Switchboards Contents Compartmentalized Feeder Sections Description 4 Page Compartmentalized Switchboards Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 V2-T4-15 4 4 4 4 4 Front View—Circuit Breakers Front View—Fusible Units 4 4 4 Product Description Features, Benefits and Functions Significant safety features include: 4 Eaton’s Pow-R-Line i switchboards are engineered in a new compartmentalized design for applications where a greater degree of safety is required. A wide variety of configurations is possible, including utility metering, customer metering, main devices, branch devices, accessories and enclosures. 4 Application Description 4 Refer to Eaton’s Consulting Application Guide. 4 4 4 4 ● ● 4 4 4 4 4 ● 4 4 4 4 4 4 Individual compartments for branch devices— glass polyester for circuit breakers and steel for fusible switches. These compartments help eliminate possible contact with the main bus and reduce fault propagation Three-section construction with each section barriered from the other ● Device section—each device is mounted in its own compartment ● Bus bar section— contains both horizontal and vertical buses ● Rear cable compartment— completely isolated from the bus bars Main devices are available from 400–4000A and can include molded case circuit breakers, Magnum SB, Magnum DS circuit breakers, FDPW fusible switches or bolted pressure switches. Main buses are rated up to 6000A. Branch circuit breakers range from 15–1200A frames. When circuit breakers are used, higher ratings and increased series ratings will be achieved. Branch fusible switches are available from 100–1200A. Interrupting ratings up to 200,000A are UL listed and the bus bar system may be braced from a standard 65,000A up to a maximum 200,000A. Insulated copper runback. Power is taken from the protective device by the insulated copper runback through a standard full height glass polyester barrier to the rear cable compartment. This design virtually eliminates the possibility of accidental contact with the main buses during installation or maintenance 4 V2-T4-14 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Integrated Monitoring Protection and Control Communications Systems The capabilities of distribution and control assemblies can be expanded by tying together multiple devices in electrical distribution systems. From a central location (on-site or off-site), an operator uses a personal computer (master control unit) to monitor, control and communicate with compatible devices on a distribution system. These microprocessor-based devices, designed and built by Eaton, perform monitoring, protection and control functions. Switchboards Compartmentalized Switchboards Ground Fault Test Panels High Durability Finish Pow-R-Line i switchboards can accommodate either integral or zero sequence types of ground fault protection. Depending on the specific application, a test panel can be mounted in the circuit breaker compartment, which may eliminate the need for an auxiliary structure. A baked-on polyester powder coating system protects all structural steel parts. It provides excellent mechanical strength and resistance to chalking normally caused by the sun’s ultraviolet rays and meets the salt spray requirements of ASTM B-117. Fusible Switches Pow-R-Line i switchboards have been designed to accommodate fusible switches. Safety is provided by steel compartments that insulate each horizontally mounted switch from the vertical and main buses. As with switchboards using circuit breakers, insulated copper runbacks carry power into the spacious, glass polyester barriered rear cable compartment. UL Listed Shunt Trip and Fusible Switches Shunt trip attachments for use with ground fault protection devices can be installed on 400–1200A Type FDPW fusible switches. Both are UL listed when the shunt trip is factory installed. Pow-R-Line i Quality Assurance 4.4 Standards and Certifications 4 Pow-R-Line i switchboards are UL 891 listed and meet all applicable requirements of NEMA and NEC. They are rear accessible and front and rear aligned. Both indoor and outdoor enclosures are available. 4 Meets NEMA Standard PB-2 and UL 891 Seismically qualified 4 ● ● 4 4 4 4 Final testing helps ensure that each Pow-R-Line i switchboard performs in accordance with UL standards and customer specifications. Each assembly is shipped with a “Switchboard Verification Report” that documents completion of every inspection and test. 4 4 4 4 Provisions for the Future 4 Future expansion provisions include line side connectors, load side runbacks, terminals, and glass polyester compartments and covers (for circuit breakers). Space only for “both circuit breakers and fusible switches is also available. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-15 4.5 4 Switchboards Instant Service Switchboards Contents Instant Service Switchboards Description 4 Page Instant Service Switchboards Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 V2-T4-17 V2-T4-19 V2-T4-20 V2-T4-20 4 4 4 4 4 Type 1 Indoor Type 3R Outdoor 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Description Eaton’s Instant® Service Switchboards are designed as stocked units to provide fast delivery to match the needs of the construction market. Suitable for use as service entrance equipment, they combine utility metering provisions with a fused main switch in a single compact section that can also include a distribution panel for feeder and branch circuit breakers. Features, Benefits and Functions These switchboards are available in either indoor or outdoor enclosures manufactured of code-gauge steel with a durable light gray finish. All units are completely enclosed with front, rear and side covers. Outdoor units include a front hinged door. The service section includes: ● Application Description Typical applications for these versatile switchboards include small office buildings and factories, stores, supermarkets and shopping centers. ● 4 4 ● 4 4 4 4 Main lugs mounted at the top (two #4–600 kcmil per phase) for overhead feed or for use with an underground pull section A sealable metering and CT compartment with bussing for utility bar type CTs and two 15-inch (381.0 mm) high meter compartment doors—one with provisions for meter socket and test block, one blank (meter socket is ordered separately) A 400 or 600A T-Type fused main switch or 400, 600 or 800A main circuit breaker with either load lugs (same as main lugs) or with connections to a factory installed distribution panel Underground pull sections are available with lug landing kits providing studs for incoming cables per EUSERC standards and 4 4 V2-T4-16 Standards and Certifications two #4–600 kcmil lugs per phase for cable connection to the service section. Distribution panels can be included for 240 Vac maximum (single-phase three-wire or three-phase four-wire), 480Y/277 Vac (three-phase four-wire) or 480 Vac (three-phase threewire). The 240V panels have provisions for four Type ED 225A frame circuit breakers and 24 poles of Type BAB 100A frame circuit breakers. The 480Y/277V panel has provisions for four Type FD 225A frame circuit breakers and 24 poles of Type GHB 100A frame circuit breakers. The bolt-on type circuit breakers are ordered separately. For applications that require the load circuit conductors to exit at the top, a loadside wireway compartment is available that bolts to the service section. Standard switchboards include two 15.00-inch (381.0 mm) high meter compartment doors, one with meter socket provisions and one blank. For other arrangements, accessory units are available. Check utility requirements. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Eaton’s Instant Service Switchboards are listed by Underwriters Laboratories and comply with all applicable industry standards. These switchboards meet EUSERC standards as well as other local utility codes. Seismic Qualified Eaton’s Instant Service Switchboards are seismically tested, seismically qualified and meet or exceed requirements of the Uniform Building Code® (UBC), the California Building Code (CBC) and the International Building Code (IBC) for all seismic zones. Switchboards Instant Service Switchboards 4.5 Product Selection 4 4 Main Fused Switch Only Main Ampere Rating Type 1—Indoor Catalog Number Type 3R—Outdoor Catalog Number Single-phase three-wire 400 MSB423 RMSB423 600 MSB623 RMSB623 Three-phase four-wire 400 MSB424 RMSB424 600 MSB624 RMSB624 4 400 MSB444 RMSB444 600 MSB644 RMSB644 4 Service 4 240 Vac Maximum 4 4 480Y/277 Vac Three-phase four-wire 4 4 Main Fused Switch with Distribution Panel Main Ampere Rating Type 1—Indoor Catalog Number Type 3R—Outdoor Catalog Number Single-phase three-wire 400 MSBP423 RMSBP423 600 MSBP623 RMSBP623 Three-phase four-wire 400 MSBP424 RMSBP424 600 MSBP624 RMSBP624 400 MSBP444 RMSBP444 600 MSBP644 RMSBP644 Main Ampere Rating Type 1—Indoor Catalog Number Type 3R—Outdoor Catalog Number 400 MBB423 RMBB423 600 MBB623 RMBB623 800 MBB823 RMBB823 Service 4 240 Vac Maximum 1 4 4 4 480Y/277 Vac 2 Three-phase four-wire 4 4 4 Main Breaker Switch Only Service 4 240 Vac Maximum 1 Single-phase three-wire Three-phase four-wire 400 MBB424 RMBB424 600 MBB624 RMBB624 800 MBB824 RMBB824 400 MBB444 RMBB444 600 MBB644 RMBB644 800 MBB844 RMBB844 4 4 4 4 480Y/277 Vac 2 Three-phase four-wire 4 4 4 Notes 1 240V distribution panels have double branch provisions for four Type ED 225A frame circuit breakers and 24 poles of Type BAB 100A frame circuit breakers. 2 480Y/277V distribution panels have double branch provisions for four Type FD 225A frame circuit breakers and 24 poles of Type GHB 100A frame circuit breakers. 4 4 Circuit breakers for distribution panels are ordered separately. 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-17 4.5 Switchboards Instant Service Switchboard 4 4 Main Breaker Only with Distribution Panel 4 Service 4 Single-phase three-wire Main Ampere Rating Type 1—Indoor Catalog Number Type 3R—Outdoor Catalog Number 400 MBBP423 1 RMBBP4231 600 MBBP623 1 RMBBP6231 2 RMBBP823 2 240 Vac Maximum 4 800 MBBP823 4 800 MBBP823-P 3 RMBBP823-P 3 800 MBBP823-K 4 RMBBP823-K 4 400 MBBP424 1 RMBBP424 1 600 MBBP624 1 RMBBP624 1 800 2 4 Three-phase four-wire 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 MBBP824-P RMBBP824-P 3 800 MBBP824-K 4 RMBBP824-K 4 400 MBBP444 5 RMBBP444 5 600 MBBP644 5 RMBBP644 5 800 MBBP844 2 RMBBP844 2 800 MBBP844-K 4 RMBBP844-K 4 480Y/277 Vac Three-phase four-wire 4 4 RMBBP824 2 3 800 4 4 MBBP824 Underground Pull Sections—Same Depth as Switchboard with Provisions for Lug Landing Kit Section Width Inches (mm) Type 1—Indoor Catalog Number Type 3R—Outdoor Catalog Number 24.00 (609.6) 6 UG24W RUG24W 30.00 (762.0) UG30W RUG30W NEMA Type 1 pull section can be installed separate from service section. Add side closer plate, catalog number UGCP. Lug Landing Kits for Underground Pull Sections 4 Maximum Ampere Rating Service Catalog Number 4 400 Single-phase three-wire LL4003 Three-phase four-wire LL4004 4 800 Single-phase three-wire LL8003 7 Three-phase four-wire LL8004 7 4 4 Load Side Wireway—12 Inches (304.8 mm) Wide Same Depth as Switchboard 4 Type Catalog Number Type 1—Indoor LSS12W Type 3R—Outdoor RLSS12W 4 4 4 4 4 4 Notes 1 240V distribution panels have double branch provisions for four Type ED 225A frame circuit breakers and 24 poles of Type BAB 100A frame circuit breakers. 2 800A distribution panels have double branch provision for six Type FD 225A frame circuit breakers only. 3 Suffix-P: four Type FD 225A frame circuit breakers and 24 poles of Type GHB 100A frame circuit breakers. 4 Suffix-K: one Type KD OR HKD 400A frame circuit breakers and four Type FD 225A frame circuit breakers. 5 480Y/277V distribution panels have double branch provisions for four Type FD 225A frame circuit breakers and 24 poles of Type GHB 100A frame circuit breakers. 6 Check utility requirements—most EUSERC utilities require 30-inch (762.0 mm) width. 7 Mounts in 30-inch (762.0 mm) wide section only. Circuit breakers for distribution panels are ordered separately. V2-T4-18 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Switchboards Instant Service Switchboards 4.5 Accessories 4 Meter Compartment Doors—(Meter Sockets Not Included) Catalog Number Circuit Breakers for Distribution Panels 480Y/277 Vac (Three-Phase Four-Wire) 4 Blank MD150 Ampere Rating Single-Pole Catalog Number Two-Pole Catalog Number Three-Pole Catalog Number One socket MD151 4 15 GHB1015I GHB2015I GHB3015I Blank MD300 20 GHB1020I GHB2020I GHB3030I 4 Two sockets MD302 30 GHB1030I GHB2030I GHB3030I 40 GHB1040I GHB2040I GHB3040I Meter Sockets—For Field Installation 50 GHB1050I GHB2050I GHB3050I Number of Jaws Catalog Number Number of Jaws Catalog Number 60 GHB1060I GHB2060I GHB3060I 4 M4 8 M8 70 — GHB2070I GHB3070I 90 — GHB2090I GHB3090I 100 — GHB2100I GHB3100I 100 — FD2100I FD3100I 125 — FD2125I FD3135I 150 — FD2150I FD3150I 175 — FD2175I FD3175I 200 — FD2200I FD3200I 225 — FD2225I FD2225I 300 — HKD2300I HKD3300I 350 — HKD2350I HKD3350I 400 — HKD2400I HKD3400I Height Width 15.00 (381.0) Drilling 32.00 (812.8) 30.00 (762.0) 32.00 (812.8) 1 M5 13 M13 62 M6 15 3 M15 5 Circuit Breakers for Distribution Panels 240 Vac Three-Phase Four-Wire Maximum Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number 15 BAB1015I BAB2015I BAB2015HI BAB3015HI 20 BAB1020I BAB2020I BAB2020HI BAB3030HI 30 BAB1030I BAB2030I BAB2030HI BAB3030HI 40 BAB1040I BAB2040I BAB2040HI BAB3040HI 50 BAB1050I BAB2050I BAB2050HI BAB3050HI Special Utility Options—Select for the Following Utilities 60 BAB1060I BAB2060I BAB2060HI BAB3060HI Utility Company Catalog Number 70 — BAB2070I BAB2070HI BAB3070HI City of Anaheim ISTAHEIM 90 — BAB2090I BAB2090HI BAB3090HI City of Burbank ISTBANK 100 — BAB2100I BAB2100HI BAB3100HI 100 — — ED2100I ED3100I 125 — — ED2125I ED3135I 150 — — ED2150I ED3150I ED2175I ED3175I 200 — — ED2200I ED3200I 225 — — ED2225I ED2225I 300 — — KD2300I KD3300I 350 — — KD2350I KD3350I 400 — — KD2400I KD3400I 4 4 Ampere Rating Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number — 4 4 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number — 4 4 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number 175 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Special Bus Options Catalog Number 4 400 DBK400 4 600 DBK600 800 DBK800 4 400 CUK400 4 600 CUK600 800 CUK800 Maximum Ampere Rating Density Bus Kit Copper Bus Kit 4 Notes 1 240V distribution panels have double branch provisions for four Type ED 225A frame circuit breakers and 24 poles of Type BAB 100A frame circuit breakers. 2 800A distribution panels have double branch provision for six Type FD 225A frame circuit breakers only. 3 Suffix-P: four Type FD 225A frame circuit breakers and 24 poles of Type GHB 100A frame circuit breakers. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-19 4.5 4 4 4 4 Instant Service Switchboards Technical Data and Specifications ● ● ● ● ● 120/240 Vac, single-phase three-wire 208Y/120V or 240/120 Vac, three-phase four-wire 240 Delta/120 Vac, three-phase four-wire 480Y/277 Vac, three-phase four-wire 480 Vac, three-phase three-wire Interrupting Ratings (Series Rating) 4 ● 4 ● 4 Switchboards 65,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 240 Vac, using Types BAB and ED branch circuit breakers 65,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 480Y/277 Vac, using Types GHB and FD branch circuit breakers Dimensions 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Instant Service Switchboards 4 Indoor Height 4 90.00 (2286.0) 4 90.00 (2286.0) Width Depth 32.00 (812.8) 14.00 (355.6) 38.00 (965.2) 26.00 (660.4) Outdoor 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V2-T4-20 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4.6 Contents Roll-Up Generator Termination Box Description Roll-Up Generator Termination Box Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 4 V2-T4-22 V2-T4-35 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Product Description Features Eaton’s roll-up generator termination boxes (RUGTB) are designed as an intermediate termination cabinet between temporary, portable roll-up generator and the facility being served. The RUGTB is designed for permanent installation and is secured to a concrete pad with bolts. Enclosure The RUGTB includes line terminations for the temporary connection of the portable generator and permanent connections on the load side to the secondary disconnect in the facility, which is interlocked with the main overcurrent device in a manner that ensures that only one (either the service main or the generator main) can be energized at any one time. The conductors and conduits must be sized and suitable for carrying the load ratings marked on the equipment per the National Electrical Code. 4 Terminations The enclosure is freestanding with feet on the bottom, providing access to the cable connections for temporary roll-up generator terminations. The enclosure is made from code gauge steel and is suitable for either outdoor or indoor installation (Type 3R construction). The enclosure is powder coat painted ANSI 61 gray. Each enclosure houses line and load phase, neutral and ground connections. Access is provided at the bottom of the enclosure for both the temporary connections to the roll-up generator and permanent connections to the facility’s generator overcurrent disconnecting means. The permanent connection section at the bottom of the enclosure contains a fixed mounting plate. The temporary generator connection to the RUGTB contains a hinged cover that allows access to the enclosure for generator conductors. The enclosure uses feet that raise the termination compartment off finished grade by 18 inches (457.2 mm). Enclosure feet have provisions for anchoring the RUGTB. Anchor bolts secure the RUGTB and shall be encased in a concrete pad by the installer in a manner that is suitable as a permanent base for the unit. A template for anchor bolt installation is available from the manufacturer. The enclosure contains a sturdy, lockable, hinged door for access to the termination compartment by qualified personnel as described in NFPA 70E and the National Electrical Code. Feeder conductor entry is provided in the bottom of the enclosure for the line side (generator). A hinged bottom plate is provided on the line side for access to line terminations. The permanent load connections (feeding to the facility overcurrent device) exit the enclosure from the bottom. All roll-up generator termination boxes contain a termination/lug landing for three phases and neutral plus ground. Line termination options include mechanical lugs, one-hole and two-hole compression lugs, one-hole and two-hole compression lug provisions, and quick disconnect. Lug provisions are provided with bolt configurations as described in the catalog data on the following pages. Where lug provisions are ordered, lugs are supplied by others. ● ● ● ● 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Standards and Certifications ● 4 UL 1773 listed— termination boxes 600 Vac maximum Amperage ratings: 800, 1200, 1600, 2000 and 2500 Assembly short-circuit rating: 25,000A rms symmetrical Marked “Suitable for use on the line side of service equipment” per UL 1773 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-21 4.6 4 Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box Technical Data and Specifications Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line and Load Mechanical Box Lugs 1 4 Ampere Rating Height Width Depth Mechanical Box Lugs Line Termination Number, Range and Type Mechanical Box Lugs Load Termination Number, Range and Type Catalog Number 4 800 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08MAMA (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08MAMB (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08MBMA (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08MBMB (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12MCMC (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12MCMD (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12MDMC (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12MDMD (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16MEME (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16MEMF (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16MFME (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16MFMF (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20MGMG (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20MGMH (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20MHMG (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20MHMH (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25MJMJ 4 (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25MJMK (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25MKMJ 4 (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25MJMJ Dimensions 4 4 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 4 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 2000 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Mechanical Box Lugs; Load Single-Hole Compression Lugs 12 4 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth Mechanical Box Lugs Line Termination Number, Range and Type Single-Hole Compression Load Termination Number, Range and Type 4 800 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08MACA (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08MACB 4 4 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 4 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 2000 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 2500 4 4 4 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08MBCA (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08MBCB (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12MCCC (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12MCCD (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12MDCC (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12MDCD (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16MECE (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16MECF (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16MFCE (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16MFCF (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20MGCG (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20MGCH (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20MHCG (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20MHCH (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25MJCJ (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25MJCK (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25MKCJ (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25MJCJ Notes 1 Line side mechanical lugs are factory selected and installed. 2 Load side Anderson, single-hole compression lugs are factory selected and installed. V2-T4-22 Catalog Number Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4.6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Mechanical Box Lugs; Load Two-Hole Compression Lugs Dimensions 4 Ampere Rating Height Width Depth Mechanical Box Lugs Line Termination Number, Range and Type Two-Hole Compression Load Termination Cu Only Wire Size Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 350 kcmil Cu only GTB08MACL (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 400 kcmil Cu only GTB08MBCM (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 350 kcmil Cu only GTB08MBCL (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 400 kcmil Cu only GTB08MACL (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB12MCCN (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB12MCCP (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB12MCCQ (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB12MDCN (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB12MDCP (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB12MDCQ (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB16MECR (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB16MECS (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB16MECT (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB16MFCR (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB16MFCS (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB16MFCT (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB20MGCU (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB20MGCV (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB20MGCW (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB20MHCU (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB20MHCV (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB20MHCW 1200 1600 2000 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB25MJCX (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB25MJCY (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB25MJCZ (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB25MKCX (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB25MKCY (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB25MKCZ 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Notes Line side mechanical lugs are factory selected and installed. Load side factory installed Burndy, two-hole, short barrel compression lugs suitable for copper wire only requires a 45-inch (1143.0 mm) wide enclosure. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-23 4.6 Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Mechanical Box Lugs; Load Provisions Only, Single-Hole Compression Lugs 4 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth 800 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 1200 4 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 4 2000 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 4 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 4 Mechanical Box Lugs Line Termination Number, Range and Type 12 Single-Hole Compression Load Provisions Only Number and Range Catalog Number (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) Provisions per phase GTB08MAP1 (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) Provisions per phase GTB08MBP1 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) Provisions per phase GTB12MCP2 (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) Provisions per phase GTB12MDP2 (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) Provisions per phase GTB16MEP3 (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) Provisions per phase GTB16MFP3 (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) Provisions per phase GTB20MGP4 (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) Provisions per phase GTB20MHP4 (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (8) Provisions per phase GTB25MJP5 (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (8) Provisions per phase GTB25MKP5 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Mechanical Box Lugs; Load Provisions Only, Two-Hole Compression Lugs 134 4 Ampere Rating Height Width Depth Mechanical Box Lugs Line Termination Number, Range and Type Two-Hole Compression Load Provisions Only Number and Range Catalog Number 4 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) Provisions per phase GTB08MAPA (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) Provisions per phase GTB08MBPA (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) Provisions per phase GTB12MCPB (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) Provisions per phase GTB12MDPB (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) Provisions per phase GTB16MEPC (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) Provisions per phase GTB16MFPC (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) Provisions per phase GTB20MGPD (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) Provisions per phase GTB20MHPD (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (8) Provisions per phase GTB25MJPE (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (8) Provisions per phase GTB25MKPE 4 1200 4 1600 4 4 4 4 4 4 2000 2500 Dimensions 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) Notes 1 Line side mechanical lugs are factory selected and installed. 2 Load side factory installed 3/8-inch bolt provisions for single-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 3 Load side factory installed 1/2-inch bolt provisions on 1-3/4-inch hole centers for two-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 4 Requires 45-inch (1143.0 mm) wide enclosure. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V2-T4-24 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 4.6 Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Single-Hole Compression Lugs and Load Mechanical Box Lugs 12 Dimensions 4 Ampere Rating Height Width Depth Single-Hole Compression Line Termination Number, Range and Type Mechanical Box Lugs Load Termination Number, Range and Type Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CAMA (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CAMB (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CBMA (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CBMB (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CCMC (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CCMD (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CDMC (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CDMD (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CEME (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CEMF (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CFME (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CFMF 1200 1600 2000 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CGMG (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CGMH (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CHMG (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CHMH (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CJMJ (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CJMK (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CKMJ (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CJMK Height Width Depth Single-Hole Compression Line Termination Number, Range and Type Single-Hole Compression Load Termination Number, Range and Type Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CACA (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CACB (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CBCA 1600 2000 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CBCB (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CCCC (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CCCD (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CDCC (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CDCD (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CECE (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CECF (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CFCE (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CFCF (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CGCG (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CGCH (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CHCG (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CHCH (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CJCJ (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CJCK (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CKCJ (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CJCK 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Notes 1 Line side Anderson, single-hole compression lugs are factory selected and installed. 2 Load side mechanical lugs are factory selected and installed. 3 Line side and load Anderson, single-hole compression lugs are factory selected and installed. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 4 4 Ampere Rating 1200 4 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line and Load Single-Hole Compression Lugs 3 Dimensions 4 4 V2-T4-25 4.6 Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Single-Hole Compression Lugs; Load Two-Hole Compression Lugs 123 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth Single-Hole Compression Line Termination Number, Range and Type Two-Hole Compression Load Termination Cu Only Wire Size Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 350 kcmil Cu only GTB08CACL (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 400 kcmil Cu only GTB08CACM (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 350 kcmil Cu only GTB08CBCL (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 400 kcmil Cu only GTB08CBCM (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB12CCCN (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB12CCCP 4 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB12CCCQ 4 (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB12CDCN (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB12CDCP (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB12CDCQ (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB16CECR (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB16CECS (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB16CECT (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB16CFCR (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB16CFCS 4 4 4 4 4 1200 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 4 (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB16CFCT (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB20CGCU (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB20CGCV 4 (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB20CGCW (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB20CHCU 4 (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB20CHCV (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB20CHCW (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB25CJCX (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB25CJCY (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB25CJCZ 4 (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (7) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB25CKCX 4 (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB25CKCY (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB25CKCZ 4 4 2000 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 4 4 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Single-Hole Compression Lugs; Load Provisions Only, Single-Hole Compression Lugs 14 Height Width Depth Single-Hole Compression Line Termination Number, Range and Type Single-Hole Compression Load Provisions Only Number and Range Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) Provisions per phase GTB08CAP1 (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) Provisions per phase GTB08CBP1 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) Provisions per phase GTB12CCP2 (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) Provisions per phase GTB12CDP2 (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) Provisions per phase GTB16CEP3 (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) Provisions per phase GTB16CFP3 (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) Provisions per phase GTB20CGP4 (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) Provisions per phase GTB20CHP4 (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (8) Provisions per phase GTB25CJP5 (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (8) Provisions per phase GTB25CKP5 4 1200 4 1600 4 2000 4 2500 4 4 4 Dimensions Ampere Rating 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) Notes 1 Line side Anderson, single-hole compression lugs are factory selected and installed. 2 Load side factory installed Burndy, two-hole, short barrel compression lugs suitable for copper wire only. 3 Requires 45-inch (1143.0 mm) wide enclosure. 4 Load side factory installed 3/8-inch bolt provisions for single-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). V2-T4-26 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4.6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Single-Hole Compression Lugs; Load Provisions Only, Two-Hole Compression Lugs) 123 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth Single-Hole Compression Line Termination Number, Range and Type Two-Hole Compression Load Provisions Only Number and Range Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) Provisions per phase GTB08CAPA (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) Provisions per phase GTB08CBPA 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (4) Provisions per phase GTB12CCPB (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (4) Provisions per phase GTB12CDPB 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (5) Provisions per phase GTB16CEPC (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (5) Provisions per phase GTB16CGPC (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (6) Provisions per phase GTB20CGPD (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (6) Provisions per phase GTB20CHPD (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu (8) Provisions per phase GTB25CJPE (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (8) Provisions per phase GTB25CKPE 2000 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) Dimensions Height Width 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 1200 1600 2000 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) Depth Two-Hole Compression Line Termination Cu Only Wire Size Mechanical Box Lugs Load Termination Number, Range and Type Catalog Number 24.00 (609.6) (3) 350 kcmil Cu only (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CLMA (3) 350 kcmil Cu only (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CLMB (3) 400 kcmil Cu only (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CMMA (3) 400 kcmil Cu only (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CMMB (4) 500 kcmil Cu only (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CNMC (4) 500 kcmil Cu only (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CNMD (3) 600 kcmil Cu only (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CPMC (3) 600 kcmil Cu only (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CPMD (3) 750 kcmil Cu only (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CQMC (3) 750 kcmil Cu only (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CQMD (5) 500 kcmil Cu only (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CRME (5) 500 kcmil Cu only (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CRMF (4) 600 kcmil Cu only (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CSME (4) 600 kcmil Cu only (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CSMF (4) 750 kcmil Cu only (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CTME (4) 750 kcmil Cu only (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CTMF 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) (6) 500 kcmil Cu only (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CUMG (6) 500 kcmil Cu only (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CUMH (5) 600 kcmil Cu only (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CVMG (5) 600 kcmil Cu only (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CVMH (5) 750 kcmil Cu only (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CWMG (5) 750 kcmil Cu only (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CWMH (7) 500 kcmil Cu only (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CXMJ (7) 500 kcmil Cu only (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CXMK (6) 600 kcmil Cu only (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CYMJ (6) 600 kcmil Cu only (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CYMK (6) 750 kcmil Cu only (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CZMJ (6) 750 kcmil Cu only (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CZMK 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Notes 1 Line side Anderson, single-hole compression lugs are factory selected and installed. 2 Load side factory installed 1/2-inch bolt provisions on 1-3/4-inch hole centers for two-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 3 Requires 45-inch (1143.0 mm) wide enclosure. 4 Line side factory installed Burndy, two-hole, short barrel compression lugs suitable for copper wire only. 5 Load side mechanical lugs are factory selected and installed. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 4 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Two-Hole Compression Lugs and Load Mechanical Box Lugs 345 Ampere Rating 4 4 4 V2-T4-27 4.6 Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Two-Hole Compression Lugs and Load Single-Hole Compression Lugs 4 Dimensions Ampere Rating Height Width Depth 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) Two-Hole Compression Line Termination Cu Only Wire Size Single-Hole Compression Load Termination Number, Range and Type Catalog Number (3) 350 kcmil Cu only (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CLCA (3) 350 kcmil Cu only (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CLCB (3) 400 kcmil Cu only (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CMCA (3) 400 kcmil Cu only (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08CMCB (4) 500 kcmil Cu only (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CNCC (4) 500 kcmil Cu only (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CNCD 4 (3) 600 kcmil Cu only (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CPCC 4 (3) 600 kcmil Cu only (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CPCD (3) 750 kcmil Cu only (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CQCC (3) 750 kcmil Cu only (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12CQCD (5) 500 kcmil Cu only (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CRCE (5) 500 kcmil Cu only (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CRCF (4) 600 kcmil Cu only (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CSCE (4) 600 kcmil Cu only (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CSCF (4) 750 kcmil Cu only (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CTCE (4) 750 kcmil Cu only (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16CTCF (6) 500 kcmil Cu only (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CUCG (6) 500 kcmil Cu only (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CUCH 4 (5) 600 kcmil Cu only (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CVCG (5) 600 kcmil Cu only (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CVCH 4 (5) 750 kcmil Cu only (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CWCG (5) 750 kcmil Cu only (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20CWCH (7) 500 kcmil Cu only (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CXCJ (7) 500 kcmil Cu only (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CXCK (6) 600 kcmil Cu only (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CYCJ 4 (6) 600 kcmil Cu only (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CYCK 4 (6) 750 kcmil Cu only (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CZCJ (6) 750 kcmil Cu only (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25CZCK 4 4 4 4 1200 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 4 4 4 2000 2500 4 4 4 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) Notes Line side factory installed Burndy, two-hole, short barrel compression lugs suitable for copper wire only. Load side Anderson, single-hole compression lugs are factory selected and installed. Requires 45-inch (1143.0 mm) wide enclosure. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V2-T4-28 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4.6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Two-Hole Compression Lugs; Load Two-Hole Compression Lugs 4 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth Two-Hole Compression Line Termination Cu Only Wire Size Two-Hole Compression Load Termination Cu Only Wire Size Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 350 kcmil Cu only (3) 350 kcmil Cu only GTB08CLCL (3) 350 kcmil Cu only (3) 400 kcmil Cu only GTB08CLCM (3) 400 kcmil Cu only (3) 350 kcmil Cu only GTB08CMCL (3) 400 kcmil Cu only (3) 400 kcmil Cu only GTB08CMCM (4) 500 kcmil Cu only (4) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB12CNCN (4) 500 kcmil Cu only (3) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB12CNCP (4) 500 kcmil Cu only (3) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB12CNCQ (3) 600 kcmil Cu only (4) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB12CPCN (3) 600 kcmil Cu only (3) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB12CPCP (3) 600 kcmil Cu only (3) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB12CPCQ (3) 750 kcmil Cu only (4) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB12CQCN (3) 750 kcmil Cu only (3) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB12CQCP (3) 750 kcmil Cu only (3) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB12CQCQ 1200 1600 2000 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) (5) 500 kcmil Cu only (5) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB16CRCR (5) 500 kcmil Cu only (4) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB16CRCS (5) 500 kcmil Cu only (4) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB16CRCT (4) 600 kcmil Cu only (5) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB16CSCR (4) 600 kcmil Cu only (4) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB16CSCS (4) 600 kcmil Cu only (4) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB16CSCT (4) 750 kcmil Cu only (5) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB16CTCR (4) 750 kcmil Cu only (4) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB16CTCS (4) 750 kcmil Cu only (4) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB16CTCT (6) 500 kcmil Cu only (6) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB20CUCU (6) 500 kcmil Cu only (5) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB20CUCV (6) 500 kcmil Cu only (5) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB20CUCW (5) 600 kcmil Cu only (6) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB20CVCU (5) 600 kcmil Cu only (5) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB20CVCU (5) 600 kcmil Cu only (5) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB20CVCW (5) 750 kcmil Cu only (6) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB20CWCU (5) 750 kcmil Cu only (5) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB20CWCV (5) 750 kcmil Cu only (5) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB20CWCW (7) 500 kcmil Cu only (7) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB25CXCX (7) 500 kcmil Cu only (6) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB25CXCY (7) 500 kcmil Cu only (6) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB25CXCZ (6) 600 kcmil Cu only (7) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB25CYCX (6) 600 kcmil Cu only (6) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB25CYCY (6) 600 kcmil Cu only (6) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB25CYCZ (6) 750 kcmil Cu only (7) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB25CZCX (6) 750 kcmil Cu only (6) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB25CZCY (6) 750 kcmil Cu only (6) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB25CZCZ Notes Line and load side factory installed Burndy, two-hole, short barrel compression lugs suitable for copper wire only. Requires 45-inch (1143.0 mm) wide enclosure. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-29 4.6 Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Two-Hole Compression Lugs; Load Provisions Only, Single-Hole Compression Lugs 123 4 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth Two-Hole Compression Line Termination Cu Only Wire Size Single-Hole Compression Load Provisions Only Number and Range Catalog Number 4 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 350 kcmil Cu only (3) Provisions per phase GTB08CLP1 (3) 400 kcmil Cu only (3) Provisions per phase GTB08CMP1 4 1200 (4) 500 kcmil Cu only (4) Provisions per phase GTB12CNP2 (3) 600 kcmil Cu only (4) Provisions per phase GTB12CPP2 (3) 750 kcmil Cu only (4) Provisions per phase GTB12CQP2 (6) 500 kcmil Cu only (6) Provisions per phase GTB20CUP4 (5) 600 kcmil Cu only (6) Provisions per phase GTB20CVP4 (5) 750 kcmil Cu only (6) Provisions per phase GTB20CWP4 (7) 500 kcmil Cu only (8) Provisions per phase GTB25CXP5 (6) 600 kcmil Cu only (8) Provisions per phase GTB25CYP6 (6) 750 kcmil Cu only (8) Provisions per phase GTB25CZP6 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 4 4 2000 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Two-Hole Compression Lugs; Load Provisions Only, Two-Hole Compression Lugs 4 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth Two-Hole Compression Line Termination Cu Only Wire Size Two-Hole Compression Load Provisions Only Number and Range Catalog Number 4 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 350 kcmil Cu only (3) Provisions per phase GTB08CLPA (3) 400 kcmil Cu only (3) Provisions per phase GTB08CMPA 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (4) 500 kcmil Cu only (4) Provisions per phase GTB12CNPB (3) 600 kcmil Cu only (4) Provisions per phase GTB12CPPB (3) 750 kcmil Cu only (4) Provisions per phase GTB12CQPB (5) 500 kcmil Cu only (5) Provisions per phase GTB16CRPC (4) 600 kcmil Cu only (5) Provisions per phase GTB16CSPC (4) 750 kcmil Cu only (5) Provisions per phase GTB16CTPC (6) 500 kcmil Cu only (6) Provisions per phase GTB20CUPD (5) 600 kcmil Cu only (6) Provisions per phase GTB20CVPD (5) 750 kcmil Cu only (6) Provisions per phase GTB20CWPD (7) 500 kcmil Cu only (8) Provisions per phase GTB25CXPE (6) 600 kcmil Cu only (8) Provisions per phase GTB25CYPE (6) 750 kcmil Cu only (8) Provisions per phase GTB25CZPE 4 4 4 4 4 4 1600 2000 2500 4 4 4 4 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) Notes 1 Line side factory installed Burndy, two-hole, short barrel compression lugs suitable for copper wire only. 2 Load side factory installed 3/8-inch bolt provisions for single-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 3 Requires 45-inch (1143.0 mm) wide enclosure. 4 Load side factory installed 1/2-inch bolt provisions on 1-3/4-inch hole centers for two-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V2-T4-30 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4.6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Single-Hole Compression Lug Provisions; Load Mechanical Box Lugs 12 4 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth Single-Hole Compression Line Provisions Only Number and Range Mechanical Box Lugs Load Termination Number, Range and Type Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (3) Provisions per phase (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08P1MA (3) Provisions per phase (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08P1MB 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (4) Provisions per phase (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12P2MC (4) Provisions per phase (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12P2MD 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (5) Provisions per phase (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16P3ME (5) Provisions per phase (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16P3MF (6) Provisions per phase (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20P4MG (6) Provisions per phase (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20P4MH (8) Provisions per phase (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25P5MJ (8) Provisions per phase (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25P5MK 2000 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) Height Width Depth Single-Hole Compression Line Provisions Only Number and Range Single-Hole Compression Load Termination Number, Range and Type Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (3) Provisions per phase (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08P1CA (3) Provisions per phase (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08P1CB (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12P2CC 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (4) Provisions per phase (4) Provisions per phase (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12P2CD 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (5) Provisions per phase (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16P3CE (5) Provisions per phase (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16P3CF 2000 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (6) Provisions per phase (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20P4CG (6) Provisions per phase (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20P4CH (8) Provisions per phase (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25P5CJ (8) Provisions per phase (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25P5CK 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 4 4 4 4 Ampere Rating 2500 4 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Single-Hole Compression Lug Provisions; Load Single-Hole Compression Lugs 13 Dimensions 4 Notes 1 Line side factory installed 3/8-inch bolt provisions for single-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 2 Load side mechanical lugs are factory selected and installed. 3 Load side Anderson, single-hole compression lugs are factory selected and installed. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-31 4.6 Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Single-Hole Compression Lug Provisions; Load Two-Hole Compression Lugs 123 4 Ampere Rating Height Width Depth Single-Hole Compression Line Provisions Only Number and Range Two-Hole Compression Load Termination Cu Only Wire Size Catalog Number 4 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) 4/0–500 kcmil (3) 350 kcmil Cu only GTB08P1CL (3) 4/0–500 kcmil (3) 400 kcmil Cu only GTB08P1CM 4 1200 (4) 4/0–500 kcmil (4) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB12P2CN (4) 4/0–500 kcmil (3) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB12P2CP (4) 4/0–500 kcmil (3) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB12P2CQ Dimensions 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 4 4 4 1600 2000 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 4 (5) 4/0–500 kcmil (5) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB16P3CR (5) 4/0–500 kcmil (4) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB16P3CS (5) 4/0–500 kcmil (4) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB16P3CT (6) 4/0–500 kcmil (6) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB20P4CU (6) 4/0–500 kcmil (5) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB20P4CU (6) 4/0–500 kcmil (5) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB20P4CW (8) 4/0–500 kcmil (7) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB25P5CX (8) 4/0–500 kcmil (6) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB25P5CY (8) 4/0–500 kcmil (6) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB25P5CZ 4 4 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Single-Hole Compression Lug Provisions; Load Single-Hole Compression Lugs 4 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth Single-Hole Compression Line Provisions Only Number and Range Single-Hole Compression Load Provisions Only Number and Range Catalog Number 4 800 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (3) Provisions per phase (3) Provisions per phase GTB08P1P1 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (4) Provisions per phase (4) Provisions per phase GTB12P2P2 4 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (5) Provisions per phase (5) Provisions per phase GTB16P3P3 2000 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (6) Provisions per phase (6) Provisions per phase GTB20P4P4 4 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 36.00 (914.4) 24.00 (609.6) (8) Provisions per phase (8) Provisions per phase GTB25P5P5 4 Notes 1 Line side factory installed 3/8-inch bolt provisions for single-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 2 Load side factory installed Burndy, two-hole, short barrel compression lugs suitable for copper wire only. 3 Requires 45-inch (1143.0 mm) wide enclosure. 4 Line and load side factory installed 3/8-inch bolt provisions for single-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 V2-T4-32 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4.6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Single-Hole Compression Lug Provisions; Load Provisions Only, Two-Hole Compression Lugs 123 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth Single-Hole Compression Line Provisions Only Number and Range 4 Two-Hole Compression Load Provisions Only Number and Range Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) Provisions per phase (3) Provisions per phase GTB08P1PA 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (4) Provisions per phase (4) Provisions per phase GTB12P2PB 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (5) Provisions per phase (5) Provisions per phase GTB16P3PC 2000 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (6) Provisions per phase (6) Provisions per phase GTB20P4PD 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (8) Provisions per phase (8) Provisions per phase GTB25P5PE 4 4 4 4 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Single-Hole Compression Lug Provisions; Load Mechanical Box Lugs 234 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth Two-Hole Compression Line Provisions Only Number and Range Mechanical Box Lugs Load Termination Number, Range and Type Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) Provisions per phase (3) 4/0–500 kcmil GTB08PAMA (3) Provisions per phase (2) 3/0–750 kcmil GTB08PAMB 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (4) Provisions per phase (4) 4/0–500 kcmil GTB12PBMC (4) Provisions per phase (3) 3/0–750 kcmil GTB12PBMD 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (5) Provisions per phase (5) 4/0–500 kcmil GTB16PCME (5) Provisions per phase (4) 3/0–750 kcmil GTB16PCMF 2000 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (6) Provisions per phase (6) 4/0–500 kcmil GTB20PDMG (6) Provisions per phase (5) 3/0–750 kcmil GTB20PDMH (8) Provisions per phase (8) 4/0–500 kcmil GTB25PEMJ (8) Provisions per phase (7) 3/0–750 kcmil GTB25PEMK 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Two-Hole Compression Lug Provisions; Load Single-Hole Compression Lugs 235 4 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth Two-Hole Compression Line Provisions Only Number and Range Single-Hole Compression Load Termination Number, Range and Type Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) Provisions per phase (3) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08PACA (3) Provisions per phase (2) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB08PACB (4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12PBCC 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (4) Provisions per phase (4) Provisions per phase (3) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB12PBCD 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (5) Provisions per phase (5) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16PCCE (5) Provisions per phase (4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB16PCCF 2000 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (6) Provisions per phase (6) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20PDCG (6) Provisions per phase (5) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB20PDCH 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (8) Provisions per phase (8) 4/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25PECJ (8) Provisions per phase (7) 3/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu GTB25PECK 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Notes 1 Line side factory installed 3/8-inch bolt provisions for single-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 2 Load side factory installed 1/2-inch bolt provisions on 1-3/4-inch hole centers for two-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 3 Requires 45-inch (1143.0 mm) wide enclosure. 4 Load side mechanical lugs are factory selected and installed. 5 Load side Anderson, single-hole compression lugs are factory selected and installed. 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-33 4.6 Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line TWo-Hole Compression Lug Provisions; Load Two-Hole Compression Lugs 4 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height Width Depth 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 4 1200 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 2000 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) 4 4 4 Two-Hole Compression Line Provisions Only Number and Range 123 Two-Hole Compression Load Termination Cu Only Wire Size Catalog Number (3) Provisions per phase (3) 350 kcmil Cu only GTB08PACL (3) Provisions per phase (3) 400 kcmil Cu only GTB08PACM (4) Provisions per phase (4) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB12PBCN (4) Provisions per phase (3) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB12PBCP (4) Provisions per phase (3) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB12PBCQ (5) Provisions per phase (5) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB16PCCR (5) Provisions per phase (4) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB16PCCS (5) Provisions per phase (4) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB16PCCT (6) Provisions per phase (6) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB20PDCU (6) Provisions per phase (5) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB20PDCU (6) Provisions per phase (5) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB20PDCW (8) Provisions per phase (7) 500 kcmil Cu only GTB25PECX (8) Provisions per phase (6) 600 kcmil Cu only GTB25PECY (8) Provisions per phase (6) 750 kcmil Cu only GTB25PECZ Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Two-Hole Compression Lug Provisions; Load Single-Hole Compression Lugs 134 Width Depth Two-Hole Compression Line Provisions Only Number and Range Single-Hole Compression Load Provisions Only Number and Range Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) Provisions per phase (3) Provisions per phase GTB08PAP1 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (4) Provisions per phase (4) Provisions per phase GTB12PBP2 4 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (5) Provisions per phase (5) Provisions per phase GTB16PCP3 2000 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (6) Provisions per phase (6) Provisions per phase GTB20PDP4 4 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (8) Provisions per phase (8) Provisions per phase GTB25PEP5 4 4 4 Ampere Rating Dimensions Height 4 Roll-Up Generator Termination Box with Line Two-Hole Compression Lug Provisions; Load Two-Hole Compression Lugs Provisions 35 Dimensions Height Width Depth Two-Hole Compression Line Provisions Only Number and Range Two-Hole Compression Load Provisions Only Number and Range Catalog Number 800 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (3) Provisions per phase (3) Provisions per phase GTB08PAPA 1200 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (4) Provisions per phase (4) Provisions per phase GTB12PBPB 4 1600 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (5) Provisions per phase (5) Provisions per phase GTB16PCPC 2000 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (6) Provisions per phase (6) Provisions per phase GTB20PDPD 4 2500 78.00 (1981.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 24.00 (609.6) (8) Provisions per phase (8) Provisions per phase GTB25PEPE 4 4 4 4 4 Ampere Rating Notes 1 Line side factory installed 1/2-inch bolt provisions on 1-3/4-inch hole centers for two-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 2 Load side factory installed Burndy, two-hole, short barrel compression lugs suitable for copper wire only. 3 Requires 45-inch (1143.0 mm) wide enclosure. 4 Load side factory installed 3/8-inch bolt provisions for 1-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 5 Line and load side factory installed 1/2-inch bolt provisions on 1-3/4-inch hole centers for two-hole compression lugs (lugs furnished by others). 4 4 4 4 V2-T4-34 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com Switchboards Roll-Up Generator Termination Box 4.6 Dimensions 4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Enclosure 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 1.75 (44.5) 4 Anchor Locations (8) Use 0.5 (12.7) Diameter Grade 6 (Min.) Anchor Bolts That Extend a Minimum of 0.75 (19.1) Above Finished Grade Rear D 4 4 4 25.75 (654.1) 14.50 (368.3) Wire/Conduit Area Line 1.75 (44.5) (2) 24.00 (609.6) B 5.25 (133.4) C A 3.25 (82.6) 4 4 2.75 (69.9) 6.00 (152.4) (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4 18.50 (470.0) 1.75 (44.5) (2) Conduit Area (Load) 4 4 1.75 (44.5) (2) 4 Front 4 Termination/Lug Landing 4 64.75 (1644.7) 4 56.50 (1435.1) 4 48.25 (1225.6) 35.00 (889.0) 4 4.00 (101.6) (Typical All Phases, Neutral and Ground) 78.00 (1981.2) 4 Punch Pattern on Bus Varies Based on Terminal Selection 40.00 (1016.0) 4 4 4 20.00 (508.0) 4 4 4 0.00 (0.0) 0.00 (0.0) A 4 Structure Width A 36.00 (914.4) 28.00 (711.2) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 4 Termination/Lug Landing Dimensions Enclosure Dimensions 1 B C D Structure Width A 11.75 (298.5) 14.50 (368.3) 20.50 (520.7) 36.00 (914.4) 36.00 (914.4) 18.25 (463.6) 18.00 (457.2) 28.50 (723.9) 45.00 (1143.0) 45.00 (1143.0) 4 4 Note 1 Conduit landing surface will be 20.00 (508.0) above finished grade. 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-35 4.7 4 Switchboards Multipoint Meter (MPM) Contents Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter / PRC7500 Description 4 Page Multipoint Meter (MPM) Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRC7500—Tenant Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 V2-T4-36 V2-T4-37 V2-T4-38 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Overview Allocation of energy consumption in a residential or commercial application is a tremendous task for a property owner, management firm or electrical energy manager. To assist in allocation or direct billing of consumed energy, use Eaton’s Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter or Pow-R-Command™ 7500 (PRC7500) low cost solutions. The Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter / PRC7500 provides a cost-effective energy tabulation system for residential or commercial metering installations. These installations can include: When there is a need for accurate information of consumed energy for monthly invoicing statements, use Eaton’s Multipoint Meter solution. Using the Multipoint Meter for utility allocation maximizes revenue by effectively measuring, allocating and recovering utility expenditures. The Multipoint Meter solution can interface with a third-party utility allocation service and offers the following advantages: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● High-rise buildings Universities and campuses Office buildings Apartment and condominium complexes Shopping malls Airports System commissioning is required and priced separately ● ● ● Application Description Standards and Certifications Refer to Eaton’s Consulting Application Guide. For complete application and pricing information, contact your local Eaton sales office. ● Features and Benefits ● ● ● ● ● Factory-wired system Saves floor space Lower installed cost Network compatible Tenant sub-billing Purchase energy at bulk rates while charging consumer rates Capitalize on naturally variable tenant loads by purchasing energy at a lower coinciding load Capture and allocate common area maintenance cost Promote tenant retention with accurate and defensible billing Eliminate subsidization of other tenants 4 4 4 4 V2-T4-36 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com UL listed Switchboards Multipoint Meter (MPM) 4.7 Contents Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter Description Page Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter PRC7500—Tenant Metering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 V2-T4-36 4 V2-T4-38 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions Using Eaton’s Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter design, multiple tenant submetering has never been easier. The Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter combines the Power Xpert® Multi-Point Meter and Eaton’s PRL4, PRLC or Integrated Facility System™ (IFS™) to provide a space-saving, cost-effective energy tabulation system for residential or commercial metering installations. With energy cost on the rise, it is vital to proactively monitor and conserve electrical energy. Documentations of electrical energy usage can promote energy conservation for tenants or business departments. When the need for accurate energy consumption information for monthly tenant invoicing arises, use Eaton’s Pow-RLine Multipoint Meter solution. The Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter offers the property owner or the property management firm the ability to: Using the Multipoint Meter for utility allocation maximizes revenue by effectively measuring, allocating and recovering utility expenditures. The Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter, using Eaton’s costallocation software or a thirdparty billing software, can generate single-rate or multirate billing. ● ● ● Capture and allocate common area maintenance cost Promote tenant retention with accurate billing Eliminate subsidization of other tenants The Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter space-saving design reduces the need for multimetering equipment for each tenant. Additionally, the PowR-Line Multipoint Meter can monitor loads up to 5000A for energy billing or cost allocation. The meter is rated per ANSI C12.20 for revenue metering grade accuracy. With built-in communications capabilities, the Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter can be connected to a local PC or network. The PowR-Line Multipoint Meter can connect to a third-party billing service to provide monthly energy consumption charges used by tenants. Additionally, unit status and communication activity are provided by a display on the metering compartment front panel. The Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter device can measure up to 60 total poles in any combination of single-, two- or three-pole breakers. The meters and current sensors are factory mounted with the current sensors factory wired to the meter inside the host structure. The meter monitors power and energy including instantaneous (kW), demand and cumulative (kWh) measurements for each load. The meter provides the following: ● ● ● ● ● Interval energy data logging Time-of-use energy registers Coincident peak demand storage Schedule remote meter reading data in non-volatile memory Measure bus voltage ● ● Energy Portal Module or Ethernet-based communications plus Modbus® TCP and BACnet/IP Pulse input module for WAGES inputs Digital output module for programmable alarm functions Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Options ● 4 V2-T4-37 4 4 4 4 4 4.7 4 Switchboards Multipoint Meter (MPM) Contents PRC7500—Tenant Submetering Description 4 Page Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pow-R-Line Multipoint Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PRC7500—Tenant Metering Layout Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 V2-T4-36 V2-T4-37 V2-T4-39 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 PRC7500—Tenant Metering 4 Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions Leading property management companies around the world are realizing the time and cost savings of tenant metering in residential, commercial and industrial applications. Imagine the success of tenant metering in these installations: Eaton’s reliable IFS is integrated with Quadlogic’s Power Line Communications technology, that transmits meter data over a building’s existing power lines. That means: 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Allocating energy consumption can be a tremendous task for any property owner, management firm or electrical energy manager. Eaton’s PRC7500 is a solution that combines Eaton’s IFS switchboards with Quadlogic® electrical meters and current transformers for a cost-effective energy tracking system perfect for many applications. 4 ● ● ● ● ● Apartments, town homes, condominium complexes Shopping malls High-rise office buildings Universities and campuses Airports ... and more! ● ● ● In addition, PRC7500 Tenant Metering also affords the following benefits: 4 ● 4 Energy costs allocated to individual tenants or departments within the building Allocate common area electric charges 4 4 4 4 4 V2-T4-38 ● ● ● ● This system proves to provide reliable and accurate data needed to bill tenants, allocate energy costs and make smart energy decisions. ● 4 Factory-assembled— saves time No additional wiring No meter readers required ● Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Create revenue by purchasing bulk rate energy Retain happy tenants with fair and accurate allocation of energy costs Commercial, residential or industrial applications Meters up to 12 (two-pole) tenants or eight (threepole) tenants per meter Reliable power line communications Interval data and time-of-use capability Event profiling (power down, demand resets, tampers, etc.) Load profiling Collects data from water and gas meters Easy to install Proven accuracy— ANSI compliant Cost-effective—saves on equipment cost and installation Switchboards Multipoint Meter (MPM) 4.7 Layout Guide ● ● ● ● Integrated Pow-R-Line Communications—uses existing electrical wiring for communications; requires no dedicated hard wires, additional modules or attachments for communications Flexible data programming—interval data down to 5 minutes allows for flexible load profiling and time-of-use billing options Accurate—meets ANSI C12.1 specifications and stringent requirements of Measurement Canada (AE-1148) Comprehensive information—event reporting with date and time stamps regarding power consumption, demand reset, power-ups and power-downs, time changes and tampers ● ● ● ● ● Liquid crystal display LCD—provides consumption readings for each tenant Multi-utility submetering system—integrates and stores pulse data from gas and water meters Power quality data— measures four-quadrant energy to analyze power quality Data integrity—uses flash memory for accurate storage and integrity without battery reliance Installation verification display—allows on-site verification of proper installation 4 Refer to Eaton’s Consulting Application Guide. 4 The MiniCloset-5 has a display incorporated into the meter. A shorting terminal block is provided to connect between the MiniCloset-5 and the current transformers. An optional component for collecting data from the MiniCloset-5 meters is the Scan Transponder-5 (mounted separately)—13.50 H x 8.50 W x 4.50 D in inches (342.9 H x 215.9 W x 114.3 D in mm). 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—June 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T4-39 Transfer Switches Transfer Switches 5.1 Transfer Switch Equipment Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 V2-T5-23 V2-T5-28 V2-T5-32 V2-T5-35 V2-T5-41 V2-T5-53 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-59 V2-T5-63 V2-T5-65 V2-T5-69 V2-T5-79 V2-T5-82 V2-T5-86 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-91 V2-T5-115 V2-T5-115 V2-T5-117 V2-T5-117 kW Conversions kW Conversion Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 V2-T5-44 Remote Annunciator Controller Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8 V2-T5-17 Standard and Optional Features Standard and Optional Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.7 V2-T5-13 Automatic Transfer Controllers Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-100 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-300+ Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-900 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-600/800 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-800 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6 V2-T5-8 Magnum-Based Designs Power Case Switch—Floorstanding, 200–5000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switch, 200–5000A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 V2-T5-5 Breaker-Based Designs Molded Case Switches—Manual Wallmount, 30–1000A . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Switches—Non-Automatic Wallmount, 30–1000A . . . . Molded Case Switches—Automatic Wallmount, 30–1000A . . . . . . . . Maintenance Bypass Switches—Type MBHE 100–1000A . . . . . . . . . 5.4 V2-T5-5 Contactor-Based Designs Automatic Open Transition, 40–1600A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Closed Transition, 40–1200A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1600A, Dual Drawout . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1200A, Fixed Bypass . . . . . . 5.3 V2-T5-2 V2-T5-118 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-1 5.1 5 Transfer Switches Transfer Switch Equipment Contents Automatic Transfer Switches Description 5 Page Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 V2-T5-5 V2-T5-5 Learn Online 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Product Selection Guide 5 Transfer Switch Product 5 5 5 Catalog Numbering System Automatic Contactor (600 Vac) (40–1200A) (480 Vac) (40–1600A) Bypass Isolation Contactor (600 Vac) (40–1200A) (480 Vac) (40–1600A) Type BI = Bypass isolation open transition CB = Bypass isolation closed transition Refer to Page V2-T5-17 MT = Manual Refer to Page V2-T5-28 5 AT = Automatic CT = Closed transition NT = Non-Automatic Refer to Page V2-T5-8 Orientation V = Vertical V = Vertical 5 H = Horizontal V = Vertical Logic 3 = ATC-300+ 9 = ATC-900 X = No Logic 5 1 = ATC-100 (up to 400A only) 3 = ATC-300+ 9 = ATC-900 Frame C = Contactor-based 2 = Two-position open in-phase transition 3 = Three-position delayed transition 5 = Open in-phase with default to delayed transition C = Contactor-based 3 = Three-position delayed transition 5 = Open in-phase with default to delayed transition Molded case device FD = 30–150A KD = 150–300A LD = 400–600A X = Fixed mount E = Drawout bypass X = Fixed mount bypass Fixed mount A = FM, N (MCS), E (MCS) B = FM, N (MCB), E (MCB) 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 5 5 5 5 Switch 5 Poles 5 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Amperes 5 0040 = 40A 0080 = 80A 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0200 = 200A 0225 = 225A 0260 = 260A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A Voltage 5 A = 120V, 60 Hz B = 208V, 60 Hz E = 600V, 60 Hz Enclosure 5 K = Open S = NEMA 1 R = NEMA 3R Listing U = UL listed R = UL recognized X = No listing 5 5 5 Note 1 1600A is dual drawout only. V2-T5-2 Manual Molded Case Switch (600 Vac) (30–1000A) 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0200 = 200A 0260 = 260A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A 1600 = 1600A 1 0030 = 30A 0070 = 70A 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0225 = 225A G = 220V, 50/60 Hz X = 480V, 60 Hz H = 380/220, 50/60 Hz A = 120V, 60 Hz B = 208V, 60 Hz E = 600V, 60 Hz G = 220V, 50/60 Hz X = 480V, 60 Hz H = 380/220, 50/60 Hz E = 600V, 60 Hz D = NEMA 4X J = NEMA 12 S = NEMA 1 R = NEMA 3R D = NEMA 4X K = Open S = NEMA 1 J = NEMA 12 U = UL listed R = UL recognized X = No listing U = UL listed R = UL recognized X = No listing 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A 1600 = 1600A Key: DO = Drawout FM = Fixed mounted MCB = Molded case breaker MCS = Molded case switch Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com MD = 600–800A NB = 800–1000A C = FM, N (MCB), E (MCS) D = FM, N (MCS), E (MCB) 0300 = 300A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A R = NEMA 3R D = NEMA 4X Transfer Switches Transfer Switch Equipment 5.1 Transfer Switch Product Guide, continued 5 5 Catalog Numbering System 5 Non-Automatic Molded Case Switch (600 Vac) (30–1000A) Automatic (Wallmount) Molded Case Switch (600 Vac) (30–1000A) Maintenance Bypass (480 Vac) (100–1000A) 5 Type NT = Non-automatic Refer to Page V2-T5-32 AT = Automatic Refer to Page V2-T5-35 MB = Maintenance bypass Refer to Page V2-T5-41 5 Orientation H = Horizontal V = Vertical H = Horizontal V = Vertical H = Horizontal 5 Logic E = Electromechanical 1 = ATC-100 3 = ATC-300+ 9 = ATC-900 E = Electromechanical 5 Frame Molded case device FD = 30–150A KD = 150–300A LD = 400–600A MD= 600–800A NB = 800–1000A Molded case device FD = 30–200A KD = 150–300A LD = 400–600A MD = 600–800A NB = 800–1000A (FD = 200A available on ATH3 only) Molded case device FD = 100–150A KD = 150–300A LD = 400–600A MD = 600–800A NB = 800 –1000A Fixed mount A = FM, N (MCS), E (MCS) B = FM, N (MCB), E (MCB) C = FM, N (MCB), E (MCS) D = FM, N (MCS), E (MCB) Fixed mount A = FM, N (MCS), E (MCS) B = FM, N (MCB), E (MCB) C = FM, N (MCB), E (MCS) D = FM, N (MCS), E (MCB) Fixed mount A = FM, N (MCS), E (MCS) Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Amperes 0030 = 30A 0070 = 70A 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0225 = 225A 0300 = 300A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A 0030 = 30A 0070 = 70A 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0200 = 200A 0225 = 225A 0300 = 300A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0225 = 225A 0300 = 300A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A A = 120V, 60 Hz B = 208V, 60 Hz E = 600V, 60 Hz G = 220V, 50/60 Hz H = 380V, 50 Hz K = 600V, 50 Hz O = 415V, 50 Hz W = 240V, 60 Hz X = 480V, 60 Hz B = 208V, 60 Hz E = 600V, 60 Hz G = 220V, 50/60 Hz H = 380V, 50 Hz K = 600V, 50 Hz O = 415V, 50 Hz W = 240V, 60 Hz X = 480V, 60 Hz B = 208/120V W = 240V W = 240/120V X = 480V X = 480/277V K = Open S = NEMA 1 R = NEMA 3R J = NEMA 12 D = NEMA 4X K = Open S = NEMA 1 J = NEMA 12 R = NEMA 3R D = NEMA 4X K = Open S = NEMA 1 J = NEMA 12 R = NEMA 3R D = NEMA 4X U = UL listed R = UL recognized X = No listing U = UL listed R = UL recognized X = No listing U = UL listed R = UL recognized X = No listing Switch Voltage Enclosure Listing 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Key: DO = Drawout FM = Fixed mounted MCB = Molded case breaker MCS = Molded case switch 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-3 5.1 5 Transfer Switches Transfer Switch Equipment Transfer Switch Product Guide, continued 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Catalog Numbering System Automatic (Free Standing) (600 Vac) (200–5000A) Bypass Isolation and Closed Transition Bypass Isolation (<100 ms) (600 Vac) (800–5000A) Type AT = Automatic CT = Closed transition Refer to Pages V2-T5-44–V2-T5-58 BI = Open transition bypass isolation CB = Closed transition bypass isolation Refer to Page V2-T5-53 Orientation V = Vertical V = Vertical Logic 9 = ATC-900 9 = ATC-900 Frame Power case device (Magnum) MG = 600–5000A Power case device (Magnum) MG = 600–5000A Switch Fixed mount A = FM,N (MPS), E (MPS) B = FM, N (MPB), E (MPB) C = FM, N (MPB), E (MPS) D = FM, N (MPS), E (MPB) Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Amperes 0200 = 200A 0300 = 300A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A 1600 = 1600A 2000 = 2000A 2500 = 2500A 3000 = 3000A 3200 = 3200A 4000 = 4000A 1 5000 = 5000A 1 0200 = 200A 0300 = 300A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A 1600 = 1600A 2000 = 2000A 2500 = 2500A 3200 = 3200A 4000 = 4000A 5000 = 5000A Voltage E = 600V, 60 Hz E = 600/347, 50 Hz X = 480/277, 60 Hz X = 480/240, 60 Hz X = 480, 60 Hz O = 415/240, 50 Hz H = 380/220, 50 Hz W = 240/120, 60 Hz W = 240, 60 Hz G = 220/127, 50 Hz G = 220, 50 Hz B = 208/120, 60 Hz A = 120, Hz E = 600V, 60 Hz E = 600/347, 50 Hz X = 480/277, 60 Hz X = 480/240, 60 Hz X = 480, 60 Hz O = 415/240, 50 Hz H = 380/220, 50 Hz W = 240/120, 60 Hz W = 240, 60 Hz G = 220/127, 50 Hz G = 220, 50 Hz B = 208/120, 60 Hz A = 120, Hz Enclosure K = Open (up to 3200A fixed mount only) S = NEMA 1 R = NEMA 3R T = NEMA 1 (through the door) S = NEMA 1 R = NEMA 3R (non-walk-in) T = NEMA 1 (through the door) Listing U = UL listed R = UL recognized X = No listing U = UL 1008 listed X = No listing 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Drawout mount E = DO, N (MPS), E (MPS) F = DO, N (MPB), E (MPB) G = DO, N (MPB), E (MPS) H = DO, N (MPS), E (MPB) Drawout mount E = DO, N (MPS), E (MPS) F = DO, N (MPB), E (MPB) G = DO, N (MPB), E (MPS) H = DO, N (MPS), E (MPB) Note 1 Supplied as drawout design only. Key: DO = Drawout FM = Fixed mounted MPB = Magnum power breaker MPS = Magnum power switch 5 V2-T5-4 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Transfer Switch Equipment 5.1 Product Description Eaton’s automatic transfer switches are reliable, rugged, versatile and compact assemblies for transferring essential loads and electrical distribution systems from one power source to another. Transfer switches can be supplied in separate enclosures for stand-alone applications or can be supplied as an integral component in the following equipment (see table below). Product Type Description Section Reference Magnum® DS Switchgear Vol. 3, Tab 4 DSII Switchgear Vol. 3, Tab 4 Pow-R-Line® Switchboards Vol. 2, Tab 4 Motor Control Centers Vol. 3, Tab 3 Panelboards Vol. 2, Tab 3 Typical Applications All Eaton transfer switches are designed to meet the requirements set forth by UL 1008; however, all transfer switches are not created equal. You can be assured of safe and reliable operation from all types of transfer switches that Eaton offers. Application Description A transfer switch is a critical component of any emergency or standby power system. When the normal (preferred) source of power is lost, a transfer switch quickly and safely shifts the load circuit from the normal source of power to the emergency (alternate) source of power. This permits critical loads to continue running with minimal or no outage. After the normal source of power has been restored, the retransfer process returns the load circuit to the normal power source. Transfer switches are available with different operational modes including: ● ● ● ● ● Manual Non-automatic Automatic Bypass isolation Maintenance bypass Switch Types Manual transfer—This type of transfer is a non-automatic transfer switch manually initiated and manually operated. There is no motor operator or solenoid to initiate the transfer. The operator needs to open the enclosure door and operate the manual handle. Manual transfer is available only on a breakerbased design. Service entrance ratings are not available on manual transfer breaker-based designs. Non-automatic transfer— This type of transfer is manually initiated, but electrically operated via the solenoid in a contactor-based design and the motor operator in a breaker-based design. Automatic transfer—This type of transfer takes place automatically per the programmable settings in the ATS controller. The ATS controller senses source availability and when the programmed conditions are met, initiates a command to start the transfer including the generator start command (when transferring from a utility to a generator source). An automatic transfer switch can be configured to perform a utility-to-utility transfer or a generator-to-generator transfer (provided the ATS controller has this capability). Bypass isolation transfer switch—This type of transfer switch includes an automatic transfer switch and also includes the bypass switch that allows the capability to transfer the load to the bypass switch without interrupting the power. Maintenance bypass transfer switch—A maintenance bypass transfer switch is a manually (manually initiated and electrically operated) initiated transfer switch used for specific applications for a UPS. The power switching operation of transfer switches may be separated into the following transition modes: Transition Types Open transition—This is a “break-before-make” transfer. There is a definite break in power as the load is taken off one source and connected to the other source. Open in-phase transition— This is a “break-beforemake” transfer. There is a definite break in power as the load is taken off one source and connected to the other source. The ATS controller allows the transfer only when the phase difference between the two sources is near zero. The two position transfer switch is closed on Source 1 or closed on Source 2. Open in-phase with default to time delay neutral— break-before-make operation using an in-phase monitor for source synchronization. If the in-phase does not initiate a transfer within a programmable time delay, then the transfer will default to a time delay neutral type of transfer. Delayed transition with load voltage decay—This is a delayed transition with the optional feature to delay in the neutral position to point where the load voltage decays to a programmable voltage level. When the load voltage level reaches the programmable set point, the transfer from the neutral position initiates. 5 5 5 5 5 5 Closed transition—This is a “make-before-break” transfer. Both sources are connected to the load for less than 100ms before the break occurs. The two power sources have to be in synchronism and be good sources for the transfer to take place. These programmable settings for relative phase angle difference, frequency and voltage difference are made in the ATS controller. 5 Basic Components The three basic components of a transfer switch are: 5 ● ● ● Power switching device to shift the load circuits to and from the power source Transfer logic controller to monitor the condition of the power sources and provide the control signals to the power switching device Control power source to supply operational power to the controller and switching device 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Delayed transition—This is a “break-before-make” or open transition that also has a “center off” or neutral position with a programmable time delay setting for the neutral position. The three position transfer switch is either closed on Source 1, closed on Source 2, or in a center off, neutral position (not closed on either source). 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-5 5.1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ● ● 5 5 5 ● 5 5 5 5 Transfer Switch Equipment Fully Rated Fourth Pole (Switched Neutral) Eaton provides a fully rated switched neutral or fourth pole, meaning that the fourth pole has withstand, interrupt and closing ratings identical to the power contacts. The neutral pole is operated on a common shaft with the power contacts, thereby ensuring simultaneous opening and closing of the switched neutral. Eaton’s fully rated fourth pole eliminates typical problems with a three-pole overlapping neutral: 5 5 Transfer Switches ● Eliminates nuisance ground trips at the main due to circulating zero sequence harmonic current between sources Reduction in ground current due to isolated single ground point lowers arc-flash levels and reduces generator damage Eliminates potential for faults to propagate across overlapping neutral; fully rated fourth pole will handle as a normal operation Does not generate voltages that exceed normal phase voltage UL 1008 Endurance Testing The importance of specifying a UL 1008 transfer switch can be seen in the table below. When specifying any UL 1008 transfer switch, you can be assured the switch has met and passed the following endurance testing. UL 1008 Life Expectancy Transfer switch applications typically require a plant exerciser once a week or once a month. The table below demonstrates the life expectancy operating the UL 1008 switch once a week for the life of the switch. UL 1008 Endurance Testing ATS Rating (Amperes) Rate of Operation Per Minute With Current Without Current 0–300 1 6000 — 6000 301–400 1 4000 — 4000 401–800 1 2000 1000 3000 801–1600 0.5 1500 1500 3000 1601–4000 0.25 1000 2000 3000 Life Expectancy in Years With Current Applied Life Expectancy in Years Without Current Applied UL 1008 Life Expectancy ATS Rating (Amperes) Minimum Operations Per Year 0–300 52 115 115 301–400 52 76 76 401–800 52 38 57 801–1600 52 28 57 1601–4000 52 19 57 Note: For more detail, reference Eaton White Paper IA08700002E 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-6 Total Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Transfer Switch Equipment Utility—Generator Transfer switches are traditionally applied between a utility and a generator set for emergency and standby power systems. Generator—Generator Transfer switches are sometimes applied between two generator sets for prime power use, often in remote installations. In such applications, source power is periodically alternated between the generator sets to equally share run time. Service Entrance Rated Transfer Switches Modifying the molded case switch in the transfer switch by adding trip units and optional ground fault, along with adding the service entrance option eliminates the need for separate upstream disconnect devices and their respective power interconnections. This means the automatic transfer switch (ATS) is installed directly at the point of service entrance, saving valuable space and cost. Built-In Protection All Eaton molded case switches are “self protected,” such that under extreme fault conditions, the switch will open before destroying itself. This feature allows Eaton to offer “Maintenance-Free Contacts” on the molded case transfer switch. The molded case switches have instantaneous magnetic trip units installed in each switch. These trips are not accessible once installed by the factory to eliminate field tapering. The trips are set to a minimum of 12 to 15 times the rated current of the molded case device, well above any coordination set points. This means they will not interfere with the normal operation of the distribution system and will only trip if something is very wrong. 5.1 Standard Application Utility—Generator 5 G Utility 5 Generator Breaker Service Disconnect 5 5 ATS 5 5 Load 5 Standard Application Generator—Generator G 5 G Generator Breaker 5 Generator Breaker 5 ATS 5 5 Load 5 Service Entrance Rated Transfer Switches Typical Transfer Switch Installation Transfer Switch Installation Rated For Service Entrance Utility Service Utility Service 5 5 5 Service Disconnect 5 Service Disconnect 5 G G Generator Breaker ATS Generator Breaker Load ATS 5 5 Load 5 Built-In Protection 5 Example: 400 Ampere ATS With 500 Ampere T/M Breaker 5 400 FLA x 1.25 = 500 Ampere Breaker Compare 400 Ampere ATS and 500 Ampere LD Breaker 5 400 ATS a Will Only Trip at 7200 Amperes 100% Rated Device per UL 1008 500 Ampere HLD Breaker 5 5 Misconception: Breaker Type Switches Susceptible ATS Trips to Nuisance Tripping. Breaker Trips ATS Ok Time (Min.) Breaker Ok 1 2 3 4 5 Current x 1000 6 7 8 9 5 Reality: Upstream Breaker Will Trip Before ATS MCS Trips When Overcurrent is <7200 A 5 10 5 5 Note 1 Magnetic Trip 12 x frame rating. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5 V2-T5-7 5.2 5 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs Contactor-Based ATS with ATC-300+ Controller Contents Description 5 Page Automatic Open Transition, 40–1600A Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Closed Transition, 40–1200A . . . . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1600A, Dual Drawout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1200A, Fixed Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-9 V2-T5-10 V2-T5-10 V2-T5-11 V2-T5-13 V2-T5-17 V2-T5-23 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Automatic Open Transition, 40–1600A Product Description The automatic open transition contactor-based transfer switch is the most basic design that will provide a fully functioning automatic transfer switch. The power switching operation of Eaton’s contactor-based transfer switches may be separated into the following key categories of: ● 5 5 5 ● 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ● Open in-phase transition— break-before-make operation utilizing an inphase monitor for source synchronization Open delayed transition— break-before-make operation utilizing a programmable time delay (true neutral position) Open in-phase with default to time delay neutral—break-beforemake operation utilizing an in-phase monitor for source synchronization. If the in-phase does not initiate a transfer within a programmable time delay, then the transfer will default to a time delay neutral type of transfer The open in-phase transition utilizes a two-position mechanism and the open delayed transition utilizes a three-position mechanism. The mechanism used to operate the Eaton electrical contactor is a momentarily energized solenoid consisting of a stationary core and a moving core that is magnetically driven by an electrical coil. Application Description The mechanism can be electrically and mechanically operated. The design is such that the mechanism is inherently interlocked so the device cannot be closed on the Source 1 and Source 2 at the same time under any circumstances. When switching from Source 1 to Source 2, or Source 2 to Source 1, the mechanism will only allow a break-beforemake operation. These contactor-based designs can be applied with the ATC-100 controller up to 400A. The ATC-300+ controller can be applied for applications 40–1600A. Applications needing communication capability require the ATC-300+ with communication enabled or the ATC-900 controller. 5 5 V2-T5-8 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com An automatic open transition transfer switch may be used for those applications where emergency backup power is required, but a momentary loss of power is acceptable on the retransfer from emergency to normal. 5.2 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs Features, Benefits and Functions Standard Features ● Auxiliary relay contacts: ● Source 1 present 2NO and 2NC ● Source 2 present 2NO and 2NC ● Switch position indication contacts: ● Source 1 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 2 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 1 and Source 2 sensing: ● Undervoltage/ underfrequency ● Overvoltage/ overfrequency ● Three-phase rotation protection ● Three-phase voltage unbalance ● Pretransfer signal contacts 1NO/1NC (with threeposition mechanism) ● Go to emergency (Source 2) ● Seven field-programmable time delays ● LCD-based display for programming, system diagnostics and Help message display ● Mimic diagram with source available and connected LED indication ● Time-stamped history log ● System TEST pushbutton ● Programmable plant exerciser—OFF, daily, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval selectable run time 0–600 minutes no load/ load with fail-safe ● Modbus® RTU via RS-485 5 Optional Features ● Available surge suppression device for power/controller, engine start circuit, phone and cable connections ● Space heater with thermostat ● Eaton IQ and Power Xpert® series metering ● Stainless steel cover for controller ● Open in-phase transition, time delay neutral or inphase with a default to time delay neutral transfer ● ATC-100 and ATC-900 controllers available ● Source 2 inhibit ● Manual retransfer to normal ● Remote annunciator with control ● Ethernet communication (PXG 400 Gateway) Manual Operating Handle Crossbar Normal Power Source 5 Logic Panel 5 5 5 Transfer Mechanism Neutral Connections Voltage Selection and Transformer Panel Emergency Power Source 5 Load Lugs 5 5 Power Panel 5 5 5 5 Typical Contactor-Based ATS 100–400A 5 5 Commercial Design Highlights ● UL 1008 front access ● High withstand and closing ratings ● Compact design 5 5 5 5 5 5 200A ATS with ATC-300+ Controller 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 1600 ATS with ATC-300+ Controller 5 1200A ATS with ATC-300+ Controller Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-9 5.2 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs 5 Catalog Number Selection 5 Automatic Transfer Switch AT C 3 C2 X 3 0400 X S U 5 5 5 Type AT = Automatic NT = Non-automatic Certification U = UL listed Logic Orientation C = Contactor 5 1 3 9 E 5 = ATC-100 1 = ATC-300+ = ATC-900 = Electromechanical Switch X = Fix mount Mechanism C2 = In-phase only C3 = Time delay neutral (TDN) only C5 = In-phase / TDN transfer 5 5 Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 5 Amperes 0040 = 40A 0080 = 80A 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0200 = 200A 0225 = 225A 0260 = 260A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A 1600 = 1600A 2 Voltage A = 120V, 60 Hz B = 208V, 60 Hz E = 600V, 60 Hz G = 220V, 50 Hz H = 380V, 50 Hz K = 600V, 50 Hz M = 230V, 50 Hz W = 240V, 60 Hz X = 480V, 60 Hz Z = 365V, 50 Hz K S J R D Enclosure = Open = NEMA 1 = NEMA 12 = NEMA 3R = NEMA 4X 5 5 Technical Data and Specifications 5 UL 1008 Withstand and Close-On Ratings (kA) 5 UL 1008 Ampere Rating Mechanism Any Breaker Specific Breaker Any Breaker Specific Breaker 5 40, 80, 100 C2 10,000 30,000 10,000 22,000 100,000 3 150, 200 C2 10,000 30,000 22,000 35,000 100,000 225, 260, 400 C2 30,000 50,000 — — 200,000 5 40, 80, 100, 150, 200 C3, C5 30,000 50,000 22,000 35,000 200,000 225, 260, 400 C3, C5 30,000 50,000 50,000 65,000 200,000 5 600, 800, 1000,1200 C3, C5 50,000 65,000 50,000 65,000 200,000 1600 C3, C5 50,000 65,000 — — — 5 5 5 480V 600V Notes 1 For application up to 400A only. 2 Up to 480V. 3 Specific fuse rating at 480V only. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-10 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Any Use 5.2 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 Contactor-Based Transfer Switch 40–1200A—Dimensions in Inches (mm) and Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) 5 Amperes Enclosure 40–100 at 480V 1 40–100 at 600V 1 150–200 at 480V 1 150–200 at 600V 1 225–400 at 480V 1 225–1200 at 600V 2 600–1200 at 480V 2 A (Height) B (Width) C (Depth) Load Side, Normal and Standby Source Neutral Connection Weight N1, N12, N3R 38.68 (982.5) 18.31 (465.1) 13.34 (338.8) (1) #14–2/0 (3) #14–1/0 156 (71) N4X 37.50 (952.5) 17.50 (444.5) 14.34 (364.2) (1) #14–2/0 (3) #14–1/0 156 (71) N1, N12, N3R 38.68 (982.5) 18.31 (465.1) 13.34 (338.8) (1) #14–2/0 (3) #14–1/0 164 (74) N4X 37.50 (952.5) 17.50 (444.5) 14.34 (364.2) (1) #14–2/0 (3) #14–1/0 164 (74) N1, N12, N3R 38.68 (982.5) 18.31 (465.1) 13.34 (338.8) (1) #6–250 kcmil (3) 1/0–250 kcmil 164 (74) N4X 37.50 (952.5) 17.50 (444.5) 14.34 (364.2) (1) #6–250 kcmil (3) 1/0–250 kcmil 164 (74) 5 5 5 5 5 N1, N12, N3R 52.00 (1321.0) 19.81 (503.2) 16.75 (425.5) (1) #6–250 kcmil (3) 1/0–250 kcmil 260 (118) N4X 52.00 (1321.0) 21.00 (533.4) 16.75 (425.5) (1) #6–250 kcmil (3) 1/0–250 kcmil 260 (118) N1, N12, N3R 52.00 (1321.0) 19.81 (503.2) 16.75 (425.5) (2) 3/0–250 kcmil (1) 3/0–600 kcmil (6) 250–500 kcmil 260 (118) 5 N4X 52.00 (1321.0) 21.00 (533.4) 16.75 (425.5) (2) 3/0–250 kcmil (1) 3/0–600 kcmil (6) 250–500 kcmil 260 (118) 5 N1, N3R 79.41 (2017.0) 29.19 (741.4) 22.46 (570.5) (4) 1/0–750 kcmil (12) 1/0–750 kcmil 600 (272) three-pole 650 (295) four-pole N12, N4X 84.75 (2152.7) 29.00 (737.0) three-pole 29.00 (737.0) four-pole 24.26 (616.2) (4) 1/0–750 kcmil (12) 1/0–750 kcmil 700 (318) 750 (340) 5 N1, N3R 79.41 (2017.0) 25.25 (641.4) three-pole 29.19 (741.4) four-pole 22.46 (570.5) (4) 1/0–750 kcmil (12) 1/0–750 kcmil 600 (272) three-pole 650 (295) four-pole N12, N4X 84.75 (2152.7) 29.00 (737.0) three-pole 29.00 (737.0) four-pole 24.26 (616.2) (4) 1/0–750 kcmil (12) 1/0–750 kcmil 700 (318) 750 (340) B C B G C 18.25 (463.6) 15.13 (384.3) 13.29 (337.6) Top of Lugs on Power Panel 12.49 (317.2) 9.85 (250.2) 7.75 (196.8) Neutral A 68.59 (1742.2) 6.11 (155.2) 5 5 5 5 5 13.13 (333.5) H 5 5 Automatic, Non-Automatic 600–1200A Outline, N1 or N3R Automatic, Non-Automatic Up to 400A— Wallmount, N1 or N3R 5 5 A 5 Front View 5 55.12 (1400.0) A 5 Side View Notes 1 Wallmount. 2 Floorstanding and wall-secured—height dimension includes the bottom bracket. Emergency 43.23 (1098.1) 5 28.09 (713.5) 5 25.69 (652.5) 5 C Normal Load 3.94 (100.0) 10.37 (263.4) 3.94 (100.0) 3.68 (93.5) Front View 9.60 (43.9) 13.13 (333.5) Side View 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-11 5.2 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 1600A Transfer Switch 5 Ampere Rating 5 1600A at 480V a Enclosure A (Height) B (Width) C (Depth) Load Side, Normal and Standby Source Neutral Connection N1 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 29.00 (736.6) (4) 1/0–750 kcmil (12) 1/0–750 kcmil 730 (331) three-pole N3R 90.72 (2304.3) 40.35 (1024.9) 47.59 (1208.8) (4) 1/0–750 kcmil (12) 1/0–750 kcmil 780 (354) three-pole 830 (377) four-pole 5 5 5 Automatic, Non-Automatic Open Transition NEMA 1 Enclosure 1600A 29.22 (742.2) Removable Panel Normal Power Cable Connections 5 5 Contactor Compartment Door 62.51 (1587.8) 5 90.00 (2286.0) 5 5 26.49 (672.8) 24.13 (612.9) 5 5 Emergency Power Cable Connections Load Cable Connections Removable Panel 5 40.00 (1016.0) 5 0.00 7.22 (183.4) 10.72 (272.3) Front View 5 5 Automatic, Non-Automatic Open Transition NEMA 3R Enclosure 1600A 5 40.35 (1024.9) 5 62.51 (1587.8) 5 90.69 (2303.5) Emergency Power Cable Connections 5 26.49 (672.8) 24.13 (612.9) 5 5 40.00 (1016.0) 5 Front View (with outer door open) 5 Inner Removable Panels and Contactor Compartment Door Load Cable Connections Outer Door 5 5 47.59 (1208.8) 3.14 (79.8) Normal Power Cable Connections 5 5 28.73 (729.7) Side View 0.00 7.22 (183.4) 10.72 (272.3) 43.34 (1100.8) Side View Note 1 Freestanding. V2-T5-12 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Weight Lbs (kg) Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs 5.2 Contents Contactor-Based ATS with ATC-800 Controller Description Page Automatic Open Transition, 40–1600A . . . . . . . . . Automatic Closed Transition, 40–1200A . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1600A, Dual Drawout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1200A, Fixed Bypass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T5-8 V2-T5-13 V2-T5-14 V2-T5-15 V2-T5-15 V2-T5-16 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-17 5 V2-T5-23 5 5 5 5 5 Automatic Closed Transition, 40–1200A Product Description Application Description Eaton’s closed transition contactor-based automatic transfer switch is designed to avoid intentional interruption of power when both sources of power are available by momentarily paralleling both sources. A transfer switch designed for closed transition has make-before-break contacts that require the normal and alternate sources to be synchronized. The source contacts on Eaton’s controller will parallel for 100 ms or less. The controller provides all-phase undervoltage, underfrequency, and overvoltage and overfrequency protection as a standard. Consult with the local utility company for permission and to verify the protection requirements as each utility may have different rules regarding closed transition applications. Protective relays may be available as an option upon request. The controller is a comprehensive, multifunction, microprocessorbased controller, offering extensive monitoring, status reporting and transfer control operation. The make-before-break contact sequence coupled with Eaton’s ATC-800 or ATC-900 provides a transfer switch that is useful in critical standby power applications available from 40–1200A. Closed transition controls The switch accomplishes the closed transition transfer by monitoring the voltage and frequency set point conditions of both power sources. Once the set point conditions are met, the controller will start the closed transition synchronization timer (TSCT). The TSCT is adjustable from 1–60 minutes in duration. This duration is the time during which the controller will monitor the phase angles to anticipate when they will be within 8 electrical degrees. The closed transition scheme is anticipatory, allowing the close contacts signal to be initiated before the sources are exactly in phase. If the TSCT times out and the transfer switch has not reached synchronization, the transfer switch will remain connected to the current power source and a failure to transfer alarm will be displayed. The transfer switch can also be equipped with an optional open transition transfer method for situations where synchronization is not possible, but a transfer is required. One of the following transition features can be selected: ● ● ● Closed transition only Closed transition with default to load voltage decay Closed transition with default to time delay neutral 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-13 5.2 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs 5 Features, Benefits and Functions 5 Standard Features ● Auxiliary relay contacts: ● Source 1 present 1NO and 1NC ● Source 2 present 1NO and 1NC ● Switch position indication contacts: ● Source 1 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 2 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 1 and Source 2 sensing: ● Undervoltage/ underfrequency ● Overvoltage/ overfrequency ● Go to emergency (Source 2) ● Seven field-programmable time delays ● LCD-based display for programming, system diagnostics and Help message display ● Mimic diagram with source available and connected LED indication ● Time-stamped history log ● System TEST pushbutton ● Programmable plant exerciser—OFF, daily, 7-day interval selectable run time 0–600 minutes no load/load with fail-safe ● Multi-Tap transformer ● Closed transition parallel limit timer ● IBC/CBC seismic qualified 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Optional Features Available surge suppression device for power/controller, engine start circuit, phone and cable connections ● Space heater with thermostat ● Ammeter—load side ● Power quality metering ● Steel cover for controller ● Closed transition with default to time delay neutral or default to load voltage decay ● Three-phase rotation protection ● Three-phase voltage unbalance ● Pretransfer signal contacts 1NO/1NC (with threeposition mechanism) ● ATC-900 Normal Power Source ● Multi-Tap Transformer Load Lugs Emergency Power Source Typical Contactor-Based ATC-900 Controller Commercial Design Highlights ● UL 1008 front access ● High withstand and closing ratings ● Compact design 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-14 Controller Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5.2 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs Catalog Number Selection 5 Automatic Transfer Switch 5 CT C 8 C3 X 3 0400 X S U 5 Type CT = Closed transition Orientation C = Contactor Certification U = UL listed Logic 8 = ATC-800 9 = ATC-900 Switch X = Fix mount Mechanism C3 = 3-position Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Amperes 0040 = 40A 0080 = 80A 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0200 = 200A 0225 = 225A 0260 = 260A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A Voltage A = 120V, 60 Hz B = 208V, 60 Hz E = 600V, 60 Hz G = 220V, 50 Hz H = 380V, 50 Hz K = 600V, 50 Hz M = 230V, 50 Hz W = 240V, 60 Hz X = 480V, 60 Hz Z = 365V, 50 Hz K S J R Enclosure = Open = NEMA 1 = NEMA 12 = NEMA 3R 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Technical Data and Specifications 5 UL 1008 Withstand and Close-On Ratings (kA) 5 UL 1008 Ampere Rating 480V 480V 600V 600V Rating When Used with Upstream Fuse Any Breaker Specific Breaker Any Breaker Specific Breaker Rating (kA) Test Voltage Fuse Type Maximum Fuse Amperes 40 10 30 10 22 100 480 RK5 200 80 10 30 10 22 100 480 RK5 200 100 10 30 10 22 100 480 RK5 200 150 10 30 22 35 100 600 RK5 400 200 10 30 22 35 100 600 RK5 400 225 30 50 50 65 200 600 RK5 600 260 30 50 50 65 200 600 RK5 600 400 30 50 50 65 200 600 RK5 600 600 50 65 50 65 200 600 L, R, J, T 1600 800 50 65 50 65 200 600 L, R, J, T 1600 1000 50 65 50 65 200 600 L, R, J, T 1600 1200 50 65 50 65 200 600 L, R, J, T 1600 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-15 5.2 5 5 Contactor-Based Designs Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Contactor-Based Transfer Switch 40–1200A Closed Transition 5 5 Transfer Switches Enclosure Ampere Rating A (Height) B (Width) C (Depth) Bolt Pattern Standard Terminals G (Horizontal) Load Side, Normal and Standby Source H (Vertical) Neutral Connection Weight in Lbs (kg) 40–100 at 480V 52.74 (1339.6) 25.00 (635.0) 17.18 (436.4) 16.00 (406.4) 37.38 (949.5) (1) #14–2/0 (3) #14–2/0 190 (86) 5 40–100 at 600V 52.74 (1339.6) 25.00 (635.0) 17.18 (436.4) 16.00 (406.4) 37.38 (949.5) (1) #6–250 kcmil (3) #14–1/0 210 (95) 5 150–200 at 480V 52.74 (1339.6) 25.00 (635.0) 17.18 (436.4) 16.00 (406.4) 37.38 (949.5) (1) #6–250 kcmil (3) 1/0–250 kcmil 210 (95) 150–200 at 600V 1 71.02 (1803.9) 31.11 (790.2) 14.72 (373.9) 13.00 (330.2) 69.43 (1763.5) (2) 3/0–250 kcmil (6) 250–500 kcmil 800 (363) 5 225–400 at 480V 71.02 (1803.9) 31.11 (790.2) 14.72 (373.9) 13.00 (330.2) 69.43 (1763.5) (2) 3/0–250 kcmil (6) 250–500 kcmil 420 (191) 225–1200 at 600V 1 90.00 (2286.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 32.00 (812.8) N/A N/A (4) 1/0–750 Cu/Al (12) 1/0–750 kcmil 800 (363) 5 600–1200 at 480V 1 90.00 (2286.0) 46.00 (1168.4) 32.00 (812.8) N/A N/A (4) 1/0–750 Cu/Al (12) 1/0–750 kcmil 800 (363) 5 Automatic Up to 400A Wallmount NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R 5 G 5 Normal Power Connections Automatic 600–1200A—Wallmount NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R Neutral Cable Connections Emergency Power Cable Normal Power Cable Connections Connections B 5 5 2.64 (67.1) TYP Load Power Connection 5 5 A Emergency Power Connection A 5 68.99 (1752.3) 63.74 (1619.0) 5 5 B Front View 5 5 C Side View (with right side removed) 15.66 (397.8) 19.19 (487.4) C Load Power Cable Connections 5 25.40 (645.2) 23.00 (584.2) Transformer 11.20 (284.5) Side View (with left side removed) 5 5 Note 1 For NEMA 3R, add 17.00 inches (431.8 mm) to depth. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-16 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 3.94 (100.1) TYP Front View Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs 5.2 Contents Bypass Isolation Transfer Switch Description Page Automatic Open Transition, 40–1600A . . . . . . . . . Automatic Closed Transition, 40–1200A . . . . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1600A, Dual Drawout Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1200A, Fixed Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T5-8 V2-T5-13 V2-T5-19 V2-T5-19 V2-T5-19 V2-T5-20 V2-T5-21 V2-T5-23 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1600A, Dual Drawout Product Description A bypass isolation transfer switch may be used to provide emergency power to life safety and other critical loads where maintenance of the main transfer switch, without interruption of power to the load, is either desirable or required. Application Description Eaton’s Automatic Transfer Switch is designed to provide unmatched performance, reliability and versatility for critical standby power applications. The switches can be equipped with the ATC-300+ or ATC-900 controllers to match your application needs. A bypass isolation automatic transfer switch by application requirements and per UL 1008 requires the main automatic transfer switch contactor (ATS) to be a drawout design. Conventional designs allow the bypass contactor to be a fixed-mounted design. The Eaton premium design provides a drawout ATS and a drawout bypass contactor or a dual drawout design. 5 Features, Benefits and Functions Industrial Design Highlights ● Front access is a standard feature on all ratings ● Entry: ● Top, bottom or both ● Isolated compartments ● Improved safety: ● Isolated compartments with barriers ● Single motion rack-out with doors closed ● Ability to test power switching elements during drawout process ● Dual ATS capability— bypass contactor can be controlled by the ATS controller in the bypass mode of operation ● Installation flexibility: ● Field entry/exit locations can be modified in the field ● Interchangeable drawout contactors ● Field-selectable multi-tap transformer panel permits operation on a wide range of system voltages ● Dual drawout Standard Features Drawout cassette design on both ATS and bypass ● No service interruption in bypass to the same source ● Source available contacts: ● Source 1 present 2NO and 2NC ● Source 2 present 2NO and 2NC ● Switch position contacts: ● Source 1 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 2 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 1 and Source 2 sensing: ● Undervoltage/ underfrequency ● Overvoltage/ overfrequency ● Three-phase rotation protection (ATC-300+ only) ● Three-phase voltage unbalance/loss (ATC-300+ only) ● Pretransfer signal contacts 1NO and 1NC (open transition only) ● Go to Source 2 (EMERGENCY) ● 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● Field-programmable time delays: ● Time delay engine start: 0–1200 seconds ● Time delay normal to emergency: 0–1800 seconds ● Time delay emergency to normal: 0–1800 seconds ● Time delay engine cooldown: 0–1800 seconds ● Time delay emergency failure: 0–6 seconds LCD-based display for programming, system diagnostics and Help menu display Mimic diagram with source available and connected LED indication Time-stamped history log System TEST pushbutton Programmable plant exerciser—OFF, daily, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval selectable run time 0–600 minutes no load/ load with fail-safe 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-17 5.2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs Optional Features ● Available UL 1448 Third Edition surge protection device (SPD) ● Eaton IQ and Power Xpert multi-function power quality metering ● Automatic transfer mode with selectable nonautomatic/automatic retransfer mode ● Modbus RTU via RS-485 ● Remote annunciation with control ● Open in-phase transition, time delay neutral or inphase with a default to time delay neutral transfer ● ATC-900 controller ● Includes Modbus RTU via RS-485 ● Includes four programmable inputs/ outputs ● Includes two plant exercisers ● Includes LCD color display with easy navigation tools to settings and event logs ● Expandable I/O (up to 20 I/O total) ● ● Optional integrated load metering Optional EtherNet TCP/ IP communications Bypass Isolation Switch Components Front Access Front access is a standard feature. Source 1 (NORMAL) Source and Load connections are set up as standard top entry and Source 2 (EMERGENCY) Source connections as bottom entry. These connections are located in their own separate compartments. These connections can be relocated in the field if necessary. Multi-Tap Transformer The industry-exclusive multitap system voltage selector allows the transfer switch to be applied on most system voltages by proper insertion of the selector plug. Drawout Contactors The ATS and the bypass drawout cassette power contactor designs are identical and interchangeable. This standard feature allows the user the ability to withdraw, maintain or swap contactor assemblies, providing redundancy of ATS and bypass functions from one contactor assembly to the other. Improved Safety The unique Eaton design includes separation between control and power components. The ATS and bypass isolation contactors are mounted in separate compartments with protective barriers between them. This design prevents the possibility of contact with the rear-mounted power connections to the contactors. In addition, the top and bottom entry have separate compartment doors. Ease of Maintenance Transfer to the bypass power contactor is easily initiated and controlled via doormounted controls. Once the transfer to the bypass contactor is complete, the ATS contactor is easily racked out with the compartment door closed. The ATS contactor may then be tested in the racked out position. Ease of Transfer The Eaton design allows the operator to make a quick and simple transfer from the ATS power contactor to the bypass contactor by initiating the electrically operated transfer via a two-position switch. Door-mounted indicating lights confirm that a successful transfer has taken place. Dual ATS Capability The controller on conventional bypass isolation switches only controls the ATS contactor. The Eaton design allows the switch controller to remain active in both the ATS and bypass modes, thus providing control to either contactor. This ability of the controller to remain active and control the bypass isolation contactor provides “N+1” redundancy of a second fully functioning ATS, a feature unique to Eaton. 5 5 Source 1 (NORMAL) Connections 5 5 Load Connections Drawout Bypass Contactor 5 5 5 Front Access for Top or Bottom Entry; Terminals can be Relocated in the Field 5 5 5 Separate Doors for ATS and Bypass Compartments 5 5 Drawout ATS Contactor Completely Removed 5 Multi-Tap Transformer with Quick Connect Plug Source 2 (EMERGENCY) Connections Bypass Isolation Switch Components 5 V2-T5-18 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5.2 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs Standards and Certifications ● ● 5 UL 1008 listed CSA C22.2 No. 178 certified 5 5 5 Catalog Number Selection 5 Automatic Bypass Isolation Contactor-Based Transfer Switch 5 BI C 3 C3 E 3 1200 W S U Type BI = Bypass isolation open transition CB = Bypass isolation closed transition Orientation C = Contactor 5 5 Certification U = UL 1008 listed Logic 3 = ATC-300+ 9 = ATC-900 Mounting E = Drawout Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Frame C3 = Time delay neutral (TDN) only C5 = In-phase/TDN transfer Amperes 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0225 = 225A 0260 = 260A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A 1600 = 1600A 1 B E G H K M N O W X Z Voltage = 208V, 60 Hz = 600V, 60 Hz = 220V, 50 Hz = 380V, 50 Hz = 600V, 50 Hz = 230V, 50 Hz = 401V, 50 Hz = 415V, 50 Hz = 240V, 60 Hz = 480V, 60 Hz = 365V, 50 Hz 5 Enclosure S = NEMA 1 R = NEMA 3R 5 5 5 5 5 Technical Data and Specifications 5 UL 1008 Withstand and Close-On Ratings (kA) UL 1008 Ampere Rating 480V 480V 600V 600V Rating When Used with Upstream Fuse Any Breaker Specific Breaker Any Breaker Specific Breaker Rating (kA) Test Voltage 40 10 30 10 22 100 480 80 10 30 10 22 100 480 5 Fuse Type Maximum Fuse Amperes 5 RK5 200 RK5 200 5 100 10 30 10 22 100 480 RK5 200 150 10 30 22 35 100 600 RK5 400 200 10 30 22 35 100 600 RK5 400 225 30 50 50 65 200 600 RK5 600 260 30 50 50 65 200 600 RK5 600 400 30 50 50 65 200 600 RK5 600 600 50 65 50 65 200 600 L 1200 800 50 65 50 65 200 600 L 1200 1000 50 65 50 65 200 600 L 1600 1200 50 65 50 65 200 600 L 1600 1600 50 65 — — 200 480 L 1600 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Note 1 1600A is dual drawout only and up to 480V. 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-19 5.2 5 5 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs Diagram Bypass Isolation Shown as Normal Operation 5 5 5 5 5 Bypass Source 2 (EMERGENCY) Bypass Source 1 (NORMAL) Bypass Source 1 (NORMAL) Available (3) (4) Load 5 Door Open 5 (1) 5 ATS Source 1 (NORMAL) 5 (2) ATS 5 5 ATS Locked In ATS Isolated (Flashing: ATS Removed) 5 5 Source 2 (EMERGENCY) Available ATS Source 2 (EMERGENCY) 1200A Drawout Bypass Source 1 (NORMAL) Connections 400A Drawout Bypass Source 1 (NORMAL), Source 2 (EMERGENCY) and Load Connection Located in Top Compartment Behind Removable Electrical Panel Load Connections 5 Drawout Bypass Contactor with Separate Compartment Door—Shown Racked Out 5 5 Front Access for Top or Bottom Entry; Terminals Can be Relocated in the Field 5 5 5 Source 2 (EMERGENCY) Connections 5 Electrical Panels can be Removed for Installation for Top or Bottom Entry Separate ATS Compartment and Door Drawout ATS Contactor Completely Removed Drawout Bypass Contactor 5 5 5 Drawout Bypass Contactor Compartment 5 5 5 5 Separate Doors for ATS and Bypass Compartments Drawout ATS Contactor Completely Removed 5 Multi-Tap Transformer with Quick Connect Plug 1200A Dual Drawout V2-T5-20 Drawout ATS Contactor 400A Dual Drawout Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs 5.2 Dimensions 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 600–1200A 480V or 225–1200A 600V Dual Drawout Bypass NEMA 1 40.00 (1016.0) 100–400A 480V or 100–200A 600V Dual Drawout Bypass NEMA 1 Load Connections 90.08 (2288.0) Source 1 Normal Connections CG ATS 5 Load Cable Connections Normal Power Cable Connections 5 5 5 Electrical Panel Not Shown for Clarity 78.07 (1983.0) Source 2 Emergency Connections Emergency Power Cable Connections 5 5 5 Normal Connections 18.50 (470.0) 5 5 18.50 (470.0) Bypass 5 5 2.00 (50.8) 46.00 (1168.4) 28.97 (735.8) Front View Side View 5 30.00 (762.0) 29.30 (744.2) Front View Side View 5 Note: Source 1 Normal and Load connections are top and Source 2 is bottom. These connections can be relocated in the field. 5 Contactor-Based Transfer Switch 100–1200A—NEMA 1 Dimensions and Approximate Shipping Weight 5 Enclosure Seismic 1 Height Width Depth Normal, Emergency and Load Neutral Metric Conversion (mm2) 3 Weight in Lbs (kg) 100–200A 480V 4 78.07 (1983.0) 30.00 (762.0) 29.30 (744.2) (1) #6–350 Cu/Al (3) #6–350 Cu/Al 13–177 mm2 Cu/Al 625 (283.8) 100–200A 600V 4 78.07 (1983.0) 30.00 (762.0) 29.30 (744.2) (1) #6–350 Cu/Al (3) #6–350 Cu/Al 13–177 mm2 Cu/Al 625 (283.8) 4 78.07 (1983.0) 30.00 (762.0) 29.30 (744.2) (1) 3/0–600 Cu/Al (3) 3/0–600 Cu/Al 85–304 mm2 Cu/Al 625 (283.8) 225–400A 600V 5 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (6) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 85–304 mm2 Cu/Al 1750 (794.5) 600A 480V 5 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (6) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 85–380 mm2 Cu/Al 1750 (794.5) 600A 600V 5 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (6) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 85–380 mm2 Cu/Al 1750 (794.5) 800–1200A 480V 5 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (4) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (12) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 85–380 mm2 Cu/Al 1850 (839.9) 800–1200A 600V 5 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (4) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (12) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 85–380 mm2 Cu/Al 1850 (839.9) 225–400A 480V 5 Standard Terminals Switch Rating Amperes/Volts 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 Notes 1 For seismic applications, it is necessary to use 5–13 UNC Grade or better hex head bolts and washers torqued to 50 ft-lbs. 2 NEMA 12 and 4X dimensions are 90.00 inches H x 46.00 inches W x 38.00 inches D (2286.0 mm H x 1168.4 mm W x 965.2 mm D). NEMA 4X enclosures are 304SS standard with an optional upgrade to 316SS. 3 Same number of terminals per phase will be supplied. 4 For NEMA 3R dimensions, add 18.29 inches (464.6 mm). 5 For NEMA 3R dimensions, add 18.59 inches (472.2 mm). 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-21 5.2 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 600–1600A 480V or 225–1200A 600V Dual Drawout Bypass NEMA 1 5 B 100–400A 480V or 100–200A 600V Dual Drawout Bypass NEMA 1 Emergency Power Cable Connections Load Power Cable Connections 5 5 5 5 A A CG 5 Emergency Power Cable Connections Neutral Cable Connections ATS 5 5 5 5 C B Side View (With Left Side Removed) Front View C 5 5 Normal Power Cable Connections Normal Power Cable Connections Bypass Electrical Panel Not Shown for Clarity Load Cable Connections Front View Side View (With Right Side Removed) Note: Source 1 Normal and Load connections are top and Source 2 is bottom. These connections can be relocated in the field. 5 Contactor-Based Transfer Switch 100–1600A—NEMA 1 Dimensions and Approximate Shipping Weight 5 Switch Rating Amperes/Volts 2 Height (A) Width (B) Depth (C) Normal, Emergency and Load Neutral Metric Conversion (mm2) 3 Weight in Lbs (kg) 5 100–200A 480V 4 78.07 (1983.0) 30.00 (762.0) 29.30 (744.2) (1) #6–350 Cu/Al (3) #6–350 Cu/Al 13–177 mm2 Cu/Al 625 (283.8) 4 5 78.07 (1983.0) 30.00 (762.0) 29.30 (744.2) (1) #6–350 Cu/Al (3) #6–350 Cu/Al 13–177 mm2 Cu/Al 625 (283.8) 225–400A 480V 4 78.07 (1983.0) 30.00 (762.0) 29.30 (744.2) (1) 3/0–600 Cu/Al (3) 3/0–600 Cu/Al 85–304 mm2 Cu/Al 625 (283.8) 5 225–400A 600V 5 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (6) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 85–304 mm2 Cu/Al 1750 (794.5) 600A 480V 5 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (6) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 85–380 mm2 Cu/Al 1750 (794.5) 5 600A 600V 5 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (6) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 85–380 mm2 Cu/Al 1750 (794.5) 800–1200A 480V 5 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (4) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (12) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 85–380 mm2 Cu/Al 1850 (839.9) 1850 (839.9) 2200 (997.9) 5 5 5 5 5 Enclosure Seismic 1 100–200A 600V 800–1200A 600V 1600A 480V 5 Standard Terminals 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (4) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (12) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 85–380 mm2 Cu/Al 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 40.00 (1016.0) (4) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (12) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 85–380 mm2 Cu/Al Notes 1 For seismic applications, it is necessary to use 5–13 UNC Grade or better hex head bolts and washers torqued to 50 ft-lbs. 2 NEMA 12 and 4X dimensions are 90.00 inches H x 46.00 inches W x 38.00 inches D (2286.0 mm H x 1168.4 mm W x 965.2 mm D). NEMA 4X enclosures are 304SS standard with an optional upgrade to 316SS. 3 Same number of terminals per phase will be supplied. 4 For NEMA 3R dimensions, add 18.29 inches (464.6 mm). 5 For NEMA 3R dimensions, add 18.59 inches (472.2 mm). 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-22 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs 5.2 Contents Bypass Isolation Transfer Switch Description Page Automatic Open Transition, 40–1600A . . . . . . . . . Automatic Closed Transition, 40–1200A . . . . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1600A, Dual Drawout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1200A, Fixed Bypass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T5-8 V2-T5-13 V2-T5-17 V2-T5-23 V2-T5-25 V2-T5-25 V2-T5-26 V2-T5-27 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Bypass Isolation Transfer Switches, 40–1200A, Fixed Bypass 5 Product Description 5 A bypass isolation transfer switch may be used to provide emergency power to life safety and other critical loads where maintenance of the main transfer switch, without interruption of power to the load, is either desirable or required. Application Description Eaton’s Automatic Transfer Switch is designed to provide unmatched performance, reliability and versatility for critical standby power applications. The switches can be equipped with the ATC-300+ or ATC-900 controllers to match your application needs. Features Industrial Design Highlights ● Front access is a standard feature on all ratings ● Entry: ● Top, bottom or both ● Isolated compartments ● Improved safety: ● Isolated compartments with barriers ● Single motion rack-out with doors closed ● Ability to test power switching elements during drawout process ● Dual ATS capability— bypass contactor can be controlled by the ATS controller in the bypass mode of operation ● Installation flexibility: ● Field entry/exit locations can be modified in the field ● Interchangeable drawout contactors ● Field-selectable multi-tap transformer panel permits operation on a wide range of system voltages ● Fixed-mounted bypass, drawout ATS Standard Features Drawout cassette design on ATS with fixed-mounted bypass ● No service interruption in bypass to the same source ● Source available contacts: ● Source 1 present 2NO and 2NC ● Source 2 present 2NO and 2NC ● Switch position contacts: ● Source 1 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 2 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 1 and Source 2 sensing: ● Undervoltage/ underfrequency ● Overvoltage/ overfrequency ● Three-phase rotation protection (ATC-300+ only) ● Three-phase voltage unbalance/loss (ATC-300+ only) ● Pretransfer signal contacts 1NO and 1NC (open transition only) ● Go to Source 2 (EMERGENCY) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Field-programmable time delays: ● Time delay engine start: 0–1200 seconds ● Time delay normal to emergency: 0–1800 seconds ● Time delay emergency to normal: 0–1800 seconds ● Time delay engine cooldown: 0–1800 seconds ● Time delay emergency failure: 0–6 seconds LCD-based display for programming, system diagnostics and Help menu display Mimic diagram with source available and connected LED indication Time-stamped history log System TEST pushbutton Programmable plant exerciser—OFF, daily, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval selectable run time 0–600 minutes no load/ load with fail-safe (ATC-300+ only) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-23 5.2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs Optional Features ● Available UL 1448 Third Edition surge protection device (SPD) ● Eaton IQ and Power Xpert multi-function power quality metering ● Automatic transfer mode with selectable nonautomatic/automatic retransfer mode ● Modbus RTU via RS-485 ● Remote annunciation with control ● Open in-phase transition, time delay neutral or inphase with a default to time delay neutral transfer ● ATC-900 controller ● Includes Modbus RTU via RS-485 ● Includes four programmable inputs/ outputs ● Includes two plant exercisers ● Includes LCD color display with easy navigation tools to settings and event logs ● ● ● Expandable I/O (up to 20 I/O total) Optional integrated load metering Optional EtherNet TCP/ IP communications Bypass Isolation Switch Components Front Access Front access is a standard feature. Source 1 (NORMAL), Source 2 (EMERGENCY) and Load connections are set up as bottom entry. These connections are located in their own separate compartments. Multi-Tap Transformer The industry-exclusive MultiTap system voltage selector allows the transfer switch to be applied on most system voltages by proper insertion of the selector plug. Drawout ATS and FixedMounted Bypass The ATS is designed as a drawout with the contactor mounted in a cassette with wheels. This allows the user the ability to withdraw, maintain, inspect and re-insert the ATS. door closed. The ATS contactor may then be tested in the isolated position. The bypass unit is designed as a fixed-mounted design in its own separate compartment. Ease of Transfer The Eaton design allows the operator to make a quick and simple transfer from the ATS power contactor to the bypass contactor by initiating the electrically operated transfer via a two-position switch. Door-mounted indicating lights confirm that a successful transfer has taken place. Improved Safety The unique Eaton design includes separation between control and power components. The ATS and bypass isolation contactors are mounted in separate compartments with protective barriers between them. This design prevents the possibility of contact with the rear-mounted power connections to the contactors. In addition, the top and bottom entry have separate compartment doors. Ease of Maintenance Transfer to the bypass power contactor is easily initiated and controlled via doormounted controls. Once the transfer to the bypass contactor is complete, the ATS contactor is easily racked out with the compartment Bypass Isolation—Fixed Bypass Components 5 5 5 5 5 5 Fixed-Mounted Bypass Contactor 5 Front Access for Top or Bottom Entry 5 5 5 5 5 Drawout ATS Contactor Completely Removed 5 Separate Doors for ATS and Bypass Compartments 5 V2-T5-24 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Dual ATS Capability The controller on conventional bypass isolation switches only controls the ATS contactor. The Eaton design allows the switch controller to remain active in both the ATS and bypass modes, thus providing control to either contactor. This ability of the controller to remain active and control the bypass isolation contactor provides “N+1” redundancy of a second fully functioning ATS, a feature unique to Eaton. 5.2 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs Catalog Number Selection 5 Automatic Bypass Isolation Contactor-Based Transfer Switch 5 BI C 3 C3 E 3 1200 W S U Type BI = Bypass isolation open transition CB = Bypass isolation closed transition Orientation C = Contactor 5 5 Certification U = UL 1008 listed Logic 3 = ATC-300+ 9 = ATC-900 Mounting X = Fixed-mount bypass Frame C3 = Time delay neutral (TDN) only C5 = In-phase/TDN transfer Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Amperes 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0225 = 225A 0260 = 260A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A B E G H K N O W X Voltage = 208V, 60 Hz = 600V, 60 Hz = 220V, 50 Hz = 380V, 50 Hz = 600V, 50 Hz = 401V, 50 Hz = 415V, 50 Hz = 240V, 60 Hz = 480V, 60 Hz 5 Enclosure S = NEMA 1 R = NEMA 3R 5 5 5 5 5 Technical Data and Specifications 5 UL 1008 Withstand and Close-On Ratings (kA) UL 1008 Ampere Rating 1 480V 480V 600V 600V Rating When Used with Upstream Fuse Any Breaker Specific Breaker Any Breaker Specific Breaker Rating (kA) Test Voltage Fuse Type Maximum Fuse Amperes 5 100 30 50 22 35 100 480 RK5 200 150 30 50 22 35 100 600 RK5 400 5 200 30 50 22 35 100 600 RK5 400 225 30 50 50 65 200 600 RK5 600 260 30 50 50 65 200 600 RK5 600 400 30 50 50 65 200 600 RK5 600 600 50 65 50 65 200 600 L 1600 800 50 65 50 65 200 600 L 1600 1000 50 65 50 65 200 600 L 1600 1200 50 65 50 65 200 600 L 1600 5 5 5 5 5 5 Note 1 1600A is available on dual drawout only. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-25 5.2 5 5 Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs Diagram Bypass Isolation Shown as Normal Operation 5 5 5 5 5 Bypass Source 2 (EMERGENCY) Bypass Source 1 (NORMAL) Bypass Source 1 (NORMAL) Available (3) (4) Load Source 2 (EMERGENCY) Available ATS Isolated (Flashing: ATS Removed) 5 5 Door Open 5 (1) 5 5 ATS Source 1 (NORMAL) 5 5 ATS Locked In ATS (2) ATS Source 2 (EMERGENCY) 1200A Fixed Bypass 400A Fixed Bypass 5 5 Fixed-Mounted Bypass Contactor 5 5 Front Access for Top or Bottom Entry Drawout ATS Contactor Rack Out 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Fixed-Mounted Bypass Contactor 5 5 5 5 Drawout Bypass Contactor Compartment Drawout ATS Contactor Cassette with Wheels Completely Removed 5 V2-T5-26 Separate Doors for ATS and Bypass Compartments Drawout ATS Contactor Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Contactor-Based Designs 5.2 Dimensions 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 600−1200A 480V or 225−1200A 600V Fixed Bypass NEMA 1 100−400A 480V or 100−225A 600V Fixed Bypass NEMA 1 5 5 Top and Bottom Compartment Electrical Panel Not Shown for Clarity 5 Source 1 Normal Connection 5 5 5 5 78.07 (1983.0) 90.00 (2286.0) Source 2 Emergency Connections 5 5 Load Cable Connections Source 1 Normal Connection 40.00 (1016.0) Load Connections Front View 5 Source 2 Emergency Connections 28.97 (735.8) 30.00 (762.0) 29.30 (744.2) Side View Front View Side View Note: Source 1 Normal, Source 2 Emergency and Load connections must be either ALL top or ALL bottom and are NOT field reconfigurable. Note: Source 1 Normal, Source 2 Emergency and Load connections are NOT factory or field reconfigurable. Sufficient wireway and bending space is available to come in from either top or bottom. 5 5 5 5 Contactor-Based Transfer Switch 100–1200A—NEMA 1 Dimensions and Approximate Shipping Weight Enclosure Seismic 1 5 5 Standard Terminals Switch Rating Amperes/Volts Height Width Depth Normal and Emergency Load Neutral Weight in Lbs (kg) 100–200A 480V 2 78.07 (1983.0) 30.00 (762.0) 29.30 (744.2) (1) #6–350 Cu/Al (1) #6–350 Cu/Al (3) #6–350 Cu/Al 625 (283.8) 100–200A 600V 2 78.07 (1983.0) 30.00 (762.0) 29.30 (744.2) (1) #6–350 Cu/Al (1) #6–350 Cu/Al (3) #6–350 Cu/Al 625 (283.8) 225–400A 480V 2 78.07 (1983.0) 30.00 (762.0) 29.30 (744.2) (1) 3/0–600 Cu/Al (1) 3/0–600 Cu/Al (3) 3/0–600 Cu/Al 625 (283.8) 225–400A 600V 3 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (6) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 1550 (703.7) 600A 480V 3 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (6) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 1550 (703.7) 600A 600V 3 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (2) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (6) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 1550 (703.7) 800–1200A 480V 3 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (4) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (4) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (12) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 1750 (794.5) 800–1200A 600V 3 90.00 (2286.0) 40.00 (1016.0) 28.97 (735.8) (4) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (4) 3/0–750 Cu/Al (12) 3/0–750 Cu/Al 1750 (794.5) 5 5 5 5 5 5 Notes 1 For seismic applications, it is necessary to use 5–13 UNC Grade or better hex head bolts and washers torqued to 50 ft-lbs. 2 For NEMA 3R dimensions, add 18.29 inches (464.6 mm). 3 For NEMA 3R dimensions, add 18.59 inches (472.2 mm). 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-27 5.3 5 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Contents Manual Wallmount Transfer Switch Description 5 Page Molded Case Switches—Manual Wallmount, 30–1000A Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Switches—Non-Automatic Wallmount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Switches—Automatic Wallmount, 30–1000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Bypass Switches— Type MBHE 100–1000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-29 V2-T5-29 V2-T5-30 V2-T5-31 V2-T5-32 V2-T5-34 V2-T5-41 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Molded Case Switches—Manual Wallmount, 30–1000A Description Application Description Eaton’s wallmount manually operated transfer switches are designed for a variety of standby power applications for critical loads. In the event of a primary power source interruption, the user can manually transfer the load circuits to the standby power source. Once primary power has been restored, the user can manually transfer the load circuits back to the primary power source. Manual transfer switches cover applications ranging from 30 to 1000A through 600 Vac for standard manual configurations and open transition. 5 5 5 5 Manual transfer switches may be applied for those application where a manually initiated and manually operated transfer is suitable. The front door of the switch must be opened to operate the manual handle. The design comes standard with a deadfront design, allowing safe manual transfer under load. Should an application require a service entrance rating, then a non-automatic or automatic design needs to be selected. Features and Benefits Features ● Molded case switch power contact assemblies ● Positive mechanical interlocking ● Permanently affixed manual operating handle Benefits ● High withstand, totally enclosed for maximum arc suppression and isolation during power transfer ● Optional trip units offer system overcurrent protection ● Prevents the paralleling of two sources of power ● Permits safe and convenient manual transfer of power ● Requires no control power Deadfront Manual Handle Manual Switch with Door Open— Manually Initiated and Manually Operated Note: If a service entrance rating is required, then a non-automatic type switch must be selected. Service entrance ratings are not available on a manual transfer switch. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-28 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5.3 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Design Standards and Certifications ● ● ● 5 Complies with UL 1008 and UL 489 standards IBC seismic qualified Meets American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) approval 5 5 5 5 5 5 Manual Switch with Door Closed— Must Open Door to Engage the Manual Handle 5 5 Manual Transfer Switch Shown Without Deadfront 5 Catalog Number Selection 5 Manual Breaker-Based Transfer Switch 5 MT H X MD C 2 0100 E S U 5 Type MT = Manual Orientation Certification U = UL 1008 listed Logic X = No logic H = Horizontal 1 V = Vertical Frame Molded case device FD = 30–150A KD = 150–300A LD = 400–600A MD = 600–800A ND = 800–1000A Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole A B C D Mounting (Fixed) = FM, N (MCS), E (MCS) = FM, N (MCB), E (MCB) = FM, N (MCB), E (MCS) = FM, N (MCS), E (MCB) Voltage E = 600V, 60 Hz Amperes 0030 = 30A 0070 = 70A 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0225 = 225A 0300 = 300A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A K S J R L D 5 5 Enclosure = Open = NEMA 1 = NEMA 12 = NEMA 3R = NEMA 4 = NEMA 4X 5 5 5 5 5 Notes 1 Horizontal is available only on ratings 150A or less. 5 Service entrance is not available on a manual design. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-29 5.3 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs 5 Technical Data and Specifications 5 Wallmount Transfer Switch Standard Terminal Data for Power Cable Connections 1 Transfer Switch Ratings—Systems Coordination Information—Withstand, Closing and Interrupting Ratings 2 5 Switch Ampere Rating Breaker Frame Line Side (Normal and Standby Source) Load Connection Neutral Connection Standard UL 1008 3-Cycle—Horizontal and Vertical Industrial 5 30–100 HFD (1) #14–1/0 (1) #14–1/0 (3) #14–1/0 150–225 HFD (1) #6–300 (1) #6–300 (3) #4–300 5 225–300 HKD (1) #3–350 (1) #6–350 (3) #4–350 5 400 HLD (1) 4/0–600 (2) #1–500 (6) 250–350 600 HLD (1) 3/0–350 (2) #1–500 (6) 250–350 5 5 5 600 600 (four-pole) HMDL NB (2) #1–500 (3) 3/0–400 (2) #1–500 (3) 3/0–400 (12) 4/0–500 (3) 3/0–400 800 HMDL (3) 3/0–400 (3) 3/0–400 (12) 4/0–500 800 HNB (4) 4/0–500 (4) 4/0–500 (12) 4/0–500 1000 5 5 HNB (4) 4/0–500 (4) 4/0–500 (12) 4/0–500 ATS Ampere Rating Any Breaker Rating Ratings When Used With Upstream Fuse (kA) 240V 480V 600V Maximum Fuse Rating 30 100 65 25 200 J,T 200 70 100 65 25 200 J,T 200 100 100 65 25 200 J,T 200 150 100 65 25 400 J,T 200 200 100 65 25 400 J,T 200 225 100 65 25 400 J,T 200 300 100 65 25 400 J,T 200 400 100 65 25 600 J,T 200 600 100 65 4 25 800/1200 J,T 100/200 800 65 50 4 25 1200/1600 L 100/200 1000 65 50 4 25 1600 L 200 Fuse Type 3 600V Notes 1 All terminals suitable for copper or aluminum conductors. For alternate terminal sizes, contact Eaton. 2 For maximum breaker ratings in circuits when the transfer switch is evaluated as a “Motor Branch Circuit Conductor,” refer to NEC Section 430.25 for sizing. 3 Class RK5 fuse with 100 kA rating. 4 Four-pole units rated 35 kA. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-30 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5.3 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 30–1000A Type MTVX 5 Enclosure Gutter Space A B C D Bolt Pattern E F G Standard Terminals 1 H Width Depth Width Depth Bending Horizontal Vertical Line Load Neutral Weight Lbs (kg) HKD (150–225A) 48.00 (1219.2) 20.81 (528.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.59 (269.0) 11.00 (279.4) 45.50 (1155.7) (1) #3–350 (1) #6–350 (3) #4–350 305 (138) HKD (300A) 56.00 (1422.4) 20.81 (528.6) 16.65 (422.0) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 13.59 (345.2) 11.00 (279.4) 53.50 (1358.9) (1) #3–350 (1) #6–350 (3) #4–350 305 (138) HLD (400A) 64.00 (1625.6) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.54 (267.7) 16.00 (406.4) 61.48 (1561.6) (1) 4/0–600 (2) #1–500 (6) 250–350 425 (193) HLD (400A) 2 53.00 (1346.2) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 11.85 (301.0) 16.00 (406.4) 50.48 (1282.2) (2) 3/0–350 (2) #1–500 (6) 250–350 425 (193) Switch Type Height HLD (600A) 64.00 (1625.6) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.54 (267.7) 16.00 (406.4) 61.48 (1561.6) (2) 3/0–350 (2) #1–500 (12) 4/0–500 425 (193) HLD (600A) 2 64.00 (1625.6) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.54 (267.7) 16.00 (406.4) 61.48 (1561.6) (2) 400–500 (2) #1–500 (12) 4/0–500 425 (193) (12) 4/0–500 510 (232) HMDL (600A) 76.74 (1949.2) 25.81 (655.6) 17.75 (450.8) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 17.73 (450.3) 16.00 (406.4) 75.15 (1908.8) (2) #1–500 HMDL (800A) 76.74 (1949.2) 25.81 (655.6) 17.75 (450.8) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 17.73 (450.3) 16.00 (406.4) 75.15 (1908.8) (3) 3/0–400 (3) 3/0–400 (12) 4/0–500 510 (232) NB (800–1000A) 76.74 (1949.2) 25.81 (655.6) 17.75 (450.8) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 17.58 (446.5) 16.00 (406.4) 75.15 (1908.8) (4) 4/0–500 (4) 4/0–500 (12) 4/0–500 570 (259) 30–150A Type MTHXFD Manual Dimensions C D E F G H Weight Lbs (kg) Power Panel Type B 22.88 (581.2) 13.13 (333.5) 22.74 (577.6) 22.62 (574.5) 24.50 (622.3) 9.78 (248.4) 10.28 (261.1) 32.31 (820.7) 143 (65) HFD 2.00 Latch (50.8) Open A B 0.75 Latch (19.1) Closed 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Power Panel and Transformer Panel A 5.00 (127.0) (2) #1–500 5 Height Width Depth 5 11.00 (279.4) 17.00 (431.8) 6.81 (173.0) 5 Power Panel 5 HKD 24.50 (622.3) 11.88 (301.8) 17.50 (444.5) HLD 26.00 (660.4) 16.88 (428.8) 17.50 (444.5) HMDL 36.25 (920.8) 16.88 (428.8) 17.50 (444.5) NB 36.25 (920.8) 16.88 (428.8) 19.00 (482.6) 5 HFD 22.00 (558.8) 16.50 (419.1) 6.50 (165.1) HKD, HLD, HMDL and NB 28.63 (727.2) 8.25 (209.6) 5.50 (139.7) 5 5 Transformer Panel B G E C D 5 C 5 Top of Lugs on Power Panel F 5 5 1.75 (44.45) H 1.25 (31.75) Power Panel F G Gutter Space 5 H D A 5 E 5 Transformer Panel Logic Panel Top View 5 Front View Side View Notes 1 Suitable for Cu or Al wire. Consult the factory for other available terminal sizes. 2 Alternate line terminals. 5 5 5 Dimensions are approximate and should not be used for construction purposes. 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-31 5.3 5 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Contents Non-Automatic Wallmount Description 5 Page Molded Case Switches—Manual Wallmount, 30–1000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Switches—Non-Automatic Wallmount Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Switches—Automatic Wallmount, 30–1000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Bypass Switches— Type MBHE 100–1000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-28 V2-T5-33 V2-T5-33 V2-T5-33 V2-T5-34 V2-T5-34 V2-T5-41 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Molded Case Switches—Non-Automatic Wallmount, 30–1000A Product Description Eaton’s wallmount nonautomatic transfer switches are designed for a variety of standby power applications for critical loads. In the event of a primary power source interruption, the user can manually transfer the load circuits to the standby power source through the use of an external pushbutton. Once primary power has been restored, the user can manually transfer the load circuits back to the primary power source through the use of an external pushbutton. 5 5 Device Panel Control Switch, Service Entrance Keyed Switch and Indication Lights 5 5 5 Application Description Non-automatic transfer switches cover applications ranging from 30–1000A through 600 Vac for manual configurations, open transition, standard or service entrance. Non-automatic transfer switches are manually initiated, but electrically operated designs. Front door-mounted controls allow the operator to initiate the transfer. Overcurrent trips may be added to the design for either or both the normal and emergency source. Service entrance ratings are available. Service Entrance Label (Optional) 5 5 5 5 5 Non-Automatic Switch with Doors Closed Note: Optional service entrance rating shown for this photo. 5 5 5 V2-T5-32 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Features and Benefits Features ● Molded case switch power contact assemblies ● Positive mechanical and electrical interlocking ● Permanently affixed manual operating handle ● Pushbutton operation Benefits ● High withstand, totally enclosed for maximum arc suppression and isolation during power transfer ● Optional trip units offer system overcurrent protection ● Prevents the paralleling of two sources of power ● Permits safe and convenient manual transfer of power under load via external pushbutton initiated operation Non-Automatic Transfer Switch Device panel shows controls to initiate the manual transfer and control indicating lights. In addition, an optional service entrance rating may be specified. Keyed switch is mounted on the device panel. 5.3 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Standards and Certifications ● ● 5 Complies with UL 1008 and UL 489 standards IBC seismic qualified 5 5 5 Catalog Number Selection 5 Non-Automatic Breaker-Based Transfer Switch 5 NT H E KD C 2 0100 W S U 5 Type NT = Non-automatic Orientation H = Horizontal V = Vertical Logic E = Electromechanical Mounting Frame Molded case device FD = 30–150A KD = 150–300A LD = 400–600A MD = 600–800A ND = 800–1000A Voltage B = 208V, 60 Hz E = 600V, 60 Hz G = 220V, 50/60 Hz H = 380V, 50 Hz K = 600V, 50 Hz O = 415V, 50 Hz W = 240V, 60 Hz X = 480V, 60 Hz Z = 365V, 50 Hz Amperes 0030 = 30A 0070 = 70A 0100 = 100A 0150 = 150A 0225 = 225A 0300 = 300A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A Fixed A = FM, N (MCS), E (MCS) B = FM, N (MCB), E (MCB) C = FM, N (MCB), E (MCS) D = FM, N (MCS), E (MCB) Certification U = UL 1008 listed R = UL recognized X = No listing K S R J D = = = = = 5 5 5 Enclosure Open NEMA 1 NEMA 3R NEMA 12 NEMA 4X 5 5 5 Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 5 5 5 Technical Data and Specifications Wallmount Transfer Switch Standard Terminal Data for Power Cable Connections 1 Transfer Switch Ratings—Systems Coordination Information—Withstand, Closing and Interrupting Ratings 2 Switch Ampere Rating Breaker Frame Line Side (Normal and Standby Source) Load Connection Neutral Connection Standard UL 1008 Three-Cycle—Horizontal and Vertical Industrial 30–100 HFD (1) #14–1/0 (1) #14–1/0 (3) #14–1/0 150–225 HFD (1) #6–300 (1) #6–300 (3) #4–300 225–300 HKD (1) #3–350 (1) #6–350 (3) #4–350 400 HLD (1) 4/0–600 (2) #1–500 (6) 250–350 600 HLD (1) 3/0–350 (2) #1–500 (6) 250–350 600 HMDL (2) #1–500 (2) #1–500 (12) 4/0–500 600 (four-pole) NB (3) 3/0–400 (3) 3/0–400 (3) 3/0–400 800 HMDL (3) 3/0–400 (3) 3/0–400 (12) 4/0–500 800 HNB (4) 4/0–500 (4) 4/0–500 (12) 4/0–500 1000 HNB (4) 4/0–500 (4) 4/0–500 (12) 4/0–500 ATS Ampere Rating Any Breaker Rating Ratings When Used with Upstream Fuse (kA) 240V 480V 600V Maximum Fuse Rating Fuse Type 3 600V 30 100 65 25 200 J, T 200 70 100 65 25 200 J, T 200 100 100 65 25 200 J, T 200 150 100 65 25 400 J, T 200 200 100 65 25 400 J, T 200 225 100 65 25 400 J, T 200 300 100 65 25 400 J, T 200 400 100 65 25 600 J, T 200 600 100 65 4 25 800/1200 J, T 100/200 800 65 50 4 25 1200/1600 L 100/200 1000 65 50 4 25 1600 L 200 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Notes 1 All terminals suitable for copper or aluminum conductors. For alternate terminal sizes, contact Eaton. 2 For maximum breaker ratings in circuits when the transfer switch is evaluated as a “Motor Branch Circuit Conductor,” refer to NEC Section 430.25 for sizing. 3 Class RK5 fuse with 100 kA rating. 4 Four-pole units rated 35 kA. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-33 5.3 5 5 5 5 5 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 30–1000A Types NTHE, NTVE Enclosure Gutter Space Bolt Pattern Switch Type A B C D E F G H Standard Terminals 1 Height Width Depth Width Depth Bending Horizontal Vertical Line Load Neutral Weight Lbs (kg) HFD (30–100A) 2 47.74 (1213.0) 20.81 (528.6) 15.22 (386.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 6.22 (157.9) 10.75 (273.0) 45.24 (1049.1) (1) #14–1/0 (1) #14–1/0 (3) #14–1/0 232 (105) 232 (105) HFD (150A) 2 47.74 (1213.0) 20.81 (528.6) 15.22 (386.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 6.22 (157.9) 10.75 (273.0) 45.24 (1049.1) (1) #6–300 (1) #6–300 (3) #4–300 5 HKD (150–225A) 48.00 (1219.2) 20.81 (528.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.59 (269.0) 11.00 (279.4) 45.50 (1155.7) (1) #3–350 (1) #6–350 (3) #4–350 305 (138) HKD (300A) 56.00 (1422.4) 20.81 (528.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 13.59 (345.2) 11.00 (279.4) 53.50 (1358.9) (1) #3–350 (1) #6–350 (3) #4–350 305 (138) 5 HLD (400A) 64.00 (1625.6) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.54 (267.7) 16.00 (406.4) 61.48 (1561.6) (1) 4/0–600 (2) #1–500 (6) 250–350 425 (193) HLD (400A) 3 53.00 (1346.2) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 11.85 (301.0) 16.00 (406.4) 50.48 (1282.2) (2) 3/0–350 (2) #1–500 (6) 250–350 425 (193) 5 HLD (600A) 64.00 (1625.6) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.54 (267.7) 16.00 (406.4) 61.48 (1561.6) (2) 3/0–350 (2) #1–500 (12) 4/0–500 425 (193) 5 HLD (600A) 3 64.00 (1625.6) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.54 (267.7) 16.00 (406.4) 61.48 (1561.6) (2) 400–500 (2) #1–500 (12) 4/0–500 425 (193) HMDL (600A) 76.74 (1949.2) 25.81 (655.6) 17.75 (450.8) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 17.73 (450.3) 16.00 (406.4) 75.15 (1908.8) (2) #1–500 (2) #1–500 (12) 4/0–500 510 (232) HMDL (800A) 76.74 (1949.2) 25.81 (655.6) 17.75 (450.8) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 17.73 (450.3) 16.00 (406.4) 75.15 (1908.8) (3) 3/0–400 (3) 3/0–400 (12) 4/0–500 510 (232) NB (800–1000A) 76.74 (1949.2) 25.81 (655.6) 17.75 (450.8) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 17.58 (446.5) 16.00 (406.4) 75.15 (1908.8) (4) 4/0–500 (4) 4/0–500 (12) 4/0–500 570 (259) 5 5 5 D 5 Gutter Space 5 Power Panel Power Panel and Transformer Panel Power Panel Type E Transformer Panel Logic Panel 5 5 B G 5 C Top of Lugs on Power Panel 5 5 11.00 (279.4) 17.00 (431.8) 6.81 (173.0) HKD 24.50 (622.3) 11.88 (301.8) 17.50 (444.5) 17.50 (444.5) HLD 26.00 (660.4) 16.88 (428.8) HMDL 36.25 (920.8) 16.88 (428.8) 17.50 (444.5) NB 36.25 (920.8) 16.88 (428.8) 19.00 (482.6) HFD 22.00 (558.8) 16.50 (419.1) 6.50 (165.1) HKD, HLD, HMDL and NB 28.63 (727.2) 8.25 (209.6) F 5.50 (139.7) Notes 1 Suitable for Cu or Al wire. Consult the factory for other available terminal sizes. 2 NTHE with multi-tap voltage selection panel. 3 Alternate line terminals. A 5 5 5 5 Front View Side View 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-34 Depth HFD H 5 Width Transformer Panel 5 5 Height Power Panel Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs 5.3 Contents Automatic Wallmount Description Page Molded Case Switches—Manual Wallmount, 30–1000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Switches—Non-Automatic Wallmount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Switches—Automatic Wallmount, 30–1000A Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Bypass Switches— Type MBHE 100–1000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T5-28 V2-T5-32 V2-T5-38 V2-T5-38 V2-T5-39 V2-T5-40 V2-T5-41 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Molded Case Switches—Automatic Wallmount, 30–1000A Product Description Eaton’s wallmount transfer switches are designed for a variety of standby power applications for critical loads. They provide flexibility, reliability and value in a compact package. In the event of a primary power source interruption, a transfer switch provides an effective means to transfer the load circuits to an alternate power source while reducing the possibility of injury or property damage. Wallmount transfer switches meet or exceed all industry standards for endurance, reliability and performance. These breaker-based designs can be applied with the ATC-100, ATC-300+ or ATC-900 controllers. Application Description Suitable for emergency and standby systems (all loads). 5 Features, Benefits and Functions Industrial Design Highlights ● Double-throw, mechanically interlocked transfer mechanism ● High withstand and closing ratings ● Seismic qualified (BOCA®, CBC, IBC, UBC) Standard Features ● Auxiliary relay contacts: ● Source 1 present 2NO and 2NC ● Source 2 present 2NO and 2NC ● Switch position indication contacts: ● Source 1 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 2 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 1 and Source 2 sensing: ● Undervoltage/ underfrequency ● Overvoltage/ overfrequency ● Three-phase rotation protection ● Three-phase voltage unbalance/loss ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Pretransfer signal contacts 1NO/1NC Go to emergency (Source 2) Seven field-programmable time delays LCD-based display for programming, system diagnostic and Help message display Mimic diagram with source available and connected LED indication Time-stamped history log System TEST pushbutton Programmable plant exerciser—OFF, daily, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval selectable run time 0–600 minutes no load/ load with fail-safe Safe manual operation under full load with permanently affixed operating handle Optional Features ● Suitable for use as service equipment in the standard enclosure size ● Available SPD for power/ controller, engine start circuit, phone and cable connections ● Integrated distribution panels ● Field-selectable multi-tap transformer panel permits operation on a wide range of system voltages ● Integral overcurrent protection ● Not available on contactor transfer switch ● Space heater with thermostat ● Ammeter—load side ● Stainless steel cover for controller ● ATC-100 and ATC-900 controllers available ● Modbus RTU via RS-485 ● Source 2 inhibit ● Manual retransfer to normal ● Remote annunciator with control ● Ethernet communication (PXG 400 Gateway) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-35 5.3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Basic Components of Automatic Transfer Switches Source 1 and Load Power Cable Connections Automatic Transfer Controller (ATC-300+) ■ Monitors Power Sources ■ Initiates Power Transfers Control Service Disconnect (Service Equipment Rated Switches Only) Surge Suppression Device (Optional) Permanently Affixed Manual Transfer Handle Provides Safe Manual Transfer Under Full Load Customer Control Connections Power Switching Panel (With Deadfront Cover Installed) Service Disconnect Switch (Keyed) (Service Equipment Rated Switches Only) Source 2 Power Cable Connections Transformer Panel ■ Steps Line Power Down to 120 Vac for Logic and Electrical Operator ■ Available Multi-Tap Voltage Selector (See Page V2-T5-37 for additional details) Space Heater (Optional) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Eaton’s Superior Design Transfer Switch Characteristics Unmatched Performance and Versatility Eaton’s family of wallmount transfer switches offers unmatched performance, versatility and value for power switching applications. At the heart of these designs is Eaton’s molded case switch, designed specifically to meet UL 1008. Superior Main Contact Structure All Eaton wallmount transfer switches meet or exceed the standards set forth in UL 1008 and UL 489. No other transfer switch manufacturer has met the rigid testing requirements of this combination of standards. Completely enclosed contacts add a measure of safety and reliability. It also ensures the integrity of the contact assemblies and minimizes the need for periodic maintenance of the contacts, reducing downtime. Fast, Powerful and Safe Power Switching Mechanism The power panel utilizes a unidirectional gear motor mechanism. The power panel can be operated manually under a FULL LOAD. Molded Case Switch Features ● True four-pole switched neutral availability ● Totally enclosed contact assembly Optional Integral Overcurrent Protection Capability For service entrance and other applications, trip units can be integrated into the power switching section. This eliminates the need for separate upstream protective devices, saving cost and space. Optional Thermal-Magnetic or Electronic Trip Units Molded Case Switch 5 V2-T5-36 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Mechanical Interlock Wallmount transfer switches feature a rear-mounted, fail-safe mechanical interlock to prevent paralleling of sources. This is, in addition to software interlocking and the interlocking inherently provided by the transfer mechanism. Multi-Tap Voltage Selector Eaton’s industry-exclusive Multi-Tap system voltage selector allows our transfer switch to be applied on most system voltages just by proper insertion of the selector plug. Available in two configurations: Worldwide Multi-Tap with 600, 480, 415, 380, 240, 220 and 208 Vac, single- and three-phase, 50 and 60 Hz taps. North American Multi-Tap with 600, 480, 240, 208 and 120 Vac, single- and threephase, 60 Hz taps. North American Voltage Selector North American multi-tap transformer comes with 600, 480, 240, 208 and 120 Vac, single- and three-phase, and 60 Hz taps, which are all field selectable. Simply remove the steel cover and move the appropriate blue flag terminal to the desired voltage. All switches are shipped with the blue flag in the 600V position. 5.3 Transformer Panel Location 5 5 5 Transformer Panel Transformer Panel Opened Transformer Panel Allows for Easy Field Changes to Voltage Configurations 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Typical (225–1000A) Vertical Design Transfer Switch Equipment Triple Interlocks Load Bus Assembly The load bus can be oriented for either top or bottom access. Top entry is standard. Ease of Maintenance Keyed quick-disconnect plugs are provided for easy and complete isolation of the control circuitry. Maintenance can be performed on the logic independent from the power sections and still allow the user to manually transfer power under full load conditions. 5 Load Lugs (Top Entry) Multi-Tap Voltage Selector 5 Power Panel Control Power Disconnect Switch Normal Power Source Molded Case Switch Neutral Connections Manual Operating Handle Service Disconnect Load Bus Indicator Wheel Voltage Selection Panel (Domestic) Transfer Mechanism 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Load Bus 5 Logic Disconnect Plugs Motor Brake Board 5 Emergency Power Source Molded Case Switch 5 Shown Without the Deadfront 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-37 5.3 5 5 5 5 5 5 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Standards and Certifications They are listed under Underwriters Laboratories UL 1008 Standard for transfer switch equipment and are optionally available as suitable for emergency and standby systems as defined in NFPA 99 for health care facilities. ● ● UL 1008 listed CSA C22.2 No. 178 certified 5 5 5 Catalog Number Selection 5 Molded Case Transfer Switch 5 AT V 3 KD A 3 0400 X S U 5 5 Type 5 Orientation H = Horizontal V = Vertical C = Contactor 5 Logic 5 1 = ATC-100 3 = ATC-300+ 9 = ATC-900 5 5 5 5 Voltage Amperes Frame Size (Amperes) 5 5 Certification AT = Automatic Molded case device 1 FD = 30–150 KD = 225–300 LD = 400 MD = 600 (three-pole only) NB = 800–1000 2 Switch 3 A B C D X = S1 (MCS) S2 (MCS) = S1 (MCB) S2 (MCB) = S1 (MCB) S2 (MCS) = S1 (MCS) S2 (MCB) = Fix mounted contactor Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 2 0030 0070 0100 0150 0200 0225 0300 0320 0400 0600 0800 1000 = 30A = 70A = 100A = 150A = 200A = 225A = 300A = 320A = 400A = 600A 2 = 800A = 1000A B E G H K O W X = 208V, 60 Hz = 600V, 60 Hz = 220V, 50/60 Hz = 380V, 50 Hz = 600V, 50 Hz = 415V, 50 Hz = 240V, 60 Hz = 480V, 60 Hz Notes 1 HFD = 200 and 225A, HLD = 600A, HMD = 800A for 240/120 Vac single-phase, three-wire and 208Y/120 Vac three-phase, four-wire systems only. 2 Four-pole 600A will use an NB breaker. 3 MCB = Molded Case Breaker, MCS = Molded Case Switch. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-38 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com U = UL listed R = UL recognized X = No listing Enclosure K = Open S = NEMA 1 J = NEMA 12 R = NEMA 3R D = NEMA 4X Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs 5.3 Technical Data and Specifications 5 Electrical Ratings ● Molded case and circuit breaker 30–1000A ● Two-, three- or four-pole ● Up to 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz ● NEMA 1, 3R, 4X, 12, open 5 Molded Case Transfer Switch and Circuit Breaker 5 5 5 Wallmount Transfer Switch Standard Terminal Data for Power Cable Connections 2 5 Breaker Frame Line Side (Normal and Standby Source) Load Connection Neutral Connection 5 600 Vac Switch Ampere Rating J, T 200 30–100 HFD (1) #14–1/0 (1) #14–1/0 (3) #14–1/0 400 J, T 200 150–225 HFD (1) #6–300 (1) #6–300 (3) #4–300 400 J, T 200 150–225 HKD (1) #3–350 (1) #6–350 (3) #4–350 25 400 J, T 200 225–300 HKD (1) #3–350 (1) #6–350 (3) #4–350 25 600 J, T 200 400 HLD (1) 4/0–600 (2) #1–500 (6) 250–350 25 1200 J, T 200 600 HLD (1) 3/0–350 (2) #1–500 (6) 250–350 HMDL (2) #1–500 (2) #1–500 (12) 4/0–500 UL 1008 Withstand and Close-On Ratings (kA) UL 1008 3-Cycle Any Breaker Rating Ratings When Used with Upstream Fuse 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Maximum Fuse Rating Fuse Type 30–100 100 65 25 200 150 100 65 25 225 100 65 25 300 100 65 400 100 65 600 100 65 1 Switch Ampere Rating 1 25 1600 L 200 600 25 1600 L 200 600 (four-pole) NB (3) 3/0–400 (3) 3/0–400 (3) 3/0–400 800 HMDL (3) 3/0–400 (3) 3/0–400 (12) 4/0–500 800 HNB (4) 4/0–500 (4) 4/0–500 (12) 4/0–500 1000 HNB (4) 4/0–500 (4) 4/0–500 (12) 4/0–500 800 65 50 1000 65 50 1 Notes 1 For 600, 800 and 1000A ratings, four-pole units are rated 35 kA at 480 volts. 2 All terminals suitable for copper or aluminum conductors. For alternate terminal sizes, contact Eaton. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-39 5.3 5 5 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Dimension Views 5 B G 5 C Top of Lugs on Power Panel 5 F 5 5 5 H D Power Panel 5 Gutter Space A E Transformer Panel Logic Panel 5 Top View 5 Front View Side View 5 Breaker-Based and Molded Case Transfer Switches 5 Switch Rating Amperes 5 Enclosure Switch Type Standard Terminals 1 Gutter Space Bolt Pattern A B C D E G H Height Width Depth Width Depth Horizontal Vertical Line Side (Normal Load and Standby Source) Connection Neutral Connection Weight Lbs (kg) Molded Case 30–100 HFD 2 47.74 (1213.0) 20.81 (528.6) 15.22 (386.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.75 (273.0) 46.44 (1180.0) — — — 232 (105) 150–225 HFD 2 47.74 (1213.0) 20.81 (528.6) 15.22 (386.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.75 (273.0) 46.44 (1180.0) — — — 232 (105) 30–100 HFD 3 47.74 (1213.0) 20.81 (528.6) 15.22 (386.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.75 (273.0) 46.44 (1180.0) — — — 232 (105) 150 HFD 3 47.74 (1213.0) 20.81 (528.6) 15.22 (386.6) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.75 (273.0) 46.44 (1180.0) — — — 232 (105) 5 150–225 HFD 2 35.61 (904.0) — — — 150 (68) 5 150–225 HKD 56.00 (1422.4) 20.81 (528.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 11.00 (279.4) 45.50 (1155.7) — — — 305 (134) 300 HKD 53.00 (1346.2) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 16.00 (406.4) 53.50 (1358.9) — — — 295 (134) 5 400 HLD 64.00 (1625.6) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 16.00 (406.4) 61.48 (1561.6) — — — 425 (193) 400 HLD 2 53.00 (1346.0) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 16.00 (406.4) 51.50 (1308.0) — — — 425 (193) 5 600 HLD 64.00 (1625.6) 25.81 (655.6) 16.65 (422.9) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 16.00 (406.4) 62.50 (1588.0) — — — 475 (214) 480 (218) 5 5 5 5 5 5 20.06 (509.5) 11.34 (288.0) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 10.75 (273.0) 34.31 (904.0) 600 HMDL 76.74 (1949.2) 25.81 (655.6) 17.75 (450.8) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 16.00 (406.4) 75.15 (1908.8) — — — 800 HMDL 2 76.74 (1949.2) 25.81 (655.6) 17.75 (450.8) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 16.00 (406.4) 75.15 (1908.8) — — — 510 (232) 800–1000 HNB 76.74 (1949.2) 25.81 (655.6) 17.75 (450.8) 8.00 (203.2) 4.00 (101.6) 16.00 (406.4) 75.15 (1908.8) — — — 570 (259) Notes 1 Suitable with copper only. 2 Alternate line terminals. 3 With multi-tap voltage selection panel. 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-40 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5.3 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Contents Type MBHE Maintenance Bypass Switch Description Page Molded Case Switches—Manual Wallmount, 30–1000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Switches—Non-Automatic Wallmount. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Switches—Automatic Wallmount, 30–1000A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance Bypass Switches— Type MBHE 100–1000A Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T5-28 V2-T5-32 V2-T5-35 V2-T5-42 V2-T5-42 V2-T5-43 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Maintenance Bypass Switches—Type MBHE 100–1000A Product Description Features and Benefits Eaton’s maintenance bypass switch is a UL 1008-listed device that provides a simple and effective means for bypassing un-interruptible power supplies while maintaining continuity of power to the critical computer loads. A maintenance bypass switch is a requirement on every UPS installation in order to accommodate the maintenance and testing of the UPS system. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Make-before-break electrical operation Lockout circuit to be wired into the UPS bypass authorization Pilot devices to show UPS position “Normal” and “Bypassed” Pilot device to show “Lockout” enabled Reliable manually initiated electrical operation High interrupting ratings are standard Molded case switch designs are available Solid neutral connections are standard Standards and Certifications ● ● ● ● Safe and reliable operation is ensured due to the simple and durable switching design Unauthorized bypass is prevented by the need of UPS system to send the bypass authorized signal 100% current ratings makes selection to the UPS kVA ratings easy to accomplish Use of interrupting rating switches makes the maintenance bypass switches adaptable to systems with high levels of available fault current ● UL 1008 listing— File E61639 5 5 5 5 5 Diagram 5 Single Line Diagram of Maintenance Bypass Switch Incoming from Switchboard UPS Input Breaker UPS System Maintenance Bypass Switch Computer Loads 5 5 5 5 Lockout Circuit 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-41 5.3 5 5 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Catalog Number Selection Transfer Switch Equipment MB H E FD A 3 0030 A S U 5 5 Type Certification MB = Maintenance Bypass 5 Voltage Frame Size (Amperes) 5 Orientation H = Horizontal 5 Logic 5 Molded case FD = HFD (100A, 150A) KD = HKD (150A, 225A, 300A) LD = HLD (400A) NB = NB (600A, 1000A) E = Electromechanical 5 Amperes Number of Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Switch 0100 0150 0225 0300 0400 0600 0800 1000 = 100A = 150A = 225A = 300A = 400A = 600A = 800A = 1000A A B W X = 120V, 60 Hz = 208V, 60 Hz = 240V, 60 Hz = 480V, 60 Hz Enclosure K = Open S = NEMA 1 J = NEMA 12 R = NEMA 3R D = NEMA 4X A = Fix mounted, molded case switch (MCS) both 5 5 U = UL listed Technical Data and Specifications Maintenance Bypass Switch 5 5 5 Normal Power Connections Bypass Power Connections 5 Transfer Mechanism 5 5 Logic Disconnect Plugs 5 Maintenance Bypass Switch Control Panel Solid Neutral Bar Load Power Connections 5 UPS Lockout Circuit Connection 5 5 Standard Withstand, Closing and Interrupting Ratings 1 5 Transfer Switch Ampere Rating Rating When Used with Upstream Circuit Breaker Suggested Breaker Rating 2 240V 480V Maximum Fuse Rating Fuse Type 480V 5 100 100 100 65 200 J, T 200 150 150 100 65 400 J, T 200 5 225 225 100 65 400 J, T 200 5 300 300 100 65 400 J, T 3 200 400 400 65 35 600 J, T 200 5 600 600 65 50 4 800/1200 J, T 100/200 800 800 65 50 4 1200/1600 L 100/200 5 1000 1000 65 50 4 1600 L 200 5 5 5 Rating When Used with Upstream Fuse Notes 1 Tested in accordance with UL 1008. 2 For maximum breaker rating in circuits where the transfer switch is evaluated as a “motor branch circuit conductor” refer to the NEC Section 430.25 for sizing. 3 Also can use Class RK5 fuse with 100 kA rating. 4 Four-pole units rated 35 kA. To attain the maximum rating shown in the chart, when protected by an upstream breaker, the upstream device must have an equivalent interrupting rating. V2-T5-42 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5.3 Transfer Switches Breaker-Based Designs Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 Manual Transfer and Maintenance Bypass Switches—100–150A Type MTHXFD Manual /100–1000A Type MBHE Maintenance Bypass 5 Manual and Maintenance Bypass Enclosures 5 Dimensions Amperes A B C E G H 100–150 22.88 (581.2) 13.13 (333.5) 22.74 (577.6) 24.50 (622.3) 10.28 (261.1) 32.31 (820.7) 225–300 38.88 (987.6) 29.13 (739.9) 35.74 (907.8) 37.50 (952.5) 17.78 (438.9) 55.81 (1417.6) 400 38.88 (987.6) 29.13 (739.9) 35.74 (907.8) 37.50 (952.5) 17.78 (438.9) 55.81 (1417.6) 600 38.88 (987.6) 29.13 (739.9) 49.74 (1263.4) 51.50 (1308.1) 17.78 (438.9) 55.81 (1417.6) 800 38.88 (987.6) 29.13 (739.9) 49.74 (1263.4) 51.50 (1308.1) 17.78 (438.9) 55.81 (1417.6) 1000 38.88 (987.6) 29.13 (739.9) 59.74 (1517.4) 61.50 (1562.1) 17.78 (438.9) 55.81 (1417.6) 5 5 5 5 5 5 Manual and Maintenance Bypass Switches A 2.00 (50.8) Latch Open 5 B 0.75 (19.05) Latch Closed 5 5.00 (127.0) 5 5 5 C E 5 5 5 1.75 (44.5) 5 5 H 1.25 (31.8) 5 G 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-43 5.4 5 Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Designs Contents Floor-Standing Magnum Transfer Switch Description 5 Power Case Switch—Floorstanding, 200–5000A Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switch, 200–5000A . . . 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Power Case Switch—Floorstanding, 200–5000A 5 Product Description Application Description Eaton’s Magnum transfer switches are designed for a variety of standby power applications for critical and noncritical loads. They monitor both Source 1 (Normal) and Source 2 (Emergency) power sources. In the event of a Source 1 power interruption, these switches will automatically transfer the load circuits to the Source 2 power source. Once Source 1 power source has been restored, the process is automatically reversed. The Magnum family of transfer switches covers applications ranging from 200 to 5000A through 600 Vac. Some of the applications are: automatic or non-automatic configurations, open or closed transition and standard or rated suitable for use as service entrance. They are designed for applications where total system coordination must be accomplished while achieving a high level of Withstand, Interrupting, and Closing performance. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Automatic Transfer Open Transition Open transition type Magnum transfer switches use the Eaton programmable ATC-900 microprocessor-based logic controller. Automatic Transfer Closed Transition Closed transition applications feature the ATC-900 closed transition logic controller. Drawout construction is available for applications, such as critical life-support systems, where preventive maintenance, inspection and testing must be accomplished while maintaining continuity of power to the load. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-44 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T5-45 V2-T5-48 V2-T5-48 V2-T5-49 V2-T5-49 V2-T5-50 V2-T5-53 Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Design 5.4 Features, Benefits and Functions Industrial Design Highlights ● Freestanding enclosure ● High withstand ratings ● 100 kA standard ● ● 3-cycle rating ● 85 kA standard 30-cycle rating ● Dual drawout on ATS ● and bypass Deadfront ● Safe manual transfer ● under load Electrically operated ● Magnum stored energy mechanism ● ● ● ● ● (<3 cycles) Multi-tap transformer True four-pole switched neutral Mechanically interlocked Integral overcurrent trip option Integrated service entrance rating option ● OSHPD listed Standard Features ● ATC-900 controller ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Quick make / quick break—switching times ● ● ● Switch position contacts: ● Source 1 position 1NO/1NC ● Source 2 position 1NO/1NC Source 1 and Source 2 sensing: ● Undervoltage/ underfrequency ● Overvoltage/ overfrequency Field-programmable time delays ● Time delay engine start ● Time delay normal to emergency ● Time emergency to normal ● Time delay engine cooldown ● Time delay emergency failure diagnostics and Help menu Mimic diagram with source available and connected LED indication Four programmable inputs and outputs Standard Modbus 485 USB port for set point downloads and event recording uploads Password-protected access to control functions and set point programming Two automatic plant exercisers—load or no load, daily, 7-, 14-, 28-day or calendar date operation, 0–600 minute runtime Optional Features ● Available UL 1449 Third Edition surge protection ● Automatic transfer device (SPD) ● Drawout cassette on ATS and bypass Source available contacts: ● Source 1 available 1NO/1NC ● Source 2 available 1NO/1NC LCD color-based display for programming, system ● ● ● ● ● ● ● operation with selectable (via programming) nonautomatic or automatic retransfer with fail-safe Space heater with thermostat Digital multi-function power quality metering DC power input for uninterrupted monitoring of ATS status Integrated load metering Expandable I/O (up to 20 I/O total) EtherNet TCP/IP communications Integrated service entrance option Optional remote annunciator 5 Unmatched Performance and Versatility The Eaton family of Magnum transfer switches offers unmatched performance, versatility and value for standby power applications. At the heart of these designs is the Magnum switch with the following features: Superior Main Contact Structure All Eaton Magnum Transfer Switches meet or exceed the standards set forth in UL 1008 and UL 489 with high withstand, totally enclosed Magnum switches. No other transfer switch manufacturer has met the rigid testing requirements of this combination of standards. Completely enclosed contacts add a measure of safety and reliability. They also ensure the integrity of the contact assemblies and minimize the need for periodic maintenance of the contacts, reducing downtime and maintenance time. These trip settings may be set for what are considered extremely high currents for much longer durations than the three-cycle withstand test required under UL 1008. To facilitate improved coordination, Eaton Magnum transfer switches have been tested and are provided with 30-cycle, extended withstand ratings. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Magnum Power Case Switch Optional Integral Overcurrent Protection Capability 5 5 5 5 Fast, Powerful and Safe Switching Mechanism The mechanism uses a high speed less than or equal to a 3-cycle stored energy switching mechanism. This mechanism can be operated manually under a FULL LOAD. Ease of Coordination and Application— Short-Time Withstand The use of electronic trips has allowed performance curve shaping to facilitate proper system coordination. The most significant is the “short time” rated trip unit. 5 5 5 5 Optional DigitripTM Magnum Trip Unit Service Entrance For service entrance and other applications, Digitrip solid-state trip units can be integrated into the power switching section. This eliminates the need for separate upstream protective devices, saving cost and space. Available with various combinations of long, short time, instantaneous, ground fault protection and communication. Overcurrent trip selection can be made from the series of Eaton Digitrip RMS trip units including the standard Digitrip 520 or optional 520M, 520MC or 1150. Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-45 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5.4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Controller Primary Functions The ATC-900 Automatic Transfer Switch Controller offers these standard features: ● 5 ● 5 ● 5 5 5 ● ● ● ● 5 5 ● 5 ● 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Magnum-Based Design Controller Logic The ATC-900 Automatic Transfer Switch Controller from Eaton is a comprehensive, multifunction, microprocessorbased automatic transfer switch controller and meter. It is designed to accurately monitor power sources and provide the necessary intelligence to reliably operate a transfer switch through a series of programmed sensing and timing functions. The ATC-900 provides an unmatched degree of programming flexibility to address the needs of any system. 5 5 Transfer Switches Monitor normal and emergency source voltages and frequencies Provide transfer and re-transfer control signals Provide engine/generator starting and shutdown signals Permit customer programming of operational set points Display real-time and historical information Permit system testing Store customer and factory-established parameters in nonvolatile memory Provide faceplate source status indication Provides an LCD-based display for programming and status readout Controller Flexible Configurations The ATC-900 controller includes four programmable inputs and outputs as a standard offering. The inputs and outputs can be assigned functions from a preset list of options, either at the factory or in the field. Additional I/O can be added at any time by adding an external I/O module. Each I/O module contains four inputs and outputs, and up to four modules can be daisy chained to the ATC-900 controller. V2-T5-46 Controller Diagnostics and Troubleshooting Eaton’s ATC-900 controller provides users with data required to quickly identify the root cause of a backup power system failure and minimize system downtime. With the DCT module, the ATC-900 stores 4 seconds of metered data every 20 msec for certain events. The data is captured 2 seconds before and 2 seconds after the event (except for a power failure, which is 4 seconds before). Oscillographic data for 10 events is stored in the controller and may be downloaded over USB or displayed graphically. Controller Communications Every ATC-900 controller includes a standard Modbus RTU communications interface with an option to upgrade to Modbus TCP/IP. The ATC-900 is also compatible with Eaton’s Power Xpert Gateway for web-based monitoring, Modbus TCP/IP, SNMP or BACnet®/IP. The Power Xpert Gateway can be used to consolidate data from up to 64 devices, including communications ready transfer switch controllers, trip units and meters, as well as other Eaton devices. Versions of the Power Xpert Gateway include email event notification and data-logging functionality. Magnum Fixed Mount Transfer Switch Deadfronts The Magnum transfer switch comes standard with two deadfront panels mounted over the Magnum power case switch or breaker. These deadfronts provide additional protection isolation from any power connections. The power connections for Source 1, Source 2 and Load connections are all in the back compartment of the transfer switch. 2000A Three-Pole Fixed Design NEMA Behind-the-Door Enclosure Eaton’s drawout Magnum switch should be considered for any systems requiring either greater redundancy, easier maintainability, or where true selective coordination is desired. Interlocking for Open Transition Applications The open transition type Magnum transfer switches feature both mechanical (cable) and electrical interlocking to prevent paralleling of sources. Eaton’s drawout Magnum switch provides the capability to isolate either of the two power sources (Source 1 or Source 2) and its associated logic while maintaining power to the load. Each switching section is independent and can be replaced either with a spare switch, or for less critical replacement needs, a replacement unit is available from the factory. Ease of Maintenance Keyed quick-disconnect plugs are provided for easy and complete isolation of the control circuitry. Mechanical Cable Interlock Multi-Tap Voltage Selector Allows the transfer switch to be readily applied on most system voltages worldwide by connecting to the proper terminals. Available system voltages include 120, 208, 220, 230, 240, 380, 401, 415, 480, or 600 Vac, 50 or 60 Hz. Maintenance can be performed on the logic independent from the power sections and still allow the user to manually transfer power under full load conditions. Voltage Selection Terminals 2000A, Four-Pole, NEMA 1 Enclosed, Through-the-Door Design Logic Disconnect Plugs Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Design 5.4 Typical Layout 5 Power Panel Performs Power Transfer Between Source 1 and Source 2 Using Magnum Power Case Switches or Circuit Breakers 5 5 5 5 5 5 Side-to-Side Ledge Contact Wear Inspection Area (Ledge Not Visible Under Contacts) Electrical Operator Pushbutton 5 Side-to-Side Ledge 5 Contact Wear Inspection Area (Ledge Now Becoming Visible Under Contacts) Contact Wear Indicator— Contacts Closed and in Good Condition 5 5 Contact Wear Indicator— Contacts Closed and Wear is Indicated 5 5 Basic Switch Components of Magnum Automatic Transfer Switches 5 5 5 5 Source 1 Connections 5 5 Neutral Connections 5 Load Connections 5 5 5 5 Source 2 Connections Side View of Magnum Side or Rear Access Required (Half-High Side Panels and Back Panels are Not Shown) Bottom Entry Area Neutral Assembly 5 5 5 Magnum-Based Transfer Switches 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-47 5.4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Design Product Selection Eaton transfer switch equipment offers flexibility and versatility to the system designer and user. All switches include the basic features necessary for normal operation as standard. Eaton also offers an extensive array of optional features/ accessories that allows the user to customize a new transfer switch to match the application. Select the appropriate catalog number for the application. Then choose any optional features/accessories needed to complete the project requirements. Catalog Number: ATV9MGB33200XRU with Optional Features 16B and 37B The example above would specify the following: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Automatic transfer switch Vertical configuration ATC-900 logic Magnum DS frame Fixed mount Three-pole 3200A 480V NEMA 1 enclosure UL listed ATC-900 transfer logic 5 5 5 Magnum Automatic and Non-Automatic Transfer Switches 200–5000A AT V 9 MG B 3 3200 X R U Type Listing AT = Automatic CT = Closed transition NT = Non-auto U = UL listed CSA listed Logic 9 = ATC-900 E = Electromechanical Orientation Frame V = Vertical MG = Magnum DS 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ● Using the catalog numbering system provides an overview of the ten basic style/feature categories that generate the 15-digit catalog number. 5 5 ● Integral overcurrent protection both sources Service entrance rated with ground fault protection if service entrance rating was selected Seismic qualified Catalog Number Selection 5 5 ● Legend: PCS = Power Case Switch PCB = Power Circuit Breaker Amperes Switch A = Fixed mount, power case switch PCS both B = Fixed mount, power case circuit breaker PCB both C = Fixed mount, PCB normal, PCS emergency D = Fixed mount, PCS normal, PCB emergency E = Drawout, PCS both F = Drawout, PCB both G = Drawout, PCB normal, PCS emergency H = Drawout, PCS normal, PCB emergency Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 0200 = 200A 0300 = 300A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A Voltage A = 120V, 60 Hz, three-phase, three-wire B = 208/120V, 60 Hz, three-phase, four-wire E = 600V, 60 Hz, three-phase, three-wire E = 600V, 60 Hz, three-phase, four-wire G = 220/127V, 50 Hz, three-phase, four-wire H = 380/220V, 50 Hz, three-phase, four-wire O = 415/240V, 50 Hz, three-phase, four-wire W = 240/120V, 60 Hz, single-phase, three-wire W = 240V, 60 Hz, three-phase, three-wire W = 240/120V, 60 Hz, three-phase, four-wire hi-leg X = 480V, 60 Hz, three-phase, three-wire X = 480/277V, 60 Hz, three-phase, four-wire X = 480/240V, 50 Hz, single-phase, two-wire Note 1 Available on fixed-mounted units up to 3200A. 2 4000A and 5000A available as drawout configuration only. 5 5 5 V2-T5-48 1600 = 1600A 2000 = 2000A 2500 = 2500A 3000 = 3000A 3200 = 3200A 4000 = 4000A 2 5000 = 5000A 2 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Enclosure K = Open 1 S = NEMA 1 R = NEMA 3R T = Through-door design 5.4 Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Designs Standards and Certifications Technical Data and Specifications Eaton Magnum transfer switches meet or exceed all industry standards for endurance, reliability and performance. They are listed under Underwriters Laboratories UL 1008 Standard for transfer switch equipment. With certain options, they also comply with Source 2 and standby system requirements as defined in NFPA 99 for health care facilities. Floor-Standing Magnum Transfer Switch ● Ambient temperature range: –40°C to 40°C (–40°F to 104°F) ● Operating temperature range: –20°C to 70°C (–4°F to 158°F) ● Operating humidity: up to 90% ● Relative humidity (noncondensing) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● UL 1008—standard for safety for automatic transfer switches up to 4000A; 5000A available as UL 891 only UL 489—standard for circuit breakers and molded case switches CSA 22.2-178—Canadian transfer switch standard NEC Articles—code sections 517, 700, 701, 702—applicable switch equipment NFPA 110—Source 2 and Standby Power Systems NFPA 99—health care facilities EGSA 100S—standard for transfer switches NEMA ICS10—Standard for transfer switch equipment UBC—Uniform Building Code for Seismic Zone 4 ISO® 9000—International Organization for Standardization CBC—California Building Code IBC—International Building Code BOCA—Building Officials Code Administrators Magnum Drawout Transfer Switch ● 200–5000A ● Two-, three-, four-pole (except 4000A: threeand four-pole only) ● 120–600 Vac ● 100,000A withstand/ closing/interrupting at 480 Vac ● Short-time withstand– 85,000 for 30 cycles Magnum Fixed-Mount Transfer Switch ● 200–3200A ● Two-, three-, four-pole (except 3200A: two- and three-pole only) ● 120–600 Vac ● 100,000A withstand/ closing/interrupting at 3 cycle ● Short-time withstand– 85,000 for 30 cycles Magnum Drawout Transfer Switches Automatic and Non-Automatic Transfer Switches Enclosures meet all current applicable NEMA and UL standards for conduit entry, cable bending, gutter space and shielding of live components. NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R Enclosures Magnum transfer switches are supplied with a front door only. The NEMA 3R are provided with a door within a door design. The Magnum transfer switch requires rear access. If placed against a wall, then a minimum of 3 feet is needed as well as side access on at least one of the sides. Access to cable space can be via the side, bottom, top or rear. 5 Transfer Switch Withstand Ratings 5 Systems Coordination Information—Withstand, Closing and Interrupting Ratings Transfer Switch Ampere Rating 3-Cycle Short-Circuit 600V (kA) 30-Cycle 1 Short-Time 600V (kA) 800 100 85 1000 100 85 1200 100 85 1600 100 85 2000 100 85 2500 100 85 3000 100 85 3200 100 85 4000 100 — UL 1008 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 UL 891 2 4000 — 85 5000 — 85 2 Notes 1 Ratings used for coordination with upstream breakers with short-time ratings. 2 UL 1066 short-time withstand rating. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-49 5.4 5 5 5 5 5 Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Designs Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 200–3200A Fixed-Mount NEMA 1 Magnum Fixed-Mount Transfer Switches Ampere Rating Number of Poles A Height B Width C Depth Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 2 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 48.00 (1219.2) 1050 (477) 200–2000 3 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 48.00 (1219.2) 1050 (477) 200–2000 4 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 48.00 (1219.2) 1250 (568) 5 2500–3200 2 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 48.00 (1219.2) 1900 (863) 2500–3200 3 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 48.00 (1219.2) 1900 (863) 5 2500–3200 4 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 48.00 (1219.2) 2000 (910) 4000 1 — 1 1 1 1 5 5000 1 — 1 1 1 1 5 200–2000 2 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 63.00 (1600.2) 1600 (726) 5 200–2000 3 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 63.00 (1600.2) 1600 (726) 200–2000 4 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 63.00 (1600.2) 1800 (817) 5 2500–3200 2 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 63.00 (1600.2) 2400 (1090) 2500–3200 3 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 63.00 (1600.2) 2400 (1090) A NEMA 3R Enclosed Fixed-Mount Transfer Switch 5 2500–3200 4 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 63.00 (1600.2) 2500 (1135) — 1 1 1 5 4000 — 5000 — 1 1 1 — 5 C NEMA 1 Enclosed Fixed-Mount Transfer Switch 200–2000 5 B 200–3200A Fixed-Mount NEMA 3R B Note 1 At 4000 and 5000A, the standard design is drawout. See drawout dimensions. C A 5 5 Door Within a Door Design 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-50 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Designs 5.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 Magnum Drawout Transfer Switches Ampere Rating Number of Poles A Height B Width 5 200–3200A Drawout NEMA 1 C Depth Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) B C 5 5 NEMA 1 Enclosed Drawout Transfer Switch 200–2000 2 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 60.00 (1524.0) 1600 (727) 200–2000 3 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 60.00 (1524.0) 1600 (727) 200–2000 4 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 60.00 (1524.0) 1900 (864) 2500–3200 2 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 60.00 (1524.0) 2500 (1136) 2500–3200 3 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 60.00 (1524.0) 2500 (1136) 2500–3200 4 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 60.00 (1524.0) 2800 (1273) 5 5 A 5 5 NEMA 3R Enclosed Drawout Transfer Switch 200–2000 2 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 75.00 (1905.0) 2100 (953) 200–2000 3 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 75.00 (1905.0) 2100 (953) 200–2000 4 90.00 (2286.0) 32.00 (812.8) 75.00 (1905.0) 2400 (1090) 2500–3200 2 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 75.00 (1905.0) 3000 (1362) 2500–3200 3 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 75.00 (1905.0) 3000 (1362) 2500–3200 4 90.00 (2286.0) 44.00 (1117.6) 75.00 (1905.0) 3300 (1498) 5 5 200–3200A Drawout NEMA 3R B 5 C 5 5 5 A 5 5 Door Within a Door Design 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-51 5.4 Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Designs 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 Magnum 4000–5000A Units Wireway Cubicle 5 ATS Cubicle SP 5 C 5 Source 1 (Normal) 5 5 5 5 Load A 5 5 5 5 Source 2 5 Front View With Covers 5 Right Side View Emergency Lugs — Located in Rear of Cubicle Connection Type (4000–5000A Only) 5 Connection Type Line Emergency Load 5 Cable Cable Cable Yes Bus Cable Cable Yes 5 Source 1 (Normal) Normal Lugs Wireway Cable Bus Cable Yes 5 Cable Cable Bus Yes Bus Bus Cable No 5 Bus Cable Bus No 5 Load Lugs Cable Bus Bus No Bus Bus Bus No 5 Magnum Drawout Transfer Switches 5 Ampere Rating No. of Poles 4000 5000 Wireway Cubicle 5 5 Source 2 (Emergency) 32.00 (812.8) 5 5 B Width C1 Width D Depth 3 or 4 90.00 (2286.0) 86.00 (2184.4) 92.00 (2336.8) 68.00 (1727.2) 2 3 or 4 90.00 (2286.0) 86.00 (2184.4) 92.00 (2336.8) 68.00 (1727.2) 2 54.00 (1371.6) B C Front View Without Covers Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) A Height Notes 1 Seismic mounting adds 3.00 inches (76.2 mm) width to each side or additional 6.00 inches (152.4 mm) to width. 2 Consult factory. 5 SP = Shipping Split. Consult factory for dimensions. 5 Note: The typical Magnum ATS at 4000 and 5000A ratings will include one cubicle with the Source 1 and Source 2 power case switches or breakers. A second cubicle called a wireway is required unless bus is used for the connections per Connection Type table above. Cable connections to the wireway cubicle can be made from the top or bottom. The wireway cubicle will have removable panels on the front, and cable connections may be made from the top or the bottom. Cable connections to the power case switch or breaker cubicle are made from the back. Consult factory for dimensions. The wireway width is 32.00 inches (812.8 mm). 5 V2-T5-52 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Designs 5.4 Contents Bypass Isolation Transfer Switch Description Page Power Case Switch—Floorstanding, 200–5000A . Bypass Isolation Transfer Switch, 200–5000A Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V2-T5-44 V2-T5-54 V2-T5-55 V2-T5-55 V2-T5-56 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Bypass Isolation Transfer Switch, 200–5000A Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions A bypass isolation switch utilizes loadbreak isolation and bypass transfer power contacts. Thus, should voltage be lost on the line to which the ATS is connected, and should a manual bypass be required to the other line, this can be accomplished safely and quickly as described below. With contactor designs utilizing non-loadbreak isolation and bypass switches, manual bypass to the other line is hindered by mechanical or electrical safety interlocking. The bypass isolation switch is designed for applications where maintenance, inspection and testing must be performed while maintaining continuous power to the load. This is typically required in critical life-support systems and standby power situations calling for safe system maintenance with no power disruptions. Such a design allows for the quick removal of the different switching devices for inspection, maintenance or replacement. Eaton’s transfer switch is a rugged, compact design utilizing Magnum power switches or Magnum power circuit breakers to transfer essential loads from one power source to another. Open transition switching devices are interlocked to prevent both switching devices from being closed at the same time. The versatile design, in addition to standard transfer functions, offers an optional integral thermal and short-circuit protection in either or both switching devices. The switching devices are in a compact vertical arrangement. The logic can be easily disconnected from the switching device without disturbing critical connections. The enclosure is free standing, and by using the specially supplied cleats, the switch is seismic approved (Option 42). The terminals are mounted in the rear of the switch, permitting rear, top, bottom or side cable or bus bar entrance. The switching devices have a high withstand rating. The high-speed, stored-energy switching mechanism guarantees a transfer time of less than three cycles. ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Reliable microprocessor logic Designed to safely withstand fault currents Eliminates need for complex interlocks Most versatile bypass isolation transfer switch available Eaton drawout cassette design Overcurrent protection available No loadbreak when bypassing to the same source Drawout capabilities on both ATS and bypass portions Compact design Ability to test power switching elements during drawout process Power switching devices completely interchangeable between ATS and bypass portions 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-53 5.4 Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Designs Standards and Certifications 5 Eaton transfer switch equipment is listed for application by UL and CSA. In addition, Eaton ATSs are listed in File E38116 by Underwriters Laboratories under Standard UL 1008. This standard covers requirements for ATSs intended for use in ordinary locations to provide for lighting and power as follows: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Magnum Bypass Isolation Front View without the Deadfront Panels—NEMA 1 Through the Door 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Front Access Option 54A is Available on All Magnum Designs 5 A. In emergency systems, in accordance with Articles 517 and 700 in the National Electrical Code (NEC), American National Standards Institute/National Fire Protection Association (ANSI/NFPA) 70 and the NFPA No. 76A and/or B. In standby systems, in accordance with Article 702 of the NEC and/or C. In legally required standby systems in accordance with Article 701 of the NEC. Eaton ATSs are available to meet NFPA 110 for emergency and standby power systems, and NFPA 99 for healthcare facilities when ordered with the appropriate options. Since Eaton ATSs utilize specially designed switches and/or switching devices as the main power switching contacts, these devices must also be listed under the additional UL Standard 1066. UL utilizes two basic types of listing programs: 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-54 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com a. Label Service, and b. Re-examination. UL 1066 employs a label service listing program that requires an extensive follow-up testing program for listed devices. Standard UL 1008 for ATSs lists devices under the reexamination program that only requires a continual physical reexamination of the components used in the product to ensure consistency with the originally submitted device. Follow-up testing IS NOT required by UL 1008. Representative production samples of switches and switching devices used in Eaton ATSs are subjected to a complete test program identical to the originally submitted devices on an ongoing periodic basis per UL 1066. The frequency of such a resubmittal can be as often as every quarter for a low ampere device. Note: IBC seismic qualified. 5.4 Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Designs Catalog Number Selection 5 Using the catalog numbering system provides an overview of the ten basic style/feature categories that generate the 15-digit catalog number. 5 5 Magnum Bypass, Transfer Switches 200–5000A 5 BI V 9 MG E 3 3200 X R U Type Listing BI = Bypass open transition CB = Closed transition/ bypass isolation U = UL listed CSA listed Logic Switch 9= ATC-900 Orientation V = Vertical Frame MG = Magnum DS E = Drawout, PCS both F = Drawout, PCB both G = Drawout, PCB normal, PCS emergency H = Drawout, PCS normal, PCB emergency Amperes Poles 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole 0200 = 200A 0300 = 300A 0400 = 400A 0600 = 600A 0800 = 800A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A 1600 = 1600A 2000 = 2000A 2500 = 2500A 3200 = 3200A 4000 = 4000A 5000 = 5000A Enclosure S = NEMA 1 R = NEMA 3R T = Through-door design Legend: PCS = Power Case Switch PCB = Power Circuit Breaker 5 5 5 5 5 Voltage B E E G H O W W W X X X 5 5 = 208/120V, 60 Hz, three-phase, four-wire = 600V, 60 Hz, three-phase, three-wire = 600V, 60 Hz, three-phase, four-wire = 220/127V, 50 Hz, three-phase, four-wire = 380/220V, 50 Hz, three-phase, four-wire = 415/240V, 50 Hz, three-phase, four-wire = 240/120V, 60 Hz, single-phase, three-wire = 240V, 60 Hz, three-phase, three-wire = 240/120V, 60 Hz, three-phase, four-wire hi-leg = 480V, 60 Hz, three-phase, three-wire = 480/277V, 60 Hz, three-phase, four-wire = 480/240V, 50 Hz, single-phase, two-wire 5 5 5 5 5 Product Selection Eaton transfer switch equipment offers flexibility and versatility to the system designer and user. All switches include the basic features necessary for normal operation as standard. Eaton also offers an extensive array of optional features/ accessories that allows the user to customize a new transfer switch to match the application. Select the appropriate catalog number for the application. Then choose any optional features/accessories needed to complete the project requirements. 5 Catalog Number: BIV9MGE33200XRU The example above would specify the following: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 5 5 Bypass isolation Vertical configuration ATC-900 controller Magnum DS frame Power case switch normal and emergency Drawout Three-pole 3200A 480V NEMA 3R enclosure UL listed 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-55 5.4 5 5 Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Designs Technical Data and Specifications Typical Bypass Isolation Switch Schematic 5 INCOMING SOURCE 1 Transfer Switch Ampere Rating 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 3-Cycle Short-Circuit 600V (kA) 30-Cycle 1 Short-Time 600V (kA) UL 1008 SOURCE 1 ISOLATED SOURCE 1 BYPASS ATS SOURCE 1 SOURCE 1 BYPASS SOURCE 1 POSITION LOAD A SOURCE 1 AVAILABLE 5 5 Systems Coordination Information—Withstand, Closing and Interrupting Ratings SOURCE 2 ISOLATED SOURCE 2 POSITION A SOURCE 2 AVAILABLE ATS SOURCE 2 INCOMING SOURCE 2 800 100 85 1000 100 85 1200 100 85 1600 100 85 2000 100 85 2500 100 85 3000 100 85 3200 100 85 4000 100 — 4000 — 85 2 5000 — 85 2 UL 891 SOURCE 2 BYPASS SOURCE 2 BYPASS Notes 1 Ratings used for coordination with upstream breakers with short-time ratings. 2 UL 1066 short-time withstand rating. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-56 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5.4 Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Designs Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 Magnum Bypass Isolation Drawout Transfer Switches Ampere Rating Number of Poles A Height B Width C Depth 5 200–3200A Drawout NEMA 1 Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) B 5 C 5 NEMA 1 Enclosed Drawout Transfer Switch 200–2000 2 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 60.00 (1524.0) 3100 (1409) 200–2000 3 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 60.00 (1524.0) 3100 (1409) 200–2000 4 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 60.00 (1524.0) 3700 (1682) 2500–3200 2 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 60.00 (1524.0) 4700 (2136) 2500–3200 3 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 60.00 (1524.0) 4700 (2136) 2500–3200 4 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 60.00 (1524.0) 5500 (2500) 5 5 A 5 5 NEMA 3R Enclosed Drawout Transfer Switch 200–2000 2 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 75.00 (1905.0) 4100 (1861) 200–2000 3 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 75.00 (1905.0) 4100 (1861) 200–2000 4 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 75.00 (1905.0) 4700 (2134) 2500–3200 2 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 75.00 (1905.0) 5700 (2588) 2500–3200 3 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 75.00 (1905.0) 5700 (2588) 2500–3200 4 90.00 (2286.0) 64.00 (1625.6) 75.00 (1905.0) 6500 (2951) Note: Add 3.00 inches (76.2 mm) to the height, 6.00 inches (152.4 mm) to the width and 3.00 inches (76.2 mm) to the depth to all enclosure dimensions to account for the seismic mounting brackets. 5 5 5 200–3200A Drawout NEMA 3R B 5 C 5 5 5 A 5 5 Door Within a Door Design 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-57 5.4 Transfer Switches Magnum-Based Designs 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 Magnum 4000–5000A Units—NEMA 1 Source 2 Emergency Lugs 5 Note: The 4000 and 5000A bypass isolation ATS will include two cubicles for the Source 1 and Source 2 Normal and the Bypass power case switch. An additional cubicle called a wireway is provided for the Normal and Load connections. The wireway cubicle will have removable panels on the front, and cable connections may be made from the top or the bottom. Cable connections for Emergency are made in the rear. The wireway width is 32.00 inches (812.8 mm). 5 5 A 5 5 5 5 32.00 (872.8) 54.00 (1371.8) Note: Seismic mounting brackets add 3.00 inches (76.2) width to each side or an additional 6.00 inches (152.4) to total width. 54.00 (1371.8) Top View Source 1 Normal Lugs D 5 5 5 5 5 5 Normal Bypass Breaker Normal ATS Breaker Emergency ATS Breaker Load Lugs Emergency Bypass Breaker SP = Shipping Split. Consult factory for dimensions. Wireway Cubicle SP 5 B C SP Right Side View Front View 5 5 NEMA 1 Magnum Drawout Transfer Switches 5 Ampere Rating Number of Poles A Height B Width C1 Width D Depth 5 4000 3 or 4 90.00 (2286.0) 137.00 (3479.8) 146.00 (3708.4) 5 5000 3 or 4 90.00 (2286.0) 137.00 (3479.8) 146.00 (3708.4) Magnum Bypass Isolation Drawout Transfer Switches Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Ampere Number of A Rating Poles Height 60.00 (1524.0) 2 NEMA 1 Enclosed Drawout Transfer Switch 60.00 (1524.0) 2 4000 5000 5 B Width C Depth Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 2 or 3 90.00 (2286.0) 137.00 (3479.8) 60.00 (1524.0) 6900 (3133) 4 90.00 (2286.0) 137.00 (3479.8) 60.00 (1524.0) 7600 (3450) 2 or 3 90.00 (2286.0) 137.00 (3479.8) 60.00 (1524.0) 7900 (3587) 4 90.00 (2286.0) 137.00 (3479.8) 60.00 (1524.0) 8600 (3904) NEMA 3R Enclosed Drawout Transfer Switch 5 4000 5 5000 5 2 or 3 90.00 (2286.0) 137.00 (3479.8) 75.00 (1905.0) 7900 (3587) 4 90.00 (2286.0) 137.00 (3479.8) 75.00 (1905.0) 8600 (3904) 2 or 3 90.00 (2286.0) 137.00 (3479.8) 75.00 (1905.0) 8900 (4041) 4 90.00 (2286.0) 137.00 (3479.8) 75.00 (1905.0) 9600 (4358) Notes 1 Seismic mounting adds 3.00 inches (76.2 mm) width to each side or additional 6.00 inches (152.4 mm) to width. 2 Consult factory. 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-58 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5.5 Contents Description Page Product Selection Guide Automatic Transfer Controllers Feature Selection Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-100 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-300+ Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-900 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-600/800 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-800 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T5-60 V2-T5-63 V2-T5-65 V2-T5-69 V2-T5-79 V2-T5-82 V2-T5-86 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Product Selection Guide 5 Automatic Transfer Controllers Feature Selection Chart 5 5 5 Feature Description ATC-100 ATC-300+ ATC-900 Open transition Standard Standard Standard Closed transition Not available Not available Standard Time delay normal to emergency (TDNE) Standard Standard Standard Time delay engine start (TDES) Standard Standard Standard 5 Transition 5 5 Timers 5 5 Time delay emergency to normal (TDEN) Standard Standard Standard Time delay engine cooldown (TDEC) Standard Standard Standard Time delay emergency fail (TDEF) Standard Standard Standard Selectable—OFF, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval fixed run time 15 minutes no load/load with fail-safe Selectable—OFF, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval, 0–600 minutes, no load/load with fail-safe Two independent exerciser modes—OFF, daily, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval or by calendar date (up to 12 independent calendar dates). Test operations include independent transfer time delays 5 Engine/Generator Exerciser Plant exerciser (PE) with fail-safe Source 1 Sensing All-phase undervoltage and underfrequency protection Standard Standard Standard All-phase overvoltage and overfrequency protection Standard Standard Standard Three-phase rotation sensing Not available Standard Standard Three-phase voltage unbalance Not available Standard Standard All-phase undervoltage and underfrequency protection Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Three-phase rotation sensing Not available Standard Standard Three-phase voltage unbalance Not available Standard Standard Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5 5 5 5 5 Source 2 Sensing All-phase overvoltage and overfrequency protection 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-59 5.5 5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers Automatic Transfer Controllers Feature Selection Chart, continued 5 5 5 Feature Description ATC-100 ATC-300+ ATC-900 Standard 5 Manual Controls Test operators Standard Standard 5 Four-position test selector switch (FPSS) Not available Not available Optional Time delay bypass pushbutton Not available Standard Standard 5 Maintenance selector switch (MSS) Not available Optional Optional 5 Automatic/manual operation selector switch Not available Optional Optional Automatic/manual retransfer selector switch Not available Not available Optional 5 Manual retransfer pushbutton Not available Optional Optional 5 Source 1 connected / Source 2 connected Standard Standard Standard Source 1 available / Source 2 available Standard Standard Standard Source 1 tripped / Source 2 tripped Standard Standard Standard Not available 5 5 5 5 5 Indications / Status Display Customer Outputs Source 1 / Source 2 present contacts Not available Standard—2NO and 2NC Source 1 available / Source 2 available contacts Not available Not available Standard—1 Form C Load sequence Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C Selective load shed Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C Load bank control Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C Pre-transfer Not available Standard—1 Form C Configurable—1 Form C 5 Pre-/post-transfer Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C Source 1 connected Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C 5 Source 2 connected Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C ATS not in automatic Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C 5 General alarm Not available Standard Configurable—1 Form C 5 ATS in test Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C Engine test aborted Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C 5 5 5 5 Cooldown in process Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C Engine start contact status Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C Emergency inhibit on Not available Not available Configurable—1 Form C Switch Position Indication Contact Source 1 position indication contact Not available Standard—1 Form C Standard—1 Form C Source 2 position indication contact Not available Standard—1 Form C Standard—1 Form C 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-60 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5.5 Automatic Transfer Controllers Feature Selection Chart, continued 5 5 5 Feature Description ATC-100 ATC-300+ ATC-900 Go to emergency (Source 2) Not available Standard Standard—configurable input Load shed / emergency inhibit Not available Standard Standard—configurable input Monitor mode Not available Optional Standard—configurable input Bypass timers Not available Not available Standard—configurable input Lockout Not available Optional Standard—configurable input Manual retransfer on/off Not available Programmed Standard—configurable input Manual retransfer Not available Standard Standard—configurable input Slave in Not available Not available Standard—configurable input 5 Customer Inputs 5 5 5 5 5 5 Remote engine test Not available Not available Standard—configurable input Preferred source selection Not available Not available Standard—configurable input Remote load test Not available Not available Standard—configurable input ATS on bypass Not available Not available Standard—configurable input Not available Not available Optional 5 Modbus 485 Not available Optional Standard Modbus TCP/IP Not available Optional Optional 5 Delayed—time delay neutral Standard—based on construction Standard—based on construction Standard—based on construction In-phase monitoring Standard—based on construction Standard—based on construction Standard—based on construction Load voltage decay Not available Not available Standard—based on construction Closed transition Not available Not available Standard—based on construction Closed transition/In-phase Not available Not available Standard—based on construction Closed transition/In-phase/ Time delay neutral Not available Not available Standard—based on construction 5 Closed transition/In-phase/ Load voltage delay Not available Not available Standard—based on construction 5 Not available Optional Optional Optional Optional 5 5 Integrated Metering DCT metering—load side Communications 5 Transfer Mode Open Transition Transfer Mode Closed Transition 5 5 Stainless Steel Cover SS lockable cover for controller 5 5 Service Entrance Rating Source 1, Source 2 or both, and with and without ground fault protection 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-61 5.5 5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers Automatic Transfer Controllers Feature Selection Chart, continued 5 5 5 Feature Description ATC-100 ATC-300+ ATC-900 5 Programming Selections Time delay normal to emergency 3 seconds (fixed) 0–1800 seconds 0–9999 seconds 5 Time delay emergency to normal 5 minutes (fixed) 0–1800 seconds 0–9999 seconds Time delay engine cooldown 5 minutes (fixed) 0–1800 seconds 0–9999 seconds Time delay engine start 3 seconds (fixed) 0–120 seconds 0–120 seconds Time delay neutral Not available 0–120 seconds 0–120 seconds or based on load voltage decay of 2–30% of nominal Time delay Source 2 fail Not available 0–6 seconds 0–6 seconds Time delay voltage unbalance Not available 10–30 seconds 10–30 seconds Voltage unbalance three-phase Not available 0 or 1 (1 = enabled) Enabled or disabled Phase reversal three-phase Not available Dropout 5–20% Pickup (DO –2%) –3% Dropout 5–20% Pickup (DO –2%) –3% In-phase Not available 0 or 1 (1 = enabled) 5 Load sequencing Not available Not available Pre-transfer signal Not available 1–120 seconds 0–120 seconds 5 Plant exerciser Selectable—OFF, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval, fixed run time 15 minutes, no load/load with fail-safe Selectable—OFF, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval, 0–600 minutes, no load/ load with fail-safe Two independent exerciser modes—OFF, daily, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval or by calendar date (up to 12 independent calendar dates). Test operations include independent transfer time delays Source 1, Source 2 or None 5 5 5 5 5 5 0–120 seconds (up to xx devices) Preferred source selection Not available Not available Commitment to transfer in TDNE Not available Not available Enabled or disabled 5 Retransfer mode N/A automatic or manual Not available Optional Enabled or disabled Auto daylight saving time adjustment Not available Not available Enabled or disabled 5 System selection Utility/generator Utility/generator or dual utility Utility/generator, dual utility, dual generator or three source 5 Voltage Specification Up to 600 Vac 5 System application voltage Up to 480 Vac Up to 600 Vac 5 Voltage measurements Source 1 and 2 Source 1 and 2—VAB, VBC and VCA Source 1, 2 and load—VAB, VBC and VCA 5 Voltage measurement range 120–480 Vac 0–790 Vac rms 0–700 Vac rms Operating power 95–145 Vac 65–145 Vac 65–160 Vac 24 Vdc (W10%) 5 5 5 Frequency Specifications Frequency measurements Source 2 Source 1 and 2 Source 1 and 2 Frequency measurement range 50–60 Hz 40–70 Hz 40–70 Hz Environmental Specifications Operating temperature range –20 to +70ºC –20 to +70ºC –20 to +70ºC 5 Storage temperature range –30 to +85ºC –30 to +85ºC –30 to +85ºC 5 Operating humidity 0 to 95% relative humidity (noncondensing) 0 to 95% relative humidity (noncondensing) 0 to 95% relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating environment Resistant to ammonia, methane, nitrogen, hydrogen and hydrocarbons Resistant to ammonia, methane, nitrogen, hydrogen and hydrocarbons Resistant to ammonia, methane, nitrogen, hydrogen and hydrocarbons Unit status, Source 1 and 2 available and connected (five total) Unit status, Source 1 and 2 available and connected (five total) Unit status, Source 1 and 2 available and connected (seven total) 5 Front Panel Indication 5 Mimic diagram with LED indication 5 Main display N/A LCD-based display, 2 lines, 16 characters LCD display, 4.3 inch color TFT (480x272) Display language N/A English, French and Spanish English, French and Spanish 5 Communications capable N/A Modbus 485 Modbus 485 or Ethernet TCP/IP Enclosure compatibility NEMA 1 and 3R NEMA 1, 12, 3R and 4X UV resistant faceplate NEMA 1, 12, 3R and 4X UV resistant faceplate 5 V2-T5-62 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5.5 Contents ATC-100 Controller Description Page Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-100 Controller Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . ATC-300+ Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-900 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-600/800 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-800 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T5-59 V2-T5-64 V2-T5-64 V2-T5-65 V2-T5-69 V2-T5-79 V2-T5-82 V2-T5-86 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ATC-100 Controller Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions The ATC-100 Controller is a comprehensive, multifunction, microprocessor-based ATS controller. It is a compact, self-contained, panelmounted device designed to replace traditional relay and solid-state logic panels. The ATC-100 Controller provides both fixed and jumper-selectable settings to allow for a range of applications. It operates from all system voltages between 120 and 480 Vac, singlephase and three-phase, at 50 or 60 Hz. In addition, a period of no control power operation is provided. The ATC-100 Controller monitors the condition of the three-phase line-to-line voltage and frequency of both the utility and generator power sources. It can also be set up for single-phase operation. The ATC-100 controller provides the necessary intelligence to ensure that the transfer switch operates properly through a series of sensing and timing functions. Standard Features ● Auxiliary relay contacts: ● Source 1 present 2NO and 2NC ● Source 2 present 2NO and 2NC ● Switch position indication contacts: ● Source 1 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 2 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 1 and Source 2 sensing: ● Undervoltage/under frequency ● Overvoltage/over frequency ● Controller settings via jumpers located at the rear of the unit The ATC-100 controller can be used with both the breaker-based design and the contactor-based design up to 400A single- or threephase. See Page V2-T5-64 for ranges and factory settings. 5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Mimic diagram with source available and connected LED indication System TEST pushbutton Selectable—OFF, daily, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval fixed run time 15 minutes no load/load with fail-safe Monitor utility and generator power source voltages and generator power source frequency Provide undervoltage protection of the utility and generator power sources Provide underfrequency and overfrequency protection of the utility and generator power source Permit easy customer setup Permit system testing Provide faceplate source status indications 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-63 5.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL listed component IEC 61000-4-2, 61000-4-3, 61000-4-4, 61000-4-5, 61000-4-6, 61000-4-11 CISPR 11, Class B ● FCC Part 15, Class B Technical Data and Specifications ATC-100 Controller Specifications Description Specification Input control voltage 95 to 145 Vac 50/60 Hz Voltage measurements of Utility VAB Generator VAB Utility VBC Generator VBC Utility VCA Generator VCA Voltage measurement range 0 to 575 Vac rms (50/60 Hz) Voltage measurement accuracy ±1% of full scale 5 Frequency measurements of Generator Frequency measurement range 40 Hz to 70 Hz 5 Frequency measurement accuracy ±0.3 Hz over the measurement range 5 Operating temperature range –20° to +70°C (–4° to +158°F) Storage temperature range –0° to +85°C (–22° to +185°F) 5 Operating humidity 0 to 95% relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating environment Resistant to ammonia, methane, nitrogen, hydrogen and hydrocarbons 5 Generator start relay 5A, 1/6 hp @ 250 Vac 5A at 30 Vdc with a 150W maximum load 5 K1, K2 relays 10A, 1–3 hp @ 250 Vac 10A @ 30 Vdc 5 Enclosure compatibility NEMA 1, NEMA 3R and NEMA 12 UV-resistant ATC-100 faceplate 5 Adjustable Features with Range and Factory Default 5 Set Point Fixed/ Adjustable Description Range Breakers Contactors TDES Fixed Time delay engine start 3 seconds 3 seconds 3 seconds TDNE Jumper-selectable Time delay normal to emergency 2 or 15 seconds 15 seconds 15 seconds TDEN Fixed Time delay emergency to normal 5 minutes 5 minutes 5 minutes TDEC Fixed Time delay engine cool-off 1 minute 1 minute 1 minute NOM FREQ Jumper-selectable Nominal frequency 50 or 60 Hz As ordered As ordered 5 NOM VOLTS Jumper-selectable Nominal voltage 120, 208, 220, 230, 240, 380, and 480V As ordered As ordered S1 UV DROP Fixed Utility undervoltage dropout 80% of NOMV 80% of NOMV in volts 80% of NOMV in volts 5 S2 UV DROP Fixed Generator undervoltage dropout 80% of NOMV 80% of NOMV in volts 80% of NOMV in volts S1 UV PICK Fixed Utility undervoltage pickup 90% of NOMV 90% of NOMV in volts 90% of NOMV in volts 5 S2 UV PICK Fixed Generator undervoltage pickup 90% of NOMV 90% of NOMV in volts 90% of NOMV in volts 5 S2 UF DROP Fixed Utility underfrequency dropout 90% of NOMF 90% of NOMF in hertz 90% of NOMF in hertz S2 UF PICK Fixed Generator underfrequency pickup 95% of NOMF 95% of NOMF in hertz 95% of NOMF in hertz S2 OF DROP Jumper-selectable Generator overfrequency dropout Off or 115% of NOMF (contactor) Off 115% S2 OF PICK Jumper-selectable Generator overfrequency pickup Off or 110% of NOMF Off 110% 7-day 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Factory Default Generator test Jumper-selectable Generator test programming 7-, 14- or 28-day 7-day Test mode Jumper-selectable Test mode Off, No Load, Load Off Off TER Fixed Engine run test time 15 minutes 15 minutes 15 minutes PHASES Jumper-selectable Three-phase or single-phase 1 or 3 As ordered As ordered TDEF Fixed Time delay emergency fail timer 6 seconds 6 seconds 6 seconds TDN Jumper-selectable Time delay neutral Disabled (0 seconds) or enabled (2 seconds) Enabled (2 seconds) Enabled (2 seconds) V2-T5-64 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5.5 Contents ATC-300+ Controller Description Page Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-100 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-300+ Controller Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . ATC-900 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-600/800 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-800 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T5-59 V2-T5-63 V2-T5-66 V2-T5-66 V2-T5-69 V2-T5-79 V2-T5-82 V2-T5-86 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ATC-300+ Controller Product Description Transfer switches are equipped with the high-performance ATC-300+ digital transfer controller, receive rock-solid monitoring, status reporting and transfer control operation. Its superior design and robust construction make the ATC-300+ the industry benchmark for critical and distributed power systems. Application Description Eaton’s ATC-300+ ControllerBased Automatic Transfer Switch is designed to provide unmatched performance, reliability and versatility for critical standby power applications. 5 Features, Benefits and Functions Standard Features ● Auxiliary relay contacts: ● Source 1 present 2NO and 2NC ● Source 2 present 2NO and 2NC ● Switch position indication contacts: ● Source 1 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 2 position 1NO and 1NC ● Source 1 and Source 2 sensing: ● Undervoltage/ underfrequency ● Overvoltage/ overfrequency ● Three-phase rotation protection ● Three-phase voltage unbalance ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Pretransfer signal contacts 1NO/1NC Go to emergency (Source 2) Seven field-programmable time delays LCD-based display for programming, system diagnostic and Help message display Mimic diagram with source available and connected LED indication Time-stamped history log System TEST pushbutton Programmable plant exerciser—OFF, daily, 7-, 14-, 28-day interval selectable run time 0–600 minutes no load/ load with fail-safe Optional Features Suitable for use as service equipment in the standard enclosure size when used with breaker-based design transfer switches ● Available UL 1449 3rd Edition compliant surge protection devices ● Integrated distribution panels ● Field-selectable multi-tap transformer panel permits operation on a wide range of system voltages ● Integral overcurrent protection available when used with breaker-based design transfer switches ● Space heater with thermostat ● Ammeter—load side ● Power quality metering ● Stainless steel cover for controller ● Manual retransfer from emergency to normal ● Communication via Modbus RTU—metering data, engine test, set point management system status ● Load shed/emergency inhibit ● Remote annunciator available ● Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-65 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5.5 5 5 5 5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers Standards and Certifications ● ● ● UL listed component Meets intent of UL 991, 1008 Meets IEC 1000-4-2, 10004-3, 1000-4-4, 1000-4-5, 1000-4-6, 1000-4-11 ● ● 5 Technical Data and Specifications 5 ATC-300+ Controller Specifications 5 Meets CISPR 11, Class A Complies with FCC Part 15, Class A Description Specification Input control voltage 65 to 145 Vac 50/60 Hz Voltage measurements of 5 Source 1 VAB Source 1 VBC Source 1 VCA Voltage measurement range 0 to 790 Vac RMS (50/60 Hz) 5 Voltage measurement accuracy ±1% of full scale Frequency measurements of Source 1 and Source 2 5 Frequency measurement range 40 Hz to 70 Hz 5 Undervoltage dropout range: 5 Undervoltage pickup range: 5 5 5 5 5 Frequency measurement accuracy Overvoltage dropout range: Overvoltage pickup range: Underfrequency dropout range: 5 Underfrequency pickup range: 5 Overfrequency dropout range: Source 2 VAB Source 2 VBC Source 2 VCA ±0.3 Hz over the measurement range Breaker/switch style ATS 50 to 97% of the nominal system voltage Contactor style ATS 78 to 97% of the nominal system voltage Breaker/switch style ATS (Dropout +2%) to 99% of the nominal system voltage Contactor style ATS (Dropout +2%) to 99% of the nominal system voltage Breaker/switch style ATS 105 to 120% of the nominal system voltage Contactor style ATS 105 to 110% of the nominal system voltage Breaker/switch style ATS 103% to (dropout –2%) of the nominal system voltage Contactor style ATS 103% to (dropout –2%) of the nominal system voltage Breaker/switch style ATS 90 to 97% of the nominal system frequency Contactor style ATS 90 to 97% of the nominal system frequency Breaker/switch style ATS (Dropout +1Hz) to 99% of the nominal system frequency Contactor style ATS (Dropout +1Hz) to 99% of the nominal system frequency Breaker/switch style ATS 103 to 110% of the nominal system frequency Contactor style ATS 103 to 105% of the nominal system frequency Breaker/switch style ATS 101% to (dropout –1 Hz) of the nominal system frequency 5 Overfrequency pickup range: 5 Operating temperature range –20°C to +70°C (–4°F to +158°F) 5 Storage temperature range –30°C to +85°C (–22°F to +185°F) Operating humidity 0 to 95% relative humidity (noncondensing) 5 Operating environment Resistant to ammonia, methane, nitrogen, hydrogen and hydrocarbons Contactor style ATS Generator start relay 101% to (dropout –1 Hz) of the nominal system frequency 5A, 1/6 Hp at 250 Vac 5 5A at 30 Vdc with a 150W maximum Load 5 K1, K2, pretransfer, alarm relays 10A, 1–3 hp at 250 Vac K3, K4 10A at 30 Vdc 5 Applicable testing UL recognized component Meets UL 1008 5 Meets Intent of UL 991 5 Meets CISPR 11, Class A 5 Meets IEC 1000-4-2, 1000-4-3, 1000-4-4, 1000-4-5, 1000-4-6, 1000-4-11 Complies with FCC Part 15, Class A Enclosure compatibility 5 NEMA 1, NEMA 3R and NEMA 12 UV resistant ATC-300+ faceplate V2-T5-66 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5.5 Closed Transition ATC-300+ Front Panel Display and Button Functions 5 5 5 5 Source 1, Source 2, and Load Colored LED lights show status of both Sources and Load. 5 5 5 LED Display Unit will provide LED readout showing actual metered values for Voltage, Frequency and Condition (including Normal, Undervoltage, Overvoltage, etc.) 5 Increase/Decrease A detailed explanation of these buttons can be found in the Operation section. Engine Test Button Pressing this button twice initiates an engine test. 5 5 5 5 Help Pressing the Help button in any function mode will bring up display messages, explanations and prompts to assist the operator. Lamp Test Enter 5 Step Button Shows multiple variables under each display select function. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-67 5.5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5 The following set points are programmable if the corresponding feature is programmed. 5 ATC-300+ Programming Features/Set Points 1 Set Point Set Point Units Description Range 5 TDES Minutes: seconds Time delay engine start 0–120 seconds 0:03 TDNE Minutes: seconds Time delay normal to emergency 0–1800 seconds 0:00 5 TDEN Minutes: seconds Time delay emergency to normal 0–1800 seconds 5:00 TDEC Minutes: seconds Time delay engine cool-off 0–1800 seconds 5:00 5 TDN Minutes: seconds Time delay neutral 0–120 seconds 0:00 PLANT EXER Days Plant exerciser programming Off, daily, 7-day, 14-day or 28 day Off 5 TEST MODE — Test Mode 0, 1 or 2 (0 = no load engine test, 1 = load engine test, 2 =disabled) 0 TER Hours: minutes Engine run test time 0–600 min 5:00 5 TPRE Minutes: seconds Pre-transfer delay timer 0–120 sec 0:00 PHASES — Three-phase or single-phase 1 or 3 As ordered 5 VOLT UNBAL Volts Voltage unbalanced 0 or 1 (1 = enabled) 1 UNBAL DROP % Percent Percent for unbalanced voltage dropout 5–20% of phase voltage unbalance 20% 5 UNBAL PICK % Percent Percent for unbalanced voltage pickup Dropout minus (UNBAL DROP % –2) to 3% 10% UNBAL DELAY Seconds Unbalanced delay timer 10–30 0:20 5 TDEF Seconds Time delay emergency fail timer 0–6 sec 6 PHASE REV — Phase reversal OFF, ABC or CBA OFF 5 Note 1 Complete list of programming selections found in IB01602009E. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-68 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Factory Default Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5.5 Contents ATC-900 Controller Description Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-100 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-300+ Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-900 Controller Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-600/800 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-800 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 5 V2-T5-59 V2-T5-63 V2-T5-65 5 V2-T5-78 V2-T5-78 V2-T5-79 V2-T5-82 V2-T5-86 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ATC-900 Controller Product Description Application Description Features, Benefits and Functions Eaton’s ATC-900 brings intelligence, adaptability, and enhanced supervisory and programming capabilities to Eaton’s complete transfer switch product offering including contactor-, breakerand Magnum-based transfer switches. The one standard model concept offers a variety of monitoring and control features, selective load shedding, remote load testing, along with event logging/recording and Modbus communications. With configurable monitoring and control features and addon accessory modules, the ATC-900 provides the flexibility to meet current and future system needs. High reliability makes the ATC-900 ideal for missioncritical installations in the health care, water, industrial and data center industries. An intelligent control architecture allows the ATC-900 to address virtually any system requirements. Typical applications include utility-toutility, utility-to-generator and generator-to-generator transfer pairs, and advanced programming features provide for control of threesource systems. Design flexibility allows for operations with open, inphase, delayed or closed transition platforms. Ease of use is a major benefit of the ATC-900 controller. The simple yet powerful user interface includes many intuitive operating features. The color display and LED indications provide enhanced operator visibility of transfer switch status and system detail. Clear operational focus was achieved through design simplicity. Front arrow keys allow for quick screen navigation, removal of codes and abbreviations avoid potential confusion, and refined data screens provide for ease of viewing and edits. Primary Functions The ATC-900 Automatic Transfer Switch Controller offers these standard features: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Monitor normal and emergency source voltages and frequencies Provide transfer and retransfer control signals Provide engine/generator start and shutdown signals Permit user programming of operational set points Display real-time and historical information Permit system testing Store customer and factory established parameters in nonvolatile memory ● ● Provide faceplate source status indication Provide an LCD for programming and status readouts Features and Benefits ● LCD screen for system status, programming, system diagnostics, help, and troubleshooting ● Event logging and recording, 450 time stamped events ● 0–600V field programmable system voltage flexible configuration with assignable inputs and outputs ● Three-source ATS control—master and slave controller functionality ● Selective, automatic load shedding ● Industry standard communication protocols—Modbus RTU and/or Modbus TCP/IP communications interface ● USB drive for uploading and downloading of event data ● USB drive for uploading and downloading programmed set points Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-69 5.5 5 5 5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers ATC-900 User Interface Unit Status Light This LED blinks green indicating that the ATC-900 is operating and providing the transfer switch control function in keeping with programmed set points. If the LED is not lit or is on continuously, a problem may be indicated. LED Mimic Diagram Source 1 and Source 2 color-coded LEDs provide Available and Connected status indication. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Help Displays controller firmware version and user tips. Status Screen The ATC-900 Main Menu screen provides transfer switch status at a glance. Source 1, Source 2 and load-metering data are displayed as well as any active alarms. Lamp Test Pressing the Lamp Test pushbutton lights all LEDs and then displays ATC-900 controller information. Display The ATC-900 eliminates the use of codes and abbreviations for transfer switch functions. Data screens are grouped for ease of viewing and edits. Engine Test Performs an engine test using the programmed engine run and cooldown times. This is a password-protected feature. Arrow Key Navigation Right and Left Arrow Keys are used to navigate menu options and Up and Down Arrow Keys are used to select and change set point values. Bypass Time Delays Pressing the Enter and Help pushbuttons simultaneously reduces the active programmed time delay to zero to simplify test procedures. ATC-900 Connections 5 5 5 5 Configurable Inputs System inputs are “wetted” contacts. System inputs can be configured to perform a preset list of functions. (Note: A factory configured input cannot be reconfigured in the field if the factory provides associated hardware.) 5 5 RS-422 DCT Module RS-232 (ATC-900 ECAM) Modbus 485 5 Factory Use Only The sensing inputs are the connection points for monitoring Source 1, Source 2, and the Load. Threephase systems are connected to Phase A, B and C. Single-phase systems are connected to points Phase A and Phase B. 5 5 Factory Use Only ■ Source 1 and Source 2 auxiliary: These inputs are connected to the power switching devices position indication contacts ■ K1, K2, K3 and K4: These Form-A output contacts are utilized to control the power switching mechanism. They operate in conjunction with the Source 1 and 2 auxiliary inputs 5 5 5 5 Control Power Inputs (Source 1 and Source 2) The control power input range is 65–145 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 9–36 Vdc. 5 Accessory I/O Port USB Port Generator start Form-C contact. This is a latching relay utilized to initiate startup and shutdown cycles of the engine/ generator set. The GENERATOR START contact is rated 5 amperes at 250 Vac/30 Vdc. Earth Ground Provides a connection point for the common system ground. Configurable Outputs Four Form C dry relay contacts that can be configured to perform a preset list of functions. Contacts are rated 10 amperes at 250 Vac/30 Vdc. Note: A factory-configured output cannot be reconfigured in the field if the factory provides associated hardware) Source 1 and Source 2 Available Form C dry relay contacts that indicate Source 1 and Source 2 availability based on the programmed voltage and frequency set points. Contacts are rated 10 amperes at 250 Vac/30 Vdc. 5 5 5 V2-T5-70 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5.5 ATC-900 Features Features 5 ATC-900 5 Hardware 4.3-inch color TFT LCD display ■ UV-resistant faceplate ■ Mimic diagram and LED status indicators ■ Suitable for application over a wide range of environmental conditions ■ Positive feedback membrane pushbuttons for application in harsh environments ■ Help function for detailed description of displayed message ■ Password protected system test pushbutton ■ Bypass time delay pushbutton ■ Form C engine start contact for Source 1 and Source 2 ■ S1 and S2 available Form C contacts ■ Self-diagnostic and system diagnostic functions with LED indication ■ DC power input Optional 5 True rms voltage sensing of Source 1, Source 2 and Load ■ ■ 5 Frequency sensing of Source 1, Source 2 and Load Voltage unbalance and phase rotation sensing ■ Load current sensing Optional Sampling at 64 samples per cycle Optional 5 5 5 5 5 5 Metering Source 1 voltages (three-phase) ■ Source 2 voltages (three-phase) ■ Load voltages (three-phase) ■ Source 1 frequency ■ Source 2 frequency ■ 5 5 5 5 5 5 Load frequency ■ Load currents (three-phase) Optional Load kW Optional Load kVAR Optional Load kVA Optional PF Optional 5 Programmable set points stored in nonvolatile memory ■ System monitoring with historical data storage and display ■ 5 Digital set points for accurate and consistent performance ■ Password-protected access to control functions and set point programming ■ Four programmable control inputs ■ Four programmable control outputs ■ Expandable I/O modules (up to 20 I/O total) Optional Automatic plant exerciser—two plant exerciser schedules, Off, daily, 7-day, 14-day, 28-day, calendar, separate TDNE, TDEN, TDEC timers from normal operation, control input provided for remotely initiating an engine test ■ 5 5 Programming 5 5 5 5 5 Communications Modbus RTU ■ Modbus TCP/IP Optional USB port for set point configuration and event-recording downloads ■ 5 5 Event History 320 time-stamped events ■ 2 seconds of metered data stored before and after a transfer event Optional 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-71 5.5 5 5 5 5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers ATC-900 Programmable Set Points The table below lists only controller features; switch features are not listed, as they are defined by switch construction. Transition settings are specific to the transfer switch construction. Features and Set Points Option Number Description Range Factory Default General Settings 5 — Set new password 0000–9999 0900 — Selected language English, French or Spanish English 5 — Nominal frequency 50 or 60 Hz As ordered — Nominal voltage 110–600V As ordered 5 — Number of phases 1 or 3 As ordered 5 — Number of generators 0, 1 or 2 1 — Preferred source Source 1 or Source 2 Source 1 — PT ratio 2:1–500:1 As ordered — CT ratio 200–5000 — — Daylight saving time On or Off 1 — Operating mode Stand-alone/master or slave Master 5 5 5 — Phase sequence check ABC, CBA or Off Off — Commitment to transfer in TDNE Yes or no No 5 — Manual retransfer Auto, manual or external As ordered — Modbus address 1–247 1 5 — Modbus baud rate 0 = 9600, 1, even 9600 1 = 9600, 1, odd — 5 2 = 9600, 2, none — 3 = 9600, 1, none — 5 4 = 19,200, 1, even — 5 = 19,200, 1, odd — 5 6 = 19,200, 2, none — 7 = 19,200, 1, none — 5 5 5 5 5 5 Transition Settings 47 32f/32d Closed transition Closed transition On or Off On or Off As ordered Closed voltage difference 1–5% 2% Closed frequency difference 0.0–0.3 Hz 0.3 In-phase—On or Off Disable, in-phase default to alarm, in-phase default to open transition As ordered Open—in-phase transition In-phase frequency difference 0.0–3.0 Hz 1.0 — Synchronization timer 1–60 minutes 5 32a/32d Open—delayed transition 5 Time delay neutral 0–120 seconds 0 Load voltage decay 2–30% of nominal voltage 6% 5 Time Delays 1a Time delay normal to emergency 0–9999 seconds 0:00 5 3a Time delay emergency to normal 0–9999 seconds 5:00 35A Time delay pre-transfer 0–120 seconds 0:01 5 35C Time delay post-transfer 0–120 seconds 0:10 2A Time delay engine 1 start 0–120 seconds 0:03 5 5 — Time delay engine 2 start 0–120 seconds 0:03 4A Time delay engine cool-off 0–9999 seconds 5:00 7A Time delay engine fail timer 0–6 seconds 0:06 — Voltage unbalance time delay 10–30 seconds 0:30 5 5 V2-T5-72 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5.5 Features and Set Points, continued Option Number Description Range 5 Factory Default 5 Source Settings 26P 5P 26K 5K Source 1 undervoltage dropout 70–97% of nominal 80% Source 1 undervoltage pickup (dropout + 2%) to 99% of nominal 90% Source 2 undervoltage dropout 70–97% of nominal 80% Source 2 undervoltage pickup (dropout + 2%) to 99% of nominal 90% Source 1 overvoltage dropout 105–120% of nominal (0 = disabled) 115% Source 1 overvoltage pickup 103% of nominal to (dropout –2%) (0 = disabled) 105% Source 2 overvoltage dropout 105–120% of nominal (0 = disabled) 115% Source 2 overvoltage pickup 103% of nominal to (dropout –2%) (0 = disabled) 105% 26J Source 1 underfrequency dropout 90–97% of nominal (0 = disabled) 94% Source 1 underfrequency pickup (dropout + 1 Hz) to 99% of nominal (0 = disabled) 96% 5J Source 2 underfrequency dropout 90–97% of nominal (0 = disabled) 94% Source 2 underfrequency pickup (dropout + 1 Hz) to 99% of nominal (0 = disabled) 96% 26N 5N 26L 5L 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Source 1 overfrequency dropout 103–110% (0 = disabled) 106% Source 1 overfrequency pickup 101% to (dropout –1 Hz) (0 = disabled) 104% Source 2 overfrequency dropout 103–110% (0 = disabled) 106% Source 2 overfrequency pickup 101% to (dropout –1 Hz) (0 = disabled) 104% Source 1 percent for unbalanced voltage dropout 5–20% of phase-to-phase voltage unbalance (0 = disabled) 12% 5 Source 1 percent for unbalanced voltage pickup 3% to (dropout –2%) (0 = disabled) 10% 5 Source 2 percent for unbalanced voltage dropout 5–20% of phase-to-phase voltage unbalance (0 = disabled) 12% 5 Source 2 percent for unbalanced voltage pickup 3% to (dropout –2%) (0 = disabled) 10% 5 5 5 Engine Test/Plant Exerciser (PE1 and PE2 are independently programmable) 6B 23M Engine test pushbutton on panel 5 Test mode No load, load transfer, disabled Load transfer Engine run test time 0–600 minutes Load transfer PE time delay normal to emergency 0–9999 seconds 1 minute 5 PE time delay emergency to normal 0–9999 seconds 1 minute 5 5 PE time delay engine cooldown 0–9999 seconds 5 minutes PE1/PE2 test mode No load, load transfer, disabled Disabled PE1/PE2 run time 0–600 minutes 30 minutes PE1/PE2 schedule Off, daily, 7-day, 14-day, 28-day or calendar date (up to 12 user-specified dates) 30 minutes 5 PE1/PE2 calendar date Month: 1–12; Day: 1–31 30 minutes PE1/PE2 day of week 1 Sunday, 2 Monday, 3 Tuesday, 4 Wednesday, 5 Thursday, 6 Friday or 7 Saturday 30 minutes 5 PE1/PE2 plant start time HH:MM AM/PM 30 minutes 5 Accessory I/O modules 0–4 — 5 5 Accessory I/O — 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-73 5.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 The ATC-900 controller includes four user configurable inputs and outputs. The inputs and outputs can be assigned functions from a predefined list of options either at the factory or in the field. ● 5 5 5 5 5 5 ● 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Automatic Transfer Controllers Flexible Configuration Designed for scalability, the ATC-900 can be configured for a wide variety of applications. A mix-and-match approach to features allows the user to build a transfer switch controller that meets the precise application needs. 5 5 Transfer Switches ● Inputs ● Monitor mode ● Bypass timers ● Lockout ● Manual retransfer On or Off ● Manual retransfer ● Slave in ● Remote engine test ● Preferred source selection ● Go to emergency ● Emergency inhibit ● ATS on bypass ● Go to neutral Outputs (control) ● Load sequence ● Selective load shed ● Load bank control ● Pre-/post-transfer ● Pre-transfer ● Post-transfer ● User remote control Outputs (status/alarms) ● Source 1 available (standard) ● Source 2 available (standard) ● Source 1 connected ● Source 2 connected ● ATS not in automatic ● General alarm ● ATS in test ● Engine test aborted ● Cooldown in process ● Engine start contact status ● Generator 1 start status ● Generator 2 start status ● Emergency inhibit on ● ATS on bypass V2-T5-74 Additional I/O can be added at any time by adding an external I/O module. Each I/O module contains four inputs and outputs and up to four modules can be daisy chained to the ATC-900 controller. Voltage Inputs (measurement category) ● Range: universal, autoranging up to 416 Vac L–N, 721 Vac L–L ● Supported hookups: 3-element wye or delta ● Input impedance: 2m ohm/ phase ● Burden: 0.0022 VA/phase at 120V ● Fault withstand: meets IEEE C37.90.1 Current Inputs ● I/O Module—The ATC-900 optional I/O module provides users with four additional assignable inputs and outputs. Up to four I/O modules can be added to an ATC-900 controller providing a total of 20 inputs and outputs. ● ● ● Metering ● Optional metering requires the addition of a DCT module. The DCT module mounts directly on the back of the controller. The DCT module incorporates a current transformer interface to the ATC-900 allowing current to be metered along with voltage and frequency. Combined with the ATC-900, the DCT module serves as a multifunction power meter and provides measurement of the listed electrical parameters. Readings are displayed on the ATC-900 controller display or can be monitored through Modbus 485. ● 5A nominal, 10A maximum Burden: 0.005 VA per phase maximum at 11A Pickup current: 0.1% of nominal Connections: screw terminals Maximum input wire gauge: AWG #12/2.5 mm2 Fault withstand: 100A/10 seconds, 300A/3 seconds, 500A/1 second Isolation ● All inputs are isolated to 2600 Vac DCT Module Attached Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Measurement Methods ● ● ● Voltage, current: true rms Power: sampling at 64 samples per cycle on all channels measured readings simultaneously A/D conversion: 16 simultaneous12 bit analog to digital converters Current Voltage Frequency Metering Data Metering Units Accuracy Notes Current IA, IB, IC Amps ±1% of reading — Voltage VAB, VBC, Volts ±1% of VCA reading Lineto-line voltage Frequency Frequency Hz ±0.2 Hz of reading Range is 20–255 Hz Power and Energy Metering Data Power Metering Units Accuracy Notes Power kW ±2% of reading Approx. 1-second update kVA kVA ±2% of reading Approx. 1-second update kVAR kVAR ±2% of reading Approx. 1-second update PF (power — factor) 0 to ±1.00 — Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers Diagnostics and Troubleshooting In a mission-critical application, a failure to transfer to the backup power system requires quick and decisive action. Eaton’s ATC900 controller provides users with the data required to quickly identify the root cause of a backup power system failure and minimize system downtime. This data allows the user to identify a specific event and obtain the detailed event information including a step by step breakdown of the transfer sequence. 5.5 Event Summary 5 5 5 5 Historical Data 5 5 5 5 Event Summary Display The ATC-900 controller stores 100 transfer summaries, 350 transfer details, 100 alarms and 20 time adjustments. 5 Events include: 5 ● ● ● Historical Data Display ● The historical data display indicates historical and cumulative counter values as follows: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Source 1 available Source 1 connected Source 1 engine run Source 2 available Source 2 connected Source 2 engine run Tier IV timer Load energized Number of transfers ● ● ● 5 Actions of the transfer sequence Alarms Changes to the set points Changes to the time/date Resetting a historical counter Engine run test Time-stamping resolution of 1 second. 5 5 5 Event Details 5 5 5 5 5 Historical counter resets are date and time-stamped events that are captured in the event log. 5 5 5 Event Details Display Each transfer event can be exploded to view a step by step, time stamped, sequence of operation for a transfer event. All metered values are also logged for each event and can be viewed on the event data screen. Time stamping resolution of 0.1 seconds. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-75 5.5 5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers Hi-Speed Capture HMi Remote Annunciator and Controller The HMi Remote Annunciator and Controller monitors and controls up to eight transfer switches on a 7-inch LCD touch screen. It is compatible with either Modbus RTU or Modbus TCP/IP protocols. A basic mimic bus for each transfer switch displays source availability, source connected and preferred source. Users can drill down to metered source values and event history for each transfer switch. All control features are password-protected and include engine test, transfer to emergency (peak shaving), manual retransfer and bypass time delays. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 High Speed Capture Display, Pre and Post Event The ATC-900 stores metered data updated on a continuous 20 millisecond basis for specific events. The data is captured 2 seconds before and 2 seconds after the event (except for a power failure, which is 4 seconds before). Oscillographic data for 10 events is stored in the controller and may be downloaded over USB or displayed graphically. ● ● ● ● Events include: Source unavailability actions that initiate a transfer sequence (undervoltage, overvoltage, etc.) Successful transfers (at the point of breaker/ contactor closure) Unsuccessful transfers (at the point of breaker/contactor failure to close or open) Industry Standard Communication Protocol Every ATC-900 controller includes a standard Modbus RTU communications interface with an option to upgrade to Modbus TCP/IP. HMi Remote Annunciator and Controller USB Programming Port Every ATC-900 transfer switch includes a front panel, NEMA 4X rated USB port for use in configuring set points or downloading event data to a USB flash drive. To reduce the time spent on site for commissioning, set points can be configured at a PC using the ATC-900 configuration software and saved to a USB flash drive to be uploaded to one or multiple controllers. Set points are also easily copied from one controller to another. Downloading event capture data provides the user the ability to more thoroughly analyze high-speed capture data using a PC, or data can be emailed to Eaton’s Technical Support Team when off site troubleshooting support is required. The ATC-900 is also compatible with Eaton’s Power Xpert Gateway for web-based monitoring, Modbus TCP/IP, SNMP, or BACnet/IP. The Power Xpert Gateway can be used to consolidate data from up to 64 devices, including communications ready transfer switch controllers, trip units and meters, as well as other Eaton devices. Versions of the Power Xpert Gateway include email event notification sand data-logging functionality. 5 5 USB Programming Port 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-76 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5.5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers Power Xpert Architecture with ATC-900 5 Power Xpert Software 5 Web Terminal 5 Internet 5 5 5 Ethernet 5 Ethernet Switch 5 5 Third-Party Gateway Power Xpert Gateway: Supports up to 64 Devices 5 HMi Remote Annunciator and Controller 5 5 IQ250/260 Power Xpert Meter ATC-900 ATC-300+ 5 5 ATC-900 5 Special Applications Three-Source ATS Control The ATC-900 Master/Slave controller functionality provides the user with the ability to use two independent transfer switches in three-source systems consisting of a utility and two generator sources. In a three-source system, the Master ATS controls the engine starting and stopping of the Slave ATS. Load Management The ATC-900 includes several features to enhance the user’s ability to manage load while on the alternate source. ● ● In the event of a Source 1 power failure, the Master ATS engine start relay closes signaling the Slave ATS to start both generators. (Note: The Slave ATS requires continuous power using either the DCT Module for a DC power input or a UPS input.) The Master ATS handles all transfer time delays between the utility to generator transfer. If the preferred generator does not start within the programmed time delay, the Slave ATC-900 will initiate a transfer to the non-preferred generator. If “None Preferred” is selected, then both generators will start and the Slave ATS will transfer to the first generator source available. The ATC-900 will sense the load is connected to a good source and shut down the second generator. ● ● ● Integrated load metering: provides metering data that allows the user to monitor energy utilization and manage system loading Selective load shedding: selectively drop non-essential loads when a user-defined kW level is reached. The transfer switch remains on generator Load shed to neutral (where ATS construction allows): provides the ability to load shed to a neutral position from a generator source Pre-/post-transfer signals: provides the ability to stop select loads during the transfer process Load bank disable output: disengages a load bank if utility power is lost during an engine test Utility S1 S2 Gen 2 Slave Master ATS 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 S2 Gen Start 5 5 Slave ATS S1 5 5 Three-Source Transfer Switch Arrangement Gen 1 5 (Signal to Start Gen) 5 5 Load 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-77 5.5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5 Technical Data and Specifications 5 Technical Specifications Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) ATC-900 Parameter Specification 5 Control power 120 Vac (50/60 Hz) (operating range 65–160 Vac) or 24 Vdc (±10%) with DCT module 5 Power consumption 18 VA 5 Environmental conditions 5 Operating temperature –4 to +158°F (–20 to +70°C) 5 Operating humidity Up to 90% relative humidity (noncondensing) 5 Enclosure compatibility NEMA 12 (standard mounting) NEMA 4/4X (mounted with gasket between panel and device faceplate) NEMA 3R (outdoor) UV resistant ATC-900 faceplate 5 System voltage application 120–600 Vac (50/60 Hz) (single- or three-phase) 5 Voltage measurements Source 1, Source 2 and Load (VAB, VBC, VCA for three-phase system) 5 Voltage measurement range 0–700 Vac Voltage measurement accuracy ±1% of reading Frequency measurements Source 1 and Source 2 Frequency measurement range 40–80 Hz 5 Frequency measurement accuracy ±0.1 Hz 5 Applicable testing UL recognized component 2009 IBC, 2010 CBC and OSHPD certified in ATS assemblies Complies with UL 991 environmental tests Complies with IEC 61000-4-2, 61000-4-3, 61000-4-4, 61000-4-5 and 61000-4-6 Complies with CISPR 11, Class A Complies with FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class A CSA conformance C22.2 No. 178-1978 (reaffirmed 1992) CE mark European standards conformance V2-T5-78 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5.00 (127.0) 3.63 (92.1) Top View 6.72 (170.7) 0.50 (12.7) 2.10 (53.4) 9.31 (236.5) 10.25 (260.4) Front View Additional Information Instruction bulletin: IB01602088E Web-based demo: www.eaton.com/ats 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Side View Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5.5 Contents ATC-600/800 Description Page Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-100 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-300+ Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-900 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-600/800 Controller Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . ATC-800 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Controller Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V2-T5-59 V2-T5-63 V2-T5-65 V2-T5-69 V2-T5-80 V2-T5-82 V2-T5-86 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ATC-600/800 Controller Product Description Eaton’s ATC-600/800 is a microprocessor-based logic controller to be used with transfer switches. This device is door-mounted and provides the operator with an at-a-glance overview of switch status and parameters, as well as key diagnostic data. Realtime values for volts and frequency can be viewed via the front panel LED display, along with an indication of the power source currently in use. The ATC-600/800 continuously monitors either single-phase or three-phase voltages for Source 1, Source 2 and the load. When the Source 1 voltage or frequency is detected to be below the customer-programmed set points, transfer to Source 2 is initiated. When the Source 2 voltage and frequency are detected to be within the programmed parameters, the transfer occurs. While the load is connected to Source 2, the ATC-600 continues to monitor Source 1. As soon as the Source 1 voltage and frequency return to within the programmed limits, and after a programmed time delay, a retransfer back to Source 1 is initiated. The ATC-600/800 uses microprocessor-based technology to provide the operator with a vast array of selections. Depending on the application, the user can “customize” the ATC-600/ 800 to meet the particular application. Application Description Standards and Certifications The ATC-600/800 controller can be used in either an open transition or a closed transition type of transfer mode. Historically, the ATC600 has been used for open transition and the ATC-800 controller has been used for closed transition. In addition, the ATC-600 controller has been used on molded case switch based designs and Magnum power case switch open transition based designs. The ATC-800 has been used on all closed transition type designs and on contactor-based designs that are either open or closed transition. ● UL listed component 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-79 5.5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5 Technical Data and Specifications 5 ATC-600/800 Controller Specifications 5 5 Description Specification Input control power range 65 Vac rms to 160 Vac rms (50/60 Hz) Voltage measurements of Source 1 VAB Source 1 VBC Source 1 VCA 5 Voltage measurement range 0 to 790 Vac rms (50/60 Hz) 5 Voltage measurement accuracy ±2% of nominal input voltage Frequency measurement for Source 1 and Source 2 5 Frequency measurement range 40 Hz to 80 Hz Frequency measurement accuracy ±0.1 Hz 5 Undervoltage sensing Source 1 and Source 2 Undervoltage dropout range 50–90% of nominal voltage 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Overvoltage dropout range 1 Underfrequency dropout range Source 2 VAB Source 2 VBC Source 2 VCA Load VAB Load VBC Load VCA 105–120% of nominal voltage 1 Overfrequency dropout range 1 90–100% of nominal frequency 100–120% of nominal frequency Contact Outputs Two Form A contacts for generator start 5A 250 Vac; 5A 30 Vdc Four Form A contacts for control functions 10A 250 Vac; 10A 30 Vdc Three Form C contacts for control functions 10A 250 Vac; 10A 30 Vdc Communications output over PowerNet (optional) PONI (Product-Operated Network Interface) Front Panel Indications Automatic mode Blinking LED indicates automatic operation Test mode LED illuminated indicating the unit is in the TEST mode Program mode LED illuminated indicating the unit is in the program mode blinking LED indicates user is viewing set points in program mode LED lights to indicate Source 1 available (amber), Source 2 available (amber), Source 1 connected (green), Source 2 connected (red), Source 1 preferred (red), Source 2 preferred (red), load energized (red) LED display to indicate History information Set points Real-time clock Operating temperature range Operation: –20°C to +70°C/Storage: –30°C to +85°C Note 1 Optional features. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 V2-T5-80 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5.5 All ATC-600/800 programmable features and associated set point possibilities with any required explanations are presented below. Remember, only features originally ordered and factory programmed will appear in the display. 5 Note: Changing the system nominal voltage or frequency set points will automatically change all the pickup and dropout settings to new default values. 5 ATC-600/800 Programming Features/Set Points 1 5 Factory Default Programmable Feature Display Display Explanation Set Point Range Value Measure TDES Time delay engine start timer 0–120 seconds 0:03 Minutes: seconds TDNE Time delay normal to emergency timer 0–1800 seconds 0:00 Minutes: seconds TDEN Time delay emergency to normal timer 0–1800 seconds 5:00 Minutes: seconds TDEC Time delay engine cool down timer 0–1800 seconds 5:00 Minutes: seconds TDN Time delay neutral timer 0–120 seconds 0:00 Minutes: seconds PRF SRC Preferred source None 1 = source 1 0 = source 2 1 — EXER Plant exerciser enabled or disabled 0 = disabled 1 = enabled 1 — 5 MANTR Re-transfer mode 0 = automatic 1 = PB return 0 — 5 CTDNE Commitment to transfer in TDNE 0 = not committed 1 = committed 0 — 5 TMODE Engine test with/without load transfer 0 = no load transfer 1 = load transfer 2 = disable test pattern 1 — 5 TPRE Pre-transfer sub-network time delay 1–00 seconds 0:01 Minutes: seconds PHASE Number of system phases 1 or 3 2 3 — TSEQ Time delay load sequencing 1–120 seconds 0:10 Minutes: seconds IPHASE In-phase transition enabled or disabled 1 = enabled 0 = disabled 0 — 5 IPFD In-phase transition frequency difference (Hertz) 0.0–3.0 Hz 1.0 Hertz SYNC Closed/in-phase transition synchronization timer 1–60 minutes 5 Minutes 5 TDEF Time delay engine failure 0–60 seconds 6 Seconds 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Notes 1 Complete list of programming selections found in IB ATS-1005. 2 Set to order specific value. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-81 5.5 5 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers Contents ATC-800 Description 5 Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-100 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-300+ Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-900 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-600/800 Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATC-800 Controller Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . Controller Replacement Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 ATC-800 Controller 5 Product Description 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 The ATC-800 is a programmable, microprocessor-based monitoring device designed for use in Eaton closed transition transfer switches and for open transition contactor-based designs. By using Eaton’s ATC-800, the user may avoid intentional interruption of power when both sources of power are available. This make-beforebreak mode of operation is useful during testing of the engine generator under load and where a predetermined transfer to the generator is desired. Source paralleling duration is limited to less than100 msec. Passive Closed Transition The closed transition mode of operation requires that both power sources be synchronized in voltage, frequency and phase angle within prescribed limits. Eaton’s ATC-800 uses a technique that involves waiting for synchronization of the two sources without actively controlling the generator’s voltage or frequency. The mode of operation is anticipatory in that the switch close command is initiated before the sources are exactly in phase. Utilizing the phase angle and V2-T5-82 Application Description frequency difference between the two sources, a calculation is made to predict when both sources would be in phase. The response time of the switch is then factored in to determine when the switch close signal should be given to ensure optimal closure of the two sources in phase. ● Eaton’s closed transition ATC-800 must be selected with one of three feature sets: 47C, 47D or 47E (47D, 47F, 47G on contactor-based designs. The difference between these three feature sets is the action taken by the closed transition ATC-800 if it is determined that the two sources will not achieve synchronization. If feature set 47C is selected, failure to synchronize results in the switch reverting to an Open Transition mode of operation with low voltage decay. If feature set 47E is selected, then failure to synchronize results in the switch reverting to time delay neutral. However, if feature set 47D is selected, failure to synchronize will result in the ATC-800 refusing to transfer to Source 2 and an alarm signal being activated. In neither case will there be a paralleling of sources if synchronization is not achieved. ● ● The generator used with a closed transition transfer switch must be equipped with an isynchronous governor When paralleling sources, fault current contributions from both sources should be considered in the system design Closed Transition (makebefore-break) technology causes paralleling with the Source 1. It is the user’s responsibility to comply with any requirements regarding protective relaying. Protective relaying is not supplied with the standard transfer switch, but is available as an option Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com Page V2-T5-59 V2-T5-63 V2-T5-65 V2-T5-69 V2-T5-79 V2-T5-83 V2-T5-86 Transfer Switches Automatic Transfer Controllers 5.5 Features, Benefits and Functions Switch Application Section— Eaton Closed Transition (ATC-800) Features The closed transition ATC800 is a door-mounted, totally enclosed device that is customer accessible from the transfer switch front panel. Data access and programming operations are performed using the ATC-800 Transfer’s touch-sensitive function buttons in conjunction with an easy-to-read, illuminated, alphanumeric LED display. Both the function buttons and the display window are part of the device’s front panel. A built-in Help button provides user assistance in the form of message displays. The ATC-800 is communications ready and compatible with all Eaton IQ devices as well as the Eaton PowerNet systemwide supervisory and control software. This permits monitoring and control of several transfer switches, locally or remotely, from a single point. Additional Features ● Source paralleling duration is limited to 100 msec or less ● True rms three-phase voltage sensing on normal, Source 2 and Load ● Frequency sensing on normal and Source 2 ● Programmable set points stored in nonvolatile memory ● PowerNet communication to personal computer either on site or remote ● Historical data on most recent transfers (up to 16 events) viewable at switch. Unlimited history storage (remote) available when used with PowerNet software ● Wide range of userselectable option combinations ● Load sequencing ● Engine start contacts 5 ● ● ● ● ● Engine test switch with user-selectable test mode and fail-safe Alarm contact (multiple alarm functions available) Pretransfer signal Heartbeat monitor (flashing green Automatic light signifies that the ATC-800 is operating properly) Instrumentation: ● Voltmeter (accuracy ±1%) ● Reads line-to-line on Sources 1 and 2 and Load ● Frequency meter (40–80 Hz, accuracy ±0.1 Hz) ● Source available time (both sources) ● Source connected time (both sources) ● Source run time ATC-800 Programming Button Functions Three buttons provide easy access to all commonly used ATC-800 functions. When the preferred source is connected and the ATS is operating normally, the automatic indicator light will be flashing and the display window will be blank. Using the Display Select button, the operator can step through each of the six display families: ● ● ● ● ● ● Source 1 Source 2 Load History Time/date Set points Initial Programming Factory programming will load all customer-specified functions and presets. At the customer’s request, Eaton will add, delete or adjust optional features. Customer Programming Customers may reprogram set points and other parameters to match their application, using the program switch located on the rear of the unit. Once the programming mode has been activated and the program light is flashing, the user may access set point settings by pressing the Display Select button until the set points LED is illuminated. Values for individual set points may then be altered by pressing the Increase or Decrease buttons. Once a parameter has been reset, the user advances to the next set point by pressing the Step button. While the ATC-800 is in the program mode, the device continues to operate in accordance with the previously programmed set points and parameters. The unit is never offline, and preset values do not change until programming has been completed. Once reprogramming is complete, the user may return the program switch to the run position. At this point, all new values are stored in the ATC-800 non-volatile memory, and the unit returns to Automatic mode. Definitions Closed transition: Closed transition is a feature that will temporarily parallel two live sources in a make-beforebreak scheme when performing a transfer. The ATC-800 will close the switching devices for both sources, paralleling both sources, for a maximum time of 100 milliseconds after the sources are synchronized. 5 Open transition/in-phase monitor: In-phase monitor is a feature that will allow a transfer between two sources only when the phase difference between the two sources is near zero. This is an open transition transfer that prevents inrush currents from exceeding normal starting currents in the case where motor loads are being transferred. 5 Open transition/delayed with load voltage decay: Load voltage decay transfer is a feature that, after opening the switch for the original source, holds in the neutral position until the voltage on the load is less than 30% of rated voltage. This is an open transition that prevents inrush currents from exceeding normal starting currents in the case where motor loads are being transferred. 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Note: Stepping through the various display modes does not alter preset values or otherwise affect operation of the ATS. 5 5 Once the desired display family is selected, the user may press the Step button to cycle through specific parameters or metered values shown in the display window. 5 5 5 5 Volume 2—Commercial Distribution CA08100003E—April 2014 www.eaton.com V2-T5-83 5.5 5 5 5 5 ● ● ● 5 5 5 5 5 5 Automatic Transfer Controllers Operation The ATC-800 operates in the following modes to meet most load management applications: 5 5 Transfer Switches ● Loss of normal power ● Open transition to alternate source Normal power restored ● Closed transition back to normal source Peak shave (remote or local) closed transition to and from alternate source Test (user selectable) ● Load transfer—closed transition to and from alternate source ● No-load transfer—starts alternate power source and allows to run unloaded. No transfer takes place 5 Programming and Options Closed Transition Operation Modes 5 Feature Set 47C Closed/InPhase/Load Voltage Decay 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Feature Set 47C Schematic Request for Transfer Alternate Source Available? Yes Yes Closed Transition Sources Synchronized
Source Exif Data:File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Author : Eaton Corporation Create Date : 2011:07:24 09:29:18-04:00 Modify Date : 2014:06:25 15:29:52-04:00 Subject : CA08100003E Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03 Metadata Date : 2014:06:25 15:29:52-04:00 Creator Tool : Adobe InDesign CS4 (6.0) Format : application/pdf Title : Volume 02—Commercial Distribution Creator : Eaton Corporation Description : CA08100003E Document ID : uuid:708cdbec-4645-4800-b940-55a2d11486bb Instance ID : uuid:7fac25bf-a2a6-4491-bc2c-c3ec87a7c8bb Producer : Adobe PDF Library 9.0 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Count : 694EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools